ENRON OIL & GAS CO
10-K405, 1995-03-22
Previous: STEVENS GRAPHICS CORP, 10-K405, 1995-03-22
Next: NIPSCO INDUSTRIES INC, 11-K/A, 1995-03-22



================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

                               -----------------

                                  FORM 10-K

                               -----------------

/X/      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

/ /      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 1-9743

                            ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                 DELAWARE                                   47-0684736
       (State or other jurisdiction                      (I.R.S. Employer
    of incorporation or organization)                  Identification No.)

                 1400 SMITH STREET, HOUSTON, TEXAS    77002-7369
             (Address of principal executive offices) (zip code)

       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: 713-853-6161

                               -----------------

          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:

   Title of each class                 Name of each exchange on which registered
   -------------------                 -----------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.01 par value                      New York Stock Exchange

         SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
                                     None

    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes /X/   No / /.

    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  /X/

    Aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant, based on the closing sale price in the daily composite list for
transactions on the New York Stock Exchange on March 2, 1995 was $636,486,102.
As of March 2, 1995, there were 159,940,827 shares of the registrant's Common
Stock, $.01 par value, outstanding.

    DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. Certain portions of the registrant's
definitive Proxy Statement for the May 2, 1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
("Proxy Statement") are incorporated in Part III by reference.

================================================================================
<PAGE>
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    PART I

                                                   PAGE
                                                   ----
Item  1.   Business.............................     1
               General..........................     1
               Business Segments................     1
               Exploration and Production.......     1
               Marketing........................     4
               Wellhead Volumes and Prices, and
                 Lease and Well Expenses........     6
               Other Natural Gas Marketing
                 Volumes and Prices.............     7
               Competition......................     7
               Regulation.......................     7
               Relationship Between the Company
                 and Enron Corp.................    11
               Other Matters....................    13
               Current Executive Officers of the
                 Registrant.....................    14
Item  2.   Properties...........................    15
               Oil and Gas Exploration and
                 Production Properties and
                 Reserves.......................    15
Item  3.   Legal Proceedings....................    18
Item  4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of
           Security Holders.....................    18

                        PART II
Item  5.   Market for the Registrant's Common
             Equity and Related Shareholder
             Matters............................    19
Item  6.   Selected Financial Data..............    20
Item  7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis
             of Financial Condition and Results
             of Operations......................    21
Item  8.   Financial Statements and
           Supplementary Data...................    28
Item  9.   Disagreements on Accounting and
           Financial Disclosure.................    28

                       PART III
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of
           the Registrant.......................    28
Item 11.   Executive Compensation...............    28
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain
             Beneficial Owners and Management...    28
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related
           Transactions.........................    28

                        PART IV
Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement
             Schedule, and Reports on Form
             8-K................................    29

                                      i
<PAGE>
                                    PART I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

GENERAL

    Enron Oil & Gas Company (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, is engaged,
either directly or through a marketing subsidiary with regard to domestic
operations or through various subsidiaries with regard to international
operations, in the exploration for, and the development, production and
marketing of, natural gas and crude oil primarily in major producing basins in
the United States, as well as in Canada, Trinidad and India and to a lesser
extent, selected other international areas. The Company's principal producing
areas are further described under "Exploration and Production" below. At
December 31, 1994, the Company's estimated net proved natural gas reserves were
1,910 billion cubic feet ("Bcf") and estimated net proved crude oil, condensate
and natural gas liquids reserves were 37 million barrels ("MMBbl"). (See
"Supplemental Information to Consolidated Financial Statements"). At such date,
approximately 70% of the Company's reserves (on a natural gas equivalent basis)
was located in the United States, 16% in Canada, 11% in Trinidad and 3% in
India. As of December 31, 1994, the Company employed approximately 740 persons.

    The Company pursues its oil and gas exploration and development operations
primarily by the acquisition, through various means including but not limited to
leasing, purchasing and farming-in of acreage that is either undeveloped or
lightly developed, and drilling of internally generated prospects. The Company
also maintains a strategy of selling selected oil and gas properties that for
various reasons may no longer fit into future operational plans or are not
assessed to have sufficient future growth potential, and when the economic value
to be obtained by selling the properties and reserves in the ground is evaluated
to be greater than what would be obtained by holding the properties and
producing the reserves over time. As a result, the Company typically receives
each year a varying but rather substantial level of proceeds related to such
sales which proceeds are available for general corporate use.

    Enron Corp. currently owns 80% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. (See "Relationship Between the Company and Enron Corp.").

    Unless the context otherwise requires, all references herein to the Company
include Enron Oil & Gas Company, its predecessors and subsidiaries, and any
reference to the ownership of interest or pursuit of operations in any
international areas by the Company recognizes that all such interests are owned
and operations are pursued by subsidiaries of Enron Oil & Gas Company. Unless
the context otherwise requires, all references herein to Enron Corp. include
Enron Corp., its predecessors and affiliates, other than the Company and its
subsidiaries.

    With respect to information on the Company's working interest in wells or
acreage, "net" oil and gas wells or acreage are determined by multiplying
"gross" oil and gas wells or acreage by the Company's working interest in the
wells or acreage. Unless otherwise defined, all references to wells are gross.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

    The Company's operations are all natural gas and crude oil exploration and
production related. Accordingly, such operations are classified as one business
segment.

EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION

NORTH AMERICAN OPERATIONS. The Company's six principal domestic producing areas
are the Big Piney area, South Texas area, Matagorda Trend area, Canyon Trend
area, Pitchfork Ranch area and Vernal area. Properties in these areas comprised
approximately 76% of the Company's domestic reserves (on a natural gas
equivalent basis) and 76% of the Company's maximum domestic net natural gas
deliverability as of December 31, 1994 and are substantially all operated by the
Company.
                                      1

The Company's other domestic natural gas and crude oil producing properties are
located primarily in other areas of Texas, Utah, New Mexico and Oklahoma.

    At December 31, 1994, 93% of the Company's proved domestic reserves (on a
natural gas equivalent basis) was natural gas and 7% was crude oil, condensate
and natural gas liquids. A substantial portion of the Company's domestic natural
gas reserves is in long-lived fields with well-established production histories.
The opportunity exists to increase production in many of these fields through
continued infill and other development drilling.

    The Company also has natural gas and crude oil producing properties located
in Western Canada, primarily in the provinces of Alberta, Saskatchewan and
Manitoba.

    BIG PINEY AREA. The Company's largest reserve accumulation is located in the
Big Piney area in Sublette and Lincoln counties in southwestern Wyoming. The
Company is the holder of the largest productive acreage base in this area, with
approximately 219,000 net acres under lease directly within field limits. The
Company operates approximately 650 natural gas wells in this area in which it
owns a 91% average working interest. Deliveries from the area net to the Company
averaged 124 million cubic feet ("MMcf") per day of natural gas and 1.5 thousand
barrels ("MBbl") per day of crude oil, condensate, and natural gas liquids in
1994. At December 31, 1994, maximum natural gas deliverability net to the
Company was approximately 142 MMcf per day.

    The current principal producing intervals are the Frontier and Mesaverde
formations. The Frontier formation, which occurs at 6,500-10,000 feet, contains
approximately 66% of the Company's current Big Piney reserves. The Company
drilled 67 wells in the Big Piney area in 1994 and anticipates an active
drilling program will continue for several years. (See "Other Matters - Tight
Gas Sand Tax Credits (Section 29) and Severance Tax Exemption").

    SOUTH TEXAS AREA. The Company's activities in South Texas are focused in the
Wilcox, Expanded Wilcox, Frio and Lobo producing horizons. The primary area of
activity is in the Lobo Trend which occurs primarily in Webb and Zapata
counties.

    The Company operates approximately 470 wells in the South Texas area.
Production is primarily from the Lobo sand of the Wilcox formation at depths
ranging from 7,000 to 11,000 feet. The Company has approximately 250,000 net
acres under lease in this area. Natural gas deliveries net to the Company
averaged 181 MMcf per day in 1994. At December 31, 1994, maximum natural gas
deliverability net to the Company was approximately 201 MMcf per day. The
Company drilled 56 wells in the South Texas area in 1994 and anticipates an
active drilling program will continue for several years. (See "Other Matters -
Tight Gas Sand Tax Credits (Section 29) and Severance Tax Exemption").

    MATAGORDA TREND AREA. The Company has an interest in several fields in the
Matagorda Trend area, located 20 miles south of Port O'Connor, Texas in federal
waters. The Company has a 78% working interest in Block 638 and a 92% working
interest in Block 620. In Matagorda Blocks 555, 556, 700 and 713, the Company
has an approximate 70%, 50%, 62% and 64% working interest, respectively. In
addition, the Company has an approximate 82% and 50% working interest in Mustang
Island Blocks 758 and 784, respectively. In addition, the Company has extended
its Matagorda Trend holdings into the Mustang Island area as a result of the
purchase in 1994 of 15 OCS Blocks in the Matagorda and Mustang Island areas. The
Company had a new field discovery at Mustang Island 759 in which it owns a 75%
working interest and which is expected to commence deliveries in mid 1995 at a
net rate of approximately 50 MMcf per day. The Company operates all of the
offshore tracts mentioned above. Natural gas deliveries from these areas net to
the Company averaged 65 MMcf per day in 1994. At December 31, 1994, maximum
natural gas deliverability net to the Company from these blocks was
approximately 85 MMcf per day.

    CANYON TREND AREA. The Company's activities in this area have been
concentrated in Crockett, Sutton, Terrell and Val Verde Counties, Texas where
the Company drilled 331 natural gas wells during the period 1992 through 1994.
During 1994, the Company increased its acreage position by

                                      2

approximately 7,800 net acres to approximately 91,800 net acres and now operates
approximately 500 natural gas wells in this area in which it owns a 97% average
working interest. Production is from the Canyon sands and Strawn limestone at
depths from 5,500 to 11,500 feet. In 1994, natural gas deliveries net to the
Company averaged 65 MMcf per day and at December 31, 1994, maximum natural gas
deliverability net to the Company was approximately 66 MMcf per day. The Company
expects to maintain an active drilling program in the Canyon Trend area during
1995. (See "Other Matters - Tight Gas Sand Tax Credits (Section 29) and
Severance Tax Exemption").

    PITCHFORK RANCH FIELD. The Pitchfork Ranch field located in Lea County, New
Mexico, produces primarily from the Bone Spring, Atoka and Morrow formations. In
1994, deliveries net to the Company averaged 36 MMcf per day of natural gas and
approximately 2 MBbl per day of crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids.
At December 31, 1994, maximum deliverability net to the Company was
approximately 39 MMcf per day of natural gas and 3 MBbl per day of crude oil,
condensate and natural gas liquids. During 1994, the Company increased crude
oil, condensate and natural gas liquids reserves and deliverability through
drilling. Additionally, the Company has increased its acreage position by
approximately 12,300 net acres to approximately 27,900 net acres and expects to
maintain an active drilling program in this field during 1995. (See "Other
Matters - Tight Gas Sand Tax Credits (Section 29) and Severance Tax Exemption").

    VERNAL AREA. In the Vernal area, located primarily in Uintah County, Utah,
the Company operates approximately 195 producing wells and presently controls
approximately 79,000 net acres. In 1994, natural gas deliveries net to the
Company from the Vernal area averaged 24 MMcf per day which is the maximum
deliverability. Production is from the Green River and Wasatch formations
located at depths between 4,500-8,000 feet. The Company has an average working
interest of approximately 60%. The Company drilled 20 wells in the Vernal area
in 1994 and expects to maintain a comparable drilling program during 1995. (See
"Other Matters - Tight Gas Sand Tax Credits (Section 29) and Severance Tax
Exemption").

    CANADA. The Company is engaged in the exploration for and the development
and production of natural gas and crude oil and the operation of natural gas
processing plants in western Canada, principally in the provinces of Alberta,
Saskatchewan, and Manitoba. The Company conducts operations from offices in
Calgary. The Company produces natural gas from seven major areas and crude oil
from three major areas. The Sandhills area in Southern Saskatchewan is the
largest single producing area where an additional 160 wells were drilled in 1994
resulting in deliverability net to the Company from the field of approximately
38 MMcf per day at December 31, 1994. Maximum Canadian natural gas
deliverability net to the Company at December 31, 1994 was approximately 85 MMcf
per day, and the Company held approximately 354,000 net undeveloped acres in
Canada. The Company expects to maintain an active drilling program in Canada
during 1995.

OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA OPERATIONS. The Company has operations offshore Trinidad
and India and is conducting exploration in selected other international areas.
Properties offshore Trinidad and India comprised 100% of the Company's reserves
and production outside of North America.

    TRINIDAD. In November 1992, the Company was awarded a 95% working interest
concession in the South East Coast Consortium Block offshore Trinidad,
encompassing three undeveloped fields, previously held by three government-owned
energy companies. The Kiskadee field is currently being developed while the
remaining two undeveloped fields are anticipated to be developed over the next
three to five years. Existing surplus processing and transportation capacity at
the Pelican Field facilities owned and operated by Trinidadian companies is
being used to process and transport the production. Natural gas is being sold
into the local market under a take-or-pay agreement with the National Gas
Company of Trinidad and Tobago. At December 31, 1994, maximum natural gas
deliverability net to the Company was approximately 150 MMcf per day and the
Company held approximately 71,000 net undeveloped acres in Trinidad. Natural gas
market takes were increased to approximately 121 MMcf per day and condensate
deliveries were increased to approximately 5 MBbl per day, both net to the
Company, as of January 1, 1995.
                                      3

    INDIA. In December 1994, the Company signed agreements covering profit
sharing, joint operations and product sales and representing a 30% working
interest in and was designated operator of the Tapti, Panna and Mukta Blocks
located offshore Bombay, India. The blocks were previously operated by the
Indian national oil company, Oil & Natural Gas Corporation Limited, which
retains a 40% working interest. The 363,000 acre Tapti Block contains two major
proved gas accumulations delineated by 22 expendable exploration wells that have
been plugged. The Company plans to commence development of the Tapti Block
accumulations immediately. The 106,000 acre Panna Block and the 192,000 acre
Mukta Block are partially developed with five producing platforms located in the
Panna and Mukta fields. The fields were producing approximately 3 MBbl per day
of crude oil net to the Company as of December 31, 1994; all associated gas was
being flared. The Company intends to continue development of the accumulations
and to expand processing capacity to allow crude oil production at full
deliverability as well as to permit natural gas sales.

    OTHER INTERNATIONAL. The Company continues to pursue other selected
conventional natural gas and crude oil opportunities outside North America.
During 1995, the Company will pursue other exploitation opportunities in
countries where indigenous natural gas reserves have been identified,
particularly where synergies in natural gas transportation, processing and power
cogeneration can be optimized with other Enron Corp. affiliated companies. In
early 1995, the Company and the Qatar General Petroleum Corporation signed a
nonbinding letter of intent concerning the possible development of a liquefied
natural gas project for natural gas to be produced from the North Dome Field.
The Company and Enron Corp. may jointly hold up to a 40 percent working interest
in the joint venture and would drill and develop the agreed upon reserves. In
addition, the Company signed letters of intent in early 1995 with the National
Oil Corporation of Uzbekistan, and Gazprom, the Russian Natural Gas Company, to
pursue the feasibility of joint venture development and marketing of previously
discovered hydrocarbon reserves in Uzbekistan.

    The Company continues evaluation and assessment of its international
opportunity portfolio in the coalbed methane recovery arena, including projects
in South Wales in the U.K., the Lorraine Basin in France, Galilee Basin in
Queensland, Australia and in two basins in China. A similar project in Russia
continues under evaluation.

MARKETING

    WELLHEAD MARKETING. The Company's North America wellhead natural gas
production is currently being sold on the spot market and under long-term
natural gas contracts at market responsive prices. In many instances, the
long-term contract prices closely approximate the prices received for natural
gas being sold on the spot market. Wellhead natural gas volumes from Trinidad
are sold at prices that are based on a fixed price schedule with periodic
escalations. Natural gas volumes in India will be sold to the Gas Authority of
India, Ltd. under a take-or-pay contract at a price linked to a basket of world
market fuel oil quotations with floor and ceiling limits. Approximately 45% of
the Company's wellhead natural gas production is currently being sold to
pipeline and marketing subsidiaries of Enron Corp.

    Substantially all of the Company's wellhead crude oil and condensate is sold
under short-term contracts at market responsive prices.

    OTHER MARKETING. Enron Oil & Gas Marketing, Inc. ("EOGM"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company, is a marketing company engaging in various marketing
activities. Both the Company and EOGM contract to provide, under short and
long-term agreements, natural gas to various purchasers and then aggregate the
necessary supplies for the sales with purchases from various sources including
third-party producers, marketing companies, pipelines or from the Company's own
production. In addition, EOGM has purchased and constructed several small
gathering systems in order to facilitate its entry into the gathering business
on a limited basis. Both EOGM and the Company utilize other short and long-term
hedging and trading mechanisms including sales and purchases utilizing
NYMEX-related commodity market transactions. These marketing activities have

                                      4

provided an effective balance in managing the Company's exposure to commodity
price risks in the energy market.

    In September 1992, the Company sold a volumetric production payment for
$326.8 million to a limited partnership of which an Enron Corp. affiliated
company is general partner with a 1% interest. Under the terms of the production
payment agreements, the Company conveyed a real property interest in
approximately 124 billion cubic feet equivalent ("Bcfe") (136 trillion British
thermal units) of its natural gas and other hydrocarbon reserves. Effective
October 1, 1993, the agreements were amended providing for the extension of the
original term of the volumetric production payment through March 31, 1999 and
including a revised schedule of daily quantities of hydrocarbons to be delivered
which is approximately one-half of the original schedule. The revised schedule
will total approximately 89.1 Bcfe (97.8 trillion British thermal units) versus
approximately 87.9 Bcfe (96.4 trillion British thermal units) remaining to be
delivered under the original agreement. Daily quantities of hydrocarbons no
longer required to be delivered under the revised schedule during the period
from October 1, 1993 through June 30, 1996 are available for sale by the
Company. The Company retains responsibility for its working interest share of
the cost of operations. The Company also entered into a separate agreement with
the same limited partnership whereby it has agreed to exchange volumes owned by
the Company in various other areas for equivalent volumes produced by the
Company and owned by the limited partnership under the terms of the volumetric
production payment. The costs incurred, if any, to effect redeliveries pursuant
to such exchange are borne by the Company.

    The Company also has contracted to supply natural gas to a Texas City, Texas
cogeneration facility which is owned by Cogenron Inc. Cogenron Inc. is 50% owned
by Enron Corp. The primary contract provides for the sale of natural gas under a
fixed schedule of prices substantially above current spot market prices. Current
deliveries of approximately 45 MMcf of natural gas per day are being supplied
primarily by purchases at market responsive prices under a long-term agreement
with an Enron Corp. subsidiary. The Company has also entered into a price swap
agreement with a third party that has the effect of converting the prices under
this contract to a fixed schedule of prices. The resulting prices under this
combination of purchase and price swap agreements are substantially below the
fixed schedule of prices in the primary sales contract. The arrangements are
designed, as to the volumes involved, to provide the Company a fixed margin of
profit under its agreement with Cogenron Inc. However, the Company's commitment
to deliver volumes of natural gas in excess of the current delivery levels at
the schedule of predetermined prices discussed above could be disadvantageous to
the Company during any time spot market prices exceed the applicable contract
prices for natural gas.
                                      5

WELLHEAD VOLUMES AND PRICES, AND LEASE AND WELL EXPENSES

    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
wellhead volumes of and average prices for natural gas per thousand cubic feet
("Mcf"), crude oil and condensate, and natural gas liquids per barrel ("Bbl"),
and average lease and well expenses per thousand cubic feet equivalent ("Mcfe" -
natural gas equivalents are determined using the ratio of 6.0 Mcf of natural gas
to 1.0 barrel of crude oil and condensate or natural gas liquids) delivered
during each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994:

                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       -------------------------------
                                         1994       1993       1992
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
VOLUMES (PER DAY)
    Natural Gas (MMcf)
        United States(1).............        614        649        534
        Canada.......................         72         58         30
        Trinidad.....................         63          2      -
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
          Total(1)...................        749        709        564
                                       =========  =========  =========
    Crude Oil and Condensate (MBbl)
        United States................        8.0        6.6        6.3
        Canada.......................        2.0        2.2        2.2
        Trinidad.....................        2.5         .1      -
        India........................         .1      -          -
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
          Total......................       12.6        8.9        8.5
                                       =========  =========  =========
    Natural Gas Liquids (MBbl)
        United States................         .3         .2         .3
        Canada.......................         .4         .4         .4
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
          Total......................         .7         .6         .7
                                       =========  =========  =========
AVERAGE PRICES
    Natural Gas ($/Mcf)
        United States(2).............  $    1.71  $    1.97  $    1.61
        Canada.......................       1.42       1.34       1.18
        Trinidad.....................        .93        .89      -
          Composite(2)...............       1.62       1.92       1.58
    Crude Oil and Condensate ($/Bbl)
        United States................  $   16.06  $   16.96  $   18.29
        Canada.......................      14.05      14.63      16.80
        Trinidad.....................      15.50      14.36      -
        India........................      15.70      -          -
          Composite..................      15.62      16.37      17.90
    Natural Gas Liquids ($/Bbl)
        United States................  $   12.45  $   13.85  $   11.56
        Canada.......................       8.45       9.46      10.05
          Composite..................       9.90      11.12      10.69
LEASE AND WELL EXPENSES ($/MCFE)
        United States................  $     .19  $     .18  $     .20
        Canada.......................        .34        .48        .50
        Trinidad.....................        .17       1.46      -
        India........................        .13      -          -
          Composite..................        .20        .21        .22
- ---------
  (1) Includes 48 MMcf per day in 1994, 81 MMcf per day in 1993 and 28 MMcf per
      day in 1992 delivered under the terms of a volumetric production payment
      agreement effective October 1, 1992, as amended.

  (2) Includes an average equivalent wellhead value of $1.27 per Mcf in 1994,
      $1.57 per Mcf in 1993 and $1.70 Mcf in 1992 for the volumes described in
      note (1), net of transportation costs.

                                      6

OTHER NATURAL GAS MARKETING VOLUMES AND PRICES

    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
volumes of natural gas delivered under other marketing and volumetric production
payment arrangements, and resulting average per unit gross revenue and per unit
amortization of deferred revenues along with associated costs during each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1994. (See "Marketing" for a
discussion of other natural gas marketing arrangements and agreements).

                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       -------------------------------
                                         1994       1993       1992
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Volumes (MMcf per day)(1)............        324        293        255
Average Gross Revenue ($/Mcf)(2).....  $    2.38  $    2.57  $    2.62
Associated Costs ($/Mcf)(3)(4).......       2.06       2.32       1.99
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Margin ($/Mcf).......................  $    0.32  $    0.25  $    0.63
                                       =========  =========  =========
- ---------
  (1) Includes 48 MMcf per day in 1994, 81 MMcf per day in 1993 and 28 MMcf per
      day in 1992 delivered under the terms of volumetric production payment and
      exchange agreements effective October 1, 1992, as amended.

  (2) Includes per unit deferred revenue amortization for the volumes detailed
      in note (1) at an equivalent of $2.46 per Mcf ($2.36 per million British
      thermal units) in 1994, $2.50 per Mcf ($2.40 per million British thermal
      units) in 1993 and $2.51 per Mcf ($2.40 per million British thermal units)
      in 1992.

  (3) Includes an average value of $1.92 per Mcf in 1994, $2.20 per Mcf in 1993
      and $2.37 per Mcf in 1992, including average equivalent wellhead value,
      any applicable transportation costs and exchange differentials, for the
      volumes detailed in note (1).

  (4) Including transportation and exchange differentials.

COMPETITION

    The Company actively competes for reserve acquisitions and exploration
leases, licenses and concessions, frequently against companies with
substantially larger financial and other resources. To the extent the Company's
exploration budget is lower than that of certain of its competitors, the Company
may be disadvantaged in effectively competing for certain reserves, leases,
licenses and concessions. Competitive factors include price, contract terms, and
quality of service, including pipeline connection times and distribution
efficiencies. In addition, the Company faces competition from other producers
and suppliers, including competition from other world wide energy supplies
including Canadian natural gas.

REGULATION

    DOMESTIC REGULATION OF NATURAL GAS AND CRUDE OIL PRODUCTION. Natural gas and
crude oil production operations are subject to various types of regulation,
including regulation in the United States by state and federal agencies.

    Domestic legislation affecting the oil and gas industry is under constant
review for amendment or expansion. Also, numerous departments and agencies, both
federal and state, are authorized by statute to issue and have issued rules and
regulations which, among other things, require permits for the drilling of
wells, regulate the spacing of wells, prevent the waste of natural gas and
liquid hydrocarbon resources through proration and restrictions on flaring,
require drilling bonds and regulate environmental and safety matters. The
regulatory burden on the oil and gas industry increases its cost of doing
business and, consequently, affects its profitability.

    A substantial portion of the Company's oil and gas leases in the Big Piney
area and in the Gulf of Mexico, as well as some in other areas, are granted by
the federal government and administered by the Bureau of Land Management (the
"BLM") and the Minerals Management Service (the "MMS") federal agencies.
Operations conducted by the Company on federal oil and gas leases must comply

                                      7

with numerous statutory and regulatory restrictions concerning the above and
other matters. Certain operations must be conducted pursuant to appropriate
permits issued by the BLM and the MMS.

    Sales of crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids by the Company are
made at unregulated market prices.

    The transportation and sale for resale of natural gas in interstate commerce
are regulated pursuant to the Natural Gas Act of 1938 (the "NGA") and the
Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 (the "NGPA"). These statutes are administered by
the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (the "FERC"). Effective January 1,
1993, the Natural Gas Wellhead Decontrol Act of 1989 deregulated natural gas
prices for all "first sales" of natural gas, which includes all sales by the
Company of its own production. Consequently, sales of the Company's natural gas
currently may be made at market prices, subject to applicable contract
provisions.

    Regulation of natural gas importation is administered primarily by the
Department of Energy's Office of Fossil Energy (the "DOE/FE"), pursuant to the
NGA. The NGA provides that any party seeking to import natural gas must first
seek DOE/FE authorization, which authorization may be granted, modified or
denied in accordance with the public interest. The Energy Policy Act of 1992
amended the NGA's public interest standard with respect to imports from and
exports to certain countries, such as Canada, to deem imports from and exports
to such countries to be in the public interest, and require such import/export
applications to be granted without delay. In addition, the Energy Policy Act
amended the NGPA to treat natural gas imported from Canada as "first sales" of
natural gas under Section 3 of the NGPA, thus allowing such imported natural gas
to be sold for resale without certificate authorization from the FERC.
Additionally, the National Energy Board of Canada has dramatically revised its
natural gas export policies to permit large volumes of Canadian natural gas to
compete with natural gas produced in the U.S. for the U.S. spot market.
Additional natural gas pipeline capacity from Canada to the U.S. has been built
and other such construction proposals are pending approval. While the impact on
the Company of this change is uncertain, it is possible that it will increase
competition in the markets in which the Company sells natural gas. For example,
Canadian natural gas competes directly with natural gas produced from the
Company's Big Piney area for customers located in the Pacific Northwest region
of the United States.

    Since 1985, the FERC has endeavored to make natural gas transportation more
accessible to gas buyers and sellers on an open and non-discriminatory basis.
These efforts have significantly altered the marketing and pricing of natural
gas. Commencing in April 1992, the FERC issued Order Nos. 636, 636-A and 636-B
("Order No. 636"), which mandate a fundamental restructuring of interstate
pipeline sales and transportation services. Order No. 636 requires interstate
natural gas pipelines to "unbundle" or segregate the sales, transportation,
storage, and other components of their existing city-gate sales service, and to
separately state the rates for each unbundled service. Under Order No. 636,
unbundled pipeline sales can be made only in the production areas. Order No. 636
also requires interstate pipelines to assign capacity rights they have on
upstream pipelines to such pipelines' former sales customers and provides for
the recovery by interstate pipelines of costs associated with the transition
from providing bundled sales services to providing unbundled transportation and
storage services. The purpose of Order No. 636 is to further enhance competition
in the natural gas industry by assuring the comparability of pipeline sales
service and services offered by a pipelines' competitors. As of early 1995, the
FERC had issued final orders accepting most pipelines' Order No. 636 compliance
filings and had commenced a series of one-year reviews of individual pipeline
implementations of Order No. 636. Numerous parties have filed petitions for
court review of Order No. 636 as well as orders in individual pipeline
restructuring proceedings. Upon such judicial review, these orders may be
amended or reversed in whole or in part. Order No. 636 does not directly
regulate the Company's activities, but has had and will have an indirect effect
because of its broad scope. With Order No. 636 and pending ongoing FERC reviews
of individual pipeline restructurings, subject to court review, it is difficult
to predict with precision its effects. In many instances, however, Order No. 636
has substantially reduced or brought to an end interstate pipelines' traditional
roles as
                                      8

wholesalers of natural gas in favor of providing only storage and transportation
services. Order No. 636 has also substantially increased competition in natural
gas markets, even though there remains significant uncertainty with respect to
the marketing and transportation of natural gas. In spite of this uncertainty,
Order No. 636 may enhance the Company's ability to market and transport its
natural gas production, although it may also subject the Company to more
restrictive pipeline imbalance tolerances and greater penalties for violation of
such tolerances.

    In December 1992, the FERC issued Order No. 547, governing the issuance of
blanket marketer sales certificates to all natural gas sellers other than
interstate pipelines. The order eliminates the need for natural gas producers
and marketers to seek specific authorization under Section 7 of the NGA from the
FERC to make sales of natural gas, such as imported natural gas and natural gas
purchased from interstate pipelines. Instead, effective January 7, 1993, these
natural gas sellers, by operation of the order, will be issued blanket
certificates of public convenience and necessity allowing them to make
jurisdictional natural gas sales for resale at negotiated rates without seeking
specific FERC authorization. The FERC intends Order No. 547, in tandem with
Order No. 636, to foster a competitive market for natural gas by giving natural
gas purchasers access to multiple supply sources at market-driven prices. In
July 1994, the FERC eliminated a regulation that had rendered virtually all
sales of natural gas by pipeline affiliates, such as the Company, to be
deregulated first sales. As a result, only sales by the Company of its own
production now qualify for this status. All other sales of gas by the Company,
such as those of gas purchased from third parties, are now jurisdictional sales
subject to the Order No. 547 certificate. The Company does not anticipate this
change will have any significant current adverse effects in light of the
flexible terms and conditions of the existing blanket certificate. Such sales
are subject to the future possibility of greater federal oversight, however,
including the possibility the FERC might prospectively impose more restrictive
conditions on such sales.

    In December 1993, the FERC issued Order No. 497-E, which modified in some
respects the standards of conduct, record keeping and reporting requirements and
other measures that govern relationships between interstate pipelines and their
marketing affiliates. Order No. 497-E narrowed the contemporaneous disclosure
standard of conduct and the reporting requirements, while at the same time
possibly expanding the class of pipeline and marketing affiliate employees to
whom the standards of conduct apply. In 1994, the Commission issued Order Nos.
566, 566-A and 566-B, in which it extended indefinitely its regulations (Order
No. 497 regulations) governing relationships between interstate pipelines and
their marketing affiliates, subject to revisions to delete an out-of-date
standard and revise certain reporting and record keeping requirements. Among
other matters, these new rules require pipelines to post on their electronic
bulletin boards, within 24 hours of gas flow, information concerning discounted
transportation provided to marketing affiliates to enable competing marketers to
request comparable discounts. The rules retain existing standards, as revised by
Order No. 497-E, requiring the contemporaneous disclosure to all shippers of
transportation-related information provided a marketing affiliate, and
prohibiting disclosure of certain information to marketing affiliates. Order No.
497 does not directly regulate the Company's activities, although a substantial
portion of the Company's natural gas production is sold to or transported by
interstate pipeline affiliates which are subject to the Order. The Company's
activities may therefore be indirectly affected by these regulations.

    The Company owns, directly or indirectly, certain natural gas pipelines that
it believes meet the traditional tests the FERC has used to establish a
pipeline's status as a gatherer not subject to FERC jurisdiction under the NGA.
State regulation of gathering facilities generally includes various safety,
environmental, and in some circumstances, non-discriminatory take requirements,
but does not generally entail rate regulation. Natural gas gathering may receive
greater regulatory scrutiny at both the state and federal levels as the pipeline
restructuring under Order No. 636 is implemented. For example, the State of
Oklahoma in 1993 enacted a prohibition against discriminatory gathering rates
and recently announced plans to conduct an inquiry on alleged discriminatory
practices by gatherers and transporters. In certain recent cases, the FERC has
asserted ancillary NGA jurisdiction over gathering activities of interstate
pipelines and their affiliates. In late 1993, the FERC convened a

                                      9

conference to consider issues relating to gathering services performed by
interstate pipelines or their affiliates. Commencing in May 1994, the FERC
issued a series of orders in individual cases that delineate its gathering
policy as a result of the comments received. Among other matters, the FERC
slightly narrowed its statutory tests for establishing gathering status and
reaffirmed that, except in situations in which the gatherer acts in concert with
an interstate pipeline affiliate to frustrate the FERC's transportation
policies, it does not have jurisdiction over natural gas gathering facilities
and services and that such facilities and services are properly regulated by
state authorities. This FERC action may further encourage regulatory scrutiny of
natural gas gathering by state agencies. In addition, the FERC has approved
several transfers by interstate pipelines, including certain of the Company's
pipeline affiliates, of gathering facilities to unregulated independent or
affiliated gathering companies. This could increase competition among gatherers
in the affected areas. Certain of the FERC's orders delineating its new
gathering policy are subject to pending court appeals. The Company's gathering
operations could be adversely affected should they be subject in the future to
the application of state or federal regulation of rates and services.

    The FERC has recently announced its intention to reexamine certain of its
transportation-related policies, including the appropriate manner for setting
rates for new interstate pipeline construction, the manner in which interstate
pipelines release transportation capacity under Order No. 636, and the use of
market-based rates for interstate gas transmission. While any resulting FERC
action would affect the Company only indirectly, these inquiries are intended to
further enhance competition in natural gas markets.

    The Company's natural gas gathering operations may be or become subject to
safety and operational regulations relating to the design, installation,
testing, construction, operation, replacement, and management of facilities.
Pipeline safety issues have recently become the subject of increasing focus in
various political and administrative arenas at both the state and federal
levels. For example, federal legislation addressing pipeline safety issues was
considered last year, which, if enacted, would have included a federal
"one-call" notification system and certain new facilities specifications
applicable to certain new construction. Similar "one call" legislation has been
reintroduced in the U.S. Congress. The Company cannot predict what effect, if
any, the adoption of this or other additional pipeline safety legislation might
have on its operations, but does not believe that any adverse effect would be
material.

    The Company cannot predict the effect that any of the aforementioned orders
or the challenges to such orders will ultimately have on the Company's
operations. Additional proposals and proceedings that might affect the natural
gas industry are pending before Congress, the FERC and the courts. The Company
cannot predict when or whether any such proposals or proceedings may become
effective. It should also be noted that the natural gas industry historically
has been very heavily regulated; therefore, there is no assurance that the less
regulated approach currently being pursued by the FERC will continue
indefinitely. Thus, the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome or
durability of the unbundled regulatory regime mandated by Order No. 636.

    ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION. Various federal, state and local laws and
regulations covering the discharge of materials into the environment, or
otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, may affect the
Company's operations and costs as a result of their effect on natural gas and
crude oil exploration, development and production operations. It is not
anticipated that the Company will be required in the near future to expend
amounts that are material in relation to its total exploration and development
expenditure program by reason of environmental laws and regulations, but
inasmuch as such laws and regulations are frequently changed, the Company is
unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance.

    CANADIAN REGULATION. In Canada, the petroleum industry operates under
Federal, provincial and municipal legislation and regulations governing land
tenure, royalties, production rates, pricing, environmental protection, exports
and other matters. The price of natural gas and crude oil in Canada has been
deregulated and is now determined by market conditions and negotiations between
buyers and sellers.
                                      10

    Various matters relating to the transportation and export of natural gas
continue to be subject to regulation by both provincial and Federal agencies;
however, the North American Free Trade Agreement has reduced the risk of
altering cross-border commercial transactions.

    Canadian governmental regulations may have a material effect on the economic
parameters for engaging in oil and gas activities in Canada and may have a
material effect on the advisability of investments in Canadian oil and gas
drilling activities. The Company is monitoring political, regulatory and
economic developments in Canada.

    INTERNATIONAL REGULATION. The Company's exploration and production
operations outside North America are subject to various types of regulations
imposed by the respective governments of the countries in which the Company's
operations are conducted, and may affect the Company's operations and costs
within that country. The Company currently has operations offshore Trinidad and
India and exploration activities in other selected international areas.

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND ENRON CORP.

    OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK.  Enron Corp. owns 80% of the outstanding shares
of common stock of the Company and, through its ability to elect all directors
of the Company, has the ability to control all matters relating to the
management of the Company, including any determination with respect to
acquisition or disposition of Company assets, future issuance of common stock
or other securities of the Company and any dividends payable on the common
stock. Enron Corp. also has the ability to control the Company's exploration,
development, acquisition and operating expenditure plans. If Enron Corp.
should sell a substantial amount of the common stock of the Company that it
owns, such action could adversely affect the prevailing market price for the
common stock and could impair the Company's ability to raise capital through
the sale of its equity securities. In addition, a sale by Enron Corp. of any
common stock owned by Enron Corp. would cause Enron Corp.'s ownership interest
in the Company to fall below 80% with the result that (i) the Company would
cease to be included in the consolidated federal income tax return filed by
Enron Corp. and (ii) the tax allocation agreement between the Company and
Enron Corp. described below would terminate. The Company has granted certain
registration rights to Enron Corp. with respect to the common stock owned by
Enron Corp. (See "Contractual Arrangements" below). There is no agreement
between Enron Corp. and the Company that would prevent Enron Corp. from
acquiring additional shares of common stock of the Company.

    CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS. The Company entered into a Services Agreement (the
"Services Agreement") with Enron Corp. effective January 1994, pursuant to which
Enron Corp. provides various services, such as maintenance of certain employee
benefit plans, provision of telecommunications and computer services, lease of
office space and the provision of purchasing and operating services and certain
other corporate staff and support services. Such services historically have been
supplied to the Company by Enron Corp., and the Services Agreement provides for
the further delivery of such services substantially identical in nature and
quality to those services previously provided. The Company has agreed to a fixed
rate for the rental of office space and to reimburse Enron Corp. for all other
direct costs incurred in rendering services to the Company under the contract
and to pay Enron Corp. for allocated indirect costs incurred in rendering such
services up to a maximum of $6.7 million for 1994, such cap to be increased in
subsequent years for inflation and certain changes in the Company's allocation
bases with any increase not to exceed 7.5% per year. The Services Agreement is
for an initial term of five years through December 1998 and will continue
thereafter until terminated by either party.

    The Company is included in the consolidated federal income tax return filed
by Enron Corp. as the common parent for itself and its subsidiaries and
affiliated companies, excluding any foreign subsidiaries. Consistent therewith
and pursuant to a Tax Allocation Agreement (the "Tax Agreement") between the
Company, the Company's subsidiaries and Enron Corp., either Enron Corp. will pay
to the Company and each subsidiary an amount equal to the tax benefit realized
in the Enron Corp. consolidated federal income tax return resulting from the
utilization of the Company's or the
                                      11

subsidiary's net operating losses and/or tax credits, or the Company and each
subsidiary will pay to Enron Corp. an amount equal to the federal income tax
computed on its separate taxable income less the tax benefits associated with
any net operating losses and/or tax credits generated by the Company or the
subsidiary which are utilized in the Enron Corp. consolidated return. Enron
Corp. will pay the Company and each subsidiary for the tax benefits associated
with their net operating losses and tax credits utilized in the Enron Corp.
consolidated return, provided that a tax benefit was realized except as
discussed in the following paragraph, even if such benefits could not have been
used by the Company or the subsidiary on a separately filed tax return.

    The Company has entered into an agreement with Enron Corp. providing for the
Company to be paid for all realizable benefits associated with tight gas sand
federal income tax credits concurrent with tax reporting and settlement for the
periods in which they are generated. (See "Other Matters Tight Gas Sand Tax
Credits (Section 29) and Severance Tax Exemption").

    The Tax Agreement applies to the Company and each of its subsidiaries for
all years in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries are or were included
in the Enron Corp. consolidated return.

    To the extent a state or other taxing jurisdiction requires or permits a
consolidated, combined, or unitary tax return to be filed and such return
includes the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the principles expressed with
respect to consolidated federal income tax allocation shall apply.

    Pursuant to the terms of a Stock Restriction and Registration Agreement with
Enron Corp., the Company has agreed that upon the request of Enron Corp. (or
certain assignees), the Company will register under the Securities Act of 1933
and applicable state securities laws the sale of the Company common stock owned
by Enron Corp. which Enron Corp. has requested to be registered. The Company's
obligation is subject to certain limitations relating to a minimum amount of
common stock required for registration, the timing of registration and other
similar matters. The Company is obligated to pay all expenses incidental to such
registration, excluding underwriters' discounts and commissions and certain
legal fees and expenses.

    CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The nature of the respective businesses of the
Company and Enron Corp. and its affiliates is such as to potentially give rise
to conflicts of interest between the two companies. Conflicts could arise, for
example, with respect to transactions involving purchases, sales and
transportation of natural gas and other business dealings between the Company
and Enron Corp. and its affiliates, potential acquisitions of businesses or oil
and gas properties, the issuance of additional shares of voting securities, the
election of directors or the payment of dividends by the Company.

    Circumstances may also arise that would cause Enron Corp. to engage in the
exploration for and/or development and production of natural gas and crude oil
in competition with the Company. For example, opportunities might arise which
would require financial resources greater than those available to the Company,
which are located in areas or countries in which the Company does not intend to
operate or which involve properties that the Company would be unwilling to
acquire. Also, Enron Corp. might acquire a competing oil and gas business as
part of a larger acquisition. In addition, as part of Enron Corp.'s strategy of
securing supplies of natural gas or capital, Enron Corp. may from time to time
acquire producing properties or interests in entities owning producing
properties, and thereafter engage in exploration, development and production
activities with respect to such properties or indirectly engage in such
activities through such companies. Enron Corp. may also acquire interests in oil
and gas properties or companies in connection with its financing activities. For
example, in its financing activities Enron Corp. or an entity in which it has an
interest may make loans secured by oil and gas properties or securities of oil
and gas companies, may acquire production payments or may receive interests in
oil and gas properties as equity components of lending tranactions. As a result
of its lending activities, Enron Corp. may also acquire oil and gas properties
or companies upon foreclosure of secured loans or as part of a borrower's
rearrangement of its obligations. Such acquisition, exploration, development and
production activities may directly or indirectly compete with the Company's
business. Thus, there can be no assurances that Enron Corp. will not engage
directly or indirectly through entities other than the Company, in the natural
gas and crude oil exploration, development and production business in
competition with the Company.
                                      12

    The Company and Enron Corp. and its affiliates have in the past entered into
significant intercompany transactions and agreements incident to their
respective businesses, and the Company and Enron Corp. and its affiliates may be
expected to enter into material transactions and agreements from time to time in
the future. Such transactions and agreements have related to, among other
things, the purchase and sale of natural gas, the financing of exploration and
development efforts by the Company, and the provision of certain corporate
services. (See "Marketing" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes
thereto). The Company believes that its existing transactions and agreements
with Enron Corp. and its affiliates have been at least as favorable to the
Company as could be obtained from third parties, and the Company intends that
the terms of any future transactions and agreements between the Company and
Enron Corp. and its affiliates will be at least as favorable to the Company as
could be obtained from third parties.

OTHER MATTERS

    ENERGY PRICES. Since the Company is primarily a natural gas company, it is
more significantly impacted by changes in natural gas prices than in the prices
for crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids. During recent periods,
domestic natural gas has been priced significantly below parity with crude oil,
condensate and natural gas liquids based on the energy equivalency of, and
differences in transportation and processing costs associated with, the
respective products. This imbalance in parity has been primarily driven by,
among other things, a supply of domestic natural gas volumes in excess of demand
requirements. The Company is unable to predict when this supply imbalance may
resolve due to the significant impacts of factors such as general economic
conditions, technology developments, weather and other international energy
supplies over which the Company has no control.

    Average North America wellhead natural gas prices have fluctuated, at times
rather dramatically, during the last three years. While these fluctuations
resulted in increases in average wellhead natural gas prices realized by the
Company of 15% from 1991 to 1992 and 22% from 1992 to 1993, the average North
America natural gas price received by the Company decreased 13% from 1993 to
1994. Wellhead natural gas volumes from Trinidad are sold at prices that are
based on a fixed schedule of periodic escalations. While natural gas deliveries
in India are not expected to commence until 1996, the price of such deliveries,
when initiated, will be indexed to a basket of world market fuel oil quotations
structured to include floor and ceiling limits. Due to the many uncertainties
associated with the world political environment, the availabilities of other
world wide energy supplies and the relative competitive relationships of the
various energy sources in the view of the consumers, the Company is unable to
predict what changes may occur in natural gas prices in the future.

    Substantially all of the Company's wellhead crude oil and condensate is sold
under short-term contracts at market responsive prices. Crude oil and condensate
prices also have fluctuated, at times rather dramatically, during the last three
years. These fluctuations have resulted in an overall decline in average
wellhead crude and condensate prices realized by the Company of 5% from 1991 to
1992, 9% from 1992 to 1993 and 5% from 1993 to 1994. Due to the many
uncertainties associated with the world political environment, the
availabilities of other world wide energy supplies and the relative competitive
relationships of the various energy sources in the view of the consumers, the
Company is unable to predict what changes may occur in crude oil and condensate
prices in the future.

    To mitigate the risk of market price fluctuations, the Company engages in
certain price risk management activities to hedge commodity prices associated
with the sales and purchases of natural gas and crude oil.

    TIGHT GAS SAND TAX CREDITS (SECTION 29) AND SEVERANCE TAX EXEMPTION. Federal
United States tax law provides a tax credit for production of certain fuels
produced from nonconventional sources (including natural gas produced from tight
formations), subject to a number of limitations. Fuels qualifying for the credit
must be produced from a well drilled or a facility placed in service before
January 1, 1993, and must be sold before January 1, 2003.

    The credit, which is currently approximately $.52 per MMBtu of natural gas,
is computed by reference to the price of crude oil, and is phased out as the
price of crude oil exceeds $23.50 in 1980 dollars (adjusted for inflation) with
complete phaseout if such price exceeds $29.50 in 1980 dollars

                                      13

(similarly adjusted). Under this formula, the commencement of phaseout would be
triggered if the average price for crude oil rose above approximately $44 per
barrel in current dollars. Significant benefits from the tax credit are accruing
to the Company since a portion (and in some cases a substantial portion) of the
Company's natural gas production from new wells drilled after November 5, 1990,
and before January 1, 1993, on the Company's leases in several of the Company's
significant producing areas qualify for this tax credit.

    Certain natural gas production from wells spudded or completed after May 24,
1989 and before September 1, 1996 in tight formations in Texas qualifies for a
ten-year exemption, ending August 31, 2001, from Texas severance taxes, subject
to certain limitations.

    OTHER. All of the Company's oil and gas activities are subject to the risks
normally incident to the exploration for and development and production of
natural gas and crude oil, including blowouts, cratering and fires, each of
which could result in damage to life and property. Offshore operations are
subject to usual marine perils, including hurricanes and other adverse weather
conditions, and governmental regulations as well as interruption or termination
by governmental authorities based on environmental and other considerations. In
accordance with customary industry practices, insurance is maintained by the
Company against some, but not all, of the risks. Losses and liabilities arising
from such events could reduce revenues and increase costs to the Company to the
extent not covered by insurance.

    The Company's operations outside of North America are subject to certain
risks, including expropriation of assets, risks of increases in taxes and
government royalties, renegotiation of contracts with foreign governments,
political instability, payment delays, limits on allowable levels of production
and current exchange and repatriation losses, as well as changes in laws,
regulations and policies governing operations of foreign companies generally.

CURRENT EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

    The current executive officers of the Company and their names and ages are
as follows:

      NAME                           AGE            POSITION
      ----                           ---            --------
Forrest E. Hoglund.................   61  Chairman of the Board, President and
                                           Chief Executive Officer; Director
Joe Michael McKinney...............   55  President-International Operations
Mark G. Papa.......................   48  President-North American Operations
George E. Uthlaut..................   61  Senior Vice President-Operations
Walter C. Wilson...................   52  Senior Vice President and Chief
                                           Financial Officer
Ben B. Boyd........................   53  Vice President and Controller
Dennis M. Ulak.....................   41  Vice President and General Counsel

    Forrest E. Hoglund joined the Company as Chairman of the Board, Chief
Executive Officer and Director in September 1987. Since May 1990, he has also
served as President of the Company. Mr. Hoglund was a director of USX
Corporation from February 1986 until September 1987. He joined Texas Oil & Gas
Corp. ("TXO") in 1977 as president, was named Chief Operating Officer in 1979,
Chief Executive Officer in 1982, and served TXO in those capacities until
September 1987. Mr. Hoglund is also a director of Texas Commerce Bancshares,
Inc.

    Joe Michael McKinney has been President-International Operations since
February 1994 with responsibilities for all exploration, drilling, production
and engineering activities for the Company's international ventures outside
North America. Mr. McKinney joined Enron Oil & Gas International, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, in December 1991 as Senior Vice
President of Operations and was elected President and Chief Operating Officer of
Enron Oil & Gas International, Inc. in April 1993, a capacity in which he
continues to serve. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. McKinney held operations
management positions with Union Texas Petroleum Company, The Superior Oil
Company and Exxon Company, USA.
                                      14

    Mark G. Papa has been President-North American Operations since February
1994. From May 1986 through January 1994, Mr. Papa served as Senior Vice
President-Operations. Mr. Papa joined Belco Petroleum Corporation, a
predecessor of the Company, in 1981 as Division Production Coordinator and
served as Senior Vice President-Drilling and Production, BelNorth Petroleum
Corporation from May 1984 until May 1986.

    George E. Uthlaut has been Senior Vice President-Operations of the Company
since November 1987. Mr. Uthlaut was previously employed by Exxon Corporation
(and affiliates) for 29 years in a number of managerial and technical
positions. His last position was Headquarters Operations Manager, Production
Department, Exxon Company, USA.

    Walter C. Wilson has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
since May 1991. Mr. Wilson joined the Company in November 1987 as Vice President
and Controller and was named Senior Vice President-Finance in October 1988.
Prior to joining the Company Mr. Wilson held financial management positions with
Exxon Company, USA for 16 years and The Superior Oil Company for 4 years.

    Ben B. Boyd has been Vice President and Controller since March 1991. Mr.
Boyd joined the Company in March 1989 as Director of Accounting and was named
Controller in May 1990. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Boyd held financial
management positions with DeNovo Oil & Gas, Inc., Scurlock Oil Company and
Coopers & Lybrand.

    Dennis M. Ulak has been Vice President and General Counsel since March
1992. Mr. Ulak joined the Company in March 1987 as Senior Counsel and was
named Assistant General Counsel in August 1990. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Ulak held various legal positions with Enron Corp. and Northern Natural
Gas Company.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

OIL AND GAS EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION PROPERTIES AND RESERVES

    RESERVE INFORMATION.  For estimates of the Company's net proved and proved
developed reserves of natural gas and liquids, including crude oil, condensate
and natural gas liquids, see "Supplemental Information to Consolidated
Financial Statements."

    There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved
reserves and in projecting future rates of production and timing of development
expenditures, including many factors beyond the control of the producer. The
reserve data set forth in Supplemental Information to Consolidated Financial
Statements represent only estimates. Reserve engineering is a subjective process
of estimating underground accumulations of natural gas and liquids, including
crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids, that cannot be measured in an
exact manner. The accuracy of any reserve estimate is a function of the amount
and quality of available data and of engineering and geological interpretation
and judgment. As a result, estimates of different engineers normally vary. In
addition, results of drilling, testing and production subsequent to the date of
an estimate may justify revision of such estimate. Accordingly, reserve
estimates are often different from the quantities ultimately recovered. The
meaningfulness of such estimates is highly dependent upon the accuracy of the
assumptions upon which they were based.

    In general, the volume of production from oil and gas properties owned by
the Company declines as reserves are depleted. Except to the extent the Company
acquires additional properties containing proved reserves or conducts successful
exploration and development activities, or both, the proved reserves of the
Company will decline as reserves are produced. Volumes generated from future
activities of the Company are therefore highly dependent upon the level of
success in acquiring or finding additional reserves and the costs incurred in
doing so.

    The Company's estimates of reserves filed with other federal agencies agree
with the information set forth in Supplemental Information to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
                                      15

    ACREAGE. The following table summarizes the Company's developed and
undeveloped acreage at December 31, 1994. Excluded is acreage in which the
Company's interest is limited to owned royalty, overriding royalty and other
similar interests.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              DEVELOPED                  UNDEVELOPED                      TOTAL
                                       ------------------------  ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                          GROSS         NET          GROSS           NET           GROSS           NET
                                       ------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>       
United States
    California.......................         1,142         935        683,350        633,424        684,492        634,359
    Texas............................       345,558     265,039        234,057        218,862        579,615        483,901
    Federal Offshore.................       195,009      94,960        424,823        388,236        619,832        483,196
    Wyoming..........................       160,364     113,540        312,323        234,423        472,687        347,963
    Oklahoma.........................       104,844      59,502         69,664         62,434        174,508        121,936
    Utah.............................        59,620      48,085         36,525         31,187         96,145         79,272
    New Mexico.......................        81,416      36,852         67,460         35,563        148,876         72,415
    Kansas...........................        12,215      11,482         35,892         33,729         48,107         45,211
    Michigan.........................            11          10         34,810         34,810         34,821         34,820
    Colorado.........................        10,111       1,490         34,037         16,674         44,148         18,164
    Mississippi......................         1,942       1,853         10,100          9,262         12,042         11,115
    Montana..........................         1,301       1,169          6,689          4,961          7,990          6,130
    Other............................         4,894       2,953          2,926          2,151          7,820          5,104
                                       ------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
        Total........................       978,427     637,870      1,952,656      1,705,716      2,931,083      2,343,586
Canada
    Alberta..........................       330,932     152,360        228,043        148,731        558,975        301,091
    Saskatchewan.....................       158,870     145,891        207,660        202,999        366,530        348,890
    Manitoba.........................        11,531       9,581          1,820          1,820         13,351         11,401
    British Columbia.................           656         164        -              -                  656            164
                                       ------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
        Total Canada.................       501,989     307,996        437,523        353,550        939,512        661,546
Other International
    Australia........................       -                 -      9,600,000      9,600,000      9,600,000      9,600,000
    China............................       -                 -      1,700,000        850,000      1,700,000        850,000
    Russia...........................       -                 -      1,425,000        712,500      1,425,000        712,500
    France...........................       -                 -      1,015,000        507,500      1,015,000        507,500
    India                                    60,000      18,000        602,207        180,662        662,207        198,662
    Trinidad.........................         4,200       3,990         74,851         71,108         79,051         75,098
    United Kingdom...................       -                 -        173,600         86,800        173,600         86,800
                                       ------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
        Total Other International....        64,200      21,990     14,590,658     12,008,570     14,654,858     12,030,560
                                       ------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
            Total....................     1,544,616     967,856     16,980,837     14,067,836     18,525,453     15,035,692
                                       ============  ==========  =============  =============  =============  =============
</TABLE>
    PRODUCING WELL SUMMARY. The following table reflects the Company's ownership
in gas wells in 390 fields and oil wells in 87 fields located in Texas, offshore
Texas and Louisiana in the Gulf of Mexico, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Utah, Wyoming,
and various other states, Canada, Trinidad and India at December 31, 1994. Gross
oil and gas wells include 188 with multiple completions.

                                          PRODUCTIVE WELLS
                                        ---------------------
                                        GROSS           NET
                                        ------         ------
Gas..................................    4,501          3,246
Oil..................................      933            564
                                        ------         ------
    Total............................    5,434          3,810
                                        ======         ======

                                      16

    DRILLING AND ACQUISITION ACTIVITIES. During the years ended December 31,
1994, 1993 and 1992 the Company spent approximately $493.9, $430.1 and $395.7
million, respectively, for exploratory and development drilling and acquisition
of leases and producing properties. The Company drilled, participated in the
drilling of or acquired wells as set out in the table below for the periods
indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1994                  1993                  1992
                                        -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
                                        GROSS       NET       GROSS       NET       GROSS       NET
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
<S>                                      <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>   
Development Wells Completed
    Domestic
        Gas..........................    308       244.23      352       279.00      484       399.06
        Oil..........................     34        29.57       45        19.01       19        10.80
        Dry..........................     41        32.15       59        46.83       64        56.12
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
          Total......................    383       305.95      456       344.84      567       465.98
    International
        Gas..........................    250       190.30      227       190.10        2         2.00
        Oil..........................     11         5.10        4         3.50       13        11.70
        Dry..........................     13        11.50       11         7.60        5         4.05
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
          Total......................    274       206.90      242       201.20       20        17.75
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
    Total Development................    657       512.85      698       546.04      587       483.73
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
Exploratory Wells Completed
    Domestic
        Gas..........................     13         9.80       14        10.03       11         8.72
        Oil..........................      3         2.57        3         2.50        1          .40
        Dry..........................     23        18.17       32        22.08       16        13.42
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
          Total......................     39        30.54       49        34.61       28        22.54
    International
        Gas..........................      9         7.90       14        11.40        7         5.75
        Oil..........................      1          .50        2          .90        4         3.69
        Dry..........................     14        12.50       10         7.35        4         2.85
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
          Total......................     24        20.90       26        19.65       15        12.29
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
    Total Exploratory................     63        51.44       75        54.26       43        34.83
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
          Total......................    720       564.29      773       600.30      630       518.56
Wells in Progress at end of period...     45        28.79       82        61.09       82        60.75
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
          Total......................    765       593.08      855       661.39      712       579.31
                                        =====     =======     =====     =======     =====     =======
Wells Acquired
    Gas..............................     41        40.90*      44        26.44*     641       597.29*
    Oil..............................     60        38.99*     -          12.80*      28        25.80*
                                        -----     -------     -----     -------     -----     -------
          Total......................    101        79.89       44        39.24      669       623.09
                                        =====     =======     =====     =======     =====     =======
- ---------
  * Includes the acquisition of additional interests in certain wells in which
    the Company previously held an interest.
</TABLE>

    All of the Company's drilling activities are conducted on a contract basis
with independent drilling contractors. The Company owns no drilling equipment.

                                      17

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    The Company and its subsidiaries and related companies are named defendants
in numerous lawsuits and named parties in numerous governmental proceedings
arising in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of lawsuits or
other proceedings against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty,
management does not expect these matters to have a material adverse effect on
the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. TransAmerican
Natural Gas Corporation ("TransAmerican") has filed a petition against the
Company and Enron Corp. alleging breach of contract, tortious interference with
contract, misappropriation of trade secrets and violation of state antitrust
laws. The petition, as amended, seeks actual damages of $100 million plus
exemplary damages of $300 million. The Company has answered the petition and is
actively defending the matter; in addition, the Company has filed counterclaims
against TransAmerican and a third-party claim against its sole shareholder, John
R. Stanley, alleging fraud, negligent misrepresentation and breach of state
antitrust laws. On April 6, 1994, Enron Corp. was granted summary judgement,
wherein the court ordered that TransAmerican can take nothing on its claims
against Enron Corp. Trial, which was set most recently for September 12, 1994
has been continued, and there is no current setting. Although no assurances can
be given, the Company believes that the claims made by TransAmerican are totally
without merit, that the ultimate resolution of the matter will not have a
materially adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations,
and that such ultimate resolution could result in a recovery to the Company.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

    There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the
fourth quarter of 1994.
                                      18

                                   PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER
         MATTERS

    The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low
sale prices per share for the common stock of the Company, as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, and the amount of cash dividends paid
per share. The 1992, 1993, and First Quarter and Second Quarter 1994 sales
prices and cash dividends per share have been restated to reflect the
two-for-one stock split declared in May 1994 by the Board of Directors. Shares
were issued on June 15, 1994 to shareholders of record as of May 31, 1994.

                                           PRICE RANGE
                                       --------------------       CASH
                                         HIGH        LOW        DIVIDENDS
                                       ---------  ---------     ---------
1992
    First Quarter....................      10.94       8.31        .025
    Second Quarter...................      13.63      10.25        .025
    Third Quarter....................      17.94      12.69        .025
    Fourth Quarter...................      17.19      13.75        .025
1993
    First Quarter....................      20.31      13.38        .030
    Second Quarter...................      22.50      17.88        .030
    Third Quarter....................      26.81      19.88        .030
    Fourth Quarter...................      27.00      17.06        .030
1994
    First Quarter....................      23.75      19.31        .030
    Second Quarter...................      24.63      22.38        .030
    Third Quarter....................      23.00      18.50        .030
    Fourth Quarter...................      22.75      17.38        .030

    As of March 2, 1995, there were approximately 291 record holders of the
Company's common stock, including individual participants in security position
listings. There are an estimated 5,600 beneficial owners of the Company's common
stock, including shares held in street name.

    Following the initial public offering and sale of its common stock in
October 1989, the Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.025 per share beginning
with an initial dividend paid in January 1990 with respect to the fourth quarter
of 1989. Beginning in January 1993 with respect to the fourth quarter of 1992,
the Company has paid quarterly dividends of $0.03 per share. The Company
currently intends to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends on its outstanding
shares of common stock. However, the determination of the amount of future cash
dividends, if any, to be declared and paid will depend upon, among other things,
the financial condition, funds from operations, level of exploration and
development expenditure opportunities and future business prospects of the
Company.
                                      19

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           1994           1993           1992           1991           1990
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Net operating revenues...............  $     625,823  $     581,020  $     459,026  $     402,588  $     403,137
Operating expenses
    Lease and well...................         60,384         59,344         49,406         49,922         43,806
    Exploration......................         41,811         36,921         33,278         31,470         35,031
    Dry hole.........................         17,197         18,355         10,764         14,698         12,986
    Impairment of unproved oil and
      gas properties.................         24,936         20,467         15,136         12,791         20,571
    Depreciation, depletion and
      amortization...................        242,182        249,704        179,839        160,885        155,877
    General and administrative.......         51,418         45,274         36,648         36,216         38,254
    Taxes other than income..........         28,254         35,396         28,346         18,222         22,966
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
        Total........................        466,182        465,461        353,417        324,204        329,491
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Operating income.....................        159,641        115,559        105,609         78,384         73,646
Other income (expense)...............          2,783          6,635         (3,476)        (3,215)        (2,153)
Interest expense (net of interest
  capitalized).......................          8,489          9,921         22,289         29,500         36,879
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Income before income taxes...........        153,935        112,273         79,844         45,669         34,614
Income tax provision (benefit)<F1>...          5,937<F2>    (25,752)<F3>   (17,736)        (2,247)       (10,854)
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income...........................  $     147,998  $     138,025  $      97,580  $      47,916  $      45,468
                                       =============  =============  =============  =============  =============
Earnings per share of common
  stock<F4>..........................  $         .93  $         .86  $         .63  $         .32  $         .30
                                       =============  =============  =============  =============  =============
Average number of common
  shares<F4>.........................        159,845        159,966        154,533        151,800        151,800
                                       =============  =============  =============  =============  =============

                                                                    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           1994           1993           1992           1991           1990
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Oil and gas properties - net.........  $   1,684,811  $   1,546,045  $   1,468,011  $   1,339,666  $   1,305,136
Total assets.........................      1,861,867      1,811,162      1,731,012      1,455,608      1,417,939
Long-term debt
  Affiliate..........................         25,000        -              -      <F5>    132,836        277,918
  Other..............................        165,337        153,000        150,000<F5>    289,556        140,442
Shareholders' equity.................      1,043,419        933,073        826,986<F5>    643,185        610,042
- ---------
<FN>
<F1>  Includes benefits of approximately $36 million, $65 million, $43 million
      and $17 million in 1994, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively, relating to
      tight gas sand federal income tax credits and $7 million and $25 million
      in 1991 and 1990, respectively, associated with the utilization of a net
      operating loss carryforward.
<F2>  Includes a benefit of approximately $8 million related to reduced
      estimated state income taxes and certain franchise taxes, a portion of
      which is treated as income tax under Statement of Financial Accounting
      Standards (SFAS) No. 109 - "Accounting for Income Taxes", and a $5 million
      benefit from the reduction of the Company's deferred federal income tax
      liability resulting from a reevaluation of deferred tax requirements.
<F3>  Includes a benefit of $12 million from the reduction of the Company's
      deferred federal income tax liability resulting from a reevaluation of
      deferred tax requirements partially offset by an approximate $7 million
      predominantly non-cash charge primarily to adjust the Company's
      accumulated deferred federal income tax liability for the increase in the
      corporate federal income tax rate from 34% to 35%.

                                       20

<F4>  In May 1994, the Board of Directors declared a two-for-one split of the
      Company's common stock to be effected as a non-taxable dividend of one
      share for each share outstanding. Shares were issued on June 15, 1994 to
      shareholders of record as of May 31, 1994. All per share amounts presented
      herein are reflected on a post-split basis.

<F5>  In August 1992, the Company completed the sale of an additional 8.2
      million shares of common stock resulting in aggregate net proceeds to the
      Company of approximately $112 million used primarily to repay long-term
      debt. In September 1992, the Company completed the sale of a volumetric
      production payment, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $327
      million used to repay long-term debt and for other general corporate
      purposes.

</TABLE>

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The following review of operations for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1994 should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements of the Company and notes thereto beginning with page F-1.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    NET OPERATING REVENUES.  Volume and price statistics for the specified
years were as follows:

                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       -------------------------------
                                         1994       1993       1992
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Wellhead Volumes
    Natural Gas (MMcf per day)(1)....        749        709        564
    Crude Oil and Condensate (MBbl
      per day).......................       12.6        8.9        8.5
    Natural Gas Liquids (MBbl per
      day)...........................        0.7        0.6        0.7
Wellhead Average Prices
    Natural Gas ($/Mcf)(2)...........  $    1.62  $    1.92  $    1.58
    Crude Oil and Condensate
      ($/Bbl)........................      15.62      16.37      17.90
    Natural Gas Liquids ($/Bbl)......       9.90      11.12      10.69
Other Natural Gas Marketing
    Volumes (MMcf per day)(1)........        324        293        255
    Average Gross Revenue
      ($/Mcf)(3).....................  $    2.38  $    2.57  $    2.62
    Associated Costs
      ($/Mcf) (4)(5).................       2.06       2.32       1.99
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
    Margin ($/Mcf)...................  $    0.32  $    0.25  $    0.63
                                       =========  =========  =========
- ---------
  (1) Includes 48 MMcf per day in 1994, 81 MMcf per day in 1993 and 28 MMcf per
      day in 1992 delivered under the terms of volumetric production payment and
      exchange agreements effective October 1, 1992, as amended.

  (2) Includes an average equivalent wellhead value of $1.27 per Mcf in 1994,
      $1.57 per Mcf in 1993 and $1.70 per Mcf in 1992 for the volumes detailed
      in note (1), net of transportation costs.

  (3) Includes per unit deferred revenue amortization for the volumes detailed
      in note (1) at an equivalent of $2.46 per Mcf ($2.36 per million British
      thermal units) in 1994, $2.50 per Mcf ($2.40 per million British thermal
      units) in 1993 and $2.51 per Mcf ($2.40 per million British thermal units)
      in 1992.

  (4) Includes an average value of $1.92 per Mcf in 1994, $2.20 per Mcf in 1993
      and $2.37 per Mcf in 1992, including average equivalent wellhead value,
      any applicable transportation costs and exchange differentials, for the
      volumes detailed in note (1).

  (5) Including transportation and exchange differentials.

                                      21

    During 1994, net operating revenues increased to $626 million, up $45
million as compared to 1993.

    Average wellhead natural gas volumes increased approximately 6% compared to
1993 primarily reflecting the effects of development activities in Trinidad and
Canada partially offset by voluntary curtailments of production in the United
States in 1994. The volume reductions in the United States as a result of
voluntary curtailments were more than offset by the new natural gas deliveries
from the Kiskadee field offshore Trinidad and increased deliveries in Canada.
The increase in wellhead natural gas volumes added $28 million to net operating
revenues. Average wellhead natural gas prices were down significantly from 1993
reducing net operating revenues by approximately $83 million. This 16% reduction
in average wellhead natural gas prices reflects the overall decline in the
United States natural gas markets during the last half of 1994 and increased
volumes from Trinidad sold under a long-term contract at a price considerably
below North American spot market prices. A 42% increase in wellhead crude oil
and condensate volumes over 1993 added $22 million to net operating revenues
primarily reflecting development activities in Trinidad and increased production
in the United States. A 5% decrease in wellhead crude oil and condensate average
prices decreased net operating revenues by approximately $3 million.

    Other marketing activities associated with sales and purchases of natural
gas, natural gas and crude oil price swap transactions, other commodity price
hedging of natural gas and crude oil prices utilizing NYMEX-related commodity
market transactions, and margins relating to the volumetric production payment
added $50 million to net operating revenues during 1994. This increase of $42
million from the same period in 1993 primarily results from a gain of $11
million on natural gas commodity price hedging activities utilizing
NYMEX-related commodity market transactions in 1994 versus an $18 million loss
during 1993 and increased margins associated with other natural gas marketing
activities. The average associated costs of natural gas marketing, price swap
and volumetric production payment transactions, including, where appropriate,
average wellhead value, transportation costs and exchange differentials,
decreased $.26 per Mcf. The average price received for these transactions
decreased $.19 per Mcf. Related other natural gas marketing volumes increased
10%.

    The impact of these other marketing activities, a substantial portion of
which serve as hedges of commodity price risks for a portion of wellhead
deliveries, are more than offset by increases or reductions in revenues
associated with market responsive prices for wellhead deliveries. (See Note 2 to
Consolidated Financial Statements.)

    Gains on sales of selected oil and gas reserves and related assets were $54
million in 1994 as compared to $13 million in 1993. While the quantity of
equivalent reserves sold in 1994 was slightly less than 1993, higher average
proceeds received per equivalent unit in 1994 as compared to 1993 primarily
contributed to the increased gain recognition. In continuing its strategy of
fully utilizing its assets in optimizing profitability, cash flow and return on
investments, the Company expects to continue the sale of similar properties from
time to time.

    During 1993, net operating revenues increased to $581 million, up $122
million as compared to 1992.

    Average wellhead natural gas volumes increased approximately 26% compared to
1992 primarily reflecting the effects of exploration and development activities
relating to tight gas sand formations. Wellhead natural gas delivered volumes
were curtailed less during portions of 1993 than for the comparable periods in
1992 due to the significant increases realized in wellhead natural gas prices in
1993. Average wellhead natural gas prices were up approximately 22% in 1993 over
those received in 1992, adding approximately $87 million to net operating
revenues. Increases in wellhead natural gas volumes in 1993 added $83 million to
net operating revenues compared to 1992. Average wellhead crude oil and
condensate prices in 1993 were down 9% compared to 1992, reducing net operating
revenues by $5 million. Increases in wellhead crude oil and condensate volumes
in 1993 added approximately $2 million to net operating revenues compared to
1992.
                                      22

    Other marketing activities associated with sales and purchases of natural
gas, natural gas price swap transactions, other commodity price hedging of
natural gas and crude oil and condensate prices utilizing NYMEX-related
commodity market transactions, and margins relating to the volumetric production
payment added $8 million to net operating revenues during 1993. This decrease of
$54 million from 1992 primarily results from shrinking margins associated with
sales under long-term fixed price contracts and amortization of volumetric
production payment deferred revenue due to increases in market responsive
natural gas prices associated with volumes supplying these dispositions and
losses on natural gas commodity price hedging activities utilizing NYMEX-related
commodity market transactions. The average associated costs of natural gas
marketing, price swap and volumetric production payment transactions, including,
where appropriate, average wellhead value, transportation costs and exchange
differentials, increased $.33 per Mcf. Related other natural gas marketing
volumes increased 15%.

    OPERATING EXPENSES. During 1994, total operating expenses of $466 million
were approximately $1 million higher than the $465 million incurred in 1993.
Lease and well expenses of $60 million were approximately $1 million higher than
last year primarily due to increased expenses related to new operations offshore
Trinidad partially offset by cost reductions in North America. Exploration
expenses of $42 million increased $5 million from the previous year primarily
due to an increased level of exploration activities. Impairment of unproved oil
and gas properties increased $4 million from 1993 primarily due to impairments
associated with certain offshore Gulf of Mexico leases. Depreciation, depletion
and amortization ("DD&A") expense decreased from $250 million in 1993 to $242
million in 1994 reflecting a $.09 per Mcfe decrease in the average DD&A rate to
$.80 per Mcfe. The rate decrease is primarily due to increased production from
offshore Trinidad at an average DD&A rate significantly less than the North
American operations DD&A rate and a $.03 per Mcfe reduction in the North
American operations DD&A rate. General and administrative expenses increased $6
million to $51 million primarily due to overall higher costs associated with
expanded international and domestic operations. Taxes other than income
decreased approximately $7 million from 1993 primarily due to lower taxable
United States wellhead volumes and prices and reductions included in 1994
related to revisions of certain prior year production taxes. Included in 1994
and 1993 are benefits associated with reductions in state franchise taxes of $4
million and $3 million, respectively. The Company continues to benefit from
certain state severance tax exemptions allowed on high cost natural gas volumes.

    Total per unit operating costs for lease and well expense, DD&A, general and
administrative expense, interest expense, and taxes other than income decreased
$.14 per Mcfe, averaging $1.29 per Mcfe during 1994 compared to $1.43 per Mcfe
for 1993. The decrease was primarily due to per unit reductions in DD&A and
taxes other than income as discussed above.

    During 1993, total operating expenses of $465 million were $112 million
higher than the $353 million incurred in 1992. Lease and well expenses increased
approximately $10 million primarily due to expanded domestic and international
operations. Exploration expenses increased approximately $4 million primarily
due to increased exploration activities in North America. An unsuccessful Gulf
of Mexico well added nearly $4 million to dry hole expenses and a related $3
million to lease impairments in 1993. Dry hole expenses also reflect the impact
of increased drilling activity outside North America. DD&A expense increased $70
million to $250 million reflecting an increase in production volumes and an
average DD&A rate increase from $.79 per Mcfe in 1992 to $.89 per Mcfe for 1993.
The DD&A rate increase is primarily due, as expected, to factors associated with
the tight gas sands drilling program which costs are being more than offset by
benefits realized in the form of tight gas sand federal income tax credits and
certain state severance tax exemptions. General and administrative expenses
increased almost $9 million to $45 million primarily reflecting cost reductions
included in 1992 related to changes associated with certain employee
compensation plans and overall higher costs in 1993 due to an expansion of
domestic and international operations. Taxes other than income increased $7
million primarily due to increased production volumes and revenues in 1993,
partially offset by continuing benefits associated with certain state severance
tax
                                      23

exemptions allowed on high cost natural gas volumes and a $3 million reduction
of state franchise taxes resulting from refunds of prior year payments received
in 1993.

    Total per unit operating costs for lease and well expense, DD&A, general and
administrative expense, interest expense, and taxes other than income increased
$.03 per Mcfe, averaging $1.43 per Mcfe during 1993 compared to $1.40 per Mcfe
for 1992. The total increase was associated with DD&A expense which was up $.10
per Mcfe as noted above being partially offset by a reduction of $.07 Mcfe in
all other costs.

    OTHER INCOME. Other income for 1993 includes $4 million in interest income
associated with the investment of funds temporarily surplus to the Company (See
Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements) and $4 million associated with
settlements related to the termination of certain long-term
natural gas contracts.

    INTEREST EXPENSE. Net interest expense in 1994 decreased approximately $1
million to $8 million as compared to 1993 primarily due to favorable interest
rates on new financing acquired by a subsidiary of the Company in Trinidad and
the retirement of higher interest rate debt. The estimated fair value of
outstanding interest rate swap agreements at December 31, 1994 was a negative
$0.5 million based on termination values obtained from third parties. (See Note
13 to Consolidated Financial Statements).

    Net interest expense decreased $12 million, or 55%, to $10 million in 1993
as compared to 1992 reflecting the repayment of a substantial portion of the
Company's long-term debt in 1992 with proceeds from the sale of common stock in
August 1992 and the sale of a volumetric production payment in September 1992.
The estimated fair value of outstanding interest rate swap agreements at
December 31, 1993 was a negative $3.3 million based upon termination values
obtained from third parties.

    INCOME TAXES. Income tax provision in 1994 includes a benefit of
approximately $36 million associated with tight gas sand federal income tax
credit utilization, a benefit of approximately $8 million related to reduced
estimated state income taxes and a portion of certain franchise taxes which is
treated as income tax under SFAS No. 109, and a $5 million benefit from the
reduction of the Company's deferred federal income tax liability resulting from
a reevaluation of deferred tax requirements.

    Income tax benefit in 1993 includes a benefit of approximately $65 million
associated with tight gas sand federal income tax credit utilization, an
approximate $7 million predominantly one-time non-cash charge recorded in the
third quarter of 1993 primarily to adjust the Company's accumulated deferred
federal income tax liability for the increase in the corporate federal income
tax rate from 34% to 35% and a $12 million benefit from the reduction of the
Company's deferred federal income tax liability resulting from a reevaluation of
deferred tax requirements.

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

    CASH FLOW. The primary sources of cash for the Company during the three-year
period ended December 31, 1994 included funds generated from operations, the
sale of common stock, the sale of a volumetric production payment, proceeds from
the sale of selected oil and gas reserves and related assets and the issuance of
new debt. Primary cash outflows included funds used in operations, exploration
and development expenditures, dividends, and the repayment of debt.

    Discretionary cash flow, a frequently used measure of performance for
exploration and production companies, is generally derived by adjusting net
income to eliminate the effects of depreciation, depletion and amortization,
impairment of unproved oil and gas properties, deferred taxes, gains on sales of
oil and gas reserves and related assets, certain other miscellaneous non-cash
amounts, except for amortization of deferred revenue, and exploration and dry
hole expenses. However, based on the continuing practice of the Company of
selling selected oil and gas reserves and related assets in furtherance of its
strategy of fully utilizing its assets in optimizing profitability, cash flow
and return on investments, it believes that net proceeds from these transactions
should also be considered as available discretionary cash flow and is so
presenting those values for 1994. Values for prior years have also been
reclassified for consistency. In the case of the Company, the elimination of
revenues
                                      24

associated with the amortization of deferred revenues created by the sale by the
Company of a volumetric production payment is reflected in investing cash flows.
The Company generated discretionary cash flow of approximately $514 million in
1994, $521 million in 1993 and $346 million in 1992. The 1993 amount includes
$50 million associated with a federal income tax refund resulting from the
settlement of an audit of federal income taxes paid in prior years.

    Net operating cash flows were approximately $426 million in 1994, $480
million in 1993 and $306 million in 1992. Decreased 1994 net operating cash
flows were primarily due to proceeds in 1993 from the receipt of a refund on
settlement of an audit of federal income taxes discussed above. Increased 1993
net operating cash flows were primarily due to increased net operating revenues
and a decrease in provision for current taxes resulting from both increased
tight gas sand federal income tax credit utilization and proceeds from the
receipt of a refund on settlement of an audit of federal income taxes paid in
prior years. In accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 95 - "Statement of
Cash Flows", net proceeds from the sale of selected oil and gas reserves and
related assets are not included in the determination of cash from operations.

    SALE OF SELECTED OIL AND GAS RESERVES AND RELATED ASSETS. During 1994, the
Company received proceeds of $91 million from the sale of selected oil and gas
reserves and related assets compared to $42 million received in 1993. While the
quantity of equivalent reserves sold in 1994 was slightly less than 1993, higher
average proceeds received per equivalent unit of reserves sold in 1994 as
compared to 1993 resulted in significantly higher 1994 proceeds. Taxable gains
resulting from the 1994 sales generated income taxes of $20 million, leaving net
proceeds of $71 million. Taxable gains resulting from the 1993 sales generated
federal income taxes of $8 million, leaving net proceeds of $34 million.

    SALE OF VOLUMETRIC PRODUCTION PAYMENT. In September 1992, the Company sold a
volumetric production payment for $326.8 million to a limited partnership. (See
"Business - Marketing - Other Marketing" and Note 5 to Consolidated Financial
Statements). Under the terms of the production payment agreements, the Company
conveyed a real property interest in approximately 124 Bcfe (136 trillion
British thermal units) of certain natural gas and other hydrocarbons to the
purchaser. Effective October 1, 1993, the agreements were amended providing for
the extension of the original term of the volumetric production payment through
March 31, 1999 and including a revised schedule of daily quantities of
hydrocarbons to be delivered which is approximately one-half of the original
schedule. The revised schedule will total approximately 89.1 Bcfe (97.8 trillion
British thermal units) versus approximately 87.9 Bcfe (96.4 trillion British
thermal units) remaining to be delivered under the original agreement. Daily
quantities of hydrocarbons no longer required to be delivered under the revised
schedule during the period from October 1, 1993 through June 30, 1996 are
available for sale by the Company. The Company retains responsibility for its
working interest share of the cost of operations. In accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, the Company accounted for the proceeds received
in the transaction as deferred revenue which is being amortized into revenue and
income as natural gas and other hydrocarbons are produced and delivered to the
purchaser during the term, as revised, of the volumetric production payment
thereby matching those revenues with the depreciation of asset values which
remained on the balance sheet following the sale and the operating expenses
incurred for which the Company retained responsibility. The Company expects the
above transaction, as amended, to have minimal impact on future earnings.
However, cash made available by the sale of the volumetric production payment
has provided considerable financial flexibility for the pursuit of investment
alternatives.
                                      25

    EXPLORATION AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENDITURES. The table below sets out
components of actual exploration and development expenditures for the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, along with those budgeted for the year
1995.

                                                  ACTUAL
                                      -------------------------------   BUDGETED
EXPENDITURE CATEGORY                    1994       1993       1992        1995
- --------------------                  ---------  ---------  ---------   -------

                                                     (IN MILLIONS)
Capital
    Drilling and Facilities.........  $     342  $     331  $     260    $  345
    Leasehold Acquisitions..........         52         29         23        25
    Producing Property
      Acquisitions..................         34          9         65        15
    Capitalized Interest and Other..         14         14         14        15
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------   -------
        Total.......................        442        383        362       400
Exploration Expenses................         59         55         44        50
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------   -------
Total...............................  $     501  $     438  $     406    $  450
                                      =========  =========  =========   =======

    Exploration and development expenditures increased $63 million, or 14%, in
1994 compared to 1993. The increase primarily reflects the acquisitions of
selected properties to compliment existing North American producing areas and
the addition of new international activities in India. (See "Business -
Exploration and Production" for additional information detailing the specific
geographic locations of the Company's drilling programs and "Outlook" below for
a discussion related to 1995 exploration and development expenditure plans).

    Exploration and development expenditures in 1993 increased to $438 million,
an 8% increase, as compared to the $406 million expended in 1992. The increase
was attributable to increased domestic drilling activity with reduced emphasis
on development drilling expenditures associated with tight gas sand formations.
The Company also implemented its first development program outside of North
America. During 1993, the Company installed a jacket, platform and production
facilities and initiated natural gas production from the Kiskadee field offshore
the southeast coast of Trinidad.

    FINANCING. The Company's long-term debt-to-total-capital ratio was 15% and
14% as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The Company has entered into
an agreement with Enron Corp. pursuant to which the Company may borrow funds
from Enron Corp. at a representative market rate of interest on a revolving
basis. During 1994, there were no funds borrowed by the Company under this
agreement. Under a promissory note effective January 1, 1993 at a fixed interest
rate of 7%, the Company may advance funds temporarily surplus to the Company to
Enron Corp. for investment purposes. Daily outstanding balances of funds
advanced to Enron Corp. under the note averaged $69 million during 1994 with no
balance outstanding at December 31, 1994. There was a balance of $7 million
outstanding at December 31, 1994 under a commercial paper program initiated in
1990. Proceeds from the commercial paper program were used to fund current
transactions. During 1994, total long-term debt increased $37 million to $190
million as a result of $23 million of new borrowings related to certain
international drilling activities, a $7 million increase in commercial paper,
and the recording of a $7 million capital lease obligation. (See Note 4 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements). The estimated fair value of the Company's
long-term debt, including current maturities of $2 million and $30 million, at
December 31, 1994 and 1993 was $186 million and $192 million, respectively,
based upon quoted market prices and, where such prices were not available, upon
interest rates currently available to the Company at year end. (See Note 13 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements).

    OUTLOOK. There continues to exist a good deal of uncertainty as to the
direction of future North America natural gas price trends and a rather wide
divergence in the opinions held by some in the industry. However, recent history
would tend to support, and it seems there is emerging among a larger number of
industry representatives somewhat of a consensus, that natural gas prices will
remain below parity with crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids for some
time. This situation is being impacted by improvements in the technology used in
drilling and completing oil and gas
                                      26

wells that are tending to mitigate the impacts of fewer oil and gas wells being
drilled, the deregulation of the natural gas market under Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission Order 636 and subsequent related orders, and improvements
being realized in the availability and utilization of natural gas storage
capacity. However, the continually increasing recognition of natural gas as a
more environmentally friendly source of energy along with the availability of
significant domestically sourced supplies should result in further increases in
demand and a supporting/strengthening of the overall natural gas market over
time. Being primarily a natural gas producer, the Company is more significantly
impacted by changes in natural gas prices than by changes in crude oil and
condensate prices. (See "Business - Other Matters - Energy Prices"). Based on
the portion of the Company's anticipated natural gas volumes for which prices
have not, in effect, been hedged using NYMEX-related commodity market
transactions, long-term marketing contracts and the sale of a volumetric
production payment, the Company's net income and cash flow sensitivity to
changing natural gas prices is approximately $10 million for each $.10 per Mcf
change in average wellhead natural gas prices. Using various commodity price
hedging mechanisms, the Company has, in effect, locked in prices for an average
of about one-half of its anticipated wellhead natural gas volumes and about
one-third of its anticipated wellhead crude oil and condensate volumes for the
year 1995 and about one-third of its anticipated wellhead natural gas volumes
and about one-sixth of its anticipated wellhead crude oil and condensate volumes
for the year 1996. The percentage of volumes hedged may change during the
remainder of 1995 and will change in future years.

    Other factors representing positive impacts that are more certain continue
to hold good potential for the Company in future periods. While the drilling
qualification period for the tight gas sand federal income tax credit expired as
of December 31, 1992, the Company has continued in 1994, and should continue in
the future, to realize significant benefits associated with production from
wells drilled during the qualifying period as it will be eligible for the
federal income tax credit through the year 2002. However, all other factors
remaining equal, the annual benefit, which was $36 million in 1994 and is
estimated to be approximately $21 million for 1995, is expected to continue to
decline in future periods as production from the qualified wells declines. The
drilling qualification period for a certain state severance tax exemption
available on qualifying high cost natural gas revenues continues through the
latter part of 1996. Consequently, new qualifying production will be added
prospectively to that qualified at year end 1994. (See "Business - Other Matters
- - Tight Gas Sand Tax Credit (Section 29) and Severance Tax Exemption"). Other
natural gas marketing activities are also expected to continue to contribute
meaningfully to financial results. The Company completed a fairly significant
restructure of its other natural gas marketing portfolio during 1992 with the
sale of a volumetric production payment of approximately 124 Bcfe (136 trillion
British thermal units) for $326.8 million that was subsequently revised in 1993
(See "Business - Marketing - Other Marketing" and Note 5 to Consolidated
Financial Statements) and elimination of most delivery obligations under four
long-term fixed price marketing contracts. The proceeds from the sale of the
volumetric production payment added substantially to the financial flexibility
of the Company supporting future development while the combined effect of all
elements of the restructuring on net income has not been, and will not in the
future be, significant. These factors are expected to contribute significantly
to earnings, cash flow, and the ability of the Company to pursue the
continuation of an active exploration, development and selective acquisition
program.

    The Company plans to continue to focus a substantial portion of its
development and certain exploration expenditures in its major producing areas in
North America. However, based on the continuing uncertainty associated with
North America natural gas prices and the current weakness in that market, and as
a result of the recent success realized in Trinidad and opportunities available
to the Company in conjunction with the recent signing of agreements in India,
the Company anticipates expending an increasing portion of its available funds
in the further development of these opportunities. In addition, the Company
expects to include limited but meaningful exploratory exposure in other areas
outside of North America in its expenditure plans. (See "Business - Exploration
and Production" for additional information detailing the specific geographic
locations of the related drilling programs). Early-in-year activity will be
managed within an annual expected expenditure

                                      27

level of approximately $450 million. This early-in-year planning will address
the continuing uncertainty with regard to the future of the North America
natural gas price environment and will be structured to maintain the flexibility
necessary under the Company strategy of funding exploration, development and
acquisition activities primarily from available internally generated cash flow.
The continuation of expenditures in other areas outside of North America, will
be primarily for additional evaluation of coalbed methane recovery potential in
the U.K., France, Australia, China, Russia and certain other countries.

    The level of exploration and development expenditures may vary in 1995 and
will vary in future periods depending on energy market conditions and other
related economic factors. Based upon existing economic and market conditions,
the Company believes net operating cash flow and available financing
alternatives in 1995 will be sufficient to fund its net investing cash
requirements for the year. However, the Company has significant flexibility with
respect to its financing alternatives and adjustment of its exploration and
development expenditure plans as circumstances warrant. While the Company has
certain continuing commitments associated with expenditure plans related to
operations in India, they are not anticipated to be material when considered in
relation to the total financial capacity of the Company.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

    The information required hereunder is included in this report as set forth
in the "Index to Financial Statements" on page F-1.

ITEM 9.  DISAGREEMENTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

    None.
                                   PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

    The information required by this Item regarding directors is set forth in
the Proxy Statement under the caption entitled "Election of Directors", and is
incorporated herein by reference.

    See list of "Current Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I located
elsewhere herein.

    There are no family relationships among the officers listed, and there are
no arrangements or understandings pursuant to which any of them were elected as
officers. Officers are appointed or elected annually by the Board of Directors
at its first meeting following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, each to hold
office until the corresponding meeting of the Board in the next year or until a
successor shall have been elected, appointed or shall have qualified.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The information required by this Item is set forth in the Proxy Statement
under the caption "Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers", and is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

    The information required by this Item is set forth in the Proxy Statement
under the captions "Election of Directors" and "Compensation of Directors and
Executive Officers", and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

    The information required by this Item is set forth in the Proxy Statement
under the caption "Certain Transactions", and is incorporated herein by
reference.

                                      28

                                   PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

    (a)(1) AND (2)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

    See "Index to Financial Statements" set forth on page F-1.

    (a)(3)  EXHIBITS

    See pages E-1 through E-5 for a listing of the exhibits.

    (b)  REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

    No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Company during the last quarter of
1994.
                                      29

                        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                           ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
        Consolidated Financial Statements:

            Management's Responsibility for Financial Reporting....       F-2

            Reports of Independent Public Accountants..............       F-3

            Consolidated Statements of Income for Each of the
              Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 1994....       F-4

            Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 1994
              and 1993.............................................       F-5

            Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
              for Each of the Three Years in the Period
              Ended December 31, 1994..............................       F-6

            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Each of the
              Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 1994....       F-7

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............       F-8

        Supplemental Information to Consolidated Financial
          Statements...............................................      F-21

        Financial Statement Schedule:

            Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
              and Reserves.........................................       S-1

            Other financial statement schedules have been
            omitted because they are inapplicable or the
            information required therein is included
            elsewhere in the consolidated financial
            statements or notes thereto.

                                     F-1

             MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING

    The following consolidated financial statements of Enron Oil & Gas Company
and its subsidiaries were prepared by management which is responsible for their
integrity, objectivity and fair presentation. The statements have been prepared
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and accordingly
include some amounts that are based on the best estimates and judgements of
management.

    Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, was engaged to audit
the consolidated financial statements of Enron Oil & Gas Company and its
subsidiaries and issue a report thereon. In the conduct of the audit, Arthur
Andersen LLP was given unrestricted access to all financial records and related
data including minutes of all meetings of shareholders, the Board of Directors
and committees of the Board. Management believes that all representations made
to Arthur Andersen LLP during the audit were valid and appropriate. Their audits
of the years presented included developing an overall understanding of the
Company's accounting systems, procedures and internal controls, and conducting
tests and other auditing procedures sufficient to support their opinion on the
financial statements. Arthur Andersen LLP was also engaged to examine and report
on management's assertion about the effectiveness of the system of internal
controls of Enron Oil & Gas Company and its subsidiaries. The reports of Arthur
Andersen LLP appear on the following page.

    The system of internal controls of Enron Oil & Gas Company and its
subsidiaries is designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability
of financial statements and the protection of assets from unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition. This system includes, but is not limited to,
written policies and guidelines including a published code for the conduct of
business affairs, conflicts of interest and compliance with laws regarding
antitrust, anti-boycott and foreign corrupt practices policies, the careful
selection and training of qualified personnel, and a documented organizational
structure outlining the separation of responsibilities among management
representatives and staff groups.

    The adequacy of financial controls of Enron Oil & Gas Company and its
subsidiaries and the accounting principles employed in financial reporting by
the Company are under the general oversight of the Audit Committee of the Board
of Directors. No member of this committee is an officer or employee of the
Company. The independent public accountants have direct access to the Audit
Committee and meet with the committee from time to time to discuss accounting,
auditing and financial reporting matters.

    It should be recognized that there are inherent limitations to the
effectiveness of any system of internal control, including the possibility of
human error and circumvention or override. Accordingly, even an effective system
can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation of
reliable financial statements and safeguarding of assets. Furthermore, the
effectiveness of an internal control system can change with circumstances.

    It is management's opinion that, considering the criteria for effective
internal control over financial reporting and safeguarding of assets which
consists of interrelated components including the control environment,
risk-assessment process, control activities, information and communication
systems, and monitoring, the Company maintained an effective system of internal
control as to the reliability of financial statements and the protection of
assets against unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition for all periods
presented.

BEN B. BOYD             WALTER C. WILSON                  FORREST E. HOGLUND
Vice President and      Senior Vice President and         Chairman of the Board,
Controller              Chief Financial Officer           President and Chief
                                                          Executive Officer
Houston, Texas
February 17, 1995
                                     F-2

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Enron Oil & Gas Company:

    We have examined management's assertion that the system of internal control
of Enron Oil & Gas Company and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31,
1994, was adequate to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of
financial statements and the protection of assets against unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition, included in the accompanying report on
Management's Responsibility for Financial Reporting.

    Our examination was made in accordance with standards established by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and, accordingly, included
obtaining an understanding of the system of internal control, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of the system of internal
control, and such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our examination provides a reasonable basis for
our opinion.

    Because of inherent limitations in any system of internal control, errors or
irregularities may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any
evaluation of the system of internal control to future periods are subject to
the risk that the system of internal control may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.

    In our opinion, management's assertion that the system of internal control
of Enron Oil & Gas Company and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31,
1994, was adequate to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of
financial statements and the protection of assets against unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition is fairly stated in all material respects, based
upon the control criteria therein.

                                                           ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
February 17, 1995

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Enron Oil & Gas Company:

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Enron Oil &
Gas Company (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994
and 1993, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1994. These financial statements and the schedule referred to below are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and the schedule based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Enron Oil & Gas Company and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

    Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The financial statement schedule listed
in the index to financial statements is presented for purposes of complying with
the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of the basic
financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and, in our
opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to
be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a
whole.

                                                           ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Houston, Texas
February 17, 1995
                                     F-3

                           ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       -------------------------------------
                                          1994         1993         1992
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
NET OPERATING REVENUES
   Natural Gas
      Associated Companies...........  $   267,997  $   279,921  $   280,501
      Trade..........................      221,896      225,241      108,487
   Crude Oil, Condensate and Natural
     Gas Liquids
      Associated Companies...........       46,782       38,953       38,775
      Trade..........................       29,556       16,881       20,152
   Gains on Sales of Reserves and
     Related Assets..................       54,014       13,318        6,037
   Other.............................        5,578        6,706        5,074
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
            Total....................      625,823      581,020      459,026
OPERATING EXPENSES
   Lease and Well....................       60,384       59,344       49,406
   Exploration.......................       41,811       36,921       33,278
   Dry Hole..........................       17,197       18,355       10,764
   Impairment of Unproved Oil and Gas
     Properties......................       24,936       20,467       15,136
   Depreciation, Depletion and
     Amortization....................      242,182      249,704      179,839
   General and Administrative........       51,418       45,274       36,648
   Taxes Other Than Income...........       28,254       35,396       28,346
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
            Total....................      466,182      465,461      353,417
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
OPERATING INCOME.....................      159,641      115,559      105,609
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)...............        2,783        6,635       (3,476)
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPENSE AND
  TAXES..............................      162,424      122,194      102,133
INTEREST EXPENSE
   Incurred
      Affiliate......................          629            -        1,747
      Other..........................       13,984       15,378       24,122
   Capitalized.......................       (6,124)      (5,457)      (3,580)
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
      Net Interest Expense...........        8,489        9,921       22,289
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES...........      153,935      112,273       79,844
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT).......        5,937      (25,752)     (17,736)
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
NET INCOME...........................  $   147,998  $   138,025  $    97,580
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========
EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK...  $       .93  $       .86  $       .63
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========
AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES......      159,845      159,966      154,533
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
                                     F-4

                           ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

                                             AT DECEMBER 31,
                                       ----------------------------
                                           1994           1993
                                       -------------  -------------
                              ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
   Cash and Cash Equivalents.........  $       5,810  $     103,129
   Accounts Receivable
      Associated Companies...........         57,352         59,143
      Trade..........................         68,781         66,109
   Inventories.......................         15,731         14,082
   Other.............................          8,744          6,962
                                       -------------  -------------
         Total.......................        156,418        249,425
OIL AND GAS PROPERTIES (Successful
Efforts Method)......................      3,015,435      2,772,220
   Less: Accumulated Depreciation,
     Depletion and Amortization......      1,330,624      1,226,175
                                       -------------  -------------
         Net Oil and Gas
           Properties................      1,684,811      1,546,045
OTHER ASSETS.........................         20,638         15,692
                                       -------------  -------------
TOTAL ASSETS.........................  $   1,861,867  $   1,811,162
                                       =============  =============

               LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
   Accounts Payable
      Associated Companies...........  $      13,353  $      13,250
      Trade..........................        117,791        143,542
   Accrued Taxes Payable.............         17,631         17,354
   Dividends Payable.................          4,800          4,795
   Current Maturities of Long-Term
     Debt............................          1,718         30,000
   Other.............................          9,308          8,989
                                       -------------  -------------
         Total.......................        164,601        217,930
LONG-TERM DEBT
   Affiliate.........................         25,000        -
   Other.............................        165,337        153,000
OTHER LIABILITIES....................         10,035          9,477
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES................        269,292        270,154
DEFERRED REVENUE.....................        184,183        227,528
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 (Note 9)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Common Stock, $.01 Par,
     160,000,000 Shares Authorized
     and Issued at December 31, 1994
     and No Par, 160,000,000 Shares
     Authorized and Issued at
     December 31, 1993...............        201,600        200,800
   Additional Paid In Capital........        403,488        417,531
   Cumulative Foreign Currency
     Translation Adjustment..........        (15,298)        (6,855)
   Retained Earnings.................        453,810        324,995
   Common Stock Held in Treasury,
     9,173 shares at December 31,
     1994 and 160,000 shares at
     December 31, 1993...............           (181)        (3,398)
                                       -------------  -------------
         Total Shareholders'
         Equity......................      1,043,419        933,073
                                       -------------  -------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
  EQUITY.............................  $   1,861,867  $   1,811,162
                                       =============  =============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
                                     F-5

                           ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  CUMULATIVE
                                                                    FOREIGN                     COMMON
                                                    ADDITIONAL      CURRENCY                     STOCK          TOTAL
                                         COMMON       PAID IN     TRANSLATION     RETAINED      HELD IN     SHAREHOLDERS'
                                          STOCK       CAPITAL      ADJUSTMENT     EARNINGS     TREASURY         EQUITY
                                       -----------  -----------   ------------   -----------  -----------   --------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>         
Balance at December 31, 1991.........  $   200,759  $   310,504    $    6,947    $   124,975  $    -         $    643,185
   Net Income........................       -            -             -              97,580       -               97,580
   Shares Issued by Public Offering..           41      111,820        -              -            -              111,861
   Dividends Paid, $.025 Per Share in
     April, July and October, and
     Declared, $.03 in December......       -            -             -             (16,390)      -              (16,390)
   Translation Adjustment............       -            -             (8,673)        -            -               (8,673)
   Treasury Stock Purchased..........       -            -             -              -            (1,827)         (1,827)
   Treasury Stock Issued Under Stock
     Option Plan.....................       -              (577)       -              -             1,827           1,250
                                       -----------  -----------   ------------   -----------  -----------   --------------
Balance at December 31, 1992.........      200,800      421,747        (1,726)       206,165       -              826,986
   Net Income........................       -            -             -             138,025       -              138,025
   Dividends Paid/Declared, $.12 Per
     Share...........................       -            -             -             (19,195)      -              (19,195)
   Translation Adjustment............       -            -             (5,129)        -            -               (5,129)
   Treasury Stock Purchased..........       -            -             -              -           (16,698)        (16,698)
   Treasury Stock Issued Under Stock
     Option Plan.....................       -            (4,216)       -              -            13,300           9,084
                                       -----------  -----------   ------------   -----------  -----------   --------------
Balance at December 31, 1993.........      200,800      417,531        (6,855)       324,995       (3,398)        933,073
   Net Income........................       -            -             -             147,998       -              147,998
   Two-for-One Stock Split...........          800         (800)       -              -            -              -
  Dividends Paid/Declared, $.12 Per
   Share.............................       -            -             -             (19,183)      -              (19,183)
  Translation Adjustment.............       -            -             (8,443)        -            -               (8,443)
  Treasury Stock Purchased/
   Tendered..........................       -            -             -              -           (35,960)        (35,960)
  Treasury Stock Issued Under Stock
   Option Plan.......................       -           (13,243)       -              -            39,177          25,934
                                       -----------  -----------   ------------   -----------  -----------   --------------
Balance at December 31, 1994.........  $   201,600  $   403,488    $  (15,298)   $   453,810  $      (181)  $   1,043,419
                                       ===========  ===========   ============   ===========  ===========   ==============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
                                     F-6

                           ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        -------------------------------------
                                          1994          1993          1992
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Reconciliation of Net Income to
     Net Operating Cash Inflows:
   Net Income........................   $ 147,998     $ 138,025     $  97,580
   Items Not Requiring (Providing)
     Cash
      Depreciation, Depletion and
        Amortization.................     242,182       249,704       179,839
      Impairment of Unproved Oil and
        Gas Properties...............      24,936        20,467        15,136
      Deferred Income Taxes..........       1,788        25,612       (17,917)
      Other, Net.....................      (2,735)        1,768         5,713
   Exploration Expenses..............      41,811        36,921        33,278
   Dry Hole Expenses.................      17,197        18,355        10,764
   Gains On Sales of Reserves and
     Related Assets..................     (54,014)      (13,318)       (6,037)
   Other, Net........................       4,490         1,242        (6,147)
   Changes in Components of Working
     Capital and Other Liabilities
      Accounts Receivable............        (883)      (24,586)      (12,732)
      Inventories....................      (2,163)       (4,548)        3,687
      Accounts Payable...............     (25,648)       26,208        46,327
      Accrued Taxes Payable..........         277         7,443           247
      Other Liabilities..............       1,086           772        (2,886)
      Other, Net.....................      (1,463)      (44,443)       33,784
   Changes in Components of Working
     Capital Associated with
     Investing and Financing
     Activities......................      31,038        40,042       (74,232)
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------
NET OPERATING CASH INFLOWS...........     425,897       479,664       306,404
INVESTING CASH FLOWS
   Additions to Oil and Gas
     Properties......................    (442,078)     (383,064)     (362,403)
   Exploration Expenses..............     (41,811)      (36,921)      (33,278)
   Dry Hole Expenses.................     (17,197)      (18,355)      (10,764)
   Proceeds from Sales of Reserves
     and Related Assets (Note 10)....      90,515        41,815        33,412
   Proceeds from Sale of Volumetric
     Production Payment..............       -            -}           326,775
   Amortization of Deferred
     Revenue.........................     (43,345)      (73,867)      (25,380)
   Changes in Components of Working
     Capital Associated with
     Investing Activities............     (32,120)      (37,256)       74,232
   Other, Net........................      (8,758)       (4,905)       (3,686)
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------
NET INVESTING CASH OUTFLOWS..........    (494,794)     (512,553)       (1,092)
FINANCING CASH FLOWS
   Long-Term Debt
      Affiliate......................      25,000         -          (132,836)
      Other..........................     (25,300)       33,000      (139,556)
   Common Stock Issued...............       -             -           111,861
   Dividends Paid....................     (19,178)      (19,200)      (15,385)
   Treasury Stock Purchased..........     (14,139)      (16,698)       (1,827)
   Proceeds from Sales of Treasury
     Stock...........................       4,113         9,084         1,250
   Other, Net........................       1,082        (2,786)        -
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------
NET FINANCING CASH INFLOWS
  (OUTFLOWS).........................     (28,422)        3,400      (176,493)
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS........................     (97,319)      (29,489)      128,819
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
  BEGINNING OF YEAR..................     103,129       132,618         3,799
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF
  YEAR...............................   $   5,810     $ 103,129     $ 132,618
                                        =========     =========     =========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
                                     F-7

                           ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED)

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION. The consolidated financial statements of Enron
Oil & Gas Company (the "Company"), 80% of the outstanding common stock of which
is owned by Enron Corp., include the accounts of all domestic and foreign
subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to consolidated financial
statements for prior years to conform with the current presentation.

    CASH EQUIVALENTS.  The Company records as cash equivalents all highly
liquid short-term investments with maturities of three months or less. (See
Note 4 "Long-Term Debt - Financing Arrangements with Enron Corp.")

    OIL AND GAS OPERATIONS.  The Company accounts for its natural gas and
crude oil exploration and production activities under the successful efforts
method of accounting.

    Oil and gas lease acquisition costs are capitalized when incurred. Unproved
properties with significant acquisition costs are assessed quarterly on a
property-by-property basis and any impairment in value is recognized.
Amortization of any remaining costs of such leases begins at a point prior to
the end of the lease term depending upon the length of such term. Unproved
properties with acquisition costs that are not individually significant are
aggregated, and the portion of such costs estimated to be nonproductive, based
on historical experience, is amortized over the average holding period. If the
unproved properties are determined to be productive, the appropriate related
costs are transferred to proved oil and gas properties. Lease rentals are
expensed as incurred.

    Oil and gas exploration costs, other than the costs of drilling exploratory
wells, are charged to expense as incurred. The costs of drilling exploratory
wells are capitalized pending determination of whether they have discovered
proved commercial reserves. If proved commercial reserves are not discovered,
such drilling costs are expensed. The costs of all development wells and related
equipment used in the production of crude oil and natural gas are capitalized.

    Depreciation, depletion and amortization of the cost of proved oil and gas
properties is calculated using the unit-of-production method. Estimated future
dismantlement, restoration and abandonment costs (classified as long-term
liabilities), net of salvage values, are taken into account. Certain other
assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis.

    Inventories, consisting primarily of tubular goods and well equipment held
for use in the exploration for, and development and production of crude oil and
natural gas reserves, are carried at cost with selected adjustments made from
time to time to recognize changes in condition value.

    Natural gas revenues are recorded to recognize that during the course of
normal production operations joint interest owners will, from time to time, take
more or less than their ultimate share of natural gas volumes from jointly owned
reservoirs. These volumetric imbalances are monitored over the life of the
reservoir to achieve balancing, or minimize imbalances, by the time reserves are
depleted. Final cash settlements are made, generally at the time a property is
depleted, under one of a variety of arrangements generally accepted by the
industry depending on the specific circumstances involved. The Company accrues
revenues associated with undertakes and defers revenues associated with
overtakes to recognize these potential ultimate imbalances.

    Based on the Company's strategy of maximizing the economic value of its
assets through a combination of both developing and producing over time, crude
oil and natural gas reserves and the sale of such reserves in place with related
assets; effective for 1994, gains and losses associated with such sales in place
are being classified as Net Operating Revenues in the consolidated statements of
income.
                                     F-8

    ACCOUNTING FOR INTEREST AND PRICE RISK MANAGEMENT The Company engages in
price and interest rate risk management activities for primarily non-trading
purposes. Such activities consist of transactions to hedge commodity prices
associated with the sales and purchases of natural gas and crude oil in order to
mitigate the risk of market price fluctuations and interest rate swap agreements
to effectively convert portions of floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis,
thereby reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future income. Changes
in the market value of commodity price and interest rate swap transactions
entered into as hedges are deferred so that the gain or loss is recognized in
the period in which the revenues or expenses associated with the hedged
transactions are applicable.

    In certain situations, the Company has designated portions of and may in the
future designate certain commodity price swap transactions or portions thereof
as for trading purposes. These transactions are accounted for using the
mark-to-market method of accounting. Under this method, unrealized gains or
losses resulting from the impact of price movements are recognized as net gains
or losses in Net Operating Revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

    CAPITALIZED INTEREST COSTS. Certain interest costs have been capitalized as
a part of the historical cost of unproved oil and gas properties. Interest costs
capitalized during each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994
are set out in the consolidated statements of income.

    INCOME TAXES. Taxable income of the Company, excluding that of any foreign
subsidiaries, is included in the consolidated federal income tax return filed by
Enron Corp. Pursuant to a tax allocation agreement between the Company, the
Company's subsidiaries and Enron Corp., either Enron Corp. will pay to the
Company and each subsidiary an amount equal to the tax benefit realized in the
Enron Corp. consolidated federal income tax return resulting from the
utilization of the Company's or the subsidiary's net operating losses and/or tax
credits, or the Company and each subsidiary will pay to Enron Corp. an amount
equal to the federal income tax computed on its separate taxable income less the
tax benefits associated with any net operating losses and/or tax credits
generated by the Company or the subsidiary which are utilized in the Enron Corp.
consolidated return. Enron Corp. will pay the Company and each subsidiary for
the tax benefits associated with their net operating losses and tax credits
utilized in the Enron Corp. consolidated return, provided that a tax benefit was
realized even if such benefits could not have been used by the Company or the
subsidiary on a separately filed tax return.

    The Company has entered into an agreement with Enron Corp. providing for the
Company to be paid for all realizable benefits associated with tight gas sand
federal income tax credits concurrent with tax reporting and settlement for the
periods in which they are generated.

    The tax allocation agreement applies to the Company and each of its
subsidiaries for all years in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries are
or were included in the Enron Corp. consolidated return. Taxes for any foreign
subsidiaries of the Company are calculated on a separate return basis.

    The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 - "Accounting for Income Taxes".
SFAS No. 109 requires the asset and liability approach for accounting for income
taxes. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized
based on anticipated future tax consequences attributable to differences between
financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases (See Note 8 "Income Taxes").

    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION. For subsidiaries whose functional currency is
deemed to be other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability accounts are
translated at year-end exchange rates and revenue and expenses are translated at
average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Translation adjustments are
included as a separate component of shareholders' equity.

    EARNINGS PER SHARE.  Earnings per share is computed on the basis of the
average number of common shares outstanding during the periods.

                                     F-9

2.  NATURAL GAS AND CRUDE OIL, CONDENSATE AND NATURAL GAS LIQUIDS NET
    OPERATING REVENUES

    Natural Gas Net Operating Revenues are comprised of the following:

                                          1994         1993         1992
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
Wellhead Natural Gas Revenues
    Associated Companies(1)(2).......  $   279,339  $   340,508  $   223,249
    Trade............................      162,553      156,301      103,288
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
            Total....................  $   441,892  $   496,809  $   326,537
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========
Other Natural Gas Marketing
  Activities
    Gross Revenues from:
        Associated Companies(3)......  $   159,726  $   139,576  $   186,600
        Trade(4).....................      121,965      135,606       57,482
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
            Total....................      281,691      275,182      244,082
    Associated Costs from:
        Associated
        Companies(1)(5)(6)...........      181,756      182,456      133,170
        Trade........................       62,513       66,273       52,283
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
            Total....................      244,269      248,729      185,453
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
            Net......................       37,422       26,453       58,629
    Commodity Price Hedging Gain
      (Loss)(7)......................       10,579      (18,100)       3,822
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
            Total....................  $    48,001  $     8,353  $    62,451
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========

    Crude Oil, Condensate and Natural Gas Liquids Net Operating Revenues are
comprised of the following:
                                          1994         1993         1992
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
Wellhead Crude Oil, Condensate and
  Natural Gas Liquids Revenues
    Associated Companies.............  $    44,979  $    38,953  $    38,474
    Trade............................       29,556       16,881       20,152
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
        Total........................  $    74,535  $    55,834  $    58,626
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========
Other Crude Oil and Condensate
  Marketing Activities
    Commodity Price Hedging
      Gain(7)........................  $     1,803  $    -       $       301
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========
- ---------
  (1) Wellhead Natural Gas Revenues in 1994, 1993 and 1992 include $126,783,
      $129,504 and $84,317, respectively, associated with deliveries by Enron
      Oil & Gas Company to Enron Oil & Gas Marketing, Inc., a wholly-owned
      subsidiary, reflected as a cost in Other Natural Gas Marketing Activities
      - Associated Costs.

  (2) Includes $22,434, $46,358 and $17,173 in 1994, 1993 and 1992,
      respectively, associated with the equivalent wellhead value of volumes
      delivered under the terms of a volumetric production payment agreement
      effective October 1, 1992, as amended, net of transportation.

  (3) Includes the effect of a price swap agreement with an Enron Corp.
      affiliated company which in effect fixed the price of certain sales.

  (4) Includes $43,345, $73,867 and $25,380 in 1994, 1993 and 1992,
      respectively, associated with the amortization of deferred revenues under
      the terms of volumetric production payment and exchange agreements
      effective October 1, 1992, as amended.

  (5) Includes the effect of a price swap agreement with a third party which in
      effect fixed the price of certain purchases.

  (6) Includes $33,779, $65,042 and $23,977 in 1994, 1993 and 1992,
      respectively, for volumes delivered under volumetric production payment
      and exchange agreements effective October 1, 1992, as amended, including
      equivalent wellhead value, any applicable transportation costs and
      exchange differentials.

  (7) Represents gain or loss associated with commodity price swap transactions
      primarily with Enron Corp. affiliated companies based on NYMEX-related
      commodity prices in effect on dates of execution, less customary
      transaction fees.
                                     F-10
3.  OTHER ASSETS

    Other Assets at December 31, 1994 includes an investment in 349,387 shares
of Enron Corp. common stock purchased for $10 million, at an average of $28.62
per share from Enron Corp. (the fair market value of such shares on the dates of
acquisition), in connection with an anticipated acquisition of certain oil and
gas properties by a subsidiary of the Company which is scheduled to close in
March 1995. The Enron Corp. common stock will be used in connection with the
future redemption of redeemable preferred stock to be issued by the subsidiary.

4.  LONG-TERM DEBT

    REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT. The Company is a party to a Revolving Credit
Agreement dated as of March 11, 1994, among the Company and the banks named
therein (the "Credit Agreement"). The Credit Agreement provides for aggregate
borrowings of up to $100 million, with provisions for increases, at the option
of the Company, up to $300 million. Advances under the Credit Agreement bear
interest, at the option of the Company, based on a base rate, an adjusted CD
rate or a Eurodollar rate. Each advance under the Credit Agreement matures on a
date selected by the Company at the time of the advance, but in no event after
January 15, 1998. There were no advances outstanding under the Credit Agreement
at December 31, 1994.

    FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS WITH ENRON CORP. The Company engages in various
transactions with Enron Corp. that are characteristic of a consolidated group
under common control. Activities of the Company not internally funded from
operations have been and may be funded from time to time by advances from Enron
Corp. The Company entered into an agreement with Enron Corp., effective October
12, 1989 (as amended effective September 29, 1992), under which the Company may
borrow funds from Enron Corp. at a representative market rate of interest on a
revolving basis. During 1994 and 1993, there were no funds borrowed by the
Company under this agreement. Any loan balance that may be outstanding from time
to time is payable on demand but no later than September 29, 1995, the maturity
date of this agreement. Any balances outstanding would be classified as
long-term based on the Company's intent and ability to refinance such amounts
using available borrowing capacity.

    The Company also entered into an agreement with Enron Corp., effective
October 12, 1989 (as amended effective September 29, 1992), which provides the
Company the option of depositing any excess funds that may be available from
time to time with Enron Corp. with interest at a representative market rate
during the periods the funds were held by Enron Corp. Effective January 1, 1993,
the Company executed a promissory note at a fixed interest rate of 7% with Enron
Corp. providing for the investment of funds temporarily surplus to the Company
from time to time with Enron Corp. Daily outstanding balances of funds advanced
to Enron Corp. under this note averaged $68.8 million and $60.3 million during
1994 and 1993, respectively. There were no advances outstanding at December 31,
1994 and $96.6 million outstanding at December 31, 1993 under this agreement,
which amounts are classified as cash equivalents on the consolidated balance
sheets. Interest income recorded in 1994 and 1993 under the terms of this note
totaled $4.7 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

    In July 1994, the Company prepaid $25 million of loans payable due in April
1995 with proceeds from a promissory note payable to Enron Corp. which note is
in the same amount and with essentially the same terms as the loan prepaid. The
promissory note is classified as long-term based on the Company's intent and
ability to refinance such note upon maturity with other long-term debt. The
interest rate swap agreement which effectively fixed the interest rate of the
original loan payable at 8.98% through maturity remains in effect for the
promissory note payable to Enron Corp.

                                     F-11

    LONG-TERM DEBT, OTHER.  Long-Term Debt, Other at December 31 consisted of
the following:
                                          1994         1993
                                       -----------  -----------
    Loan(s) Payable..................  $    25,000  $    50,000
    Senior Notes.....................       70,000       70,000
    Promissory Notes.................       56,000       33,000
    Commercial Paper.................        6,700       -
    Capitalized Lease Obligation.....        7,637       -
                                       -----------  -----------
                Total................  $   165,337  $   153,000
                                       ===========  ===========

    The Loan Payable is due in 1995 and bears interest at a variable rate based
on the London Interbank Offered Rate which has, in effect, been converted to a
fixed interest rate of 8.92% through maturity using an interest rate swap
agreement in equivalent dollar amounts. The note is classified as long-term
based on the Company's intent and ability to replace such loan upon maturity
with other long-term debt.

    The Senior Notes bear interest at 9.1% with principal repayments of $30
million due in 1996 and $20 million due in 1997 and 1998.

    In March 1994, a subsidiary of the Company received two advances, evidenced
by promissory notes, aggregating $31 million under a credit agreement dated as
of March 8, 1994 between the subsidiary and a financial institution. One of the
advances is in the amount of $16 million, bears interest at a fixed rate of
4.52% and is due in 1998. The other advance is in the amount of $15 million,
bears interest at a floating rate that resets quarterly equal to 84% of the
London Interbank Bid Rate which is 1/8 of 1% less than the London Interbank
Offered Rate and is due in 1998. Both advances are collateralized with a letter
of credit issued by a bank on behalf of the subsidiary and guaranteed by the
Company. The advances were used to partially repay a promissory note payable to
a bank by the subsidiary.

    In May 1994, the subsidiary received a $25 million advance, evidenced by a
promissory note, under a credit agreement dated May 27, 1994 between the
subsidiary and a financial institution. The credit agreement provides for
aggregate borrowings of up to $44 million and is due in 1999. The advances bear
interest based on various interest rate options, as defined in the credit
agreement, which ranged from 4.03% to 5.59% during 1994. The advance is
guaranteed by the Company and was used to partially repay temporary advances
from the Company to the subsidiary for qualified development costs.

    There was a $6.7 million balance outstanding at December 31, 1994, under a
commercial paper program initiated in 1990. The proceeds from the commercial
paper program outstanding from time to time are used to fund current
transactions and are classified as long-term based on the Company's intent and
ability to replace such obligation with other long-term debt. The interest rate
for the obligation at December 31, 1994 was 6.33%.

    Certain of the borrowings described above contain covenants requiring the
maintenance of certain financial ratios and limitations on liens, debt issuance
and dispositions of assets.

    In 1991, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement providing for the issuance and sale from time to time of
up to $250 million of debt securities to the public. As of December 31, 1994, no
debt securities had been issued under this registration statement.

    FAIR VALUE OF LONG-TERM DEBT. At December 31, 1994, the Company had $190
million of long-term debt and $2 million of current maturities outstanding. At
December 31, 1993, there was $153 million of long-term debt and $30 million of
current maturities outstanding. The estimated fair value of such debt, including
current maturities, at December 31, 1994 and 1993 was approximately $186 million
and $192 million, respectively. The fair value of long-term debt is the value
the Company would have to pay to retire the debt, including any premium or
discount to the debtholder
                                     F-12

for the differential between the stated interest rate and the year-end market
rate. The fair value of long-term debt is based upon quoted market prices and,
where such quotes were not available, upon interest rates available to the
Company at year-end.

5.  DEFERRED REVENUE

    In September 1992, the Company sold a volumetric production payment for
$326.8 million to a limited partnership of which an Enron Corp. affiliated
company is general partner with a 1% interest. Under the terms of the production
payment agreements, the Company conveyed a real property interest of
approximately 124 billion cubic feet equivalent ("Bcfe") (136 trillion British
thermal units) of natural gas and other hydrocarbons. The natural gas and other
hydrocarbons were originally scheduled to be produced and delivered over a
period of forty-five months which period commenced October 1, 1992. Effective
October 1, 1993, the agreements were amended providing for the extension of the
original term of the volumetric production payment through March 31, 1999 and
including a revised schedule of daily quantities of hydrocarbons to be delivered
which is approximately one-half of the original schedule. The revised schedule
will total approximately 89.1 Bcfe (97.8 trillion British thermal units) versus
approximately 87.9 Bcfe (96.4 trillion British thermal units) remaining to be
delivered under the original agreement. Daily quantities of hydrocarbons no
longer required to be delivered under the revised schedule during the period
from October 1, 1993 through June 30, 1996 are available for sale by the
Company. The Company retains responsibility for its working interest share of
the cost of operations. The Company also entered into a separate agreement with
the same limited partnership whereby it has agreed to exchange volumes owned by
the Company for equivalent volumes produced and owned by the limited
partnership. The costs incurred, if any, to effect redeliveries pursuant to such
exchange are borne by the Company. A portion of the proceeds of the sale was
used to repay a portion of the Company's long-term debt, with surplus funds
advanced to Enron Corp. under a note agreement which facilitates the deposit of
funds temporarily surplus to the Company. The Company accounted for the proceeds
received in the transaction as deferred revenue which is being amortized into
revenue and income as natural gas and other hydrocarbons are produced and
delivered during the term, as revised, of the volumetric production payment
agreement. Annual remaining amortization of deferred revenue, based on revised
scheduled deliveries under the volumetric production payment agreement, as
amended, at December 31, 1994 was as follows:

           1995.................................  $  43,344
           1996.................................     43,463
           1997.................................     43,344
           1998.................................     43,344
           1999.................................     10,688
                                                  ---------
                   Total........................  $ 184,183
                                                  =========
6.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

    The Board of Directors of the Company approved in December 1992, as amended
in September 1994, the purchasing and holding in treasury at any time of up to
500,000 shares of common stock of the Company for, but not limited to, meeting
obligations associated with stock option grants to qualified employees pursuant
to the Company's stock option plans. (See Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies
- - Stock Option Plans"). At December 31, 1994 and 1993, 9,173 shares and 160,000
shares, respectively, were held in treasury under this authorization.

    On May 3, 1994, the shareholders of the Company approved and the Board of
Directors subsequently declared a two-for-one split of the Company's common
stock to be effected as a non-taxable dividend of one share for each share
outstanding. Shares were issued on June 15, 1994 to shareholders of record as of
May 31, 1994. An amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company to increase the total number of authorized shares of the common stock of
the Company from 80 million to 160 million shares and to change the par value of
common stock from
                                     F-13

no par to $.01 par per share was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware.
All share and per share amounts in the financial statements and supplemental
financial information have been restated to consider the effect of the
two-for-one stock split.

7.  TRANSACTIONS WITH ENRON CORP. AND RELATED PARTIES

    NATURAL GAS AND CRUDE OIL, CONDENSATE AND NATURAL GAS LIQUIDS NET OPERATING
REVENUES. Wellhead Natural Gas and Crude Oil, Condensate and Natural Gas Liquids
Revenues and Other Natural Gas and Other Crude Oil and Condensate Marketing
Activities include revenues from and associated costs paid to various
subsidiaries and affiliates of Enron Corp. pursuant to contracts which, in the
opinion of management, are no less favorable than could be obtained from third
parties. Other Natural Gas and Other Crude Oil and Condensate Marketing
Activities also include certain commodity price swap and NYMEX-related commodity
transactions with Enron Corp. affiliated companies which, in the opinion of
management, are no less favorable than could be obtained from third parties.
(See Note 2 "Natural Gas and Crude Oil, Condensate and Natural Gas Liquids Net
Operating Revenues").

    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. The Company is charged by Enron Corp.
for all direct costs associated with its operations. Such direct charges,
excluding benefit plan charges (See Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies -
Employee Benefit Plans"), totaled $13.7 million, $11.5 million and $4.9 million
for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively. Management
believes that these charges are reasonable.

    Additionally, certain administrative costs not directly charged to any Enron
Corp. operations or business segments are allocated to the entities of the
consolidated group. Allocation percentages are generally determined utilizing
weighted average factors derived from property gross book value, net operating
revenues and payroll costs. Effective January 1, 1994, the Company entered into
an agreement with Enron Corp. with an initial term of five years through
December 1998, which agreement replaced a similar previous agreement, providing
for services substantially identical in nature and quality to those services
previously provided and for allocated indirect costs incurred in rendering such
services up to a maximum of $6.7 million for 1994, such cap to be increased in
subsequent years for inflation and certain changes in the Company's allocation
bases with any increase not to exceed 7.5% per year. Management believes the
indirect allocated charges for the numerous types of support services provided
by the corporate staff are reasonable. Approximately $6.6 million, $7.9 million
and $9.5 million were charged to the Company for indirect general and
administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992,
respectively.

    FINANCING. See Note 4 "Long-Term Debt - Financing Arrangements with Enron
Corp." for a discussion of financing arrangements with Enron Corp.

                                     F-14
8.  INCOME TAXES

    The principal components of the Company's net deferred income tax liability
at December 31, 1994 and 1993 were as follows:

                                          1994         1993
                                       -----------  -----------
Deferred Income Tax Assets
  Non-Producing Leasehold Costs......  $     7,685  $     5,234
  Seismic Costs Capitalized for
    Tax..............................        4,683        5,643
  Other..............................        4,194        6,337
                                       -----------  -----------
        Total Deferred Income Tax
        Assets.......................       16,562       17,214
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities
  Oil and Gas Exploration and
    Development Costs Deducted for
    Tax Over Book Depreciation,
    Depletion and Amortization.......      252,599      276,422
  Capitalized Interest...............        5,763        6,866
  Volumetric Production Payment Book
    Revenue Over Income for Tax......       26,777        1,288
  Other..............................          715        2,792
                                       -----------  -----------
        Total Deferred Income Tax
        Liabilities..................      285,854      287,368
                                       -----------  -----------
        Net Deferred Income Tax
        Liability....................  $   269,292  $   270,154
                                       ===========  ===========

    The components of income (loss) before income taxes were as follows:

                                          1994         1993         1992
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
United States........................  $   125,510  $   117,460  $    74,226
Foreign..............................       28,425       (5,187)       5,618
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
        Total........................  $   153,935  $   112,273  $    79,844
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========

    Total income tax provision (benefit) was as follows:

                                          1994         1993         1992
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
Current:
    Federal..........................  $       113  $   (52,555) $      (292)
    State............................        2,745            5            2
    Foreign..........................        1,291        1,186          471
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
        Total........................        4,149      (51,364)         181
Deferred:
    Federal..........................        3,818       20,845      (21,729)
    State............................      (14,414)       4,357        3,119
    Foreign..........................       12,384          410          693
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
        Total........................        1,788       25,612      (17,917)
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
  Income Tax Provision (Benefit).....  $     5,937  $   (25,752) $   (17,736)
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========

                                     F-15

    The differences between taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax
rate and the Company's effective rate were as follows:

                                          1994         1993         1992
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate....        35.00%       35.00%       34.00%
State Income Tax, Net of Federal
  Benefit............................        (4.93)        2.53         2.58
Income Tax Related to Foreign
  Operations.........................         3.44         3.08        (2.07)
Tight Gas Sand Federal Income Tax
  Credits............................       (23.71)      (58.05)      (54.24)
Revision of Prior Years' Tax
  Estimates..........................        (3.25)      (10.73)      -
Amended Return Recoveries............        (2.62)      -             (0.84)
Federal Tax Rate Increase............       -              5.23       -
Other................................        (0.07)      -             (1.64)
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
    Effective Income Tax Rate........         3.86%      (22.94)%      (22.21)%
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========

    Current income tax receivable from (payable to) Enron Corp. at December 31,
1994, 1993 and 1992 amounted to $(506), $(6,892) and $5,619, respectively.

    The Company has an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credit carryforward of
$2.7 million which can be used to offset regular income taxes payable in future
years. The AMT credit carryforward has an indefinite carryforward period.

    The Company's foreign subsidiaries' undistributed earnings of approximately
$64 million at December 31, 1994 are considered to be indefinitely invested
outside the U.S. and, accordingly, no U.S. federal or state income taxes have
been provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of
dividends, the Company may be subject to both foreign withholding taxes and U.S.
income taxes, net of allowable foreign tax credits. Determination of any
potential amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liabilities is not
practicable.

9.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Employees of the Company are covered by various
retirement, stock purchase and other benefit plans of Enron Corp. During each of
the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, the Company was charged $5.1
million, $4.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for all such benefits,
including pension expense totaling $0.3 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million,
respectively, by Enron Corp.

    As of September 30, 1994, the most recent valuation date, the plan net
assets of the Enron Corp. defined benefit plan in which the employees of the
Company participate exceeded the actuarial present value of projected plan
benefit obligations by approximately $18.9 million. The assumed discount rate,
rate of return on plan assets and rate of increases in wages used in determining
the actuarial present value of projected plan benefits were 8.0%, 10.5% and
4.0%, respectively.

    The Company also has in effect pension and savings plans related to its
Canadian and Trinidadian subsidiaries. Activity related to these plans is not
significant to the Company's operations.

    The Company provides certain medical, life insurance and dental benefits to
eligible employees who retire under the Enron Corp. Retirement Plan and their
eligible surviving spouses. Benefits are provided under the provisions of a
contributory defined dollar benefit plan. The Company accrues the cost of these
postretirement benefits over the service lives of the employees expected to be
eligible to receive such benefits. The transition obligation existing at January
1, 1993 is being amortized over an average period of 19 years. The accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation ("APBO") existing at December 31, 1994 totaled
$106.7 million, of which $91.0 million is applicable to current retirees and
current employees eligible to retire. The measurement of the APBO assumes an 8%
discount rate and a health care cost trend rate of 12.3% in 1994 decreasing to
5% by the year 2006 and beyond. A 1% increase in the health care cost trend rate
would have the effect of increasing the APBO and the

                                     F-16

net periodic expense by approximately $7.9 million and $0.8 million,
respectively. The Company does not currently intend to prefund its obligations
under its postretirement welfare benefit plans.

    STOCK OPTION PLANS. The Company has various stock option plans ("the Plans")
under which employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and non-employee
members of the Board of Directors have been or may be granted rights to purchase
shares of common stock of the Company generally at a price not less than the
market price of the stock at the date of grant. Options granted under the Plans
vest over a period of time based on the nature of the grants and as defined in
the individual grant agreements.

    The following table sets forth the transactions for the Plans for the years
ended December 31:

                                               NUMBER OF STOCK OPTIONS
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                          1994           1993          1992
                                      -------------  ------------  ------------
Outstanding at January 1............      4,124,800     3,908,050       -
    Granted.........................      5,128,095(1)    920,600     4,048,050
    Exercised.......................     (1,967,920)     (671,850)     (127,500)
    Forfeited.......................        (70,420)      (32,000)      (12,500)
                                      -------------  ------------  ------------
Outstanding at December 31 (Grant
  Prices of $9.25-$23.81 per
  Share)............................      7,214,555     4,124,800     3,908,050
                                      =============  ============  ============
Available for Grant at December 31..      3,218,175     1,075,850     1,964,450
                                      =============  ============  ============
- ---------
  (1) Includes 1,920,275 options granted on December 30, 1994 under an all
      employee stock option grant.

    At December 31, 1994, 1,826,880 options outstanding were vested. Of the
remaining unvested options, 2,802,530, 892,780, 727,030, 581,280 and 384,055
vest in the years 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.

    During 1994, 1993 and 1992, the Company purchased or was tendered 1,817,093,
831,850 and 127,500 of its common shares, respectively, and delivered such
shares upon the exercise of stock options, except for shares held in treasury at
December 31, 1994 and 1993 as set out below. The difference between the cost of
the treasury shares and the exercise price of the options, net of federal income
tax benefit of $7.2 million and $2.8 million for the years 1994 and 1993,
respectively, is reflected as an adjustment to Additional Paid In Capital. In
October 1993, as amended in September 1994, the Company commenced a stock
repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors to facilitate the
availability of treasury shares of common stock for, but not limited to, the
settlement of employee stock option exercises pursuant to the Plans. At December
31, 1994 and 1993, 9,173 and 160,000 shares, respectively, were held in treasury
under this authorization.
(See Note 6 "Shareholders' Equity").

    LETTERS OF CREDIT. At December 31, 1994 and 1993, the Company had letters of
credit outstanding totaling approximately $32.2 and $46.2 million, respectively.
The letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993
include $31.9 million issued in connection with a loan between one of the
Company's subsidiaries and a trust and $33 million issued in connection with a
promissory note between the subsidiary and a bank, respectively.

    CONTINGENCIES. There are various suits and claims against the Company having
arisen in the ordinary course of business. However, management does not believe
these suits and claims will individually or in the aggregate have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
TransAmerican Natural Gas Corporation ("TransAmerican") has filed a petition
against the Company and Enron Corp. alleging breach of contract, tortious
interference with contract, misappropriation of trade secrets and violation of
state antitrust laws. The petition, as amended, seeks actual damages of $100
million plus exemplary damages of $300 million. The Company has answered the
petition and is actively defending the matter; in addition, the Company has
filed counterclaims against TransAmerican and a third-party claim against its
sole shareholder,
                                     F-17

John R. Stanley, alleging fraud, negligent misrepresentation and breach of state
antitrust laws. On April 6, 1994, Enron Corp. was granted summary judgment
wherein the court ordered that TransAmerican can take nothing on its claims
against Enron Corp. Trial, which was set most recently for September 12, 1994
has been continued and there is no current setting. Although no assurances can
be given, the Company believes that the claims made by TransAmerican are totally
without merit, that the ultimate resolution of the matter will not have a
materially adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations,
and that such ultimate resolution could result in a recovery to the Company. The
Company has been named as a potentially responsible party in certain
Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act proceedings.
However, management does not believe that any potential assessments resulting
from such proceedings will individually or in the aggregate have a materially
adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the
Company.

10.  CASH FLOW INFORMATION

    Gains on sales of certain oil and gas reserves and related assets in the
amount of $54.0 million, $13.3 million and $6.0 million for the years ended
December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively, are required by current
accounting guidelines to be removed from Net Income in connection with
determining Net Operating Cash Inflows while the related proceeds are required
to be classified as investing cash inflows. The Company believes that proceeds
from the sales of reserves and related assets should be considered in analyzing
the elements of operating cash inflows. The current federal income tax impact of
these sales transactions was calculated by the Company to be $19.8 million, $8.2
million and $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992,
respectively, which entered into the overall calculation of current federal
income tax. The Company believes that this federal income tax impact should also
be considered in analyzing the elements of the cash flow statement.

    Cash paid for interest and paid (received) for income taxes was as follows
for the years ended December 31:
                                          1994        1993        1992
                                       ----------  ----------  ----------
Interest (net of amount
  capitalized).......................  $   10,436  $   10,517  $   21,576
Income taxes.........................       1,352     (65,543)      7,365

11.  BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

    The Company's operations are all natural gas and crude oil exploration and
production related. Accordingly, such operations are classified as one business
segment. Financial information by geographic area is presented below for the
years ended December 31, or at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1994           1993           1992
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>          
Gross Operating Revenues
    United States....................  $     656,546  $     653,929  $     527,165
    Foreign..........................         86,763         46,316         32,997
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
        Total<F1>....................  $     743,309  $     700,245  $     560,162
                                       =============  =============  =============
Operating Income (Loss)
    United States....................  $     138,001  $     126,410  $     115,552
    Foreign..........................         21,640        (10,851)        (9,943)
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
        Total........................  $     159,641  $     115,559  $     105,609
                                       =============  =============  =============
Identifiable Assets
    United States....................  $   1,505,926  $   1,564,330  $   1,568,093
    Foreign..........................        355,941        246,832        162,919
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------
        Total........................  $   1,861,867  $   1,811,162  $   1,731,012
                                       =============  =============  =============
- ---------
<FN>
<F1>  Not deducted are natural gas associated costs of $117,486, $119,225 and
      $101,136 in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.
</TABLE>
                                     F-18
12.  OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

    Other income (expense) consisted of the following for the years ended
December 31:
                                          1994         1993         1992
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
Interest Income......................  $     4,990  $     5,789  $     1,555
Reserve Accruals.....................       (3,143)      (2,520)      (2,194)
Contract Settlements.................       -             4,248       -
Other, Net...........................          936         (882)      (2,837)
                                       -----------  -----------  -----------
        Total........................  $     2,783  $     6,635  $    (3,476)
                                       ===========  ===========  ===========

13.  PRICE AND INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT

    Periodically, the Company enters into certain trading and non-trading
activities including NYMEX-related commodity market transactions and other
contracts. The non-trading portions of these activities have been designated to
hedge the impact of market price fluctuations on anticipated commodity delivery
volumes or other contractual commitments. Gains and losses relating to trading
transactions were not material to the accompanying consolidated financial
statements. All trading positions were closed subsequent to year-end.

    INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS. In early 1992, the Company entered into
interest rate swap agreements to hedge certain floating interest rate exposure
in 1992 and 1993. This floating rate exposure arises from debt with interest
payments subject to floating interest rates. (See Note 4 "Long-Term Debt"). The
notional value of these interest rate swap agreements was $75 million. Effective
January 1, 1993, Enron Corp. assumed the Company's remaining obligations under
these swap agreements.

    At December 31, 1994, the Company had outstanding interest rate swap
agreements with notional principal amounts of $50 million which terminate in
April 1995. The interest rate swap agreements were entered into to hedge certain
floating rate obligations and effectively fix the interest rate on the notional
amount of debt at 8.98% and 8.92%. The estimated fair value of the outstanding
swap agreements at December 31, 1994 was a negative $0.5 million. The fair value
of interest rate swap agreements is based upon termination values obtained from
third parties.

    FOREIGN CURRENCY CONTRACTS. The Company enters into foreign currency
contracts from time to time to hedge specific currency exposure from commercial
transactions. At December 31, 1994, there were no foreign currency contracts
outstanding.

    ENERGY COMMODITY PRICE SWAPS. The Company entered into certain commodity
price swap agreements to, in effect, hedge the market risk caused by
fluctuations in the cost of natural gas. The agreements call for the Company to
make payments to (or receive payments from) counterparties based upon the
differential between a fixed and a variable price for natural gas volumes
specified by the contracts. Such natural gas price swap agreements run for
periods of up to ten years expiring in 1999. The Company is the fixed price
payor on a notional quantity of 66 trillion British thermal units ("TBtu") of
natural gas with a fair value of negative $103.7 million at December 31, 1994.
The agreements were entered into to, in effect, fix the price of certain
purchases which are used to supply a fixed price sales contract. Inclusive of
the effect of the price swap, the differential between the escalating fixed
purchase price and the escalating fixed sales price results in profit margins
ranging from $1.15 per million British thermal unit ("MMBtu") to $1.44 per MMBtu
on approximately 66 TBtu to be purchased and delivered for sale over the
remaining term of the contracts.

    From time to time, the Company enters into primarily NYMEX-related commodity
market transactions with affiliates of Enron Corp. to, in effect, mitigate the
risk of market price fluctuations on future deliveries of certain portions of
its natural gas and crude oil and condensate. At December 31, 1994, the Company
had outstanding positions covering notional volumes of approximately 50 TBtu and
51 TBtu of natural gas for the years 1995 and 1996, respectively and
approximately 2.5 million barrels ("MMBbl") of crude oil for the year 1995, 1.3
MMBbl of crude oil for the year 1996 and 1.1 MMBbl of crude oil for each of the
years 1997 through 1999. The fair value of the positions was $30.7 million at
December 31, 1994.
                                     F-19

    The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of financial
instruments and related transactions for non-trading activities at December 31,
1994:

                                        CARRYING      ESTIMATED
                                         AMOUNT     FAIR VALUE(1)
                                        --------    -------------
                                              (IN MILLIONS)
Long-Term Debt(2)....................   $ 190.3        $ 185.7
Interest Rate Swap Agreements(2).....      -              (0.5)
Foreign Currency Contracts...........      -            -
Energy Commodity Price Swaps(3)......      -            (103.7)
Related Fixed Price Sales
  Contract(3)........................      -             170.8
NYMEX-Related Commodity Market
  Positions..........................      -              30.7
- ---------
  (1) Estimated fair values have been determined by using available market data
      and valuation methodologies. Judgment is necessarily required in
      interpreting market data and the use of different market assumptions or
      estimation methodologies may affect the estimated fair value amounts.

  (2) See Note 4 "Long-Term Debt."

  (3) The fair value of the Energy Commodity Price Swaps should be considered
      with the fair value of the Related Fixed Price Sales Contract in
      determining the overall market risk of these related business
      transactions.

    CREDIT RISK. While notional contract amounts are used to express the
magnitude of price and interest rate swap agreements, the amounts potentially
subject to credit risk, in the event of nonperformance by the other parties, are
substantially smaller. The Company does not anticipate nonperformance by the
other parties.

14.  CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

    Substantially all of the Company's accounts receivable at December 31, 1994
result from crude oil and natural gas sales and/or joint interest billings to
affiliate and third party companies in the oil and gas industry. This
concentration of customers and joint interest owners may impact the Company's
overall credit risk, either positively or negatively, in that these entities may
be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. In determining
whether or not to require collateral from a customer or joint interest owner,
the Company analyzes the entity's net worth, cash flows, earnings, and credit
ratings. Receivables are generally not collateralized. Historical credit losses
incurred on receivables by the Company have been immaterial.

                                     F-20

                           ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
        SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED)
         (UNAUDITED EXCEPT FOR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR OIL AND GAS
                            PRODUCING ACTIVITIES)

OIL AND GAS PRODUCING ACTIVITIES

    The following disclosures are made in accordance with SFAS No. 69 -
"Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities":

    OIL AND GAS RESERVES. Users of this information should be aware that the
process of estimating quantities of "proved" and "proved developed" crude oil
and natural gas reserves is very complex, requiring significant subjective
decisions in the evaluation of all available geological, engineering and
economic data for each reservoir. The data for a given reservoir may also change
substantially over time as a result of numerous factors including, but not
limited to, additional development activity, evolving production history, and
continual reassessment of the viability of production under varying economic
conditions. Consequently, material revisions to existing reserve estimates occur
from time to time. Although every reasonable effort is made to ensure that
reserve estimates reported represent the most accurate assessments possible, the
significance of the subjective decisions required and variances in available
data for various reservoirs make these estimates generally less precise than
other estimates presented in connection with financial statement disclosures.

    Proved reserves represent estimated quantities of crude oil, condensate,
natural gas and natural gas liquids that geological and engineering data
demonstrate, with reasonable certainty, to be recoverable in future years from
known reservoirs under economic and operating conditions existing at the time
the estimates were made.

    Proved developed reserves are proved reserves expected to be recovered,
through wells and equipment in place and under operating methods being utilized
at the time the estimates were made.

    Canadian provincial royalties are determined based on a graduated percentage
scale which varies with prices and production volumes. Canadian reserves, as
presented on a net basis, assume prices and royalty rates in existence at the
time the estimates were made, and the Company's estimate of future production
volumes. Future fluctuations in prices, production rates, or changes in
political or regulatory environments could cause the Company's share of future
production from Canadian reserves to be materially different from that
presented.

    Estimates of proved and proved developed reserves at December 31, 1994, 1993
and 1992 were based on studies performed by the Company's engineering staff for
reserves in the United States, Canada, Trinidad and India. Opinions by DeGolyer
and MacNaughton, independent petroleum consultants, for the years ended December
31, 1994, 1993 and 1992 covering producing areas containing 59%, 65% and 69%,
respectively, of proved reserves of the Company on a
net-equivalent-cubic-feet-of-gas basis, indicate that the estimates of proved
reserves prepared by the Company's engineering staff for the properties reviewed
by DeGolyer and MacNaughton, when compared in total on a
net-equivalent-cubic-feet-of-gas basis, do not differ materially from the
estimates prepared by DeGolyer and MacNaughton. Such estimates by DeGolyer and
MacNaughton in the aggregate varied by not more than 5% from those prepared by
the Company's engineering staff. All reports by DeGolyer and MacNaughton were
developed utilizing geological and engineering data provided by the Company.

    No major discovery or other favorable or adverse event subsequent to
December 31, 1994 is believed to have caused a material change in the estimates
of proved or proved developed reserves as of that date.

                                     F-21

    The following table sets forth the Company's net proved and proved developed
reserves at December 31 for each of the four years in the period ended December
31, 1994, and the changes in the net proved reserves for each of the three years
in the period then ended as estimated by the Company's engineering staff.

               NET PROVED AND PROVED DEVELOPED RESERVE SUMMARY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        UNITED STATES     CANADA    TRINIDAD     INDIA      TOTAL
                                        -------------     ------    --------   ---------  ---------
<S>                                          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>     <C>
Natural Gas (Bcf)<F1>
    Proved reserves at December 31,
      1991...........................        1,455.9      128.9        -           -        1,584.8
        Revisions of previous
          estimates..................          (46.3)      (4.1)       -           -          (50.4)
        Purchases in place...........           30.5      112.6        -           -          143.1
        Extensions, discoveries and
          other additions............          228.0        6.3        -           -          234.3
        Sales in place...............          (27.7)       -          -           -          (27.7)
        Production...................         (200.0)     (11.2)       -           -         (211.2)
                                        -------------     ------    --------   ---------  ---------
    Proved reserves at December 31,
      1992...........................        1,440.4<F2>  232.5        -           -        1,672.9
        Revisions of previous
          estimates..................          (31.3)      11.0        -           -          (20.3)
        Purchases in place...........            9.2        2.6        -           -           11.8
        Extensions, discoveries and
          other additions............          234.9       47.7       101.3        -          383.9
        Sales in place...............          (12.5)      (1.5)       -           -          (14.0)
        Production...................         (240.0)     (21.3)        (.8)       -         (262.1)
                                        -------------     ------    --------   ---------  ---------
    Proved reserves at December 31,
      1993...........................        1,400.7<F2>  271.0       100.5        -        1,772.2
        Revisions of previous
          estimates..................          (17.1)      (6.5)       15.0        -           (8.6)
        Purchases in place...........           18.8        9.2        -            29.3       57.3
        Extensions, discoveries and
          other additions............          233.8       50.2       113.9        -          397.9
        Sales in place...............          (29.3)      (1.0)       -           -          (30.3)
        Production...................         (228.6)     (26.3)      (23.2)       -         (278.1)
                                        -------------     ------    --------   ---------  ---------
    Proved reserves at December 31,
      1994...........................        1,378.3<F2>  296.6       206.2         29.3    1,910.4
                                        =============     ======    ========   =========  =========
Liquids (MBbl)<F3><F4>
    Proved reserves at December 31,
      1991...........................         13,822      6,512        -           -         20,334
        Revisions of previous
          estimates..................            365       (885)       -           -           (520)
        Purchases in place...........             65        -          -           -             65
        Extensions, discoveries and
          other additions............          2,320        698        -           -          3,018
        Sales in place...............           (296)        (4)       -           -           (300)
        Production...................         (2,411)      (963)       -           -         (3,374)
                                        -------------     ------    --------   ---------  ---------
    Proved reserves at December 31,
      1992...........................         13,865<F2>  5,358        -           -         19,223
        Revisions of previous
          estimates..................          1,490       (536)       -           -            954
        Purchases in place...........             15        489        -           -            504
        Extensions, discoveries and
          other additions............          3,552      1,115       2,251        -          6,918
        Sales in place...............         (3,230)       (23)       -           -         (3,253)
        Production...................         (2,520)      (932)        (33)       -         (3,485)
                                        -------------     ------    --------   ---------  ---------
    Proved reserves at December 31,
      1993...........................         13,172<F2>  5,471       2,218        -         20,861
        Revisions of previous
          estimates..................          2,179       (177)        455        -          2,457
        Purchases in place...........            358        -          -           7,617      7,975
        Extensions, discoveries and
          other additions............          5,332      2,848       2,687        -         10,867
        Sales in place...............           (257)       -          -           -           (257)
        Production...................         (2,997)      (905)       (931)         (32)    (4,865)
                                        -------------     ------    --------   ---------  ---------
    Proved reserves at December 31,
      1994...........................         17,787<F2>  7,237       4,429        7,585     37,038
                                        =============     ======    ========   =========  =========

                                     F-22
Proved developed reserves at
    Natural Gas (Bcf)
        December 31, 1991............        1,138.5      113.0        -           -        1,251.5
        December 31, 1992............        1,168.4<F2>  194.4        -           -        1,362.8
        December 31, 1993............        1,167.3<F2>  250.6        71.4        -        1,489.3
        December 31, 1994............        1,199.1<F2>  288.3       206.2        -        1,693.6
    Liquids (MBbl)<F4>
        December 31, 1991............         13,002      6,484        -           -         19,486
        December 31, 1992............         12,762<F2>  5,329        -           -         18,091
        December 31, 1993............         11,165<F2>  5,409       1,591        -         18,165
        December 31, 1994............         16,770<F2>  7,073       4,429        7,585     35,857
<FN>
<F1> Billion cubic feet

<F2> Includes approximately 71 billion cubic feet equivalent (78 trillion
     British thermal units) in 1994, 87 billion cubic feet equivalent (96
     trillion British thermal units) in 1993 and 114 billion cubic feet
     equivalent (126 trillion British thermal units) in 1992 associated with a
     volumetric production payment sold effective October 1, 1992 to be
     delivered over a seventy-eight month period, as revised, which period
     commenced October 1, 1992.

<F3> Thousand barrels

<F4> Includes crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids.
</TABLE>
    CAPITALIZED COSTS RELATING TO OIL AND GAS PRODUCING ACTIVITIES. The
following table sets forth the capitalized costs relating to the Company's
natural gas and crude oil producing activities at December 31, 1994 and 1993:

                                            1994            1993
                                       --------------  --------------
Proved properties....................  $    2,889,242  $    2,675,419
Unproved properties..................         126,193          96,801
                                       --------------  --------------
    Total............................       3,015,435       2,772,220
Accumulated depreciation, depletion
  and amortization...................      (1,330,624)     (1,226,175)
                                       --------------  --------------
Net capitalized costs................  $    1,684,811  $    1,546,045
                                       ==============  ==============

    COSTS INCURRED IN OIL AND GAS PROPERTY ACQUISITION, EXPLORATION AND
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES.  The acquisition, exploration and development costs
disclosed in the following tables are in accordance with definitions in SFAS
No. 19 - "Financial Accounting and Reporting by Oil and Gas Producing
Companies".

    Acquisition costs include costs incurred to purchase, lease, or otherwise
acquire property.

    Exploration costs include exploration expenses, additions to exploration
wells in progress, and depreciation of support equipment used in exploration
activities.

    Development costs include additions to production facilities and equipment,
additions to development wells in progress and related facilities, and
depreciation of support equipment and related facilities used in development
activities.

    The following tables set forth costs incurred related to the Company's oil
and gas activities for the years ended December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FOREIGN
                                                        ----------------------------------------------
                                        UNITED STATES     CANADA     TRINIDAD     INDIA       OTHER        TOTAL
                                        -------------   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
1994
Acquisition Costs of Properties
    Unproved.........................     $  45,776     $    6,618  $   -       $   -       $      (17) $    52,377
    Proved...........................        17,367          4,523      -           12,300      -            34,190
                                        -------------   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
        Total........................        63,143         11,141      -           12,300         (17)      86,567
Exploration Costs....................        70,669          8,210         850       2,302      11,242       93,273
Development Costs....................       223,241         35,896      60,778         767         564      321,246
                                        -------------   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
        Total........................     $ 357,053     $   55,247  $   61,628  $   15,369  $   11,789  $   501,086
                                        =============   ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ===========

                                     F-23
1993
Acquisition Costs of Properties
    Unproved.........................     $  23,686     $    4,556  $   -       $   -       $      887  $    29,129
    Proved...........................         6,625          2,598      -           -           -             9,223
                                        -------------   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
        Total........................        30,311          7,154      -           -              887       38,352
Exploration Costs....................        53,918          9,096       1,367      -           18,595       82,976
Development Costs....................       247,705         28,045      41,262      -           -           317,012
                                        -------------   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
        Total........................     $ 331,934     $   44,295  $   42,629  $   -       $   19,482  $   438,340
                                        =============   ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ===========
1992
Acquisition Costs of Properties
    Unproved.........................     $  21,844     $    1,173  $   -       $   -       $        3  $    23,020
    Proved...........................        25,958         39,281      -           -           -            65,239
                                        -------------   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
        Total........................        47,802         40,454      -           -                3       88,259
Exploration Costs....................        38,547          5,787         151      -           10,990       55,475
Development Costs....................       256,814          5,162         735      -           -           262,711
                                        -------------   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
        Total........................     $ 343,163     $   51,403  $      886  $   -       $   10,993  $   406,445
                                        =============   ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR OIL AND GAS PRODUCING ACTIVITIES<F1>. The
following tables set forth results of operations for oil and gas producing
activities for the years ended December 31:
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FOREIGN
                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                        UNITED STATES    CANADA     TRINIDAD     INDIA       OTHER       TOTAL
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
1994
Operating Revenues
    Associated Companies.............     $ 315,866     $   8,452   $  -        $  -       $   -      $   324,318
    Trade............................       115,375        42,017     35,908         509       -          193,809
    Gains (Losses) on Sales of
      Reserves and Related Assets....        54,026           (12)     -           -           -           54,014
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
        Total........................       485,267        50,457     35,908         509       -          572,141
Exploration Expenses, including Dry
  Hole...............................        42,242         4,503        836       2,302       9,125       59,008
Production Costs.....................        68,998        12,776      5,083          26       -           86,883
Impairment of Unproved Oil and Gas
  Properties.........................        23,862         1,074      -           -           -           24,936
Depreciation, Depletion and
  Amortization.......................       218,433        16,572      6,572       -             281      241,858
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes....       131,732        15,532     23,417      (1,819)     (9,406)     159,456
Income Tax Provision (Benefit).......        (8,617)        6,175     12,804        (910)     (2,873)       6,579
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
Results of Operations................     $ 140,349     $   9,357   $ 10,613    $   (909)  $  (6,533) $   152,877
                                        =============   =========   ========    ========   =========  ===========

                                      F-24
1993
Operating Revenues
    Associated Companies.............     $ 369,824     $   9,637   $  -        $  -       $   -      $   379,461
    Trade............................       140,552        33,228      1,209       -           -          174,989
    Gains (Losses) on Sales of
      Reserves and Related Assets....        13,724          (406)     -           -           -           13,318
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
        Total........................       524,100        42,459      1,209       -           -          567,768
Exploration Expenses, including Dry
  Hole...............................        35,029         6,657      1,367       -          12,223       55,276
Production Costs.....................        75,767        14,063      1,496       -           -           91,326
Impairment of Unproved Oil and Gas
  Properties.........................        19,499           968      -           -           -           20,467
Depreciation, Depletion and
  Amortization.......................       234,292        14,630        387       -             154      249,463
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes....       159,513         6,141     (2,041)      -         (12,377)     151,236
Income Tax Provision (Benefit).......       (15,525)        2,265     (1,020)      -          (1,742)     (16,022)
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
Results of Operations................     $ 175,038     $   3,876   $ (1,021)   $  -       $ (10,635) $   167,258
                                        =============   =========   ========    ========   =========  ===========
1992
Operating Revenues
    Associated Companies.............     $ 251,649     $  10,074   $  -        $  -       $   -      $   261,723
    Trade............................       106,633        19,313      -           -           -          125,946
    Gains on Sales of Reserves and
      Related Assets.................         6,037         -          -           -           -            6,037
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
        Total........................       364,319        29,387      -           -           -          393,706
Exploration Expenses, including Dry
  Hole...............................        29,705         3,829        151       -          10,357       44,042
Production Costs.....................        63,571         9,271      -           -           -           72,842
Impairment of Unproved Oil and Gas
  Properties.........................        12,001         1,034      -           -           2,101       15,136
Depreciation, Depletion and
  Amortization.......................       167,767        11,719      -           -             327      179,813
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes....        91,275         3,534       (151)      -         (12,785)      81,873
Income Tax Provision (Benefit).......       (13,977)        1,202        (75)      -          (4,323)     (17,173)
                                        -------------   ---------   --------    --------   ---------  -----------
Results of Operations................     $ 105,252     $   2,332   $    (76)   $  -       $  (8,462) $    99,046
                                        =============   =========   ========    ========   =========  ===========
<FN>
<F1> Excludes net revenues associated with other marketing activities, interest
     charges, general corporate expenses and certain gathering and handling
     fees for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994.
     The gathering and handling fees and other marketing net revenues are
     directly associated with oil and gas operations with regard to segment
     reporting as defined in SFAS No. 14 - "Financial Reporting for Segments of
     a Business Enterprise", but are not part of Disclosures about Oil and Gas
     Producing Activities as defined in SFAS No. 69.
</TABLE>
                                     F-25

    STANDARDIZED MEASURE OF DISCOUNTED FUTURE NET CASH FLOWS RELATING TO PROVED
OIL AND GAS RESERVES. The following information has been developed utilizing
procedures prescribed by SFAS No. 69 and based on crude oil and natural gas
reserve and production volumes estimated by the engineering staff of the
Company. It may be useful for certain comparison purposes, but should not be
solely relied upon in evaluating the Company or its performance. Further,
information contained in the following table should not be considered as
representative of realistic assessments of future cash flows, nor should the
Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows be viewed as
representative of the current value of the Company.

    The future cash flows presented below are based on sales prices, cost rates,
and statutory income tax rates in existence as of the date of the projections.
It is expected that material revisions to some estimates of crude oil and
natural gas reserves may occur in the future, development and production of the
reserves may occur in periods other than those assumed, and actual prices
realized and costs incurred may vary significantly from those used.

    Management does not rely upon the following information in making investment
and operating decisions. Such decisions are based upon a wide range of factors,
including estimates of probable as well as proved reserves, and varying price
and cost assumptions considered more representative of a range of possible
economic conditions that may be anticipated.

    The following table sets forth the standardized measure of discounted future
net cash flows from projected production of the Company's crude oil and natural
gas reserves at December 31, for the years ended December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994                                    UNITED STATES    CANADA     TRINIDAD     INDIA        TOTAL
- ----                                    -------------   ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Future revenues<F1>..................    $2,411,087<F2> $ 487,050   $317,758   $ 168,370    $ 3,384,265
Future production costs..............      (606,932)     (196,275)   (87,479)   (105,840)      (996,526)
Future development costs.............      (135,768)       (9,596)    (1,781)     (4,500)      (151,645)
                                         ----------     ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
Future net cash flows before income
  taxes..............................     1,668,387       281,179    228,498      58,030      2,236,094
Discount to present value at 10%
  annual rate........................      (617,960)     (106,353)   (54,380)    (29,460)      (808,153)
                                         ----------     ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
Present value of future net cash
  flows before income taxes..........     1,050,427       174,826    174,118      28,570      1,427,941
Future income taxes discounted at 10%
  annual rate<F3>....................       (27,353)      (17,885)   (70,688)     (7,752)      (123,678)
                                         ----------     ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
Standardized measure of discounted
  future net cash flows relating to
  proved oil and gas reserves<F1>....    $1,023,074<F4> $ 156,941   $103,430   $  20,818    $ 1,304,263
                                         ==========     =========   ========   =========    ===========

                                     F-26
1993
Future revenues<F1>..................    $3,343,900<F2> $ 592,845   $147,542   $    -       $ 4,084,287
Future production costs..............      (639,760)     (230,230)   (45,385)       -          (915,375)
Future development costs.............      (165,473)      (21,001)    (7,582)       -          (194,056)
                                         ----------     ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
Future net cash flows before income
  taxes..............................     2,538,667       341,614     94,575        -         2,974,856
Discount to present value at 10%
  annual rate........................      (951,748)     (143,992)   (20,097)       -        (1,115,837)
                                         ----------     ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
Present value of future net cash
  flows before income taxes..........     1,586,919       197,622     74,478        -         1,859,019
Future income taxes discounted at 10%
  annual rate<F3>....................      (219,228)      (37,851)   (24,899)       -          (281,978)
                                         ----------     ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
Standardized measure of discounted
  future net cash flows relating to
  proved oil and gas reserves<F1>....    $1,367,691<F4> $ 159,771   $ 49,579   $    -       $ 1,577,041
                                         ==========     =========   ========   =========    ===========
1992
Future revenues<F1>..................    $3,017,188<F2> $ 363,284        -          -       $ 3,380,472
Future production costs..............      (573,763)     (105,802)       -          -          (679,565)
Future development costs.............      (194,246)      (12,881)       -          -          (207,127)
                                         ----------     ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
Future net cash flows before income
  taxes..............................     2,249,179       244,601        -          -         2,493,780
Discount to present value at 10%
  annual rate........................      (790,027)      (91,126)       -          -          (881,153)
                                         ----------     ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
Present value of future net cash
  flows before income taxes..........     1,459,152       153,475        -          -         1,612,627
Future income taxes discounted at 10%
  annual rate<F3>....................      (147,736)      (28,056)       -          -          (175,792)
                                         ----------     ---------   --------   ---------    -----------
Standardized measure of discounted
  future net cash flows relating to
  proved oil and gas reserves<F1>....    $1,311,416<F4> $ 125,419   $    -      $   -       $ 1,436,835
                                         ==========     =========   ========   =========    ===========
- ---------
<FN>
<F1>  Based on year end market prices determined at the point of delivery from
      the producing unit.

<F2>  "Future revenues" includes approximately $95.9 million ($77.9 million
      discounted at 10% annual rate) for 1994, $189.1 million ($146.9 million
      discounted at 10% annual rate) for 1993 and $203.5 million ($174.5 million
      discounted at 10% annual rate) for 1992 related to volumes associated with
      a volumetric production payment sold effective October 1, 1992, as
      amended, to be delivered over a seventy-eight month period, as revised,
      which period commenced October 1, 1992.

<F3>  Future income taxes before discount were $230.0 million U.S., $57.2
      million Canada, $102.2 million Trinidad, $22.5 million India and $411.9
      million total; $540.3 million U.S., $91.7 million Canada, $35.5 million
      Trinidad and $667.5 million total and $394.1 million U.S., $63.0 million
      Canada and $457.1 million total for the years ended December 31, 1994,
      1993 and 1992, respectively.

<F4>  Includes approximately $49.3 million, $92.6 million and $111.2 million in
      1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively representing the discounted present
      value at a discount rate of 10% of the "Future revenues" detailed in note
      (2) after deducting future income taxes.

</TABLE>
                                     F-27

    CHANGES IN STANDARDIZED MEASURE OF DISCOUNTED FUTURE NET CASH FLOWS. The
following table sets forth the changes in the standardized measure of discounted
future net cash flows at December 31, for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1994.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        UNITED STATES     CANADA      TRINIDAD       INDIA         TOTAL
                                        -------------   -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
December 31, 1991....................    $  1,061,821   $    94,256  $    -       $    -       $   1,156,077
   Sales and transfers of oil and gas
     produced, net of production
     costs...........................        (294,711)      (20,116)      -            -            (314,827)
   Net changes in prices and
     production costs................         257,572         8,190       -            -             265,762
   Extensions, discoveries, additions
     and improved recovery net of
     related costs...................         275,231         8,999       -            -             284,230
   Development costs incurred........          49,668           177       -            -              49,845
   Revisions of estimated development
     costs...........................         (19,540)        1,406       -            -             (18,134)
   Revisions of previous quantity
     estimates.......................         (45,863)       (7,539)      -            -             (53,402)
   Accretion of discount.............         118,901        12,224       -            -             131,125
   Net change in income taxes........         (20,548)          (77)      -            -             (20,625)
   Purchases of reserves in place....          28,884        32,533       -            -              61,417
   Sales of reserves in place........         (34,984)          (15)      -            -             (34,999)
   Changes in timing and other.......         (65,015)       (4,619)      -            -             (69,634)
                                         ------------   -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
December 31, 1992....................       1,311,416       125,419       -            -           1,436,835
   Sales and transfers of oil and gas
     produced, net of production
     costs...........................        (434,609)      (28,802)         287       -            (463,124)
   Net changes in prices and
     production costs................         180,240        28,400       -            -             208,640
   Extensions, discoveries, additions
     and improved recovery net of
     related costs...................         275,722        27,785       74,191       -             377,698
   Development costs incurred........          58,500        13,900       -            -              72,400
   Revisions of estimated development
     costs...........................          32,196        (1,345)      -            -              30,851
   Revisions of previous quantity
     estimates.......................         (26,118)        5,668       -            -             (20,450)
   Accretion of discount.............         145,915        15,348       -            -             161,263
   Net change in income taxes........         (71,492)       (9,795)     (24,899)      -            (106,186)
   Purchases of reserves in place....           9,462         2,707       -            -              12,169
   Sales of reserves in place........         (38,498)       (1,140)      -            -             (39,638)
   Changes in timing and other.......         (75,043)      (18,374)      -            -             (93,417)
                                         ------------   -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
December 31, 1993....................       1,367,691       159,771       49,579       -           1,577,041
   Sales and transfers of oil and gas
     produced, net of production
     costs...........................        (362,243)      (37,693)     (30,825)        (483)      (431,244)
   Net changes in prices and
     production costs................        (566,358)      (65,287)      11,002       -            (620,643)
   Extensions, discoveries, additions
     and improved recovery net of
     related costs...................         225,366        51,006       96,515       -             372,887
   Development costs incurred........          69,900         6,700        7,582       -              84,182
   Revisions of estimated development
     costs...........................           6,792         5,931       -            -              12,723
   Revisions of previous quantity
     estimates.......................          (2,909)       (3,407)      14,077       -               7,761
   Accretion of discount.............         158,692        19,762        7,448       -             185,902
   Net change in income taxes........         191,875        19,966      (45,789)      (7,752)       158,300
   Purchases of reserves in place....          16,651         3,404       -            29,053         49,108
   Sales of reserves in place........         (27,980)         (461)      -            -             (28,441)
   Changes in timing and other.......         (54,403)       (2,751)      (6,159)      -             (63,313)
                                         ------------   -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
December 31, 1994....................    $  1,023,074   $   156,941  $   103,430  $    20,818  $   1,304,263
                                         ============   ===========  ===========  ===========  =============
</TABLE>
                                     F-28

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         QUARTER ENDED
                                        ------------------------------------------------
                                        MARCH 31      JUNE 30     SEPT. 30      DEC. 31
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
1994
Net Operating Revenues...............   $ 158,208    $ 155,449    $ 160,683    $ 151,483
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Operating Income.....................   $  38,938    $  39,081    $  52,020    $  29,602
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Income before Income Taxes...........   $  39,088    $  36,581    $  50,497    $  27,769
Income Tax Provision (Benefit).......       8,830        2,369        9,529      (14,791)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Net Income...........................   $  30,258    $  34,212    $  40,968    $  42,560
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Earnings Per Share of Common Stock...   $     .19    $     .21    $     .26    $     .27
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Average Number of Common Shares......     159,840      159,859      159,777      159,902
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
1993
Net Operating Revenues...............   $ 136,834    $ 140,486    $ 152,647    $ 151,053
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Operating Income.....................   $  29,633    $  31,517    $  38,451    $  15,958
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Income before Income Taxes...........   $  28,955    $  29,598    $  37,168    $  16,552
Income Tax Provision (Benefit).......      (1,253)      (3,923)       1,412      (21,988)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Net Income...........................   $  30,208    $  33,521    $  35,756    $  38,540
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Earnings Per Share of Common Stock...   $     .19    $     .21    $     .22    $     .24
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Average Number of Common Shares......     160,000      160,000      160,000      159,865
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
1992
Net Operating Revenues...............   $  98,630    $ 106,490    $ 111,840    $ 142,066
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Operating Income.....................   $  20,936    $  19,855    $  24,374    $  40,444
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Income before Income Taxes...........   $  14,079    $  11,665    $  18,639    $  35,461
Income Tax Benefit...................      (8,208)      (2,900)      (1,960)      (4,668)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Net Income...........................   $  22,287    $  14,565    $  20,599    $  40,129
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Earnings Per Share of Common Stock...   $     .15    $     .10    $     .13    $     .25
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
Average Number of Common Shares......     151,800      151,800      154,533      160,000
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>
                                     F-29
                                                                     SCHEDULE II

                           ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
        SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1993 AND 1992
                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================
              COLUMN A                    COLUMN B       COLUMN C        COLUMN D         COLUMN E
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        ADDITIONS       DEDUCTIONS
                                         BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO    FOR PURPOSE FOR    BALANCE AT
                                        BEGINNING OF    COSTS AND     WHICH RESERVES       END OF
             DESCRIPTION                    YEAR         EXPENSES      WERE CREATED         YEAR
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>
1994
Reserves deducted from assets to
  which they apply -
    Revaluation of Accounts
      Receivable.....................     $  1,020       $      2        $    -           $  1,022
                                          ========       ========        =========        ========
Litigation Reserve<F1>...............     $  2,000       $  3,143        $   3,143        $  2,000
                                          ========       ========        =========        ========
1993
Reserves deducted from assets to
  which they apply -
    Revaluation of Accounts
      Receivable.....................     $    -         $  1,020        $    -           $  1,020
                                          ========       ========        =========        ========
Litigation Reserve<F1>...............     $  2,030       $  2,520        $   2,550        $  2,000
                                          ========       ========        =========        ========
1992
Reserves deducted from assets to
  which they apply -
    Revaluation of Accounts
      Receivable.....................     $  5,656       $    600        $   6,256        $     -
                                          ========       ========        =========        ========
Litigation Reserve<F1>...............     $  1,082       $  2,194        $   1,246        $  2,030
                                          ========       ========        =========        ========
- ---------
<FN>
<F1> Included in Other Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
</TABLE>
                                     S-1

                                   EXHIBITS

    Exhibits not incorporated herein by reference to a prior filing are
designated by an asterisk (*) and are filed herewith; all exhibits not so
designated are incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form S-1
Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-30678, filed on August 24, 1989
("Form S-1"), or as otherwise indicated.

     3.1(a)       -   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company (Exhibit 3.1 to Form S-1).

     3.1(b)       -   Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of
                      Incorporation of Enron Oil & Gas Company (Exhibit 4.1(b)
                      to Form S-8 Registration Statement, Registration No.
                      33-52201, filed on February 8, 1994).

     3.1(c)       -   Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of
                      Incorporation of Enron Oil & Gas Company (Exhibit 4.1(c)
                      to Form S-8 Registration Statement, Registration No.
                      33-58103, filed on March 15, 1995).

     3.2*         -   Bylaws of Enron Oil & Gas Company.

     3.3          -   Specimen of Certificate evidencing the Common Stock
                      (Exhibit 3.3 to Form S-1).

     4.1          -   Promissory Note due May 1, 1996, dated May 1, 1991
                      (Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      for the year ended December 31, 1991).

     4.3          -   Amended and Restated Enron Oil & Gas Company 1994 Stock
                      Plan (Exhibit 4.3 to Form S-8 Registration Statement,
                      Registration No. 33-58103, filed on March 15, 1995).

    10.1          -   Services Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1994, between
                      Enron Oil & Gas Company and Enron Corp. (Exhibit 10.1 to
                      the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                      ended December 31, 1993).

    10.2          -   Stock Restriction and Registration Agreement dated as of
                      August 23, 1989 (Exhibit 10.2 to Form S-1).

    10.3          -   Tax Allocation Agreement dated as of August 23, 1989
                      (Exhibit 10.3 to Form S-1), and First Amended and Restated
                      Tax Allocation Agreement dated as of August 9, 1991, as
                      amended on February 6, 1992 (Exhibit 10.3 to Form S-1
                      Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-50462, filed
                      on August 5, 1992).

    10.4          -   Enron Corp. Deferral Plan dated December 10, 1985 (Exhibit
                      10.12 to Form S-1).

    10.5          -   Enron Corp. 1988 Stock Plan (Exhibit 10.13 to Form S-1).

    10.7          -   Enron Corp. 1984 Stock Option Plan (Exhibit 10.15 to
                      Form S-1).

    10.8          -   Enron Corp. 1986 Stock Option Plan (Exhibit 10.16 to
                      Form S-1).

    10.9(a)       -   Employment Agreement between Enron Oil & Gas Company and
                      Forrest Hoglund, dated as of September 1, 1987, as amended
                      (Exhibit 10.19 to Form S-1), and Second and Third
                      Amendments to Employment Agreement dated June 30, 1989 and
                      February 14, 1992, respectively (Exhibit 10.10 to Form S-1
                      Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-50462, filed
                      on August 5, 1992).

    10.9(b)*      -   4th Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 14,
                      1994, among Enron Corp., Enron Oil & Gas Company and
                      Forrest Hoglund.

    10.10         -   Fuel Supply Contract, dated as of June 30, 1986, by and
                      between Enron Oil & Gas Company, HNG Oil Company, BelNorth
                      Petroleum Corporation and Enron Cogenration One Company,
                      as amended (Exhibit 10.23 to Form S-1).

    10.11         -   Gas Sales Contract dated September 2, 1987 between Enron
                      Oil & Gas Company and Cogenron Inc., as amended (Exhibit
                      10.24 to Form S-1).

    10.12         -   Letter Agreement dated August 20, 1987 between Enron Oil &
                      Gas Company and Panhandle Gas Company (Exhibit 10.25 to
                      Form S-1).

                                     E-1

    10.13         -   Pension Program for Enron Corp. Deferral Plan
                      Participants, effective January 1, 1985, as amended
                      (Exhibit 10.29 to Form S-1).

    10.14         -   Enron Oil & Gas Company 1993 Nonemployee Director Stock
                      Option Plan (Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Annual Report
                      on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992).

    10.15(a)      -   Credit Agreement, dated as of March 11, 1994, among Enron
                      Oil & Gas Company, the Banks named therein and Texas
                      Commerce Bank, National Association, as Administrative
                      Agent and Promissory Note due January 15, 1998, dated
                      March 11, 1994 to the order of Texas Commerce Bank
                      National Association, Promissory Note due January 15,
                      1998, dated March 11, 1994 to the order of The Bank of New
                      York, Promissory Note due January 15, 1998, dated March
                      11, 1994 to the order of The Bank of Nova Scotia,
                      Promissory Note due January 15, 1998, dated March 11, 1994
                      to the order of Credit Lyonnais Cayman Islands Branch,
                      Promissory Note due January 15, 1998, dated March 11, 1994
                      to the order of Credit Suisse, Promissory Note due January
                      15, 1998, dated March 11, 1994 to the order of The First
                      National Bank of Chicago, and Promissory Note due January
                      15, 1998, dated March 11, 1994 to the order of Bank of
                      America National Trust and Savings Association (Exhibit
                      10.15 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                      year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.15(b)*     -   Assignment and Acceptance dated April 14, 1994, between
                      Texas Commerce Bank National Association and Royal Bank of
                      Canada and Promissory Note due January 15, 1998, dated
                      April 14, 1994, to the order of Texas Commerce Bank
                      National Association and Promissory Note due January 15,
                      1998, dated April 14, 1994, to the order of Royal Bank of
                      Canada.

    10.16         -   Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Agreement, dated as of
                      June 1, 1991, between Enron Risk Management Services Corp.
                      and Enron Oil & Gas Market- ing, Inc. (Exhibit 10.17 to
                      the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                      ended December 31, 1991), Confirmation dated June 14, 1992
                      (Exhibit 10.17 to Form S-1 Registration Statement,
                      Registration No. 33-50462, filed on August 5, 1992) and
                      Confirmations dated March 25, 1991, April 25, 1991, and
                      September 23, 1992 (assigned to Enron Risk Management
                      Services Corp. by Enron Finance Corp. pursuant to an
                      Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of November
                      1, 1993, by and between Enron Finance Corp., Enron Risk
                      Management Services Corp. and Enron Oil & Gas Marketing,
                      Inc.). (Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Annual Report on
                      Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.17         -   Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of November
                      1, 1993, by and between Enron Oil & Gas Marketing, Inc.,
                      Enron Oil & Gas Company and Enron Risk Management Services
                      Corp. (Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Annual Report on
                      Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.18         -   ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1993,
                      between Enron Oil & Gas Company and Enron Risk Management
                      Services Corp., and Confirmation Nos. 1268.0, 1286.0,
                      1291.0, 1292.0, 1304.0, 1305.0, 1321.0, 1335.0, 1338.0,
                      1370.0, 1471.0, 1485.0, 1486.0, 1494.0, 1495.0, 1509.0,
                      1514.0, 1533.01, 1569.0, 1986.0, 2217.0, 2227.0, 2278.0,
                      2299.0, 2372.0, 2647.0 (Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                      1993).

    10.19         -   Letter Agreement between Colorado Interstate Gas Company
                      and Enron Oil & Gas Marketing, Inc. dated November 1, 1990
                      (Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      for the year ended December 31, 1990).

    10.22         -   Gas Sales Agreement between Enron Gas Marketing, Inc. and
                      Enron Oil & Gas Marketing, Inc. dated August 22, 1989
                      (Exhibit 10.38 to Form S-1).

    10.23         -   Gas Purchase Agreement between Enron Oil & Gas Company and
                      Enron Oil & Gas Marketing, Inc. dated August 22, 1989
                      (Exhibit 10.41 to Form S-1).

    10.24         -   Gas Purchase Agreement between Enron Oil & Gas Company and
                      Enron Oil & Gas Marketing, Inc. dated August 22, 1989
                      (Exhibit 10.42 to Form S-1).

                                     E-2

    10.25         -   Enron Corp. 1991 Stock Plan (Exhibit 10.08 to Enron Corp.
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                      December 31, 1991).

    10.26         -   Enron Corp. 1988 Deferral Plan (Exhibit 10.49 to
                      Form S-1).

    10.27         -   Form of Enron Corp. Long-Term Incentive Plan Effective as
                      of January 1, 1987 (Exhibit 10.50 to Form S-1).

    10.28         -   Enron Executive Supplemental Survivor Benefits Plan
                      Effective January 1, 1987 (Exhibit 10.51 to Form S-1).

    10.29         -   1988 FlexPerq Program Summary (Exhibit 10.52 to Form S-1).

    10.30         -   Credit Agreement between Enron Corp. and Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company dated September 29, 1992 (Exhibit 10.28 to the
                      Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                      December 31, 1992).

    10.31         -   Credit Agreement between Enron Oil & Gas Company and Enron
                      Corp. dated September 29, 1992 (Exhibit 10.29 to the
                      Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                      December 31, 1992).

    10.33         -   Swap Agreement between Banque Paribas and Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company, dated as of December 5, 1990 (Exhibit 10.37 to
                      the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                      ended December 31, 1990), and Confirmations dated March
                      25, 1991 and April 25, 1991 (Exhibit 10.37 to Form S-1
                      Registration Statement, Registration No. 33-50462, filed
                      on August 5, 1992).

    10.34         -   Enron Oil & Gas Company 1992 Stock Plan (Exhibit 10.40 to
                      the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                      ended December 31, 1991).

    10.35         -   Enron Corp. 1992 Deferral Plan (Exhibit 10.41 to the
                      Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                      December 31, 1991).

    10.36(a)      -   Conveyance of Production Payment, dated September 25,
                      1992, between Enron Oil & Gas Company and Cactus
                      Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership (Exhibit 10.34 to
                      the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                      ended December 31, 1992).

    10.36(b)      -   First Amendment to Conveyance of Production Payment, dated
                      effective April 1, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas Company
                      and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership (Exhibit
                      10.36(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                      the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.36(c)      -   Second Amendment to Conveyance of Production Payment,
                      dated effective July 1, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership
                      (Exhibit 10.36(c) to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                      10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.36(d)      -   Third Amendment to Conveyance of Production Payment, dated
                      effective October 1, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas Company
                      and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership (Exhibit
                      10.36(d) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                      the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.37(a)      -   Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement dated September 25, 1992,
                      between Enron Oil & Gas Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon
                      1992-A Limited Partnership (Exhibit 10.35 to the Company's
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                      1992).

    10.37(b)*     -   Amendment to Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement dated
                      effective as of January 1, 1993, between Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership.

    10.37(c)*     -   First Amendment to Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement dated
                      effective as of April 1, 1993, between Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership.

    10.37(d)*     -   Second Amendment to Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement dated
                      effective as of July 1, 1993, between Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership.

    10.37(e)*     -   Amendment to Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement dated
                      effective as of August 1, 1993, between Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership.

                                     E-3

    10.37(f)      -   Fourth Amendment to Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement, dated
                      effective October 1, 1993, between Enron Oil & Gas Company
                      and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership (Exhibit
                      10.37 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                      year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.38         -   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 25, 1992,
                      between Enron Oil & Gas Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon
                      1992-A Limited Partnership (Exhibit 10.36 to the Company's
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                      December 31, 1992).

    10.39(a)      -   Production and Delivery Agreement, dated September 25,
                      1992, between Enron Oil & Gas Company and Cactus
                      Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership (Exhibit 10.37 to
                      the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                      ended December 31, 1992).

    10.39(b)      -   First Amendment to Production and Delivery Agreement,
                      dated effective April 1, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership
                      (Exhibit 10.39(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                      10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.39(c)      -   Second Amendment to Production and Delivery Agreement,
                      dated effective July 1, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership
                      (Exhibit 10.39(c) to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                      10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.39(d)      -   Third Amendment to Production and Delivery Agreement,
                      dated effective October 1, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership
                      (Exhibit 10.39(d) to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                      10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.40         -   Credit Agreement, dated as of March 8, 1994 between Enron
                      Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited and Caribbean Regional
                      Development Investment Trust, and Request for Advance No.
                      1, dated March 4, 1993, and Request for Advance No. 2,
                      dated March 4, 1993 (Exhibit 10.40 to the Company's Annual
                      Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.41         -   Promissory Note due May 1, 1998, dated as of March 8,
                      1994, to the order of Caribbean Regional Development
                      Investment Trust (Exhibit 10.41 to the Company's Annual
                      Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.42         -   Promissory Note due May 1, 1998, dated as of March 8, 1994
                      to the order of Caribbean Regional Development Investment
                      Trust (Exhibit 10.42 to the Company's Annual Report on
                      Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.43         -   Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement, dated March
                      8, 1994, between Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited and
                      Credit Suisse (Exhibit 10.43 to the Company's Annual
                      Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

    10.44         -   Parent Guaranty, dated March 8, 1994 between Enron Oil &
                      Gas Company and Credit Suisse (Exhibit 10.44 to the
                      Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                      December 31, 1993).

    10.45(a)*     -   Letter Loan Agreement dated as of May 27, 1994, between
                      Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited and The Bank of Nova
                      Scotia.

    10.45(b)*     -   Promissory Note due May 27, 1999, dated as of May 31,
                      1994, to the order of The Bank of Nova Scotia.

    10.45(c)*     -   Promissory Note due May 27, 1999, dated as of January 10,
                      1995, to the order of The Bank of Nova Scotia.

    10.46*        -   Guaranty dated as of May 27, 1994, between Enron Oil & Gas
                      Company and The Bank of Nova Scotia.

    10.47*        -   Attorney Opinion Letter of Enron Oil & Gas International,
                      Inc. dated December 18, 1994 (Panna and Mukta Fields).

    10.48*        -   Certificate of Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd. dated December
                      22, 1994 (Panna and Mukta Fields).

                                     E-4

    10.49*        -   Financial and Performance Guarantee of Enron Oil & Gas
                      International, Inc. dated December 22, 1994 (Panna and
                      Mukta Fields).

    10.50*        -   Joint Operating Agreement effective as of December 22,
                      1994, among Oil & Natural Gas Corporation Limited, Enron
                      Oil & Gas India Ltd. and Reliance Industries Limited for
                      contract area identified as Panna and Mukta Fields
                      (Appendices B-1 and B-2 have been intentionally omitted.
                      The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of either
                      appendix to the Commission upon request).

    10.51*        -   Production Sharing Contract dated as of December 22, 1994,
                      among The Government of India, Oil & Natural Gas
                      Corporation Limited, Reliance Industries Limited and Enron
                      Oil & Gas India Ltd., for contract area identified as
                      Panna and Mukta Fields [Appendices B-1 and B-2 and
                      Appendix G (Figures G-1, VIIA-1 to 10, VIIB-1 to 20 and
                      VIII-3) have all been intentionally omitted. The Company
                      hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such appendix
                      and/or figure to the Commission upon request].

    10.52*        -   Attorney Opinion Letter of Enron Oil & Gas International,
                      Inc. dated December 18, 1994 (Tapti Fields).

    10.53*        -   Certificate of Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd. dated December
                      22, 1994 (Tapti Fields).

    10.54*        -   Financial and Performance Guarantee of Enron Oil & Gas
                      International, Inc. dated December 22, 1994 (Tapti
                      Fields).

    10.55*        -   Joint Operating Agreement effective as of December 22,
                      1994, among Oil & Natural Gas Corporation Limited, Enron
                      Oil & Gas India Ltd. and Reliance Industries Limited, for
                      contract area identified as Mid-Tapti and South-Tapti Gas
                      Fields [Appendix B (Figure B-1) has been intentionally
                      omitted. The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of
                      such appendix to the Commission upon request].

    10.56*        -   Production Sharing Contract dated as of December 22, 1994,
                      among The Government of India, Oil & Natural Gas
                      Corporation Limited, Reliance Industries Limited and Enron
                      Oil & Gas India Ltd., for contract area identified as Mid
                      and South Tapti Field [Appendix B, Appendix G (Figures
                      G-1, VII-1 to 11, VIII-2 to 4 and Appendix 3) have all
                      been intentionally omitted. The Company hereby agrees to
                      furnish a copy of any such appendix, to the Commission
                      upon request].

    22*          -    List of subsidiaries.

    23.1*         -   Consent of DeGolyer and MacNaughton.

    23.2*         -   Opinion of DeGolyer and MacNaughton dated
                      January 13, 1995.

    23.3*         -   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

    24*          -    Powers of Attorney.

    27*          -    Financial Data Schedule.

                                     E-5

                                  SIGNATURES

    ]PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED ON
ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, ON THE 22ND DAY OF
MARCH, 1995.

                                         ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
                                                (REGISTRANT)

                                           By  /s/  WALTER C. WILSON
                                                   (WALTER C. WILSON)
                                            SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF
                                                   FINANCIAL OFFICER

    PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THIS
REPORT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF REGISTRANT AND IN
THE CAPACITIES WITH ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY INDICATED AND ON THE 22ND DAY OF
MARCH, 1995.

     SIGNATURE                                      TITLE
- -----------------------                 --------------------------------

/s/FORREST E. HOGLUND                   Chairman of the Board, President
  (FORREST E. HOGLUND)                    and Chief Executive
                                          Officer and Director
                                          (Principal Executive Officer)

 /s/WALTER C. WILSON                    Senior Vice President and Chief
  (WALTER C. WILSON)                      Financial Officer
                                          (Principal Financial Officer)

    /s/BEN B. BOYD                      Vice President and Controller
    (BEN B. BOYD)                         (Principal Accounting Officer)

   FRED C. ACKMAN*                      Director
   (FRED C. ACKMAN)

  RICHARD D. KINDER*                    Director
 (RICHARD D. KINDER)

   KENNETH L. LAY*                      Director
   (KENNETH L. LAY)

 EDWARD RANDALL, III*                   Director
(EDWARD RANDALL, III)

        *By /s/ANGUS H. DAVIS
              (ANGUS H. DAVIS)
(ATTORNEY-IN-FACT FOR PERSONS INDICATED)



                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.2
                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                            ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY

                             A Delaware Corporation

                                Date of Adoption
                                August 23, 1989
                                   As Amended
                               December 12, 1990
                                      and
                                February 8, 1994
<PAGE>
                                     BYLAWS

                               Table of Contents
                                                                      Page
                                                                      ----
Article I.       OFFICES

    Section       1.   Registered Office                               1
    Section       2.   Other Offices                                   1

Article II.      STOCKHOLDERS

    Section       1.   Place of Meetings                               1
    Section       2.   Quorum; Adjournment of Meetings                 1
    Section       3.   Annual Meetings                                 2
    Section       4.   Special Meetings                                2
    Section       5.   Record Date                                     2
    Section       6.   Notice of Meeting                               3
    Section       7.   Stockholder List                                3
    Section       8.   Proxies                                         3
    Section       9.   Voting; Elections; Inspectors                   4
    Section      10.   Conduct of Meetings                             5
    Section      11.   Treasury Stock                                  5
    Section      12.   Business to Be Brought Before
                          the Annual Meeting                           5

Article III.     BOARD OF DIRECTORS

    Section       1.   Power; Number; Term of Office                   6
    Section       2.   Quorum; Voting                                  7
    Section       3.   Place of Meetings; Order of Business            7
    Section       4.   First Meeting                                   7
    Section       5.   Regular Meetings                                7
    Section       6.   Special Meetings                                7
    Section       7.   Nomination of Directors                         8
    Section       8.   Removal                                         9
    Section       9.   Vacancies; Increases in the Number
                          of Directors                                 9
    Section      10.   Compensation                                    9
    Section      11.   Action Without a Meeting; Telephone
                          Conference Meeting                           9
    Section      12.   Approval or Ratification of Acts or
                          Contracts by Stockholders                   10

Article IV.      COMMITTEES

    Section       1.   Executive Committee                            10
    Section       2.   Audit Committee                                11
    Section       3.   Other Committees                               11
    Section       4.   Procedure; Meetings; Quorum                    11
    Section       5.   Substitution and Removal of Members;
                          Vacancies                                   11

Article V.       OFFICERS

    Section       1.   Number, Titles and Term of Office              12
    Section       2.   Powers and Duties of the Chairman
                          of the Board                                12
    Section       3.   Powers and Duties of the President,
                          President-North American Operations,
                          and President-International Operations      12
    Section       4.   Powers and Duties of Vice Chairman
                          of the Board                                13
    Section       5.   Vice Presidents                                13
    Section       6.   General Counsel                                13
    Section       7.   Secretary                                      14
    Section       8.   Deputy Corporate Secretary and
                          Assistant Secretaries                       14
    Section       9.   Treasurer                                      14
    Section      10.   Assistant Treasurers                           14
    Section      11.   Action with Respect to Securities
                          of Other Corporations                       15
    Section      12.   Delegation                                     15

Article VI.      CAPITAL STOCK

    Section       1.   Certificates of Stock                          15
    Section       2.   Transfer of Shares                             16
    Section       3.   Ownership of Shares                            16
    Section       4.   Regulations Regarding Certificates             16
    Section       5.   Lost or Destroyed Certificates                 16

                                      -3-

Article VII.     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

    Section      1.    Fiscal year                                    16
    Section      2.    Corporate Seal                                 17
    Section      3.    Notice and Waiver of Notice                    17
    Section      4.    Facsimile Signatures                           17
    Section      5.    Reliance upon Books, Reports and
                          Records                                     17
    Section      6.    Application of Bylaws                          18

Article VIII.    AMENDMENTS                                           18
                                      -4-

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                            ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY

                                   Article I

                                    OFFICES

     SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the Corporation
required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be
maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the registered office named in the
original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, or such other office
as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner
provided by law.

     SECTION 2. OFFICES. The Corporation may also have offices at such other
places both within and without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as
the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the
Corporation may require.

                                   Article II

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. All meetings of the stockholders shall be
held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place within
or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as shall be specified
or fixed in the notices or waivers of notice thereof.

     SECTION 2. QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT OF MEETINGS. Unless otherwise required by
law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, (i) the
holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote
thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at
any meeting of stockholders for the transaction of business, (ii) in all matters
other than election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of such stock so present or represented at any meeting of stockholders
at which a quorum is present shall constitute the act of the stockholders, and
(iii) where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the
outstanding shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by
proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that
vote on that matter and the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares of
such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting
shall be the act of such class. The stockholders present at a duly organized
meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum, subject to the
provisions of clauses (ii) and (iii) above.

     Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares
present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on
the election of directors.

     Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the
issued and outstanding stock, present in person or represented by proxy and
entitled to vote thereat, at any meeting of stockholders, whether or not a
quorum is present, shall have the power to adjourn such meeting from time to
time, without any notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and
place of the holding of the adjourned meeting. If the adjournment is for more
than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed
for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to
each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

     SECTION 3. ANNUAL MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the
election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the
transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting,
shall be held at such place (within or without the state of incorporation of the
Corporation), on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix
and set forth in the notice of the meeting, which date shall be within thirteen
(13) months subsequent to the last annual meeting of stockholders.

     SECTION 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate
of Incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or
purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, by the
President, by the Vice Chairman of the Board, by a majority of the Board of
Directors, or by a majority of the executive committee (if any), at such time
and at such place as may be stated in the notice of the meeting. A special
meeting of stockholders shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the
President or the Secretary upon written request therefor, stating the purpose(s)
of the meeting, delivered to such officer and signed by the holder(s) of at
least ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote at
such meeting. Business transacted at a special meeting shall be confined to the
purpose(s) stated in the notice of such meeting.

                                      -2-

     SECTION 5. RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or any
adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may fix a date as
the record date for any such determination of stockholders, which record date
shall not precede the date on which the resolutions fixing the record date are
adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less
than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting of stockholders, nor more
than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

     If the Board of Directors does not fix a record date for any meeting of the
stockholders, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of
or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with Article
VII, Section 3 of these Bylaws notice is waived, at the close of business on the
day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for
determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business
on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating
thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.

     SECTION 6. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of the place, date and hour
of all meetings, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for
which the meeting is called, shall be given by or at the direction of the
Chairman of the Board, the President, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the
Secretary or the other person(s) calling the meeting to each stockholder
entitled to vote thereat not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days
before the date of the meeting. Such notice may be delivered either personally
or by mail. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it
appears on the records of the Corporation.

     SECTION 7. STOCKHOLDER LIST. A complete list of stockholders entitled to
vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each
class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of such stockholder, shall be open to the
examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during
ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The stockholder list
shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the
whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

                                      -3-

     SECTION 8. PROXIES. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
Proxies for use at any meeting of stockholders shall be filed with the
Secretary, or such other officer as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine by resolution, before or at the time of the meeting. All proxies shall
be received and taken charge of and all ballots shall be received and canvassed
by the secretary of the meeting, who shall decide all questions touching upon
the qualification of voters, the validity of the proxies, and the acceptance or
rejection of votes, unless an inspector or inspectors shall have been appointed
by the chairman of the meeting, in which event such inspector or inspectors
shall decide all such questions.

     No proxy shall be valid after three (3) years from its date, unless the
proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless
expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest
sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

     Should a proxy designate two or more persons to act as proxies, unless such
instrument shall provide the contrary, a majority of such persons present at any
meeting at which their powers thereunder are to be exercised shall have and may
exercise all the powers of voting or giving consents thereby conferred, or if
only one be present, then such powers may be exercised by that one; or, if an
even number attend and a majority do not agree on any particular issue, each
proxy so attending shall be entitled to exercise such powers in respect of such
portion of the shares as is equal to the reciprocal of the fraction equal to the
number of proxies representing such shares divided by the total number of shares
represented by such proxies.

     SECTION 9. VOTING; ELECTIONS; INSPECTORS. Unless otherwise required by law
or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall on each
matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders have one vote for each
share of stock entitled to vote which is registered in his name on the record
date for the meeting. For the purposes hereof, each election to fill a
directorship shall constitute a separate matter. Shares registered in the name
of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent
or proxy as the bylaws (or comparable instrument) of such corporation may
prescribe, or in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors (or
comparable body) of such corporation may determine. Shares registered in the
name of a deceased person may be voted by the executor or administrator of such
person's estate, either in person or by proxy.

     All voting, except as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or where
otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, upon
request of the chairman of the meeting or upon demand therefor by stockholders
holding a majority of the issued and outstanding stock present in person or by
proxy at any meeting a stock
                                      -4-

vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by written ballots, each of
which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other
information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting.
All elections of directors shall be by written ballots, unless otherwise
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

     At any meeting at which a vote is taken by written ballots, the chairman of
the meeting may appoint one or more inspectors, each of whom shall subscribe an
oath or affirmation to execute faithfully the duties of inspector at such
meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector's
ability. Such inspector shall receive the written ballots, count the votes and
make and sign a certificate of the result thereof. The chairman of the meeting
may appoint any person to serve as inspector, except no candidate for the office
of director shall be appointed as an inspector.

     Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, cumulative
voting for the election of directors shall be prohibited.

     SECTION 10. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The meetings of the stockholders shall be
presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or if the Chairman of the Board is
not present, by the President, or if the President is not present, by the Vice
Chairman of the Board, or if neither the Chairman of the Board, the President
nor the Vice Chairman of the Board is present, by a chairman elected at the
meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, if present, shall act as secretary of
such meetings, or if the Secretary is not present, the Deputy Corporate
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall so act; if neither the Secretary or
the Deputy Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary is present, then a
secretary shall be appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of any
meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure
at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the
conduct of discussion as seem to the chairman in order.

     SECTION 11. TREASURY STOCK. The Corporation shall not vote, directly or
indirectly, shares of its own stock owned by it and such shares shall not be
counted for quorum purposes. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be construed as
limiting the right of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited
to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

     SECTION 12. BUSINESS TO BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE ANNUAL MEETING. To be
properly brought before the annual meeting of stockholders, business must be
either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given
by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise brought before
the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) otherwise
properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of the Corporation who is a
stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this
Section 12 of Article II, who shall be entitled to vote at such

                                      -5-

meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12
of Article II. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to
be brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder of the Corporation, the
stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of
the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or
mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not
less than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding
annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. A stockholder's notice to the
Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring
before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be
brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business
at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the
Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the
acquisition date, the class and the number of shares of voting stock of the
Corporation which are owned beneficially by the stockholder, (iv) any material
interest of the stockholder in such business, and (v) a representation that the
stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring the
proposed business before the meeting.

     Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall
be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Section 12.

     The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine
and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the
meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12 of Article II, and
if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the
meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not
be transacted.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 of Article II,
a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 12.

                                  Article III

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     SECTION 1. POWER; NUMBER; TERM OF OFFICE. The business and affairs of the
Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of
Directors, and subject to the restrictions imposed by law or the Certificate of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the
Corporation.

     The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors
shall

                                      -6-

be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (provided that no
decrease in the number of directors which would have the effect of shortening
the term of an incumbent director may be made by the Board of Directors). If the
Board of Directors makes no such determination, the number of directors shall be
three. Each director shall hold office for the term for which such director is
elected, and until such Director's successor shall have been elected and
qualified or until such Director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

     Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors
need not be stockholders nor residents of the state of incorporation of the
Corporation.

     SECTION 2. QUORUM; VOTING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business of the Board of Directors and the vote of
a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 3. PLACE OF MEETINGS; ORDER OF BUSINESS. The directors may hold
their meetings and may have an office and keep the books of the Corporation,
except as otherwise provided by law, in such place or places, within or without
the state of incorporation of the Corporation, as the Board of Directors may
from time to time determine. At all meetings of the Board of Directors business
shall be transacted in such order as shall from time to time be determined by
the Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman of the Board's absence by the
President (should the President be a director), or in the President's absence by
the Vice Chairman of the Board, or by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 4. FIRST MEETING. Each newly elected Board of Directors may hold
its first meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of
business, if a quorum is present, immediately after and at the same place as the
annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice of such meeting shall not be
required. At the first meeting of the Board of Directors in each year at which a
quorum shall be present, held next after the annual meeting of stockholders, the
Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation.

     SECTION 5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at such times and places as shall be designated from time to time
by the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, by
the President (should the President be a director), or in the President's
absence, by the Vice Chairman of the Board. Notice of such regular meetings
shall not be required.

     SECTION 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may
be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President (should the President be a
director)
                                      -7-

or the Vice Chairman of the Board or, on the written request of any two
directors, by the Secretary, in each case on at least twenty-four (24) hours
personal, written, telegraphic, cable or wireless notice to each director. Such
notice, or any waiver thereof pursuant to Article VII, Section 3 hereof, need
not state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, except as may otherwise be
required by law or provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation or these
Bylaws. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are
present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing.

     SECTION 7. NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS. Only persons who are nominated in
accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as
directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders (a) by or at the direction
of the Board of Directors or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a
stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this
Section 7 of Article III, who shall be entitled to vote for the election of
directors at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth
in this Section 7 of Article III. Such nominations, other than those made by or
at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely
notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a
stockholder's notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) with respect to an election
to be held at the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, 90 days
prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation, and (ii) with respect to an election to be held
at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the election of
directors, not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the
day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public
disclosure of the date of the meeting was made, whichever first occurs. Such
stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth (a) as to each person whom
the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director,
all information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations for proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required,
pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(including the written consent of such person to be named in the proxy statement
as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected); and (b) as to the
stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and address, as they appear on the
Corporation's books, of such stockholder, and (ii) the class and number of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the
stockholder. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by
the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary
of the Corporation that information required to be set forth in a stockholder's
notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

     In the event that a person is validly designated as nominee to the Board
and shall thereafter become unable or unwilling to stand for election to the
Board of Directors,
                                      -8-

the Board of Directors or the stockholder who proposed such nominee, as the case
may be, may designate a substitute nominee.

     No person shall be eligible to serve as a director of the Corporation
unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7
of Article III. The chairman of the meeting of stockholders shall, if the facts
warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in
accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Bylaws, and if the chairman
should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and the
defective nomination shall be disregarded.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 of Article III,
a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 7 of Article
III.

     SECTION 8. REMOVAL. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be
removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then
entitled to vote at an election of directors.

     SECTION 9. VACANCIES; INCREASES IN THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. Unless
otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies existing on
the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting
from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less
than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; and any director so chosen shall
hold office until the next annual election and until such Director's successor
shall have been elected and qualified, or until such Director's earlier death,
resignation or removal.

     SECTION 10. COMPENSATION. Directors and members of standing committees may
receive such compensation as the Board of Directors from time to time shall
determine to be appropriate, and shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses
incurred in attending and returning from meetings of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 11. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING; TELEPHONE CONFERENCE MEETING. Unless
otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee
designated by the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if all
members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent
thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of
proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such consent shall have the
same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting, and may be stated as
such in any document or instrument filed with the Secretary of State of the
state of incorporation of the Corporation.

                                      -9-

     Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, subject to
the requirement for notice of meetings, members of the Board of Directors, or
members of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate
in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, by
means of a conference telephone connection or similar communications equipment
by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other,
and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such
meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express
purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

     SECTION 12. APPROVAL OR RATIFICATION OF ACTS OR CONTRACTS BY STOCKHOLDERS.
The Board of Directors in its discretion may submit any act or contract for
approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any
special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of considering any
such act or contract, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be
ratified by the vote of the stockholders holding a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote and present in
person or by proxy at such meeting (provided that a quorum is present) shall be
as valid and as binding upon the Corporation and upon all the stockholders as if
it has been approved or ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation.

                                   Article IV

                                   COMMITTEES

     SECTION 1. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate an Executive
Committee consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, one of
whom shall be designated chairman of the Executive Committee. During the
intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive
Committee shall possess and may exercise all the powers of the Board of
Directors, including the power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be
affixed to all papers which may require it; provided, however, that the
Executive Committee shall not have the power or authority of the Board of
Directors in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an
agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale,
lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and
assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution of the Corporation, amending, altering or repealing
these Bylaws or adopting new bylaws for the Corporation or otherwise acting
where action by the Board of Directors is specified by the Delaware General
Corporation Law. The Executive Committee shall also have, and may exercise, all
the powers of the Board of Directors, except as aforesaid, whenever a quorum of
the Board of Directors shall fail to be

                                      -10-

present at any meeting of the Board.

     SECTION 2. AUDIT COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate an Audit
Committee consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, one of
whom shall be designated chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee
shall have and may exercise such powers and authority as provided in the
resolution creating it and as determined from time to time by the Board of
Directors.

     SECTION 3. OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed from time to time by a majority of the whole Board of Directors,
designate such other committees as it shall see fit consisting of one or more of
the directors of the Corporation, one of whom shall be designated chairman of
each such committee. Any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers
and authority as provided in the resolution creating it and as determined from
time to time by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 4. PROCEDURE; MEETINGS; QUORUM. Any committee designated pursuant
to this Article IV shall keep regular minutes of its actions and proceedings in
a book provided for that purpose and report the same to the Board of Directors
at its meeting next succeeding such action, shall fix its own rules or
procedures, and shall meet at such times and at such place or places as may be
provided by such rules, or by such committee or the Board of Directors. Should a
committee fail to fix its own rules, the provisions of these Bylaws, pertaining
to the calling of meetings and conduct of business by the Board of Directors,
shall apply as nearly as may be. At every meeting of any such committee, the
presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum,
except as provided in Section 5 of this Article IV, and the affirmative vote of
a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the adoption by it of
any resolution.

     SECTION 5. SUBSTITUTION AND REMOVAL OF MEMBERS; VACANCIES. The Board of
Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of
such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee,
the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting,
whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or
disqualified member. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to
remove any member(s) of a committee and to appoint other directors in lieu of
the person(s) so removed and shall also have the power to fill vacancies in a
committee.
                                      -11-

                                   Article V

                                    OFFICERS

     SECTION 1. NUMBER, TITLES AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the
Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, a President-North
American Operations, a President-International Operations, one or more Vice
Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice President
or Senior Vice President), a General Counsel, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such
other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time elect or appoint
(including, but not limited to, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a Deputy Corporate
Secretary, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant
Treasurers). Each officer shall hold office until such officer's successor shall
be duly elected and shall qualify or until such officer's death or until such
officer shall resign or shall have been removed. Any number of offices may be
held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides
otherwise. Except for the Chairman of the Board and the Vice Chairman of the
Board, no officer need be a director.

     SECTION 2. POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of
the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. Subject to
the control of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee (if any), the
Chairman of the Board shall have general executive charge, management and
control of the properties, business and operations of the Corporation with all
such powers as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities; may agree
upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other
obligations in the name of the Corporation and may sign all certificates for
shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and shall have such other powers and
duties as designated in accordance with these Bylaws and as from time to time
may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors. The
Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of
the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 3.  POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PRESIDENT, PRESIDENT-NORTH AMERICAN
OPERATIONS, AND PRESIDENT-INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.

     (a) Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall
have the authority to agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of
indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Corporation; and, unless
the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall, in the absence
of the Chairman of the Board or if there be no Chairman of the Board, preside at
all meetings of the stockholders and (should the President be a director) of the
Board of Directors; and the President shall have such other powers and duties as
designated in accordance with these Bylaws and as from time to time may be
assigned to the President by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the
Board.
                                      -12-

     (b) Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President-North
American Operations shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all
leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name
of the Corporation pertaining to the Corporation's North American operations;
and the President-North American Operations shall have such other powers and
duties as designated in accordance with these Bylaws and as from time to time
may be assigned to the President-North American Operations by the Board of
Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

     (c) Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the
PresidentInternational Operations shall have the authority to agree upon and
execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations
in the name of the Corporation pertaining to the Corporation's international
operations; and the PresidentInternational Operations shall have such other
powers and duties as designated in accordance with these Bylaws and as from time
to time may be assigned to the President-International Operations by the Board
of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

     SECTION 4. POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Board
of Directors may assign areas of responsibility to the Vice Chairman of the
Board, and, in such event, and subject to the overall direction of the Chairman
of the Board and the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman of the Board shall be
responsible for supervising the management of the affairs of the Corporation and
its subsidiaries within the area or areas assigned and shall monitor and review
on behalf of the Board of Directors all functions within the corresponding area
or areas of the Corporation and each such subsidiary of the Corporation. In the
absence of the President, or in the event of the President's inability or
refusal to act, the Vice Chairman of the Board shall perform the duties of the
President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all
the restrictions upon the President. Further, the Vice Chairman of the Board
shall have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these
Bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to the Vice Chairman of the
Board by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

     SECTION 5. VICE PRESIDENTS. Each Vice President shall at all times possess
power to sign all certificates, contracts and other instruments of the
Corporation, except as otherwise limited in writing by the Chairman of the
Board, the President or the Vice Chairman of the Board or of the Corporation.
Each Vice President shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time
may be assigned to such Vice President by the Board of Directors, the Chairman
of the Board, the President or the Vice Chairman of the Board.

     SECTION 6. GENERAL COUNSEL. The General Counsel shall act as chief legal
advisor

                                      -13-

to the Corporation. The General Counsel may have one or more staff attorneys and
assistants, and may retain other attorneys to conduct the legal affairs and
litigation of the Corporation under the General Counsel's supervision.

     SECTION 7. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings
of the Board of Directors, committees of the Board of Directors and the
stockholders, in books provided for that purpose; shall attend to the giving and
serving of all notices; may in the name of the Corporation affix the seal of the
Corporation to all contracts of the Corporation and attest the affixation of the
seal of the Corporation thereto; may sign with the other appointed officers all
certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; shall have charge
of the certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers, and such other books
and papers as the Board of Directors may direct, all of which shall at all
reasonable times be open to inspection of any director upon application at the
office of the Corporation during business hours; shall have such other powers
and duties as designated in these Bylaws and as from time to time may be
assigned to the Secretary by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board,
the President or the Vice Chairman of the Board; and shall in general perform
all acts incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the control of the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Vice
Chairman of the Board.

     SECTION 8. DEPUTY CORPORATE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. The Deputy
Corporate Secretary and each Assistant Secretary shall have the usual powers and
duties pertaining to such offices, together with such other powers and duties as
designated in these Bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to the
Deputy Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary by the Board of Directors,
the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Vice Chairman of the Board, or the
Secretary. The Deputy Corporate Secretary shall exercise the powers of the
Secretary during that officer's absence or inability or refusal to act.

     SECTION 9. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have responsibility for the
custody and control of all the funds and securities of the Corporation, and
shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these Bylaws and as
from time to time may be assigned to the Treasurer by the Board of Directors,
the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Vice Chairman of the Board. The
Treasurer shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject
to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the
President and the Vice Chairman of the Board; and the Treasurer shall, if
required by the Board of Directors, give such bond for the faithful discharge of
the Treasurer's duties in such form as the Board of Directors may require.

     SECTION 10. ASSISTANT TREASURERS. Each Assistant Treasurer shall have the
usual powers and duties pertaining to such office, together with such other
powers and duties as designated in these Bylaws and as from time to time may be
assigned to each Assistant Treasurer by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of
the Board, the President,
                                      -14-

the Vice Chairman of the Board, or the Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurers shall
exercise the powers of the Treasurer during that officer's absence or inability
or refusal to act.

     SECTION 11. ACTION WITH RESPECT TO SECURITIES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. Unless
otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the
President or the Vice Chairman of the Board, together with the Secretary, the
Deputy Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall have power to vote
and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any
meeting of security holders of or with respect to any action of security holders
of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and
otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may
possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

     SECTION 12. DELEGATION. For any reason that the Board of Directors may deem
sufficient, the Board of Directors may, except where otherwise provided by
statute, delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other person, and
may authorize any officer to delegate specified duties of such officer to any
other person. Any such delegation or authorization by the Board shall be
effected from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

                                   Article VI

                                 CAPITAL STOCK

     SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. The certificates for shares of the
capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with
that required by law and the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved
by the Board of Directors. Every holder of stock represented by certificates
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the
Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice Chairman of the Board
or a Vice President and the Secretary, Deputy Corporate Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the
Corporation representing the number of shares (and, if the stock of the
Corporation shall be divided into classes or series, certifying the class and
series of such shares) owned by such stockholder which are registered in
certified form; provided, however, that any of or all the signatures on the
certificate may be facsimile. The stock record books and the blank stock
certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary, or at the office of such
transfer agent or transfer agents as the Board of Directors may from time to
time determine. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who shall have
signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been placed upon
any such certificate or certificates shall have ceased to be such officer,
transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued by the
Corporation, such certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with
the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer

                                      -15-

agent or registrar at the date of issue. The stock certificates shall be
consecutively numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as
they are issued and shall exhibit the holder's name and number of shares.

     SECTION 2. TRANSFER OF SHARES. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall
be transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holders thereof in
person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives upon
surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares. Upon
surrender to the Corporation or a transfer agent of the Corporation of a
certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of
succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the
Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel
the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

     SECTION 3. OWNERSHIP OF SHARES. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat
the holder of record of any share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation
as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize
any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part
of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice
thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the state of incorporation
of the Corporation.

     SECTION 4. REGULATIONS REGARDING CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors shall
have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may
deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration or the
replacement of certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

     SECTION 5. LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may
determine the conditions upon which the Corporation may issue a new certificate
of stock in place of a certificate theretofore issued by it which is alleged to
have been lost, stolen or destroyed and may require the owner of such
certificate or such owner's legal representative to give bond, with surety
sufficient to indemnify the Corporation and each transfer agent and registrar
against any and all losses or claims which may arise by reason of the alleged
loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new
certificate in the place of the one so lost, stolen or destroyed.

                                  Article VII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     SECTION 1. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on
the first day of January of each year.

     SECTION 2. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall be circular in form and
shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the state of its
incorporation,
                                      -16-

which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary and shall be affixed to
certificates of stock, debentures, bonds, and other documents, in accordance
with the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, and as may
be required by law; however, the Secretary may, if the Secretary deems it
expedient, have a facsimile of the corporate seal inscribed on any such
certificates of stock, debentures, bonds, contracts or other documents.
Duplicates of the seal may be kept for use by the Deputy Corporate Secretary or
any Assistant Secretary.

     SECTION 3. NOTICE AND WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to
be given by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or under the provisions of
these Bylaws, said notice shall be deemed to be sufficient if given (i) by
telegraphic, cable or wireless transmission (including by telecopy or facsimile
transmission) or (ii) by deposit of the same in a post office box or by delivery
to an overnight courier service company in a sealed prepaid wrapper addressed to
the person entitled thereto at such person's post office address, as it appears
on the records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been
given on the day of such transmission or mailing or delivery to courier, as the
case may be.

     Whenever notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or under any of the provisions of these Bylaws, a written waiver
thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the
time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a
person, including without limitation a director, at a meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a
committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless
so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

     SECTION 4. FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. In addition to the provisions for the use
of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws,
facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used
whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 5. RELIANCE UPON BOOKS, REPORTS AND RECORDS. A member of the Board
of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors,
shall, in the performance of such person's duties, be fully protected in relying
in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information,
opinion, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the
Corporation's officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or
by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such
other person's professional or expert competence and who has been selected with
reasonable care by or on behalf of
                                      -17-
the Corporation.

     SECTION 6. APPLICATION OF BYLAWS. In the event that any provisions of these
Bylaws is or may be in conflict with any law of the United States, of the state
of incorporation of the Corporation or of any other governmental body or power
having jurisdiction over this Corporation, or over the subject matter to which
such provision of these Bylaws applies, or may apply, such provision of these
Bylaws shall be inoperative to the extent only that the operation thereof
unavoidably conflicts with such law, and shall in all other respects be in full
force and effect.
                                  Article VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

     The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend and repeal from
time to time Bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the right of the stockholders
entitled to vote with respect thereto to amend or repeal such Bylaws as adopted
or amended by the Board of Directors.

                                      -18-


                                                               EXHIBIT 10.9(b)
                     4TH AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This Agreement, made and entered into and effective as of the 14th day
of December, 1994, by and among Enron Corp. ("Enron" or "Parent") and Enron Oil
& Gas Company ("Company"), and Forrest E. Hoglund ("Employee"), is an amendment
to that certain Employment Agreement made and entered into among the parties the
28th day of August, 1987 and made effective as of September 1, 1987 (the
"Employment Agreement"), as amended to date.

        WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Employment Agreement;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Employee's continued engagement
with Company, and of the covenants contained herein, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

        1.  Article 2: TERM OF EMPLOYMENT is amended to read as follows:

               "Unless sooner terminated pursuant to other provisions hereof,
        Employee's period of employment under this Agreement shall extend from
        the effective date of this Agreement through September 1, 1998 (the
        "Initial Term")."

               2. Before December 31, 1994, the Company shall cause Employee to
        receive a grant of an option under the Enron Oil & Gas Company 1992
        Stock Plan (the "Plan") to purchase one million eight hundred twenty
        thousand (1,820,000) shares of common stock of the Company (the
        "Shares") at a price equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the
        Plan) of such shares on the date of grant; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, said grant
        shall be contingent upon and subject to the Company's shareholders
        approving before May 15, 1995 an amendment to the Plan that increases
        the number of shares available for granting Awards under the Plan by a
        number not less than said number of Shares. If for any reason after the
        grant is made such shareholder approval is not obtained before May 15,
        1995, this Agreement shall be rescinded and the grant made hereunder
        shall become null and void as though it never existed.

               3. This Agreement is an amendment to the Employment Agreement,
        and the parties agree that all other terms, conditions and stipulations
        contained in the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and
        effect and without any change or modification, except as provided
        herein.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement
        as of the date first above written.

                                                          Forrest E. Hoglund
                                                      /S/ FORREST E. HOGLUND

                                                 ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY

                                                 By:  /S/ WALTER E. WILSON
                                                 Name:    Walter E. Wilson
                                                 Title:   Sr. V.P. & CFO


                                                              EXHIBIT 10.15(b)
                           ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                              Dated April 14, 1994

        Reference is made to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of March
11, 1994 (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), among Enron Oil & Gas Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "BORROWER"), the Banks (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
named therein, and Texas Commerce Bank National Association, as administrative
agent ("the Administrative Agent"). Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit
Agreement.

        Texas Commerce Bank National Association (the "ASSIGNOR") and Royal Bank
of Canada (the "ASSIGNEE") agree as follows:

        1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, without
recourse, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, a
33.3333333% interest in and to all the Assignor's rights and obligations under
the Credit Agreement as of the Assignment Date (as defined below) (including,
without limitation, such percentage interest in the Advances owing to the
Assignor outstanding on the Assignment Date together with such percentage
interest in all unpaid interest with respect to such Advances and facility fees
accrued to the Assignment Date and such percentage interest in the Note held by
the Assignor).

        2. The Assignor (i) represents that as of the date hereof, its
Commitment (without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not yet
become effective) is $30,000,000 and the outstanding balance of its Advances
(unreduced by any assignments thereof which have not yet become effective) is
$0; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with
respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in
connection with the Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity,
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any
other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, other than that it is
the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder
and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim: (iii) makes no
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the
financial condition of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the
Borrower of any of its respective obligations under the Credit Agreement or any
other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iv) requests that
the Administrative Agent exchange such Note for a new Note executed by the
Borrower and payable to the Assignor in a principal amount equal to $20,000,000
and a new Note executed by the Borrower and payable to the Assignee in a
principal amount equal to $10,000,000.

        3. The Assignee (i) represents and warrants that it is legally
authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) confirms that it
has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most
recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 thereof and such
other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (iii)
agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor or any
other Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iv) appoints and authorizes the
Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise
such powers under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to such Administrative
Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their
terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are
required to be performed by it as a Bank; (vi) agrees that it will keep
confidential all information with respect to the Borrower furnished to it by a
Borrower or the Assignor (other than information generally available to the
public or otherwise available to the Assignor on a nonconfidential basis); and
(vii) confirms that it has delivered a completed Administrative Questionnaire to
the Administrative Agent.

        4. The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance shall be April
21, 1994 (the "ASSIGNMENT DATE"). Following the execution of this Assignment and
Acceptance, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and
recording by the Administrative Agent.

        5. Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Assignment
Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the
extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
obligations of a Bank thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent
provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

        6. Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Assignment
Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the
interest assigned hereby (including payments of all principal, interest, fees
and other amounts) to the Assignee. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all
appropriate adjustments in payments for periods prior to the Assignment Date by
the Administrative Agent or with respect to the making of this Assignment and
Acceptance directly between themselves.

        7. THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

                                       Texas Commerce Bank National Association

Commitment: $20,000,000                By:  /S/ JAMES R. McBRIDE
                                       Name:    James R. McBride
                                       Title:   Managing Director

                                       Royal Bank of Canada

Commitment: $10,000,000                By:  /S/ GIL J. BENARD
                                       Name:    Gil J. Benard
                                       Title:   Senior Manager

                                       Telecopy Number:     (718) 522-6292

                                       DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE:
                                       Royal Bank of Canada New York
                                       Loans Administration
                                       Pierrepont Plaza
                                       300 Cadman Plaza West, 14th Flr.
                                       Brooklyn, New York 10201-2701
                                       Attn:  Linda Swanston

                                       EURODOLLAR LENDING OFFICE:
                                       Royal Bank of Canada New York
                                       Loans Administration
                                       Pierrepont Plaza
                                       300 Cadman Plaza West, 14th Flr.
                                       Brooklyn, New York 10201-2701
                                       Attn:  Linda Swanston

Accepted:

Enron Oil & Gas Company

By:   /S/ WALTER C. WILSON
Name:     Walter C. Wilson
Title:    Senior Vice President and
           Chief Financial Officer

                                PROMISSORY NOTE

U. S. $10,000,000.00            Houston, Texas             April 14, 1994

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Enron Oil & Gas Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "BORROWER"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of Royal Bank
of Canada (the "Bank") for the account of its Applicable Lending Office (as
defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) on or before January 15, 1998
the principal sum of ten million U.S. dollars (U.S. $10,000,000.00) or, if less,
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances (as defined in the
Revolving Credit Agreement of even date herewith among the Borrower, the Bank,
certain other lenders parties thereto and Texas Commerce Bank National
Association, as Administrative Agent for the Bank and such other lenders; such
Credit Agreement, as amended from time to time being herein referred to as the
"CREDIT AGREEMENT") owing to the Bank outstanding on the Termination Date;
PROVIDED that for the full term of this Promissory Note the interest rate
produced by the aggregate of all sums paid or agreed to be paid to the holder of
this Promissory Note for the use, forbearance or detention of the debt evidenced
hereby shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate (as defined in the Credit
Agreement).

        The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of
each Advance owing to the Bank from the date of such Advance until such
principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and due at such times,
as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

        Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United
States of America to Texas Commerce Bank National Association, as Administrative
Agent, at 712 Main Street, Houston, Texas, in same day funds. Each Advance owed
to the Bank by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments
made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Bank, and prior
to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of
this Promissory Note; PROVIDED that the failure of the Bank to make any such
recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower
hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

        This Promissory Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is subject
to and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit
Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of Advances by the
Bank to the Borrower from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at
any one time outstanding the U.S. dollar amount first above mentioned, the
indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each Advance owing to the Bank being
evidenced by this Promissory Note, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration
of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for
prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the
terms and conditions therein specified. Unless otherwise defined herein, any
term used in this Promissory Note and defined in the Credit Agreement shall have
the meaning ascribed to it in the Credit Agreement.

        Except only for any notices which are specifically required by the
Credit Agreement, the Borrower waives notice (including, but not limited to,
notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration, notice of protest and
notice of dishonor), demand, presentment for payment and protest.

        THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.
                                        ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY, a
                                        Delaware corporation


                                        By: /s/ W. C. WILSON
                                                W. C. Wilson
                                        Title:  Senior Vice President &
                                                Chief Financial Officer
<PAGE>

                       ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

                                                   Amount of
            Amount                  Principal       Unpaid
              of        Type of      Paid or       Principal       Notation
Date       Advance      Advance      Prepaid        Balance        Made By
- ----       -------      -------     ---------      ---------       --------




                                PROMISSORY NOTE


U. S. $20,000,000.00            Houston, Texas              April 14, 1994

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Enron Oil & Gas Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "BORROWER"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of Texas
Commerce Bank National Association (the "Bank") for the account of its
Applicable Lending Office (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below)
on or before January 15, 1998 the principal sum of twenty million U.S. dollars
(U.S. $20,000,000.00) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the
Advances (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement of even date herewith
among the Borrower, the Bank, certain other lenders parties thereto and Texas
Commerce Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent for the Bank and
such other lenders; such Credit Agreement, as amended from time to time being
herein referred to as the "CREDIT AGREEMENT") owing to the Bank outstanding on
the Termination Date; PROVIDED that for the full term of this Promissory Note
the interest rate produced by the aggregate of all sums paid or agreed to be
paid to the holder of this Promissory Note for the use, forbearance or detention
of the debt evidenced hereby shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate (as
defined in the Credit Agreement).

        The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of
each Advance owing to the Bank from the date of such Advance until such
principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and due at such times,
as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

        Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United
States of America to Texas Commerce Bank National Association, as Administrative
Agent, at 712 Main Street, Houston, Texas, in same day funds. Each Advance owed
to the Bank by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments
made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Bank, and prior
to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of
this Promissory Note; PROVIDED that the failure of the Bank to make any such
recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower
hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

        This Promissory Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is subject
to and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit
Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of Advances by the
Bank to the Borrower from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at
any one time outstanding the U.S. dollar amount first above mentioned, the
indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each Advance owing to the Bank being
evidenced by this Promissory Note, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration
of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for
prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the
terms and conditions therein specified. Unless otherwise defined herein, any
term used in this Promissory Note and defined in the Credit Agreement shall have
the meaning ascribed to it in the Credit Agreement.

        Except only for any notices which are specifically required by the
Credit Agreement, the Borrower waives notice (including, but not limited to,
notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration, notice of protest and
notice of dishonor), demand, presentment for payment and protest.

        THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

                                          ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY, a
                                          Delaware corporation

                                          By: /s/  W. C. WILSON
                                                   W. C. Wilson
                                          Title:  Senior Vice President &
                                                  Chief Financial Officer
<PAGE>
                       ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

                                                   Amount of
            Amount                  Principal       Unpaid
              of        Type of      Paid or       Principal       Notation
Date       Advance      Advance      Prepaid        Balance        Made By
- ----       -------      -------     ---------      ---------       --------





                                                              EXHIBIT 10.37(b)
                            AMENDMENT TO HYDROCARBON
                               EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

        This Amendment to Hydrocarbon Exchange (this "Amendment") is entered
into this 17th day of February, 1993, effective January 1, 1993, by and between
ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY ("EOG") and CACTUS HYDROCARBON 1992-A LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP ("Cactus"). Where the context requires, EOG and Cactus shall be
referred to individually as a "Party and collectively as the "Parties."

                              W I T N E S S E T H

        WHEREAS, Cactus and EOG entered into the certain Hydrocarbon Exchange
Agreement dated September 25, 1992 filed for record (i) in the office of the
county Clerk of Lincoln County, Wyoming, under File No. 755520 and recorded in
Volume 318 PR, Page 1, on October 8, 1992 and (ii) in the office of the County
Clerk of Sublette County, Wyoming, under File No. 238876 and recorded in Volume
90 O&G, Page 224, on October 2, 1992 (the "Exchange Agreement"); and

        WHEREAS, Cactus and EOG desire to amend the Exchange Agreement to add
additional Cactus' Points of Receipt.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties mutually agree as
follows:

1.      Reference is made to the Exchange Agreement for all purposes. All
        references in the Exchange Agreement and this Amendment to the defined
        term Exchange Agreement or Agreement shall include and refer to the
        Exchange Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Unless otherwise
        defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the same
        meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

2.      The parties hereby agree to amend Exhibit C of the Exchange Agreement to
        add under the heading "Matagorda" and "South Texas" as additional Cactus
        Points of Receipt the following point "MOPS"/FGT Interconnect near
        Tivoli, Refugio County, Texas. Exhibit C of the Exchange Agreement is
        hereby amended to delete Exhibit C in its entirely and substitute the
        attached Exhibit C.

3.      Except as amended herein, the Exchange Agreement shall be and
        remain in force and effect as originally written.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EOG and Cactus have caused this Amendment to be
executed this 17th day of February, effective January 1, 1993.

                                    CACTUS HYDROCARBON 1992-A
                                    LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                    By Enron Big Piney Corp., General Partner

ATTEST
By: /s/ ELAINE OVERTURF                       By:  /s/ GENE E. HUMPHREY
Name:   Elaine Overturf                       Name:    Gene E. Humphrey
Title:  Deputy Corporate Secretary            Title:   Vice President,
                                                        Structured Finance

                                    ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY

ATTEST
By: /s/ J. JEFFERS SPENCER                    By:  /s/ ANDREW N. HOYLE
Name:   J. Jeffers Spencer                    Name:    Andrew N. Hoyle
Title:  Senior Counsel                        Title:   Vice President,
                                                        Marketing

STATE OF TEXAS

COUNTY OF HARRIS


        On this 5th day of February, 1993, before me, a Notary Public in and for
said state, personally appeared Gene E. Humphrey, Vice President, Structured
Finance of Enron Piney Corp., General Partner of Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A
Limited Partnership, known to me to be the person who executed the within
Amendment to Hydrocarbons Exchange Agreement on behalf of said corporation,
acting as General Partner of said partnership and acknowledged to me that he
executed the same for the purposes therein stated.

        Given under my hand and notarial seal.

                                       /s/ DEBORAH KORKMAS
                                           Deborah Korkmas
        [Seal]                             Notary Public
                                           My Commission expires: May 21, 1993

STATE OF TEXAS               ss.
                             ss.
COUNTY OF HARRIS             ss.

        On this 17th day of February, 1993, before me personally appeared Andrew
N. Hoyle to me personally known, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that he is
the V.P., Mktg. of Enron Oil & Gas Company and that the seal affixed to said
instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument
was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of
Directors and said Andrew N. Hoyle acknowledged said instrument to be the free
act and deed of said corporation.

        Given under my hand and notarial seal.

                                       /s/ MICHELLE C. VALASEK
        [Seal]                             Michelle C. Valasek
                                           Notary Public
                                           My Commission expires: June 30, 1993

PAGE 1

<TABLE>
                                   EXHIBIT C
                       TO HYDROCARBON EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
                           CACTUS' POINTS OF RECEIPT

<CAPTION>
                                           TOMAHAWK                    BIG BLUE                          MATAGORDA
                                   -----------------------    --------------------------        ------------------------
                                    DAILY                      DAILY                            DAILY
                                     VOL.      MONTHLY VOL.     VOL.        MONTHLY VOL.         VOL.        MONTHLY VOL.
                      DAYS         (MMBTU'S)    (MMBTU'S)     (MMBTU'S)      (MMBTU'S)         (MMBTU'S)      (MMBTU'S)
                      ----         ---------   -----------    ---------      -----------        --------      ----------
<S>                    <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>
Oct-92 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           45,000        1,395,000
Nov-92 .............   30           31,500       945,000       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Dec-92 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Jan-93 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Feb-93 .............   28           31,500       882,000       13,500          378,000           22,500          630,000
Mar-93 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Apr-93 .............   30           31,500       945,000       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
May-93 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Jun-93 .............   30           31,500       945,000       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Jul-93 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Aug-93 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Sep-93 .............   30           31,500       945,000       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Oct-93 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Nov-93 .............   30           31,500       945,000       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Dec-93 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Jan-94 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Feb-94 .............   28           31,500       882,000       13,500          378,000           22,500          630,000
Mar-94 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Apr-94 .............   30           31,500       945,000       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
May-94 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Jun-94 .............   30           31,500       945,000       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Jul-94 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Aug-94 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Sep-94 .............   30           31,500       945,000       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Oct-94 .............   31           31,500       976,500       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Nov-94 .............   30           25,983       779,490       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Dec-94 .............   31           25,983       805,473       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Jan-95 .............   31           25,983       805,473       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Feb-95 .............   28           25,983       727,524       13,500          378,000           22,500          630,000
Mar-95 .............   31           25,983       805,473       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Apr-95 .............   30           25,983       779,490       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
May-95 .............   31           25,983       805,473       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Jun-94 .............   30           25,983       779,490       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Jul-95 .............   31           25,983       805,473       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Aug-95 .............   31           25,983       805,473       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Sep-95 .............   30           25,983       779,490       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Oct-95 .............   31           25,983       805,473       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Nov-95 .............   30           22,212       666,360       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
Dec-95 .............   31           22,212       688,572       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Jan-96 .............   31           22,212       688,572       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Feb-96 .............   29           22,212       644,148       13,500          391,500           22,500          652,500
Mar-96 .............   31           22,212       688,572       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Apr-96 .............   30           22,212       666,360       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
May-96 .............   31           22,212       688,572       13,500          418,500           22,500          697,500
Jun-96 .............   30           22,212       666,360       13,500          405,000           22,500          675,000
                                              ----------                     ---------                        ----------
                                              38,852,811                    18,481,500                        31,500,000
                                              ==========                    ==========                        ==========
</TABLE>

                         SOUTH TEXAS                        TOTAL
                    -------------------------     ------------------------
                      DAILY                        DAILY
                       VOL.     MONTHLY VOL.        VOL.      MONTHLY VOL.
                    (MMBTU'S)    (MMBTU'S)        (MMBTU'S)    (MMBTU'S)
                    ---------   ------------      ---------   ------------
Oct-92 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        130,000      4,030,000
Nov-92 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        107,500      3,225,000
Dec-92 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Jan-93 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Feb-93 ...........    40,000      1,120,000        107,500      3,010,000
Mar-93 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Apr-93 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        107,500      3,225,000
May-93 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Jun-93 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        107,500      3,225,000
Jul-93 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Aug-93 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Sep-93 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        107,500      3,225,000
Oct-93 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Nov-93 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        107,500      3,225,000
Dec-93 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Jan-94 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Feb-94 ...........    40,000      1,120,000        107,500      3,010,000
Mar-94 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Apr-94 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        107,500      3,225,000
May-94 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Jun-94 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        107,500      3,225,000
Jul-94 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Aug-94 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Sep-94 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        107,500      3,225,000
Oct-94 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        107,500      3,332,500
Nov-94 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        101,983      3,059,490
Dec-94 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        101,983      3,161,473
Jan-95 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        101,983      3,161,473
Feb-95 ...........    40,000      1,120,000        101,983      2,855,524
Mar-95 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        101,983      3,161,473
Apr-95 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        101,983      3,059,490
May-95 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        101,983      3,161,473
Jun-94 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        101,983      3,059,490
Jul-95 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        101,983      3,161,473
Aug-95 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        101,983      3,161,473
Sep-95 ...........    40,000      1,200,000        101,983      3,059,490
Oct-95 ...........    40,000      1,240,000        101,983      3,161,473
Nov-95 ...........    40,000      1,200,000         98,212      2,946,360
Dec-95 ...........    40,000      1,240,000         98,212      3,044,572
Jan-96 ...........         0              0         58,212      1,804,572
Feb-96 ...........         0              0         58,212      1,688,148
Mar-96 ...........         0              0         58,212      1,804,572
Apr-96 ...........         0              0         58,212      1,746,360
May-96 ...........         0              0         58,212      1,804,572
Jun-96 ...........         0              0         58,212      1,746,360
                                 ----------                   -----------
                                 47,480,000                   136,314,311
                                 ==========                   ===========

<PAGE>

PAGE 2
<TABLE>

                             EXHIBIT C (CONTINUED)
                       TO HYDROCARBON EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
                           CACTUS' POINTS OF RECEIPT

<CAPTION>
         TOMAHAWK                      BIG BLUE                           MATAGORDA
- ----------------------------    ------------------------     ------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                          <C>
POINT OF RECEIPT:               POINT OF RECEIPT:            POINTS OF RECEIPT:
Trailblazer/CIG Interconnect    El Paso/CIG Interconnect     1. Seagull Shoreline/HPL
Weld County, Colorado           Moore County, Texas             Interconnect, Oyster Lake, Texas
                                                             2. Seagull/TETCO Interconnect,
                                                                Blessing, Texas
                                                             3. HPL/TOMCAT Tailgate, Calhoun
                                                                County, Texas
                                                             4. Seagull/Matagorda Gas Processing
                                                                Plant, Matagorda, TX
                                                             5. 'MOPS'/HPL Interconnect, near
                                                                Tivoll, Refugio County, TX
                                                             6. 'MOPS'/FGT Interconnect, near
                                                                Tivoll, Refugio County, TX

</TABLE>

             SOUTH TEXAS
 -------------------------------------
 POINTS OF RECEIPT:
 1. Seagull Shoreline/HPL
    Interconnect, Oyster Lake, Texas
 2. Seagull/TETCO Interconnect,
    Blessing, Texas
 3. HPL/TOMCAT Tailgate, Calhoun
    County, Texas
 4. Seagull/Matagorda Gas Processing
    Plant, Matagorda, TX
 5. 'MOPS'/HPL Interconnect, near
    Tivoll, Refugio County, TX
 6. HPL 'Vonnie Cook' Facilities,
    Hidalgo County , TX
 7. HPL 'Pillsbury' Facilities,
    McMullen County, TX
 8. HPL/Transco Interconnect @ Bammel
    Storage Facility, Harris County,
    TX
 9. HPL/NGPL Interconnect near Devers,
    Liberty County, TX
10. HPL/Exxon Interconnect near Katy,
    Waller County, TX
11. HPL/Lonestar Interconnect near
    Katy, Waller County, TX
12. HPL/UTTCO Interconnect near Katy,
    Waller County, TX
13. HPL/Oasis Interconnect near Katy,
    Waller County, TX
14. 'MOPS'/FGT Interconnect, near
    Tivoll, Refugio County, TX


                                                              EXHIBIT 10.37(c)
                                FIRST AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                         HYDROCARBON EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

        Reference for all purposes in hereby made to that certain Hydrocarbon
Exchange Agreement (the "Exchange Agreement"), Dated September 25, 1992, by and
between ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("EOG") to CACTUS
HYDROCARBON 1992-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership, whose
address in 1400 Smith Street, P.O. Box 1188, Houston, Texas 77251-1188
("Cactus"), pertaining to certain Hydrocarbons, which Exchange Agreement is
recorded as set forth on Exhibit C hereto under the caption "Hydrocarbon
Exchange Agreement."

        WHEREAS, EOG and Cactus desire to amend the Exchange Agreement as
hereinafter set forth as of April 1, 1993 (the "Effective Date") to release
certain oil and gas leases, wells and related interests as sources of supply
from the Exchange Agreement and to add certain additional oil and gas leases and
related interests as sources of supply and to make other changes as provided
herein:

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and of the sum
of Ten Dollars and no/100ths ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration,
cash in hand paid to EOG by Cactus, EOG and Cactus do hereby amend the Exchange
Agreement as follows:

        1. Capitalized terms as used herein shall have the meanings given to
them in the Exchange Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

        2. Exhibit A to the Exchange Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
those oil and gas leases and related interests set forth on Exhibit A-1 hereto
and those wells set forth on Exhibit A-2 hereto and adding those oil and gas
leases and related interests set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

        3. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Exchange Agreement shall
remain in full force and effect as heretofore entered into and amended. EOG and
Cactus ratify and confirm the Exchange Agreement as hereby amended.

        EXECUTED in multiple originals this 21st day of May, 1993, but effective
as of the Effective Date.

                                            EOG:

WITNESSES:                                  ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY

                                            By:  /s/ D. WEAVER
                                            Name:    D. Weaver
                                            Title:   Agent and Attorney-in-fact


                                            Cactus:

WITNESSES:                                  CACTUS HYDROCARBON 1992-A LIMITED
                                            PARTNERSHIP
/s/ MARY NELL BROWNING
    Mary Nell Browning                      By:    Enron Big Piney Corp.
                                                   General Partner
/s/ CINDY WALTON
    Cindy Walton                            By:    /s/ ANDREW S. FASTOW
                                            Name:      Andrew S. Fastow
                                            Title:     Vice President


EXHIBIT "A-1"  -             Description of Deleted Leases
EXHIBIT "A-2"  -             Description of Deleted Wells
EXHIBIT "B"    -             Description of Added Leases
EXHIBIT "C"    -             Recordation Schedule-Hydrocarbon Exchange
                             Agreement

                                                        Please return to:
                                                        Crystal L. Lightfield
                                                        2500 First City Tower
                                                        1001 Fannin
                                                        Houston, Texas 77002

STATE OF COLORADO            )
                             )  ss.
COUNTY OF DENVER             )

        The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 21st day of
May, 1993, by D. Weaver as Agent and Attorney-in-Fact of Enron Oil & Gas
Company.

        WITNESS my hand and official seal.

My Commission Expires:                             /s/ DEBBIE CHRISTY
     3-27-97                                           Debbie Christy
                                                       Notary Public



STATE OF TEXAS               ss.
                             ss.
COUNTY OF HARRIS             ss.


        On this 20th day of May, 1993, before me, the undersigned Notary Public
in and for the State of Texas, personally appeared Andrew S. Fastow, to me
personally known, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that he is the Vice
President of Enron Big Piney Corp., General Partner of CACTUS HYDROCARBON 1992-A
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership, and that the instrument was
signed on behalf of said corporation, acting as General Partner of said limited
partnership and that he acknowledged the instrument to be the free act and deed
of the limited partnership.

                                            /s/ SUSAN LOUISE W. WADLE
                                                Susan Louise W. Wadle
                                                NOTARY PUBLIC, IN AND FOR
                                                THE STATE OF TEXAS


                                                Printed Name of Notary


                                  EXHIBIT A-1

Attached to and made a part of that certain First Amendment to Hydrocarbon
Exchange Agreement effective as of the 1st day of April, 1993 between Enron Oil
& Gas Company ("EOG") and Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership
("Cactus").

<TABLE>
                                 DELETED LEASES

                            SUBLETTE COUNTY, WYOMING
<CAPTION>
  ENRON                                                                                    LEASE
 LEASE NO.      LESSOR                   LEGAL DESCRIPTION                    DATE       RECORDING
- ----------      ------                   -----------------                    ----       ---------
<S>            <C>           <C>                                             <C>       <C>
0050097-000    EV-023584     TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST, 6TH P.M.     6/1/48    Not Recorded
                             Section 23:  Lot 4 (27,24), W/2NW/4
                             Below 1500' above the top of the Frontier
                             formation

0050109-000    State WY-     TOWNSHIP 29 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST, 6TH P.M.    9/16/48    Not Recorded
               07395         Section 16: E/2
                             Below 1500' above the top of the Frontier
                             formation

0050115-000    WY-04732      TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST, 6TH P.M.     2/1/51    Not Recorded
                             Section 4:     Lots 7 (35.76), 8 (36.27),
                                            S/2NW/4, SW/4
                             Below 1500' above the top of the Frontier
                             formation

0050116-000    W-026038-A    TOWNSHIP 29 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST, 6TH P.M.     2/1/50    BK 31, PG 206
                             Section 21:    E/2
                             Section 27:    NW/4NW/4
                             Section 28:    N/2NE/4
                             Below 1500' above the top of the Frontier
                             formation

0050125-000    McGinnis,     TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST 6TH P.M.      7/1/46    BK2, PG 101
               Mary et al    Section 27: Resurvey Tract 48
                             From 1500' above the top of the Frontier
                             formation to the base of the Frontier
                             formation
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                            LINCOLN COUNTY, WYOMING
<CAPTION>
  ENRON                                                                                    LEASE
 LEASE NO.       LESSOR                  LEGAL DESCRIPTION                    DATE        RECORDING
 ---------       ------                  -----------------                    ----        ---------
<S>            <C>           <C>                                             <C>        <C>
0050272-000    EV-09156-B    TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST, 6TH P.M.     6/1/48     BK 17, PG 283
                             Section 5:     E/2SE/4
                             No depth limitations

</TABLE>

                                  EXHIBIT A-2

               Attached to and made a part of that certain First Amendment to
               Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement effective as of the 1st day of
               April, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas Company ("EOG") and Cactus
               Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership ("Cactus").

<TABLE>
                                 DELETED WELLS
<CAPTION>
  WELL              WELL                    LEGAL                WI          NRI          WI        NRI
  NAME             NUMBER                DESCRIPTION             BPO         BPO         APO        APO
  ----             ------                -----------             ---         ---         ---        ---  
<S>             <C>               <C>                          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
SHU 65-05G      06152-00-00-1     TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE     25.000%     20.350%     25.000%    20.3500%
                                  113 WEST, 6TH P.M.
                                  Section 5:   E/2
                                  Lincoln County, Wyoming

Tip Top Unit    06144-00-00-1     TOWNSHIP 27 NORTH, RANGE     1.4233%     1.0870%     1.4233%     1.0870%
Participating                     113 WEST 6TH P.M.
Area "B"                           Parts of Sections 5 and 6
                                  TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113
                                  WEST, 6TH P.M.
                                   Portions of Sections 6-8,
                                   16, 17 and 18
                                  TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH RANGE
                                  114 WEST, 6TH P.M.
                                   Portions of Sections 1 and 12
                                   Sublette County, Wyoming

</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT B

               Attached to and made a part of the certain First Amendment to
               Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement effective as of the 1st day of
               April, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas Company ("EOG") and Cactus
               Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership ("Cactus").
<TABLE>
                                  ADDED LEASES

                            SUBLETTE COUNTY, WYOMING
<CAPTION>
 MOBIL                                                                                  LEASE
LEASE NO.      LESSOR                LEGAL DESCRIPTION                   DATE         RECORDING
- ---------      ------                -----------------                   ----         --------- 
<S>           <C>            <C>                                        <C>         <C>                  
W-2645        E-02577        TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST          1/1/48      Not Available
                             6TH P.M.
                             Section 22:   Lot 2 (23.91)
                             From the surface to 1500' above
                             the top of the Frontier formation

W-2579        E-02396        TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST          7/1/48      Not Available
                             6TH P.M.
                             Section 27:   Lots 2 (13.62), 3 (9.19)
                             Section 29:   W/2NW/4
                             From the surface to 1500' above the
                             top of the Frontier formation

W-2571        E-02376        TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST         12/1/47       BK 31, PG 429
                             6TH P.M.
                             Section 20:   SW/4SW/4
                             From the surface to 1500' above the
                             top of the Frontier formation

W-2569        E-02287        TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST          7/1/47       Not Available
                             6TH P.M.
                             Section 19:   Lots 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
                                           11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17
                                           From the surface to 1500' above
                                           the top of the Frontier formation

W-2568        E-02332        TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST         10/1/48       Not Available
                             6TH P.M.
                             Section 30:   N/2NE/4
                             From the surface to 1500' above the
                             top of the Frontier formation

W-2566        E-02355        TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST          6/1/48       Not Available
                             6TH P.M.
                             Section 30:   S/2NE/4
                             From the surface to 1500' above the
                             top of the Frontier formation
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                   EXHIBIT B
                                  (continued)

                                  ADDED LEASES

<CAPTION>
  MOBIL                                                                                 LEASE
LEASE NO.      LESSOR                LEGAL DESCRIPTION                   DATE          RECORDING
- ---------      ------                -----------------                   ----          --------- 
<S>           <C>            <C>                                        <C>          <C>                 
W-2586        W-01495        TOWNSHIP 28 NORTH, RANGE 113 WEST          2/1/50       Not Available
                             6TH P.M.
                             Section 18:   Lots 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
                                           16, 17, 18 (W/2SE/4)
                             From the surface to 1500' above the top of
                             the Frontier formation

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C

               Attached to and made a part of that certain First Amendment to
               Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement effective as of the 1st day of
               April, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas Company ("EOG") and Cactus
               Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership ("Cactus").


           DOCUMENT                   FILING ENTITY       RECORDING REFERENCE
           --------                   -------------       -------------------
 Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement      Lincoln County      Book 318 PR, Page 1
 dated September 25, 1992 between                        File No. 755520
 EOG and Cactus                                          October 8, 1992

                                     Sublette County     Book 90 O&G, Page 224
                                                         File No. 238876
                                                         October 2, 1992







                                                              EXHIBIT 10.37(d)
                                SECOND AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                         HYDROCARBON EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

        Reference for all purposes is hereby made to that certain Hydrocarbon
Exchange Agreement dated September 25, 1992, by and between ENRON OIL & GAS
COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("EOG") to CACTUS HYDROCARBON 1992-A LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership, whose address is 1400 Smith Street,
P.O. Box 1188, Houston, Texas 77251-1188 ("Cactus"), as amended by that certain
First Amendment to Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement (the "Exchange Agreement"),
dated effective April 1, 1993, pertaining to certain Hydrocarbons, which
Exchange Agreement is recorded as set forth on Exhibit C hereto.

        WHEREAS, EOG and Cactus desire to amend the Exchange Agreement as
hereinafter set forth as of July 1, 1993 (the "Effective Date") to release
certain oil and gas leases, wells and related interests as sources of supply
from the Exchange Agreement and to add certain additional oil and gas leases,
wells and related interests as sources of supply and to make other changes as
provided herein:

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and of the sum
of Ten Dollars and no/100ths ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration,
cash in hand paid to EOG by Cactus, EOG and Cactus do hereby amend the Exchange
Agreement as follows:

        1. Capitalized terms as used herein shall have the meanings given to
them in the Exchange Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

        2. Exhibit A to the Exchange Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
those oil and gas leases and related interests set forth on Exhibit A-1 hereto
and those wells set forth on Exhibit A-2 hereto and adding those oil and gas
leases and related interests set forth on Exhibit B-1 hereto and those wells set
forth on Exhibit B-2 hereto.

        3. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Exchange Agreement shall
remain in full force and effect as heretofore entered into and amended. EOG and
Cactus ratify and confirm the Exchange Agreement as hereby amended.

        4. This instrument is being executed in several counterparts, all of
which are identical. Each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed
to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one
and the same instrument.

        WITNESS THE EXECUTION HEREOF, this 24th day of September 1993, to be
effective as of the Effective Date.

                                             EOG:

WITNESSES:                                   ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY


/s/ CINDY WALTON                             By:    /s/ G.E. UTHLANT
    Cindy WALTON                             Name:      G.E. Uthlant
                                             Title:     Senior Vice President
/s/ MARY NELL BROWNING
    Mary Nell Browning


                                             Cactus:

WITNESSES:                                   CACTUS HYDROCARBON 1992-A LIMITED
                                             PARTNERSHIP


/s/  MARY NELL BROWNING                      By:    Enron Big Piney Corp.
     Mary Nell Browning                             General Partner

                                             By: /s/ ANDREW S. FASTOW
/s/  DEBORAH KORKMAS                         Name:   Andrew S. Fastow
     Deborah Korkmas                         Title:  Vice President


EXHIBIT "A-1"         -      Description of Deleted Leases
EXHIBIT "A-2"         -      Description of Deleted Wells
EXHIBIT "B-1"         -      Description of Added Leases
EXHIBIT "B-2"         -      Description of Added Wells
EXHIBIT "C"           -      Recordation Schedule - Hydrocarbon Exchange
                             Agreement and First Amendment to Hydrocarbon
                             Exchange Agreement

STATE OF TEXAS               ss.
                             ss.
COUNTY OF HARRIS             ss.

        On this 29th day of September, 1993, before me, the undersigned Notary
Public in and for the state of Texas, personally appeared G.E. Uthlant, to me
personally known, who being by me duly sworn, did say that he is the Senior Vice
President of ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, and that the
instrument was signed in behalf of the corporation by authority of its Board of
Directors and that he acknowledged the instrument to be the free act and deed of
the corporation.

                                    /s/ SUSAN LOUISE W. WADLE
                                        Susan Louise W. Wadle
                                        NOTARY PUBLIC, IN AND FOR
                                        STATE OF TEXAS

                                        Printed Name of Notary

STATE OF TEXAS               ss.
                             ss.
COUNTY OF HARRIS             ss.

        On this 29th day of September, 1993, before me, the undersigned Notary
Public in and for the State of Texas, personally appeared Andrew S. Faston to me
personally known, who being by me duly sworn, did say that he is the Vice
President of Enron Big Piney Corp., General Partner of CACTUS HYDROCARBON 1992-A
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership, and that the instrument was
signed on behalf of said corporation, acting as General Partner of said limited
partnership and the he acknowledged the instrument to be the free act and deed
of the limited partnership.

                                    /s/ SUSAN LOUISE W. WADLE
                                        Susan Louise W. Wadle
                                        NOTARY PUBLIC, IN AND FOR
                                        THE STATE OF TEXAS

                                        Printed Name of Notary

                                  EXHIBIT A-1

               Attached to and made a part of that certain Second Amendment to
               Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement effective as of the 1st day of
               July, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas Company ("EOG") as Grantor and
               Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership ("Cactus") as
               Grantee.

<TABLE>
                                 DELETED LEASES

                            SUBLETTE COUNTY, WYOMING
<CAPTION>
 ENRON                                                                                      LEASE
LEASE NO.       LESSOR                  LEGAL DESCRIPTION                      DATE       RECORDING
- ---------       ------                  -----------------                      ----       ---------
<S>            <C>           <C>                                              <C>        <C>
50427-000      W-05527       TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST, 6TH P.M.      2/1/59     Not Recorded

                             Section 22: NE/4NE/4, SE/4, S/2NE/4
                             Section 23: NW/4NW/4, SW/4NW/4,3 E/2NW/4, SW/4
                             Limited to only the Frontier formation under
                             said lands.
</TABLE>

                                  EXHIBIT A-2

               Attached to and made a part of that certain Second Amendment to
               Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement effective as of the 1st day of
               July, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas Company ("EOG") as Grantor and
               Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership ("Cactus") as
               Grantee.
<TABLE>
                                               DELETED WELLS

                                          LINCOLN COUNTY, WYOMING

<CAPTION>
WELL NAME          WELL NUMBER           LEGAL DESCRIPTION                   WI BPO       NRI BPO     WI APO       NRI APO
- ---------          -----------           -----------------                   ------       -------     ------       -------
<S>                <C>             <C>                                       <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>         
Fontenelle 11-3    0912100001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0170308     .0148326    .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 36: NW/4NW/4
                                   Formation:  Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 12-03   0912200001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239     .0118418    .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 3: SW/4NW/4
                                   Formation: Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 13-11   0912300001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239     .0118418    .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 11: NW/4SW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 13-24   0912400001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195597     .0184859
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 24: NW/4SW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 13-34   0012400001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195597     .0184859
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 34: NW/4SW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD
 
Fontenelle 14-01   0912500001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 1: SW/4SW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 14-02   0912600001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 2: SW/4SW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 14-04   0912800001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 4: SW/4NW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 14-06   0912900001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 6: Lot 7
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 14-27   0912700001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375    
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 27: SW/4SW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 22-36   0913100001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 36: SE/4NW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 23-07F  0913400001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 111 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 7: NE/4SW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 23-25   0913200001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 25: NE/4SW/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 23-33   0913300001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 33: Lot 7
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 31-04   0913500001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 4: NW/4NE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 31-05   0913600001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 4: NW/4NE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 31-06F  0913700001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 111 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 6: NW/4NE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 32-10   0913800001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 10: SW/4NE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 33-04   0914100001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0148326      .0148326   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 4: NW/4SE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 33-12   0128800001      TOWNSHIP 15 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 12: NW/4SE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 33-13   0913900001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 13: NW/4SE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 33-24   0914000001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 25: NW/4SE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 34-03   0914000001      TOWNSHIP 15 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 3: SW/4SE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 34-09   0914500001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606     .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 9: SW/4SE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 34-23   0914200001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 111 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606      .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 23: SW/4SE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 34-28   0914300001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606       .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 28: Lot 9
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 41-09   0914900001      TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606       .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 9: NE/4NE/4
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 41-24   0914600001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606       .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 24: Lot 1
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD

Fontenelle 41-26   0914800001      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST        .0134239      .0118418   .0195606       .0161375
                                   6TH P.M.
                                   Section 36: Lot 1
                                   Formation Consl. Frontier ABCD
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT B-1

               Attached to and made a part of that certain Second Amendment to
               Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement effective as of the 1st day of
               July, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas Company ("EOG) as Grantor and
               Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership ("Cactus") as
               Grantee.

<TABLE>
                                  ADDED LEASES

                            LINCOLN COUNTY, WYOMING
<CAPTION>
 ENRON
LEASE NO.       LESSOR              LEGAL DESCRIPTION                 DATE       RECORDED
- ---------       ------              -----------------                 ----       --------   
<S>            <C>           <C>                                     <C>        <C>    
75237-000      ST of WY      TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST,      2/2/86     Book 236 PR,
               86-00117      6TH P.M.                                           Page 170
                             Section 16: NW/4, NW/4NE/4,
                             S/2NE/4,S1/2

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT B-2

               Attached to and made a part of that certain Second Amendment to
               Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement effective as of the 1st day of
               July, 1993 between Enron Oil & Gas Company ("EOG") as Grantor and
               Cactus Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership ("Cactus") as
               Grantee.
<TABLE>
                                  ADDED WELLS

                            LINCOLN COUNTY, WYOMING

<CAPTION>
  WELL NAME           WELL NUMBER                LEGAL DESCRIPTION              WI BPO   NRI BPO      WI APO   NRI APO
  ---------           -----------                -----------------              ------   -------      ------   -------    
<S>                   <C>                   <C>                                   <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>   
Spur Canyon #1        0236940001            TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST     100%     75%          100%      75%
                                            6TH P.M.
                                            Section 16: NE/4NW/4

West Stead
Canyon #22-16         0240000001            TOWNSHIP 26 NORTH, RANGE 112 WEST     100%     75%          100%      75%
                                            6TH P.M.
                                            Section 16: SW/4NE/4
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C

        Attached to and made a part of that certain Second Amendment to
        Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement effective as of the 1st day of May, 1993
        between Enron Oil & Gas Company ("EOG") as Grantor and Cactus
        Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership ("Cactus") as Grantee.

          DOCUMENT                    FILING ENTITY         RECORDING REFERENCE
          --------                    -------------         -------------------
Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement       Lincoln County        Book 318 PR, Page 1
dated September 25, 1992 between                           File No. 755520
EOG and Cactus                                             October 8, 1992

                                     Sublette County       Book 90 O&G, Page 224
                                                           File No. 238876
                                                           October 2, 1992

First Amendment to Hydrocarbon       Lincoln County        Book 330 PR, Page 39
Exchange Agreement dated                                   File No. 765868
effective April 1, 1993 between                            June 4, 1993

                                     Sublette County       Book 92 O&G, Page 333
                                                           File No. 241741
                                                           May 28, 1993



                                                              EXHIBIT 10.37(e)
                            AMENDMENT TO HYDROCARBON
                               EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

        This Amendment to Hydrocarbon Exchange Agreement (this "AMENDMENT") is
entered into this 17th day of June 1994, effective August 1, 1993, by and
between ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY ("EOG") and CACTUS HYDROCARBON 1992-A LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP ("CACTUS"). Where the context requires, EOG and Cactus shall be
referred to individually as a "PARTY" and collectively as the "PARTIES."

                             W I T N E S S E T H :

        WHEREAS, Cactus and EOG entered into that certain Hydrocarbon Exchange
Agreement dated September 25, 1992, as amended by instrument dated effective
January 1, 1993 (collectively, the "EXCHANGE AGREEMENT"); and

        WHEREAS, Cactus and EOG desire to amend the Exchange Agreement to change
the Index for the Matagorda Point of Receipt;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties mutually agree as
follows:

        1.     Reference is made to the Exchange Agreement for all
               purposes.  All references in this exchange agreement and
               this Amendment to the defined term Exchange Agreement or
               Agreement shall include and refer to the Exchange
               Agreement as amended by this Amendment.  Unless otherwise
               defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have
               the same meanings given to them in the Exchange
               Agreement.

        2.     The Parties hereby agree to amend Exhibit D of the Exchange
               Agreement to delete the reference to "Texas Eastern Transmission
               Co.-Texas" under heading "Index" for the Matagorda Point of
               Receipt and replace it with "Texas Eastern Transmission Co.-South
               Texas."

        3.     Except as amended herein, the Exchange Agreement shall be
               and remain in force and effect as originally written.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EOG and Cactus have caused this Amendment to be
executed this 17th day of June, 1994.


                                                   ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY

ATTEST:

By: /S/ J. JEFFERS SPENCER                         By:  /S/ ANDREW N. HOYLE
Name:   J. Jeffers Spencer                         Name:    Andrew N. Hoyle
Title:  Assistant Secretary                        Title:   Vice President,
                                                             Marketing

                                                   CACTUS HYDROCARBON 1992-A
                                                   LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                                   BY:  ENRON BIG PINEY CORP.,
                                                        GENERAL PARTNER
ATTEST:

By: /S/ JOAN QUICK                                 By: /S/ JERE C. OVERDYKE, JR.
Name:   Joan Quick                                 Name:   Jere C. Overdyke, Jr.
Title:  Contract Admin.                            Title:  Vice President


STATE OF TEXAS               ss.
                             ss.
COUNTY OF HARRIS             ss.

        On this 17th day of June, 1994, before me personally appeared Andrew N.
Hoyle, to me personally known, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that he is
the Vice President, Mktg. of Enron Oil & Gas Company and that the seal affixed
to said instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said
instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of
its Board of Directors and said Andrew N. Hoyle acknowledged said instrument to
be the free act and deed of said corporation.

        Given under my hand and notarial seal.


                                 /S/ MICHELLE GREEN
                                     Michelle Green
                                     Notary Public
                                     My Commission Expires: September 2, 1997

STATE OF TEXAS               ss.
                             ss.
COUNTY OF HARRIS             ss.


        On this 14th day of June 1994, before me personally appeared Jere C.
Overdyke, Jr., Vice President, of Enron Piney Corp., General Partner of Cactus
Hydrocarbon 1992-A Limited Partnership, known to me to be the person who
executed the within Amendment to Hydrocarbons Exchange Agreement on behalf of
said corporation, acting as General Partner of said partnership and acknowledged
to me that he executed the same for the purposes therein stated.

        Given under my hand and notarial seal.


                                 /S/ BERTHA M. FRAZIER
                                     Bertha M. Frazier
                                     Notary Public
                                     My Commission Expires: 4-19-96




                                                              EXHIBIT 10.45(a)
             THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA                       Cable Address
                 Hato Rey Branch                           'Scotiabank'
                 Plaza Scotiabank
         273 Ponce De Leon Ave. 4th Floor                   Address Your
               Hato Rey, Puerto Rico                          Reply To
                                                           G.P.O Box 6262
                                  May 27, 1994          San Juan, P.R. 00936

Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited
Second Floor, The Mutual Centre
16 Queen's Park West
Port of Spain
Republic of Trinidad & Tobago
British West Indies

ATTN:  MANAGING DIRECTOR

Dear Sirs:

     We hereby submit this Letter Loan Agreement (the "Agreement") setting out
the terms and conditions under which The Bank of Nova Scotia's Hato Rey Branch
(the "Bank") agrees to extend to Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited (the
"Borrower") the credit facilities referred to herein:

LETTER LOAN AGREEMENT

1.    BORROWER:  Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited

2.    TYPE OF CREDIT: Non-Revolving Term Credit available by way of direct
      advances. Although the credit facility is a non-revolving facility, the
      Borrower will be allowed to borrow, repay and reborrow the Working Capital
      Amount (as defined hereinafter) within the term of the Loan as provided
      hereunder.

3.    LOAN AMOUNT: Up to an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time
      outstanding US$44,000,000 (the "Commitment").

4.    PURPOSES: To finance (or refinance or replace with Advances funded with
      936 Deposits as permitted by paragraphs (c)(7)(i) and (c)(7)(ii) of the
      Federal CBI Regulations) the costs of the Borrower's exploration for and
      development and production of natural gas and crude oil from the Kiskadee
      and Ibis Fields in the South East Coast Consortium Block offshore Trinidad
      & Tobago,

      including without limitation, the constructing of off-shore platforms,
      laying of pipelines, drilling of wells and installation of all related
      equipment and facilities (the "Active Business Assets"). The proceeds of
      the Loan may also be used for working capital purposes, provided that the
      amount used for such purposes may not exceed 10% of the amount invested in
      Active Business Assets (the "Working Capital Amount").

5.    DEFINITIONS: "936 Deposits" means deposits of eligible funds by exempted
      businesses under the Puerto Rico Industrial Incentives Acts and/or the
      Puerto Rico Tax Incentive Act.

      "936 Option Rate" shall have the meaning described in Section 8(a) hereof.

      "Active Business Assets" shall have the meaning described in Section 4
      hereof.

      "Advance" means an advance from the Bank to the Borrower pursuant to
      Section 7 hereof.

      "Base Rate" means the variable per annum reference rate of interest, as
      announced and adjusted by The Bank of Nova Scotia from time to time in the
      City of New York as its base rate, for United States dollar loans made by
      such bank in the United States and Puerto Rico. No representation is made
      by the Bank that such rate is the lowest or most favorable rate offered by
      The Bank of Nova Scotia.

      "Business Day" means (i) as to LIBOR funded portions of the Loan, a day of
      the year on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market
      and banks are open for business in London and not required or authorized
      to close in New York City, Puerto Rico or Trinidad & Tobago and (ii) as to
      the 936 Deposits and Base Rate funded portions of the Loan, a day in which
      the Bank is not required or authorized to close for business in Puerto
      Rico or Trinidad & Tobago.

      "Commissioner" shall have the meaning described in Section 18.3(a) hereof.

      "Date of this Agreement" means the date on which the Borrower accepts this
      Agreement by execution of the original and one counterpart.

      "Event of Default" shall have the meaning described in Section 19 hereof.

      "Federal CBI Regulations" shall have the meaning described in Section
      18.3(b) hereof.

      "Funding Period" means one of the successive periods into which the period
      between the date of the first Advance and the Maturity Date shall be
      divided. The termination date of each such Funding Period shall be
      referred to as a Rollover Date.

      "Governmental Authority" means (a) the United States of America, (b) the
      Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, (c) Trinidad & Tobago, (d) any political
      subdivision of any jurisdiction referenced in clauses (a) through (c) of
      this sentence and (e) any court, agency, department, commission, board,
      bureau or instrumentality of any jurisdiction referenced in clauses (a)
      through (c) of this sentence.

      "Guarantor" shall mean Enron Oil & Gas Company.

      "Guaranty" shall have the meaning described in Section 13 hereof.

      "Interest Payment Date" shall mean the first day of each of the months of
      January, April, July and October.

      "LIBOR" means the rate of interest per annum at which deposits of equal or
      like amounts in United States dollars are offered by the principal office
      of The Bank of Nova Scotia in London, England, to prime banks in the
      London interbank market at 11:00 a.m. (London time), two (2) business days
      before the first day of the particular Funding Period for a period equal
      to such Funding Period, as adjusted by the Bank to reflect the impact of
      the municipal license taxes upon the Bank.

      "LIBOR Option Rate" shall have the meaning described in Section 8(b)
      hereof.

      "Loan" means the principal sum of US$44,000,000, or, if less, the
      aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances owing to the Bank
      outstanding from time to time.

      "Loan Documents" means this Agreement with its Exhibits, the Promissory
      Notes, the Non Revolving Term Note, and the Guaranty.

      "Non Revolving Term Note" shall have the meaning described in Section 7(b)
      hereof.

      "Promissory Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the
      order of the Bank, in the form and substance of Exhibit "A" attached
      hereto and incorporated herein, evidencing the indebtedness of the
      Borrower resulting from each Advance made hereunder by the Bank.

      "Regulation 3582" shall have the meaning described in Section 18.3(a)
      hereof.

      "Regulation 5002" shall have the meaning described in Section 18.3(a)
      hereof.

      "Termination Date" means the date that is the earlier of 5 years from the
      Date of this Agreement or the date that the Agreement terminates pursuant
      to Section 19 hereof.

      "Working Capital Amount" shall have the meaning described in Section 4
      hereof.

6.    TERMS/MATURITY:  The Borrower shall repay the Bank the outstanding
      principal amount of the Loan due hereunder in full on the fifth
      anniversary date of the Date of this Agreement (the "Maturity Date").

7.    EVIDENCING AVAILMENTS/DRAWINGS:

      (a) The Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make
      one or more Advances to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day
      during the period from the Date of this Agreement until the Termination
      Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the
      Commitment. Each Advance shall reduce the amount of the

      Commitment by the principal amount of such Advance. Each Advance shall be
      in an aggregate amount of not less than US$500,000 and integral multiples
      of US$500,000 above such amount, and shall be evidenced by a Promissory
      Note. Within the limits of the Commitment, the Borrower may borrow the
      Working Capital Amount, prepay such amount pursuant to Section 12 hereof
      and reborrow such amount under this Section 7(a).

      (b) When the Commitment has been fully drawn or if no further draws are to
      be made hereunder, all Promissory Notes outstanding shall be substituted
      and replaced by one Non-Revolving Term Note. The Non-Revolving Term Note
      shall be in the form and substance of Exhibit "B" attached hereto and
      incorporated herein.

8.    INTEREST RATES:  The Borrower shall have the following interest rate
      options on each Advance:

      (a) The cost of 30, 60, 90 or 180 day 936 Deposits (as determined by the
      Bank and adjusted for the cost to the Bank of the municipal license
      taxes), plus 50 basis points per annum (subject to the availability of 936
      Deposits and to the continuing qualification of the Loan for 936 funding)
      (the "936 Option Rate");

      (b) 1, 2, 3, or 6 months cost of LIBOR plus 50 basis points per annum
      (subject to the availability of LIBOR funds) (the "LIBOR Option Rate");

      (c) If both 936 Deposits and LIBOR funds become unavailable or may not be
      used, the Base Rate interest rate will apply fluctuating concurrently with
      any changes in such Base Rate;

      (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in paragraphs (a)
      and (b) above, at any time during the term of the Loan, the Borrower may
      request the Bank to fix the rate of interest on all or any portion of the
      Loan, effective on a Rollover Date, for a period not to exceed the then
      remaining

      term of the Loan, subject to the availability to the Bank of 936 Deposits
      or LIBOR funds with the same maturity as the term of the fixed rate, at a
      rate mutually agreeable to the Borrower and the Bank. Any prepayment by
      the Borrower of all or any portion of the Loan with a fixed interest rate,
      shall be subject to the payment by the Borrower of the breakage costs
      described in Section 12 hereof;

      (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein provided, the interest
      rate applicable to any principal under the Loan outstanding after the
      Maturity Date or after the Loan is declared due and payable pursuant to
      Section 19 hereof shall be 2% per annum over the Base Rate;

      (f) Upon the first Advance and thereafter three Business Days prior to the
      first day of each new Funding Period, the Bank shall notify to the
      Borrower the following rates of interest on such Business Day (a) subject
      to the availability to the Bank of 936 Deposits and to the eligibility of
      the Advance to be funded with 936 Deposits, the 936 Option Rate; and (b)
      subject to the availability to the Bank of LIBOR funds for such Funding
      Period, the LIBOR Option Rate. In the case of 936 Deposit funding, the
      Borrower must advise the Bank not later than 12 noon Puerto Rico time on
      the first Business Day of the ensuing Funding Period, and in the case of
      LIBOR funding two (2) Business Days before such Business Day which of the
      two funding options it selects for the ensuing Funding Period. The
      interest rate applicable to such Funding Period shall be the interest rate
      applicable on the first day of the Funding Period to the funding option
      selected by the Borrower. If the Borrower fails to make such timely notice
      of election then the interest rate beginning on the first day of such
      Funding Period shall be computed on the basis of the 30 day 936 Option
      Rate until a new Funding Period is established, or, if 936 Deposits are
      not available, on the basis of 30 day LIBOR Option Rate or, if LIBOR funds
      are not available, on the basis of the Base Rate.

9.    FEES:

      (a) The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on the Date of this Agreement a
      one-time front end fee of 15 basis points times the Commitment amount.
      This fee includes the Bank's cost of presenting the necessary applications
      for 936 funding to the Puerto Rico government agencies.

      (b) On each anniversary date from the Date of this Agreement, the Borrower
      shall pay the Bank an annual administration fee of US$10,000.00.

      (c) On each Interest Payment Date, the Borrower shall pay the Bank a
      Standby Fee amounting to 15 basis points of the unutilized portion of the
      Commitment, computed on a daily basis, on the basis of a 365/366 days
      year.

9.A   VARIATIONS ININTEREST RATES AND STANDBY FEE: The interest rates and the
      Standby Fee set forth in Sections 8 and 9(c) hereof, shall be increased
      and reduced concurrently with any increases or reductions in the
      Guarantor's senior unsecured long term debt rating by Standard and Poor's
      ("S&P") or Moody's, as follows:

      S&P or          Standby       LIBOR          936
  Moody's Rating        Fee          Plus         Plus
  --------------     --------       -----         ----
A or A2, or better    12.5 bp      37.5 bp       37.5 bp

BBB+ or Baa1, or
better                15 bp        50 bp         50 bp

BBB and Baa2          17.5 bp      55 bp         55 bp

BBB- or Baa3          20 bp        62.5 bp       62.5 bp

BBB- and Baa3         25 bp        75 bp         75 bp

BB+ or lower and
Ba1 or lower          37.5 bp      112.5 bp      112.5 bp

10.   CALCULATION AND PAYMENT OF INTEREST: The Borrower shall pay interest
      quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, or on Rollover Dates,
      whichever is earlier, on the actual daily unpaid principal balance of the
      Loan and calculated on each such day on the basis of (i) a 365/366 day
      calendar year for the actual number of days elapsed with respect to Base
      Rate Advances, and (ii) a 360-day calendar year for the actual number of
      days elapsed with respect to 936 Option Rate and/or LIBOR Option Rate
      Advances.

11.   REPAYMENT:  The principal amount of the Loan or the outstanding balance
      thereof shall be repaid in full on the Maturity Date. Payments hereunder
      shall be made by the Borrower at the Bank's Hato Rey Branch located at
      Plaza Scotiabank, Hato Rey, Puerto Rico or by wire transfer to the
      following account: Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Account the Bank of
      Nova Scotia, New York, ABA No. 02600-2-532, Account The Bank of Nova
      Scotia, Hato Rey, Transit 13185. In the event that the day in which a
      payment due under this Agreement is not a Business Day, such payment shall
      be due on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

12.   PREPAYMENT:  No prepayment of all or any portion of the Loan shall be
      permitted at any time in whole or in part when Advances are funded with
      936 Deposits or LIBOR funds, except on a Rollover Date. If a prepayment is
      made on a date other than a Rollover Date, the Borrower shall pay to the
      Bank an amount equal to the additional costs and/or losses incurred by the
      Bank as a result of the prepayment, as determined solely by the Bank. A
      certificate by the Bank showing the computation of the additional costs
      and/or losses shall be conclusive evidence of the amount thereof, in the
      absence of manifest error.

13.   SECURITY: The unconditional in solidum guaranty of Enron Oil & Gas Company
      in favor of the Bank, dated as of the Date of this Agreement, in the form
      of Exhibit C (the "Guaranty"), shall be in full force and effect before
      any Advance is made pursuant to this Agreement, and such security shall
      remain in full force and effect until all principal and interest due
      hereunder is fully paid and all other obligations of the Borrower
      hereunder have been fully satisfied.

14.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER:  In order to induce the Bank
      to lend hereunder, the Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

      14.1  ORGANIZATION AND STANDING OF BORROWER The Borrower has been duly
            organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of
            Trinidad & Tobago.

      14.2  AUTHORITY AND NO VIOLATION The Borrower has the corporate power and
            authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this
            Agreement, the Promissory Notes and the Non Revolving Term Note
            (hereinafter collectively with the Promissory Notes referred to as
            the "Notes") to be delivered by it and to make the borrowings
            hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
            and the Notes, and the borrowings hereunder (a) have been duly
            authorized by all requisite corporate or shareholder action, (b) do
            not conflict with or result in a violation or breach of the
            corporate documents of the Borrower or of any agreement, instrument,
            statute, regulation, rule, order, writ, judgment or decree to which
            the Borrower or its property is directly or indirectly a party or is
            directly or indirectly subject and (c) will not give cause for
            acceleration of any indebtedness of the Borrower.

      14.3  NO CONSENT REQUIRED No approval, authorization or other action by,
            or filings with any Governmental Authority or other entity is
            required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance
            by the Borrower of this Agreement, the borrowings hereunder and the
            execution and delivery of the Notes.

      14.4  FINANCIAL CONDITION OF BORROWER The Borrower has heretofore
            furnished to the Bank the audited balance sheet of the Borrower's
            operations in Trinidad & Tobago as of December 31, 1993 and the
            related statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows for
            the period ended December 31, 1993. Such financial statements were
            prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
            consistently applied by the Borrower, and present fairly the
            financial condition and results of operations at the dates and for
            the periods indicated therein.

      14.5  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE There has been no material adverse change
            (not in the ordinary course of business) in the financial condition
            of the Borrower since December 31, 1993.

      14.6  LITIGATION There are no lawsuits or other claims or proceedings
            pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, against or
            affecting the Borrower or any of its properties, by or before any
            Governmental Authority, which, if adversely determined (individually
            or in the aggregate), would have a material adverse effect on the
            financial condition of the Borrower, or which involve this Agreement
            or any of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Borrower is not
            in default with respect to any order, writ, injunction, decree, rule
            or regulation of any Governmental Authority, which default would
            have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition of the
            Borrower.

      14.7  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC. The Borrower is in compliance and shall
            comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, to
            the extent noncompliance therewith would have a material adverse
            effect on the financial condition of the Borrower.

15.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS: From the date of this Agreement and for so long as
      the same shall be in effect or any amount shall remain outstanding under
      any Note made pursuant to this Agreement and for so long as Borrower owes
      any obligation whatsoever to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, the
      Borrower agrees that it shall:

      15.1  CORPORATE EXISTENCE  Do or cause to be done all things necessary
            to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate
            existence, material rights, licenses, permits and franchises and
            comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations
            applicable to it provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be
            required to preserve any right, license, permit or franchise if the
            Borrower shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
            desirable in the conduct of the business of the Borrower, and that
            the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respects to
            the Bank.

      15.2  INSURANCE Maintain insurance with responsible and reputable
            insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering
            such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar
            businesses and owning similar properties as the Borrower, provided,
            that self-insurance by the Borrower shall not be deemed a violation
            of this covenant to the extent that companies engaged in similar
            businesses and owning similar properties as the Borrower
            self-insure.

      15.3. NOTICE OF EVENT OF DEFAULT Promptly give to the Bank notice in
            writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default.

      15.4. NOTICE OF JUDGMENTS AND CHANGE IN CONTROL Promptly give to the Bank
            notice in writing of (i) any final judgment(s) in excess of
            US$10,000,000 in the aggregate entered against the Borrower which
            are not vacated, discharged, paid or stayed pending appeal within a
            period of 30 days after entry of such judgment, or vacated,
            discharged or paid within

            30 days after entry of final order of affirmance on appeal and (ii)
            a change in control of the Borrower. For purposes of this section a
            change in control shall be deemed to occur if the Guarantor ceases
            to own directly or indirectly at least 50% of the Borrower's issued
            and outstanding common stock and any other voting stock.

16.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS: From the Date of this Agreement and for so long as the
      same shall be in effect or any amount shall remain outstanding under any
      Note made pursuant to this Agreement, the Borrower agrees that it will
      not, directly or indirectly:

      16.1  MERGER, ACQUISITION OR SALE OF ASSETS Consolidate or merge into or
            transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to
            another person, unless (i) the surviving person, if other than the
            Borrower, assumes by supplemental agreement satisfactory in form and
            substance to the Bank all the obligations under this Agreement; (ii)
            after giving effect to such assumption, there would not exist any
            Event of Default hereunder; and (iii) the Guaranty remains in full
            force and effect.

      16.2  NEGATIVE PLEDGES Borrower shall not constitute, permit or allow to
            remain in effect, any liens or encumbrances of any type or nature on
            its assets, including Active Business Assets, except, (i) mortgages,
            deeds of trust, pledges, liens, security interests, assignments,
            deposit arrangements or other preferential arrangements, charges or
            encumbrances in favor of the Bank, (ii) liens for taxes or
            assessments or other governmental charges or levies if not yet due
            and payable or, if due and payable, if they are being contested in
            good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate
            reserves are maintained; (iii) pledges in favor of the Guarantor;
            (iv) undetermined or inchoate liens or charges incidental to the
            construction, operation, maintenance or development of oil and gas
            reserves off the coast of Trinidad &

            Tobago by the Borrower; (v) obligations or duties of the Borrower to
            any municipality or Governmental Authority with respect to any
            franchise, grant, license, permit or similar arrangement; (vi)
            judgment liens, the aggregate of which does not exceed
            US$10,000,000, or the aggregate amount of which is greater, if such
            greater amount is stayed by appeal, or which has been appealed and
            secured, if necessary, by the filing of an appeal bond; (vii) the
            pledge of hydrocarbons produced or recovered from any property, an
            interest in which is owned or leased by the Borrower; (viii) the
            pledge of current assets to secure current liabilities, if in the
            ordinary course of business; and (ix) mechanics' and/or
            materialmen's liens. Borrower shall not dispose of any of its assets
            financed with the proceeds of the Loan, except in the ordinary
            course of its trade or business.

      16.A  936 INDEMNITY AND HOLD HARMLESS: The Borrower agrees, upon demand,
            to indemnify and hold harmless the Bank against and from all taxes
            (plus interest assessed thereon), cost, damage, liability, fine,
            penalty, claim, cause of action, judgment, court cost and legal or
            other expense, including attorneys' fees, relating directly or
            indirectly to Section 936 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Federal
            CBI Regulations or Regulations 3582 or 5002 by reason of any of the
            following:

            (a) any act of commission or omission by the Borrower;

            (b) any adverse determination made by the United States Internal
            Revenue Service, the Commissioner of Financial Institution of Puerto
            Rico (the "Commissioner") or any Governmental Authority in the
            United States or the Commonwealth as to the qualification of any of
            the Advances or any transactions related thereto as an eligible
            activity or an investment in Active Business Assets under Section
            936 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Federal CBI Regulations or
            Regulations 3582 or 5002; or

            (c) any failure by the Borrower to permit the Bank to discharge or
            fulfill its duties or obligations under the Federal CBI Regulations
            or Regulations 3582 or 5002; or

            (d) any change to Section 936 of the Internal Revenue Code or the
            regulations thereunder or in the interpretation thereof, that
            results in any adverse consequence to the Bank due to any Advance
            funded with 936 Deposits being outstanding; provided, however, an
            indemnity under this clause (d) shall be limited to the excess of
            the actual losses over the amount of any other adjustments or
            indemnities provided for such losses elsewhere in this Agreement.

17.   REPORTING REQUIREMENTS:

      (a) Borrower shall provide to the Bank audited financial statements within
      120 days after the end of each fiscal year. Such financial statements will
      include the Borrower's balance sheet and the related statements of income,
      cash flows and retained earnings, with related notes, as of the close of
      such fiscal year and for the year then ended, the foregoing financial
      statements to be in form consistent with that theretofore released by the
      Borrower on an annual basis. The audited financial statements must be
      accompanied by the audit report from the Borrower's independent public
      accountants;

      (b) Concurrently with the financial statements referred above, a
      certificate of a director of the Borrower knowledgeable about the
      Borrower's financial affairs, certifying that to the best of his knowledge
      no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or, if such an event
      has occurred and is continuing, specifying the nature and the extent
      thereof.

18.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT:

      18.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL ADVANCE The obligation of the Bank
            to make its initial Advance hereunder is subject to the conditions
            precedent that the Bank shall have received on or before the day of
            the initial Advance the following, all in form and substance
            satisfactory to the Bank:

            (a) the Promissory Note or the Non-Revolving Term Note properly
            executed by the Borrower to the order of the Bank:

            (b) the Guaranty of Enron Oil & Gas Company;

            (c) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
            Borrower dated the date of the initial Advance and certifying (A)
            that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Memorandum
            and Articles of Association of the Borrower as in effect on the date
            of such certification, (B) that attached thereto is a true and
            complete copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of
            the Borrower authorizing the borrowings hereunder, the execution,
            delivery and performance in accordance with their respective terms
            of this Agreement, the Promissory Note, the Non Revolving Term Note
            and any other documents required or contemplated hereunder or
            thereunder, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of
            each authorized signature of the Borrower executing this Agreement,
            the Promissory Note, the Non-Revolving Term Note or any other
            document delivered by it in connection herewith.

            (d) a certificate of the Secretary of State of Delaware, dated as of
            a recent date as to the good standing of the Guarantor and as to the
            charter documents on file in the office of such Secretary of State.

            (e) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
            Guarantor dated the date of the initial Advance and certifying (A)
            that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws of
            the Guarantor as in effect on the date of such certification, (B)
            that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions
            adopted by the Board of Directors of the Guarantor authorizing the
            execution, delivery and performance in accordance with its terms of
            the Guaranty (C) that the certificate of incorporation of the
            Guarantor has not been amended since the date of the last amendment
            thereto indicated on the certificate of the Secretary of State
            furnished pursuant to clause (d) above and (D) as to the incumbency
            and specimen signature of each officer of the Guarantor executing
            the Guaranty.

            (f) Opinions of Borrower's Trinidad & Tobago counsel and of
            Guarantor's general counsel in form and substance satisfactory to
            the Bank.

            (g) a favorable opinion of Axtmayer Adsuar Muniz & Goyco, counsel
            for the Bank, as to the validity and enforceability of this
            Agreement, and as to the qualification of the Loan for funding with
            936 Deposits under the Federal CBI Regulations and Regulation 3582
            and 5002 in form and substance acceptable to the Bank.

      18.2  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL ADVANCES:  The obligation of the
            Bank to make each Advance, including the initial Advance is subject
            to the following conditions precedent:

            (a) The representations and warranties set forth in Section 14
            hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as
            of the date of each borrowing hereunder with the same effect as if
            made on and as of such date.

            (b) On the date of each borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall be
            in compliance with all of the terms and provisions set forth herein
            to be observed or performed and no Event of Default shall have
            occurred and be continuing.

            Each borrowing hereunder shall be deemed to be a representation and
            warranty by the Borrower on the date of such borrowing as to the
            matters specified in paragraph (a) and (b) of this section.

      18.3  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS
            PRECEDENT TO 936 ADVANCES:

            The obligation of the Bank to make advances funded with 936 Deposits
            shall be subject to the conditions set forth in Sections 18.1 and
            18.2 and to the following representations, warranties, covenants and
            conditions:

            (a) All the necessary Governmental Authority approvals as to the
            qualification of the Loan under Section 936(d)(4) of the Internal
            Revenue Code and the Federal CBI Regulations (as defined
            hereinafter) and Regulations 3582 and 5002 issued by the
            Commissioner pursuant to the Puerto Rico Industrial Incentive Acts,
            including without limitation the Commissioner's

            confirmation of its approval given to Citibank, have been obtained.

            (b) The Bank shall make the Loan available to the Borrower subject
            to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and induced by and
            relying on the Borrower's warranty that, for the purpose of
            complying with Regulation 5002 and with Section 936(d)(4) of the
            United States Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.936-10(c) of the
            regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Federal CBI Regulations"),
            the Loan shall be used solely for the acquisition of Active Business
            Assets. The proceeds of the Loan may also be used for working
            capital purposes provided that the amount used for such purposes may
            not exceed 10% of the amount invested in Active Business Assets.

            (c) On the Date of this Agreement and on each anniversary date of
            this Agreement, the Borrower will submit (i) a certification to the
            Bank in the form of Exhibit "D" hereto as to Borrower's
            qualification as a qualified recipient under Section 1.936-10(c)(9)
            of the Federal CBI Regulations and (ii) a 936 representation letter
            in the form of Exhibit "E" hereto.

            (d) Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loan at all times during
            the period that the Loan is outstanding solely for the acquisition
            of Active Business Assets or for working capital purposes in full
            compliance under the provisions of Section 1.936-10(c)(4) of the
            Federal CBI Regulations.

            (e) Borrower will be the owner of the Active Business Assets for
            United States tax purposes and will not lease back the assets to the
            person from whom the assets are acquired.

            (f) Borrower agrees to expend the proceeds of the Loan in the
            acquisition of Active Business Assets or for working capital
            purposes no later than six (6) months from the date the funds are
            disbursed by the Bank. During this six-month period the proceeds of
            the Loan and proceeds from the investment thereof will be invested
            in compliance with the temporary investment requirements set forth
            in the Federal CBI Regulations.

            (g) Borrower agrees to notify the Assistant Commissioner
            (International) of the United States Internal Revenue Service (the
            "Assistant Commissioner of the IRS"), the Bank, and the Commissioner
            if it no longer is a qualified recipient under Section
            1.936-10(c)(9) of the Federal CBI Regulations, or if for any other
            reason the investment has ceased to qualify as a qualified
            investment under the Federal CBI Regulations or under Regulation
            5002, promptly upon the occurrence of such disqualifying event.

            (h) Borrower will permit examination by the Office of the Assistant
            Commissioner of the IRS (or by the office of any District Director
            authorized by the Assistant Commissioner of the IRS) and by the
            Commissioner or his delegate, of all necessary books and records
            that are sufficient to verify that the funds were used for
            investment in Active Business Assets or for working capital purposes
            in conformity with the terms of this Agreement.

            (i) Borrower will submit annually to the Bank, together with the
            certified financial statements required pursuant to Section 17(a)
            hereof, an opinion of its independent auditors disclosing the amount
            of the Loan and the business activity in which such assets are used
            and stating that there is no reason to doubt that the proceeds of
            the Loan have been properly used pursuant to Section 1.936-10 of the
            Federal CBI Regulations and to Regulation 5002 and continue to be
            properly used pursuant to such regulations.

            (j) Prior to the first Advance the Bank and the Borrower will submit
            to the Assistant Commissioner of the IRS and to the Commissioner a
            certificate in the form of Exhibit "F", hereto, pursuant to the
            provisions of Section 1.936-10(c)(12) of the Federal CBI
            Regulations.

            (k) The Bank will comply with the due diligence requirements imposed
            upon the Bank by Section 1.936-10(c)(13) of the Federal CBI
            Regulations and by Article 6 of Regulation 5002.

19.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT:  If any of the following events (herein each called an
      "Event of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

            (a) any material representation or warranty made by (i) the Borrower
            under or in connection with this Agreement or in the Notes or any
            material statement or representation made in any report, financial
            statement, certificate or other document furnished to the Bank under
            or in connection with this Agreement, or (ii) the Guarantor under or
            in connection with the Guaranty, shall prove to have been false or
            misleading in any material respect when made or delivered and such
            materiality is continuing;

            (b) the Borrower shall fail to make any payment of any principal of
            or interest on the Promissory Notes or on the Non-Revolving Term
            Note, or of any fees or other amounts payable by the Borrower
            hereunder, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and,
            in the case of payments other than of any principal amount of the
            Promissory Notes or the Non-Revolving Term Note, such default shall
            continue unremedied for five days;

            (c) default shall be made by the Borrower in the due observance and
            performance of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in
            Sections 15 or 16 hereof in any material respect;

            (d) default shall be made by the Guarantor in the due observance and
            performance of any material covenant, condition or agreement of the
            Guaranty;

            (e) default shall be made by the Borrower in the due observance or
            performance of any other covenant, condition or agreement to be
            observed or performed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and
            such default shall continue unremedied for 30 days after written
            notice thereof shall be given to the Borrower by the Bank;

            (f) the Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as such debts
            become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
            generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of
            creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the
            Borrower seeking to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or
            seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization,

            arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or
            its debts under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or
            laws of Trinidad & Tobago, or of any other jurisdiction, or seeking
            the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver,
            trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial
            part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding
            instituted against it (but not instituted by it), shall remain
            undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or a firm, final
            and unappealable order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any
            of the foregoing shall be entered in any such proceeding or case;

            (g) there is a material adverse change in the financial position of
            Borrower;

            (h) the validity of the Guaranty shall be contested by the Guarantor
            or the Guarantor shall deny liability under the Guaranty or any
            material provision of the Guaranty shall be deemed invalid or
            unenforceable for any reason;

            (i) the Guarantor ceases to own, directly or indirectly, a
            controlling interest in the Borrower;

            then in every such event and at any time thereafter during the
            continuance of such event, the Bank may, by notice to the Borrower,
            declare the principal of and the interest on the Loan and all other
            amounts payable hereunder to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon
            all outstanding principal and interest thereon accruing up to the
            date of payment and all such other amounts shall become and be
            forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
            other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived,
            anything in this Agreement or in the Notes to the contrary
            notwithstanding, and the obligations of the Bank to make Advances
            hereunder shall thereupon forthwith terminate.

20.   PAYMENT NET OF TAXES AND INDEMNIFICATION:  Any and all payments by
      the Borrower hereunder and under the the Loan Documents shall be made free
      and clear of and without deduction for any and all present and future
      taxes and withholdings of any type and nature imposed by a Governmental
      Authority of Trinidad & Tobago or of any other country in which Borrower
      conducts operations. If Borrower is required by law to deduct any such
      taxes or withholdings from or in respect to payments under this Agreement
      or under the Loan Documents such payments shall be increased as necessary
      so that the Bank receives an amount equal to the sum it would have
      received had no such deduction been made, and Borrower shall pay such
      taxes and withholdings to the relevant taxing authority and provide to the
      Bank acceptable evidence of such payment.

      In the event that the Bank receives any credit or refund of any such taxes
      or withholdings included in any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to
      this Section 20, the Bank shall thereupon reimburse the Borrower for the
      amount of such credit or refund actually received. A certificate by the
      Bank as to the amount of the credit or refund shall constitute conclusive
      evidence of the amount thereof, absent manifest error.

      Promptly after the close of its fiscal year, the Bank will provide the
      Borrower an annual statement certifying whether or not any credit or
      refund of any taxes or withholdings has been obtained by the Bank and the
      amount thereof, if any.

21.   CHANGE IN LAW:  If any change in applicable law or regulations or in the
      interpretation thereof by a court of justice or any Governmental Authority
      charged with the administration thereof shall make it unlawful for the
      Bank to continue to maintain all or a portion of the credit facilities
      provided herein or for the Borrower to comply with its obligations as
      contemplated by this Agreement, the Borrower shall forthwith, upon demand
      by the Bank to the Borrower, prepay in full the principal amount of the
      illegal portion of the Loan then outstanding together with accrued
      interest thereon; provided, that if such unlawfulness is only applicable
      with respect to certain type(s) of Advance(s), the

      Borrower shall have the option of selecting another funding option which
      will not be illegal, instead of prepaying the Loan in full or in part.

22.   INCREASED COSTS CAPITAL ADEQUACY, ETC.:

      (a) If due to either (1) the introduction of or any change in or in the
      interpretation of any law or regulation by any Governmental Authority,
      central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
      administration thereof or (2) the compliance with any guideline or request
      from any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency
      (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in
      the cost to the Bank of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining
      Advances (other than the increased costs described in clause (c) below),
      the Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by the Bank pay to the
      Bank additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Bank for such
      increased cost. A certificate in reasonable detail as to the basis for and
      the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Borrower by the Bank,
      shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
      Promptly after the Bank becomes aware of any such introduction, change or
      proposed compliance, the Bank shall notify the Borrower thereof. No Bank
      shall be permitted to recover increased costs incurred or accrued more
      than 90 days prior to such notice to the Borrower.

      (b) If the Borrower so notifies the Bank within five Business Days after
      any Bank notifies the Borrower of any increased cost pursuant to the
      provisions of Section 22(a), the Borrower shall convert all Advances of
      the type affected by such increased cost then outstanding into Advances of
      another type in accordance with Sections 8 and 12 and, additionally,
      reimburse such Bank for such increased cost in accordance with Section
      22(a).

      (c) If the Bank shall have determined that, after the date hereof, the
      adoption of any applicable law, rule, regulation or treaty regarding
      capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the
      interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority,
      central bank or comparable agency

      charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance
      by the Bank (or its lending office) with any requestor directive regarding
      capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
      authority, central bank or comparable agency (except to the extent such
      request or directive arises as a result of the individual creditworthiness
      of such Bank), has or would have the effect of increasing the amount of
      capital required or expected to be maintained as a result of its
      Commitment hereunder, the Bank shall have the right to give prompt written
      notice thereof to the Borrower which notice shall show in reasonable
      detail the calculation of such additional amounts as shall be required to
      compensate the Bank for the increased cost to the Bank as a result of such
      increase in capital and shall certify that such costs are generally being
      charged by the Bank to other similarly situated borrowers under similar
      credit facilities, which notice shall be conclusive and binding for all
      purposes, absent manifest error, although the failure to give any such
      notice shall not, unless such notice fails to set forth the information
      required above or except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 22(d),
      release or diminish any of the Borrower's obligations to pay additional
      amounts pursuant to Section 22(d).

      (d) The Bank agrees that, upon giving notice specified in Section 22(c),
      at the request of the Borrower, it will promptly enter into good faith
      negotiations with the Borrower with respect to the method of reimbursement
      for the additional costs specified in such notice. No later than 15 days
      after the date of the giving of any such notice, and assuming the Bank has
      made itself available for the aforesaid good faith negotiations, the
      Borrower shall have the option, to be exercised in writing, to (1)
      compensate such Bank for the specified additional costs on the basis, if
      any, negotiated between the Bank and the Borrower, (2) select a new
      funding option for the outstanding Advances, if any, that will not be
      subject to the additional costs or (3) terminate the Bank's commitment to
      maintain and fund Advances of the type subject to the increased costs set
      forth in Section 22(c) to the extent, and on the terms and conditions,
      specified in Section 22(e); provided that if the Borrower fails to
      exercise the

      option to terminate or if all of the funding options are subject to the
      additional costs, it shall be deemed to have agreed to reimburse the Bank
      from time to time on demand the additional costs specified in the Bank's
      notice delivered pursuant to Section 22(c). Notwithstanding the foregoing,
      the Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse the Bank pursuant to this
      Section 22(d) or Section 22(e) for any additional costs under Section
      22(c) incurred or accruing more than 90 days prior to the date on which
      the Bank gave the written notice specified in Section 22(c).

      (e) In the event that the Borrower has given notice to the Bank pursuant
      to Section 22(d) that it elects to terminate the Bank's commitment to
      maintain and fund Advances of the type subject to the increased costs set
      forth in section 22(c), such termination shall become effective at the
      Borrower's option 15 days thereafter or at the end of the current Funding
      Period, unless the Bank withdraws its request for additional compensation.
      On the date of the termination, (x) the Borrower shall deliver notice of
      the effectiveness of the termination to the Bank, (y) the Borrower shall
      pay all amounts owed by the Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement in
      connection with the Advances subject to the increased costs set forth in
      Section 22(c) (including principal of
      and interest on such Advances owed to the Bank, accrued facility fees and
      amounts specified in the Bank's notice delivered pursuant to Section 22(c)
      with respect to the period prior to such termination). The Borrower may
      elect to terminate the Bank's Commitment pursuant to Section 22(d) only if
      at such time no Event of Default is then in existence or would be in
      existence but for requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.

      (f) The Bank shall use its reasonable efforts (consistent with its
      internal policies and legal and regulatory restrictions) to select a
      jurisdiction for its lending office or change the jurisdiction of its
      lending office , as the case may be, so as to avoid the

      imposition of any increased costs under this Section 22 or to eliminate
      the amount of any such increased cost which may thereafter accrue;
      provided that no such selection or change of the jurisdiction for its
      lending office shall be made if, in the reasonable judgment of the Bank,
      such selection or change would be disadvantageous to the Bank.

23.   COVENANT TO PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION: The Borrower agrees to provide the Bank
      with a copy of the Memorandum of Articles of Association certified as of a
      recent date by the appropriate officer of Trinidad & Tobago not later than
      90 days after the initial Advance hereunder.

24.   PLACE AND ADMINISTRATION OF LOAN: The Loan will be made at and
      administered by the Bank's Plaza Scotiabank Hato Rey, Puerto Rico branch
      to whom all notices in connection with this Agreement and the Loan shall
      be given in the manner set out below.

25.   LEGAL FEES:  The Borrower shall pay the fees of the Bank's legal counsel
      related to the execution of the Loan Documents, such legal fees not to
      exceed US$25,000.

26.   ADDRESS FOR NOTICES TO PARTIES: Unless either party advises the other in
      writing to the contrary all notices under this Agreement shall be made to
      the parties by mail, personal delivery or facsimile transmission to their
      following respective addresses in writing:

      26.1  To the Borrower:

            Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited
            Second Floor, The Mutual Centre
            16 Queen's Park West
            Port of Spain
            Republic of Trinidad & Tobago
            British West Indies
            ATTN:  MANAGING DIRECTOR
            Telephone:  (809) 622-8653
            Telecopier: (809) 628-4218

            with copy to:

            Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited
            PO Box 1188
            Houston, Texas  77251-1188
            ATTN:  WALTER C. WILSON, DIRECTOR
            Telephone:   (713) 853-5012
            Telecopier:  (713) 646-8062

      26.2  To the Bank:

            The Bank of Nova Scotia
            273 Ponce de Leon Avenue
            Hato Rey, PR  00917
            ATTN:  MR. ARTURO NUNEZ

            with copy to:

            The Bank of Nova Scotia
            1100 Louisiana, Suite 3000
            Houston, Texas
            Telephone:   (713) 752-0900
            Telecopier:  (713) 752-2425

27.   AMENDMENTS:  This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by
      a writing, signed by or on behalf of the Bank and the Borrower.

28.   ASSIGNMENT; BINDING UPON SUCCESSORS:  The Bank shall have the
      absolute right to assign this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding
      upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and the Borrower and their
      successors and assigns.

29.   SECTION HEADINGS:  The section headings contained in this Agreement are
      for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
      interpretation of this Agreement.

30.   REASONABLE EFFORTS: Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided,
      and unless otherwise stated to the contrary the parties hereto agree to
      use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and
      to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable
      under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective, as
      soon as reasonably practicable, the transactions contemplated by this
      Agreement.

31.   RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES: Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as
      giving any person, firm, corporation or other entity, other than the
      parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any
      rights, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any
      provision hereof.

32.   NO WAIVER: No waiver shall be deemed to be made by the Bank of any of its
      rights hereunder unless the same shall be in writing and signed on behalf
      of the Bank. A waiver, if any, shall be a waiver only with respect to the
      specific instance involved and shall in no way impair the rights of the
      Bank or the obligations of the Borrower to the Bank in any other respect
      at any other time.

33.   APPLICABLE LAW:  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and
      interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto
      Rico. The Bank and the Borrower submit themselves irrevocably to the
      jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for any
      actions or proceedings related to this Agreement.

      Please evidence the Borrower's acceptance of this Agreement by causing the
execution of the original and one counterpart of same by an authorized corporate
officer.

                                             Yours very truly,

                                             /s/ Arturo Nunez

ACCEPTED THIS 27th DAY OF May, 1994.
BY:  Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited
By:  /s/ W. C. Wilson    
Its: Director

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                PROMISSORY NOTE


US$                                            Maturity:               , 1999


     FOR THE VALUE RECEIVED, Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited (the "Borrower"),
a corporation organized under the laws of Trinidad & Tobago, promises to pay to
the order of The Bank of Nova Scotia (the "Bank"), a banking corporation
organized and existing under the laws of Canada, at the principal offices of the
Bank, Plaza Scotiabank Building, 273 Ponce de Leon Avenue, Hato Rey, San Juan,
Puerto Rico, or such other place that the Bank may designate, the principal sum
of US$______________ in lawful currency of the United States of America or, if
less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advance (as defined in the
Letter Loan Agreement dated May , 1994 between the Borrower and the Bank, such
Letter Loan Agreement as amended from time to time being herein referred to as
the "Loan Agreement") owing to the Bank outstanding on the Maturity Date.

     The principal of this obligation will be repaid in one installment due
on            , 1999.

     Interest will accrue and be payable on the outstanding principal balance of
this obligation from this date on at the following alternative rates:

      1.    The cost of 30, 60, 90, or 180 day 936 Deposits to the Bank (as
            determined by the Bank and adjusted for the cost to the Bank of
            municipal license taxes), plus

            50 basis points per annum (subject to the availability of 936
            Deposits and to the continuing qualification of the Loan for 936
            funding) (the "936 Option Rate");

      2.    1, 2, 3, or 6 months cost of LIBOR to the Bank plus 50 basis points
            per annum (subject to the availability of LIBOR funds) ( the "LIBOR
            Option Rate").

      3.    If both 936 Deposits and LIBOR funds become unavailable or may not
            be used, the applicable interest rate will be the Base Rate
            fluctuating concurrently with any changes in such Base Rate.

      4.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in paragraphs
            (1) and (2) above, at any time during the term of the Loan, the
            Borrower may request the Bank to fix the rate of interest on all or
            any portion of the Loan for a period not to exceed the then
            remaining term of the Loan, subject to the availability to the Bank
            of 936 Deposits or LIBOR funds with a term at least equal to such
            term, at a rate mutually agreeable to the Borrower and the Bank. Any
            prepayment by the Borrower of all or any portion of the principal
            amount of the Loan with a fixed interest rate shall be subject to
            payment by the Borrower of the breakage costs set forth in Section
            12 of the Loan Agreement.

      5.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein provided, the
            interest rate applicable to any overdue principal under the Loan
            shall be 2% over the Base Rate per annum.

            The interest rates set forth herein shall be increased and reduced
            concurrently with any increases or reductions in the Guarantor's
            senior unsecured long term debt rating by Standard and Poor's
            ("S&P") or Moody's as follows:

S&P or Moody's Rating   LIBOR Plus     936 Plus
- ---------------------   ----------     --------  
A or A2, or better       37.5 bp        37.5 bp

BBB+ or Baa1, or
better                   50 bp          50 bp

BBB and Baa2             55 bp          55 bp

BBB- or Baa3             62.5 bp        62.5 bp

BBB- and Baa3            75 bp          75 bp

BB+ or lower and
Ba1 or lower             112.5 bp       112.5 bp

      Upon the first Advance and thereafter three Business Days prior to the
first day of each new Funding Period, the Bank shall notify to the Borrower the
following rates of interest on such Business Day (a) subject to the availability
to the Bank of 936 Deposits and to the eligibility of the Advance to be funded
with 936 Deposits, the 936 Option Rate; and (b) subject to the availability to
the Bank of LIBOR funds for such Funding Period, the LIBOR Option Rate. In the
case of 936 Deposit funding, the Borrower must advise the Bank not later than 12
noon Puerto Rico time on the first Business Day of the ensuing Funding Period,
and in the case of LIBOR funding two (2) Business Days before such Business Day
which of the two funding options it selects for the ensuing Funding Period. The
interest rate applicable to such Funding Period shall be the interest rate
applicable on the first day of the Funding Period to the funding option selected
by the Borrower. If the Borrower fails to make such timely notice of election
then the interest rate beginning on the first day of such Funding Period shall
be computed on the basis of the 30 day 936 Option Rate until a new Funding
Period is established, or, if 936

Deposits are not available, on the basis of 30 day LIBOR Option Rate or, if
LIBOR funds are not available, on the basis of the Base Rate.

      The Borrower shall pay interest quarterly in arrears on each Interest
Payment Date, or on a Rollover Date, whichever is earlier, on the actual daily
unpaid principal balance of the Loan and calculated on each such day on the
basis of (i) a 365/366 day calendar year for the actual number of days elapsed
with respect to Base Rate Advances, and (ii) a 360-day calendar year for the
actual number of days elapsed with respect to 936 Option Rate and/or LIBOR
Option Rate Advances.

      Up to an amount equal to the Working Capital Amount may be repaid and
reborrowed hereunder prior to the Maturity Date provided that repayments of such
amount shall be allowed only on Rollover Dates.

      Upon failure to pay principal, or interest, or the occurrence of any other
event of default as stipulated in the Loan Agreement, the Bank may at its option
declare the full unpaid balance of this obligation to be immediately due and
payable together with any accrued and unpaid interest, and may proceed to
enforce the security under the Loan Agreement and/or interpose judicial
proceedings to collect said sums plus costs, expenses and a reasonable sum for
attorney's fees.

      The Borrower hereby waives presentment, protest, demand and notice of
non-payment and submits itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for any judicial proceeding hereunder.

      The terms "the Borrower" and "the Bank" as used herein include their
respective successors or assigns.

      This Promissory Note has been issued under and pursuant to the Loan
Agreement which is supplementary as to any matter pertinent to this Promissory
Note not expressly provided herein. All capitalized terms used herein shall have
the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

      Dated as of May 31, 1994.

                        Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                            NON-REVOLVING TERM NOTE

US$44,000,000                                  Maturity:                 , 1999

      FOR THE VALUE RECEIVED, Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited (the "Borrower"),
a corporation organized under the laws of Trinidad & Tobago, promises to pay to
the order of The Bank of Nova Scotia (the "Bank"), a banking corporation
organized and existing under the laws of Canada, at the principal offices of the
Bank, Plaza Scotiabank Building, 273 Ponce de Leon Avenue, Hato Rey, San Juan,
Puerto Rico, or such other place that the Bank may designate, the principal sum
of US$44,000,000 in lawful currency of the United States of America or, if less,
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advance (as defined in the Letter
Loan Agreement dated May , 1994 between the Borrower and the Bank, such Letter
Loan Agreement as amended from time to time being herein referred to as the
"Loan Agreement") owing to the Bank outstanding on the Maturity Date.

      The principal of this obligation will be repaid in one installment due
on                , 1999.

      Interest will accrue and be payable on the outstanding principal balance
of this obligation from this date on at the following alternative rates:

      1.    The cost of 30, 60, 90, or 180 day 936 Deposits to the Bank (as
            determined by the Bank and adjusted for the cost to the Bank of
            municipal license taxes), plus 50 basis points per annum (subject to
            the availability of 936 Deposits and to the continuing qualification
            of the Loan for 936 funding) (the "936 Option Rate");

      2.    1, 2, 3, or 6 months cost of LIBOR to the Bank plus 50 basis points
            per annum (subject to the availability of LIBOR funds) ( the "LIBOR
            Option Rate").

      3.    If both 936 Deposits and LIBOR funds become unavailable or may not
            be used, the applicable interest rate will be the Base Rate
            fluctuating concurrently with any changes in such Base Rate.

      4.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in paragraphs (1)
            and (2) above, at any time during the term of the Loan, the Borrower
            may request the Bank to fix the rate of interest on all or any
            portion of the Loan for a period not to exceed the then remaining
            term of the Loan, subject to the availability to the Bank of 936
            Deposits or LIBOR funds with a term at least equal to such term, at
            a rate mutually agreeable to the Borrower and the Bank. Any
            prepayment by the Borrower of all or any portion of the principal
            amount of the Loan with a fixed interest rate shall be subject to
            payment by the Borrower of the breakage costs set forth in Section
            12 of the Loan Agreement.

      5.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein provided, the
            interest rate applicable to any overdue principal under the Loan
            shall be 2% over the Base Rate per annum.

            The interest rates set forth herein shall be increased and reduced
            concurrently with any increases or reductions in the Guarantor's
            senior unsecured long term debt rating by Standard and Poor's
            ("S&P") or Moody's as follows:


S&P or Moody's Rating    LIBOR Plus     936 Plus
- ---------------------    ----------     --------

A or A2, or better       37.5 bp        37.5 bp

BBB+ or Baa1, or
better                   50 bp          50 bp

BBB and Baa2             55 bp          55 bp

BBB- or Baa3             62.5 bp        62.5 bp

BBB- and Baa3            75 bp          75 bp

BB+ or lower and
Ba1 or lower             112.5 bp       112.5 bp

      Upon the first Advance and thereafter three Business Days prior to the
first day of each new Funding Period, the Bank shall notify to the Borrower the
following rates of interest on such Business Day (a) subject to the availability
to the Bank of 936 Deposits and to the eligibility of the Advance to be funded
with 936 Deposits, the 936 Option Rate; and (b) subject to the availability to
the Bank of LIBOR funds for such Funding Period, the LIBOR Option Rate. In the
case of 936 Deposit funding, the Borrower must advise the Bank not later than 12
noon Puerto Rico time on the first Business Day of the ensuing Funding Period,
and in the case of LIBOR funding two (2) Business Days before such Business Day
which of the two funding options it selects for the ensuing Funding Period. The
interest rate applicable to such Funding

Period shall be the interest rate applicable on the first day of the Funding
Period to the funding option selected by the Borrower. If the Borrower fails to
make such timely notice of election then the interest rate beginning on the
first day of such Funding Period shall be computed on the basis of the 30 day
936 Option Rate until a new Funding Period is established, or, if 936 Deposits
are not available, on the basis of 30 day LIBOR Option Rate or, if LIBOR funds
are not available, on the basis of the Base Rate.

      The Borrower shall pay interest quarterly in arrears on each Interest
Payment Date, or on a Rollover Date, whichever is earlier, on the actual daily
unpaid principal balance of the Loan and calculated on each such day on the
basis of (i) a 365/366 day calendar year for the actual number of days elapsed
with respect to Base Rate Advances, and (ii) a 360-day calendar year for the
actual number of days elapsed with respect to 936 Option Rate and/or LIBOR
Option Rate Advances.

      Up to an amount equal to the Working Capital Amount may be repaid and
reborrowed hereunder prior to the Maturity Date provided that repayments of such
amount shall be allowed only on Rollover Dates.

      Upon failure to pay principal, or interest, or the occurrence of any other
event of default as stipulated in the Loan Agreement, the Bank may at its option
declare the full unpaid balance of this obligation to be immediately due and
payable together with any accrued and unpaid interest, and may proceed to
enforce the security under the Loan Agreement and/or interpose

judicial proceedings to collect said sums plus costs, expenses and a reasonable
sum for attorney's fees.

      The Borrower hereby waives presentment, protest, demand and notice of
non-payment and submits itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for any judicial proceeding hereunder.

      The terms "the Borrower" and "the Bank" as used herein include their
respective successors or assigns.

      This Promissory Note has been issued under and pursuant to the Loan
Agreement which is supplementary as to any matter pertinent to this Promissory
Note not expressly provided herein. All capitalized terms used herein shall have
the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

      Dated as of May 31, 1994.

                        Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                    GUARANTY


      THIS GUARANTY (this "Guaranty"), dated as of May 27, 1994, made by Enron
Oil & Gas Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), in favor of The
Bank of Nova Scotia, ("BNS"),

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, pursuant to a Letter Loan Agreement, dated as of _______, 1994
(together with all amendments and other modifications, if any, from time to time
thereafter made thereto, the "Letter Loan Agreement"), between Enron Gas & Oil
Trinidad, Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of Trinidad
and Tobago (the "Borrower") and BNS, BNS has extended a commitment to make loans
(the "Loans") to the Borrower; and

      WHEREAS, BNS and the Borrower may now or in the future enter into one or
more interest rate swap, hedge, collar, floor or similar agreements
(collectively, together with all amendments and other modifications, if any,
from time to time thereafter made thereto, and together with any and all
Confirmations ("Confirmations") thereunder, the "Swap Agreement", such interest
rate swaps, hedges, collars, floors or similar agreements with the Borrower
herein collectively the "Swaps"); and

      WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the making of the Loans under the
Letter Loan Agreement and entering into the Swaps pursuant to the Swap
Agreement, the Guarantor is required to execute and deliver this Guaranty;

      WHEREAS, the Guarantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and
performance of this Guaranty;

      WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Guarantor to execute this
Guaranty inasmuch as the Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect
benefits from the Loans made from time to time and the Swaps from time to time
entered into with the Borrower by BNS pursuant to the Letter Loan Agreement or
the Swap Agreement, as the case may be;

      NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce BNS to make the Loans to the
Borrower pursuant to the Letter Loan Agreement and to enter into the Swaps, if
any, pursuant to the Swap Agreement, the Guarantor agrees, for the benefit of
BNS, as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

      SECTION 1.1. Certain Terms. The following terms (whether or not
underscored) when used in this Guaranty, including its preamble and recitals,
shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to
the singular and plural forms thereof):

      "Borrower" is defined in the first recital.

      "Business Day" means any day of the year except Saturday, Sunday and any
day on which banks are required or authorized to close in Houston, Texas; New
York, New York; San Juan, Puerto Rico; or Trinidad and Togabo.

      "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "Consolidated" refers to the consolidation of the accounts of the
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

      "Consolidated Net Worth" means at any date the Consolidated shareholders'
equity of the Guarantor and its Consolidated subsidiaries.

      "Credit Agreement" means the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of March
11, 1994 between the Guarantor as Borrower, the Banks party thereto, and Texas
Commerce Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent.

      "Debt" of any Person means, at any date, without duplication, (a)
obligations for the repayment of money borrowed which (1) are evidenced by
bonds, notes, debentures, loan agreements, credit agreements or similar
instruments or agreements and (2) are or should be shown on a balance sheet as
debt in accordance with GAAP, (b) obligations as lessee under leases which, in
accordance with GAAP, are capital leases, and (c) guaranties of payment or
collection of any obligations described in clauses (a) and (b) of other Persons,
provided, that clauses (a) and (b) include, in the case of obligations of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, only such obligations as are or should be shown as
debt or capital lease liabilities on a Consolidated balance sheet in accordance
with GAAP; provided, further, that none of the following shall constitute Debt:
(A) transfers of accounts receivable pursuant to a receivables purchase facility
considered a sale under GAAP (and indemnification, recourse or repurchase
obligations thereunder as are reasonable given market standards for transactions
of similar type), (B) the liability of any Person as a general partner of a
partnership for Debt of such partnership, if the partnership is not a Subsidiary
of such Person, and (C) obligations (other than borrowings, capital leases or
financial guaranties by the Guarantor

or any Subsidiary) related to the sale, purchase or delivery of hydrocarbons in
respect of volumetric production payments conveyed in transfers constituting
sales of real property interests for which proceeds are accounted for as
deferred revenues under GAAP.

      "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, together
with the regulations thereunder, as in effect from time to time.

      "ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) which is a member of a group of which the Guarantor is a member
and which is under common control within the meaning of the regulations under
Section 414 of the Code.

      "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles consistent with
those applied in the preparation of the audited Consolidated financial
statements referred to in Section 3.1(d).

      "Guarantor" is defined in the preamble.

      "Guaranty" is defined in the preamble.

      "Insufficiency" means, with respect to any Plan, the amount, if any, by
which the present value of the accrued benefits under such Plan exceeds the fair
market value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefits.

      "Lender" is defined in the preamble.

      "Letter Loan Agreement" is defined in the first recital.

      "Loan Documents" means the Letter Loan Agreement, the notes thereunder and
the other documents delivered to BNS under the Letter Loan Agreement together
with any Swap Agreement, any Confirmation and any other documents delivered to
BNS thereunder.

      "Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of the ERISA to which the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate is making
or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the
preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

      "Multiple Employer Plan" means an employee benefit plan, other than a
Multiemployer Plan, subject to Title IV of ERISA to which the Guarantor or any
ERISA Affiliate, and more than one employer other than the Guarantor or an ERISA
Affiliate, is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or, in the
event that any such plan has been terminated, to which the Guarantor or any
ERISA Affiliate made or accrued an obligation to make contributions

during any of the five plan years preceding the date of termination of such
plan.

      "Note" means a Promissory Note or Non-Revolving Term Note as those terms
are defined in the Letter Loan Agreement.

      "Other Taxes" is defined in clause (b) of Section 2.8.

      "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any federal
agency or authority of the United States from time to time succeeding to its
function.

      "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association,
joint venture, firm or other entity, or a government or any political
subdivision or agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

      "Plan" means an employee benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan)
which is (or, in the event that any such plans has been terminated within five
years after a transaction described in Section 4069 of ERISA, was) maintained
for employees of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV or
ERISA.

      "Principal Subsidiary" means at any time of determination any Subsidiary
having total assets in excess of $100,000,000. For purposes of this definition,
total assets shall be determined based on the most recent quarterly or annual
financial statements available prior to such determination.

      "Rating Level" means the applicable category of rating level which is
based on the rating of the Guarantor's senior unsecured long-term debt as
classified by Moody's and/or Standard & Poor's and which shall be the highest
applicable Rating Level I, Rating Level II, Rating Level III, Rating Level IV,
Rating Level V or Rating Level VI, as the case may be, as set forth in Schedule
I.

      "Subsidiary" means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other
entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock or other equity
interests having ordinary voting power (irrespective of whether or not at the
time capital stock or other equity interest of any other class or classes of
such corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity shall or might have
voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at the time directly or
indirectly owned by the Guarantor.

      "Swap" is defined in the preamble.

      "Swap Agreement" is defined in the preamble.

      "Taxes" is defined in clause (a) of Section 2.8.

      "Termination Event" means (a) a "reportable event", as such term is
described in Section 4043 of ERISA (other than a "reportable event" not subject
to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC), or an event described in
Section 4062(e) of ERISA, or (b) the withdrawal of the Guarantor or any ERISA
Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year in which it was a
"substantial employer", as such term is defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA,
or the incurrence of liability by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate under
Section 4064 of ERISA upon the termination of a Multiple Employer Plan, or (c)
the distribution of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan pursuant to Section
4041(a)(2) of ERISA or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under
Section 4041 of ERISA, or (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan
by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA, or (e) any other event or condition
which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination
of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan.

      "Total Capitalization" means, at any time, the sum (without duplication)
of (a) Total Debt, and (b) Consolidated Net Worth less any amount thereof
attributable to "minority interests" (as defined below). For the purpose of this
definition, "minority interests" means any investment or interest of the
Guarantor in any corporation, partnership or other entity to the extent that the
total amount thereof owned by the Guarantor (directly or indirectly) constitutes
50% or less of all outstanding interests or investments in such corporation,
partnership or entity.

      "Total Debt" means, at any time, all Consolidated Debt of the Guarantor
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.

      "Withdrawal Liability" shall have the meaning given such term under Part I
of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

      SECTION 1.2. Letter Loan Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or
the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Guaranty, including its
preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Letter Loan Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                              GUARANTY PROVISIONS

      SECTION 2.1. Guaranty. The Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally
and irrevocably

            (a) guarantees the full and punctual payment when due, whether at
      stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand
      or otherwise, of all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the
      Borrower to

      BNS arising out of, under, or in connection with the Letter Loan Agreement
      or any of the other Loan Documents (collectively the "Guaranteed
      Obligations") of the Borrower, whether for principal, interest, fees,
      expenses or otherwise (including all such amounts which would become due
      but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the
      United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. ss.362(a)), and the operation of
      Sections 502(b) and 506(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C.
      ss.502(b) and ss.506(b), and

            (b) indemnifies and holds harmless BNS and each holder of a Note for
      any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and
      expenses) incurred by BNS or such holder, as the case may be, in enforcing
      any of its rights under this Guaranty.

This Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment when due and not of collection,
and the Guarantor specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or required
that BNS or any holder of any Note exercise any right, assert any claim or
demand or enforce any remedy whatsoever against the Borrower (or any other
Person) before or as a condition to the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.

      SECTION 2.2. Acceleration of Guaranty. The Guarantor agrees that, in the
event of the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default under Section
5.1 and if such Event of Default shall occur at a time when any of the
Guaranteed Obligations may not then be due and payable, then, immediately and
without further action by BNS, in the event of an Event of Default of the type
referred to in Section 5.1(e) or upon demand by BNS in the event of an Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default of the type referred to in Section
5.1(e)) the Guarantor will pay to BNS forthwith the full amount which would be
payable hereunder by the Guarantor if all such Guaranteed Obligations were then
due and payable.

      SECTION 2.3. Guaranty Absolute, etc. This Guaranty shall in all respects
be a continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable guaranty of payment,
and shall remain in full force and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations have
been paid in full, all obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall have been
paid in full and all Commitments shall have terminated. The Guarantor guarantees
that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the
terms of the Letter Loan Agreement or the Swap Agreement, as the case may be,
and each other Loan Document under which they arise, regardless of any law,
regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any
of such terms or the rights of BNS or any holder of any Note with respect
thereto. The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be absolute,
unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:

            (a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of the Letter
      Loan Agreement, any Note, any other Loan Document, the Swap Agreement or
      any Confirmation;

            (b) the failure of BNS or any holder of any Note (i) to assert any
      claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Borrower or
      any other Person (including any other guarantor) under the provisions of
      the Letter Loan Agreement, any Note, any other Loan Document, the Swap
      Agreement or any Confirmation or otherwise, or (ii) to exercise any right
      or remedy against any other guarantor of, or collateral (if any) securing,
      any Guaranteed Obligations;

            (c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any
      other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other
      extension, compromise or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation;

            (d) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of the
      Guaranteed Obligations for any reason, including any claim of waiver,
      release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to
      (and the Guarantor hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense or
      setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of
      the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise,
      unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, the
      Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise;

            (e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of,
      or any consent to departure from, any of the terms of the Letter Loan
      Agreement, any Note or any other Loan Document or the Swap Agreement or
      any Confirmation, as the case may be;

            (f) any addition, exchange, release, surrender or nonperfection of
      any collateral (if any), or any amendment to or waiver or release or
      addition of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, held by BNS
      or any holder of any Note securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations; or

            (g) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
      defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower,
      any surety or any other guarantor.

      SECTION 2.4. Reinstatement, etc. The Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty
shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any
time any payment (in whole or in part) of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is
rescinded or must otherwise be restored by BNS or any holder of any Note, upon
the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise, as
though such payment had not been made.

      SECTION 2.5. Waiver, etc. The Guarantor hereby waives promptness,
diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the
Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that BNS or any
holder of any Note protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or
lien, or any property subject thereto, or exhaust any right or take any action
against the Borrower or any other Person (including any other guarantor) or
entity or any collateral (if any) securing the Guaranteed Obligations.

      SECTION 2.6. Subrogation, etc. The Guarantor will not exercise any rights
which it may acquire by way of subrogation under this Guaranty, by any payment
made hereunder or otherwise, until the prior payment, in full and in cash, of
all Guaranteed Obligations. Any amount paid to the Guarantor on account of any
such subrogation rights prior to the payment in full of all Guaranteed
Obligations shall be held in trust for the benefit of BNS and each holder of a
Note and shall immediately be paid to BNS and each holder of a Note and credited
and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations whether matured or unmatured, in
accordance with the terms of the Letter Loan Agreement or the Swap Agreement, as
the case may be. In furtherance of the foregoing, for so long as any Guaranteed
Obligations or Commitments remain outstanding, the Guarantor shall refrain from
taking any action or commencing any proceeding against the Borrower (or its
successors or assigns, whether in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding or
otherwise) to recover any amounts in the respect of payments made under this
Guaranty to BNS or any holder of a Note.

      SECTION 2.7. Successors, Transferees and Assigns; Transfers of Notes, etc.
This Guaranty shall: (a) be binding upon the Guarantor, and its successors,
transferees and assigns; and (b) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
BNS, each holder of a Note and each of their respective successors, transferees
and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (b), BNS may assign or
otherwise transfer (in whole or in part) any Note or Loan or Swap held by it to
any other Person or entity, and such other Person or entity shall thereupon
become vested with all rights and benefits in respect thereof granted to BNS
under any Loan Document (including this Guaranty) or otherwise.

      SECTION 2.8. Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, etc. The Guarantor hereby
agrees that:

            (a) Any and all payments made by the Guarantor hereunder shall be
      made in accordance with Section 20 of the Letter Loan Agreement or the
      relevant section or sections of the Swap Agreement and any Confirmations
      thereunder free and clear of, and without deduction for, any and all
      present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or
      withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the

      case of BNS and each holder of a Note, (i) taxes imposed on its income,
      (ii) franchise taxes imposed on it by the jurisdiction under the laws of
      which BNS or such holder, as the case may be, is organized and by any
      political subdivision thereof and, in the case of BNS, taxes imposed on
      its income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of
      BNS's Puerto Rico office and any political subdivision thereof and (iii)
      any taxes imposed by the United States of America by means of withholding
      at the source if an to the extent that such taxes shall be in effect and
      shall be applicable, to payments to be made to BNS (all such taxes,
      levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities other
      than those referred to in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) being
      hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If the Guarantor shall be required by
      law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to
      BNS or any holder of a Note (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may
      be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including
      deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) BNS
      or such holder, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it
      would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Guarantor
      shall make such deductions, and (iii) the Guarantor shall pay the full
      amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in
      accordance with applicable law.

            (b) The Guarantor shall pay any present or future stamp or
      documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
      similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or from the
      execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this
      Guaranty (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

            (c) The Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds harmless BNS and each
      holder of a Note for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including,
      without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction
      on amounts payable under this Section) paid by BNS or such holder, as the
      case may be, and any liability (including penalties, interest and
      expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such
      Taxes or Other Taxes were
      correctly or legally assessed (expressly including such amounts paid as a
      result of the ordinary, sole or contributory negligence of BNS or such
      holder of a Note, but excluding such amounts paid as a result of the gross
      negligence or willful misconduct of BNS or such holder of a Note). This
      indemnification shall be made within thirty (30) days from the date BNS or
      such holder of a Note, as the case may be, makes written demand therefor.
      BNS or the holder of a Note shall not be indemnified for Taxes or Other
      Taxes incurred or accrued unless within 90 days of the date

      that BNS or such holder of a Note knew or should have known thereof, it
      notifies the Guarantor thereof.

            (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes or Other
      Taxes, the Guarantor will furnish to BNS the original or a certified copy
      of a receipt evidencing payment thereof. Should BNS or the holder of a
      Note ever receive any refund, credit or deduction from any taxing
      authority to which BNS or such holder of a Note would not be entitled but
      for the payment by the Guarantor of Taxes or Other Taxes as required by
      this Section 2.8 (it being understood that the decision as to whether or
      not to claim, and if claimed, as to the amount of any such refund, credit
      or deduction shall be made by BNS or such holder of a Note in its sole
      discretion), BNS or such holder of a Note, as the case may be, thereupon
      shall repay to the Guarantor an amount with respect to such refund, credit
      or deduction equal to any net reduction in Taxes or Other Taxes actually
      obtained by BNS or such holder of a Note, as the case may be, and
      determined by BNS or such holder of a Note, as the case may be, to be
      attributable to such refund, credit or deduction.

            (e) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the
      Guarantor hereunder (but subject to the expiration of any applicable
      statute of limitations), the agreements and obligations of the Guarantor
      contained in this Section 2.8 shall survive the payment in full of the
      principal of and interest on the Loans.

      SECTION 2.9.  Judgment.  The Guarantor hereby agrees that:

            (a) If, for the purposes of obtaining a judgment in any court, it is
      necessary to convert a sum due hereunder from one currency into another
      currency, the rate of exchange used shall be the best available rate at
      which in accordance with normal banking procedures BNS could purchase such
      currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on
      which final judgment is given.

            (b) The obligation of the Guarantor in respect of any sum due from
      it to BNS or any holder of a Note hereunder shall, notwithstanding any
      judgment in a currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the
      Business Day following receipt by BNS or such holder, as the case may be,
      of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency BNS or such
      holder, as the case may be, may, in accordance with normal banking
      procedures using the best available exchange rate, purchase the relevant
      currency with such other currency; in the event that the currency so
      purchased is less than the sum originally due to BNS
     or such holder in such currency, the Guarantor, as a separate obligation
      and notwithstanding any

      such judgment, hereby indemnifies and holds harmless BNS and such holder
      against such loss, and if the such currency, so purchased exceeds the sum
      originally due to BNS or such holder in the relevant currency, BNS or such
      holder, as the case may be, shall remit to the Guarantor such excess.

                                  ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      SECTION 3.1.  Representations and Warranties.  The Guarantor hereby
represents and warrants unto BNS as follows:

            (a) The Guarantor and each Principal Subsidiary are corporations
      duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
      their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. The Guarantor and each
      Principal Subsidiary have all corporate powers and all material
      governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required in
      each case to carry on its business as now conducted except where failure
      to have such would not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect
      on the Guarantor or on the ability of the Guarantor to perform its
      obligations under this Guaranty.

            (b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this
      Guaranty is within the Guarantor's corporate powers, have been duly
      authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Guarantor, require, in
      respect of the Guarantor, no action by or in respect of, or filing with,
      any governmental body, agency or official and do not contravene, or
      constitute a default under, any provision of law or regulation applicable
      to the Guarantor or the restated certificate of incorporation or by-laws
      of the Guarantor or any judgment, injunction, order, decree or material
      ("material" for the purposes of this representation meaning creating a
      liability of $50,000,000 or more) agreement binding upon the Guarantor or
      result in the creation or imposition of any lien, security interest or
      other charge or encumbrance on any asset of the Guarantor or any of its
      Subsidiaries.

            (c) This Guaranty is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
      Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms,
      except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by the effect of any
      applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
      laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of
      equity.

            (d) The audited Consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor as of
      December 31, 1993 and the related audited Consolidated statements of
      income, cash flows and changes in shareholders' equity accounts for the
      fiscal year then ended and the unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of the
      Guarantor as of March 31, 1994, and the related unaudited Consolidated
      statements of income and cash flows for the fiscal quarter then ended,
      certified by the chief financial or accounting officer of the Guarantor,
      copies of which have been delivered to BNS, fairly present, in conformity
      with GAAP except as otherwise expressly noted therein, the Consolidated
      financial position of the Guarantor as of such dates and its Consolidated
      results of operations and as applicable changes in financial position for
      such fiscal periods, subject (in the case of the unaudited balance sheet
      and statements) to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end
      adjustments.

            (e) Since December 31, 1993 there has been no material adverse
      change in the Consolidated financial position or Consolidated results of
      operations of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

            (f) Except as disclosed in the Guarantor's Form 10-K for the year
      ended December 31, 1993 or the Guarantor's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
      March 31, 1994, which were delivered to BNS prior to the date hereof,
      there is no action, suit or proceeding pending against the Guarantor or
      any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of the Guarantor threatened
      against the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, before any court or
      arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official in which there is
      a reasonable possibility of an adverse decision which could materially
      adversely affect the Consolidated financial position or Consolidated
      results of operations of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a
      whole or which in any manner draws into question the validity of this
      Agreement.

            (g) No Termination Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to
      occur with respect to any Plan for which an Insufficiency in excess of
      $50,000,000 exists. Neither the Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate has
      received any notification (or has knowledge of any reason to expect) that
      any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or has been terminated, within
      the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, for which a Withdrawal Liability in
      excess of $50,000,000 exists.

            (h) United States federal income tax returns of the Guarantor and
      its Subsidiaries have been examined and closed through the fiscal year
      ended December 31, 1987. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have filed or
      caused to be filed all United Sates federal income tax returns and all
      other material domestic tax returns which to the knowledge of the
      Guarantor are required to be filed by them and have paid or provided for
      the payment, before the same become delinquent, of all taxes due pursuant
      to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Guarantor or
      any Subsidiary, other than those taxes contested in good faith by
      appropriate proceedings. The charges, accruals and reserves on the

      books of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes are, in
      the opinion of the Guarantor, adequate to the extent required by GAAP.

            (i) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is an "investment
      company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
      amended.

            (j) The Guarantor is not a "holding company", a "subsidiary company"
      of a "holding company", an "affiliate" of a "holding company", or an
      "affiliate" of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", in each case
      as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of
      1935, as amended.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                COVENANTS, ETC.

      SECTION 4.1. Affirmative Covenants. The Guarantor covenants and agrees
that so long as any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations shall remain unpaid or
BNS shall have any outstanding Commitment, the Guarantor will, unless BNS shall
otherwise consent in writing, perform the following obligations:

      (a) Reporting Requirements. Furnish to BNS:

                  (1) (A) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, a copy
            of each of the Guarantor's reports on Form 8-K (or any comparable
            form), (B) promptly after the filing or sending thereof, and in any
            event within 75 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
            quarters of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, a copy of the
            Guarantor's report on Form 10-Q (or any comparable form) for such
            quarter, which report will include the Guarantor's quarterly
            unaudited Consolidated financial statements as of the end of and for
            such quarter, and (C) promptly after the filing or sending thereof,
            and in any event within 135 days after the end of each fiscal year
            of the Guarantor, a copy of the Guarantor's annual report which it
            sends to its public security holders, and a copy of the Guarantor's
            annual report on Form 10-K (or any comparable form) for such year,
            which annual report on Form 10-K will include the Guarantor's annual
            audited Consolidated financial statements as of the end of and for
            such year;

                  (2) simultaneously with the delivery of each of the annual or
            quarterly reports referred to in clause (1) above, a certificate of
            the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the
            Guarantor in a form acceptable to BNS (x) setting forth in
            reasonable detail the calculations required to establish whether the
            Guarantor was in compliance with the requirements of Section 4.2(b)
            on the date of the

            financial statements contained in such report, and (y) stating
            whether there exists on the date of such certificate any Event of
            Default or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time,
            or both, would constitute an Event of Default, and, if so, setting
            forth the details thereof and the action which the Guarantor has
            taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

                  (3) as soon as is possible and in any event within five days
            after a change in, or issuance of, any rating of any of the
            Guarantor's senior unsecured long-term debt by Standard & Poor's or
            Moody's which causes a change in the applicable Rating Level, notify
            BNS of such change;

                  (4) as soon as possible and in any event within five days
            after an executive officer of the Guarantor having obtained
            knowledge thereof, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default
            or any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or
            both, would constitute an Event of Default, continuing on the date
            of such notice, and a statement of the chief financial officer of
            the Guarantor setting forth details of such Event of Default or
            event and the action, if any, which the Guarantor has taken and
            proposes to take with respect thereto;

                  (5) as soon as possible and in any event(A) within 30 Business
            Days after the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason
            to know that any Termination Event described in clause (a) of the
            definition of Termination Event with respect to any Plan for which
            an Insufficiency in excess of $50,000,000 exists, has occurred and
            (B) within 10 Business Days after the Guarantor or any ERISA
            Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any other Termination
            Event with respect to any Plan for which an Insufficiency in excess
            of $50,000,000 exists, has occurred or is reasonably expected to
            occur, a statement of the chief financial officer or chief
            accounting officer of the Guarantor describing such Termination
            Event and the action, if any, which the Guarantor or such ERISA
            Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

                  (6) promptly and in any event within five Business Days after
            receipt thereof by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, copies of
            each notice received by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate from
            the PBGC stating its intention to terminate any Plan for which an
            Insufficiency in excess of $50,000,000 exists or to have a trustee
            appointed to administer any Plan for which an Insufficiency in
            excess of $50,000,000 exists;

                  (7) promptly and in any event within five Business Days after
            receipt thereof by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate from the
            sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan, a copy of each

            notice received by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate indicating
            liability in excess of $50,000,000 incurred or expected to be
            incurred by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate in connection with
            (A) the imposition of a Withdrawal Liability by a Multiemployer
            Plan, (B) the determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is
            expected to be, in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of
            ERISA, or (C) the termination of a Multiemployer Plan within the
            meaning of Title IV of ERISA; and

                  (8) such other information respecting the Consolidated
            financial position or Consolidated results of operations of the
            Guarantor that BNS may from time to time reasonably request.

            (b) Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply, and cause each of its
      Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and
      orders to the extent noncompliance therewith would have a material adverse
      effect on the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, such
      compliance to include, without limitation, the paying before the same
      shall become due of all taxes, assessments and governmental charges
      imposed upon it or upon its property except to the extent contested in
      good faith by appropriate proceedings.

            (c) Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain, and cause each of its
      Principal Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and
      reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering
      such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar
      businesses and owning similar properties as the Guarantor or such
      Principal Subsidiary, provided, that self-insurance by the Guarantor or
      any such Principal Subsidiary shall not be deemed a violation of this
      covenant to the extent that companies engaged in similar businesses and
      owning similar properties as the Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary
      self-insure. The Guarantor may maintain the Principal Subsidiaries'
      insurance on behalf of them.

            (d) Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. Preserve and maintain,
      and cause each of its Principal Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain, its
      corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory), and franchises;
      provided, however, that this Section 4.1(d) shall not apply to any
      transactions permitted by Section 4.2(c) or (d) and shall not prevent the
      termination of existence, rights and franchises of any Principal
      Subsidiary pursuant to any merger or consolidation to which such Principal
      Subsidiary is a party, and provided, further, that the Guarantor or any
      Principal Subsidiary shall not be required to preserve any right or
      franchise if the Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary shall determine
      that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the
      business of the Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary, as the

      case may be, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any
      material respect to BNS.

            (e) Visitation Rights. At any reasonable time and from time to time,
      after reasonable written notice, permit BNS or any agents or
      representatives thereof to examine the records and books of account of,
      and visit the properties of, the Guarantor and any of the Principal
      Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the
      Guarantor and any of the Principal Subsidiaries with any of the officers
      of the Guarantor.

      SECTION 4.2. Negative Covenants. The Guarantor covenants and agrees that,
so long as any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations shall remain unpaid or BNS
shall have any outstanding Commitment, the Guarantor will not, without the prior
written consent of BNS, do anything prohibited below:

            (a) Negative Pledge. Fail to perform or observe any term, covenant,
      or agreement contained in Section 5.01 or 5.02 of the Credit Agreement.
      The terms, covenants, or agreements in Section 5.01 and 5.02 shall have
      the same force and effect as if fully recited herein, shall be deemed to
      have been made in favor of BNS, shall survive the termination or
      expiration of the Credit Agreement (or the Guarantor's obligations
      thereunder) and, notwithstanding any such termination or expiration of the
      Credit Agreement (or the Guarantor's obligations thereunder), shall
      continue to inure to the benefit of BNS. Any amendment or modification to
      any of the terms, covenants, or agreements contained in Sections 5.01 and
      5.02 of the Credit Agreement shall not be operative and shall have no
      force and effect with respect to the Guarantor and BNS pursuant to this
      Guaranty and such terms, covenants, and agreements contained in Sections
      5.01 and 5.02 shall be deemed to remain as written without regard to any
      such amendment or modification.

            (b) Total Debt to Capitalization. Have a ratio of (i) Total Debt to
      (ii) Total Capitalization greater than 50%.

            (c) Disposition of Assets. Lease, sell, transfer or otherwise
      dispose of, voluntarily or involuntarily, all or substantially all of its
      assets.

            (d) Mergers, Etc. Merge or consolidate with or into, any Person,
      unless (1) the Guarantor is the survivor or (2) the surviving Person, if
      not the Guarantor, is organized under the laws of the United States or a
      state thereof and assumes all obligations of the Guarantor under this
      Guaranty, provided, in each case that both immediately before and after
      giving effect to such proposed transaction, no Event of Default or event
      which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would
      constitute an Event of Default exists, or would exist or result.

            (e) Compliance with ERISA. (1) Terminate, or permit any ERISA
      Affiliate to terminate, any Plan so as to result in any liability in
      excess of $50,000,000 of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC,
      or (2) permit circumstances which give rise to a Termination Event
      described in clauses (b), (d) or (e) of the definition of Termination
      Event with respect to a Plan so as to result in any liability in excess of
      $50,000,000 of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC.

                                   ARTICLE V

                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      SECTION 5.1.  Events of Default.  Each of the following events which shall
occur and be continuing shall constitute Events of Default:

            (a)   The Guarantor shall fail to pay any amount hereunder when due
      and payable; or

            (b) Any representation or warranty made by the Guarantor (or any of
      its officers) under or in connection with this Guaranty shall prove to
      have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made and
      such materiality is continuing; or

            (c) The Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any term,
      covenant or agreement contained in Section 4.2 or shall fail to perform or
      observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained herein on its part
      to be performed or observed if, in the case of such other term, covenant
      or agreement, such failure shall remained unremedied for 30 days after
      written notice thereof shall have been given to the Guarantor by BNS; or

            (d) The Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary shall (1) fail to pay
      any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt (other than Debt
      described in clause (c) of the definition of Debt) which is outstanding in
      the principal amount of at least $50,000,000 in the aggregate, of the
      Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary (as the case may be), when the same
      becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required
      prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall
      continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the
      agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other event shall
      occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating
      to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if
      any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such
      event or condition is to accelerate the maturity of such Debt; or any

      such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be
      prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a
      result of the giving of notice of a voluntary prepayment), prior to the
      stated maturity thereof, or (2) with respect to Debt described in clause
      (c) of the definition of Debt, fail to pay any such Debt which is
      outstanding in the principal amount of at least $50,000,000 in the
      aggregate, of the Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary (as the case may
      be), when the same becomes due and payable, and such failure shall
      continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the
      agreement or instrument relating to such Debt, or

            (e) The Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary shall generally not
      pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its
      inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment
      for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or
      against the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary seeking to adjudicate it
      as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up,
      reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition
      of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
      reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for
      relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official
      for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any
      such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), shall
      remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Guarantor
      or any Principal Subsidiary shall take any corporate action to authorize
      any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (e); or

            (f) Any judgment, decree or order for the payment of money in excess
      of $50,000,000 shall be rendered against the Guarantor or any Principal
      Subsidiary and shall remain unsatisfied and either (1) enforcement
      proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment,
      decreed or order or (2) there shall be any period longer than (i) 30
      consecutive days or (ii) such longer period as allowed by applicable law
      during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, decree or order, by
      reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

            (g) Any Termination Event as defined in clause (b), (d) or (e) of
      the definition thereof with respect to a Plan shall have occurred and, 30
      days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Guarantor by BNS,
      (1) such Termination Event shall continue to exist and (2) the sum
      (determined as of the date of occurrence of such Termination Event) of the
      liabilities to the PBGC resulting from all such Termination Events is
      equal to or greater than $100,000,000; or

            (h) The Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by
      the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred Withdrawal
      Liability to such Multiemployer Plan in an amount which, when aggregated
      with all other amounts required to be paid to the Multiemployer Plan in
      connection with Withdrawal Liabilities (determined as of the date of such
      notification), exceeds $100,000,000 or requires payments exceeding
      $50,000,000 in any year; or

            (i) The Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by
      the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is in
      reorganization or is being terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of
      ERISA, if as a result of such reorganization or termination the aggregate
      annual contributions of the Guarantor and its ERISA Affiliates to all
      Multiemployer Plans which are then in reorganization or being terminated
      have been or will be increased over the amounts contributed to such
      Multiemployer Plans for the respective plan years which include the date
      hereof by an amount exceeding $50,000,000 in the aggregate.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

      SECTION 6.1. Binding on Successors, Transferees and Assigns; Assignment of
Guaranty. In addition to, and not in limitation of, Section 2.7, this Guaranty
shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors, transferees and assigns
and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by BNS and each holder of a
Note and their respective successors and assigns (to the full extent provided
pursuant to Section 2.7); provided, however, that the Guarantor may not assign
any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of BNS and
each holder of a Note.

      SECTION 6.2. Amendments, etc. No amendment to or waiver of any provision
of this Guaranty, nor consent to any departure by the Guarantor herefrom, shall
in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by BNS
and the Guarantor, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in
the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

      SECTION 6.3. Addresses for Notices to the Guarantor. All notices and other
communications hereunder to the Guarantor shall be in writing and mailed or
delivered to it, addressed to it at the address set forth below its signature
hereto or at such other address as shall be designated by the Guarantor in a
written notice to BNS at

      The Bank of Nova Scotia
      273 Ponce de Leon Avenue
      Hato Rey, Puerto Rico  00917

or such other address specified in a notice complying as to delivery with the
terms of this Section. All such notices and other communications shall, when
mailed, be effective when deposited in the mails, addressed as aforesaid.

      SECTION 6.4. No Waiver; Remedies. In addition to, and not in limitation
of, Section 2.3 and Section 2.5, no failure on the part of BNS or any holder of
a Note to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall
operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not
exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

      SECTION 6.5. Section Captions. Section captions used in this Guaranty are
for convenience of reference only, and shall not affect the construction of this
Guaranty.

      SECTION 6.6. Severability. Wherever possible each provision of this
Guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be prohibited by or
invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such
provision or the remaining provisions of this Guaranty.

      SECTION 6.7.  Governing Law.  THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly
executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date
first above written.

                                    Enron Oil & Gas Company
                                    By:____________________________
                                    Title:
                                    Address: ______________________
                                    Attention:  _____________________
                                    Telex:_________________________
                                    Telecopy:   ______________________


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Schedule 1

                        ENRON GAS & OIL TRINIDAD LIMITED

PRICING APPENDIX

              Level I           Level II          Level III         Level IV          Level V           Level VI
              -------           --------          ---------         --------          -------           -------- 
<S>           <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>   
Basis for     If the            If the            If the            If the            If the            If the
Pricing       Guarantor's       Guarantor's       Guarantor's       Guarantor's       Guarantor's       Guarantor's
              Senior            Senior            Senior            Senior            Senior            Senior
              Unsecured         Unsecured         Unsecured         Unsecured         Unsecured         Unsecured
              Long Term         Long Term         Long Term         Long Term         Long Term         Long Term
              Debt is rated     Debt is rated     Debt is rated     Debt is rated     Debt is rated     Debt is rated
              A or better       BBB+ or better    BBB by S&P        BBB- by S&P       BBB- by S&P       BB+ or lower
              by S&P or A2      by S&P or Baa1    and Baa2 by       or Baa3 by        and Baa3 by       by S&P and Ba1
              or better by      or better by      Moody's.          Moody's.          Moody's.          or lower by
              Moody's.          Moody's.                                                                Moody's.

Commitment       12.5bp            15.0bp            17.5bp            20.0bp            25.0bp            37.5bp
Fee

LIBOR+           37.5bp            50.0bp            55.0bp            62.5bp            75bp              112.5bp

936+             37.5bp            50.0bp            55.0bp            62.5bp            75bp              112.5bp

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D


             CERTIFICATE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 1.936-10(c)(11)
             OF THE REGULATION PROMULGATED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF
          SECTION 936(d)(4) OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

      Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited ("EGOTL") hereby certifies that, for
purposes of the Letter Loan Agreement with The Bank of Nova Scotia dated
_______________________, 1994, EGOTL is a "qualified recipient" under the
provisions of Section 1.936-10(c)(9) of the regulations promulgated under the
provisions of Section 936(d)(4) of the United States Internal Revenue Code.

                                         ENRON GAS & OIL TRINIDAD LIMITED
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                 (Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited Letterhead)

                                                      ___________________ ,1994
The Bank of Nova Scotia
273 Ponce de Leon Avenue
Hato Rey, Puerto Rico

Re:   LOAN OF US$44,000,000 GRANTED BY THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TO ENRON GAS &
      OIL TRINIDAD LIMITED

Gentlemen:

      We hereby acknowledge that the proceeds of the loan or loans up to
aggregate principal amount of US$44,000,000 may be funded in whole or in part
with "eligible funds", as the term is defined in Regulation 3582, and all
amendments or substitutes thereof. We certify that the proceeds of the loan or
loans will be used solely for the acquisition of Active Business Assets that
qualify as such under Section 1.936-10(c)(4) of the regulations promulgated
under Section 936(d)(4) of the United States Internal Revenue Code (the "Federal
CBI Regulations"), to be used by us to finance (or refinance or replace with
Advances funded with 936 Deposits as permitted by paragraphs (c)(7)(i) and
(c)(7)(ii) of the Federal CBI Regulations) the costs of the Company's
exploration, development and production of natural gas and crude oil fields from
the Kiskadee and Ibis Fields in the South East Consortium Block offshore
Trinidad & Tobago, including without limitation the constructing of offshore
platforms, laying of pipelines, drilling of wells and installation of all
related equipment and facilities (the "Active Answers Assets"), and for working
capital purposes in full compliance with the Federal CBI Regulations.

      The collateral provided by us for the loan consists of a guaranty of Enron
Oil & Gas Company.

                                    Cordially,

                                    ENRON GAS & OIL TRINIDAD LIMITED

                                    By: ____________________________
                                 
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT F

             CERTIFICATE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 1.936-10(c)(12)
             OF THE REGULATIONS PROMULGATED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF
          SECTION 936(d)(4) OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

      In order to comply with the certification requirement of Section 936
(d)(4)(c)(i) of the United States Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), and as
required by Section 1.936-10(c)(12) of the regulations promulgated thereunder
(the "Federal CBI Regulations"), The Bank of Nova Scotia, Hato Rey Branch (the
"Bank") and Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited (the"Company") hereby certify to
the Assistant Commissioner (International) of the United States Internal Revenue
Service and to the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico as
follows:

      (1) As of the date hereof the Company has complied with the provisions of
Section 1.936-10(c)(11) of the Federal CBI Regulations.

      (2) The loan to the Company is a non-revolving loan of Us$44,000,000 (the
"Loan") and may be drawn in one or more advances in minimum principal amounts of
US$500,000. The maturity of the Loan will be on _________________________, 1999.
The proceeds of the Loan will be used by the Company solely to finance (or
refinance or replace with Advances funded with 936 Deposits as permitted by
paragraphs (c)(7)(i) and (c)(7)(ii) of the Federal CBI Regulations) the costs of
the Company's exploration for and development and production of natural gas and
crude oil from the Kiskadee and Ibis Fields in the South East Coast Consortium
Block offshore Trinidad & Tobago, including without limitation, the constructing
of off-shore platforms, laying of pipelines, drilling of wells and installation
of all related equipment and facilities (the "Active Business Assets"). The
proceeds of the Loan may also be used for working capital purposes, provided
that the amount used for such purposes may not exceed 10% of the amount invested
in Active Business Assets (the "Working Capital Amount"). The Loan is secured by
the unconditional guarantee of Enron Oil & Gas Company.

      (3) The Company is a corporation organized under the laws of Trinidad &
Tobago and is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Enron Oil & Gas Company.
The Company is engaged in the exploration and development, production and
marketing of oil and gas reserves in Trinidad & Tobago.

      (4) Trinidad & Tobago qualifies as a "beneficiary country" within the
meaning of Section 212(a)(1)(A) of the Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act. In
addition, (i) there is in effect an agreement for the exchange of tax
information between Trinidad & Tobago and the

United States and (ii) there is not in effect a finding by the United States
Secretary of the Treasury that the tax laws of Trinidad & Tobago discriminate
against conventions held in the United States.

      (5) The Loan qualifies as a qualified investment in a qualified Caribbean
Basin country under Section 1.936-10(c) of the Federal CBI Regulations because
of the following:

            (a) the Loan will be made by the Bank a banking institution
organized under the laws of Canada, that has been designated as an "eligible
institution" under Section 4.2.13 of Regulation 3582. Thus, the requirement that
the Loan be made by a "qualified institution," as defined in Section
1.936-10(c)(3) is met;

            (b) the Loan will be made to the Company, a corporation engaged in
the exploration for and the development, production and marketing of oil and gas
reserves in Trinidad & Tobago, that has complied with the agreement and
representation requirements of Section 1.936- 10(c)(11)(i) of the Federal CBI
Regulations. Thus, the requirement that the Loan be made to a "qualified
recipient," as defined in Section 1.936-10(c)(9) is met;

            (c) the proceeds of the Loan will be used by the Company for the
acquisition of the Active Business Assets and/or to refinance the acquisition of
Active Business Assets in compliance with the provisions of the Federal CBI
Regulations, which Active Business Assets are to be used exclusively in the
Company's operation in Trinidad & Tobago. Not more than 3.5% of the principal
amount of the Loan will be used to finance costs associated with the arranging
of the financing and not more than 10% of the amount of the Loan invested in
Active Business Assets will be used for working capital purposes. Thus, the
requirement that the Loan be made to the qualified recipient for investment in
"active business assets", as defined in Section 1.936-10(c)(4) is met;

            (d) the investment of the Loan proceeds will be made in Trinidad &
Tobago which, as stated above, (i) has been designated as a "beneficiary
country" under the Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act; (ii) has an agreement
in effect for the exchange of tax information with the United States; and (iii)
is a country with respect to which there is not in effect a finding by the
Secretary of the Treasury that its tax laws discriminate against conventions
held in the United States. Thus, the requirement that the investment be made in
a "qualified Caribbean Basin" country, as defined in Section
1.936-10(c)(10)(C)(ii) is met; and

            (e) the Loan has been approved by the Commissioner of Financial
Institutions of Puerto Rico and the agreement, representations, certification
and due diligence requirements of Section 1.936-10(c)(11), (c)(12), and (c)(13)
have been or will be met.

      (6) The Bank agrees to permit examination by the Assistant Commissioner
(International) of the United States Internal Revenue Service (or by the Office
of any District Director authorized by the Assistant Commissioner
(International)) and by the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto
Rico of all of its necessary books and records that are sufficient to verify


that the proceeds of the Loan were used for investments in Active Business
Assets, as referred to above.

      In San Juan, Puerto Rico this _______th day of ________________________,
1994.

ENRON GAS & OIL                           THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
TRINIDAD LIMITED

__________________________                _____________________________
By:                                       By:
Title:                                    Title:


                                                              EXHIBIT 10.45(b)
                               PROMISSORY NOTE

US$25,000,000                                         Maturity:   May 27, 1999

      FOR THE VALUE RECEIVED, Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited (the "Borrower"),
a corporation organized under the laws of Trinidad & Tobago, promises to pay to
the order of The Bank of Nova Scotia (the "Bank"), a banking corporation
organized and existing under the laws of Canada, at the principal offices of the
Bank, Plaza Scotiabank Building, 273 Ponce de Leon Avenue, Hato Rey, San Juan,
Puerto Rico, or such other place that the Bank may designate, the principal sum
of US$25,000,000 in lawful currency of the United States of America or, if less,
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advance (as defined in the Letter
Loan Agreement dated May 27, 1994 between the Borrower and the Bank, such Letter
Loan Agreement as amended from time to time being herein referred to as the
"Loan Agreement") owing to the Bank outstanding on the Maturity Date.

      The principal of this obligation will be repaid in one installment due on
May 27, 1999.

      Interest will accrue and be payable on the outstanding principal balance
of this obligation from this date on at the following alternative rates:

      1.    The cost of 30, 60, 90 or 180 day 936 Deposits to the Bank (as
            determined by the Bank and adjusted for the cost to the Bank of
            municipal license taxes), plus 50 basis points per annum (subject to
            the availability of 936 Deposits and to the continuing qualification
            of the Loan for 936 funding) (the "936 Option Rate");

      2.    1, 2, 3, or 6 months cost of LIBOR to the Bank plus 50 basis points
            per annum (subject to the availability of LIBOR funds) ( the "LIBOR
            Option Rate").

      3.    If both 936 Deposits and LIBOR funds become unavailable or may not
            be used, the applicable interest rate will be the Base Rate
            fluctuating concurrently with any changes in such Base Rate.

      4.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in paragraphs (1)
            and (2) above, at any time during the term of the Loan, the Borrower
            may request the Bank to fix the rate of interest on all or any
            portion of the Loan for a period not to exceed the then remaining
            term of the Loan, subject to the availability to the Bank of 936
            Deposits or LIBOR funds with a term at least equal to such term, at
            a rate mutually agreeable to the Borrower and the Bank. Any
            prepayment by the Borrower of all or any portion of the principal
            amount of the Loan with a fixed interest rate shall be subject to
            payment by the Borrower of the breakage costs set forth in Section
            12 of the Loan Agreement.

      5.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein provided, the
            interest rate applicable to any overdue principal under the Loan
            shall be 2% over the Base Rate per annum.

            The interest rates set forth herein shall be increased and reduced
            concurrently with any increases or reductions in the Guarantor's
            senior unsecured long term debt rating by Standard and Poor's
            ("S&P") or Moody's as follows:


S & P or Moody's        LIBOR Plus     936 Plus
   Rating
- ----------------        ----------     -------- 
A or A2, or better       37.5 bp        37.5 bp

BBB+ or Baa1, or
better                   50 bp          50 bp

BBB and Baa2             55 bp          55 bp

BBB- or Baa3             62.5 bp        62.5 bp

BBB- and Baa3            75 bp          75 bp

BB+ or lower and
Ba1 or lower             112.5 bp       112.5 bp

      Upon the first Advance and thereafter three Business Days prior to the
first day of each new Funding Period, the Bank shall notify to the Borrower the
following rates of interest on such Business Day (a) subject to the availability
to the Bank of 936 Deposits and to the eligibility of the Advance to be funded
with 936 Deposits, the 936 Option Rate; and (b) subject to the availability to
the Bank of LIBOR funds for such Funding Period, the LIBOR Option Rate. In the
case of 936 Deposit funding, the Borrower must advise the Bank not later than 12
noon Puerto Rico time on the first Business Day of the ensuing Funding Period,
and in the case of LIBOR funding two (2) Business Days before such Business Day
which of the two funding options it selects for the ensuing Funding Period. The
interest rate applicable to such Funding

Period shall be the interest rate applicable on the first day of the Funding
Period to the funding option selected by the Borrower. If the Borrower fails to
make such timely notice of election then the interest rate beginning on the
first day of such Funding Period shall be computed on the basis of the 30 day
936 Option Rate until a new Funding Period is established, or, if 936 Deposits
are not available, on the basis of 30 day LIBOR Option Rate or, if LIBOR funds
are not available, on the basis of the Base Rate.

      The Borrower shall pay interest quarterly in arrears on each Interest
Payment Date, or on a Rollover Date, whichever is earlier, on the actual daily
unpaid principal balance of the Loan and calculated on each such day on the
basis of (i) a 365/366 day calendar year for the actual number of days elapsed
with respect to Base Rate Advances, and (ii) a 360-day calendar year for the
actual number of days elapsed with respect to 936 Option Rate and/or LIBOR
Option Rate Advances.

      Up to an amount equal to the Working Capital Amount may be repaid and
reborrowed hereunder prior to the Maturity Date provided that repayments of such
amount shall be allowed only on Rollover Dates.

      Upon failure to pay principal, or interest, or the occurrence of any other
event of default as stipulated in the Loan Agreement, the Bank may at its option
declare the full unpaid balance of this obligation to be immediately due and
payable together with any accrued and unpaid interest, and may proceed to
enforce the security under the Loan Agreement and/or interpose

judicial proceedings to collect said sums plus costs, expenses and a reasonable
sum for attorney's fees.

      The Borrower hereby waives presentment, protest, demand and notice of non-
payment and submits itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth
of Puerto Rico for any judicial proceeding hereunder.

      The terms "the Borrower" and "the Bank" as used herein include their
respective successors or assigns.

      This Promissory Note has been issued under and pursuant to the Loan
Agreement which is supplementary as to any matter pertinent to this Promissory
Note not expressly provided herein. All capitalized terms used herein shall have
the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

      Dated as of May 31, 1994.

                        Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited
                        /s/ W. C. Wilson


                                                               EXHIBIT 10.45(c)
                               PROMISSORY NOTE

US$15,000,000                                       MATURITY:     May 27, 1999

      FOR THE VALUE RECEIVED, Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited (the "Borrower"),
a corporation organized under the laws of Trinidad & Tobago, promises to pay to
the order of The Bank of Nova Scotia (the "Bank"), a banking corporation
organized and existing under the laws of Canada, at the principal offices of the
Bank, Plaza Scotiabank Building, 273 Ponce de Leon Avenue, Hato Rey, San Juan,
Puerto Rico, or such other place that the Bank may designate, the principal sum
of US$15,000,000 in lawful currency of the United States of America, or, if
less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advance (as defined in the
Letter Loan Agreement dated May 27, 1994 between the Borrower and the Bank, such
Letter Loan Agreement as amended from time to time being herein referred to as
the "Loan Agreement") owing to the Bank outstanding on the Maturity Date.

      The principal of this obligation will be repaid in one installment due on
May 27, 1999.

      Interest will accrue and be payable on the outstanding principal balance
of this obligation from this date on at the following alternative rates:

      1.    The cost of 30, 60, 90 or 180 day 936 Deposits to the Bank (as
            determined by the Bank and adjusted for the cost to the Bank of
            municipal license taxes), plus 50 basis points per annum (subject to
            the availability of 936 Deposits and to the continuing qualification
            of the Loan for 936 funding) (the "936 Option Rate");

                                       1

      2.    1, 2, 3, or 6 months cost of LIBOR to the Bank plus 50 basis points
            per annum (subject to the availability of LIBOR funds) (the "LIBOR
            Option Rate").

      3.    If both 936 Deposits and LIBOR funds become unavailable or may not
            be used, the applicable interest rate will be the Base Rate
            fluctuating concurrently with any changes in such Base Rate.

      4.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in paragraphs (1)
            and (2) above, at any time during the term of the Loan, the Borrower
            may request the Bank to fix the rate of interest on all or any
            portion of the Loan for a period not to exceed the then remaining
            term of the Loan, subject to the availability to the Bank of 936
            Deposits or LIBOR funds with a term at least equal to such term, at
            a rate mutually agreeable to the Borrower and the Bank. Any
            prepayment by the Borrower of all or any portion of the principal
            amount of the Loan with a fixed interest rate shall be subject to
            payment by the Borrower of the breakage costs set forth in Section
            12 of the Loan Agreement.

      5.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein provided, the
            interest rate applicable to any overdue principal under the Loan
            shall be 2% over the Base Rate per annum.

            The interest rates set forth herein shall be increased and reduced
            concurrently with any increases or reductions in the Guarantor's
            senior unsecured long term debt rating by Standard and Poor's
            ("S&P") or Moody's as follows:

                                       2

                  S&P OR MOODY'S RATING         LIBOR PLUS      936 PLUS
                  ---------------------         ----------      --------
                  A or A2, or better             37.5 bp        37.5 bp
                  BBB+ or Baa1, or
                  better                         50 bp          50 bp
                  BBB and Baa2                   55 bp          55 bp
                  BBB- or Baa3                   62.5 bp        62.5 bp
                  BBB- and Baa3                  75 bp          75 bp
                  BB+ or  lower and Ba1
                  or lower                      112.5 bp       112.5 bp

      Upon the first Advance and thereafter three Business Days prior to the
first day of each new Funding Period, the Bank shall notify to the Borrower the
following rates of interest on such Business Day (a) subject to the availability
to the Bank of 936 Deposits and to the eligibility of the Advance to be funded
with 936 Deposits, the 936 Option Rate; and (b) subject to the availability to
the Bank of LIBOR funds for such Funding Period, the LIBOR Option Rate. In the
case of 936 Deposit funding, the Borrower must advise the Bank not later than 12
noon Puerto Rico time on the first Business Day of the ensuing Funding Period,
and in the case of LIBOR funding two (2) Business Days before such Business Day
which of the two funding options it selects for the ensuing Funding Period. The
interest rate applicable to such Funding Period shall be the interest rate
applicable on the first day of the Funding Period to the funding option selected
by the Borrower. If the Borrower fails to make such timely notice of election
then the interest rate beginning on the first day of such Funding Period shall
be computed on the basis of the 30 day 936 Option Rate until a new Funding
Period is established, or, if 936 Deposits are not available, on the basis of 30
day LIBOR Option Rate, or, if LIBOR funds are not available, on the basis of the
Base Rate.
                                      3

      The Borrower shall pay interest quarterly in arrears on each Interest
Payment Date, or on a Rollover Date, whichever is earlier, on the actual daily
unpaid principal balance of the Loan and calculated on each such day on the
basis of (i) a 365/366 day calendar year for the actual number of days elapsed
with respect to Base Rate Advances, and (ii) a 360-day calendar year for the
actual number of days elapsed with respect to 936 Option Rate and/or LIBOR
Option Rate Advances.

      Up to an amount equal to the Working Capital Amount may be repaid and
reborrowed hereunder prior to the Maturity Date provided that repayments of such
amount shall be allowed only on Rollover Dates.

      Upon failure to pay principal, or interest, or the occurrence of any other
event of default as stipulated in the Loan Agreement, the Bank may at its option
declare the full unpaid balance of this obligation to be immediately due and
payable together with any accrued and unpaid interest, and may proceed to
enforce the security under the Loan Agreement and/or interpose judicial
proceedings to collect said sums plus costs, expenses and a reasonable sum for
attorney's fees.

      The Borrower hereby waives presentment, protest, demand and notice of
non-payment and submits itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for any judicial proceeding hereunder.

      The terms "the Borrower" and "the Bank" as used herein include their
respective successors or assigns.

                                      4

      This Promissory Note has been issued under and pursuant to the Loan
Agreement which is supplementary as to any matter pertinent to this Promissory
Note not expressly provided herein. All capitalized terms used herein shall have
the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

      Dated as of January 10, 1995.

                        Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited
                        /s/ W. C. Wilson

                                      5



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.46
                                    GUARANTY

      THIS GUARANTY (this "GUARANTY"), dated as of May 27, 1994, made by Enron
Oil & Gas Company, a Delaware corporation (the "GUARANTOR"), in favor of The
Bank of Nova Scotia, ("BNS"),

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS, pursuant to a Letter Loan Agreement, dated as of May 27, 1994
(together with all amendments and other modifications, if any, from time to time
thereafter made thereto, the "LETTER LOAN AGREEMENT"), between Enron Gas & Oil
Trinidad, Limited, a company organized and existing under the laws of Trinidad
and Tobago (the "BORROWER") and BNS, BNS has extended a commitment to make loans
(the "Loans") to the Borrower; and

      WHEREAS, BNS and the Borrower may now or in the future enter into one or
more interest rate swap, hedge, collar, floor or similar agreements
(collectively, together with all amendments and other modifications, if any,
from time to time thereafter made thereto, and together with any and all
Confirmations ("CONFIRMATIONS") thereunder, the "Swap Agreement", such interest
rate swaps, hedges, collars, floors or similar agreements with the Borrower
herein collectively the "Swaps"); and

      WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the making of the Loans under the
Letter Loan Agreement and entering into the Swaps pursuant to the Swap
Agreement, the Guarantor is required to execute and deliver this Guaranty;

      WHEREAS, the Guarantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and
performance of this Guaranty;

      WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Guarantor to execute this
Guaranty inasmuch as the Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect
benefits from the Loans made from time to time and the Swaps from time to time
entered into with the Borrower by BNS pursuant to the Letter Loan Agreement or
the Swap Agreement, as the case may be;

      NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt of which
is hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce BNS to make the Loans to the
Borrower pursuant to the Letter Loan Agreement and to enter into the Swaps, if
any, pursuant to the Swap Agreement, the Guarantor agrees, for the benefit of
BNS, as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

      SECTION 1.1. CERTAIN TERMS. The following terms (whether or not
underscored) when used in this Guaranty, including its preamble and recitals,
shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to
the singular and plural forms thereof):

      "BORROWER" is defined in the FIRST RECITAL.

      "BUSINESS DAY" means any day of the year except Saturday, Sunday and any
day on which banks are required or authorized to close in Houston, Texas; New
York, New York; San Juan, Puerto Rico; or Trinidad and Togabo.

      "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "CONSOLIDATED" refers to the consolidation of the accounts of the
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

      "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" means at any date the Consolidated shareholders'
equity of the Guarantor and its Consolidated subsidiaries.

      "CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of March
11, 1994 between the Guarantor as Borrower, the Banks party thereto, and Texas
Commerce Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent.

      "DEBT" of any Person means, at any date, without duplication, (a)
obligations for the repayment of money borrowed which (1) are evidenced by
bonds, notes, debentures, loan agreements, credit agreements or similar
instruments or agreements and (2) are or should be shown on a balance sheet as
debt in accordance with GAAP, (b) obligations as lessee under leases which, in
accordance with GAAP, are capital leases, and (c) guaranties of payment or
collection of any obligations described in CLAUSES (A) and (B) of other Persons,
PROVIDED, that CLAUSES (A) and (B) include, in the case of obligations of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, only such obligations as are or should be shown as
debt or capital lease liabilities on a Consolidated balance sheet in accordance
with GAAP; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that none of the following shall constitute Debt:
(A) transfers of accounts receivable pursuant to a receivables purchase facility
considered a sale under GAAP (and indemnification, recourse or repurchase
obligations thereunder as are reasonable given market standards for transactions
of similar type), (B) the liability of any Person as a general partner of a
partnership for Debt of such partnership, if the partnership is not a Subsidiary
of such Person, and (C) obligations (other than borrowings, capital leases or
financial guaranties by the Guarantor

or any Subsidiary) related to the sale, purchase or delivery of hydrocarbons in
respect of volumetric production payments conveyed in transfers constituting
sales of real property interests for which proceeds are accounted for as
deferred revenues under GAAP.

      "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, together
with the regulations thereunder, as in effect from time to time.

      "ERISA AFFILIATE" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) which is a member of a group of which the Guarantor is a member
and which is under common control within the meaning of the regulations under
Section 414 of the Code.

      "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles consistent with
those applied in the preparation of the audited Consolidated financial
statements referred to in SECTION 3.1(D).

      "GUARANTOR" is defined in the PREAMBLE.

      "GUARANTY" is defined in the PREAMBLE.

      "INSUFFICIENCY" means, with respect to any Plan, the amount, if any, by
which the present value of the accrued benefits under such Plan exceeds the fair
market value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefits.

      "LENDER" is defined in the PREAMBLE.

      "LETTER LOAN AGREEMENT" is defined in the FIRST RECITAL.

      "LOAN DOCUMENTS" means the Letter Loan Agreement, the notes thereunder and
the other documents delivered to BNS under the Letter Loan Agreement together
with any Swap Agreement, any Confirmation and any other documents delivered to
BNS thereunder.

      "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of the ERISA to which the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate is making
or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the
preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

      "MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN" means an employee benefit plan, other than a
Multiemployer Plan, subject to Title IV of ERISA to which the Guarantor or any
ERISA Affiliate, and more than one employer other than the Guarantor or an ERISA
Affiliate, is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or, in the
event that any such plan has been terminated, to which the Guarantor or any
ERISA Affiliate made or accrued an obligation to make contributions

during any of the five plan years preceding the date of termination of such
plan.

      "NOTE" means a Promissory Note or Non-Revolving Term Note as those terms
are defined in the Letter Loan Agreement.

      "OTHER TAXES" is defined in CLAUSE (B) of SECTION 2.8.

      "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any federal
agency or authority of the United States from time to time succeeding to its
function.

      "PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association,
joint venture, firm or other entity, or a government or any political
subdivision or agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

      "PLAN" means an employee benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan)
which is (or, in the event that any such plans has been terminated within five
years after a transaction described in Section 4069 of ERISA, was) maintained
for employees of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV or
ERISA.

      "PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARY" means at any time of determination any Subsidiary
having total assets in excess of $100,000,000. For purposes of this definition,
total assets shall be determined based on the most recent quarterly or annual
financial statements available prior to such determination.

      "RATING LEVEL" means the applicable category of rating level which is
based on the rating of the Guarantor's senior unsecured long-term debt as
classified by Moody's and/or Standard & Poor's and which shall be the highest
applicable Rating Level I, Rating Level II, Rating Level III, Rating Level IV,
Rating Level V or Rating Level VI, as the case may be, as set forth in SCHEDULE
I.

      "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other
entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock or other equity
interests having ordinary voting power (irrespective of whether or not at the
time capital stock or other equity interest of any other class or classes of
such corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity shall or might have
voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at the time directly or
indirectly owned by the Guarantor.

      "SWAP" is defined in the PREAMBLE.

      "SWAP AGREEMENT" is defined in the PREAMBLE.

      "TAXES" is defined in CLAUSE (A) of SECTION 2.8.

      "TERMINATION EVENT" means (a) a "reportable event", as such term is
described in Section 4043 of ERISA (other than a "reportable event" not subject
to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC), or an event described in
Section 4062(e) of ERISA, or (b) the withdrawal of the Guarantor or any ERISA
Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year in which it was a
"substantial employer", as such term is defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA,
or the incurrence of liability by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate under
Section 4064 of ERISA upon the termination of a Multiple Employer Plan, or (c)
the distribution of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan pursuant to Section
4041(a)(2) of ERISA or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under
Section 4041 of ERISA, or (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan
by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA, or (e) any other event or condition
which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination
of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan.

      "TOTAL CAPITALIZATION" means, at any time, the sum (without duplication)
of (a) Total Debt, and (b) Consolidated Net Worth less any amount thereof
attributable to "minority interests" (as defined below). For the purpose of this
definition, "minority interests" means any investment or interest of the
Guarantor in any corporation, partnership or other entity to the extent that the
total amount thereof owned by the Guarantor (directly or indirectly) constitutes
50% or less of all outstanding interests or investments in such corporation,
partnership or entity.

      "TOTAL DEBT" means, at any time, all Consolidated Debt of the Guarantor
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.

      "WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" shall have the meaning given such term under Part I
of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

      SECTION 1.2. LETTER LOAN DEFINITIONS. Unless otherwise defined herein or
the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Guaranty, including its
preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Letter Loan Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                              GUARANTY PROVISIONS

      SECTION 2.1. GUARANTY. The Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally
and irrevocably

            (a) guarantees the full and punctual payment when due, whether at
      stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand
      or otherwise, of all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the
      Borrower to

      BNS arising out of, under, or in connection with the Letter Loan Agreement
      or any of the other Loan Documents (collectively the "Guaranteed
      Obligations") of the Borrower, whether for principal, interest, fees,
      expenses or otherwise (including all such amounts which would become due
      but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the
      United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. ss.362(a)), and the operation of
      Sections 502(b) and 506(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C.
      ss.502(b) and ss.506(b), and

            (b) indemnifies and holds harmless BNS and each holder of a Note for
      any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and
      expenses) incurred by BNS or such holder, as the case may be, in enforcing
      any of its rights under this Guaranty.

This Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment when due and not of collection,
and the Guarantor specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or required
that BNS or any holder of any Note exercise any right, assert any claim or
demand or enforce any remedy whatsoever against the Borrower (or any other
Person) before or as a condition to the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.

      SECTION 2.2. ACCELERATION OF GUARANTY. The Guarantor agrees that, in the
event of the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default under Section
5.1 and if such Event of Default shall occur at a time when any of the
Guaranteed Obligations may not then be due and payable, then, immediately and
without further action by BNS, in the event of an Event of Default of the type
referred to in Section 5.1(e) or upon demand by BNS in the event of an Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default of the type referred to in Section
5.1(e)) the Guarantor will pay to BNS forthwith the full amount which would be
payable hereunder by the Guarantor if all such Guaranteed Obligations were then
due and payable.

      SECTION 2.3. GUARANTY ABSOLUTE, ETC. This Guaranty shall in all respects
be a continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable guaranty of payment,
and shall remain in full force and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations have
been paid in full, all obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall have been
paid in full and all Commitments shall have terminated. The Guarantor guarantees
that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the
terms of the Letter Loan Agreement or the Swap Agreement, as the case may be,
and each other Loan Document under which they arise, regardless of any law,
regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any
of such terms or the rights of BNS or any holder of any Note with respect
thereto. The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be absolute,
unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:

      (a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of the Letter Loan
Agreement, any Note, any other Loan Document, the Swap Agreement or any
Confirmation;

      (b) the failure of BNS or any holder of any Note (i) to assert any claim
or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Borrower or any other
Person (including any other guarantor) under the provisions of the Letter Loan
Agreement, any Note, any other Loan Document, the Swap Agreement or any
Confirmation or otherwise, or (ii) to exercise any right or remedy against any
other guarantor of, or collateral (if any) securing, any Guaranteed Obligations;

      (c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other
term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other extension,
compromise or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation;

      (d) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of the Guaranteed
Obligations for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender,
alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and the Guarantor hereby
waives any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment
or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality,
nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other
event or occurrence affecting, the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise;

      (e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of, or any
consent to departure from, any of the terms of the Letter Loan Agreement, any
Note or any other Loan Document or the Swap Agreement or any Confirmation, as
the case may be;

      (f) any addition, exchange, release, surrender or nonperfection of any
collateral (if any), or any amendment to or waiver or release or addition of, or
consent to departure from, any other guaranty, held by BNS or any holder of any
Note securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations; or

      (g) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense
available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower, any surety or
any other guarantor.

      SECTION 2.4. REINSTATEMENT, ETC. The Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty
shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any
time any payment (in whole or in part) of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is
rescinded or must otherwise be restored by BNS or any holder of any Note, upon
the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise, as
though such payment had not been made.

      SECTION 2.5. WAIVER, ETC. The Guarantor hereby waives promptness,
diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the
Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that BNS or any
holder of any Note protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or
lien, or any property subject thereto, or exhaust any right or take any action
against the Borrower or any other Person (including any other guarantor) or
entity or any collateral (if any) securing the Guaranteed Obligations.

      SECTION 2.6. SUBROGATION, ETC. The Guarantor will not exercise any rights
which it may acquire by way of subrogation under this Guaranty, by any payment
made hereunder or otherwise, until the prior payment, in full and in cash, of
all Guaranteed Obligations. Any amount paid to the Guarantor on account of any
such subrogation rights prior to the payment in full of all Guaranteed
Obligations shall be held in trust for the benefit of BNS and each holder of a
Note and shall immediately be paid to BNS and each holder of a Note and credited
and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations whether matured or unmatured, in
accordance with the terms of the Letter Loan Agreement or the Swap Agreement, as
the case may be. In furtherance of the foregoing, for so long as any Guaranteed
Obligations or Commitments remain outstanding, the Guarantor shall refrain from
taking any action or commencing any proceeding against the Borrower (or its
successors or assigns, whether in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding or
otherwise) to recover any amounts in the respect of payments made under this
Guaranty to BNS or any holder of a Note.

      SECTION 2.7. SUCCESSORS, TRANSFEREES AND ASSIGNS; TRANSFERS OF NOTES, ETC.
This Guaranty shall: (a) be binding upon the Guarantor, and its successors,
transferees and assigns; and (b) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
BNS, each holder of a Note and each of their respective successors, transferees
and assigns. Without limiting the generality of CLAUSE (B), BNS may assign or
otherwise transfer (in whole or in part) any Note or Loan or Swap held by it to
any other Person or entity, and such other Person or entity shall thereupon
become vested with all rights and benefits in respect thereof granted to BNS
under any Loan Document (including this Guaranty) or otherwise.

      SECTION 2.8.  PAYMENTS FREE AND CLEAR OF TAXES, ETC.  The Guarantor hereby
agrees that:

            (a) Any and all payments made by the Guarantor hereunder shall be
      made in accordance with SECTION 20 of the Letter Loan Agreement or the
      relevant section or sections of the Swap Agreement and any Confirmations
      thereunder free and clear of, and without deduction for, any and all
      present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or
      withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the

      case of BNS and each holder of a Note, (i) taxes imposed on its income,
      (ii) franchise taxes imposed on it by the jurisdiction under the laws of
      which BNS or such holder, as the case may be, is organized and by any
      political subdivision thereof and, in the case of BNS, taxes imposed on
      its income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of
      BNS's Puerto Rico office and any political subdivision thereof and (iii)
      any taxes imposed by the United States of America by means of withholding
      at the source if an to the extent that such taxes shall be in effect and
      shall be applicable, to payments to be made to BNS (all such taxes,
      levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities other
      than those referred to in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) being
      hereinafter referred to as "TAXES"). If the Guarantor shall be required by
      law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to
      BNS or any holder of a Note (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may
      be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including
      deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) BNS
      or such holder, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it
      would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Guarantor
      shall make such deductions, and (iii) the Guarantor shall pay the full
      amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in
      accordance with applicable law.

            (b) The Guarantor shall pay any present or future stamp or
      documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
      similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or from the
      execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this
      Guaranty (hereinafter referred to as "OTHER TAXES").

            (c) The Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds harmless BNS and each
      holder of a Note for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including,
      without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction
      on amounts payable under this Section) paid by BNS or such holder, as the
      case may be, and any liability (including penalties, interest and
      expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such
      Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally assessed (expressly
      including such amounts paid as a result of the ordinary, sole or
      contributory negligence of BNS or such holder of a Note, but excluding
      such amounts paid as a result of the gross negligence or
      willful misconduct of BNS or such holder of a Note). This indemnification
      shall be made within thirty (30) days from the date BNS or such holder of
      a Note, as the case may be, makes written demand therefor. BNS or the
      holder of a Note shall not be indemnified for Taxes or Other Taxes
      incurred or accrued unless within 90 days of the date

      that BNS or such holder of a Note knew or should have known thereof, it
      notifies the Guarantor thereof.

            (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes or Other
      Taxes, the Guarantor will furnish to BNS the original or a certified copy
      of a receipt evidencing payment thereof. Should BNS or the holder of a
      Note ever receive any refund, credit or deduction from any taxing
      authority to which BNS or such holder of a Note would not be entitled but
      for the payment by the Guarantor of Taxes or Other Taxes as required by
      this Section 2.8 (it being understood that the decision as to whether or
      not to claim, and if claimed, as to the amount of any such refund, credit
      or deduction shall be made by BNS or such holder of a Note in its sole
      discretion), BNS or such holder of a Note, as the case may be, thereupon
      shall repay to the Guarantor an amount with respect to such refund, credit
      or deduction equal to any net reduction in Taxes or Other Taxes actually
      obtained by BNS or such holder of a Note, as the case may be, and
      determined by BNS or such holder of a Note, as the case may be, to be
      attributable to such refund, credit or deduction.

            (e) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the
      Guarantor hereunder (but subject to the expiration of any applicable
      statute of limitations), the agreements and obligations of the Guarantor
      contained in this SECTION 2.8 shall survive the payment in full of the
      principal of and interest on the Loans.

      SECTION 2.9.  JUDGMENT.  The Guarantor hereby agrees that:

            (a) If, for the purposes of obtaining a judgment in any court, it is
      necessary to convert a sum due hereunder from one currency into another
      currency, the rate of exchange used shall be the best available rate at
      which in accordance with normal banking procedures BNS could purchase such
      currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on
      which final judgment is given.

            (b) The obligation of the Guarantor in respect of any sum due from
      it to BNS or any holder of a Note hereunder shall, notwithstanding any
      judgment in a currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the
      Business Day following receipt by BNS or such holder, as the case may be,
      of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency BNS or such
      holder, as the case may be, may, in accordance with normal banking
      procedures using the best available exchange rate, purchase the relevant
      currency with such other currency; in the event that the currency so
      purchased is less than the sum originally due to BNS or such holder in
      such currency, the Guarantor, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding
      any

      such judgment, hereby indemnifies and holds harmless BNS and such holder
      against such loss, and if the such currency, so purchased exceeds the sum
      originally due to BNS or such holder in the relevant currency, BNS or such
      holder, as the case may be, shall remit to the Guarantor such excess.

                                  ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      SECTION 3.1.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Guarantor hereby
represents and warrants unto BNS as follows:

            (a) The Guarantor and each Principal Subsidiary are corporations
      duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
      their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. The Guarantor and each
      Principal Subsidiary have all corporate powers and all material
      governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required in
      each case to carry on its business as now conducted except where failure
      to have such would not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect
      on the Guarantor or on the ability of the Guarantor to perform its
      obligations under this Guaranty.

            (b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this
      Guaranty is within the Guarantor's corporate powers, have been duly
      authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Guarantor, require, in
      respect of the Guarantor, no action by or in respect of, or filing with,
      any governmental body, agency or official and do not contravene, or
      constitute a default under, any provision of law or regulation applicable
      to the Guarantor or the restated certificate of incorporation or by-laws
      of the Guarantor or any judgment, injunction, order, decree or material
      ("material" for the purposes of this representation meaning creating a
      liability of $50,000,000 or more) agreement binding upon the Guarantor or
      result in the creation or imposition of any lien, security interest or
      other charge or encumbrance on any asset of the Guarantor or any of its
      Subsidiaries.

            (c) This Guaranty is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
      Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms,
      except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by the effect of any
      applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
      laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of
      equity.

            (d) The audited Consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor as of
      December 31, 1993 and the related audited Consolidated statements of
      income, cash flows and changes in shareholders' equity accounts for the
      fiscal year then ended and the unaudited

      Consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor as of March 31, 1994, and the
      related unaudited Consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the
      fiscal quarter then ended, certified by the chief financial or accounting
      officer of the Guarantor, copies of which have been delivered to BNS,
      fairly present, in conformity with GAAP except as otherwise expressly
      noted therein, the Consolidated financial position of the Guarantor as of
      such dates and its Consolidated results of operations and as applicable
      changes in financial position for such fiscal periods, subject (in the
      case of the unaudited balance sheet and statements) to changes resulting
      from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

            (e) Since December 31, 1993 there has been no material adverse
      change in the Consolidated financial position or Consolidated results of
      operations of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

            (f) Except as disclosed in the Guarantor's Form 10-K for the year
      ended December 31, 1993 or the Guarantor's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
      March 31, 1994, which were delivered to BNS prior to the date hereof,
      there is no action, suit or proceeding pending against the Guarantor or
      any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of the Guarantor threatened
      against the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, before any court or
      arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official in which there is
      a reasonable possibility of an adverse decision which could materially
      adversely affect the Consolidated financial position or Consolidated
      results of operations of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a
      whole or which in any manner draws into question the validity of this
      Agreement.

            (g) No Termination Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to
      occur with respect to any Plan for which an Insufficiency in excess of
      $50,000,000 exists. Neither the Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate has
      received any notification (or has knowledge of any reason to expect) that
      any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or has been terminated, within
      the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, for which a Withdrawal Liability in
      excess of $50,000,000 exists.

            (h) United States federal income tax returns of the Guarantor and
      its Subsidiaries have been examined and closed through the fiscal year
      ended December 31, 1987. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have filed or
      caused to be filed all United Sates federal income tax returns and all
      other material domestic tax returns which to the knowledge of the
      Guarantor are required to be filed by them and have paid or provided for
      the payment, before the same become delinquent, of all taxes due pursuant
      to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Guarantor or
      any Subsidiary, other than those taxes contested in good faith by
      appropriate proceedings. The charges, accruals and reserves on the

      books of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes are, in
      the opinion of the Guarantor, adequate to the extent required by GAAP.

            (i) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is an "investment
      company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
      amended.

            (j) The Guarantor is not a "holding company", a "subsidiary company"
      of a "holding company", an "affiliate" of a "holding company", or an
      "affiliate" of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", in each case
      as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of
      1935, as amended.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                COVENANTS, ETC.

      SECTION 4.1. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. The Guarantor covenants and agrees
that so long as any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations shall remain unpaid or
BNS shall have any outstanding Commitment, the Guarantor will, unless BNS shall
otherwise consent in writing, perform the following obligations:

      (a) REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.  Furnish to BNS:

                  (1) (A) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, a copy
            of each of the Guarantor's reports on Form 8-K (or any comparable
            form), (B) promptly after the filing or sending thereof, and in any
            event within 75 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
            quarters of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, a copy of the
            Guarantor's report on Form 10-Q (or any comparable form) for such
            quarter, which report will include the Guarantor's quarterly
            unaudited Consolidated financial statements as of the end of and for
            such quarter, and (C) promptly after the filing or sending thereof,
            and in any event within 135 days after the end of each fiscal year
            of the Guarantor, a copy of the Guarantor's annual report which it
            sends to its public security holders, and a copy of the Guarantor's
            annual report on Form 10-K (or any comparable form) for such year,
            which annual report on Form 10-K will include the Guarantor's annual
            audited Consolidated financial statements as of the end of and for
            such year;

                  (2) simultaneously with the delivery of each of the annual or
            quarterly reports referred to in CLAUSE (1) above, a certificate of
            the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the
            Guarantor in a form acceptable to BNS (x) setting forth in
            reasonable detail the calculations required to establish whether the
            Guarantor was in compliance with the requirements of SECTION 4.2(B)
            on the date of the

            financial statements contained in such report, and (y) stating
            whether there exists on the date of such certificate any Event of
            Default or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time,
            or both, would constitute an Event of Default, and, if so, setting
            forth the details thereof and the action which the Guarantor has
            taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

                  (3) as soon as is possible and in any event within five days
            after a change in, or issuance of, any rating of any of the
            Guarantor's senior unsecured long-term debt by Standard & Poor's or
            Moody's which causes a change in the applicable Rating Level, notify
            BNS of such change;

                  (4) as soon as possible and in any event within five days
            after an executive officer of the Guarantor having obtained
            knowledge thereof, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default
            or any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or
            both, would constitute an Event of Default, continuing on the date
            of such notice, and a statement of the chief financial officer of
            the Guarantor setting forth details of such Event of Default or
            event and the action, if any, which the Guarantor has taken and
            proposes to take with respect thereto;

                  (5) as soon as possible and in any event(A) within 30 Business
            Days after the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason
            to know that any Termination Event described in CLAUSE (A) of the
            definition of Termination Event with respect to any Plan for which
            an Insufficiency in excess of $50,000,000 exists, has occurred and
            (B) within 10 Business Days after the Guarantor or any ERISA
            Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any other Termination
            Event with respect to any Plan for which an Insufficiency in excess
            of $50,000,000 exists, has occurred or is reasonably expected to
            occur, a statement of the chief financial officer or chief
            accounting officer of the Guarantor describing such Termination
            Event and the action, if any, which the Guarantor or such ERISA
            Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

                  (6) promptly and in any event within five Business Days after
            receipt thereof by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, copies of
            each notice received by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate from
            the PBGC stating its intention to terminate any Plan for which an
            Insufficiency in excess of $50,000,000 exists or to have a trustee
            appointed to administer any Plan for which an Insufficiency in
            excess of $50,000,000 exists;

                  (7) promptly and in any event within five Business Days after
            receipt thereof by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate from the
            sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan, a copy of each

            notice received by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate indicating
            liability in excess of $50,000,000 incurred or expected to be
            incurred by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate in connection with
            (A) the imposition of a Withdrawal Liability by a Multiemployer
            Plan, (B) the determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is
            expected to be, in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of
            ERISA, or (C) the termination of a Multiemployer Plan within the
            meaning of Title IV of ERISA; and

                  (8) such other information respecting the Consolidated
            financial position or Consolidated results of operations of the
            Guarantor that BNS may from time to time reasonably request.

            (b) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC. Comply, and cause each of its
      Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and
      orders to the extent noncompliance therewith would have a material adverse
      effect on the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, such
      compliance to include, without limitation, the paying before the same
      shall become due of all taxes, assessments and governmental charges
      imposed upon it or upon its property except to the extent contested in
      good faith by appropriate proceedings.

            (c) MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE. Maintain, and cause each of its
      Principal Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and
      reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering
      such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar
      businesses and owning similar properties as the Guarantor or such
      Principal Subsidiary, PROVIDED, that self-insurance by the Guarantor or
      any such Principal Subsidiary shall not be deemed a violation of this
      covenant to the extent that companies engaged in similar businesses and
      owning similar properties as the Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary
      self-insure. The Guarantor may maintain the Principal Subsidiaries'
      insurance on behalf of them.

            (d) PRESERVATION OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE, ETC. Preserve and maintain,
      and cause each of its Principal Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain, its
      corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory), and franchises;
      PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this SECTION 4.1(D) shall not apply to any
      transactions permitted by SECTION 4.2(C) OR (D) and shall not prevent the
      termination of existence, rights and franchises of any Principal
      Subsidiary pursuant to any merger or consolidation to which such Principal
      Subsidiary is a party, and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Guarantor or any
      Principal Subsidiary shall not be required to preserve any right or
      franchise if the Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary shall determine
      that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the
      business of the Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary, as the

      case may be, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any
      material respect to BNS.

            (e) VISITATION RIGHTS. At any reasonable time and from time to time,
      after reasonable written notice, permit BNS or any agents or
      representatives thereof to examine the records and books of account of,
      and visit the properties of, the Guarantor and any of the Principal
      Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the
      Guarantor and any of the Principal Subsidiaries with any of the officers
      of the Guarantor.

      SECTION 4.2. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. The Guarantor covenants and agrees that,
so long as any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations shall remain unpaid or BNS
shall have any outstanding Commitment, the Guarantor will not, without the prior
written consent of BNS, do anything prohibited below:

            (a) NEGATIVE PLEDGE. Fail to perform or observe any term, covenant,
      or agreement contained in Section 5.01 or 5.02 of the Credit Agreement.
      The terms, covenants, or agreements in Section 5.01 and 5.02 shall have
      the same force and effect as if fully recited herein, shall be deemed to
      have been made in favor of BNS, shall survive the termination or
      expiration of the Credit Agreement (or the Guarantor's obligations
      thereunder) and, notwithstanding any such termination or expiration of the
      Credit Agreement (or the Guarantor's obligations thereunder), shall
      continue to inure to the benefit of BNS. Any amendment or modification to
      any of the terms, covenants, or agreements contained in Sections 5.01 and
      5.02 of the Credit Agreement shall not be operative and shall have no
      force and effect with respect to the Guarantor and BNS pursuant to this
      Guaranty and such terms, covenants, and agreements contained in Sections
      5.01 and 5.02 shall be deemed to remain as written without regard to any
      such amendment or modification.

            (b) TOTAL DEBT TO CAPITALIZATION. Have a ratio of (i) Total Debt to
      (ii) Total Capitalization greater than 50%.

            (c) DISPOSITION OF ASSETS. Lease, sell, transfer or otherwise
      dispose of, voluntarily or involuntarily, all or substantially all of its
      assets.

            (d) MERGERS, ETC. Merge or consolidate with or into, any Person,
      unless (1) the Guarantor is the survivor or (2) the surviving Person, if
      not the Guarantor, is organized under the laws of the United States or a
      state thereof and assumes all obligations of the Guarantor under this
      Guaranty, PROVIDED, in each case that both immediately before and after
      giving effect to such proposed transaction, no Event of Default or event
      which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would
      constitute an Event of Default exists, or would exist or result.

            (e) COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. (1) Terminate, or permit any ERISA
      Affiliate to terminate, any Plan so as to result in any liability in
      excess of $50,000,000 of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC,
      or (2) permit circumstances which give rise to a Termination Event
      described in CLAUSES (B), (D) or (E) of the definition of Termination
      Event with respect to a Plan so as to result in any liability in excess of
      $50,000,000 of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC.

                                   ARTICLE V

                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      SECTION 5.1.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Each of the following events which shall
occur and be continuing shall constitute Events of Default:

            (a)   The Guarantor shall fail to pay any amount hereunder when due
      and payable; or

            (b) Any representation or warranty made by the Guarantor (or any of
      its officers) under or in connection with this Guaranty shall prove to
      have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made and
      such materiality is continuing; or

            (c) The Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any term,
      covenant or agreement contained in SECTION 4.2 or shall fail to perform or
      observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained herein on its part
      to be performed or observed if, in the case of such other term, covenant
      or agreement, such failure shall remained unremedied for 30 days after
      written notice thereof shall have been given to the Guarantor by BNS; or

            (d) The Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary shall (1) fail to pay
      any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt (other than Debt
      described in CLAUSE (C) of the definition of Debt) which is outstanding in
      the principal amount of at least $50,000,000 in the aggregate, of the
      Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary (as the case may be), when the same
      becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required
      prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall
      continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the
      agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other event shall
      occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating
      to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if
      any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such
      event or condition is to accelerate the maturity of such Debt; or any

      such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be
      prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a
      result of the giving of notice of a voluntary prepayment), prior to the
      stated maturity thereof, or (2) with respect to Debt described in CLAUSE
      (C) of the definition of Debt, fail to pay any such Debt which is
      outstanding in the principal amount of at least $50,000,000 in the
      aggregate, of the Guarantor or such Principal Subsidiary (as the case may
      be), when the same becomes due and payable, and such failure shall
      continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the
      agreement or instrument relating to such Debt, or

            (e) The Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary shall generally not
      pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its
      inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment
      for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or
      against the Guarantor or any Principal Subsidiary seeking to adjudicate it
      as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up,
      reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition
      of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
      reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for
      relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official
      for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any
      such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), shall
      remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Guarantor
      or any Principal Subsidiary shall take any corporate action to authorize
      any of the actions set forth above in this SUBSECTION (E); or

            (f) Any judgment, decree or order for the payment of money in excess
      of $50,000,000 shall be rendered against the Guarantor or any Principal
      Subsidiary and shall remain unsatisfied and either (1) enforcement
      proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment,
      decreed or order or (2) there shall be any period longer than (i) 30
      consecutive days or (ii) such longer period as allowed by applicable law
      during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, decree or order, by
      reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

            (g) Any Termination Event as defined in CLAUSE (B), (D) or (E) of
      the definition thereof with respect to a Plan shall have occurred and, 30
      days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Guarantor by BNS,
      (1) such Termination Event shall continue to exist and (2) the sum
      (determined as of the date of occurrence of such Termination Event) of the
      liabilities to the PBGC resulting from all such Termination Events is
      equal to or greater than $100,000,000; or

            (h) The Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by
      the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred Withdrawal
      Liability to such Multiemployer Plan in an amount which, when aggregated
      with all other amounts required to be paid to the Multiemployer Plan in
      connection with Withdrawal Liabilities (determined as of the date of such
      notification), exceeds $100,000,000 or requires payments exceeding
      $50,000,000 in any year; or

            (i) The Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by
      the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is in
      reorganization or is being terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of
      ERISA, if as a result of such reorganization or termination the aggregate
      annual contributions of the Guarantor and its ERISA Affiliates to all
      Multiemployer Plans which are then in reorganization or being terminated
      have been or will be increased over the amounts contributed to such
      Multiemployer Plans for the respective plan years which include the date
      hereof by an amount exceeding $50,000,000 in the aggregate.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                           MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

      SECTION 6.1. BINDING ON SUCCESSORS, TRANSFEREES AND ASSIGNS; ASSIGNMENT OF
GUARANTY. In addition to, and not in limitation of, SECTION 2.7, this Guaranty
shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors, transferees and assigns
and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by BNS and each holder of a
Note and their respective successors and assigns (to the full extent provided
pursuant to SECTION 2.7); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Guarantor may not assign
any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of BNS and
each holder of a Note.

      SECTION 6.2. AMENDMENTS, ETC. No amendment to or waiver of any provision
of this Guaranty, nor consent to any departure by the Guarantor herefrom, shall
in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by BNS
and the Guarantor, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in
the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

      SECTION 6.3. ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES TO THE GUARANTOR. All notices and other
communications hereunder to the Guarantor shall be in writing and mailed or
delivered to it, addressed to it at the address set forth below its signature
hereto or at such other address as shall be designated by the Guarantor in a
written notice to BNS at

      The Bank of Nova Scotia
      273 Ponce de Leon Avenue
      Hato Rey, Puerto Rico  00917

or such other address specified in a notice complying as to delivery with the
terms of this Section. All such notices and other communications shall, when
mailed, be effective when deposited in the mails, addressed as aforesaid.

      SECTION 6.4. NO WAIVER; REMEDIES. In addition to, and not in limitation
of, SECTION 2.3 and SECTION 2.5, no failure on the part of BNS or any holder of
a Note to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall
operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not
exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

      SECTION 6.5. SECTION CAPTIONS. Section captions used in this Guaranty are
for convenience of reference only, and shall not affect the construction of this
Guaranty.

      SECTION 6.6. SEVERABILITY. Wherever possible each provision of this
Guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be prohibited by or
invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such
provision or the remaining provisions of this Guaranty.

      SECTION 6.7.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly
executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date
first above written.

                                    Enron Oil & Gas Company

                                    By:  /s/ Ben B. Boyd
                                    Title: Vice President and Controller
                                    Address: P. O. Box 1188, Houston, TX
                                    77251-1188
                                    Attention:    Ben B. Boyd
                                    Telex:_________________________
                                    Telecopy:     713-646-2353

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Schedule 1

                        ENRON GAS & OIL TRINIDAD LIMITED

PRICING APPENDIX

                Level I           Level II         Level III         Level IV          Level V           Level VI
                -------           --------         ---------         --------          -------           --------
<S>           <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Basis for     If the            If the            If the            If the            If the            If the
Pricing       Guarantor's       Guarantor's       Guarantor's       Guarantor's       Guarantor's       Guarantor's
              Senior            Senior            Senior            Senior            Senior            Senior
              Unsecured         Unsecured         Unsecured         Unsecured         Unsecured         Unsecured
              Long Term         Long Term         Long Term         Long Term         Long Term         Long Term
              Debt is rated     Debt is rated     Debt is rated     Debt is rated     Debt is rated     Debt is rated
              A or better       BBB+ or better    BBB by S&P        BBB- by S&P       BBB- by S&P       BB+ or lower
              by S&P OR A2      by S&P OR Baa1    AND Baa2 by       OR Baa3 by        AND Baa3 by       by S&P AND Ba1
              or better by      or better by      Moody's.          Moody's.          Moody's.          or lower by
              Moody's.          Moody's.                                                                Moody's.

Commitment       12.5bp            15.0bp            17.5bp            20.0bp            25.0bp            37.5bp
Fee

LIBOR+           37.5bp            50.0bp            55.0bp            62.5bp            75bp              112.5bp

936+             37.5bp            50.0bp            55.0bp            62.5bp            75bp              112.5bp

</TABLE>


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.47
                                     ENRON
                         OIL & GAS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

            P. O. Box 4672 Houston, Texas 77210-4672 (713) 853-6161

                       Telex 765443 Answerback: ENRONCORP



                                                               December 18, 1994



Secretary of the Government of India
Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas
Shastri Bhavan
New Delhi 110 001
INDIA

Gentlemen:

         Based upon my review of the records of Enron Oil & Gas International,
Inc. I have determined that the guarantees issued by it in favor of the
Government, pursuant to Article Twenty-nine of two certain Production Sharing
Contracts of even date, are legally valid and enforceable.

                                                   Very truly yours,

                                                 /s/ E. J. VANDERMARK
                                                     E. J. Vandermark
                                                     Legal Advisor


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.48
                                  CERTIFICATE



     ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD., formerly known as ENRON INDIA EXPLORATION
COMPANY, pursuant to its articles of incorporation and by-laws, has, by the
unanimous consent of its directors, authorized its chairman, directors,
secretary, assistant secretary, proper officers and its counsel (any one of them
acting alone), to negotiate production sharing contracts for the Tapti, Panna
and Mukta Fields, offshore India, and to execute, deliver and perform for, in
the name of and on behalf of ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.


Dated this 22nd day of December 1994.

                                                /s/ E. J. VANDERMARK
                                                    E. J. Vandermark
                                                    Assistant Secretary


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.49
                      FINANCIAL AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

WHEREAS ENRON OIL & GAS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Company duly organized and
existing under the laws of Delaware, U.S.A., having its registered office at
1400 Smith Street, Houston, Texas, U.S.A., (hereinafter referred to as "the
Guarantor" which expression shall include its successors and assigns) is the
indirect owner of 100% of the capital stock of ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LIMITED
("Company") and direct owner of its parent company; and

WHEREAS Company is signatory to a Production Sharing Contract of even date of
this guarantee in respect of an Offshore area identified as Panna and Mukta
Fields (hereinafter referred to as "the Contract") made between the Government
of India (hereinafter referred to as "the Government"), Company, RELIANCE
INDUSTRIES LIMITED and OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED (hereinafter
referred to as "Contractor" which expression shall include its successors and
permitted assigns); and

WHEREAS the Guarantor wishes to guarantee the performance of Company or its
Affiliate Assignee under the Contract as required by the terms of the Contract;

NOW, THEREFORE, this Deed hereby provides as follows:

1.       The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
         guarantees to the Government that it will make available, or
         cause to be made available, to Company or any other directly
         or indirectly owned Affiliate of Company to which any part or
         all of Company's rights or interest under the Contract may
         subsequently be assigned ('Affiliate Assignee'), to ensure
         that Company or any Affiliate Assignee can carry out its work
         commitment as set forth in the Contract.

2.       The Guarantor further unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the
         Government reasonable compliance by Company or any Affiliate Assignee,
         of any obligations of Company or any Affiliate Assignee under the
         Contract.

3.       The Guarantor hereby undertakes to the Government that if
         Company, or any Affiliate Assignee, shall, in any respect,
         fail to perform its work commitments under the Contract or
         commit any material breach of such obligations, then the
         Guarantor shall fulfill or cause to be fulfilled the
         obligations in place of Company or any Affiliate Assignee, and
         will indemnify the Government against all actual losses,
         damages, costs, expenses, or otherwise which may result
         directly from such failure to perform or breach on the part of
         Company.  In no event shall Guarantor be liable for any
         special consequential, indirect, incidental or punitive
         damages of any kind or character, including, but not limited
         to, loss of profits or revenues, loss of product or loss of
         use arising out of or related to a material breach by Company
         of its obligations under the Contract.

4.       This guarantee shall take effect from the Effective Date and shall
         remain in full force and effect for the duration of the Contract and
         thereafter until no sum remains payable by Company, or its Affiliate
         Assignee, under the Contract or as a result of any decision or award
         made by any expert or arbitration tribunal thereunder.

5.       This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the
         Articles of Association and by-laws of Company or the Guarantor
         or in any instrument establishing the Licensee.

6.       The liabilities of the Guarantor shall not be discharged or
         affected by (a) any time indulgence, waiver or consent given
         to Company; (b) any amendment to the Contract or to any
         security or other guarantee or indemnity to which Company has
         agreed; (c) the enforcement or waiver of any terms of the
         Contract or of any security, other guarantee or indemnity; or
         (d) the dissolution, amalgamation, reconstruction or
         reorganization of Company.

7.       This guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance
         with the laws of India.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Guarantor, through its duly authorized
representatives, has caused its seal to be duly affixed hereto and this
guarantee to be duly executed the 22nd day of December 1994.

The seal of Enron Oil and Gas International, Inc. was hereto duly affixed by
E. J. Vandermark this 22nd day of December 1994 in accordance with its by-laws
and this guarantee was duly signed by J. A. Kopecky and E. J. Vandermark as
required by the said by-laws.

/s/ E. J. VANDERMARK                          /s/  J. A. KOPECKY
    E. J. Vandermark                               J. A. Kopecky
    Asst. Secretary                                Vice President


Witness:


- -----------------------


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.50
                           JOINT OPERATING AGREEMENT

                                     AMONG

                     OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED

                                      AND

                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.

                                      AND

                          RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LIMITED

                  WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT AREA IDENTIFIED AS
                             PANNA AND MUKTA FIELDS

<PAGE>
                                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE                                                                     PAGE
  I Definitions ...........................................................    1
 II Effective Date and Term ...............................................    5
III Participating Interest ................................................    6
     3.1 Participating Interest ...........................................    6
     3.2 Ownership, Obligations and Liabilities ...........................    6
 IV Operator ..............................................................    6
     4.1 Designation of Operator ..........................................    6
     4.2 Rights and Duties of Operator ....................................    6
     4.3 Employees of Operator ............................................    8
     4.4 Information Supplied by Operator .................................    8
     4.5 Settlement of Claims and Lawsuits ................................    8
     4.6 Liability of Operator ............................................    9
     4.7 Insurance Obtained by Operator ...................................    9
     4.8 Commingling of Funds .............................................   10
     4.9 Resignation of Operator ..........................................   11
     4.10 Removal of Operator .............................................   11
     4.11 Appointment of Successor ........................................   11
  V Operating Committee ...................................................   12
     5.1 Establishment of Operating Committee .............................   12
     5.2 Powers and Duties of Operating Committee .........................   12
     5.3 Authority to Vote ................................................   13
     5.4 Subcommittees ....................................................   13
     5.5 Notice of Meeting ................................................   13
     5.6 Contents of Meeting Notice .......................................   13
     5.7 Location and Frequency of Meetings ...............................   14
     5.8 Operator's Duties for Meetings ...................................   14
     5.9 Voting Procedure .................................................   14
     5.10 Record of Votes .................................................   14
     5.11 Minutes .........................................................   14
     5.12 Voting by Notice ................................................   14
     5.13 Effect of Vote ..................................................   15
 VI Work Programs and Budgets .............................................   16
     6.1 Preparation of Work Program and Budget ...........................   16
     6.2 Adoption of Work Program and Budget and
         Submission to Management Committee ...............................   16
     6.3 Subdivision of Work Program and
         Budget Items and Transfers .......................................   16
     6.4 Fulfillment of Minimum Work Obligations ..........................   17
     6.5 Exploration and Appraisal ........................................   17
     6.6 Development of New Discovery .....................................   18
     6.7 Itemization of Expenditures ......................................   18
     6.8 Contract Awards ..................................................   19
     6.9 Authorization for Expenditure ("AFE") Procedure ..................   20
     6.10 Supplementary AFEs ..............................................   21
     6.11 Approval of AFEs ................................................   21
     6.12 Approval of AFE Not to be Unreasonably Withheld .................   22
     6.13 Overexpenditures of Work Programs and Budgets ...................   22
     6.14 Work Program and Budget for Initial Period ......................   22

VII Operations By Less Than All Parties ...................................   22
     7.1 Limitation on Applicability ......................................   22
       7.2 Procedure to Propose Exclusive Operations ......................   22
       7.3 Responsibility for Exclusive Operations ........................   23
       7.4 Consequences of Exclusive Operations ...........................   24
       7.5 Premium to Participate in Exclusive Operations .................   25
       7.6 Order of Preference of Operations ..............................   26
       7.7 Stand-By Costs .................................................   26
       7.8 Special Considerations Regarding
            Deepening and Sidetracking ....................................   27
       7.9 Miscellaneous ..................................................   28
 VIII Default .............................................................   29
       8.1 Default and Notice .............................................   29
       8.2 Operating Committee Meetings and Data ..........................   29
       8.3 Allocation of Defaulted Accounts ...............................   29
       8.4 Transfer of Interest ...........................................   30
       8.5 Continuation of Interest .......................................   31
       8.6 Abandonment ....................................................   31
       8.7 Sale of Hydrocarbons ...........................................   32
       8.8 No Right of Set Off ............................................   32
       8.9 Minor Default ..................................................   32
       8.10 Reinstatement of Rights .......................................   32
   IX Disposition of Production ...........................................   32
       9.1 Right and Obligation to Take in Kind ...........................   32
       9.2 Offtake Agreement for Crude Oil ................................   33
       9.3 Separate Agreement for Natural Gas .............................   34
    X Abandonment of Wells ................................................   34
      10.1 Abandonment of Wells Drilled as Joint Operations ...............   34
      10.2 Abandonment of Exclusive Operations ............................   34
   XI Surrender ...........................................................   35
      11.1 Surrender ......................................................   35
  XII Transfer of Interest or Rights ......................................   35
      12.1 Obligations ....................................................   35
      12.2 Rights .........................................................   36
 XIII Withdrawal from Agreement by Transfer or Assignment .................   36
      13.1 Right of Withdrawal ............................................   36
      13.2 Partial or Complete Withdrawal .................................   36
      13.3 Voting .........................................................   37
      13.4 Obligations and Liabilities ....................................   37
      13.5 Emergency ......................................................   37
      13.6 Assignment .....................................................   37
      13.7 Approvals ......................................................   37
      13.8 Abandonment Security ...........................................   37
      13.9 Withdrawal or Abandonment by all Parties .......................   38
  XIV Relationship of Parties and Tax .....................................   38
      14.1 Relationship of Parties ........................................   38
      14.2 Tax ............................................................   38
   XV Confidential Information - Proprietary Technology ...................   38
      15.1 Confidential Information .......................................   38
      15.2 Continuing Obligations .........................................   39
      15.3 Proprietary Technology .........................................   39
      15.4 Trades .........................................................   39
  XVI Force Majeure .......................................................   39
      16.1 Obligations ....................................................   39
      16.2 Definition of Force Majeure ....................................   40
 XVII Notices .............................................................   40
XVIII Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution ...............................   41
      18.1 Applicable Law .................................................   41
      18.2 Dispute Resolution .............................................   41
  XIX Allocation of Cost Recovery Rights ..................................   42
      19.1 Allocation of Total Production .................................   42
      19.2 Allocation of Cost Petroleum ...................................   42
      19.3 Allocation of Profit Petroleum .................................   42
      19.4 Allocation of Excess Cost Petroleum ............................   42
   XX General Provisions ..................................................   43
      20.1 Conflicts of Interest ..........................................   43
      20.2 Public Announcements ...........................................   43
      20.3 Successors and Assigns .........................................   43
      20.4 Waiver .........................................................   43
      20.5 Severance of Invalid Provisions ................................   44
      20.6 Modifications ..................................................   44
      20.7 Headings .......................................................   44
      20.8 Singular and Plural ............................................   44
      20.9 Gender .........................................................   44
      20.10 Counterpart Execution .........................................   44
      20.11 Conflict with Contract ........................................   44
      20.12 Entirety ......................................................   44
            Signature Page.................................................   44
        
              Exhibit "A" - Accounting Procedure
              Exhibit "B" - Description of Contract Area
              Exhibit "C" - Example
              Exhibit "D" - Budget Format
              Exhibit "D-1" - Budget Summary
              Exhibit "D-2" - Geophysical and Geological Expense
              Exhibit "D-3" - Development Drilling (Firm Wells) 
              Exhibit "D-4" - Production Facilities Costs 
              Exhibit "D-5" - Production Costs 
              Exhibit "D-6" - General and Administrative Expense 
              Exhibit "D-7" - Fixed Assets and Deposits 
              Exhibit "D-8" - Revenue 
              Exhibit "E" - Data to be Provided to Non-Operators
<PAGE>
                           JOINT OPERATING AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the Effective Date among OIL & NATURAL GAS
CORPORATION LIMITED, having its registered office at Tower II, 8th Floor, Jeevan
Bharti, 124 Connaught Circus, New Delhi, 110 001, India, a company incorporated
in India (hereinafter referred to as "ONGC"); ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD., a
company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, having its registered office at 1400
Smith Street, Houston, Texas, 77002, U.S.A. (hereinafter referred to as
"EOGIL"), a wholly owned subsidiary of ENRON EXPLORATION COMPANY; and RELIANCE
INDUSTRIES LIMITED, a company incorporated in India, having its registered
office at 3rd Floor, Maker Chamber IV, 222 Nariman Point, Bombay, 400 021, India
(hereinafter referred to as "RIL"). The companies named above may sometimes
individually be referred to as "Party" and collectively as the "Parties".

                                  WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into a Production Sharing Contract (the
"Contract") with the Government of India (hereinafter referred to as
"Government") covering certain areas located offshore India known as the Panna
and Mukta Fields, referred to as the "Contract Area", and more particularly
described in Exhibit B to this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the Parties desire to define their respective rights and
obligations with respect to their operations under the Contract.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
and agreements and obligations set out below and to be performed, the Parties
agree as follows:

                            ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Agreement, the following words and terms shall have the
meaning ascribed to them below:

1.1        ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE means the rules, provisions and conditions set
           forth and contained in Exhibit A to this Agreement.

1.2        AFE means an authorization for expenditure pursuant to Article 6.9.

1.3        AFFILIATE means a company that directly or indirectly controls or is
           controlled by a Party to this Agreement or a company which directly
           or indirectly controls or is controlled by a company which controls a
           Party to this Agreement, it being understood that "control" means
           ownership by one company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
           voting securities of the other company, or the power to direct,
           administer and dictate policies of the other company even where the
           voting securities held by such company exercising such effective
           control in that other company is less than fifty percent (50%) and
           the term "controlled" shall have a corresponding meaning.

1.4        AGREED INTEREST RATE means interest, compounded on a monthly basis,
           at the rate per annum equal to the one (1) month term, LIBOR rate for
           U.S. dollar deposits, as published by THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or if
           not published, then by the FINANCIAL TIMES OF LONDON, plus fixed
           amounts as specified in Article 8.1, applicable on the first Business
           Day prior to the due date of payment and thereafter on the first
           Business Day of each succeeding one (1) month term. If the aforesaid
           rate is contrary to any applicable usury law, the rate of interest to
           be charged shall be the maximum rate permitted by such applicable
           law.

1.5        AGREEMENT means this Agreement, together with the Exhibits attached
           to this Agreement.

1.6        APPRAISAL WELL means any well whose purpose at the time of
           commencement of drilling such well is the determination of the extent
           or the volume of Hydrocarbon reserves contained in a New Discovery or
           an Existing Discovery.

1.7        BARREL means a quantity consisting of forty-two (42) United States
           gallons, corrected to a temperature of sixty (60) degrees Fahrenheit
           under one (1) atmosphere of pressure.

1.8        BUSINESS DAY means a day on which the banks in India are open for
           business and carrying out normal business transactions.

1.9        CALENDAR QUARTER means a period of three (3) months commencing with
           January 1st and ending on the following March 31st, a period of three
           (3) months commencing with April 1st and ending on the following June
           30th, a period of three (3) months commencing with July 1st and
           ending on the following September 30th, or a period of three (3)
           months commencing with October 1st and ending on the following
           December 31st according to the Gregorian Calendar.

1.10       CALENDAR YEAR means a period of twelve (12) months commencing with
           January 1st and ending on the following December 31st according to
           the Gregorian Calendar.

1.11       CASH CALL means any request for payment of cash made by the Operator,
           in accordance with this Agreement, an approved Work Program and
           Budget, AFEs (wherever applicable) and progress of the work, to the
           Parties in connection with the Joint Operations. The Cash Call format
           (Exhibit "C") may be revised by the Operating Committee.

1.12       CASH PREMIUM means the payment made pursuant to Article 7.5(B) by a
           Non-Consenting Party to reinstate its rights to participate in an
           Exclusive Operation.

1.13       COMMERCIAL DISCOVERY means a Discovery of Petroleum reserves which,
           when produced, are likely to yield a reasonable profit on the funds
           invested in petroleum operations, after deduction of Contract costs,
           and which has been declared a Commercial Discovery in accordance with
           the provisions of Article 9 and/or Article 21 of the Contract, after
           consideration of all pertinent operating and financial data such as
           recoverable reserves, sustainable production levels, estimated
           development and production expenditures, prevailing prices and other
           relevant technical and economic factors according to generally
           accepted practices in the international petroleum industry.

1.14       COMPLETION means an operation intended to complete a well through the
           Christmas tree as a producer of Hydrocarbons in one or more Zones,
           including, but not limited to, the setting of production casing,
           perforating, stimulating the well and production testing conducted in
           such operation. COMPLETE and other derivatives shall be construed
           accordingly.

1.15       CONSENTING PARTY means a Party who agrees to participate in and pay
           its share of the cost of an Exclusive Operation.

1.16       CONTRACT means the Production Sharing Contract dated between the
           Government and the Parties identified in this Agreement and any
           extension, renewal or amendment thereof agreed to in writing by the
           Parties.

1.17       CONTRACT AREA means as of the Effective Date the area which is
           described and delineated in Exhibit B to this Agreement. The
           perimeter or perimeters of the Contract Area shall correspond to that
           area covered by the Contract, as such area may vary from time to time
           during the term of validity of the Contract.

1.18       COST PETROLEUM means the portion of the total volume of Petroleum
           produced and saved from the Contract Area which the Contractor is
           entitled to take from the Contract Area in a particular period for
           the recovery of Contract costs as provided in Article 13 of the
           Contract.

1.19       DAY means a calendar day unless otherwise specifically provided.

1.20       DEFAULTING PARTY shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 8.1.

1.21       DEEPENING means an operation whereby a well is drilled to an
           objective Zone below the deepest Zone in which the well was
           previously drilled, or below the deepest Zone proposed in the
           associated AFE, whichever is the deeper. DEEPEN and other derivatives
           shall be construed accordingly.

1.22       DELIVERY POINT shall have the meaning given in the Contract.

1.23       DEVELOPMENT AREA means that part of the Contract Area corresponding
           to the area of an Oil Field or Gas Field delineated in simple
           geometric shape, together with a reasonable margin of additional area
           surrounding the Field consistent with petroleum industry practice and
           approved by the Management Committee or the Government, as the case
           may be.

1.24       DEVELOPMENT PLAN means a plan submitted by the Contractor containing
           proposals required under Article 9 or Article 21 of the Contract for
           the development of a Commercial Discovery which has been approved by
           the Management Committee or Government.

1.25       DEVELOPMENT WELL means a well drilled, deepened, completed or
           Recompleted after the date of approval of the Development Plan
           pursuant to development operations or production operations for the
           purposes of producing Petroleum, increasing production, sustaining
           production or accelerating extraction of Petroleum including
           production wells, injection wells and dry wells.

1.26       DISCOVERY means the finding, during exploration operations, of a
           deposit of Petroleum not previously known to have existed, which can
           be recovered at the surface in a flow measurable by conventional
           petroleum industry testing methods.

1.27       EFFECTIVE DATE means the date of signing of the Contract by all
           parties thereto.

1.28       ENTITLEMENT means a quantity of Hydrocarbons of which a Party has the
           right and obligation to take delivery pursuant to the Contract or, if
           applicable, an offtake agreement, and shall be derived from that
           Party's Participating Interest in the Hydrocarbons produced after
           adjustment for overlifts and underlifts.

1.29       EXCESS COST PETROLEUM shall have the meaning ascribed in Article
           19.4.

1.30       EXCLUSIVE OPERATION means those operations and activities carried out
           by Operator, pursuant to this Agreement, the costs of which are
           chargeable to the account of less than all the Parties.

1.31       EXCLUSIVE WELL means a well drilled pursuant to an Exclusive
           Operation.

1.32       EXPLOITATION AREA means the Development Area which is established
           pursuant to the Contract or if the Contract does not establish an
           Exploitation Area, then that part of the Contract Area which is
           delineated in a Development Plan approved as a Joint Operation or as
           an Exclusive Operation.

1.33       EXPLOITATION PERIOD means any and all periods of exploitation during
           which the production and removal of Hydrocarbons is permitted under
           the Contract.

1.34       EXPLORATION PERIOD means any and all periods of exploration set out
           in the Contract.

1.35       EXPLORATION WELL means a well drilled for the purpose of searching
           for undiscovered Hydrocarbon accumulations on any geological entity
           (be it of structural,stratigraphic, facies or pressure nature) to at
           least a depth or stratigraphic level specified in the Work Program
           and Budget.

1.36       FIELD means an Oil Field or a Gas Field in the Contract Area in
           respect of which a Development Plan has been duly approved in
           accordance with Article 9 and Article 21 of the Contract.

1.37       FINANCIAL YEAR means the period from April 1st through March 31st of
           the following Calendar Year.

1.38       G & G DATA means only geological, geophysical and geochemical data
           and other information that is not obtained through a well bore.

1.39       GAS FIELD means an area within the Contract Area consisting of a
           single Gas reservoir or multiple Gas reservoirs all grouped on or
           related to the same individual geological structure or stratigraphic
           conditions, designated by the Contractor and approved by the
           Government and/or Management Committee, as the case may be (to
           include the maximum area of potential productivity in the Contract
           Area in a simple geometric shape) in respect of which a Commercial
           Discovery has been declared or a Development Plan has been approved
           in accordance with Article 9 or Article 21 of the Contract.

1.40       GOVERNMENT means the Government of India and/or any state government
           as the case may be.

1.41       GROSS NEGLIGENCE means any act or failure to act (whether sole, joint
           or concurrent) which was intended to cause, or which was in reckless
           disregard of or wanton indifference to, harmful consequences such
           Party knew, or should have known, such act or failure would have had
           on the safety or property of another person or entity, but shall not
           include any error of judgment or mistake made by such Party in the
           exercise in good faith of any function, authority or discretion
           conferred on the Party employing such under this Agreement.

1.42       HYDROCARBONS means all substances including liquid and gaseous
           hydrocarbons which are subject to and covered by the Contract.

1.43       JOINT ACCOUNT means the accounts maintained by Operator in accordance
           with the provisions of this Agreement and of the Accounting Procedure
           for Joint Operations.

1.44       JOINT OPERATIONS means those operations and activities carried out by
           Operator pursuant to this Agreement, the costs of which are
           chargeable to all Parties.

1.45       JOINT PROPERTY means, at any point in time, all wells, facilities,
           equipment, materials, information, funds and the property held for
           the Joint Account.

1.46       MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE means the committee constituted pursuant to
           Article 5 of the Contract.

1.47       MINIMUM WORK OBLIGATIONS means those items contained in Exhibit "G"
           of the Contract, phased year-wise as determined by the Operating
           Committee and the Management Committee.

1.48       NEW DISCOVERY means a Discovery made after the Effective Date.

1.49       NON-CONSENTING PARTY means a Party who elects not to participate in
           an Exclusive Operation.

1.50       NON-OPERATOR(S) means the Party or Parties to this Agreement other
           than Operator.

1.51       OIL FIELD means an area within the Contract Area consisting of a
           single oil reservoir or multiple oil reservoirs all grouped on or
           related to the same individual geological structure, or stratigraphic
           conditions, designated by the Contractor and approved by the
           Government and/or the Management Committee, as the case may be (to
           include the maximum area of potential productivity in the Contract
           Area in a simple geometric shape) in respect of which a Commercial
           Discovery has been declared and a Development Plan has been approved
           in accordance with Article 9 of the Contract and a reference to an
           Oil Field shall include a reference to the production of associated
           natural gas from that Oil Field.

1.52       OPERATING COMMITTEE means the committee constituted in accordance
           with Article V.

1.53       OPERATOR means the Party designated or otherwise appointed under
           Article 4.1 to conduct Joint Operations or any successor appointed
           pursuant to Article 4.11.

1.54       PARTICIPATING INTEREST means the undivided percentage interest of
           each Party in the rights and obligations derived from the Contract
           and this Agreement.

1.55       PARTY means any Party to this Agreement and, where the Contract so
           permits, any respective successors or assigns in accordance with the
           provisions of this Agreement.

1.56       PETROLEUM means crude oil and/or natural gas existing in their
           natural condition (Hydrocarbons).

1.57       PETROLEUM COSTS means costs and expenses incurred by the Parties and
           allowed to be recovered pursuant to the Contract.

1.58       PLUGGING BACK means a single operation whereby a deeper Zone is
           abandoned in order to attempt a Completion in a shallower Zone. Plug
           Back and other derivatives shall be construed accordingly.

1.59       PRODUCTION COSTS means those costs and expenditures incurred in
           carrying out production operations as classified and defined in
           Section 2 of the Accounting Procedure of the Contract and allowed to
           be recovered in terms of Section 3 thereof.

1.60       PROFIT PETROLEUM means Petroleum produced and saved from the Contract
           Area in a particular period as reduced by Cost Petroleum and
           calculated as provided in Article 14 of the Contract.

1.51       RECOMPLETION means an operation whereby a Completion in one Zone is
           abandoned in order to attempt a Completion in a different Zone within
           the existing wellbore. RECOMPLETE and other derivatives shall be
           construed accordingly.

1.62       REWORKING means an operation conducted in the wellbore of a well
           after it is Completed to secure, restore or improve production in a
           Zone which is currently open to production in the wellbore. Such
           operations include, but are not limited to, well stimulation
           operations, wire line operations, hydraulic pump-down operations,
           water shut off operations, coil tubing operations, but excluding any
           routine maintenance work. REWORK and other derivatives shall be
           construed accordingly.

1.63       SIDETRACKING means the directional control and intentional deviation
           of a well from vertical so as to change the bottom hole location
           unless done to straighten the hole or to drill around junk in the
           hole or to overcome other mechanical difficulties. SIDETRACK and
           other derivatives shall be construed accordingly.

1.64       SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL means any supervisory employee of a Party who
           functions as a Party's designated manager or supervisor who is
           responsible for, or in charge of onsite drilling, construction or
           production and related operations, or any other field operations.

1.65       TESTING, with reference to a well, means an operation intended to
           evaluate the capacity of a Zone to produce Hydrocarbons. TEST and
           other derivatives shall be construed accordingly.

1.66       WILLFUL MISCONDUCT means in relation to the Operator intentional and
           conscious or reckless disregard by supervisory or management staff of
           the Operator of the terms of this Agreement or of good international
           oil field practice but shall not include any act or omission
           reasonably required to meet emergency conditions, including without
           limitation the safeguarding of life, property and Joint Operations or
           for the avoidance of doubt any error of judgment or mistake made by
           any director, employee, agent or contractor of Operator in the
           exercise, in good faith of any function, authority or discretion
           conferred upon the Operator.

1.67       WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET means a work program for Joint Operations and
           budget therefor, including the production plan, as described and
           approved in accordance with Article VI and as illustrated in Exhibit
           "D". Exhibit "D" may be modified by the Operating Committee.

1.68       ZONE means a stratum of earth containing or thought to contain a
           common accumulation of Hydrocarbons separately producible from any
           other common accumulation of Hydrocarbons.

                      ARTICLE II - EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM
 
     This Agreement shall have effect from the 22 day of December, 1994 and
shall, subject always to the Parties' continuing obligations under Article XV,
continue in effect until the Contract terminates or, otherwise until all
materials, equipment and personal property used in connection with the Joint
Operations have been removed and disposed of, and final settlement has been made
among the Parties.

     For the avoidance of doubt, portions of this Agreement as described in (A),
(B) and (C) below shall remain in effect until:

      (A)  all wells have been properly abandoned in accordance with Article X;
           and

      (B)  all obligations, claims, arbitrations and lawsuits have been settled
           or otherwise disposed of in accordance with Article 4.5 and Article
           XVIII; and

      (C)  the time relating to the protection of confidential information and
           proprietary technology has expired in accordance with Article XV.

     The scope and purpose of the Joint Operations are to carry out the
petroleum operations as per Contract. As defined in the Contract, petroleum
operations means, as the context may require, exploration operations,
development operations or production operations or any combination of such
operations, including, but not limited to, collection of seismic information,
drilling and completion and recompletion of wells, construction, operation and
maintenance of all necessary facilities, plugging and abandonment of wells,
environmental protection, transportation, storage or disposition of Petroleum to
the Delivery Point, site restoration and all other incidental operations or
activities as may be necessary.

                      ARTICLE III - PARTICIPATING INTEREST

     3.1 PARTICIPATING INTEREST

      (A)  The Participating Interests of the Parties as of the Effective Date
           are:

                              ONGC                          40%
                              EOGIL                         30%
                              RIL                           30%

      (B)  If a Party transfers all or part of its Participating Interest
           pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and the Contract, the
           Participating Interests of the Parties shall be revised accordingly.

     3.2 OWNERSHIP, OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES

      (A)  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all the rights and
           interests in and under the Contract, all Joint Property and any
           Hydrocarbons produced from the Contract Area shall, subject to the
           terms of the Contract, be owned by the Parties in accordance with
           their respective Participating Interests.

      (B)  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the obligations of the
           Parties under the Contract and all liabilities and expenses incurred
           by Operator in connection with Joint Operations shall be charged to
           the Joint Account and all credits to the Joint Account shall be
           shared by the Parties, as among themselves, in accordance with their
           respective Participating Interests.

      (C)  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all liabilities incurred
           by any Party in connection with Joint Operations shall be borne by
           the Parties in accordance with their respective Participating
           Interests.

      (D)  Each Party shall pay when due, in accordance with the Accounting
           Procedure, its Participating Interest share of Joint Account
           expenses, including cash advances and interest, accrued pursuant to
           this Agreement. The Accounting Procedure shall govern the accrual and
           satisfaction of the respective obligations, liabilities and credits
           among the Parties.

                             ARTICLE IV - OPERATOR

     4.1 DESIGNATION OF OPERATOR

           EOGIL is designated as Operator, and agrees to act as an Operator in
           accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract and this
           Agreement, which terms and conditions shall also apply to any
           successor Operator.

     4.2 RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF OPERATOR

      (A)  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Operator shall
           have all of the rights, functions and duties of Operator under the
           Contract and shall have exclusive charge of and shall conduct all
           Joint Operations. Operator may employ independent contractors,
           Affiliates and/or agents in such Joint Operations. Contracts will be
           awarded pursuant to Article 6.8.

      (B)     In the conduct of Joint Operations, Operator shall:

              (1)   Perform Joint Operations in accordance with the provisions
                    of the Contract, this Agreement and the instructions of the
                    Operating Committee;

              (2)   Conduct all Joint Operations in a diligent, safe and
                    efficient manner in accordance with good and prudent
                    international petroleum industry practices and conservation
                    principles generally followed by the international petroleum
                    industry under similar circumstances;

              (3)   Subject to Article 4.6, neither gain a profit nor suffer a
                    loss as a result of being the Operator in its conduct of
                    Joint Operations;

              (4)   Perform the duties for the Operating Committee set out in
                    Article V, and prepare and submit to the Operating Committee
                    the proposed Work Programmes and Budgets and AFEs as
                    provided in Article VI;

              (5)   Acquire all permits, consents, approvals, surface or other
                    rights that may be required for or in connection with the
                    conduct of Joint Operations;

              (6)   Permit the representatives of any of the Parties to have at
                    all reasonable times and at their own risk and expense
                    reasonable access to the Joint Operations with the right to
                    observe all such Joint Operations and to inspect all Joint
                    Property and to conduct financial audits as provided in the
                    Accounting Procedure. In the case of offshore operations,
                    transportation and accommodations shall be made available
                    from existing facilities if, in the sole discretion of
                    Operator, no additional cost will be incurred by Operator.
                    In addition, provide for two (2) permanent representatives
                    of each of the Non-Operators to have access to the Contract
                    Area and/or to the Joint Operations at all times and provide
                    all facilities including, but not limited to, transportation
                    and offshore accommodations at the cost of the Joint
                    Operations. Such representatives shall look after the
                    interests of Non-Operators/Joint Operation, but shall not
                    interfere with operations;

              (7)   Maintain the Contract in full force and effect. Operator
                    shall promptly pay and discharge all liabilities and
                    expenses incurred in connection with Joint Operations and
                    use its reasonable efforts to keep and maintain the Joint
                    Property free from all liens, charges and encumbrances
                    arising out of Joint Operations;

              (8)   Pay to the Government for the Joint Account, within the
                    periods and in the manner prescribed by the Contract and all
                    applicable laws and regulations, all periodic payments,
                    royalties, taxes, fees and other payments pertaining to
                    Joint Operations, but excluding any taxes measured by the
                    incomes of the Parties;

              (9)   Carry out the obligations of Operator pursuant to the
                    Contract, including, but not limited to, preparing and
                    furnishing such reports, records and information as may be
                    required pursuant to the Contract;

              (10)  Have in accordance with the decisions of the Operating
                    Committee, the exclusive right and obligation to represent
                    the Parties in all dealings with the Government with respect
                    to matters arising under the Contract and Joint Operations.
                    Operator shall notify the other Parties as soon as possible
                    of such meetings. Non-Operators shall have the right to
                    attend such meetings. Nothing contained in this Agreement
                    shall restrict any Party from holding discussions with the
                    Government with respect to any issue peculiar to its
                    particular business interests arising under this Agreement,
                    but in such event such Party shall promptly advise the
                    Parties, if possible, before and in any event promptly after
                    such discussions, provided that such Party shall not be
                    required to divulge to the Parties any matters discussed to
                    the extent the same involve proprietary information on
                    matters not affecting the Parties; and

              (11)  Take all necessary and proper measures for the protection of
                    life, health, the environment and property in the case of an
                    emergency; provided, however, that Operator shall
                    immediately notify the Parties of the details of such
                    emergency and measures.

              (12)  Include, to the extent practical, in its contracts with
                    independent contractors and to the extent lawful, provisions
                    which:

                    (a)  ensure such contractors can only enforce their
                         contracts against Operator;

                    (b)  permit Operator, on behalf of itself and Non-Operators,
                         to enforce contractual indemnities against, and recover
                         losses and damages suffered by them (insofar as
                         recovered under their contracts) from such contractors;
                         and

                    (c)  require such contractors to take insurance required by
                         Article 4.7(F).

              (13)  Carry out all Petroleum operations as per the standard
                    offshore safety practices following the environmental/mining
                    regulations/statutory laws.

              (14)  Provide liaison between field operations and gas/oil
                    purchasers and transporters.

     4.3 EMPLOYEES OF OPERATOR

     Subject to the Contract and this Agreement, Operator shall determine the
number of employees, the selection of such employees, the hours of work and the
compensation to be paid to all such employees in connection with Joint
Operations. Operator shall employ only such employees, agents and contractors as
are reasonably necessary to conduct Joint Operations.

     4.4 INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY OPERATOR

      (A)  Operator shall provide Non-Operators the following data and reports
           as they are currently produced or compiled from the Joint Operations
           as well as the reports listed in Exhibit "E":

              (1)     Copies of all logs or surveys;

              (2)     Daily drilling progress reports;

              (3)     Copies of all drill stem tests and core analysis reports;

              (4)     Copies of the plugging reports;

              (5)     Engineering studies, development schedules and annual
                      progress reports on development projects;

              (6)     Field and well performance reports, including reservoir 
                      studies;

              (7)     Copies of all reports and data relating to Joint
                      Operations furnished by Operator to the Government, except
                      magnetic tapes which shall be stored by Operator and made
                      available for inspection and/or copying at the sole
                      expense of the Non-Operator requesting same;

              (8)     Other reports as frequently as is justified by the
                      activities or as instructed by the Operating Committee;
                      and

              (9)     Subject to Article 15.3, such additional information for
                      Non- Operators as they or any of them may request,
                      provided that the requesting Party or Parties pay the
                      costs of preparation of such information and that the
                      preparation of such information will not unduly burden
                      Operator's administrative and technical personnel. Only
                      Non-Operators who pay such costs shall receive such
                      additional information. 

      (B)  Operator shall give Non-Operators access at all reasonable times to
           all other data acquired in the conduct of Joint Operations. Any Non-
           Operator may make copies of such other data at its sole expense.

      (C)  ONGC shall provide all of the information identified above and
           currently in its possession relating to the Contract Area to the
           Operator upon payment of mutually agreed costs.

     4.5 SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS AND LAWSUITS

      (A)  Operator shall promptly notify the Parties of any and all material
           claims or suits and such other claims and suits as the Operating
           Committee may direct which arise out of Joint Operations or relate in
           any way to Joint Operations. Operator shall represent the Parties and
           defend or oppose the claim or suit. Operator may in its sole
           discretion compromise or settle any such claim or suit or any related
           series of claims or suits for an amount not to exceed the equivalent
           of U.S. dollars fifty thousand (US$50,000) exclusive of legal fees.
           Operator shall obtain the approval and direction of the Operating
           Committee on amounts in excess of the above stated amount. Each
           Non-Operator shall have the right to be represented by its counsel at
           its expense in the settlement, compromise or defense of such claims
           or suits.

      (B)  Any Non-Operator shall promptly notify the other Parties of any claim
           made against such Non-Operator by a third party relating to or which
           may affect the Joint Operations and insofar as such claim relates to
           or affects the Joint Operations such Non-Operator shall defend or
           settle the same in accordance with any directions given by the
           Operating Committee and such costs, expenses and damages as are
           payable pursuant to such defense or settlement shall be for the Joint
           Account.
 
      (C)  Notwithstanding Article 4.5(A) and Article 4.5(B), each Party shall
           have the right to participate in any such pursuit, prosecution,
           defense or settlement conducted in accordance with Article 4.5(A)
           and/or Article 4.5(B) at its sole cost and expense; provided always
           that no Party may settle its Participating Interest share of any
           claim without first satisfying the Operating Committee that it can do
           so without prejudicing the interests of the Joint Operations.

     4.6 LIABILITY OF OPERATOR

      (A)  Except as set out in this Article 4.6, the Party designated as
           Operator shall bear no cost, expense or liability resulting from
           performing the duties and functions of the Operator. Nothing in this
           Article shall, however, be deemed to relieve the Party designated as
           Operator from any cost, expense or liability for its Participating
           Interest share of Joint Operations.

      (B)  The Parties shall be liable in proportion to their Participating
           Interests and shall defend and indemnify Operator, Non-Operator and
           their agents, employees, officers and directors (the "Indemnitees")
           from any and all costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
           fees) and liabilities incident to claims, demands or causes of action
           of every kind and character brought by or on behalf of any person or
           entity for damage to or loss of property or the environment, or for
           injury to, illness or death of any person or entity, which damage,
           loss, injury, illness or death arises out of or is incident to any
           act or failure to act by Indemnitees in the conduct of or in
           connection with Joint Operations regardless of the cause of such
           damage, loss, injury, illness or death and even though caused in
           whole or in part by a pre-existing defect, the negligence (whether
           sole, joint or concurrent), Gross Negligence, strict liability or
           other legal fault of Operator or Non- Operator (or any such Affiliate
           performing services for Operator or Non- Operator pursuant to
           Sections 2.4.2 and 3 of the Accounting Procedure); provided that if
           any Supervisory or management Personnel of Operator or Non-Operator
           or any such Affiliates, engage in Gross Negligence and/or Willful
           Misconduct that proximately causes the Parties to incur cost, expense
           or liability for such damage, loss, injury, illness or death, then
           Operator or Non-Operator, as the case may be, shall bear all such
           costs, expenses and liabilities.

     4.7 INSURANCE OBTAINED BY OPERATOR

      (A)  Operator shall procure and maintain or cause to be procured and
           maintained for the Joint Account all insurance in the types and
           amounts required by the Contract and applicable laws, rules and
           regulations.

      (B)  Operator shall obtain such further insurance, at competitive rates,
           as the Operating Committee may from time to time require.

      (C)  Any Party may elect not to participate in the insurance to be
           procured under Article 4.7(B) provided such Party:

              (1)   gives prompt written notice to that effect to Operator;

              (2)   does nothing which may interfere with Operator's
                    negotiations for such insurance for the other Parties; and

              (3)   obtains and maintains such insurance (in respect of which an
                    annual certificate of adequate coverage from a reputable
                    insurance broker shall be sufficient evidence) or other
                    evidence of financial responsibility which fully covers its
                    Participating Interest share of the risks that would be
                    covered by the insurance procured under Article 4.7 (B), and
                    which the Operating Committee may determine to be
                    acceptable. No such determination of acceptability shall in
                    any way absolve a non-participating Party from its
                    obligation to meet each cash call including any cash call in
                    respect of damages and losses and/or the costs of remedying
                    the same in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If
                    such Party obtains other insurance, such insurance shall
                    contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of all the other
                    Parties, but only in respect of their interests under this
                    Agreement.

      (D)  The cost of insurance in which all the Parties are participating
           shall be for the Joint Account and the cost of insurance in which
           less than all the Parties are participating shall be charged to the
           Parties participating in proportion to their respective Participating
           Interests.

      (E)  Operator shall, in respect of all insurance obtained pursuant to this
           Article:

              (1)   promptly inform the participating Parties when such
                    insurance is obtained and supply them with copies of the
                    relevant policies when the same are issued;

              (2)   arrange for the participating Parties, according to their
                    respective Participating Interests, to be named as
                    co-insureds on the relevant policies with waivers of
                    subrogation in favor of all the Parties; and

              (3)   duly file all claims and take all necessary and proper steps
                    to collect any proceeds and credit any proceeds to the
                    participating Parties in proportion to their respective
                    Participating Interests.

      (F)  Operator shall use its reasonable efforts to require all contractors
           performing work in respect of Joint Operations to obtain and maintain
           any and all insurance in the types and amounts required by any
           applicable laws, rules and regulations or any decision of the
           Operating Committee and shall use its reasonable efforts to require
           all such contractors to name the Parties as additional insureds on
           contractor's insurance policies or to obtain from their insurers
           waivers of all rights or recourse against Operator and Non-Operators.

     4.8 COMMINGLING OF FUNDS

     Operator shall not commingle with its funds the monies which it receives
for the Joint Account pursuant to this Agreement. The Operator shall account to
the Non-Operators for the monies of a Non-Operator advanced or paid to Operator,
whether for the conduct of Joint Operations or as proceeds from the sale of
production under this Agreement. Such monies shall be applied only to their
intended use and shall in no way be deemed to be funds belonging to Operator.
The Operator shall open and maintain dedicated current and/or deposit accounts
in respect of funds in Indian Rupees, United States Dollars and/or any other
currency at a bank or banks in India, the United States or elsewhere, in order
to deposit and hold funds on behalf of the Parties exclusively for Joint
Operations. Where possible, such accounts shall be interest bearing.

     Upon opening a bank account, the Operator shall notify the Non- Operators
the name and address of the bank and the account number. Any changes thereafter
should be promptly notified by the Operator to the Non-Operators.

     4.9 RESIGNATION OF OPERATOR

     Subject to Article 4.11, Operator may resign as Operator at any time after
completion of the Minimum Work Obligation, unless the Parties agree to an
earlier date, by so notifying the other Parties at least one hundred and twenty
(120) Days prior to the effective date of such resignation.

     4.10 REMOVAL OF OPERATOR

      (A)  Subject to Article 4.11, Operator shall be removed upon receipt of
           notice from any Non-Operator if:

              (1)   An order is made by a court or an effective resolution is
                    passed for the dissolution, liquidation, winding up, or
                    reorganization of Operator;

              (2)   Operator dissolves, liquidates or terminates its corporate
                    existence;

              (3)   Operator becomes insolvent, bankrupt or makes an assignment
                    for the benefit of creditors; or

              (4)   A receiver is appointed for a substantial part of Operator's
                    assets.

              (5)   Operator, together with any Affiliate of Operator, is or
                    becomes the holder of a Participating Interest of less then
                    twenty percent (20%).

              (6)   There is a direct or indirect change in control of Operator
                    (other than a transfer of control to an Affiliate of
                    Operator). For purposes of this Article control means the
                    ownership directly or indirectly of more than fifty percent
                    (50%).

      (B)  Subject to Article 4.11, Operator may be removed by the decision of
           the Non-Operators if Operator has committed a material breach of this
           Agreement which Operator has failed to rectify within ninety (90)
           Days of receipt of a notice from Non-Operators detailing the alleged
           breach.

           Any  decision of Non-Operators to give notice of breach to Operator 
           or to remove Operator under this Article 4.10(B) shall be made by an
           affirmative vote of two (2) or more of the total number of
           Non-Operators holding a combined Participating Interest of at least
           fifty percent (50%). Notwithstanding the above, in case of
           disagreement between the Non- Operators on giving notice to the
           Operator, any Non-Operator may, with the approval of the Government,
           give notice to the Operator. 4.11 APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR When a
           change of Operator occurs pursuant to Article 4.9 or Article 4.10:

      (A)  The Operating Committee shall meet as soon as possible to appoint a
           successor Operator pursuant to the voting procedure of Article 5.9.
           However, no Party may be appointed successor Operator against its
           will.

      (B)  If the Operator disputes commission of or failure to rectify a
           material breach alleged pursuant to Article 4.10(B) and proceedings
           are initiated pursuant to Article XVIII, no successor Operator may be
           appointed pending the conclusion or abandonment of such proceedings
           provided, however, if the arbitrators determine that the Joint
           Operations are likely to suffer material and/or irreparable harm,
           they shall have the right to issue an interim order suspending the
           Operator and appointing a successor Operator.

      (C)  If an Operator is removed neither Operator nor any Affiliate of
           Operator shall have the right to vote for itself on the appointment
           of a successor Operator, nor be considered as a candidate for the
           successor Operator.

      (D)  A resigning or removed Operator shall be compensated out of the Joint
           Account for its reasonable expenses directly related to its
           resignation or removal, except in the case of Article 4.10.
       
      (E)  The Operating Committee shall arrange for the taking of an
           independent inventory of all Joint Property and Hydrocarbons, and an
           audit of the books and records of the removed or resigned Operator.
           Such inventory and audit shall be completed, if possible, no later
           than the effective date of the change of Operator. The liabilities
           and expenses of such inventory and audit shall be charged to the
           Joint Account.

      (F)  The resignation or removal of Operator and its replacement by the
           successor Operator shall not become effective prior to receipt of any
           necessary governmental approvals.

      (G)  Upon the effective date of the resignation or removal, the successor
           Operator shall succeed to all duties, rights and authority prescribed
           for Operator. The former Operator shall transfer to the successor
           Operator custody of all Joint Property, books of account, records and
           other documents maintained by Operator pertaining to the Contract
           Area and to Joint Operations. Upon delivery of the above-described
           property and data, the former Operator shall be released and
           discharged from all obligations and liabilities as Operator accruing
           after such date. 

                        ARTICLE V - OPERATING COMMITTEE

     5.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF OPERATING COMMITTEE

     To provide for the overall supervision and direction of Joint Operations,
there is established an Operating Committee composed of representatives of each
Party holding a Participating Interest. Each Party shall appoint one (1)
representative and one (1) alternate representative to serve on the Operating
Committee. Each Party shall as soon as possible after the date of this Agreement
give notice in writing to the other Parties of the name and address of its
representative and alternate representative to serve on the Operating Committee.
Each Party shall have the right to change its representative and alternate at
any time by giving proper notice to such effect to the other Parties.

     5.2 POWERS AND DUTIES OF OPERATING COMMITTEE

     The Operating Committee shall have power and duty to authorize and
supervise Joint Operations that are necessary or desirable to fulfill the
Contract and properly explore and exploit the Contract Area in accordance with
this Agreement and in a manner appropriate in the circumstances. The Operating
Committee is the coordinating body for the direction, control and administration
of the Joint Operations. The principal functions of the Operating Committee
shall be:

      (A)  To establish policies from time to time governing various aspects or
           activities of the Joint Operations.

      (B)  To review, approve and revise annual exploration Work Programs and
           corresponding budgets, as proposed by the Operator.

      (C)  To review reports on Joint Operations conducted in the Contract Area
           including the status of all existing facilities, safety,
           environmental aspects and equipment availability.

      (D)  To review and approve any proposal for the appraisal of an area.

      (E)  To review, revise and approve Work Programs and Budgets for petroleum
           operations as defined in the Contract and as proposed by the
           Operator.

      (F)  To review and approve Exploration, Appraisal and Development Wells
           and locations (including locations for wells required for any
           purposes whatsoever), and transfer of exploitation objectives,
           Reworking and abandonment of wells.

      (G)  To review and approve well stimulation programs.

      (H)  To review and determine the area to be relinquished, if any.

      (I)  To approve appointment of contractors for carrying out any petroleum
           operations by Operator beyond the authority vested in the Operator
           under this Agreement.

      (J)  To review and approve such other matters with respect to petroleum
           operations in the Contract Area as may be referred to the Operating
           Committee by any member of the Operating Committee.

      (K)  To refer to the Management Committee and/or the Government whenever
           applicable matters which require advice or approval of the Management
           Committee and/or the Government pursuant to the Contract.

      (L)  To review summary operating costs.

     5.3 AUTHORITY TO VOTE

      (A)  The representative of a Party, or in his absence his alternate
           representative, shall be authorized to represent and bind such Party
           with respect to any matter which is within the powers of the
           Operating Committee and is properly brought before the Operating
           Committee. Each such representative shall have a vote equal to the
           Participating Interest of the Party such person represents. Each
           alternate representative shall be entitled to attend all Operating
           Committee meetings but shall have no vote at such meetings except in
           the absence of the representative for whom he is the alternate. In
           addition to the representative and alternate representative, each
           Party may also bring to any Operating Committee meetings such
           technical and other advisors as it may deem appropriate.

      (B)  Any representative shall be entitled, if either he or his alternate
           is unable to attend a meeting, to cast his vote by telex or facsimile
           transmission received prior to the time that the vote is taken in the
           course of the meeting.

      (C)  Any representative may by notice to all other representatives,
           appoint a representative of another Party who consents to such
           appointment as its proxy to attend a meeting and to exercise the
           appointing representative's right to vote at that meeting whether as
           directed by the appointing representative or otherwise. A
           representative appointed as a proxy and attending a meeting may be
           present in two (2) separate capacities and may vote accordingly.

     5.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

           The Operating Committee may establish such subcommittees, including
           technical subcommittees, as the Operating Committee may deem
           appropriate. The functions of such subcommittees shall be in an
           advisory capacity or as otherwise determined unanimously by the
           Parties.

     5.5 NOTICE OF MEETING

      (A)  Operator may call a meeting of the Operating Committee by giving
           notice to the Parties at least fifteen (15) Days in advance of such
           meeting. 

      (B)  Any Non-Operator may request a meeting of the Operating Committee by
           giving proper notice to all the other Parties. Upon receiving such
           request, Operator shall call such meeting for a date not less than
           fifteen (15) Days nor more than twenty (20) Days after receipt of the
           request. 

      (C)  The notice periods above may be waived at the request of Operator or
           any Non-Operator with the unanimous consent of all the Parties. In
           the event of a likely material adverse financial impact to the Joint
           Operation, no Party may unreasonably withhold waiving the notice
           period.

     5.6 CONTENTS OF MEETING NOTICE

      (A)  Each notice of a meeting of the Operating Committee as provided by
           Operator shall contain:

              (1)   The date, time and location of the meeting; and

              (2)   An agenda of the matters and proposals to be considered
                    and/or voted upon.

      (B)  A Party, by notice to the other Parties given not less than seven (7)
           Days prior to a meeting, may add additional matters to the agenda for
           a meeting.

      (C)  On the request of a Party, and with the unanimous consent of all
           Parties, the Operating Committee may consider at a meeting a proposal
           not contained in such meeting agenda.

     5.7 LOCATION AND FREQUENCY OF MEETINGS

     All meetings of the Operating Committee shall be held in Bombay, India, or
elsewhere as may be decided by the Operating Committee. The Operating Committee
shall meet at least once each two (2) months during the first six (6) months
following the Effective Date unless otherwise agreed. Thereafter, the Operating
Committee shall meet once every three (3) months unless otherwise agreed.

     5.8 OPERATOR'S DUTIES FOR MEETINGS

      (A)  With respect to meetings of the Operating Committee and any
           subcommittee, Operator's duties shall include, but not be limited to:

              (1)   Timely preparation and distribution of the agenda;

              (2)   Organization and conduct of the meeting; and

              (3)   Preparation of a written record or minutes of each meeting.

      (B)  Operator shall have the right to appoint the chairman of the
           Operating Committee and all subcommittees.

     5.9 VOTING PROCEDURE

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all decisions,
approvals and other actions of the Operating Committee on all proposals coming
before it under this Agreement shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the
Parties then having collectively one hundred percent (100%) of the Participating
Interests. In the event the Operating Committee cannot agree upon a Work Program
and Budget relating to the Minimum Work Obligation, the matter shall be referred
to the Management Committee by any Party for review and decision. The Management
Committee shall decide such issue within twenty (20) Days or as otherwise
mutually agreed. If all of the Parties do not agree with the Management
Committee decision, the Parties in agreement shall be entitled to proceed in
accordance with Article VII hereof. If the Management Committee cannot agree,
the matter shall be referred to arbitration or a sole expert.

     5.10 RECORD OF VOTES

     The chairman of the Operating Committee shall appoint a secretary who shall
make a record of each proposal voted on and the results of such voting at each
Operating Committee meeting. Each representative shall sign and be provided a
copy of such record at the end of such meeting and it shall be considered the
final record of the decisions of the Operating Committee.

     5.11 MINUTES

     The secretary shall provide each Party with a copy of the minutes of the
Operating Committee meeting within ten (10) Days after the end of the meeting.
Each Party shall have ten (10) Days after receipt of such minutes to give notice
of its objections to the minutes to the secretary. A failure to give notice
specifying objection to such minutes within said ten (10) Day period shall be
deemed to be approval of such minutes. In any event, the votes recorded under
Article 5.10 shall take precedence over the minutes described above.

     5.12 VOTING BY NOTICE

      (A)  In lieu of a meeting, Operator may submit any proposal for a decision
           of the Operating Committee by giving each representative proper
           notice describing the proposal so submitted. Each Party shall
           communicate its vote by proper notice to Operator and the other
           Parties within one of the following appropriate time periods after
           receipt of Operator's notice:

              (1)   Twenty-four (24) hours in the case of operations which
                    involve the use of a drilling rig that is standing by in the
                    Contract Area.

              (2)   Thirty (30) Days in the case of all other proposals.

              (3)   Thirty (30) Days in the case of an AFE or supplemental AFE
                    if submitted pursuant to Article 6.9(A).

      (B)  Except in the case of Article 5.12(A)(1), any Non-Operator may by
           notice delivered to all Parties within twenty (20) Days of receipt of
           Operator's notice request that the proposal be decided at a meeting
           rather than by notice. In such an event, that proposal shall be
           decided at a meeting duly called for that purpose.

      (C)  Except as provided in Article X, any Party failing to communicate its
           vote in a timely manner shall be deemed to have voted against such
           proposal.

      (D)  If a meeting is not requested, then at the expiration of the
           appropriate time period, Operator shall give each Party a
           confirmation notice stating the tabulation and results of the vote.

     5.13 EFFECT OF VOTE

     All decisions taken by the Operating Committee pursuant to this Article,
shall be conclusive and binding on all the Parties, except that:

      (A)  If pursuant to this Article, a Joint Operation has been properly
           proposed to the Operating Committee and the Operating Committee has
           not approved such proposal in a timely manner, then any Party shall
           have the right for the appropriate period specified below to propose
           in accordance with Article VII, an Exclusive Operation involving
           operations essentially the same as those proposed for such Joint
           Operation. No Exclusive Operation shall be conducted which conflicts
           with a Joint Operation.

              (1)   For proposals involving the use of a drilling rig that is
                    standing by in the Contract Area, such right shall be
                    exercisable for twenty-four (24) hours after the time
                    specified in Article 5.12(A)(1) has expired.

              (2)   For proposals to develop a Discovery, such right shall be
                    exercisable for ten (10) Days after the date the Operating
                    Committee was required to consider such proposal pursuant to
                    Article 5.6 or Article 5.12;

              (3)   For all other proposals, such right shall be exercisable for
                    five (5) Days after the date the Operating Committee was
                    required to consider such proposal pursuant to Article 5.6
                    or Article 5.12.

      (B)  If a Party voted against any proposal to be conducted as an Exclusive
           Operation pursuant to Article VII, then such Party shall have the
           right not to participate in the operation contemplated by such
           approval. Any such Party wishing to exercise its right of non-consent
           must give notice of non-consent to all other Parties within five (5)
           Days (or within twenty-four (24) hours if the drilling rig to be used
           in such operation is standing by in the Contract Area) following
           Operating Committee approval of such proposal. The Parties that were
           not entitled to give or did not give notice of non-consent shall be
           Consenting Parties as to the operation contemplated by the Operating
           Committee approval, and shall conduct such operation as an Exclusive
           Operation under Article VII. Any Party that gave notice of
           non-consent shall be a Non-Consenting Party as to such Exclusive
           Operation.

      (C)  If the Consenting Parties to an Exclusive Operation under Article
           5.13(A) or Article 5.13(B) concur, then the Operating Committee may,
           at any time, pursuant to this Article, reconsider and approve, decide
           or take action on any proposal that the Operating Committee declined
           to approve earlier, or modify or revoke an earlier approval, decision
           or action.

      (D)  Once a Joint Operation for the drilling, Deepening, Testing,
           Sidetracking, Plugging Back, Completing, Recompleting, Reworking or
           plugging of a well, has been approved and commenced, such operation
           shall not be discontinued without the consent of the Operating
           Committee; provided, however, that such operation may be
           discontinued, if:

              (1)   an impenetrable substance or other condition in the hole is
                    encountered which in the reasonable judgment of Operator,
                    after consultation with the Non-Operators, causes the
                    continuation of such operation to be impractical; or

              (2)   other circumstances occur which in the reasonable judgment
                    of Operator causes the continuation of such operation to be
                    unwarranted and after notice the Operating Committee within
                    the period required under Article 5.12(A)(1) approves
                    discontinuing such operation.

           On the occurrence of either of the events listed under Article
           5.13(D)(1) or Article 5.13(D)(2), Operator shall promptly notify the
           Parties with all available details that such operation is being
           discontinued pursuant to the foregoing, and any Party shall have the
           right to propose in accordance with Article VII an Exclusive
           Operation to continue such operation.

                     ARTICLE VI - WORK PROGRAMS AND BUDGETS

     In the conduct of Joint Operations, Operator shall perform Joint Operations
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, this Agreement and the
instructions of the Operating Committee and conduct all Joint Operations in a
diligent, safe and efficient manner in accordance with international petroleum
industry practices and conservation principles generally followed by the
international petroleum industry under similar circumstances.

     6.1 PREPARATION OF WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET

     Subject to Article 6.14, on or before the first (1st) Day of November of
each Year, the Operator shall submit to the Parties a recommended Work Program
and Budget containing the Minimum Work Obligation for the Contract Area for the
subsequent Financial Year as per Exhibit "D". At the same time as that Financial
Year's Work Program and Budget is submitted, a provisional Work Program and
Budget containing the Minimum Work Obligation for the next succeeding Financial
Year shall be presented by the Operator.

     6.2 ADOPTION OF WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET AND SUBMISSION TO MANAGEMENT
         COMMITTEE

     Subject to Article 6.14, on or before the first (1st) of December of each
year, the Operating Committee shall agree upon and adopt a Work Program and
Budget for the subsequent Financial Year. At the time of agreeing upon and
adopting a Work Program and Budget, the Operating Committee shall provisionally
consider, but not act upon or adopt, a Work Program and Budget for the next
succeeding Financial Year. As soon as possible after the adoption of a Work
Program and Budget, Operator shall provide a copy thereof to each Party. The
Operator shall timely submit such Work Programs and Budgets to the Management
Committee as required pursuant to Articles 4.2 and 5.6 of the Contract. Any
proposed revision of a Work Program and Budget submitted to the Operating
Committee shall be considered by the Operating committee within twenty- eight
(28) Days after its submission and, to the extent same is approved, shall be
submitted by the Operator for consideration by the Management Committee pursuant
to Article 4.3 of the Contract.

     6.3 SUBDIVISION OF WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET AND BUDGET ITEMS AND TRANSFERS
         
     Each Work Program and Budget shall be subdivided, as illustrated in Exhibit
"D", to include three (3) major functional categories: Exploration and
Appraisal, Development and Production; and each of those categories shall be
further subdivided into subcategories consisting of one or more individual
projects/programmed activities. Purchases of materials and supply inventory not
specifically made for a designated project/programmed activity shall be budgeted
as a separate item. Each individual project/programmed activity shall be
identified as either "Firm" or "Contingent" depending upon the degree of
complete details furnished at the time of presentation of the Work Program and
Budget.

      (A)  For a project to be considered "Firm" within the budget, it will
           require program description, objectives and cost estimate along with
           the basis therefor, sufficiently complete and in such detail as to
           allow thorough evaluation of the project.

      (B)  Projects which do not meet the requirements of Article 6.3(A) at the
           time the Work Program and Budget is approved by the Operating
           Committee may also be included in the Work Program and Budget for
           approval in principle and such projects shall be considered
           "Contingent". Such projects shall not be implemented without approval
           of the Operating Committee except as provided in this Article 6.3(B).
           Any project or group of projects shall be transferred from Contingent
           to Firm upon approval of the Operating Committee. From time to time
           throughout the Financial Year, the Operator shall endeavour to
           provide further specific information necessary for the Operating
           Committee to evaluate Contingent projects for the purpose of such
           transfer. Upon receipt of such information, Parties may not
           unreasonably withhold approval for the transfer of a project from the
           Contingent to the Firm category. In the event the Operating Committee
           is unable to agree, the matter shall be submitted by any Party to the
           Management Committee for approval. A project not in the Minimum Work
           Obligation which fails to obtain Operating Committee approval for
           transfer may be transferred by any Party provided that Party is
           prepared to undertake the project as an Exclusive Operation pursuant
           to Article VII.

     6.4 FULFILLMENT OF MINIMUM WORK OBLIGATION

     Parties shall not unreasonably withhold approval of the projects/programmed
activities covered in the annual Work Program and Budget as Minimum Work
Obligations or at least that part of such Minimum Work Obligations required to
be carried out to maintain the Contract in force. In case of failure of the
Operating Committee to approve the Work Program and Budget related to
projects/programmed activities included under Minimum Work Obligations, any
Party may refer the issue to the Management Committee for approval.

     6.5 EXPLORATION AND APPRAISAL

     Parties acknowledge and agree that neither exploration nor appraisal work
may be conducted within any Field which is so designated as of the Effective
Date.

      (A)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Exploration and/or Appraisal Wells may
           be proposed without limitation as to location, provided, however,
           that if such location is within a Development Area, such well shall
           not be commenced without prior approval of the Operating Committee.
           In the event such well within the Development Area includes an
           objective Zone which is the stratigraphic equivalent of the Zone or
           Zones included in the Field and the location is outside the Field,
           then, provided that production from such Zone does not interfere with
           production from the Zone/Zones developed or to be developed in the
           Field, Operating Committee approval shall not be unreasonably
           withheld.

      (B)  If the proposed Work Program and Budget includes an Exploration Well
           and/or Appraisal Well, the budget approval shall include the cost of
           drilling, completing and testing such Exploration/Appraisal Well. For
           this purpose the Operator shall provide necessary details/information
           required for the Operating Committee to assess the need/desirability
           of such Exploration/Appraisal Well.

      (C)  If a New Discovery is made, Operator shall deliver any notice of New
           Discovery required under the Contract and shall, as soon as possible,
           submit to the Parties a report containing available details
           concerning the New Discovery and Operator's recommendation as to
           whether the New Discovery merits appraisal. The Operating Committee
           shall meet and decide within forty-five (45) Days whether the New
           Discovery merits appraisal. If the Operating Committee determines
           that the New Discovery merits appraisal, Operator, within thirty (30)
           Days, shall deliver to the Parties a proposed Work Program and Budget
           for the appraisal of the New Discovery. Within twenty (20) Days of
           such delivery, or earlier if necessary to meet any applicable
           deadline under the Contract, the Operating Committee shall meet to
           consider, modify and then either approve or reject the appraisal Work
           Program and Budget. If the appraisal Work Program and Budget is
           approved by the Operating Committee, Operator shall take such steps
           as may be required under the Contract to secure approval of the
           appraisal Work Program and Budget by the Management Committee and/or
           the Government, whichever is applicable. In the event the Management
           Committee and/or the Government, whichever is applicable, requires
           changes in the appraisal Work Program and Budget,the matter shall be
           resubmitted to the Operating Committee for further consideration.

      (D)  Any Party desiring to propose a Completion attempt, or an alternative
           Completion attempt, must do so within the time period provided in
           Article 5.12(A)(1) by notifying all other Parties. The Operator shall
           prepare the AFE for such Completion costs and provide same to the
           Parties.

      6.6  DEVELOPMENT OF NEW DISCOVERY

      (A)  If the Operating Committee determines that a Discovery may be
           commercial, the Operator shall, as soon as practicable, but not later
           than ninety (90) Days after completing the appraisal referred to in
           Article 6.5(C), deliver to the Parties a Development Plan together
           with the Work Program and Budget for the remainder of the Financial
           Year and a provisional Work Program and Budget for the next
           succeeding Financial Year along with annual projections for the
           remainder of the development of the New Discovery. The Work Programs
           and Budgets proposed by the Operator shall contain, inter alia:

              (1)   Details of the proposed work to be undertaken, personnel
                    required and expenditures to be incurred, including the
                    timing of same, on a Financial Year basis;

              (2)   An estimated date for the commencement of production;

              (3)   A delineation of the proposed Exploitation Area; and

              (4)   Any other information requested by the Operating Committee.

      (B)  After receipt of the Development Plan, or earlier if necessary to
           meet any applicable deadline under the Contract, the Operating
           Committee shall meet to consider, modify and then either approve or
           reject within ninety (90) Days the Development Plan and the Work
           Program and Budget for the remainder of the Financial Year for the
           development submitted by Operator. If the Development Plan is
           approved by the Operating Committee, Operator shall, as soon as
           possible, deliver any notice of Commercial Discovery required under
           the Contract and take such other steps as may be required under the
           Contract to secure approval of the Development Plan by the Management
           Committee and/or Government, whichever is applicable. In the event
           the Management Committee and/or Government, whichever is applicable,
           requires changes in the Development Plan, the matter shall be
           resubmitted to the Operating Committee for further consideration. If
           the Development Plan is approved, such work shall be incorporated
           into and form part of the annual Work Programs and Budgets.

     6.7 ITEMIZATION OF EXPENDITURES

      (A)  During the preparation of the proposed Work Programs and Budgets and
           Development Plans contemplated in this Article, Operator shall
           consult with the Operating Committee regarding the contents of such
           Work Programs and Budgets and Development Plans.

      (B)  Each Work Program and Budget and Development Plan submitted by
           Operator shall contain an itemized estimate of the costs of Joint
           Operations and all other expenditures to be made for the Joint
           Account during the Financial Year in question.

      (C)  The Work Program and Budget shall designate the portion or portions
           of the Contract Area in which Joint Operations itemized in such Work
           Program and Budget are to be conducted and shall specify the kind and
           extent of such operations in such detail as the Operating Committee
           may deem suitable.

     6.8 CONTRACT AWARDS

      (A)  Operator shall award, except for an award to an Affiliate, each
           contract for Joint Operations on the following basis (the amounts
           stated are in thousands of U.S. dollars):

                             PROCEDURE A       PROCEDURE B          PROCEDURE C
Applicable to Exploration,
Appraisal, Development
and Production              $100 to $500     $500 to $3,000          >=$3,000
Operations
          
           Operator shall not award a contract exceeding US$20,000 to an
           Affiliate without prior approval of the Operating Committee,
           provided, however, that the service agreement under which EOGIL
           secures technical, administrative and related support subject to
           Sections 2.4.2 and 3.1 of Exhibit "A", Accounting Procedure, shall
           not be subject to the provisions of this Article 6.8.

           For contracts valued less than the lower limit of Procedure A,
           Operator shall award the contract to the best qualified contractor as
           determined in accordance with Operator's purchasing policies set
           forth in EOGIL's purchasing policy and procedure, Number 9401.
           Operator shall inform the Non-Operators of such awards every month.

     PROCEDURE A

     Operator shall:

              (1)   Provide the Parties with a list of all the entities approved
                    by the Operating Committee as per Article 6.8(C) for the
                    applicable category of the contract, along with other
                    entities, if any, from whom the Operator proposes to invite
                    tender;

              (2)   Add to such list entities whom a Party requests to be added
                    within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such list;

              (3)   If and when any Party so requests, Operator shall evaluate
                    any entity listed in (1) and (2) above to assure that entity
                    is qualified as based on the qualification criteria agreed
                    in accordance with Article 6.8(B), to perform under the
                    contract;
                
              (4)   Complete the tendering process within a reasonable period of
                    time;

              (5)   Circulate to all Parties a comparative bid analysis stating
                    Operator's choice of the entity for award of contract.
                    Provide also reasons for such choice in case entity chosen
                    is not the lowest bidder;

              (6)   Inform all the Parties of the entities to whom the contract
                    has been awarded; and (7) Upon the request of a Party,
                    provide such Party with a copy of the final version of the
                    contract awarded.

     PROCEDURE B

     Operator shall:

              (1)   Provide the Parties with a list of all the entities approved
                    by the Operating Committee as per Article 6.8(C) for the
                    applicable category of the contract, along with other
                    entities, if any, from whom the Operator proposes to invite
                    tender;

              (2)   Add to such list entities whom a Party requests to be added
                    within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such list;

              (3)   If and when any Party so requests, Operator shall evaluate
                    any entity listed in (1) and (2) above to assure that entity
                    is qualified as based on the qualification criteria agreed
                    in accordance with Article 6.8(B), to perform under the
                    contract;
                

              (4)   Complete the tendering process within a reasonable period of
                    time;

              (5)   Circulate to all Parties a comparative bid analysis stating
                    Operator's choice of the entity for award of contract.
                    Provide also reasons for such choice in case the entity
                    chosen is not the lowest bidder. If the bid selected is not
                    the lowest bid, obtain prior approval of the Operating
                    Committee for award of contract;

              (6)   Award the contract accordingly and inform all the Parties of
                    the entities to whom the contract has been awarded; and

              (7)   Upon the request of a Party, provide such Party with a copy
                    of the final version of the contract awarded.

     PROCEDURE C

     Operator shall:

              (1)   Publish invitations for parties to pre-qualify for the
                    proposed contract in one (1) daily national India newspaper,
                    provide to Non-Operators a list of responding parties and an
                    analysis of their qualifications for the contract being
                    contemplated, and include those who qualify, as per the
                    pre-qualification criteria approved as per Article 6.8(B),
                    in the list of entities whom Operator proposes to invite to
                    tender for the said contract;

              (2)   Provide the Parties with a total list of all the entities
                    selected as (1) above and all the entities approved by the
                    Operating Committee as per Article 6.8(C) for the applicable
                    category of the contract, along with other entities, if any,
                    from whom the Operator proposes to invite tender;

              (3)   Add to such list entities whom a Party requests to be added
                    within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such list;
                

              (4)   If and when any Party so requests, Operator shall evaluate
                    any entity listed in (2) and (3) above to assure that entity
                    is qualified as based on the qualification criteria agreed
                    in accordance with Article 6.8(B), to perform under the
                    contract;
                

              (5)   Prepare and dispatch the tender documents to the entities on
                    the list as aforesaid and to Non-Operators;

              (6)   After the expiration of the period allowed for tendering,
                    consider and analyze the details of all bids received;

              (7)   Prepare and circulate to the Parties a comparative bid
                    analysis, stating Operator's recommendation as to the entity
                    to whom the contract should be awarded, the reasons
                    therefor, and the technical, commercial and contractual
                    terms to be agreed upon;

              (8)   Obtain the approval of the Operating Committee to the
                    recommended bid. However, failing Operating Committee
                    approval, any Party may refer the issue to Management
                    Committee for decision; and

              (9)   Award the contract accordingly and upon the request of a
                    Party, provide such Party with a copy of the final version
                    of the contract.
   
      (B)  A set of vendor qualification criteria for each major category of
           vendor shall be proposed by the Operator and approved by the
           Operating Committee within thirty (30) Days of its submittal. In the
           event the Operating Committee fails to approve vendor qualification
           criteria within thirty (30) Days of the date the same is first
           submitted by the Operator, the matter shall be referred to the
           Management Committee for decision. The Operating Committee may revise
           the qualification criteria.

      (C)  It is anticipated that, in order to expedite Joint Operations,
           contracts will be awarded to qualified vendors who are identified as
           approved vendors as to specified activities, supplies and/or work as
           per the applicable Agreement procedure. A list of such approved
           vendors shall first be established as follows: Operator shall:

              (1)   Provide the Parties with a list of the entities whom
                    Operator proposes to invite to tender for contracts; and

              (2)   Add to such list entities whom a Party requests to be added
                    within fourteen (14) Days of receipt of such list; and
                    obtain approval of the Operating Committee within thirty
                    (30) Days of its submittal to the Operating Committee by the
                    Operator. Such list shall thereafter be maintained by the
                    Operator. The Operating Committee may add to or delete
                    vendors from such list.

     6.9 AUTHORIZATION FOR EXPENDITURE ("AFE") PROCEDURE


      (A)  Prior to incurring any commitment or expenditure which exceeds the
           expenditure guidelines specified in this Article 6.9, Operator shall
           send to each Non-Operator an AFE containing Operator's best estimate
           of the total funds required to carry out such work, the estimated
           timing of expenditures, and any other necessary supportive
           information. The Operator shall send to each Non-Operator an AFE
           containing the information specified above for the following:

              (1)   Each project involving seismic acquisition and processing;

              (2)   Each Exploration and Appraisal Well;

              (3)   Each Development Well or group of Development Wells;

              (4)   Deepening of any well below original total depth, involving
                    exploratory footage;

              (5)   Workovers or Reworking a well costing in excess of
                    US$200,000 for any well, including deepening into
                    development Zones;

              (6)   Each platform or group of platforms;

              (7)   Each subsea pipeline/major pipeline;

              (8)   Equipping of Wells exceeding One Hundred Thousand U.S.
                    Dollars (US$100,000) if not already included in an AFE.
                    Equipping of wells includes generally the purchase and
                    installation of equipment and material for lifting, heating,
                    storing and otherwise handling production;

              (9)   Individual construction projects and equipment not already
                    included in an AFE, exceeding One Hundred Thousand U.S.
                    Dollars (US$100,000) each;

              (10)  Commitments for purchases of advance materials for projects
                    not yet approved shall be aggregated and included in an AFE
                    covering a Calendar Quarter;

              (11)  Any other project/programmed expenditure not included above
                    in this Article 6.9 estimated to be in excess of One Hundred
                    Fifty Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$150,000).

      (B)  The restrictions contained in this Article shall be without prejudice
           to Operator's rights to make expenditures as set out in Article
           4.2(B)(11) and Article 13.5.

      (C)  Parties agree that, except as otherwise provided in Article
           6.9(A)(5), operating costs and deposits as further specified below in
           this Article 6.9(C) shall not require AFEs. Such costs shall be
           reported as against the appropriate budget line item and variances
           from the budgeted amounts shall be reviewed by the Operating
           Committee. Operating cost means costs and expenditures of a recurring
           nature, incurred after the commencement of production in the
           operation and maintenance of property and necessary for production
           and handling of produced Petroleum. Costs of a similar nature
           incurred prior to production commencement shall be provided for in
           the appropriate AFE(s) in accordance with Article 6.9(A)(1) through
           (A)(9). Deposits mean non-recurring refundable or adjustable payments
           toward security/ surety including, but not limited to, expatriate
           employee housing and office building rental deposits. Operating costs
           are categorized and detailed as Production Costs [except that
           workovers or Reworking a well shall be subject to Article
           6.9(A)(5)]and general and administrative costs, which costs are
           contained in categories III and IV of Exhibit "D", Work Program and
           Budget. Deposits are listed in the "Deposit" section of category V of
           Exhibit "D".

     6.10 SUPPLEMENTARY AFES

     Operator shall submit a supplemental AFE for approval when it is
anticipated that an AFE will be overexpended by more than ten percent (10%),
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     6.11 APPROVAL OF AFES

     Except as herein otherwise provided, Operator shall be required to obtain
approval of an AFE prior to undertaking the work. AFE approval shall be
confirmed by returning a signed copy of the AFE to the Operator. Parties shall
respond to requests for approval of AFEs within fourteen (14) Days of receipt. A
failure to respond to an AFE within this time period shall be deemed an approval
of such AFE.

     6.12 APPROVAL OF AFE NOT TO BE UNREASONABLY WITHHELD

     After approval of the Work Program and Budget by the Operating Committee
and the Management Committee, no Party may withhold approval of an AFE for any
project contained in the Firm budget category unless there is a material
variance between the AFE and the project so approved.

     6.13 OVEREXPENDITURES OF WORK PROGRAMS AND BUDGETS

     Cumulative total of all overexpenditures for a Financial Year shall not
exceed five percent (5%) of the total Work Program and Budget as currently
approved.

     6.14 WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET FOR INITIAL PERIOD

     The Development Plan together with the corresponding Work Program and
Budget for the period ending 31 March 1996 ("Initial Period") shall be submitted
to the Operating Committee for approval as soon as possible following the
Effective Date. The Operating Committee shall approve the Development Plan and
corresponding Work Program and Budget within thirty (30) Days and as soon as
practicable thereafter, the Operator shall submit same to the Management
Committee. In the event the Operating Committee is unable to approve the Work
Program and Budget for the Initial Period by the due date specified in this
Article 6.14, any Party may refer the matter to the Management Committee for
decision.

               ARTICLE VII - OPERATIONS BY LESS THAN ALL PARTIES

     7.1 LIMITATION ON APPLICABILITY

      (A)  Subject to the Contract, any operation beyond the Minimum Work
           Obligation can be proposed as a Joint Operation. In the event of
           difference of opinion among the Parties for taking the operation as
           Joint Operation, the same may be conducted as Exclusive Operation by
           the willing Parties subject to provisions of Article VII. All
           operations shall be conducted as Joint Operations under Article V, or
           as Exclusive Operations under this Article. No Exploration Well or
           Appraisal Well which is an Exclusive Well may be Completed in any
           Field which is so designated as of the Effective Date. If a proposal
           for an Exploration Well/Appraisal Well for Zones other than those in
           the Field leads to an Exclusive Operation and such well is located in
           the Development Area of a Field but outside the Field which is so
           designated as of the Effective Date, then, in such case, each
           Non-Consenting Party/Parties shall have a right to place a
           representative at the site during drilling, Completion and testing
           and recompleting and Reworking of such a well. No Exclusive Operation
           shall be conducted which conflicts with Joint Operations.
           Determination as to whether or not a conflict exists shall be made by
           the unanimous vote of the Operating committee. If the Operating
           Committee cannot agree, the matter can be referred to a sole expert
           or arbitration.

      (B)  Except as otherwise herein provided, operations which are required to
           fulfill the Minimum Work Obligations must be proposed and conducted
           as Joint Operations under Article V, and shall not be proposed or
           conducted as Exclusive Operations under this Article.

      (C)  No Party may propose or conduct an Exclusive Operation under this
           Article, unless and until such Party has properly exercised its right
           to propose an Exclusive Operation pursuant to Article 5.13, or is
           entitled to conduct an Exclusive Operation pursuant to Article X. 

     7.2 PROCEDURE TO PROPOSE EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

      (A)  Subject to Article 7.1, if any Party proposes to conduct an Exclusive
           Operation, such Party shall give notice of the proposed operation to
           all Parties, other than Parties who have relinquished their
           Participating Interest in the Exploitation Area in which the proposed
           operation is to be conducted. Such notice shall specify that such
           operation is proposed as an Exclusive Operation, the work to be
           performed, the location, the objectives, and estimated cost of such
           operation.

      (B)  Any Party entitled to receive such notice shall have the right to
           participate in the proposed operation.

              (1)   For proposals to Deepen, Test, Complete, Sidetrack, Plug
                    Back, Recomplete or Rework involving the use of a drilling
                    rig that is standing by in the Contract Area, any such Party
                    wishing to exercise such right must so notify Operator
                    within twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of the notice
                    proposing the Exclusive Operation.

              (2)   For proposals to develop a Discovery, any Party wishing to
                    exercise such right must so notify the Party proposing to
                    develop within twenty (20) Days after receipt of the notice
                    proposing the Exclusive Operation.

              (3)   For all other proposals, any such Party wishing to exercise
                    such right must so notify Operator within ten (10) Days
                    after receipt of the notice proposing the Exclusive
                    Operation;

      (C)  Failure of a Party to whom a proposal notice is delivered to properly
           reply within the period specified above shall constitute an election
           by that Party not to participate in the proposed operation.

      (D)  If all Parties properly exercise their rights to participate, then
           the proposed operation shall be conducted as a Joint Operation. The
           Operator shall commence such Joint Operation as promptly as
           practicable and conduct it with due diligence.

      (E)  If less than all Parties entitled to receive such proposal notice
           properly exercise their rights to participate, then:

              (1)   The Party proposing the Exclusive Operation, together with
                    any other Consenting Parties, shall have the right
                    exercisable for the applicable notice period set out in
                    Article 7.2(B), to instruct Operator (subject to Article
                    7.9(G)) to conduct the Exclusive Operation.

              (2)   If the Exclusive Operation is conducted, the Consenting
                    Parties shall bear the sole liability and expense of such
                    Exclusive Operation in a fraction, the numerator of which is
                    such Consenting Party's Participating Interest as stated in
                    Article 3.1(A) and the denominator of which is the aggregate
                    of the Participating Interests of the Consenting Parties as
                    stated in Article 3.1(A), or in such other proportion
                    totaling one hundred percent (100%) of such liability and
                    expense as the Consenting Parties may agree.

              (3)   If such Exclusive Operation has not been commenced within
                    ninety (90) Days (excluding any extension specifically
                    agreed by all Parties or allowed by the force majeure
                    provisions of Article XVI), the right to conduct such
                    Exclusive Operation shall terminate. If any Party still
                    desires to conduct such Exclusive Operation, written notice
                    proposing such operation must be resubmitted to the Parties
                    in accordance with Article V, as if no proposal to conduct
                    an Exclusive Operation had been previously made.

     7.3 RESPONSIBILITY FOR EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

      (A)  The Consenting Parties shall bear in accordance with the
           Participating Interests agreed under Article 7.2(E) the entire cost
           and liability of conducting an Exclusive Operation and shall
           indemnify the Non-Consenting Parties from any and all costs and
           liabilities incurred incident to such Exclusive Operation (including
           but not limited to all costs, expenses or liabilities for
           environmental, consequential, punitive or any other similar indirect
           damages or losses arising from business interruption, reservoir or
           formation damage, inability to produce petroleum, loss of profits,
           pollution control and environmental amelioration or rehabilitation)
           and shall keep the Contract Area free and clear of all liens and
           encumbrances of every kind created by or arising from such Exclusive
           Operation.

      (B)  Notwithstanding Article 7.3(A), each Party shall continue to bear its
           Participating Interest share of the cost and liability incident to
           the operations in which it participated, including but not limited to
           plugging and abandoning and restoring the surface location, but only
           to the extent those costs were not increased by the Exclusive
           Operation.

     7.4 CONSEQUENCES OF EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

      (A)  With regard to any Exclusive Operation, for so long as a Non-
           Consenting Party has the option to re-instate the rights it
           relinquished under Article 7.4(B) below, such Non-Consenting Party
           shall be entitled to have access concurrently with the Consenting
           Parties, to all data and other information relating to such Exclusive
           Operation, other than G & G Data obtained in an Exclusive Operation.
           If a Non-Consenting Party desires to receive and acquire the right to
           use such G & G Data, then such Non-Consenting Party shall have the
           right to do so by paying to the Consenting Parties its Participating
           Interest share as set out in Article 3.1(A) of the cost incurred in
           obtaining such G & G Data.

      (B)  With regard to any Exclusive Operation and subject to Article 7.4(C)
           and Article 7.8 below, each Non-Consenting Party shall be deemed to
           have relinquished to the Consenting Parties, and the Consenting
           Parties shall be deemed to own, in proportion to their respective
           Participating Interests in the Exclusive Operation:

              (1)   All of each such Non-Consenting Party's right to participate
                    in further operations on any Discovery made in the course of
                    such Exclusive Operation; and

              (2)   All of each such Non-Consenting Party's right pursuant to
                    the Contract to take and dispose of Hydrocarbons produced
                    and saved:

                   (a)   From the well in which such Exclusive Operation was
                         conducted, and

                   (b)   From any wells drilled to appraise or develop a 
                         Discovery.

      (C)  A Non-Consenting Party shall have the following and only the
           following options to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to
           Article 7.4(B):

              (1)   If the Consenting Parties decide to appraise a Discovery
                    made in the course of an Exclusive Operation, the Consenting
                    Parties shall submit to each Non-Consenting Party the
                    approved appraisal program. For thirty (30) Days (or
                    forty-eight (48) hours if the drilling rig which is to be
                    used in such appraisal program is standing by in the
                    Contract Area) from receipt of such appraisal program, each
                    Non- Consenting Party shall have the option to reinstate the
                    rights it relinquished pursuant to Article 7.4(B) and to
                    participate in such appraisal program. The Non-Consenting
                    Party may exercise such option by notifying Operator within
                    the period specified above that such Non-Consenting Party
                    agrees to bear its Participating Interest share of the
                    expense and liability of such appraisal program, to pay the
                    lump sum amount as set out in Article 7.5(A) and to pay the
                    Cash Premium as set out in Article 7.5(B).

              (2)   If the Consenting Parties decide to develop a Discovery made
                    or appraised in the course of an Exclusive Operation, the
                    Consenting Parties shall submit to the Non-Consenting
                    Parties a Development Plan substantially in the form
                    intended to be submitted to the Government under the
                    Contract. For sixty (60) Days from receipt of such
                    Development Plan or such lesser period of time prescribed by
                    the Contract, each Non-Consenting Party shall have the
                    option to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to
                    Article 7.4(B) and to participate in such Development Plan.
                    The Non-Consenting Party may exercise such option by
                    notifying the Party proposing to act as Operator for such
                    Development Plan within the period specified above that such
                    Non-Consenting Party agrees to bear its Participating
                    Interest share of the liability and expense of such
                    Development Plan and such future operating and producing
                    costs, to pay the lump sum amount as set out in Article
                    7.5(A) and to pay the Cash Premium as set out in Article
                    7.5(B).

      (D)  If a Non-Consenting Party does not properly and in a timely manner
           exercise such option, including paying in a timely manner in
           accordance with Article 7.5, all lump sum amounts and Cash Premiums,
           if any, due to the Consenting Parties, such Non-Consenting Party
           shall have forfeited the options as set out in Article 7.4(C) and the
           right to participate in the proposed program, unless such program,
           plan or operation is materially modified or expanded.

      (E)  A Non-Consenting Party shall become a Consenting Party with regard to
           an Exclusive Operation at such time as the Non-Consenting Party gives
           proper notice pursuant to Article 7.4(C); provided that such
           Non-Consenting Party shall in no way be deemed to be entitled to any
           lump sum amount Cash Premium paid incident to such Exclusive
           Operation. The Participating Interest of such Non-Consenting Party in
           such Exclusive Operation shall be its Participating Interest set out
           in Article 3.1(A).

           The Consenting Parties shall contribute in proportion to their
           respective Participating Interests in such Exclusive Operation, the
           Participating Interest of the Non-Consenting Party.  If all Parties
           participate in the proposed operation, then such operation shall be
           conducted as a Joint Operation pursuant to Article V.

      (F)  If after the expiry of the period in which a Non-Consenting Party may
           exercise its option to participate in a Development Plan, the
           Consenting Parties desire to proceed with the said Development Plan,
           the Party chosen by the Consenting Parties to act as Operator for
           such development, shall give notice to the Government under the
           appropriate provision of the Contract requesting a meeting to advise
           the Government that the Consenting Parties consider the Discovery to
           be a Commercial Discovery. Following such meeting such Operator for
           such development shall apply for an Exploitation Area. Unless the
           Development Plan is materially modified or expanded prior to the
           commencement of operations under such plan, each Non-Consenting Party
           to such Development Plan shall not participate in such Exploitation
           Area covering such development and shall forfeit all interest in such
           Exploitation Area. Such Non-Consenting Party shall be deemed to have
           withdrawn from this Agreement to the extent it relates to such
           Exploitation Area, even if the Development Plan is modified or
           expanded subsequent to the commencement of operations under such
           Development Plan.

     7.5 PREMIUM TO PARTICIPATE IN EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

      (A)  Within thirty (30) Days of the exercise of its option under Article
           7.4(C), each such Non-Consenting Party shall pay in immediately
           available funds to the Consenting Parties who took the risk of such
           Exclusive Operations in proportion to their respective Participating
           Interests in such Exclusive Operations a lump sum amount payable in
           the currency designated by such Consenting Parties. Such lump sum
           amount shall be equal to such Non-Consenting Party's Participating
           Interest share of all liabilities and expenses, including overhead,
           that were incurred in Exclusive Operations relating to the Discovery,
           or well, as the case may be, in which the Non-Consenting Party
           desires to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to Article
           7.4(B), and that were not previously paid by such Non-Consenting
           Party.

      (B)  In addition to Article 7.5(A), if a Cash Premium is due, then within
           thirty (30) Days of the exercise of its option under Article 7.4(C)
           each such Non-Consenting Party shall pay in immediately available
           funds, in the currency designated by the Consenting Parties who took
           the risk of such Exclusive Operations, to such Consenting Parties in
           proportion to their respective Participating Interests a Cash Premium
           equal to the total of:

              (1)   Two hundred percent (200%) of such Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all liabilities and
                    expenses, including overhead, that were incurred in any
                    Exclusive Operations relating to the obtaining of the
                    portion of the G & G Data which pertains to the Discovery,
                    and that were not previously paid by such Non-Consenting
                    Party; plus

              (2)   Eight hundred percent (800%) of such Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all liabilities and
                    expenses, including overhead, that were incurred in any
                    Exclusive Operations relating to the drilling, Deepening,
                    Testing, Completing, Sidetracking, Plugging Back,
                    Recompleting and Reworking of the Exploration Well which
                    made the Discovery in which the Non- Consenting Party
                    desires to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to
                    Article 7.4(B), and that were not previously paid by such
                    Non-Consenting Party; plus

              (3)   Five hundred percent (500%) of the Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all liabilities and
                    expenses, including overhead, that were incurred in any
                    Exclusive Operations relating to the drilling, Deepening,
                    Testing, Completing, Sidetracking, Plugging Back,
                    Recompleting and Reworking of the Appraisal Well(s) which
                    delineated the Discovery in which the Non- Consenting Party
                    desires to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to
                    Article 7.4(B), and that were not previously paid by such
                    Non-Consenting Party.

     7.6 ORDER OF PREFERENCE OF OPERATIONS

      (A)  Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, if any
           Party desires to propose the conduct of an operation that will
           conflict with an existing proposal for an Exclusive Operation, such
           Party shall have the right exercisable for five (5) Days, or
           twenty-four (24) hours if the drilling rig to be used is standing by
           in the Contract Area, from receipt of the proposal for the Exclusive
           Operation, to deliver to all Parties entitled to participate in the
           proposed operation such Party's alternative proposal. Such
           alternative proposal shall contain the information required under
           Article 7.2(A).

      (B)  Each Party receiving such proposals shall elect by delivery of notice
           to Operator within the appropriate response period set out in Article
           7.2(B) to participate in one of the competing proposals. Any Party
           not notifying Operator within the response period shall be deemed not
           to have voted.

      (C)  The proposal receiving the largest aggregate Participating Interest
           vote shall have priority over all other competing proposals. In the
           case of a tie vote, the Operator shall choose among the proposals
           receiving the largest aggregate Participating Interest vote. Operator
           shall deliver notice of such result to all Parties entitled to
           participate in the operation within five (5) Days of the end of the
           response period, or twenty-four (24) hours if the drilling rig to be
           used is standing by in the Contract Area.

      (D)  Each Party shall then have two (2) Days (or twenty-four (24) hours if
           the drilling rig to be used is standing by in the Contract Area) from
           receipt of such notice to elect by delivery of notice to Operator
           whether such Party will participate in such Exclusive Operation, or
           will relinquish its interest pursuant to Article 7.4(B). Failure by a
           Party to deliver such notice within such period shall be deemed an
           election not to participate in the prevailing proposal.

     7.7 STAND BY COSTS

      (A)  When an operation has been performed, all tests have been conducted
           and the results of such tests furnished to the Parties, stand by
           costs incurred pending response to any Party's notice proposing an
           Exclusive Operation for Deepening, Testing, Sidetracking, Completing,
           Plugging Back, Recompleting, Reworking or other further operation in
           such well (including the period required under Article 7.6 to resolve
           competing proposals) shall be charged and borne as part of the
           operation just completed. Stand by costs incurred subsequent to all
           Parties responding, or expiration of the response time permitted,
           whichever first occurs, shall be charged to and borne by the Parties
           proposing the Exclusive Operation in proportion to their
           Participating Interests, regardless of whether such Exclusive
           Operation is actually conducted.

      (B)  If a further operation is proposed while the drilling rig to be
           utilized is on location, any Party may request and receive up to five
           (5) additional Days after expiration of the applicable response
           period specified in Article 7.2(B) within which to respond by
           notifying Operator that such Party agrees to bear all stand by costs
           and other costs incurred during such extended response period.
           Operator may require such Party to pay the estimated stand by time in
           advance as a condition to extending the response period. If more than
           one Party requests such additional time to respond to the notice,
           stand by costs shall be allocated between such Parties on a
           Day-to-Day basis in proportion to their Participating Interests.

     7.8 SPECIAL CONSIDERATION REGARDING DEEPENING AND SIDETRACKING

   
      (A)  An Exclusive Well shall not be deepened or sidetracked without first
           affording the Non-Consenting Parties in accordance with this Article
           the opportunity to participate in such operation.

      (B)  In the event any Consenting Party desires to Deepen or Sidetrack an
           Exclusive Well, such Party shall initiate the procedure contemplated
           by Article 7.2. If a Deepening or Sidetracking operation is approved
           pursuant to such provisions, and if any Non-Consenting Party to the
           Exclusive Well elects to participate in such Deepening or
           Sidetracking operation, the payment, if any, pursuant to Article 7.5
           of such Non- Consenting Party shall be calculated based on the
           following liabilities and expenses:

              (1)   If the proposal is to Deepen or Sidetrack and is made prior
                    to the Completion of such well as a Commercial Discovery,
                    then payment shall be based on such Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of the liabilities and expenses
                    incurred in connection with drilling the Exclusive Well from
                    the surface to the depth previously drilled which such
                    Non-Consenting Party would have paid had such Non-Consenting
                    Party agreed to participate in such Exclusive Well, plus the
                    Non-Consenting Party's Participating Interest share of the
                    liabilities and expenses of Deepening or Sidetracking and of
                    participating in any further operations on such Exclusive
                    Well in accordance with the other provisions of this
                    Agreement; provided, however, all liabilities and expenses
                    for Testing and Completing or attempting Completion of the
                    well incurred by Consenting Parties prior to the
                    commencement of actual operations to Deepen or Sidetrack
                    beyond the depth previously drilled shall be for the sole
                    account of Consenting Parties in the proportion their
                    Participating Interest bears to the aggregate of their
                    Participating Interests.

              (2)   If the proposal is to Deepen or Sidetrack and is made for an
                    Exclusive Well that has been previously Completed as a
                    Commercial Discovery, but is no longer producing, then
                    payment shall be based on the Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all costs of drilling and
                    Completing said well from the surface to the depth
                    previously drilled, calculated in the manner provided in
                    Article 7.8(B)(1), less those costs recouped by the
                    Consenting Parties from the sale of production from such
                    Exclusive Well, plus the Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all costs of re-entering
                    said well, plus the Non-Consenting Party's proportionate
                    part (based on the percentage of the Exclusive Well such
                    Non-Consenting Party would have owned had it previously
                    participated in such Exclusive Well) of the costs of
                    salvable materials and equipment remaining in the hole and
                    salvable surface equipment used in connection with such well
                    shall be determined in accordance with the Accounting
                    Procedure. If at the time such Deepening or Sidetracking
                    operation is conducted the Consenting Parties have recouped
                    from the Exclusive Well the amount calculated pursuant to
                    Article 7.5, then a Non-Consenting Party may participate in
                    the Deepening or Sidetracking of the Exclusive Well with no
                    payment for liabilities and expenses incurred prior to
                    re-entering the well for Deepening or Sidetracking.

     7.9 MISCELLANEOUS

      (A)  Each Exclusive Operation shall be carried out by the Operator on
           behalf of and at the expense of the Consenting Parties. For Exclusive
           Operations, the Consenting Parties shall act as the Operating
           Committee, subject to the provisions of this Agreement applied
           mutatis mutandis to such Exclusive Operation and subject to the terms
           and conditions of the Contract.

      (B)  The computation of liabilities and expenses incurred in Exclusive
           Operations, including the liabilities and expenses of Operator for
           conducting such operations, shall be made in accordance with the
           principles set out in the Accounting Procedure.

      (C)  Operator shall maintain separate books, financial records and
           accounts for Exclusive Operations which shall be subject to the same
           rights of audit and examination as the Joint Account and related
           records, all as provided in the Accounting Procedure. Said rights of
           audit and examination shall extend to each of the Consenting Parties
           and each of the Non-Consenting Parties so long as the latter are, or
           may be, entitled to elect to participate in such operations.

      (D)  Operator, if it is not a Consenting Party and it is conducting an
           Exclusive Operation for the Consenting Parties, shall be entitled to
           request cash advances and shall not be required to use its own funds
           to pay any cost and expense and shall not be obliged to commence or
           continue Exclusive Operations until cash advances requested have been
           made, and the Accounting Procedure shall apply to Operator in respect
           of any Exclusive Operations conducted by it.

      (E)  Should the submission of a Development Plan be approved in accordance
           with Article 5.9, or should any Party propose a development in
           accordance with Article VII, with either proposal not calling for the
           conduct of additional appraisal drilling, and should any Party wish
           to drill an additional Appraisal Well prior to development, then the
           Party proposing the Appraisal Well as an Exclusive Operation shall be
           entitled to proceed first, but without the right to future
           reimbursement of costs or to any Premium, pursuant to Article 7.5.
           If, as the result of drilling such Appraisal Well as an Exclusive
           Operation, the Party proposing to apply for an Exploitation Area
           decides to not develop the reservoir, then each Non-Consenting Party
           who voted in favor of such Development Plan prior to the drilling of
           such Appraisal Well shall pay to the Consenting Party the amount such
           Non-Consenting Party would have paid had such Appraisal Well been
           drilled as a Joint Operation.

      (F)  In the case of any Exclusive Operation for Deepening, Testing,
           Completing, Sidetracking, Plugging Back, Recompleting or Reworking,
           the Consenting Parties shall be permitted to use, free of cost, all
           casing, tubing and other equipment in the well, that is not needed
           for Joint Operations, but the ownership of all such equipment shall
           remain unchanged. On abandonment of a well after such Exclusive
           Operation, the Consenting Parties shall account for all such
           equipment to the Parties who shall receive their respective
           Participating Interest shares, in value, less cost of salvage.

      (G)  If the Operator is a Non-Consenting Party to an Exclusive Operation
           to develop a new Discovery, then subject to obtaining any necessary
           Government approval the Operator may resign, but in any event shall
           resign on the request of the Consenting Parties, as Operator for the
           Exploitation Area for such Discovery and the Consenting Parties shall
           select a Party to serve as Operator.

                             ARTICLE VIII - DEFAULT

     8.1 DEFAULT AND NOTICE

     Any Party that fails to pay when due its Participating Interest share of
Joint Account expenses including cash advances and interest, if any, accrued
pursuant to this Agreement, subject to Section 1.6.2, (a "Defaulting Party")
shall be in default under this Agreement. Operator, or any other Party in the
case of the default of Operator, shall promptly give written notice of such
default to such Party and each of the non-defaulting Parties, but not later than
the third Business Day from the due date. If the Operator is in default, it
shall issue notice to the other Parties on the third Business Day after the due
date. The amount not paid by the Defaulting Party shall bear interest from the
date due until paid in full. Interest "Agreed Interest Rate" will be calculated
using the rates specified below:

     From due date through fifth Business Day, interest is LIBOR + 0.5

     From sixth through thirtieth Business Day, interest is LIBOR + 1.5

     From thirty-first through forty-sixth Business Day, interest is LIBOR + 3.0

     Beyond forty-sixth Business Day, interest is LIBOR + 5.0

     8.2 OPERATING COMMITTEE MEETINGS AND DATA

     After any default has continued for thirty (30) Business Days from the date
of written notice of default under Article 8.1, and for as long thereafter as
the Defaulting Party remains in default on any payment due under this Agreement,
the Defaulting Party shall not be entitled to vote on any matter coming before
the Operating Committee during the period such default continues. Unless agreed
otherwise by the non-defaulting Parties, the voting interest of each
non-defaulting Party shall be in the proportion which its Participating Interest
bears to the total of the Participating Interest of all the non-defaulting
Parties. Any matters requiring unanimous vote of the Parties shall be deemed to
exclude the Defaulting Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Defaulting
Party shall be deemed to have approved, and shall join with the non-defaulting
Parties in taking any action to maintain and preserve the Contract.


     8.3 ALLOCATION OF DEFAULTED ACCOUNTS

      (A)  Operator shall, either at the time of giving notice of default as
           provided in Article 8.1, or by separate notice, notify each
           non-defaulting Party of the sum of money it is to pay as its portion
           (such portion being in the ratio that each non-defaulting Party's
           Participating Interest bears to the Participating Interests of all
           non-defaulting Parties) of such amount in default. Each
           non-defaulting Party shall, if such default continues, pay Operator,
           within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice, its share
           of the amount which the Defaulting Party failed to pay. If any
           non-defaulting Party fails to pay its share of the amount in default
           as aforesaid, such non-defaulting Party shall thereupon be in default
           and shall be a Defaulting Party subject to the provisions of this
           Article. The non-defaulting Parties which pay the amount owed by any
           Defaulting Party shall be entitled to receive their respective share
           of the principal and interest payable by such Defaulting Party
           pursuant to Article 8.1.

      (B)  The total of all amounts paid by the non-defaulting Parties for the
           Defaulting Party, together with interest accrued on such amounts
           shall constitute a debt due and owing by the Defaulting Party to the
           non-defaulting Parties in proportion to such amounts paid. In
           addition, the non-defaulting Parties may in the manner contemplated
           by this Article, satisfy such debt (together with interest) and may
           accrue an amount equal to the Defaulting Party's Participating
           Interest share of the estimated cost to abandon any Joint Property.

      (C)  A Defaulting Party may remedy its default by paying to Operator the
           total amount due, together with interest calculated as provided in
           Article 8.1, at any time prior to a transfer of its interest pursuant
           to Article 8.4, and, upon receipt of such payment, Operator shall
           remit to each non-defaulting Party its proportionate share of such
           amount.

      (D)  The rights granted to each non-defaulting Party pursuant to this
           Article shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any other
           rights or remedies which each non-defaulting Party may have at law or
           equity or pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement.

     8.4 TRANSFER OF INTEREST

      (A)  For thirty (30) Days after each failure by the Defaulting Party to
           remedy its default by the ninetieth (90th) Day following notice of
           default without prejudice to any other rights of the non-defaulting
           Parties to recover the amounts paid for the Defaulting Party,
           together with interest accrued on such amount, each non-defaulting
           Party shall have the option to give notice to the Defaulting Party
           requiring the Defaulting Party to transfer, as specified in Article
           8.4(E), its interest to the non-defaulting Parties. To that end if
           any of the non-defaulting Parties so elect, the Defaulting Party
           shall be deemed to have transferred and to have empowered the
           electing non-defaulting Parties to execute on said Defaulting Party's
           behalf any documents required to effect a transfer of all of its
           right, title and beneficial interest in and under this Agreement and
           the Contract and in all wells and Joint Property to the electing
           non-defaulting Parties. If requested, each Party shall execute a
           Power of Attorney in the form prescribed by the Operating Committee.
           The Defaulting Party shall, without delay following any request from
           the non-defaulting Parties, do any and all acts required to be done
           by applicable law or regulation in order to render such transfer
           legally valid, including, without limitation, the obtaining of all
           governmental consents and approvals, and shall execute any and all
           documents and take such other actions as may be necessary in order to
           effect prompt and valid transfer of the interests described above,
           free of all liens and encumbrances. In the event all Government
           approvals are not timely obtained, the Defaulting Party shall hold
           its Participating Interest in trust for such non-defaulting Parties
           who elected to assume such Defaulting Party's Participating Interest.

      (B)  In the absence of an agreement among the non-defaulting Parties to
           the contrary, any such transfer to the non-defaulting Parties shall
           be in the proportion that the non-defaulting Parties have paid the
           amounts due from the Defaulting Party.

      (C)  Subject to Article 12.1(C), on the effective date of transfer of all
           its Participating Interest, the Defaulting Party shall forthwith
           cease to be a Party to this Agreement to the extent of the
           Participating Interest so transferred. The acceptance or
           non-acceptance by a non-defaulting Party of any portion of a
           Defaulting Party's Participating Interest shall be without prejudice
           to any rights or remedies such non-defaulting Parties have to recover
           the outstanding debts (including interest) owed by the Defaulting
           Party.

      (D)  Notwithstanding the above, if pursuant to any mutual agreement
           between any of the Parties, one of the Parties makes an additional
           contribution on behalf of another Party, the same will not be treated
           as a Default of the other Party under this Agreement and Contract.
           Such contribution shall not change the Participating Interest of the
           Parties.

      (E)  In the event that the default continues for more than ninety (90)
           days (the "Default Period") and the Defaulting Party does not pay the
           amount in default plus accrued interest by the end of such time, a
           proportion of the Participating Interest of such Defaulting Party
           shall, at the sole election of the Non-Defaulting Parties who wish to
           acquire such interest, be forfeited to such Non-Defaulting Parties to
           reflect the ratio that the cumulative contributions of the Defaulting
           Party bears to the total cumulative contributions of all the Parties
           to Joint Operations costs, so that following such forfeiture the
           remaining Participating Interest of the Defaulting Party as a
           proportion of the total Participating Interests of all the Parties is
           equal to the said ratio. Following such forfeiture, the reduced
           Participating Interest of the Defaulting Party shall be in accordance
           with the following formula:

     A = B/C where:

     A = the reduced Participating Interest of the Defaulting Party, and

     B = the total contributions to Joint Operations costs of the Defaulting
         Party up to but not including the amount in default, and

     C = the total contributions to Joint Operations costs of all the Parties up
         to and including the amount in default.

           Such forfeiture will not restore the Defaulting Party's powers and
           rights forfeited under Article 8.2 until such Defaulting Party has
           paid, in full, the first Cash Call following the date of such
           forfeiture. The Defaulting Party shall execute such documents as are
           necessary to transfer its Participating Interest at its sole cost.
           Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, in the event that as
           a result of a forfeiture by the Defaulting Party of a part of its
           Participating Interest pursuant to the provisions of this Article,
           the remaining Participating Interest the Defaulting Party falls below
           ten percent (10%) the Non-Defaulting Parties shall assume such
           Participating Interest of the Defaulting Party in proportion to their
           Participating Interest or in such other proportion as may be agreed
           by them. The Defaulting Party shall execute such documents as are
           necessary to transfer its remaining Participating Interest at its
           sole cost.

     8.5 CONTINUATION OF INTEREST

     If within thirty (30) Days after each failure by the Defaulting Party to
remedy its default by the ninetieth (90th) Day following notice of default the
non-defaulting Parties elect to not acquire the Defaulting Party's Participating
Interest as provided in Article 8.4 and to continue to bear the Defaulting
Party's Participating Interest share of liabilities and expenses, then the
non-defaulting Parties shall accumulate all such liabilities and expenses as a
debt pursuant to Article 8, but the Defaulting Party shall continue to be a
Party subject to Article 8.2 and Article 8.7. If Operator disposes of any Joint
Property or any other credit or adjustment is made to the Joint Account, or if
Operator sells any of the Defaulting Party's Participating Interest share of
Hydrocarbons, then, in respect of the Defaulting Party's Participating Interest
share of the proceeds of such disposal, credit or adjustment or sale, Operator
shall be entitled to retain and to set off the same against all amounts,
together with interest accrued on such amount, due and owing from the Defaulting
Party plus an accrued amount equal to the Defaulting Party's Participating
Interest share of the estimated cost to abandon any Joint Property. Any surplus
remaining after setting off the same as aforesaid shall be paid promptly to the
Defaulting Party.

8.6 ABANDONMENT 

     If, within thirty (30) Days after the failure by the Defaulting Party to
remedy its default by the ninetieth (90th) Day as aforesaid, no non-defaulting
Party elects to acquire the Defaulting Party's Participating Interest as
provided in Article 8.4, or to bear the Defaulting Party's Participating
Interest share of liabilities and expenses as provided in Article 8.5, then no
transfer shall be made and Joint Operations shall be abandoned subject to any
necessary consents and notices being given and each Party, including the
Defaulting Party shall pay its Participating Interest share of all costs of
abandoning and relinquishing the Contract. If abandonment occurs as aforesaid,
all monies paid by the non-defaulting Parties for the Defaulting Party pursuant
to Article 8.3, together with interest accrued on such amount, shall remain a
debt due and owing by the Defaulting Party.

     8.7 SALE OF HYDROCARBONS

     Notwithstanding anything here else contained in this Agreement, if a Party
defaults after the commencement of commercial production and has not remedied
the default by the ninetieth (90th) Day as aforesaid, then, during the
continuance of such default, the Defaulting Party shall not be entitled to its
Participating Interest share of Hydrocarbons which shall vest in and be the
property of the non-defaulting Parties, and Operator shall be authorized to sell
such Hydrocarbons at the best price obtainable under the circumstances, and,
after deducting all costs, charges and expenses incurred by Operator in
connection with such sale, pay the proceeds proportionately to the
non-defaulting Parties, which proceeds shall be credited against all monies
advanced pursuant to Article 8.3, together with interest accrued thereon. Any
surplus remaining shall be paid to the Defaulting Party, and any deficiency
shall remain a debt due from the Defaulting Party to the non-defaulting Parties.
As soon as the deficiency is satisfied, the Defaulting Party's rights shall be
restored.

     8.8 NO RIGHT OF SET OFF

     Each Party acknowledges and accepts that a fundamental principle of this
Agreement is that each Party pays its Participating Interest share of all
amounts due under this Agreement as and when required. Accordingly, any Party
which becomes a Defaulting Party undertakes that, in respect of either any
exercise by the non-defaulting Parties of any rights under or the application of
any of the provisions of this Article, such Party shall not raise by way of set
off or invoke as a defense, whether in law or equity, any failure to pay amounts
due and owing under this Agreement or any alleged or unliquidated claim that
such Party may have against Operator or any Non-Operator, whether such claim
arises under this Agreement or otherwise. Such Party further undertakes not to
raise by way of defense, whether in law or in equity, that the nature or the
amount of the remedies granted to the non-defaulting Parties is unreasonable or
excessive.

     8.9 MINOR DEFAULT

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 8, Articles 8.2 and 8.4
shall have no effect provided the total amount of funds in default is less than
One Million United States Dollars (US$1,000,000).

     8.10 REINSTATEMENT OF RIGHTS

     In the event that the default is found to be in error, either through
arbitration or otherwise, the Defaulting Party's rights shall be reinstated as
determined by the arbitrators or, if not subjected to arbitration, as otherwise
found to be reasonably appropriate.

                     ARTICLE IX - DISPOSITION OF PRODUCTION

     9.1 RIGHT AND OBLIGATION TO TAKE IN KIND

     Except as otherwise provided in this Article, each Party shall have the
right and obligation to own, take in kind and separately dispose of its
Participating Interest share of total production available to the Parties
pursuant to the Contract from any Exploitation Area in such quantities and in
accordance with such procedures as may be set forth in the offtake agreement
referred to in Article 9.2 or in the special arrangements for natural gas
referred to in Article 9.3. If Government is party to the offtake agreement,
then the Parties shall endeavor to obtain its agreement to the principles set
forth in this Article.

     9.2 OFFTAKE AGREEMENT FOR CRUDE OIL

     If crude oil is to be produced from an Exploitation Area, the Parties shall
in good faith, negotiate and conclude the terms of an agreement to cover the
offtake of crude oil produced under the Contract. The Government may, if
necessary and practicable, also be party to the offtake agreement. This offtake
agreement shall, to the extent consistent with the Contract, make provision for:

      (A)  The delivery point, at which title and risk of loss of Participating
           Interest shares of crude oil shall pass to the Parties interested (or
           as the Parties may otherwise agree);

      (B)  Operator's regular periodic advice to the Parties of estimates of
           total available production for succeeding periods, Participating
           Interest shares, and grades of crude oil for as far ahead as is
           necessary for Operator and the Parties to plan offtake arrangements.
           Such advice shall also cover for each grade of crude oil total
           available production and deliveries for the preceding period,
           inventory and overlifts and underlifts;

      (C)  Nomination by the Parties to Operator of acceptance of their
           Participating Interest share of total available production for the
           succeeding period. Such nominations shall in any one period be for
           each Party's entire Participating Interest share arising during that
           period subject to operational tolerances and agreed minimum economic
           cargo sizes or as the Parties may otherwise agree;

      (D)  Elimination of overlifts and underlifts;

      (E)  If offshore loading or a shore terminal for vessel loading is
           involved, risks regarding acceptability of tankers, demurrage and (if
           applicable) availability of berths;

      (F)  Distribution to the Parties of Entitlements to ensure, to the extent
           Parties take delivery of their Entitlements in proportion to the
           accrual of such Entitlements, that each Party shall receive currently
           Entitlements of grades, gravities and qualities of Hydrocarbons
           similar to Hydrocarbons received by each other Party.

      (G)  To the extent that distribution of Entitlements on such basis is
           impracticable due to availability of facilities and minimum cargo
           sizes, a method of making periodic adjustments; and

      (H)  The option and the right of the other Parties to sell an Entitlement
           which a Party fails to nominate for acceptance pursuant to (C) above
           or of which a Party fails to take delivery, in accordance with
           applicable agreed procedures, provided that such failure either
           constitutes a breach of Operator's or Parties' obligations under the
           terms of the Contract, or is likely to result in the curtailment or
           shut-in of production. Such sales shall be made only to the limited
           extent necessary to avoid disruption in Joint Operations. Operator
           shall give all Parties as much notice as is practicable of such
           situation and that a sale option has arisen. Any sale shall be of the
           unnominated or undelivered Entitlement as the case may be and for
           reasonable periods of time as are consistent with the minimum needs
           of the industry and in no event to exceed twelve (12) months. The
           right of sale shall be revocable at will subject to any prior
           contractual commitments. Sales to non-affiliated third parties shall
           be for the realized price f.o.b. the delivery point. Sales to any of
           the Parties or their Affiliates shall be at current market value
           f.o.b. the delivery point. The Party arranging the sale shall pay to
           the Party whose Entitlement is involved the above price after
           deduction of all costs, including storage costs, incurred in respect
           of such sale and a marketing fee of an agreed percentage of the
           applicable price less deductions, reflecting actual costs of disposal
           at immediate notice. Current market value shall be the value of the
           Entitlement in international markets (unless the Entitlement was
           required to be delivered into the Government's domestic market, in
           which case it shall be the value therein) between a willing buyer and
           a willing seller and shall be agreed between the two Parties
           concerned, or failing agreement, determined by an expert to be
           appointed in accordance with procedures set forth in the offtake
           agreement.

     9.3 SEPARATE AGREEMENT FOR NATURAL GAS

     The Parties recognize that it may be necessary for the Parties to enter
into special arrangements for the disposal of the natural gas, which are
consistent with the Development Plan and subject to the terms of the Contract.

                        ARTICLE X - ABANDONMENT OF WELLS

     10.1 ABANDONMENT OF WELLS DRILLED AS JOINT OPERATIONS
 
      (A)  Any well which has been drilled as a Joint Operation and which is
           proposed to be plugged and abandoned shall not be plugged and
           abandoned without the consent of all Parties.

      (B)  Should any such Party fail to reply within the period prescribed in
           Article 5.12(A)(1) or Article 5.12(A)(2), whichever is applicable,
           after delivery of notice of the Operator's proposal to plug and
           abandon such well, such Party shall be deemed to have consented to
           the proposed abandonment. If all the Parties consent to abandonment,
           such well shall be plugged and abandoned in accordance with
           applicable regulations and at the cost, risk and expense of the
           Parties who participated in the cost of drilling such well.
 
      (C)  If there is a disagreement amongst the Parties regarding the
           abandonment of such well, those wishing to continue operations shall
           assume financial responsibility over the well and shall be deemed to
           be Consenting Parties conducting an Exclusive Operation pursuant to
           Article VII. In the case of a producing well, the Consenting Parties
           shall be entitled to continue producing only from the Zone open to
           production at the time they assumed responsibility for the well.

      (D)  Consenting Parties taking over a well as provided above shall tender
           to each of the Non-Consenting Parties such Non-Consenting Parties'
           Participating Interest share of the value of the well's salvable
           material and equipment, determined in accordance with the Accounting
           Procedure, less the estimated cost of salvaging and the estimated
           cost of plugging and abandoning as of the date the Consenting Party
           assumed responsibility for the well; provided, however, that in the
           event the estimated cost of plugging and abandoning and the estimated
           cost of salvaging are higher than the value of the well's salvable
           material and equipment, each of the abandoning Parties shall continue
           to be liable pursuant to Article 7.3(B) for their respective
           Participating Interest shares of the estimated excess cost.

      (E)  Each Non-Consenting Party shall be deemed to have relinquished to the
           Consenting Parties in proportion to their Participating Interests all
           of its interest in the wellbore of a produced well and related
           equipment in accordance with Article 7.4(B), insofar and only insofar
           as such interest covers the right to obtain production from that
           wellbore in the Zone then open to production.

      (F)  Subject to Article 7.9(G), Operator shall continue to operate a
           produced well for the account of the Consenting Parties at the rates
           and charges contemplated by this Agreement, plus any additional cost
           and charges which may arise as the result of the separate allocation
           of interest in such well.

     10.2 ABANDONMENT OF EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

     This Article shall apply mutatis mutandis to the abandonment of an
Exclusive Well or any well in which an Exclusive Operation has been conducted;
provided that no well shall be permanently plugged and abandoned unless and
until all Parties having the right to conduct further operations in such well
have been notified of the proposed abandonment and afforded the opportunity to
elect to take over the well in accordance with the provisions of this Article X.

                             ARTICLE XI - SURRENDER

     11.1 SURRENDER

      (A)  If the Contract requires the Parties to surrender any portion of the
           Contract Area, Operator shall advise the Operating Committee of such
           requirement at least one hundred and twenty (120) Days in advance of
           the earlier of the date for filing irrevocable notice of such
           surrender or the date of such surrender. Prior to the end of such
           period, the Operating Committee shall determine pursuant to Article
           V, the size and shape of the surrendered area, consistent with the
           requirements of the Contract. If no proposal attains the support of
           one hundred percent (100%) of the Participating Interests, then the
           proposal receiving the largest aggregate Participating Interest vote
           shall be adopted. The Parties shall execute any and all documents and
           take such other actions as may be necessary to effect the surrender.
           Each Party renounces all claims and causes of action against Operator
           and any other Parties on account of any area surrendered in
           accordance with the foregoing but against its recommendation if
           Hydrocarbons are subsequently discovered under the surrendered area.

      (B)  A surrender of all or any part of the Contract Area which is not
           required by the Contract shall require the unanimous consent of the
           Parties.

                  ARTICLE XII - TRANSFER OF INTEREST OR RIGHTS

     12.1 OBLIGATIONS

      (A)  Subject always to the requirements of the Contract, the transfer of
           all or part of a Party's Participating Interest shall be effective
           only if it satisfies the terms and conditions of this Article.

      (B)  Except in the case of a Party transferring all of its Participating
           Interest, no transfer shall be made by any Party which results in the
           transferor or the transferee holding a Participating Interest of less
           than ten percent (10%) or holding any Interest other than a
           Participating Interest in the Contract, the Contract Area and this
           Agreement.

      (C)  The transferring Party shall, notwithstanding the transfer, be liable
           to the other Parties for any obligations, financial or otherwise,
           which have vested, matured or accrued under the provision of the
           Contract or this Agreement prior to such transfer. Such obligations
           shall include, without limitation, any proposed expenditure approved
           by the Operating Committee, prior to the transferring Party notifying
           the other Parties of its proposed transfer.

      (D)  The transferee shall have no rights in and under the Contract, the
           Contract Area or this Agreement unless and until it obtains any
           necessary Government approval and expressly undertakes in writing to
           perform the obligations of the transferor under the Contract and this
           Agreement in respect of the Participating Interest being transferred,
           to the satisfaction of the Parties and furnishes any guarantees
           required by the Government or the Contract.

      (E)  The transferee shall have no rights in and under the Contract, the
           Contract Area or this Agreement unless each Party has consented in
           writing to such transfer, which consent shall be denied only if such
           transferee fails to establish to the reasonable satisfaction of each
           Party its financial or technical capability to perform its
           obligations under the Contract and this Agreement.

      (F)  Nothing contained in this Article shall prevent a Party from
           mortgaging, pledging, charging or otherwise encumbering all or part
           of its interest in the Contract Area in and under this Agreement for
           the purpose of security relating to finance provided that:

              (1)   such Party shall remain liable for all obligations relating
                    to such interest;

              (2)   the encumbrance shall be subject to the approval of the
                    Management Committee and any necessary approval under the
                    Contract and be expressly subordinated to the rights of the
                    other Parties under this Agreement; and

              (3)   such Party shall ensure that any such mortgage, pledge,
                    charge or encumbrance shall be expressed to be without
                    prejudice to the provisions of this Agreement.

      (G)  In the event a Party receives an offer to purchase all or a part of
           its Participating Interest, it shall so notify the other Parties and
           they shall have the right for a period of ten (10) days to make an
           offer. If a Party elects to sell all or a part of its Participating
           Interest, it shall so notify the other Parties upon offering the
           Participating Interest for sale. 12.2 RIGHTS Each Party shall have
           the right, subject to the provisions of Article 12.1, to freely
           transfer its Participating Interest.

       ARTICLE XIII - WITHDRAWAL FROM AGREEMENT BY TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT

     13.1 RIGHT OF WITHDRAWAL

      (A)  Subject to the provisions of the Contract and this Article, any Party
           may withdraw from this Agreement and the Contract by giving notice to
           all other Parties stating its decision to withdraw and specifying a
           proposed effective date of withdrawal which shall be at least sixty
           (60) Days, but not more than one hundred eighty (180) Days after the
           date of such notice. Such notice shall be unconditional and
           irrevocable when given.

      (B)  Notwithstanding Article 13.1(A) a Party shall not have the right to
           withdraw from this Agreement and the Contract until the Minimum Work
           Obligation set forth in the Contract has been fulfilled. However, if
           the Operating Committee or any Party decides to accept new Minimum
           Work Obligations under the Contract, a Party that voted against such
           decision shall not be prevented from withdrawing; provided that such
           Party delivers notice of its withdrawal to all Parties within thirty
           (30) Days of such vote and fully satisfies its outstanding Minimum
           Work Obligation, if any.

      (C)  Subject to Articles 13.1(A) and (B) and Article 13.5, the effective
           date of withdrawal for a withdrawing Party shall be the later of:

              (1)   The date proposed in the notice of withdrawal; or

              (2)   The date that the withdrawing Party has fulfilled its
                    obligations under this Article.

     13.2 PARTIAL OR COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL

      (A)  Within thirty (30) Days of receipt of each withdrawing Party's
           notification, each of the other Parties may also give notice that it
           desires to withdraw from this Agreement and the Contract. Should all
           Parties give notice of withdrawal, the Parties shall proceed to
           abandon the Contract Area and terminate the Contract and this
           Agreement. If less than all of the Parties give such notice of
           withdrawal, then the withdrawing Parties shall take all steps to
           withdraw from the Contract and this Agreement on the earliest
           possible date and execute and deliver all necessary instruments and
           documents to assign their Participating Interest to the Parties which
           are not withdrawing, without any compensation whatsoever, in
           accordance with the provisions of Article 13.6.

      (B)  If any part of the withdrawing Party's Participating Interest remains
           unclaimed after sixty (60) Days from the date of the first notice of
           withdrawal, the Parties shall be deemed to have decided to withdraw
           from the Contract and this Agreement, unless at least one Party
           agrees to accept the unclaimed Participating Interest.

      (C)  Any Party withdrawing under this Article shall withdraw from all
           exploration activities under the Contract, but not from any
           Exploitation Area, Commercial Discovery, or Discovery whether
           appraised or not, made prior to such withdrawal. Such withdrawing
           Party shall retain its rights in the Joint Property but only insofar
           as they relate to any Exploitation Area, Commercial Discovery or
           Discovery whether appraised or not, and shall abandon all other
           rights in the Joint Property.

     13.3 VOTING

     After giving its notification of withdrawal, a Party shall not be entitled
to vote on any matters coming before the Operating Committee, other than matters
for which such Party has financial responsibility.

     13.4 OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES

      (A)  A withdrawing Party, prior to its withdrawal, shall satisfy all
           obligations and liabilities it has incurred or attributable to it
           prior to its withdrawal, including, without limitation, any
           expenditures budgeted and/or approved by the Operating Committee
           prior to its written notification of withdrawal (development projects
           included), and any liability for acts, occurrences or circumstances
           taking place or existing prior to its withdrawal. Furthermore, any
           liens, charges and other encumbrances which the withdrawing Party
           placed on such Party's Participating Interest prior to its withdrawal
           shall be fully satisfied or released, at the withdrawing Party's
           expense, prior to its withdrawal. A Party's withdrawal shall not
           relieve it from liability to the non-withdrawing Parties with respect
           to any obligations or liabilities attributable to the withdrawing
           Party which are not identified or identifiable at the time of
           withdrawal.

      (B)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party shall not be liable for any
           operations or expenditures it voted against if it sends notification
           of its withdrawal within five (5) Days (or within twenty-four (24)
           hours if the drilling rig to be used in such operation is standing by
           on the Contract Area) of the Operating Committee vote approving such
           operation or expenditure, nor shall such Party be liable for any
           operations or expenditures approved by the Operating Committee,
           excluding those approved pursuant to Article 13.5, after notice has
           been given pursuant to Article 13.1.

     13.5 EMERGENCY

     A Party's notification of withdrawal shall not become effective if prior to
the proposed date of withdrawal a well goes out of control or a fire, blowout,
sabotage or other emergency occurs. The notification of withdrawal shall become
effective only after the emergency has been contained and the withdrawing Party
has paid, or has provided security satisfactory to the Parties, for its
Participating Interest share of the costs of such emergency.

     13.6 ASSIGNMENT

     A withdrawing Party shall assign its Participating Interest to each of the
non-withdrawing Parties which shall be allocated to them in the proportion which
each of their Participating Interests (prior to the withdrawal) bears to the
total Participating Interests of all the non- withdrawing Parties (prior to the
withdrawal), unless the non- withdrawing Parties agree otherwise. The expenses
associated with the withdrawal and assignments shall be borne by the withdrawing
Party.

     13.7 APPROVALS

     A withdrawing Party shall promptly join in such actions as may be necessary
or desirable to obtain any Government approvals required in connection with the
withdrawal and assignments, and any penalties or expenses incurred by the
Parties in connection with such withdrawal shall be borne by the withdrawing
Party.

     13.8 ABANDONMENT SECURITY

      (A)  A withdrawing Party shall provide Security satisfactory to the other
           Parties to satisfy any such obligations or liabilities which were
           approved or accrued prior to notice of withdrawal, but which become
           due after its withdrawal, including, without limitation, Security to
           cover the costs of an abandonment, if applicable.

      (B)  Failure to provide Security shall constitute default under this
           Agreement.

      (C)  "Security" means a standby letter of credit issued by a bank or an on
           demand bond issued by a corporation, such bank or corporation having
           a credit rating indicating it has sufficient worth to pay its
           obligations in all reasonably foreseeable circumstances, or, failing
           the provision of either of those, cash contributed to a secure fund
           administered by independent trustees and invested in short term
           securities.

     13.9 WITHDRAWAL OR ABANDONMENT BY ALL PARTIES

     In the event all Parties decide to withdraw or are required to do so
pursuant to this Article, the Parties agree that they shall be bound by the
terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Contract for so long as may be
necessary to wind up the affairs of the Parties with the Government, to satisfy
any requirements of applicable law and facilitate the sale, disposition or
abandonment of property or interests held by the Joint Account.

                 ARTICLE XIV - RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES AND TAX

     14.1 RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES

     Unless otherwise specified, the rights, duties, obligations and liabilities
of the Parties under this Agreement shall be individual, not joint or
collective. It is not the intention of the Parties to create, nor shall this
Agreement be deemed or construed to create a mining or other partnership, joint
venture, association or trust, or as authorizing any Party to act as an agent,
servant or employee for any other Party for any purpose whatsoever except as
explicitly set forth in this Agreement. In their relations with each other under
this Agreement, the Parties shall not be considered fiduciaries except as
expressly provided in this Agreement.

     14.2 TAX

     Each Party shall be responsible for reporting and discharging its own tax
measured by the income of the Party and the satisfaction of such Party's share
of all contract obligations under the Contract and under this Agreement. Each
Party shall protect, defend and indemnify each other Party from any and all
loss, cost or liability arising from a failure or refusal to report and
discharge such taxes or satisfy such obligations.

         ARTICLE XV - CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION - PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

     15.1 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

      (A)  Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Parties agree that all
           information and data acquired or obtained by any Party in respect of
           Joint Operations shall be considered confidential and shall be kept
           confidential and not be disclosed during the term of the Contract and
           for a period of one (1) year after expiration of the Contract to any
           person or entity not a Party to this Agreement, except:

              (1)   To an Affiliate, in connection with Petroleum Operations,
                    provided such Affiliate maintains confidentiality as
                    provided in this Article;

              (2)   To a governmental agency or other entity when required by
                    the Contract;

              (3)   To the extent such data and information is required to be
                    furnished in compliance with any applicable laws or
                    regulations, or pursuant to any legal proceedings or because
                    of any order of any court binding upon a Party;

              (4)   Subject to Article 15.1(B), to potential contractors,
                    contractors, consultants and attorneys employed by any Party
                    where disclosure of such data or information is essential to
                    such contractor's, consultant's or attorney's work;

              (5)   Subject to Article 15.1(B), to a bona fide prospective
                    transferee of a Party's Participating Interest (including an
                    entity with whom a Party or its Affiliates is conducting
                    bona fide negotiations directed toward a merger,
                    consolidation or the sale of a majority of its or an
                    Affiliate's shares);

              (6)   Subject to Article 15.1(B), to a bank or other financial
                    institution to the extent appropriate to a Party arranging
                    for funding for its obligations under this Agreement;

              (7)   To the extent such data and information must be disclosed
                    pursuant to any rules or requirements of any government or
                    stock exchange having jurisdiction over such Party, or its
                    Affiliates; provided that if any Party desires to disclose
                    information in an annual or periodic report to its or its
                    Affiliates' shareholders and to the public and such
                    disclosure is not required pursuant to any rules or
                    requirements of any government or stock exchange, then such
                    Party shall comply with Article 20.2;

              (8)   To its respective employees for the purposes of Joint
                    Operations, subject to each Party taking customary
                    precautions to ensure such data and information is kept
                    confidential;

              (9)   Where any data or information which, through no fault of a
                    Party, becomes a part of the public domain.

      (B)  Disclosure as pursuant to Article 15.1(A)(4), (5), and (6) shall not
           be made unless prior to such disclosure the disclosing Party has
           obtained a written undertaking from the recipient party to keep the
           data and information strictly confidential and not to use or disclose
           the data and information except for the express purpose for which
           disclosure is to be made.

     15.2 CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

     Any Party ceasing to own a Participating Interest during the term of this
Agreement shall nonetheless remain bound by the obligations of confidentiality
and any disputes shall be resolved in accordance with Article XVIII.

     15.3 PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

      (A)  Nothing in this Agreement shall require a Party to divulge
           proprietary technology to the other Parties; provided that where the
           cost of development of proprietary technology has been charged to the
           Joint Account, such proprietary technology shall be disclosed to all
           Parties bearing a portion of such cost and may be used by such Party
           or its Affiliates in other operations. Operator will not charge for
           the use of its proprietary technology. Operator will use reasonable
           efforts to keep Non-Operators informed of the use of the proprietary
           technology.

      (B)  Non-Operators shall have access to basic field data obtained through
           Operator's utilization of proprietary technology and to final maps,
           data and information resulting from such utilization, with
           entitlement to copies of such basic final data, maps and information
           as provided for in this Agreement.

     15.4 TRADES

     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, Operator may,
with approval of the Management Committee, make data trades for the benefit of
the Parties, with any data, the cost of which has been charged to the Joint
Account, so obtained to be furnished to all Parties. In such event, Operator
must enter into an undertaking with any third party to such trade to keep such
information confidential.

                          ARTICLE XVI - FORCE MAJEURE

     16.1 OBLIGATIONS

     If as a result of Force Majeure any Party is rendered unable, wholly or in
part, to carry out its obligations under this Agreement, other than the
obligation to pay any amounts due or to furnish security, then the obligations
of the Party giving such notice, so far as and to the extent that the
obligations are affected by such Force Majeure, shall be suspended during the
continuance of any inability so caused, but for no longer period. The Party
claiming Force Majeure shall notify the other Parties of the Force Majeure
situation within seven (7) days, unless prevented from so doing, after the
occurrence of the facts relied on and shall keep all Parties informed of all
significant developments. Such notice shall give particulars establishing the
event of Force Majeure, and also estimate the period of time which said Party
will probably require to remedy the Force Majeure. The affected Party shall use
all reasonable diligence to remove or overcome the Force Majeure situation as
quickly as possible in an economic manner, but shall not be obligated to settle
any labor dispute except on terms acceptable to it and all such disputes shall
be handled within the sole discretion of the affected Party.

     16.2 DEFINITION OF FORCE MAJEURE

      (A)  For the purpose of this Agreement, the term Force Majeure means any
           cause or event, other than the unavailability of funds, whether
           similar to or different from those enumerated herein, beyond the
           reasonable control of, and unanticipated and unforeseeable by, and
           not brought about at the instance of the Party claiming to be
           affected by such event, or which, if anticipated or foreseeable,
           could not be avoided or provided for and which has caused the
           non-performance or delay in performance. Without limitation to the
           generality of the foregoing, the term Force Majeure shall include
           natural phenomena or calamities, earthquakes, typhoons, fires, wars
           declared or undeclared, hostilities, invasion, blockades and civil
           disturbances.

      (B)  Where a Party is prevented from exercising any rights or performing
           any obligations under this Agreement due to Force Majeure, the time
           for the performance of the obligations affected thereby and for
           performance of any obligation or the exercise of any right dependent
           thereon, and the term of this Agreement, may be extended by such
           additional period as may be agreed by the Parties.

      (C)  Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove, if any event of Force
           Majeure occurs and is likely to continue for a period in excess of
           thirty (30) days, the Parties shall meet to discuss the consequences
           of the Force Majeure and the course of action to be taken to mitigate
           the effects thereof or to be adopted in the circumstances.

                             ARTICLE XVII - NOTICES

     Except as otherwise specifically provided, all notices authorized or
required between the Parties by any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall
be in writing, in English and delivered in person or by registered mail or by
courier service or by any electronic means of transmitting written
communications which provides confirmation of complete transmission, with the
date and time, and addressed to such Parties as designated below. The
originating notice given under any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed
delivered only when received by the Party to whom such notice is directed, and
the time for such Party to deliver any notice in response to such originating
notice shall run from the date the originating notice is received. The second or
any responsive notice shall be deemed delivered when received. "Received" for
purposes of this Article with respect to written notice delivered pursuant to
this Agreement shall be actual delivery of the notice to the address of the
Party to be notified specified in accordance with this Article. Each Party shall
have the right to change its address at any time and/or designate that copies of
all such notices be directed to another person at another address, by giving
written notice thereof to all other Parties. Any notice to be provided hereunder
shall be deemed to be received by the sending Party upon delivery of such notice
to the other Parties. Operator shall, in the event of its failure to meet cash
calls or make timely payments when due to the Non-Operators, be deemed to have
received notice as if it had been timely sent to Operator.

Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd.                 Oil & Natural Gas Corporation Limited
Amiya Apartments, 1st Floor                Tower II, 8th Floor, Jeevan Bharati
63A Linking Road, Santa Cruz (W)           124 Connaught Circus
Bombay 400 054, INDIA                      New Delhi 110001, INDIA
Attention:  Managing Director              Attention:  General Manager
Telecopy:  91-22-604-9119                  Telecopy:  91-11-331-6413

                          Reliance Industries Limited
                          Maker Chambers IV, 3rd Floor
                               222 Nariman Point
                              Bombay 400021, INDIA
                  Attention: Chief Executive Officer Oil & Gas
                             Telecopy: 022-2042268

             ARTICLE XVIII - APPLICABLE LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     18.1 APPLICABLE LAW

     This Agreement shall be governed by, construed, interpreted and applied in
accordance with the laws of India.

     18.2 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

      (A)  Disputes and claims, if any, arising out of or relating to this
           Agreement or the interpretation or performance of provisions of any
           of the Articles of this Agreement and which cannot be settled
           amicably within a reasonable time may be submitted to the decision of
           a sole expert timely selected by the Operating Committee or a board
           of arbitrators.

      (B)  The board of arbitrators shall consist of three (3) arbitrators.

      (C)  The Party or Parties instituting the arbitration shall appoint one
           arbitrator and the Party or Parties responding shall appoint another
           arbitrator and both Parties shall so advise the other Parties. The
           two (2) arbitrators appointed by the Parties shall appoint the third
           arbitrator.

      (D)  If the responding Party or Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator
           within thirty (30) Days of the receipt of the written request to do
           so, such arbitrator may, at the request of the first Party, be
           appointed by the Secretary General of the Permanent Court of
           Arbitration at The Hague, which arbitrator shall not be the national
           of the country of either Party.

      (E)  If the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree on the appointment of the
           third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the
           second arbitrator and if the Parties do not otherwise agree,the
           Secretary General of the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague
           may, at the request of either Party and in consultation with both,
           appoint the third arbitrator who shall not be a national of the
           country of either Party.

      (F)  If any arbitrator fails or is unable to act, his successor shall be
           appointed in the manner set out in this Article as if he was the
           first appointment.

      (G)  The decision of the board of arbitrators, and in case of difference
           amongst the arbitrators, the decision of the majority shall be final
           and binding upon the Parties. Such decision may be entered into the
           Indian court having jurisdiction thereof.

      (H)  Arbitration proceedings shall be in accordance with the arbitration
           rules of the United Nations Commission on International Trade Laws
           ("UNCITRAL") of 1985 except that in the event of any conflict between
           these rules and the provisions of Article 18, the provisions of
           Article 18 shall govern.

      (I)  The venue of arbitration shall be in London, England and shall be
           conducted in the English language. The arbitration agreement
           contained in this Article 18 shall be governed by the laws of
           England.

      (J)  Assessment of costs of arbitration including incidental expenses and
           liability for the payment thereof shall be at the discretion of the
           arbitrators.

      (K)  The right to arbitrate disputes and claims under this Agreement shall
           survive the termination of this Agreement.

      (L)  The arbitrators shall make reasoned award.

      (M)  The sole expert, if any, shall be an independent and impartial person
           of international standing with relevant qualifications and experience
           appointed by agreement between the Parties. Any sole expert appointed
           shall be acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator and the
           decision of the sole expert on matters referred to him shall be final
           and binding on the Parties and not subject to arbitration. If the
           Parties are unable to agree on a sole expert, the disputed subject
           matter may be referred to arbitration.

      (N)  The fees and expenses of a sole expert appointed by the Parties shall
           be borne equally by the Parties.

             ARTICLE XIX - ALLOCATION OF COST RECOVERY RIGHTS 

     19.1 ALLOCATION OF TOTAL PRODUCTION

     For the purposes of recovery of Petroleum Costs, the total quantity of
Hydrocarbons which are produced and saved from all Development Areas in a
Calendar Quarter and to which the Parties are entitled under the Contract shall
be designated as either Cost Petroleum or Profit Petroleum. Such Cost Petroleum
and Profit Petroleum shall be allocated among the Development Areas in
proportion to each Development Area's total quantity of Hydrocarbons produced
and saved in such Calendar Quarter with adjustments in quantities to reflect the
differences in value if different qualities of Hydrocarbons are produced,
segregated and sold separately.

     19.2 ALLOCATION OF COST PETROLEUM

     Cost Petroleum allocated to each Development Area pursuant to Article 19.1
shall be allocated to the Parties in proportion to their respective
Participating Interests in each such Development Area to the extent required to
recover in the sequence incurred all Petroleum Costs which are specifically
attributable to each such Development Area and which are recoverable in such
Calendar Quarter. 

     19.3 ALLOCATION OF PROFIT PETROLEUM 

     Profit Petroleum allocated to each Development Area pursuant to Article
19.1, if any, shall be allocated among the Parties in proportion to their
respective Participating Interests in each such Development Area.

     19.4 ALLOCATION OF EXCESS COST PETROLEUM

     Subject to the Contract, to the extent that the value, determined in
accordance with Article 9.2(H), of the Cost Petroleum allocated to each
Development Area pursuant to Article 19.1 exceeds the Petroleum Costs which were
specifically attributable to each such Development Area and which were recovered
pursuant to Article 19.2, the excess ("Excess Cost Petroleum") shall be
allocated as follows:

      (A)  First, a percentage (equal to the percentage of Profit Petroleum, if
           any, to which the Parties would have been entitled during such
           Calendar Quarter if the Contract applied separately to each such
           Development Area) of the Excess Cost Petroleum shall be allocated
           among the Parties in proportion to their respective Participating
           Interests in each such Development Area;

      (B)  Second, the Excess Cost Petroleum that is not allocated pursuant to
           Article 19.4(A) shall be allocated among the Parties in proportion to
           their respective Participating Interests as set out in Article 3.1(A)
           in order to recover in the sequence incurred any Petroleum Costs
           which were incurred in the conduct of Joint Operations and which are
           recoverable in such Calendar Quarter; and

      (C)  Third, the Excess Cost Petroleum that is not allocated pursuant to
           Article 19.4(A) or Article 19.4(B) shall be allocated among the
           Parties in proportion to their respective Participating Interests in
           each Exclusive Operation in order to recover in the sequence incurred
           any Petroleum Costs which were incurred in the conduct of Exclusive
           Operations and which are recoverable in such Calendar Quarter.

                        ARTICLE XX - GENERAL PROVISIONS

     20.1 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

      (A)  Each Party undertakes that it shall avoid any conflict of interest
           between its own interests (including the interests of Affiliates) and
           the interests of the other Parties in dealing with suppliers,
           customers and all other organizations or individuals doing or seeking
           to do business with the Parties in connection with activities
           contemplated under this Agreement.

      (B)  The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

              (1)   A Party's performance which is in accordance with the local
                    preference laws or policies of the host government; or

              (2)   A Party's acquisition of products or services from an
                    Affiliate, or the sale thereof to an Affiliate, made in
                    accordance with rules and procedures established by the
                    Operating Committee.

      (C)  Each Party shall conduct all of its activities pursuant to this
           Agreement and the Contract in compliance with all laws, rules and
           regulations applicable to such Party. Each of the Parties warrants
           that it has not made and will not make, with respect of the matters
           provided for hereunder, any payments, loans, gifts or promises of
           payments, loans or gifts, directly or indirectly to or for the use or
           benefit of any official or employee of the Government or to or for
           the use of any political party. Each Party shall respond promptly,
           and in reasonable detail, to any Notice from any other Party or the
           auditors pertaining to the above stated warranty and shall furnish
           documentary support for such response upon request from such Party.

     20.2 PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

      (A)  Operator shall be responsible for the preparation and release of all
           public announcements and statements regarding this Agreement or the
           Joint Operations; provided that, no public announcement or statement
           shall be issued or made unless prior to its release all the Parties
           have been furnished with a copy of such statement or announcement and
           the unanimous approval of the Parties has been obtained. Where a
           public announcement or statement becomes necessary or desirable
           because of danger to or loss of life, damage to property or pollution
           as a result of activities arising under this Agreement, Operator is
           authorized to issue and make such announcement or statement without
           prior approval of the Parties, but shall promptly furnish all the
           Parties with a copy of such announcement or statement.

      (B)  If a Party wishes to issue or make any public announcement or
           statement regarding this Agreement or the Joint Operations, it shall
           not do so unless prior to its release, such Party furnishes all the
           Parties with a copy of such announcement or statement, and obtains
           the unanimous approval of the Parties; provided that, notwithstanding
           any failure to obtain such approval, no Party shall be prohibited
           from issuing or making any such public announcement or statement if
           it is necessary to do so in order to comply with the applicable laws,
           rules or regulations of any government, legal proceedings or stock
           exchange having jurisdiction over such Party as set forth in Articles
           15.1(A)(3) and (7).

     20.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     Subject to the limitations on transfer contained in Article XII, this
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and
assigns of the Parties.

     20.4 WAIVER

     No waiver by any Party of any one or more defaults by another Party in the
performance of this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver of any
future default or defaults by the same Party, whether of a like or of a
different character. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement no Party
shall be deemed to have waived, released or modified any of its rights under
this Agreement unless such Party has expressly stated, in writing, that it does
waive, release or modify such right.

     20.5 SEVERANCE OF INVALID PROVISIONS

     If and for so long as any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be
judged invalid for any reason whatsoever, such invalidity shall not affect the
validity or operation of any other provision of this Agreement except only so
far as shall be necessary to give effect to the construction of such invalidity,
and any such invalid provision shall be deemed severed from this Agreement
without affecting the validity of the balance of this Agreement.

     20.6 MODIFICATIONS

     Except as is provided in Article 20.5, there shall be no modification of
this Agreement except by written consent of all Parties.


     20.7 HEADINGS

     The topical headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and
shall not be construed as having any substantive significance or as indicating
that all of the provisions of this Agreement relating to any topic are to be
found in any particular Article.

     20.8 SINGULAR AND PLURAL

     Reference to the singular includes a reference to the plural and vice
versa.

     20.9 GENDER

     Reference to any gender includes a reference to all other genders.

     20.10 COUNTERPART EXECUTION

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each such
counterpart shall be deemed an original Agreement for all purposes; provided no
Party shall be bound to this Agreement unless and until all Parties have
executed a counterpart. For purposes of assembling all counterparts into one
document, Operator is authorized to detach the signature page from one or more
counterparts and, after signature thereof by the respective Party, attach each
signed signature page to a counterpart.

     20.11 CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT

     In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Contract
and this Agreement, the provisions of the Contract shall prevail.

     20.12 ENTIRETY

     This Agreement is the entire agreement of the Parties and supersedes all
prior understandings and negotiations of the Parties.

     IN WITNESS of their agreement each Party has caused its duly authorized
representative to sign this instrument on the date indicated below such
representative's signature.


                            ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.



                            By:    /s/ A. KOPECKY                               
                                       A. Kopecky
                                  (Print or type name)
                            Title: Vice President - Operations
                            Date:  22 Dec 94

                            RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LIMITED

                            By:   /s/ AKHIL GUPTA
                                      Akhil Gupta
                                   (Print or type name)
                            Title:  CEO (Oil & Gas)
                            Date:   22-12-94                                  

                            OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED

                            By:   /s/ Iswari Datt
                                      ISWARI DATT
                                   (Print or type name)
                            Title: Director Operations (on leave)
                            Date:  22-12-94                                   
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                              ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE

     Attached to and made part of the Joint Operating Agreement, hereinafter
called the "Agreement," by and between OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED,
ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD. AND RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LIMITED.

                                   SECTION I.

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1   PURPOSE.

      1.1.1              The purpose of this Accounting Procedure is to
                         establish equitable methods for determining charges and
                         credits applicable to operations under the Agreement
                         which reflect the costs of Joint Operations to the end
                         that no Party shall gain or lose in relation to other
                         Parties.

      1.1.2              The Parties agree, however, that if the methods prove
                         unfair or inequitable to Operator or Non-Operators, the
                         Parties will meet and in good faith endeavor to agree
                         on changes in methods deemed necessary to correct any
                         unfairness or inequity.

1.2        CONFLICT WITH AGREEMENT. In the event of a conflict between the provi
           sions of this Accounting Procedure and the provisions of the
           Agreement to which this Accounting Procedure is attached, the
           provisions of the Agreement shall prevail.

1.3        DEFINITIONS. The definitions contained in Article I of the Agreement
           to which this Accounting Procedure is attached shall apply to this
           Accounting Procedure and have the same meanings when used herein.
           Certain terms used herein are defined as follows:

      "COUNTRY OF OPERATIONS" shall mean India.

      "MATERIAL" shall mean property, not including real property, acquired and
           held for use in Joint Operations.

1.4   JOINT ACCOUNT RECORDS AND CURRENCY EXCHANGE.

      1.4.1              All accounts, records, books, reports and statements
                         shall be maintained on an accrual basis and prepared in
                         the English language. The accounts shall be maintained
                         in United States Dollars, which shall be the
                         controlling currency of account for cost recovery,
                         production sharing and participation purposes. Metric
                         units and Barrels shall be employed for measurements
                         required under the Contract. Operator shall maintain
                         accounts and records in Indian Rupees also.

      1.4.2              Operator shall maintain accounting records pertaining
                         to Joint Operations in accordance with generally
                         accepted accounting practices used in the international
                         petroleum industry and any applicable statutory
                         obligations of the Country of Operations as well as the
                         provisions of this Contract and the Agreement.

      1.4.3              For translation purposes between United States Dollars
                         and India Rupees or any other currency, the previous
                         month's average of the daily means of the buy and
                         selling rates of exchange as quoted by the State Bank
                         of India (or any other financial body as may be
                         mutually agreed between the Parties) shall be used for
                         the month in which the revenues, costs, expenditures,
                         receipts or income are recorded. However, in the case
                         of any single non-United States Dollar transaction in
                         excess of the equivalent of One Hundred Thousand United
                         States Dollars (US$100,000), the conversion into United
                         States Dollars shall be performed on the basis of the
                         average of the applicable exchange rates for the Day on
                         which the transaction occurred.

      1.4.4              Any currency exchange gains or losses shall be credited
                         or charged to the Joint Account, except as otherwise
                         specified in this Accounting Procedure.

      1.4.5              This Accounting Procedure shall apply, mutatis
                         mutandis, to Exclusive Operations in the same manner
                         that it applies to Joint Operations; provided, however,
                         that the charges and credits applicable to Consenting
                         Parties shall be distinguished by an Exclusive
                         Operation Account. For the purpose of determining and
                         calculating the remuneration of the Consenting Parties,
                         including the premiums for Exclusive Operations, the
                         costs and expenditures shall be expressed in U.S.
                         currency (irrespective of the currency in which the
                         expenditure was incurred).

1.5   STATEMENTS AND BILLINGS.

      1.5.1              Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, Operator shall
                         submit monthly to each Party, on or before the 25th Day
                         of each month, statements of the costs and expenditures
                         incurred during the prior month, indicating by
                         appropriate classification the nature thereof and the
                         portion of such costs charged to each of the Parties.

                         These statements shall contain the following
                         information:

                         -  advances of funds setting forth the currencies
                            received from each Party

                         -  the share of each Party in total expenditures on a
                            cash and accrual basis

                         -  the current account cash balance of each Party

                         -  summary of costs, credits, and expenditures on a cur
                            rent month, year-to-date, and inception-to-date
                            basis or other periodic basis, as agreed by the
                            Parties for each line item of the approved Work
                            Program and Budget

                         -  unusual charges and credits in excess of U.S.
                            dollars one hundred thousand (U.S.$100,000.00) and
                            all adjustments arising out of audit shall be
                            detailed.

      1.5.2              Operator shall, upon request, furnish a description of
                         the accounting classifications used by it.

      1.5.3              Amounts included in the statements and billings shall
                         be expressed in U.S. currency and reconciled to the
                         currencies advanced. Other currency equivalents may be
                         presented as agreed between the Parties.

      1.5.4              Each Party shall be responsible for preparing its own
                         accounting and tax reports to meet the Country of
                         Operations and other country requirements. Operator, to
                         the extent that the information is reasonably available
                         from the Joint Account records, will provide in a
                         timely manner Non-Operators with the necessary
                         statements to facilitate the discharge of such
                         responsibility.

      1.5.5              The billing statement is to be accompanied by billing
                         schedules which shall be schedules dividing such
                         expenditure and income into main classifications of
                         expenditure as indicated by approved budget and AFEs
                         issued. The billing schedules shall also show
                         cumulative totals of all payments linked to AFEs and
                         budget categories and receipts.

1.6        PAYMENTS AND ADVANCES.

      1.6.1              Upon approval of any Work Program and Budget, if Opera
                         tor so requests, all Parties, including the Operator,
                         shall advance its share of estimated cash requirements
                         for the succeeding month's operations. Each such cash
                         call shall be equal to the Operator's estimate of the
                         money to be spent in the currencies required to perform
                         its duties under the approved Work Program and Budget
                         during the month concerned. For informational purposes
                         the cash call shall contain an estimate of the funds
                         required for the succeeding two (2) months. All such
                         cash calls shall be related to the progress/activities
                         achieved and to planned progress/activities to be
                         achieved during the period concerned.

      1.6.2              Each such cash call, detailed by major budget
                         categories and AFEs (where applicable), shall be made
                         in writing and delivered to all Non-Operators not less
                         than fifteen (15) Days before the payment due date.
                         Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.4, the due
                         date for payment of such advances shall be set by
                         Operator but shall be no sooner than the first Business
                         Day of the month for which the advances are required.

                         If, and only if, a Non-Operator believes that the cash
                         call or a portion thereof is not as per the approved
                         Work Program and Budget and AFE (where applicable), the
                         Party may inform its view to all Parties within five
                         (5) Business Days of the receipt of such cash call.
                         Operator may issue a revised cash call. If no revision
                         is issued, payment to the Operator shall be made by the
                         due date as follows: as to the Non-Operator who raised
                         the dispute, the non- disputed amount; and as to other
                         Parties, the amount as determined by such Party's
                         original cash call prior to the dispute, plus a portion
                         of the disputed amount determined by the ratio of each
                         such Party's Participating Interest to the sum of all
                         Participating Interests of the Parties who did not
                         dispute the cash call within the said five (5) Business
                         Days. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 8.9,
                         the amount in dispute shall be paid date by the
                         disputing Party by the due date to an interest bearing
                         joint escrow account where such funds will be held
                         until the matter in dispute has been resolved. The
                         issue arising out of such disputed cash call shall be
                         resolved as soon as practicable by any appropriate
                         means including, but not limited to, discussing the
                         issue in the next Operating Committee meeting so as to
                         assist in resolving the matter, failing which, the
                         matter may be submitted to arbitration by any Party and
                         the arbitrator shall determine appropriate distribution
                         of the escrow account, plus, if appropriate, penal
                         interest specified in Article 8.1.

      1.6.3              Each Non-Operator shall remit its share of the full
                         amount of each such cash call to Operator on or before
                         the due date, in the currencies requested which must be
                         freely convertible or any other currencies acceptable
                         to Operator, and at a bank designated by Operator for
                         the purpose of Joint Operations. If currency provided
                         by a Non-Operator is other than the requested currency,
                         then the entire cost of converting to the requested
                         currency shall be charged to that Non-Operator. Nothing
                         herein shall relieve any Non- Operator from the
                         obligation to provide immediately available funds, in
                         full, by the due date.

      1.6.4              Should Operator be required to pay any sums of money
                         for the Joint Operations as per the approved Work
                         Program and Budget which were unforeseen at the time of
                         providing the Non-Operators with said estimates of its
                         requirements, the Operator may make a written request
                         of the Non-Operators for special advances covering the
                         Non-Operators' share of such payments. Each such
                         Non-Operator shall make its proportional special
                         advances within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of
                         such notice.

      1.6.5              When the total of cash calls for any month is one
                         million U.S. dollars (U.S.$1,000,000.00) or less, each
                         Party, including the Operator, shall advance its share
                         thereof in accordance with this Section 1.6. When the
                         total cash requirements exceed the aforesaid amount,
                         each Party, including the Operator, shall advance its
                         share of the estimated funds required in three (3)
                         installments of amounts to be specified by the
                         Operator, the first installment to be paid not later
                         than the first Business Day of the month for which the
                         advance is required and the second installment to be
                         paid not later than the tenth Day of the month for
                         which the advance is required or if such Day is not a
                         Business Day, then the following Business Day and the
                         third installment to be paid not later than the
                         twentieth Day of the month for which the advance is
                         required or if such Day is not a Business Day, then the
                         following Business Day. The third installment can be
                         adjusted by the Operator by notifying the Parties,
                         including the Operator, of the adjusted amount no later
                         than the fifteenth Day of the month for which the
                         advance is required.

      1.6.6              If a Non-Operator's advances exceed its share of cash
                         expenditures, succeeding month's cash requirements,
                         after such determination, shall be reduced accordingly.
                         A Non- Operator may request that its excess advances be
                         refunded. Operator shall make such refund within ten
                         (10) Business Days after receipt of the Non-Operator's
                         request provided that the amount is in excess of the
                         cash requirements for the month of such determination.
                         If the Operator does not make such refund within ten
                         (10) Business Days, then the Operator shall pay each
                         Party requesting a refund the difference between the
                         Agreed Interest Rate and the interest earned on the
                         Joint Account.

      1.6.7              If Non-Operator's advances are less than its share of
                         cash expenditures, the deficiency shall, at Operator's
                         option, be added to subsequent cash advance
                         requirements or be paid by Non-Operator within eight
                         (8) Business Days following the receipt of Operator's
                         billing to Non-Operator for such deficiency. Along with
                         notice of payment due, the Operator shall provide
                         details supporting that the Non- Operator's advance is
                         less than its share of cash expenditures.


      1.6.8              Any interest received by Operator from interest-bearing
                         accounts containing funds received from the Parties
                         shall be credited to the Parties. The interest earned
                         will be allocated to the Parties on an equitable basis
                         taking into consideration date of funding by each Party
                         to the accounts in proportion to the total funding into
                         the account. A monthly statement summarizing receipts,
                         disbursements, transfers to each joint bank account and
                         beginning and ending balances thereof shall be provided
                         by the Operator to the Parties.

      1.6.9              Payments of cash calls or billings as per approved Work
                         Program and Budget shall be made on or before the due
                         date. If these payments are not received by the due
                         date the unpaid balance shall bear and accrue interest
                         from the due date until the payment is received by the
                         Operator at the Agreed Interest Rate. For the purpose
                         of determining the unpaid balance and interest owed,
                         Operator shall translate to U.S. currency all amounts
                         owed in other currencies using the currency exchange
                         rate readily available to Operator at the close of the
                         last banking Day prior to the due date for the unpaid
                         balance as quoted by the applicable authority
                         identified in Section 1.4.3.

      1.6.10             Subject to governmental regulation, Operator shall have
                         the right, at any time and from time to time, to
                         convert the funds advanced or any part thereof to other
                         currencies to the extent that such currencies are then
                         required for operations. The cost of any such
                         conversion shall be charged to the Joint Account.
                         However, such conversions should be avoided as far as
                         practical.

      1.6.11             Operator shall endeavor to maintain funds held in bank
                         accounts for the Joint Account at a level consistent
                         with that required for the prudent conduct of Joint
                         Operations.

1.7        ADJUSTMENTS.  Payments of any advances or billings shall not
           prejudice the right of any Non-Operator to protest or question the
           correctness thereof; provided, however, all bills and statements ren
           dered to Non-Operators by Operator during any Financial Year shall
           conclusively be presumed to be true and correct after twenty-four
           (24) months following the end of such Financial Year, unless within
           the said twenty-four (24) month period a Non-Operator takes written
           exception thereto and makes claim on Operator for adjustment. Failure
           on the part of a Non-Operator to make claim on Operator for
           adjustment within such period shall establish the correctness thereof
           and preclude the filing of exceptions thereto or making claims for
           adjustment thereon. No adjustment favorable to Operator shall be made
           unless it is made within the same prescribed period. The provisions
           of this paragraph shall not prevent adjustments resulting from a
           physical inventory of the Property as provided for in Section VI. The
           Operator shall be allowed to make adjustments to the Joint Account
           after such twenty-four (24) month period if these adjustments result
           from audit exceptions outside of this agreement, third party claims,
           or Government requirements. Any such adjustments shall be subject to
           audit within the time period specified in Section 1.8.1.

1.8        AUDITS.

      1.8.1              A Non-Operator, upon at least sixty (60) Days advance
                         notice in writing to Operator and all other
                         Non-Operators, shall have the right to audit the Joint
                         Accounts and records of Operator relating to the
                         accounting hereunder for any Financial Year within the
                         twenty-four (24) month period following the end of such
                         Financial Year. The cost of each such audit shall be
                         borne by Non-Operators conducting the audit. It is
                         provided, however, that Non- Operators must take
                         written exception to and make claim upon the Operator
                         for all discrepancies disclosed by said audit within
                         said twenty-four (24) month period. Where there are two
                         or more Non-Operators, the Non-Operators shall make
                         every reasonable effort to conduct joint or
                         simultaneous audits in a manner which will result in a
                         minimum of inconvenience to the Operator. Operator and
                         Non-Operators shall make every effort to resolve any
                         claim resulting from an audit within a reasonable
                         period of time.

                         A Non-Operator may audit the records of an Affiliate of
                         Operator relating to that Affiliate's charges. The
                         provisions of this Accounting Procedure shall apply
                         mutatis mutandis to such audits.

      1.8.2              Any information obtained by a Non-Operator under the
                         provisions of this Section 1.8 which does not relate
                         directly to the Joint Operations shall be kept
                         confidential and shall not be disclosed to any party,
                         except as would otherwise be permitted by Article
                         15.1(A)(3) and (9) of the Agreement.

      1.8.3              The Operator is required by Contract to employ a
                         qualified independent firm of internationally
                         recognized chartered accountants registered in India to
                         audit the Contract Account Books and records of
                         Operator relating to the accounting hereunder, the cost
                         thereof shall be a charge against the Joint Account,
                         and a copy of the accounting reports and audit report
                         shall be furnished to each Party within ninety (90)
                         days of the close of a Financial Year.

1.9        ALLOCATIONS.  If it becomes necessary to allocate any common costs
           or expenditures to or between Joint Operations and any other
           operations, such allocation shall be made on an equitable basis in
           accordance with international accounting standards.  Upon request,
           Operator shall furnish a description of its allocation procedures
           pertaining to these costs and expenditures.  A Non-Operator may cause
           Operating Committee to review such allocation basis and Operating
           Committee may decide a revision to the allocation, failing which, the
           matter may be referred to a sole expert or arbitration.

                                  SECTION II.

                                 DIRECT CHARGES

           Operator shall charge the Joint Account with all costs and
           expenditures incurred in connection with Joint Operations. It is also
           understood that charges for services normally provided by an Operator
           such as those contemplated in Section 2.4.2.2 which are provided by
           Operator's Affiliates shall reflect the cost to the Affiliate,
           excluding profit, for performing such services, except as otherwise
           provided in Section 2.4.2 and Section 2.4.2.3 if selected.

           The costs and expenditures will be recorded as required for the
           settlement of accounts between the Parties hereto in connection with
           the rights and obligations under this Agreement and for purposes of
           complying with Country of Operations and United States tax laws.
           Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing,
           chargeable costs and expenditures shall include:

2.1        LICENSES, PERMITS, ETC.

           All costs, if any, attributable to the acquisition, maintenance,
           renewal or relinquishment of licenses, permits, contractual and/or
           surface rights acquired for Joint Operations and bonuses paid in
           accordance with the Contract when paid by Operator in accordance with
           the provisions of the Agreement.

2.2        LABOR AND ASSOCIATED COSTS.

      2.2.1              OPERATOR'S LOCALLY RECRUITED EMPLOYEES BASED IN INDIA.

                         Costs of all Operator's locally recruited employees who
                         are directly engaged in the conduct of Petroleum
                         Operations under the Contract in India. Such costs
                         shall include the costs of employee benefits and
                         Government benefits for employees and levies imposed on
                         the Operator as an employer, transportation and
                         relocation costs within India of the employee and such
                         members of the employee's family (limited to spouse and
                         dependent children) as required by law or customary
                         practice in India. If such employees are engaged in
                         other activities in India, in addition to Petroleum
                         Operations, the cost of such employees shall be
                         apportioned on a time sheet basis according to sound
                         and acceptable accounting and costing principles.

      2.2.2              ASSIGNED PERSONNEL.

                         Costs of salaries and wages, including bonuses, of the
                         Operator's employees directly and necessarily engaged
                         in the conduct of the Petroleum Operations under the
                         Contract, whether temporarily or permanently assigned,
                         irrespective of the location of such employees, it
                         being understood that in the case of those personnel
                         only a portion of whose time is wholly dedicated to
                         Petroleum Operations under the Contract, only that pro
                         rata portion of applicable salaries, wages and other
                         costs, as specified in Sections 2.2.3, 2.2.4, 2.2.5,
                         2.2.6 and 2.2.7 shall be charged and the basis of such
                         pro rata allocation shall be specified.

      2.2.3              The Operator's costs regarding holiday, vacation,
                         sickness and disability benefits and living and housing
                         and other customary allowances applicable to the
                         salaries and wages chargeable under Section 2.2.2
                         above.

      2.2.4              Expenses or contributions made pursuant to assessments
                         or obligations imposed under the laws of India which
                         are applicable to the Operator's cost of salaries and
                         wages chargeable under Section 2.2.2 above.

      2.2.5              The Operator's cost of established plans for employees'
                         group life insurance, hospitalization, pension,
                         retirement and other benefit plans of a like nature
                         customarily granted to the Operator's employees
                         provided, however, that such costs are in accordance
                         with generally accepted standards in the international
                         petroleum industry, applicable to salaries and wages
                         chargeable to petroleum operations under Section 2.2.2
                         above.

      2.2.6              Personal Income taxes where and when they are paid by
                         the Operator to the Government of India for the
                         employee, in accordance with the Contractor's standard
                         personnel policies.

      2.2.7              Reasonable transportation and travel expenses of
                         employees of the Operator, including those made for
                         travel and relocation of the expatriate employees,
                         including their dependent family and personal effects,
                         assigned to India whose salaries and wages are
                         chargeable to petroleum operations under Section 2.2.2.
                         Actual transportation expenses of personnel transferred
                         to petroleum operations from their country of origin
                         and/or relocation to their country of origin expenses
                         shall be charged to the petroleum operations.

      2.2.8              Transportation cost as used in this Section shall mean
                         the cost of freight and passenger service and any
                         accountable incidental expenditures related to transfer
                         travel and authorized under Operator's standard
                         personnel policies. Operator shall ensure that all
                         expenditures related to transportation costs are
                         equitably allocated to the activities which have
                         benefited from the personnel concerned.

2.3        TRANSPORTATION COSTS.

           The reasonable cost of transportation of equipment, materials and
           supplies within India and from outside India to India necessary for
           the conduct of petroleum operations under the Contract, including,
           but not limited to, directly related costs such as unloading charges,
           dock fees and inland and ocean freight charges.

2.4        CHARGES FOR SERVICES.

      2.4.1              THIRD PARTIES.

                         The actual costs of contract services, services of
                         professional consultants, utilities and other services
                         necessary for the conduct of petroleum operations under
                         the Contract performed by third parties other than an
                         Affiliate of the Operator, provided that the
                         transactions resulting in such costs are undertaken
                         pursuant to arms length transactions.

      2.4.2              AFFILIATES OF OPERATOR.

                         2.4.2.1 PROFESSIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AND
                                 EXPENSES.

                                 Cost of professional and 78 administrative
                                 services provided by any Affiliate for the
                                 direct benefit of petroleum operations,
                                 including, but not limited to, services
                                 provided by the produc tion, exploration,
                                 legal, financial, insurance, accounting and
                                 computer services divisions other than those
                                 covered by Section 2.4.2.2 which Operator may
                                 use in lieu of having its own employees.
                                 Charges shall be equal to the actual cost of
                                 providing their services, shall not include any
                                 element of profit and shall not be any higher
                                 than the most favorable prices charged by the
                                 Affiliate to third parties for comparable
                                 services under similar terms and conditions
                                 elsewhere and will be fair and reasonable in
                                 the light of prevailing international oil
                                 industry practice and experience.

                         2.4.2.2 SCIENTIFIC OR TECHNICAL PERSONNEL.

                                 Cost of scientific or technical personnel
                                 services provided by any Affiliate of Operator
                                 for the direct benefit of petroleum operations,
                                 which cost shall be charged on a cost of
                                 service basis without element of profit.
                                 Charges therefor shall not exceed charges for
                                 comparable services currently provided by
                                 outside technical service organizations of
                                 comparable qualifications. Unless the work to
                                 be done by such personnel is covered by an
                                 approved budget and Work Programme, Operator
                                 shall not authorize work by such personnel
                                 without approval of the Management Committee.

                         2.4.2.3 Equipment, facilities and property owned and
                                 furnished by the Operator's Affiliates, at
                                 rates commensurate with the cost of ownership
                                 and operation provided, however, that such
                                 rates shall not exceed those currently
                                 prevailing for the supply of like equipment,
                                 facilities and property on comparable terms in
                                 the area where the petroleum operations are
                                 being conducted. The equipment and facilities
                                 referred to herein shall exclude major
                                 investment items such as (but not limited to)
                                 drilling rigs, producing platforms, oil
                                 treating facilities, oil and gas loading and
                                 transportation systems, storage and terminal
                                 facilities and other major facilities, rates
                                 for which shall be subject to separate
                                 agreement with the Government.


2.5        COMMUNICATIONS.

           Cost of acquiring, leasing, installing, operating, repairing and
           maintaining communication systems including satellite, radio and
           microwave facilities between the Contract Area and the Operator's
           base facility, offices, helicopter bases, port and railway yards.


2.6        OFFICE, SHORE BASES AND MISCELLANEOUS FACILITIES.

           Net cost to Operator of establishing, maintaining and operating any
           office, sub-office, shore base facility, warehouse, housing or other
           facility directly serving the petroleum operations. If any such
           facility services contract areas other than the Contract Area, or any
           business other than petroleum operations, the net costs thereof shall
           be allocated on an equitable and consistent basis.


2.7        ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AND PROTECTION.

           Costs incurred in conducting the environmental impact studies for the
           Contract Area, and in taking environmental protection measures
           pursuant to the terms of the Contract.



2.8.       INSURANCE.

           Premiums paid for insurance required by law, the Contract or the
           Agreement to be carried for the benefit of the Joint Operations.

2.9.       DAMAGES AND LOSSES TO PROPERTY.

      2.9.1              All costs or expenditures necessary to replace or
                         repair damages or losses incurred by fire, flood,
                         storm, theft, accident, or any other cause. Operator
                         shall furnish Non- Operators written notice of damages
                         or losses incurred in excess of Fifty Thousand U.S.
                         Dollars (U.S.$50,000) as soon as practical after report
                         of the same has been received by Operator. All losses
                         in excess of Fifty Thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S.$50,000)
                         shall be listed separately in the monthly statement of
                         costs and expenditures.

      2.9.2.             Credits for settlements received from insurance carried
                         for the benefit of Joint Operations and from others for
                         losses or damages to Joint Property or Materials. Each
                         Party shall be credited with its Participating Interest
                         share thereof except where such receipts are derived
                         from insurance purchased by Operator for less than all
                         Parties in which event such proceeds shall be credited
                         to those Parties for whom the insurance was purchased
                         in the proportion of their respective contributions
                         toward the insurance coverage.

      2.9.3.             Expenditures incurred in the settlement of all losses,
                         claims, damages, judgements and other expenses for the
                         benefit of Joint Operations.

2.10       LITIGATION AND LEGAL EXPENSES.

      2.10.1             Legal services necessary or expedient for the
                         protection of the Joint Operations, and all costs and
                         expenses of litigation, arbitration or other
                         alternative dispute resolution procedure, including
                         reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, together with
                         all judgments obtained against the Parties or any of
                         them arising from the Joint Operations.

      2.10.2.            If the Parties hereunder shall so agree, actions or
                         claims affecting the Joint Operations hereunder may be
                         handled by the legal staff of one or any of the Parties
                         hereto; and a charge commensurate with the reasonable
                         costs of providing and furnishing such services
                         rendered may be made against the Joint Account, but no
                         such charges shall be made until approved by the
                         Parties.

2.11       TAXES AND DUTIES.

           All taxes, duties, assessments and governmental charges, of every
           kind and nature, assessed or levied upon or in connection with the
           Joint Operations, other than any that are measured by or based upon
           the revenues, income and net worth of a Party.

           If Operator or an Affiliate is subject to income or withholding tax
           as a result of services performed at cost for the operations under
           the Agreement, its charges for such services may be increased by the
           amount of such taxes incurred (grossed up).

2.12       OTHER EXPENDITURES.

           Any other costs and expenditures incurred by the Operator for the
           necessary and proper conduct of the Joint Operations in accordance
           with approved Work Programs and Budgets and not covered in this
           Section II or in Section III.

                                  SECTION III.

                                INDIRECT CHARGES

3.1        Operator shall charge the Joint Account monthly for the cost of
           indirect services and related office costs of Operator and its
           Affiliates not otherwise provided in this Accounting Procedure.  No
           cost or expenditure included under Section II shall be included or
           duplicated under this Section III.  Indirect services and related
           office costs of Operator and its Affiliates outside the Country of
           Operations include but are not limited to the cost of the following
           functions which are of benefit to the Joint Operations:

                         Executive, Administrative, & Managerial
                         Treasury and Financial Services
                         Tax and Legal
                         Human Resources
                         Insurance
                         Accounting and Internal Control
                         Employee Training and Medical
                         Safety and Security
                         Budgeting and Forecasting
                         Communications

3.2        The charge for the period beginning with the Financial Year through
           the end of the period covered by Operator's invoice ("Year- to-Date")
           under Section 3.1 above shall be a percentage of the Year- to-Date
           Parties' total direct expenditures, charged to the Joint Account,
           calculated on the following scale (U.S. Dollars):

                              ANNUAL EXPENDITURES

                        One percent (1%) of expenditures

3.3        The expenditures used to calculate the monthly indirect charge
           shall not include the indirect charge (calculated either as a
           percentage of expenditures or as a minimum monthly charge), rentals
           on surface rights acquired and maintained for the Joint Account,
           guarantee deposits, concession acquisition costs, bonuses paid in
           accordance with the Contract, royalties and taxes paid under the
           Contract, settlement of claims, proceeds from the sale of assets (in
           cluding division in kind) amounting to more than U.S.$10,000 per
           transaction, and similar items mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

           Credits arising from any government subsidy payments and disposi tion
           of Joint Account property shall not be deducted from total
           expenditures in determining such charge.

3.4        The indirect charges provided for in this Section III may be amended
           periodically by mutual agreement between the Parties if, in practice,
           these charges are found to be insufficient or excessive.

                                  SECTION IV.

                     ACQUISITION OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

4.1        MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.

      4.1.1              GENERAL.

                         So far as is practicable and consistent with efficient
                         and economical operation, only such material shall be
                         purchased or furnished by the Operator for use in the
                         petroleum operations as may be required for use in the
                         reasonably foreseeable future and the accumulation of
                         surplus stocks shall be avoided to the extent possible.

      4.1.2              WARRANTY.

                         In the case of defective material or equipment, any
                         adjustment received by the Operator from the suppliers
                         or manufacturers or their agents in respect of any
                         warranty on material or equipment shall be credited to
                         the accounts under the Agreement.

      4.1.3              VALUE OF MATERIALS CHARGED TO THE ACCOUNTS UNDER THE
                         CONTRACT.

                         4.1.3.1 Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph
                                 4.1.2, materials purchased by the Operator and
                                 used in the petroleum operations shall be
                                 valued to include invoice price less trade and
                                 cash discounts, if any, purchase and
                                 procurement fees plus freight and forwarding
                                 charges between point of supply and point of
                                 shipment, freight to port of destination,
                                 insurance, taxes, customs duties, consular
                                 fees, other items chargeable against imported
                                 material and, where applicable, handling and
                                 transportation costs from point of importation
                                 to warehouse or operating site, and these costs
                                 shall not exceed those currently prevailing in
                                 normal arms length transactions on the open
                                 market.

                         4.1.3.2 Material purchased from or sold to Affiliates
                                 or transferred to or from activities of the
                                 Operator other than petroleum operations under
                                 the Contract.

                         4.1.3.2.1 new material (hereinafter referred to as
                                 condition A) shall be valued at the current
                                 international price which shall not exceed the
                                 price prevailing in normal arms length
                                 transactions on the open market;

                         4.1.3.2.2 used material which is in sound and
                                 serviceable condition and is suitable for reuse
                                 without reconditioning (hereinafter referred to
                                 as condition B) shall be priced at not more
                                 than seventy five percent (75%) of the current
                                 price of the above mentioned new materials;

                         4.1.3.2.3 used material which cannot be classified as
                                 condition B, but which, after reconditioning,
                                 will be further serviceable for original
                                 function as good second-hand condition B
                                 material or is serviceable for original
                                 function, but substantially not suitable for
                                 reconditioning (hereinafter referred to as
                                 condition C) shall be priced at not more than
                                 fifty per cent (50%) of the current price of
                                 the new material referred to above as condition
                                 A.

                         The cost of reconditioning shall be charged to the
                         reconditioned material, provided that the condition C
                         material value plus the cost of reconditioning does not
                         exceed the value of condition B material.

                         Material which cannot be classified as condition B or
                         condition C shall be priced at a value commensurate
                         with its use.

                         Material involving erection expenditure shall be
                         charged at the applicable condition percentage
                         (referred to above) of the current knocked-down price
                         of new material referred to above as condition A.

                         When the use of material is temporary and its service
                         to the Petroleum Operations does not justify the
                         reduction in price in relation to materials referred to
                         above as conditions B and C, such material shall be
                         priced on a basis that will result in a net charge to
                         the accounts under the Contract consistent with the
                         value of the service rendered.

4.2        PREMIUM PRICES.

           Whenever Material is not readily obtainable at prices specified in
           Section 4.1 of this Section IV because of national emergencies,
           strikes or other unusual causes over which the Operator has no
           control, the Operator may charge the Joint Account for the required
           Material at the Operator's actual cost incurred procuring such
           Material, in making it suitable for use, and moving it to the
           Contract Area, provided that notice in writing, including a detailed
           description of the Material required and the required delivery date,
           is furnished to Non-Operators of the proposed charge at least 10 Days
           (or such shorter period as may be specified by Operator) before the
           Material is projected to be needed for operations and prior to
           billing Non-Operators for such Material the cost of which exceeds two
           hundred thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S. $200,000.00). Each Non-Operator
           shall have the right, by so electing and notifying Operator within 5
           Days (or such shorter period as may be specified by Operator) after
           receiving notice from Operator, to furnish in kind all or part of his
           share of such Material per the terms of the notice which is suitable
           for use and acceptable to Operator both as to quality and time of
           delivery. Such acceptance by Operator shall not be unreasonably
           withheld. If a Non-Operator fails to properly submit an election
           notification within the designated period, the Operator is not
           required to accept Material furnished in kind by that Non-Operator.
           If the Operator fails to submit proper notification prior to billing
           Non-Operators for such Material, Operator shall only charge the Joint
           Account on the basis of the price allowed during a "normal" pricing
           period in effect at time of movement. If Material furnished is deemed
           unsuitable for use by the Operator, all costs incurred in disposing
           of such Material or returning Material to owner shall be borne by the
           Non-Operator furnishing the same unless otherwise agreed by the
           Parties.

                                   SECTION V.

                             DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS

5.1        The Operator shall be under no obligation to purchase the interest
           of Non-Operators in new or used surplus Materials.  Operator shall
           have the right to dispose of Materials but shall advise and secure
           prior agreement of the Operating Committee of any proposed
           disposition of Materials having an original cost to the Joint Account
           either individually or in the aggregate of Fifty Thousand U.S.
           Dollars (US$50,000) or more.  Credits for Material sold by the
           Operator shall be made to the Joint Account in the month in which
           payment is received for the Material.  Any Material sold or disposed
           of under this Section shall be on an "as is, where is" basis without
           guarantees or warranties of any kind or nature.  Costs and
           expenditures incurred by Operator in the disposition of Materials
           shall be charged to the Joint Account.

5.2        Division of Materials in kind, if made between Operator and Non-
           Operators, shall be in proportion to their respective interests in
           such Material.  Each Party will thereupon be charged individually
           with its share of the agreed volume of Material received or
           receivable by each Party, and corresponding credits will be made by
           Operator to the Joint Account.  Such credits shall appear in the
           monthly statement of Joint Operations.

                                  SECTION VI.

                       RECORDS AND INVENTORIES OF ASSETS

6.1        RECORDS.

      6.1.1              The Operator shall keep and maintain detailed records
                         of property and assets in use for or in connection with
                         petroleum operations under the Agreement in accordance
                         with normal practices in exploration and production
                         activities of the international petroleum industry.
                         Such records shall include information on quantities,
                         location and condition of such property and assets, and
                         whether such property or assets are leased or owned.

      6.1.2              The Operator shall furnish annually particulars to the
                         Non-Operator, by notice in writing as provided in the
                         Agreement, of all major assets acquired by the Operator
                         to be used for or in connection with petroleum
                         operations.

6.2        INVENTORIES.

      6.2.1              The Operator shall:

                         6.2.1.1 not less than once every twelve (12) Months
                                 with respect to movable assets take an
                                 inventory of the controllable assets used for
                                 or in connection with petroleum operations in
                                 terms of the Contract and address and deliver
                                 such inventory to the non-operators with a
                                 statement of the principles upon which
                                 valuation of the assets mentioned in such
                                 inventory has been based. Controllable assets
                                 means those assets the operators submit to
                                 detailed record keeping.

                         6.2.1.2 not less than once every three (3) years with
                                 respect to immovable assets, take an inventory
                                 of the assets used for or in connection with
                                 petroleum operations in terms of the Contract
                                 and address and deliver such inventory to the
                                 Non- Operators together with a written
                                 statement of the principles upon which
                                 valuation of the assets mentioned in such
                                 inventory has been based. Immovable assets
                                 means those assets which are placed in service
                                 and have an original cost in excess of Fifty
                                 Thousand United States Dollars (US$50,000).

                         6.2.1.3 Reconciliation of inventory with charges to the
                                 Joint Account shall be made by Operator and the
                                 Operator shall furnish to the Non-Operators a
                                 copy of the inventory and a priced list of
                                 excesses and shortages.
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT "B"
                          DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT AREA

     The area comprising approximately 430 sq. km offshore India identified as
Panna Block and the area comprising approximately 777 sq. km offshore India
identified as the Mukta Block described herein and shown under map attached as
Appendix B-1 and B-2.

     Longitude and Latitude measurements are as follows:

     MUKTA (about 100 km Northwest of Bombay) See Appendix B-2.

             LATITUDE                        LONGITUDE
A.     19 Degrees 27'00"N               71 Degrees 38'00"E
B.     19 Degrees 27'00"N               71 Degrees 54'00"E
C.     19 Degrees 12'00"N               71 Degrees 54'00"E
D.     19 Degrees 12'00"N               71 Degrees 38'00"E

           PANNA (about 95 km Northwest of Bombay) See Appendix B-1.

             LATITUDE                        LONGITUDE
A.     19 Degrees 28'00"N               71 Degrees 54'00"E
B.     19 Degrees 28'00"N               72 Degrees 05'00"E
C.     19 Degrees 19'30"N               72 Degrees 05'00"E
D.     19 Degrees 15'00"N               72 Degrees 00'00"E
E.     19 Degrees 15'00"N               71 Degrees 54'00"E

                                                                APPENDIX - B1

                                                           MAP OF CONTRACT AREA
                                                               PANNA BLOCK

WESTERN INDIA
OFFSHORE BOMBAY BASIN

[MAP AND INSET OF CONTRACT AREA]

                                                                APPENDIX - B2

                                                           MAP OF CONTRACT AREA
                                                                MUKTA BLOCK

WESTERN INDIA
OFFSHORE BOMBAY BASIN

[MAP AND INSET OF CONTRACT AREA]
<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT "C"

                                    EXAMPLE
                        FROM ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.
                           CASH CALL FOR: JUNE 1, 199

                                          JUNE              JULY          AUGUST

I.  Exploration/Appraisal Costs
        Geological and Geophysical             10                           X
        Core Hole Drilling                     10            X
        Exploration Wells
        Wells A                        20
          Wells B                      20      40
        Facilities Costs                        5                           X
               Subtotal


II. Development Costs
        Development Wells
          Wells A                      20                                   X
          Wells B                      20      40                           X
        Production Facilities
          Platforms                    50
          Pipeline/Flow Lines          10      60
        Engineering Studies                     2                           X
        Service Costs                           3            X              X
               Subtotal


III Production Costs
        Lease and Well                          5                           X


IV. General and Administrative Costs           15            X              X


V.  Fixed Assets and Deposits                   X            X              X
                                               -------------------------------
               Grand Total                    190           XX              XX

April 1994 Cash Call             200
April 1994 Actual               (190)
                                -----
       Net Over (Under) Call      10          (10)
                                              ---
Total Cash Due June 1, 1994                   180
                                              ====

ONGC      40% Share         US$72
EOGIL     30% Share         US$54
RIL       30% Share         US$54


NOTE:  The cash call for June 1 is expected to be issued on or before May 15.
                                                                    EXHIBIT "D"
                                 BUDGET FORMAT
                               (FOR EXAMPLE ONLY)
                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.
                             FINANCIAL YEAR 1994/95

I. Exploration/Appraisal Costs
    *Geological and Geophysical                                        X
    *Core Hole Drilling                                                X
    *Exploration Wells
    (1) Wells A (Firm; Specifically defined)                X
    (2) Wells B (Contingent; Funds provided, but            X
                 specifics to be approved by
                 Operating Committee)
     Sub-Total                                                             XX

II.  Development Costs
    *Development Wells
    (1)  Wells A (Firm; Specifically defined)               X
    (2)  Wells B (Contingent; Funds provided, but           X
                  specifics to be approved by
                  Operating Committee)
    *Production Facilities
    (1)  Platforms
          (a)  Firm                                         X
          (b)  Contingent; Funds provided, but              X
               specifics to be approved by
               Operating Committee
    (2)  Storage Facilities                                            X
    (3)  Terminals                                                     X
    (4)  Pipelines/Flow Lines                                          X
    *Engineering Studies                                               X
    *Service Costs                                                     X
                                                                      ---
    Sub-Total                                                           XX

III.   Production Costs
     *Lease and Well                                                   X
                                                                      ---
      Sub-Total                                                         XX

IV.   General and Administrative                                        XX

V.    Fixed Assets and Deposits                                         XX

      Grand Total Costs                                                XXX
                                                                       ===
NOTE 1: Each line above represents budget line items. Each budget line item
shall be supplemented, if appropriate, by explanatory schedules,
unquantified examples of which follow as Tables D-1 through D-8, showing
magnitude and timing of expenditures and description of the work to be
achieved. It is intended that the Operating Committee shall have full
authority to reclassify funds from Contingent to Firm.

VI.            Revenue                                                 XXX
                                                                       ===

NOTE 2: Categories III and IV are considered operating cost and are not
subject to AFEs, except that some items in category III may require AFEs
for workovers as per Article 6.9.

                                                APPROVALS

For EOGIL         _______________________
                  (signature)

                  _______________________
                  (print name and date)

For RIL           _______________________
                  (signature)

                  _______________________
                  (print name and date)

For ONGC          _______________________
                  (signature)

                  _______________________
                  (print name and date)
<PAGE>
                                   TABLE D-1
                          ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.              (FOR APPROVAL)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                                 BUDGET SUMMARY
                             Financial Year 1994/95
(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          TOTAL 94/95
ITEM                                   1994      1994    1994    1995     FINANCIAL YEAR      REMAIN        TOTAL
CODE   DESCRIPTION                     QTR 2     QTR 3   QTR 4   QTR 1                *       PROJECT       PROJECT
<S>    <C>
</TABLE>

  I.  Exploration/Appraisal Costs
       Geophysical and  Geological
       Core Hole Drilling
       Exploration Drilling
         (Firm Wells)
         (Contingent Wells)

           Total Exploration Costs

 II.  Development Costs
       Development Drilling
        (Firm Wells)
        (Contingent Wells)
       Production Facilities Costs

           Total Development Costs

III.  Production Costs

 IV.  General and Administrative

  V.  Fixed Assets and Deposits

           Total Project Costs

 VI.  Revenue

*If X in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

NOTE:  Categories III and IV are considered operating cost and are not subject
to AFEs, except that certain items in category III may require AFEs for
workovers as per Article 6.9.

FOR EOGIL                      FOR RIL                     FOR ONGC

_____________________          _____________________       _____________________

_____________________          _____________________       _____________________

                                   TABLE D-2
                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.          (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                       Geophysical and Geological Expense
                             Financial Year 1994/95
(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              TOTAL 94/95
                                                           FINANCIAL YEAR    95/96         96/97
ITEM                         1994        1994       1995                   FINANCIAL      FINANCIAL
CODE        DESCRIPTION      QTR 3       QTR 4      QTR 1            *       YEAR           YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
Geophysical Costs
  Seismic Survey (Firm)
  Positioning (Firm)
  Field Supervision (Firm)
  Scouting/Chase Boats/Misc. (Firm)
  Data Processing (See Note) (Firm)
  Data Reprocessing (Firm)
  Supervisory/Support Costs (Firm)
  Technical Service (Firm)

    Total Geophysical Costs

Geological Costs
  Geochem and Biostrat Analysis (Firm)
  Core Analysis (Firm)
  Special Studies and Consultation (Firm)
  PVT Fluid Analysis (Firm)
  Supervisory/Support Costs (Firm)
  Technical Service (Firm)

    Total Geological Costs

Communications Costs (Firm)

Total Geophysical and Geological

*If X in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

                                   TABLE D-3
                            ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.         (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                       Development Drilling (Firm Wells)
                             Financial Year 1994/95
(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      TOTAL 94/95
                                                                     FINANCIAL YEAR     95/96            96/97
ITEM                                   1994        1994        1995                   FINANCIAL        FINANCIAL
CODE   DESCRIPTION                     QTR 3       QTR 4       QTR 1            *       YEAR              YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
Drilling (Firm wells)
  Drilling and Completion Intangibles
  Drilling and Completion Tangibles

Drilling (Contingent wells)

    Total Drilling

Shore Base (1) (Firm)

Communications Expense (2) (Firm)

Supervisory/Support Staff (Firm)

      Total Drilling/Operations Costs

*If X in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.


NOTE: (1) Lease costs only of $     /day

      (2) Monthly communications expense allocated as follows:
          Drilling
          Construction
          Exploration
          G&A

     (3) Inventory costs included in Fixed Assets


Additional Note:

Specifics to be added which would clearly delineate each individual "Firm" well
proposed. A separate page following this format would be provided for
"Contingent" wells for which funds are proposed but technical specifications are
not available until a future Operating Committee meeting.

                                   TABLE D-4
                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.          (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                          Production Facilities Costs
                             Financial Year 1994/95
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In '000 U.S. Dollars)                                                   TOTAL 94/95
                                                                        FINANCIAL YEAR    95/96            96/97
ITEM                                    1994        1994        1995                    FINANCIAL        FINANCIAL
CODE         DESCRIPTION                QTR 3       QTR 4       QTR 1              *     YEAR              YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
PANNA FIELD DEVELOPMENT
  CCP Jacket (Contingent)
  CCP Deck (Contingent)
  Platform PF (Contingent)
  Platform PG (Contingent)
  WH Decks (Contingent)
  Pipeline (Contingent)
  Living Quarters/Platform (Contingent)
  Flare Tripod Structure (Contingent)
     Total Panna/Mukta Development

TAPTI FIELD DEVELOPMENT
  Preliminary Engineering (Firm)
  Platform STB (Firm)
  Platform STC (Firm)
  Platform STF (Firm)
  TPP Jacket (Firm)
  TPP Deck/Bridge (Firm)
  Pipeline (Firm)
     Total Tapti Development

Supervisory/Support Costs (Firm)

Technical Services (Firm)

TOTAL PRODUCTION FACILITIES

*If X in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

                                   TABLE D-5
                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.          (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                                Production Costs
                             Financial Year 1994/95
(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       TOTAL 94/95
                                                                      FINANCIAL YEAR     95/96             96/97
ITEM                           1994           1994          1995                       FINANCIAL         FINANCIAL
CODE           DESCRIPTION      QTR 3         QTR 4         QTR 1                *       YEAR               YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
Panna/Mukta
  EPS
  FSO
  PA
  PB
  PQ
  PE
  MA
     Sub-Total

  PPA
  PQ
  PC
  PF
  PG
     Sub-Total

        Total Panna/Mukta (Firm)

Tapti
  TPP, STB, STC, STF (Firm)

        Total Tapti

Communications (Firm)

Supervision and Support (Firm)

Technical Services (Firm)

            Total Production Costs

*If X in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

                                   TABLE D-6
                          ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.           (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                       General and Administrative Expense
                             Financial Year 1994/95
(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   TOTAL 94/95      95/96            96/97
ITEM                           1994        1994         1995     FINANCIAL YEAR    FINANCIAL        FINANCIAL
CODE      DESCRIPTION         QTR 3        QTR 4       QTR 1                 *       YEAR              YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
Salaries and Benefits
  Expat Salary and Benefits
  National Salary and Benefits

    Total Salaries and Benefits (Firm)

Other G&A
  Moving Costs
  Travel and Entertainment Subscriptions and Memberships Office
  Rental Telephone and Telecommunications Utilities Repair and
  Maintenance Security Office Supplies Legal and Accounting
  Insurance Technical Services Technical Publications, Books, Maps
  Other Outside Services Bank Fees Training

    Total Other G&A (Firm)

      Total General and Administrative

*If X in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

NOTE:  Other G&A costs apply to all other departments accumulating costs
       not budgeted elsewhere.
                                      vii

                                   TABLE D-7
                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.          (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                           Fixed Assets and Deposits
                             Financial Year 1994/95

(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             TOTAL 94/95           95/96             96/97
ITEM                            1994       1994      1995   FINANCIAL YEAR       FINANCIAL         FINANCIAL
CODE           DESCRIPTION      QTR 3     QTR 4      QTR 1              *          YEAR              YEAR
<S>     <C>       <C>
</TABLE>
Office Furniture/Fixtures
  Office Furniture
  Office Equipment
  Drafting Equipment
  Computer Equipment
  Communication Equipment
  Expat Housing Furniture/Appliances
  Other Leasehold Improvements

    Total Furniture/Fixture/Equipment (Firm)

Motor Vehicles

Inventory

Warehouse and Yard

Deposits
  Office
  Expat Housing/Apartments
  Warehouse
  Telephone, Fax, Other

    Total Deposits/Prepaids (Firm)

      Total Fixed Assets and Deposits

*If X in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

                                   TABLE D-8

                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.          (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                                    Revenue
                             Financial Year 1994/95
(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       TOTAL 94/95             95/96             96/97
ITEM                                 1994         1994       1995     FINANCIAL YEAR         FINANCIAL         FINANCIAL
CODE           DESCRIPTION           QTR 3        QTR 4      QTR 1                *            YEAR              YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
Revenues

  Oil Production

  Gas Production

  Other Income

    Total Revenues
<PAGE>
                                                                 EXHIBIT "E"

                      DATA TO BE PROVIDED TO NON-OPERATORS

     Operator shall provide the following data to Non-Operators:

     A.     DAILY PROGRESS REPORTS

1.   Daily drilling progress report for each well which shall include the brief
     description of work performed, the interval drilled, the type and depth of
     the formation penetrated, the size and landed depth of any casing landed
     and cementation details thereof, the results of any tests made and any
     problems encountered.

2.   Daily production report giving field-wise information on the oil, gas,
     condensate and water produced, number of wells flowing, the quantity of
     produced oil and gas handed over for custody transfer, available data
     describing quality of the crude transferred (including, as available,
     gravity, water content, salinity, pour point for oil and dew point and
     calorific value), H2S content of gas handed over as available, and any
     lighterage details as and when it takes place.

3.   Daily cash statements.

4.   Water injection reports, if any, giving quantity and quality of water
     injected, number of wells/strings on injection, wellhead injection
     pressures, etc.

5.   Workover and well servicing reports covering the details of workover
     operations and well stimulations/activation operations (well-wise).

6.   Construction reports covering the details of the activities, if any,
     carried out at offshore for installation of well platforms, pipelines,
     process platforms and other activities with details of barges deployed,
     etc.

B.   OTHER PERIODIC REPORTS

     Other reports will cover the following aspects and will be provided at
frequencies (monthly, quarterly or otherwise) as appropriate:

1.   Exploration: Status of various surveys carried out vis-a-vis plan, data
     acquisition and data processing details vs. plan, any discovery made with
     details of the test data of the discovery well zone-wise.

2.   Drilling:

     (a)  Summary report on each well drilled after drilling is concluded.

     (b)  Cumulative drilling meterage (both development and exploratory)
          achieved during the month against plan (wellwise), idle and productive
          time of rigs, details of the material consumption (casing, mud
          chemicals and other well completion equipments).

3.   Production:

     (a)  Cumulative production of oil, gas, condensate, water and water
          injection including, as available, field-wise, layer- wise and
          well-wise actual results vs. plan of production/injection. Cumulative
          quantity of crude oil, condensate and gas sold. Party-wise share of
          the sold oil, gas and condensate.

     (b)  (i) The quantity of gas internally consumed and flared, details of
          material consumption for various production activities (chemicals,
          tubulars, completion equipment, etc.).

          (ii)  Average quantity of produced crude oil (if applicable), gas,
                effluent discharge and water injected.

          (iii) Status reports on major/critical equipments/facilities and
                maintenance thereof.


     (c)  Monthly test data of the wells.

     (d)  Daily ullage of tanker at SBM (if applicable).

     (e)  Daily Report on deployment of personnel on board.

4.   Developmental/Construction Activities: Major construction/development
     activities in progress. Status of progress of these activities with respect
     to schedule.

5.   Capital and operating expenditure against plan (to be reported quarterly
     containing information on monthly and year-to-date expenditures).

6.   Copies of various well logs and surveys as they become available.

7.   Reports of DST (including basic data), core analysis and any other special
     studies conducted as they become available.

8.   Well completion and work-over reports as they become available.

9.   Copies of all geological, geochemical, petrophysical and geophysical
     data/reports and, when finalized, maps prepared by the Operator or by the
     subcontractor except the magnetic tapes which shall be stored by the
     Operator and made available for inspection and/or copying at the sole
     expense of the non-operating Parties requesting same.

10.  Copies of reservoir management reports including field and well performance
     reports and reservoir studies reports and estimate reports as they become
     available.

11.  Reports on sub-sea soil surveys, environmental surveys, sub-sea pipelines
     and risers inspection, reports on repair and maintenance of sub-sea
     pipeline and risers as they become available.

12.  Any emergency shutdown of operations affecting oil/gas production/dispatch,
     drilling operations, etc., must be reported as soon as practicable on
     telephone followed by telex, facsimile, etc., giving the details of effect
     on production/drilling and the likely duration of shutdown.

     A normalization report also to be sent when the operations resume and
become normal.

13.  Reports on all incidents of: pipeline and riser leakage/failure, oil
     spills, fire, any structural failures, blow-out, explosion, sabotage, other
     accidents involving loss of property.life, etc., strikes/riots affecting
     operations/production, etc., should be sent as soon as practicable by the
     Operator to the non-operating Parties, Government and other agencies such
     as Oil Industries Safety Directorate ("OISD"), Director General
     Hydrocarbon, Oil Co- ordination Committee ("OCC"), Offshore Defense
     Advisory Group ("ODAG") and other statutory bodies whichever is applicable,
     on telephone followed by telex/facsimile giving the details.

14.  Fortnightly cash balance report.

C.   INFORMATION, DATA, CONFIDENTIALITY, INSPECTION AND SECURITY

     The Contractor shall, promptly after they become available make available
to the Government in its offices all data obtained as a result of petroleum
operations under the Contract including, but not limited to, geological,
geophysical, geochemical, petrophysical, engineering, well logs, maps, magnetic
tapes, cores and production data as well as all interpretative and derivative
data, including reports, analyses, interpretations and evaluation prepared in
final form in respect of petroleum operations (hereinafter referred to as
("Data"). Data shall be the property of the Government, provided however, that
the Contractor shall have the right to make use of such Data, free of cost, for
the purpose of petroleum operations under this Agreement as provided herein.

<PAGE>
                           GRAPHICAL CONTENT APPENDIX

            Appendix - B1           Map of Contract Area - Panna Block
            Appendix - B2           Map of Contract Area - Mukta Block


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.51
                          PRODUCTION SHARING CONTRACT

                                     AMONG

                            THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
                                      AND

                     OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED

                                      AND

                          RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LIMITED

                                      AND

                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.



                         WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT AREA

                      IDENTIFIED AS PANNA AND MUKTA FIELDS
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE            CONTENTS
                   Preamble

 1.               Definitions
 2.               Duration
 3.               Relinquishment
 4.               Work Programme
 5.               Management Committee
 6.               Operatorship and Operating Agreement
 7.               General Rights and Obligations of the Parties
 8.               Government Assistance
 9.               Discovery, Development and Production
10.               Unit Development
11.               Measurement of Petroleum
12.               Protection of the Environment
13.               Recovery of Costs
14.               Production Sharing of Petroleum between Contractor
                  and Government
15.               Taxes, Royalties, Rentals, etc.
16.               Payment
17.               Customs Duties
18.               Domestic Supply, Sale, Disposal and Export of Crude Oil
19.               Valuation of Oil
20.               Currency and Exchange Control Provisions
21.               Natural Gas
22.               Employment, Training and Transfer of Technology
23.               Local Goods and Services
24.               Insurance and Indemnification
25.               Records, Reports, Accounts and Audit
26.               Information, Data, Confidentiality, Inspection
                  and Security
27.               Title to Petroleum, Data and Assets
28.               Assignment of Interest
29.               Guarantee
30.               Termination of Contract
31.               Force Majeure
32.               Applicable Law and Language of the Contract
33.               Sole Expert, Conciliation and Arbitration
34.               Entire Agreement, Amendments, Waiver and Miscellaneous
35.               Certificates
36.               Notices

APPENDICES:
Appendix A                 -        Description of Contract Area

Appendix B                 -        Map of Contract Area

Appendix C                 -        Accounting Procedure to Production Sharing
                                    Contract

Appendix D                 -        Calculation of the Investment Multiple for
                                    Production Sharing Purposes

Appendix E                 -        Form of Financial and Performance Guarantee

Appendix F                 -        Equipment

Appendix G                 -        Development Commitment Specified by the
                                    Companies

Appendix H                 -        Production Profile of the Panna and Mukta
                                    Fields
<PAGE>

This Contract made and entered into as of the 22nd day of December 1994
by and among:

THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA, acting through the Joint Secretary
(Exploration), Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas (hereinafter
referred as Government);
                                      AND

OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED (ONGC), a body corporate established under
the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956, which expression shall include its
successors and such assigns as are permitted under Article 28 hereof acting
through its duly authorized Chairman & Managing Director;

                                      AND

RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LTD. ("RIL"), a body corporate established under the laws of
India, which expression shall include its 35 successors and such assigns as are
permitted under Article 28 hereof acting through its duly authorized Chief
Executive Officer (Oil & Gas);

                                      AND

ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD. ("EOGIL"), a body corporate established under the
laws of the Cayman Islands, which expression shall include its successors and
such assigns as are permitted under Article 28 hereof acting through its duly
authorized (Vice) President;

WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS
1.       By virtue of Article 297 of the Constitution of India,
         Petroleum in its natural state in the Territorial Waters and
         the Continental Shelf of India is vested in the Union of
         India;

2.       The Territorial Waters, Continental Shelf, Exclusive Economic Zone And
         Other Maritime Zones Act, 1976 (No. 80 of 1976) provides for the grant
         of a Lease or letter of authority by the Government to explore and
         exploit the resources of the Continental Shelf;

3.       The Oil Fields (Regulation and Development) Act, 1948, (53 of 1948)
         (hereinafter referred to as "the Act") and the Petroleum and Natural
         Gas Rules, 1959, made thereunder (hereinafter referred to as "the
         Rules") make provision inter alia for the regulation of Petroleum
         Operations and the grant of petroleum exploration licenses and mining
         leases for exploration and development of Petroleum in India;

4.       The Act and the Rules provide for the grant by the Government of mining
         leases in respect of the Territorial Waters and the Continental Shelf,
         and the Contractor is being duly granted a mining lease to carry out
         Petroleum Operations in that area offshore identified as Panna and
         Mukta Fields, more particularly described in Appendices A and B;

5.       The Government desires that the Petroleum resources which may exist in
         the Contract Area be discovered and exploited with the utmost
         expedition in the overall interest of India in accordance with sound
         international petroleum industry practices;

6.       The Government is satisfied that it is in the public interest to enter
         into this Contract on terms different from those specified in Section
         12 of the Oil Fields (Regulations and Development) Act, 1948, and the
         Government is entering into this Agreement on the terms and conditions
         specified herein.

7.       EOGIL and RIL have represented that they have, or will acquire
         and make available, the necessary financial and technical
         resources and the technical and industrial competence and
         experience necessary for proper discharge and/or performance
         of all obligations required to be performed under this
         Contract in accordance with good international petroleum
         industry practices and will provide guarantees as required in
         Article 29 for the due performance of their undertakings
         hereunder;

8.       The Parties desire to enter into this Contract with respect to the
         Contract Area referred to in Appendices A and B on the terms and
         conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants and conditions
herein contained, IT IS HEREBY AGREED between the Parties as follows:

                                       2

                                   ARTICLE 1
                             D E F I N I T I O N S

             In this Contract, unless the context requires otherwise, the
             following terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them hereunder:

1.1          "Accounting Procedure" means the principles and procedures
             of accounting set out in Appendix C.

1.2          "Affiliate" means a company that directly or indirectly controls or
             is controlled by a Party to this Contract or a company which
             directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by a company which
             controls a Party to this Contract, it being understood that
             "control" means ownership by one company of more than fifty percent
             (50%) of the voting securities of the other company, or the power
             to direct, administer and dictate policies of the other company
             even where the voting securities held by such company exercising
             such effective control in that other company is less than fifty
             percent (50%) and the term "controlled" shall have a corresponding
             meaning.

1.3          "Appendix" means an Appendix attached to this Contract and
             made a part hereof.

1.4          "Appraisal Programme" means a programme, approved by the Management
             Committee for the appraisal of an Existing or New Discovery of
             Petroleum in the Contract Area for the purpose of delineating the
             Petroleum Reservoirs to which the Discovery relates in terms of
             thickness and lateral extent and determining the characteristics
             thereof and the quantity and quality of recoverable Petroleum
             therein.

1.5          "Appraisal Well" means a Well drilled within the Contract Area
             pursuant to an approved Appraisal Programme.

1.6          "Arms Length Sales" means sales of Petroleum made freely on the
             open international market, in freely convertible currencies,
             between willing and unrelated sellers and buyers and in which such
             buyers and sellers have no contractual or other relationship,
             directly or indirectly, or any common or joint interest as is
             reasonably likely to influence selling prices and shall, inter
             alia, exclude sales (whether direct or indirect, through brokers or
             otherwise) involving Affiliates, sales between entities comprising
             the Contractor, sales between governments and government-owned
             entities, counter trades, restricted or distress sales, sales
             involving barter arrangements and generally any transactions
             motivated in whole or in part by considerations other than normal
             commercial practices.

1.7          "Article" means an article of this Contract and the term
             "Articles" means more than one Article.

                                       3

1.8          "Associated Natural Gas" or "ANG" means Natural Gas
             occurring in association with Crude Oil either as free Gas
             or in solution, if such Crude Oil can by itself be
             commercially produced.

1.9          "Barrel" means a quantity or unit equal to 158.9074 litres
             (forty-two (42) United States gallons) liquid measure, at a
             temperature of sixty (60) degrees Fahrenheit (15.56 degrees
             Centigrade) under one atmosphere of pressure (14.7 psia).

1.10         "Basement" means any igneous or metamorphic rock, or rock or any
             stratum of such nature, in and below which the geological structure
             or physical characteristics of the rock sequence do not have the
             properties necessary for the accumulation of Petroleum in
             commercial quantities and which reflects the maximum depth at which
             any such accumulation can be reasonably expected in accordance with
             the knowledge generally accepted in the international petroleum
             industry.

1.11         "Calendar Month" means any of the twelve (12) months of the
             Calendar Year unless specified otherwise.

1.12         "Calendar Quarter" means a period of three consecutive Calendar
             Months commencing on the first day of January, April, July and
             October of each Calendar Year.

1.13         "Calendar Year" means a period of twelve consecutive months
             according to the Gregorian calendar commencing with the first day
             of January and ending with the thirty-first day of December.

1.14         "Commercial Discovery" means a Discovery which, when produced, is
             likely to yield a reasonable profit on the funds invested in
             Petroleum Operations, after deduction of Contract Costs, and which
             has been declared a Commercial Discovery in accordance with the
             provisions of Article 9 and/or Article 21, after consideration of
             all pertinent operating and financial data such as recoverable
             reserves, sustainable production levels, estimated development and
             production expenditures, prevailing prices and other relevant
             technical and economic factors according to generally accepted
             practices in the international petroleum industry.

1.15         "Commercial Production" means production of Crude Oil or Natural
             Gas or both from a Field within the Contract Area and delivery of
             the same at the relevant Delivery Point under a programme of
             regular production and sale.

1.16         "Company" means either EOGIL or RIL.

1.17         "Companies" means EOGIL and RIL.

1.18         "Condensate" means those low vapour pressure hydrocarbons
             obtained from Natural Gas through condensation or extraction

                                       4

             and refers solely to those hydrocarbons that are liquid at normal
             surface temperature and pressure conditions (provided that in the
             event Condensate is produced from an Oil Field and is segregated
             and transported separately to the Delivery Point, then the
             provisions of this Contract shall apply to such Condensate as if it
             were Crude Oil.)

1.19         "Contract" means this agreement and the Appendices attached hereto
             and made a part hereof and any amendments made thereto pursuant to
             the terms hereof.

1.20         "Contract Area" means the area described in Appendix A and
             delineated on the map attached as Appendix B, or any portion of the
             area remaining after relinquishment or surrender from time to time
             pursuant to the terms of this Contract.

1.21         "Contract Costs" means Exploration Costs, Development Costs,
             Production costs, and all other costs related to Petroleum
             Operations as set forth in Section 3 of the Accounting Procedure.

1.22         "Contract Year" means a period of twelve consecutive months counted
             from the Effective Date or from the anniversary of the Effective
             Date.

1.23         "Contractor" means EOGIL, RIL and ONGC.

1.24         "Cost Petroleum" means the portion of the total volume of Petroleum
             produced and saved from the Contract Area which the Contractor is
             entitled to take from the Contract Area in a particular period for
             the recovery of Contract Costs as provided in Article 13.

1.25         "Cost Recovery Limit" shall have the meaning given in
             Article 13.1.2.

1.26         "Crude Oil" means crude mineral oil, asphalt, ozokerite and all
             kinds of hydrocarbons and bitumens, both in solid and in liquid
             form, in their natural state or obtained from Natural Gas by
             condensation or extraction, including distillate and Condensate
             when commingled with the heavier hydrocarbons and delivered as a
             blend at the Delivery Point but excluding verified Natural Gas.

1.27         "Delivery Point" means, except as otherwise herein provided or as
             may be otherwise agreed between the Government and the Contractor,
             the point at which Petroleum reaches the upstream weld of the
             outlet flange of the delivery facility, either offshore or onshore
             and different Delivery Points may be established for purposes of
             sales to the Government, export or domestic sales.

1.28         "Development Area" means that part of the Contract Area
             corresponding to the area of an Oil Field or Gas Field delineated
             in simple geometric shape, together with a

                                       5

             reasonable margin of additional area surrounding the Field
             consistent with international petroleum industry practice and
             approved by the Management Committee or the Government, as the case
             may be.

1.29         "Development Costs" means those costs and expenditures
             incurred in carrying out Development Operations, as
             classified and defined in Section 2 of the Accounting
             Procedure and allowed to be recovered in terms of Section 3
             thereof.

1.30         "Development Operations" means operations conducted in accordance
             with the Development Plan and shall include, but not be limited to,
             the purchase, shipment or storage of equipment and materials used
             in developing Petroleum accumulations, the drilling, completion,
             Recompletion and testing of Development Wells, the drilling,
             completion and Recompletion of Wells for Gas or water injection,
             the laying of gathering lines, the installation of offshore
             platforms and installations, the installation, hook up and
             commissioning of separators, tankage, pumps, artificial lifting and
             other producing and injection facilities required to produce,
             process and transport Petroleum into main oil storage or Gas
             processing facilities, either onshore or offshore, including the
             laying of pipelines within or outside the Contract Area, storage
             and Delivery Point or Points, the installation of storage or Gas
             processing facilities, the installation of export and loading
             facilities and other facilities required for development and
             production of the Petroleum accumulations and for the delivery of
             Crude Oil and/or Gas at the Delivery Point(s) and also including
             incidental operations not specifically referred to herein as
             required for the most efficient and economic development and
             production of the Petroleum accumulations in accordance with good
             international petroleum industry practices.

1.31         "Development Plan" means a plan containing proposals
             required under Article 9 or Article 21.

1.32         "Development Well" means a Well drilled, deepened, completed, or
             Recompleted after the date of approval of the Development Plan
             pursuant to Development Operations or Production Operations for the
             purposes of producing Petroleum, increasing production, sustaining
             production or accelerating extraction of Petroleum including
             production Wells, injection Wells and dry Wells.

1.33         "Discovery" means the finding, during Exploration Operations, of a
             deposit of Petroleum not previously known to have existed, which
             can be recovered at the surface in a flow measurable by
             conventional petroleum industry testing methods, including an
             Existing Discovery and a New Discovery.

                                       6

1.34         "Discovery Area" means that part of the Contract Area about which,
             based upon Discovery and the results obtained from a Well or Wells
             drilled in such part, both the Government and the Contractor are of
             the opinion that Petroleum exists and is likely to be produced in
             commercial quantities.

1.35         "Effective Date" means the date on which this Contract is
             executed.

1.36         "Environmental Clearance" means permission granted in writing by
             the Government to the Contractor to perform all activities
             necessary and appropriate to conduct Petroleum Operations subject
             to conditions specified with regard to protection of the
             environment and minimizing Environmental Damage.

1.37         "Environmental Damage" means soil erosion, removal of vegetation,
             destruction of wildlife, pollution of groundwater or surface water,
             land contamination, air pollution, noise pollution, bush fire,
             disruption to water supplies, to natural drainage or natural flow
             of rivers or streams, damage to archaeological, palaeontological
             and cultural sites and shall include any damage or injury to, or
             destruction of, soil or water in their physical aspects together
             with vegetation associated therewith, aquatic or terrestrial
             mammals, fish, avifauna or any plant or animal life whether in the
             sea or in any other water or on, in or under land provided such
             damage is in violation of legislation relating to the protection of
             the environment.

1.38         "Excess ANG" shall have the meaning given in Article 21.4.

1.39         "Existing Discovery" means a Discovery made by ONGC before the
             Effective Date and accepted by the Parties as a Commercial
             Discovery.

1.40         "Exploration Costs" means those costs and expenditures
             incurred in carrying out Exploration Operations, as
             classified and defined in Section 2 of the Accounting
             Procedure and allowed to be recovered in terms of Section 3
             thereof.

1.41         "Exploration Operations" means operations conducted in the Contract
             Area pursuant to this Contract in searching for Petroleum or in the
             course of an Appraisal Programme and shall include but not be
             limited to aerial, geological, geophysical, geochemical,
             palaeontological, palynological, topographical and seismic surveys,
             analysis, studies and their interpretation, investigations relating
             to the subsurface geology including structure test drilling,
             stratigraphic test drilling, drilling of Exploration Wells or
             Appraisal Wells and other related activities such as testing,
             surveying, drill site preparation and all work necessarily
             connected therewith that is conducted in connection with Petroleum
             exploration.

                                       7

1.42         "Exploration Well" means a Well drilled for the purpose of
             searching for undiscovered Petroleum accumulations on any
             geological entity (be it of structural, stratigraphic, facies or
             pressure nature) to at least a depth or stratigraphic level
             specified in the Work Programme.

1.43         "Field" means an Oil Field or a Gas Field in the Contract Area in
             respect of which a Development Plan has been duly approved in
             accordance with Article 9 or Article 21 hereof.

1.44         "Financial Year" means the period from the first day of April
             through the thirty-first day of March of the following Calendar
             Year.

1.45         "Foreign Company" means a Company within the meaning of Section 591
             of the Companies Act, 1956, as amended from time to time.

1.46         "Gas" means Natural Gas.

1.47         "Gas Field" means an area within the Contract Area consisting of a
             single Gas Reservoir or multiple Gas Reservoirs all grouped on or
             related to the same individual geological structure or
             stratigraphic conditions, designated by the Contractor and approved
             by the Government or Management Committee, as the case may be, (to
             include the maximum area of potential productivity in the Contract
             Area in a simple geometric shape) in respect of which a Commercial
             Discovery has been declared or a Development Plan has been approved
             in accordance with Article 9 or Article 21 hereof.

1.48         "Investment" shall have the meaning assigned in paragraph 3
             of Appendix D.

1.49         "Investment Multiple" means the ratio of accumulated Net Cash
             Income to accumulated Investment in the Contract Area, earned by
             the Companies, as determined in accordance with Appendix D.

1.50         "LIBOR" means the London Inter-Bank Offering Rate for six-month
             deposits of United States Dollars as quoted by the London office of
             the Bank of America (or such other Bank as the Parties may agree)
             for the day or days in question.

1.51         "Lessee" means any person or body corporate, including the
             Contractor, which holds a mining lease under the Petroleum and
             Natural Gas Rules, 1959, for the purpose of carrying out Petroleum
             Operations in the Contract Area and their successors and permitted
             assigns.

1.52         "Management Committee" means the committee constituted
             pursuant to Article 5 hereof.

1.53         "Minimum Work Obligation" means the Work Programme related

                                       8

             to those items specified in Appendix G as approved by the
             Management Committee.

1.54         "Natural Gas" means wet Gas, dry Gas, all other gaseous
             hydrocarbons, and all substances contained therein, including
             sulphur and helium, which are produced from Oil or Gas Wells,
             excluding those condensed or extracted liquid hydrocarbons that are
             liquid at normal temperature and pressure conditions, and including
             the residue Gas remaining after the condensation or extraction of
             liquid hydrocarbons from Gas.

1.55         "Net Cash Income" shall have the meaning assigned in
             paragraph 2 of Appendix D.

1.56         "New Discovery" means a Discovery made after the Effective
             Date.

1.57         "Non Associated Natural Gas" or "NANG" means Natural Gas which is
             produced either without association with Crude Oil or in
             association with Crude Oil which by itself cannot be commercially
             produced.

1.58         "Oil" means "Crude Oil".

1.59         "Oil Field" means an area within the Contract Area consisting of a
             single Oil Reservoir or multiple Oil Reservoirs all grouped on or
             related to the same individual geological structure, or
             stratigraphic conditions, designated by the Contractor and approved
             by the Government or the Management Committee, as the case may be
             (to include the maximum area of potential productivity in the
             Contract Area in a simple geometric shape) in respect of which a
             Commercial Discovery has been declared and a Development Plan has
             been approved in accordance with Article 9 hereof and a reference
             to an Oil Field shall include a reference to the production of
             Associated Natural Gas from that Oil Field.

1.60         "Operating Agreement" means the Joint Operating Agreement entered
             into by the Parties constituting Contractor in accordance with
             Article 6, with respect to the conduct of Petroleum Operations.

1.61         "Operating Committee" means the committee established by
             that name in the Operating Agreement.

1.62         "Operator" means the Party so designated in Article 6.

1.63         "Participating Interest" means the percentage of participation of
             the constituents of the Contractor at any given time in the rights
             and obligations under this Contract. Initially the Participating
             Interest of the constituents of Contractor are as follows:

                                       9

              1.       ONGC                     40%
              2.       RIL                      30%
              3.       EOGIL                    30%

1.64         "Parties" means the Parties signatory to this Contract including
             their successors and permitted assigns under this Contract and the
             term "Party" means any of the Parties.

1.65         "Petroleum" means Crude Oil and/or Natural Gas existing in
             their natural condition.

1.66         "Petroleum Operations" means, as the context may require,
             Exploration Operations, Development Operations or Production
             Operations or any combination of such operations, including, but
             not limited to, collection of seismic information, drilling and
             completion and Recompletion of Wells, construction, operation and
             maintenance of all necessary facilities, plugging and abandonment
             of Wells, environmental protection, transportation, storage, sale
             or disposition of Petroleum to the Delivery Point, Site Restoration
             and all other incidental operations or activities as may be
             necessary.

1.67         "Production Costs" means those costs and expenditures incurred in
             carrying out Production Operations as classified and defined in
             Section 2 of the Accounting Procedure and allowed to be recovered
             in terms of Section 3 thereof.

1.68         "Production Operations" means all operations conducted for the
             purpose of producing Petroleum from the Contract Area after the
             commencement of production from the Contract Area, including the
             operation and maintenance of all necessary facilities therefor.

1.69         "Profit Petroleum" means all Petroleum produced and saved from the
             Contract Area in a particular period as reduced by Cost Petroleum
             and calculated as provided in Article 14.

1.70         "Recompletion" means an operation whereby a completion in one zone
             is abandoned in order to attempt a completion in a different zone
             within the existing wellbore.

1.71         "Reservoir" means a naturally occurring discrete
             accumulation of Petroleum.

1.72         "Section" means a section of the Accounting Procedure.

1.73         "Self-Sufficiency" means, in relation to any Financial Year, that
             the volume of Crude Oil and Crude Oil equivalent of Petroleum
             products exported from India during that Financial Year either
             equals or exceeds the volume of Crude Oil and Crude Oil equivalent
             of Petroleum products imported into India during the same Financial
             Year.

1.74         "Site Restoration" shall mean all activities required to

                                       10

             return a site to its state as of the Effective Date pursuant to the
             Contractor's environmental impact study or to render a site
             compatible with its intended after-use (to the extent reasonable)
             after cessation of Petroleum Operations in relation thereto and
             shall include, where appropriate, proper abandonment of Wells or
             other facilities, removal of equipment and structures (whether
             installed before or after the Effective Date), and debris,
             establishment of compatible contours and drainage, replacement of
             top soil, revegetation, slope stabilization, infilling of
             excavations or any other appropriate actions in the circumstances.

1.75         "Subcontractor" means any company or person contracted by
             the Operator to provide services with respect to the
             Petroleum Operations.

1.76         "Well" means a borehole, made by drilling in the course of
             Petroleum Operations, but does not include a seismic shot hole.

1.77         "Work Programme" means all the plans formulated for the
             performance of the Petroleum Operations.

1.78         "Year" means Financial Year.

                                       11
                                   ARTICLE 2
                                    DURATION

2.1          The term of this Contract shall be for a period of twenty-
             five (25) years from the Effective Date, unless the Contract
             is terminated earlier in accordance with its terms, but may
             be extended on such terms and conditions as may be mutually
             agreed by the Parties hereto.

                                       12
                                   ARTICLE 3
                                 RELINQUISHMENT

3.1          The Contractor may, with the approval of the Management Committee,
             voluntarily relinquish a portion of the Contract Area other than an
             area for which a Development Plan has been approved. Contractor
             shall give the Government written notice of relinquishments thirty
             (30) days prior to the end of any Calendar Year.

3.2          Relinquishment of less than all of the Contract Area shall
             be in blocks of not less than one hundred square kilometres
             (100 sq. kms.) and be of such shape and location as the
             Government may deem appropriate for enabling effective
             exploration and exploitation of such area.

3.3          Relinquishment of all or a part of the Contract Area or termination
             of the Contract shall not be construed as absolving the Contractor
             of any liability undertaken or incurred by the Contractor in
             respect of the Contract Area prior to the date of such
             relinquishment or termination.

                                       13
                                   ARTICLE 4
                                 WORK PROGRAMME

4.1          The Contractor shall commence Petroleum Operations not later than
             six (6) months from the Effective Date.

4.2          As soon as possible after the Effective Date, in respect of the
             period ending with the last day of the Financial Year in which the
             Effective Date falls and thereafter ninety (90) days before
             commencement of each following Financial Year, the Contractor shall
             submit to the Management Committee, through the Operating
             Committee, the Work Programmes and budgets relating to Petroleum
             Operations, including the Minimum Work Obligations, to be carried
             out during the ensuing Financial Year.

4.3          The Contractor may propose amendments to the details of an approved
             Work Programme and budget in the light of the then existing
             circumstances and shall submit to the Management Committee, through
             the Operating Committee, modifications or revisions to the Work
             Programme and budgets.
                                       14

                                   ARTICLE 5
                              MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE

5.1          For the purpose of proper and expeditious performance of
             Petroleum Operations under the provisions of this Contract,
             there shall be constituted a committee to be called the
             Management Committee.

5.2          The Management Committee shall consist of four (4) members, one (1)
             member nominated by and representing Government and one (1) member
             nominated by and representing each constituent of the Contractor.
             The member nominated by ONGC shall act as chairman.

5.3          A representative of the Operator acting as the convenor
             shall call the meetings of the Management Committee.

5.4          Government and the Contractor may nominate alternate members with
             full authority to act in the absence and on behalf of the members
             nominated under Article 5.2 and may, at any time, nominate another
             member or alternate member to replace any member nominated earlier
             by notice to other members of the Management Committee.

5.5          A quorum of the Management Committee shall consist of three
             (3) members.

5.6          The following matters shall be submitted to the Management
             Committee for approval:

             (a)      annual Work Programmes and budgets and any modifications
                      or revisions thereto, as proposed by the Operating
                      Committee, for Exploration Operations, Development
                      Operations and/or Production Operations;

             (b)      proposals for an Appraisal Programme, the declaration of a
                      New Discovery as a Commercial Discovery and the approval
                      of Development Plans as may be required under this
                      Contract, or revisions or additions to an Appraisal
                      Programme or a Development Plan;

             (c)      delineation of a Field and a Development Area;

             (d)      appointment of auditors;

             (e)      collaboration with lessees or contractors of other
                      areas;

             (f)      claims or settlement of claims for or on behalf of or
                      against the Contractor in excess of limits specified in
                      the Operating Agreement or fixed by the Management
                      Committee from time to time;

             (g)      any proposed mortgage, charge or encumbrance on
                      petroleum assets, petroleum reserves or production of

                                       15

                      Petroleum;

             (h)      any other matter required by the terms of this Contract
                      to be submitted for the approval of the Management
                      Committee;

             (i)      any other matter which the Contractor or the Operating
                      Committee decides to submit to it.

5.7          The Management Committee shall not take any decision without
             obtaining prior approval of the Government, where such
             approval is required under this Contract.

5.8          The Management Committee shall meet at least once every three (3)
             months or more frequently at the request of any member. Operator
             shall convene each meeting by notifying the members at least twenty
             eight (28) days prior to such meeting (or a shorter period of
             notice if the members unanimously so agree) of the time and place
             of such meeting and the purpose thereof and shall include in such
             notice a provisional agenda for such meeting. The Operator shall be
             responsible for processing the final agenda for such meeting and
             the agenda shall include all items of business requested by the
             members to be included, provided such requests are received by the
             Operator at least ten (10) days prior to the date fixed for the
             meeting. The Operator shall forward the agenda to the members at
             least nine (9) days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.
             Matters not included in the agenda may be taken up at the meeting
             by any member with the unanimous consent of all the members.

5.9          The Chairman, and in his absence any other member nominated by
             ONGC, shall preside over the meetings of the Management Committee.

5.10         The Operator shall appoint one of the members nominated by the
             constituents of the Contractor as secretary to the Management
             Committee with responsibility, inter alia, for preparation of the
             minutes of every meeting in the English language and provision to
             every member of the Management Committee with two (2) copies of the
             minutes not later than twenty-eight (28) days after the date of the
             meeting.

5.11         Within twenty-one (21) days of the receipt of the minutes of a
             meeting, members shall notify the Operator and the other members of
             their approval of the minutes by putting their signatures on one
             copy of the minutes and returning the same to the Operator or by
             indicating such approval to the Operator by telex, cable, or
             facsimile, with copies to the other members. Any member may suggest
             any modification, amendment or addition to the minutes by telex,
             cable or facsimile to the Operator and other members or by
             indicating such suggestions when returning the copy of the minutes
             to the Operator. If the Operator or any other member does not agree
             with the modification, amendment or addition to the

                                       16

             minutes suggested by any member, the matter shall be brought to the
             attention of the other members and resubmitted to the Management
             Committee for approval at the next meeting and the minutes shall
             stand approved as to all other matters. If a member fails to
             appropriately respond within the aforesaid twenty-one (21) day
             period as herein provided, the minutes shall be deemed approved by
             such member.

5.12         The meetings of the Management Committee shall be held in New
             Delhi, India unless otherwise mutually agreed by the members of the
             Management Committee.

5.13         All matters requiring the approval of the Management Committee
             shall be approved by a vote of three (3) or more members of the
             Management Committee one (1) of whom shall be the Government
             representative.
                                       17

                                   ARTICLE 6
                      OPERATORSHIP AND OPERATING AGREEMENT

6.1          EOGIL shall be the Operator for purposes of this Contract.

6.2          No change in operatorship shall be effected without the consent of
             the Government, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

6.3          The operating functions required of the Contractor under this
             Contract shall be performed by the Operator on behalf of all
             constituents of the Contractor subject to, and in accordance with,
             the terms and provisions of this Contract, and generally accepted
             international petroleum industry practice.

6.4          The constituents of the Contractor shall execute a mutually
             agreed Operating Agreement.  The Agreement shall be
             consistent with the provisions of this Contract and shall
             provide for, among other things:

             (a)      the appointment, resignation, removal and
                      responsibilities of the Operator;

             (b)      the establishment of an Operating Committee;

             (c)      functions of the Operating Committee taking into
                      account the provisions of the Contract, procedures for
                      decision making, frequency and place of meetings; and

             (d)      contribution to costs, default, sole risk, disposal of
                      petroleum and assignment as between the parties to the
                      Operating Agreement.

                                       18

                                   ARTICLE 7
                 GENERAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

7.1          Subject to the provisions of this Contract, the Contractor
             shall have, but not be limited to, the following rights:

             (a)      the exclusive right during the term hereof to carry out
                      Petroleum Operations in the Contract Area and to
                      recover costs and expenses as provided in this
                      Contract;

             (b)      the right to use, free of charge, such quantities of
                      Petroleum produced from any Field as are reasonably
                      required for conducting Petroleum Operations in the
                      Contract Area in accordance with generally accepted
                      practices in the international petroleum industry;

             (c)      the right to lay, build, construct or install
                      pipelines,  roads, bridges, ferries, aerodromes,
                      landing fields, radio telephones, satellite
                      communications and related communication and
                      infrastructure facilities and exercise other ancillary
                      rights as may be reasonably necessary for the conduct
                      of Petroleum Operations subject to such approvals as
                      may be required, which shall not be unreasonably
                      withheld, under the applicable laws and/or regulations
                      in force from time to time for the regulation and
                      control thereof;

             (d)      the right to have an expatriate work force as required
                      and necessary together with their required personal
                      effects;

             (e)      the right to flare Gas temporarily when and as necessary,
                      provided the Operator shall give notice thereof to the
                      Government within forty-eight (48) hours of the start of
                      such flaring and the issue shall be discussed in the next
                      meeting of the Management Committee;

             (f)      the right to use all wells, equipment and facilities
                      installed as of the Effective Date in the Contract Area
                      ("Assets") free of any additional cost or charges or
                      encumbrances and assignment of such Assets to Operator on
                      behalf of the Contractor;

             (g)      such other rights as are specified in this Contract.

7.2          The Government reserves the right to itself, or to grant to the
             Lessee or others, the right to prospect for and mine minerals or
             substances other than Petroleum within the Contract Area; provided,
             however, that if after the Effective Date, the Lessee or others are
             issued rights, or the Government proceeds directly to prospect for
             and mine in the Contract Area for any minerals or substances other
             than
                                       19

             Petroleum, the Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to avoid
             obstruction to or interference with such operations within the
             Contract Area and, in either case, the Government shall use
             reasonable efforts to ensure that operations carried out do not
             obstruct or unduly interfere with Petroleum Operations in the
             Contract Area. In the event of any conflict, Petroleum Operations
             shall take preference.

7.3          The Contractor shall:

             (a)      except as otherwise expressly provided in this Contract,
                      conduct all Petroleum Operations at its sole risk, cost
                      and expense and provide all funds necessary for the
                      conduct of Petroleum Operations including funds for the
                      purchase or lease of equipment, materials or supplies
                      required for Petroleum Operations as well as for making
                      payments to employees and Subcontractors;

             (b)      conduct all Petroleum Operations within the Contract Area
                      diligently, expeditiously, efficiently and in a safe and
                      workmanlike manner in accordance with good international
                      petroleum industry practice pursuant to the approved Work
                      Programmes;

             (c)      ensure provision of all information, data, samples etc.
                      which the Contractor may be required to furnish under
                      the applicable laws;

             (d)      ensure that all equipment, materials, supplies, plant and
                      installations used for Petroleum Operations comply with
                      generally accepted standards in the international
                      petroleum industry and are of proper construction and kept
                      in good working order;

             (e)      in the preparation and implementation of Work Programmes
                      and in the conduct of Petroleum Operations, follow good
                      international petroleum industry practices with such
                      degree of diligence and prudence reasonably and ordinarily
                      exercised by experienced parties engaged in a similar
                      activity under similar circumstances and conditions;

             (f)      after the designation of a Field and a Development Area,
                      pursuant to this Contract, forthwith proceed to take all
                      necessary action for prompt and orderly development of the
                      Field and the Development Area and for the production of
                      Petroleum in accordance with the terms of this Contract;

             (g)      appoint a technically competent and sufficiently
                      experienced representative, and, in his absence, a
                      suitably qualified replacement therefor, who shall be
                      resident in India and who shall have full authority to
                      take such steps as may be necessary to implement this
                      Contract and whose names shall, on appointment within

                                       20

                      ninety (90) days after commencement of the first
                      Contract Year, be made known to the Government;

             (h)      provide acceptable working conditions, living
                      accommodation and access to medical attention and nursing
                      care in the Contract Area for all personnel employed in
                      Petroleum Operations and extend these benefits to other
                      persons who are engaged in or assisting in the conduct of
                      Petroleum Operations in the Contract Area;

             (i)      be always mindful of the rights and interests of India
                      in the conduct of Petroleum Operations;

7.4          The infrastructure such as pipelines as may be
             developed/established by the Contractor within the country may, to
             the extent capacity is available, be available to the Government or
             any other entity upon payment of compensation which shall include,
             but not be limited to, cost of operation, repair, maintenance,
             interest and profit. The Government and any other entity using any
             of Contractor's facilities shall indemnify and hold harmless
             Contractor from and against any and all loss, damage or injury
             arising out of or connected with such use.

                                       21

                                   ARTICLE 8
                             GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE

8.1          Upon application in the prescribed manner, and subject to
             compliance with applicable laws and relevant procedures, the
             Government will without any cost to itself:

             (a)      provide the right of ingress and egress from the Contract
                      Area and any facilities used in Petroleum Operations,
                      wherever located, and which may be within their control;
             (b)      use their good offices, when necessary, to assist
                      Contractor in procurement of facilities and services
                      required for execution of Petroleum Operations
                      including necessary approvals, permits, consents,
                      authorisations, visas, work permits, licenses, rights
                      of way, easement, surface rights and security
                      protection, required pursuant to this Contract and
                      which may be available from resources within the
                      Government's control;
             (c)      use their good offices to assist in identifying and
                      making available necessary priorities for obtaining
                      local goods and services;
             (d)      in the event that onshore facilities are required
                      outside the Contract Area for Petroleum Operations
                      including, but not limited to, storage, loading and
                      processing facilities, pipelines and offices, use their
                      good offices in assisting the Contractor to obtain from
                      the authorities of the state government in the state in
                      which such facilities are required, such licenses,
                      permits, authorizations, consents, security protection,
                      surface rights and easements as are required for the
                      construction and operation of the said facilities by
                      the Contractor;
             (e)      in the event there is no economical passage other than
                      through national parks, sanctuaries, mangroves, wetlands
                      of national importance, biosphere reserves or other
                      biologically sensitive areas, assist in obtaining the
                      prior written permission of the concerned authorities.

8.2          ONGC shall provide data, if any, related to the Contract
             Area to the Contractor which has not been previously
             provided.

8.3          Environmental Clearance(s), if any, at the Effective Date shall be
             assigned to EOGIL without obligation to remediate or correct any
             prior commission of omission by ONGC, but obligations, after the
             Effective Date, shall be binding on Contractor.

                                       22

                                   ARTICLE 9
                     DISCOVERY, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION

9.1          If and when a New Discovery is made within the Contract
             Area, the Contractor shall:

             (a)      forthwith inform the Government of the Discovery;

             (b)      promptly thereafter, but in no event later than a period
                      of thirty (30) days from the date of such Discovery,
                      furnish to the Government particulars, in writing, of the
                      Discovery;

             (c)      promptly run tests to determine whether the New
                      Discovery is of potential commercial interest and,
                      within a period of sixty (60) days after completion of
                      such tests and analysis of results, submit a report to
                      the Management Committee and the Government containing
                      data obtained from such tests and its analysis and
                      interpretation thereof, together with a written
                      notification to the Government of whether, in the
                      Contractor's opinion, such New Discovery is of
                      potential commercial interest and merits appraisal.

9.2          If, pursuant to Article 9.1(c), the Contractor notifies the
             Government that a New Discovery is of potential commercial
             interest, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Management
             Committee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days of such
             notification, a proposed Appraisal Programme with a Work Programme
             and budget to carry out an adequate and effective appraisal of such
             New Discovery designed to achieve both the following objectives:

             (a)      determine without delay, and, in any event, within the
                      period specified in Article 9.5, whether such New
                      Discovery is a Commercial Discovery; and

             (b)      determine, with reasonable precision, the boundaries of
                      the area to be delineated as a Field.

9.3          The proposed Appraisal Programme for a New Discovery shall be
             considered by the Management Committee within forty-five (45) days
             after submission thereof pursuant to Article 9.2. The Appraisal
             Programme, together with the Work Programme and budget submitted by
             the Contractor, revised in accordance with any agreed amendments or
             additions thereto, approved by the Management Committee, shall be
             adopted as the Appraisal Programme and the Contractor shall
             promptly commence implementation thereof; and the Yearly budget
             adopted pursuant to Article 4, shall be revised accordingly. Where,
             in the case of an Existing Discovery, Contractor desires to carry
             out additional appraisal work, the Contractor shall submit its
             proposed Appraisal Programme in respect of the Existing Discovery
             with a Work Programme and budget to the Management Committee for
             its approval within
                                       23

             one hundred twenty (120) days of the Effective Date.

9.4          The Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed, in respect of a New
             Discovery of Crude Oil, advise the Management Committee, by notice
             in writing within a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date
             on which the notice provided for in Article 9.1 was delivered,
             whether such New Discovery is a Commercial Discovery or not. Such
             notice shall be accompanied by a report on the New Discovery
             setting forth all relevant technical and economic data as well as
             all evaluations, interpretations and analysis of such data and
             feasibility studies relating to the New Discovery prepared by or
             for the Contractor, with respect to the Discovery. If the
             Contractor is of the opinion that Petroleum has been discovered in
             commercial quantities, it shall propose that the Government or
             Management Committee, as the case may be, declare the New Discovery
             as a Commercial Discovery based on the report submitted. In respect
             of a New Discovery of Gas, the provisions of Article 21 shall
             apply.


9.5          The Management Committee shall, within forty-five (45) days of the
             date of the notice referred to in Article 9.4, consider the
             proposal of the Contractor and request any other additional
             information it may reasonably require so as to reach a decision on
             whether or not to declare the New Discovery as a Commercial
             Discovery. Such decision shall be made within the later of (a)
             ninety (90) days from the date of notice referred to in Article 9.4
             or (b) ninety (90) days of receipt of such other information as may
             be reasonably required under this Article 9.5. In the case of an
             Existing Discovery, Contractor shall within ninety (90) days of the
             Effective Date propose a Development Plan following the plan
             brought out in Appendix G, intended to achieve the production
             profile brought out in Appendix H, containing the detailed
             information required in Article 9.6, with supporting budget. Where
             a Development Plan is so agreed it shall be the approved
             Development Plan pursuant to Article 9 hereof.


9.6          If a New Discovery is declared commercial the Contractor shall
             submit to the Management Committee, a comprehensive plan for the
             development of the Commercial Discovery within two hundred (200)
             days of the declaration of the Discovery as a Commercial Discovery.
             Such plan shall contain detailed proposals by the Contractor for
             the construction, establishment and operation of all facilities and
             services for and incidental to the recovery, storage and
             transportation of the Petroleum from the proposed Development Area
             to the Delivery Point together with all data and supporting
             information including but not limited to:

             (a)      Description of the nature and characteristics of the

                                       24

                      Reservoir, data, statistics, interpretations, and
                      conclusions on all aspects of the geology, reservoir
                      evaluation, petroleum engineering factors, reservoir
                      models, estimates of reserves in place, possible
                      production magnitude, nature and ratio of Petroleum fluids
                      and analysis of producible Petroleum;

             (b)      Outlines of the development project and/or alternative
                      development projects, if any, describing the production
                      facilities to be installed and the number of wells to be
                      drilled under such development project and/or alternative
                      development projects, if any;

             (c)      Estimate of the rate of production to be established
                      and projection of the possible sustained rate of
                      production in accordance with generally accepted
                      international petroleum industry practice under such
                      development project and/or alternative development
                      project, if any, which will ensure that the area does
                      not suffer an excessive rate of decline of production
                      or an excessive loss of reservoir pressure;

             (d)      estimates of Development Costs and Production Costs
                      under such development project and/or alternative
                      development projects, if any;


             (e)      Contractor's recommendations as to the particular
                      project that it would prefer, if any;

             (f)      Work Programme and budget for Development and
                      Production Operations;

             (g)      anticipated adverse impact on the environment and
                      measures to be taken for prevention or minimization
                      thereof and for general protection of the environment
                      in conduct of operations; and

             (h)      production profiles, financial / commercial analysis of
                      the project proposal.

9.7          Any proposed Development Plan submitted by the Contractor pursuant
             to Articles 9.5 and/or 9.6 will be approved by the Management
             Committee with such amendments and modifications as may be agreed
             upon by the Contractor, within seventy-five (75) days of submission
             of the Development Plan, which approval shall not be unreasonably
             withheld. If such a Development Plan has not been approved by the
             Management Committee within the seventy-five (75) day period, the
             Contractor shall have the right to submit such plan directly to the
             Government for approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably
             withheld. The submission will be answered within sixty (60) days of
             receipt.

9.8          The Management Committee shall obtain such approvals from

                                       25

             the Government as may be required, except where this Contract
             provides that the Contractor may obtain such approvals directly.

9.9          If the Management Committee fails to declare a New Discovery of Oil
             to be commercial while the Contractor consider that it is
             commercial or the Management Committee fails to declare the New
             Discovery as a Commercial Discovery within the time limit
             stipulated in Article 9.5 hereof, the Contractor may declare the
             New Discovery as a Commercial Discovery and submit development and
             production plans in respect of the Discovery to the Management
             Committee as per the provisions of Article 9.6 and after such plans
             have been approved by the Management Committee, the Contractor
             shall, acting solely, provide the entire Development Costs and
             undertake development of the Oil Field. If, however, the Field
             turns out to be non-commercial, the entire Development Cost of the
             Field shall be borne solely by the Contractor and shall not be
             recoverable as Cost Petroleum from any other Field or Contract Area
             but shall be recoverable solely from such Field.

9.10         In the event that the Government considers a New Discovery to be
             commercial but the Contractor considers the same as non-commercial,
             the Government shall give notice to the Contractor to that effect
             and thereafter the Field relating to such New Discovery shall be
             excluded from the Contract Area for all purposes. In this event,
             the Contractor shall have no claim on the production from such
             Field.

9.11         Work Programmes and budgets for Development and Production
             Operations shall be submitted to the Management Committee, as soon
             as possible after the designation of a Development Area and
             thereafter not later than 31st December each Calendar Year in
             respect of the Financial Year immediately following.

9.12         The Management Committee, when considering any Work Programme and
             budget, may require the Contractor to prepare an estimate of
             potential production to be achieved through the implementation of
             the programme and budget for each of the three (3) Financial Years
             following the Financial Year to which the Work Programme and budget
             relate. If major changes in Financial Year to Financial Year
             estimates of potential production are required, these shall be
             based on concrete evidence necessitating such changes.

9.13         Not later than the fifteenth (15) day of January each Calendar
             Year, in respect of the Financial Year immediately following, the
             Contractor shall determine the "Programme Quantity". The Programme
             Quantity for any Financial Year shall be the maximum quantity of
             Petroleum based on Contractor's estimates, as approved by the
             Management Committee, which can be produced from a Field consistent
             with sound international petroleum industry practices and

                                       26

             minimizing unit production cost, taking into account the capacity
             of the producing Wells, gathering lines, separators, storage
             capacity and other production facilities available for use during
             the relevant Financial Year, as well as the transportation
             facilities up to the Delivery Point.

9.14         Proposed revisions to the details of a Development Plan or an
             annual Work Programme or budget in respect of Development and
             Production Operations shall, for good cause and if the
             circumstances so justify, be submitted to the Management Committee
             for approval, through the Operating Committee.

                                       27

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                UNIT DEVELOPMENT

10.1         If a Reservoir in a New Discovery Area is situated partly within
             the Contract Area and partly in an area in India over which other
             parties have a contract or license/lease to conduct Petroleum
             Operations, the Government may, for securing the most effective
             recovery of Petroleum from such Reservoir, by notice in writing to
             the Contractor, require that the Contractor:

             (a)      collaborate and agree with such other parties on the
                      joint development of the Reservoir;

             (b)      submit such agreement between the Contractor and such
                      other parties to the Government for approval; and

             (c)      prepare a plan for such joint development of the
                      Reservoir, within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the
                      approval of the agreement referred to in (b) above.

10.2         If no plan is submitted within the period specified in Article
             10.1(c) or such longer period as the Contractor and other parties
             may agree or, if such plan as submitted is not acceptable to the
             Government and the parties cannot agree on amendments to the
             proposed joint development plan, the Government may cause to be
             prepared, at the expense of the Contractor and the other parties
             referred to in Article 10.1, a plan for such joint development
             consistent with generally accepted practices in the international
             petroleum industry which shall take into consideration any plans
             and presentations made by the Contractor and the aforementioned
             other parties.

10.3         If the Parties are unable to agree on the plan for joint
             development, then any of them may refer the matter to a sole expert
             for final determination pursuant to Article 33, provided that the
             Contractor may in case of any disagreement on the issue of joint
             development or the proposed joint development plan, or within sixty
             (60) days of determination by a sole expert, notify the Management
             Committee that it elects to surrender its rights in the New
             Discovery Area in lieu of participation in a joint development.

10.4         If a proposed joint development plan is agreed and adopted by the
             parties, or adopted following determination by the sole expert, the
             plan as finally adopted shall be the approved joint development
             plan and the Contractor shall comply with the terms of the
             Development Plan as if the Commercial Discovery is established.

10.5         The provisions of Articles 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4 shall apply
             MUTATIS MUTANDIS to a New Discovery of a Reservoir located partly
             within the Contract Area, which, although not equivalent to a
             Commercial Discovery if developed alone,

                                       28

             would be a Commercial Discovery if developed together with that
             part of the Reservoir which extends outside the Contract Area to
             areas subject to contract or given on license/lease for Petroleum
             Operations by other parties.

10.6         If a New Discovery is situated partly within the Contract Area and
             partly outside the Contract Area, the area outside the Contract
             Area over which, at the time of the making of the New Discovery by
             the Contractor, no production sharing contract similar to this
             Contract has been granted or is under negotiation and/or no
             license/lease to conduct petroleum operations has been granted, the
             Government will favourably consider the extension of the Contract
             Area to include the entire area of the Reservoir if so requested by
             the Contractor.
                                       29

                                   ARTICLE 11
                            MEASUREMENT OF PETROLEUM

11.1         The volume and quality of Petroleum produced and saved from a Field
             shall be measured by methods and appliances generally accepted and
             customarily used in generally accepted international petroleum
             industry practice.

11.2         The Government may, at all reasonable times, inspect and test the
             appliances used for measuring the volume and determining the
             quality of Petroleum, provided that any such inspection or testing
             shall be carried out in such a manner so as not to unduly interfere
             with Petroleum Operations.

11.3         Before commencement of production in a Field, except for the
             Fields which are producing as of the Effective Date, the
             Parties shall mutually agree on:

             (a)      methods to be employed to optimize the measurement of
                      volumes of Petroleum;

             (b)      the point at which Petroleum shall be measured and the
                      respective shares allocated to the Parties in
                      accordance with the terms of this Contract;

             (c)      the frequency of inspections and testing of measurement
                      appliances and relevant procedures relating thereto;
                      and

             (d)      the consequences of a determination of an error in
                      measurement.

             In the case of existing Fields, this Article 11.3 shall be given
             force as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, but in any
             case, not later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the
             Effective Date.

11.4         The Contractor shall undertake to measure the volume and quality of
             the Petroleum produced and saved from a Field at the agreed
             measurement point consistent with generally accepted practices in
             the international petroleum industry. The Contractor shall not make
             any alteration in the agreed method or procedures for measurement
             or to any of the approved appliances used for the purpose without
             the written consent of the Government.

11.5         The Contractor shall give the Government timely notice of its
             intention to conduct calibration operations or any agreed
             alteration for such operations and the Government shall have the
             right to be present and observe, either directly or through
             authorized representatives, such operations.

                                       30

                                   ARTICLE 12
                         PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

12.1         The Government and the Contractor recognise that Petroleum
             Operations will cause some impact on the environment in the
             Contract Area. Accordingly, in performance of the Contract, the
             Contractor shall conduct its Petroleum Operations with due regard
             to concerns with respect to protection of the environment and
             conservation of natural resources. In the furtherance of any laws,
             regulations and rules promulgated by the Government, the Contractor
             shall:

             (a)      employ generally accepted industrial standards, including
                      as required, advanced techniques, practices and methods of
                      operation for the prevention of Environmental Damage in
                      conducting its Petroleum
                      Operations;

             (b)      take necessary and adequate steps to prevent Environmental
                      Damage and, where some adverse impact on the environment
                      is unavoidable, to minimize such damage and the
                      consequential effects thereof on property and people; and

             (c)      adhere to the guidelines, limitations or restrictions, if
                      any, imposed by Environmental Clearance as applicable on
                      the Effective Date and as such Environmental Clearance may
                      be revised, expanded or replaced as a result of
                      Contractor's application(s) duly submitted after the
                      Effective Date.

12.2         If the Contractor fails to substantially comply with the provisions
             of Article 12.1 or materially contravenes any relevant law, and
             such failure or contravention results in substantial Environmental
             Damage, the Contractor shall forthwith take all necessary and
             reasonable measures to remedy the failure and the effects thereof.

12.3         If the Government has, on reasonable grounds, reason to believe
             that any works or installations erected by the Contractor or any
             operations conducted by the Contractor are endangering or may
             endanger persons or any property of any person, or are causing
             avoidable pollution, or are harming fauna and flora or the
             environment to a degree which is unlawful, the Government may,
             pursuant to applicable law, require the Contractor to take remedial
             measures within such reasonable period as may be determined by the
             Government and, if appropriate, repair such damage. The Government
             may, pursuant to applicable law, require the Contractor to
             discontinue Petroleum Operations in whole or in part until the
             Contractor has taken such action.

12.4         The Contractor shall, within one hundred twenty (120) days of the
             Effective Date, cause a person or persons with special knowledge on
             environmental matters, approved by the

                                       31

             Government, to carry out an environmental impact study in order:

             (a)      to determine, at the time of the study, the prevailing
                      situation relating to the environment, human beings and
                      local communities, the wildlife and marine life in the
                      Contract Area and in the adjoining or neighbouring areas;
                      and

             (b)      to establish the likely effect on the environment, human
                      beings and local communities, the wildlife and marine life
                      in the Contract Area and in the adjoining or neighbouring
                      areas in consequence of the relevant phase of Petroleum
                      Operations to be conducted under this Contract.

12.5         The Contractor shall ensure that:

             (a)      Petroleum Operations are conducted in an environmentally
                      acceptable and safe manner consistent with good
                      international petroleum industry practice and that such
                      Petroleum Operations are properly monitored;

             (b)      the pertinent completed environmental impact studies are
                      made available to its employees and to its Subcontractors
                      to develop adequate and proper awareness of the measures
                      and methods of environmental protection to be used in
                      carrying out the Petroleum Operations; and

             (c)      the contracts entered into between the Contractor and its
                      Subcontractors relating to its Petroleum Operations shall
                      include the provisions stipulated herein and any
                      established measures and methods for the implementation of
                      the Contractor's obligations in relation to the
                      environment under this Contract.

12.6         The Contractor shall, prior to conducting any drilling activities,
             prepare and submit for review by the Government contingency plans
             for dealing with oil spills, fires, accidents and emergencies,
             designed to achieve rapid and effective emergency response. The
             plans referred to above shall be discussed with the Government and
             concerns expressed shall be taken into account.

             12.6.1           In the event of an emergency, accident, oil spill
                              or fire arising from Petroleum Operations
                              affecting the environment, the Contractor shall
                              forthwith notify the Government and shall
                              promptly implement the relevant contingency plan
                              and perform such Site Restoration as may be
                              necessary.

             12.6.2           In the event of any other emergency or accident
                              arising from the Petroleum Operations affecting

                                       32

                              the environment, the Contractor shall take such
                              action as may be prudent and necessary in
                              accordance with good international petroleum
                              industry practice in such circumstances.

12.7         In the event that the Contractor fails to take necessary action to
             comply with any of the terms contained in Article 12.5 and Article
             12.6 within a reasonable period specified by the Government, the
             Government, after giving the Contractor reasonable notice in the
             circumstances, may take any action which may be necessary to ensure
             compliance with such terms and recover from the Contractor,
             immediately after having taken such action, all costs and
             expenditures incurred in connection with such action together with
             such interest as may be determined in accordance with Section 1.7
             of Appendix C of this Contract.

12.8         Contractor shall notify the Government upon determination by it
             that the estimated remaining recoverable reserves of any Field net
             of operating costs equal two and one-half (2 1/2) times the
             estimated abandonment cost whereupon the Government shall, within
             sixty (60) days, take control of the Field and the abandonment
             obligation or, failing which, the Contractor may then proceed to
             recover the abandonment cost from the remaining production and
             abandon such Field.

12.9         Any and all costs incurred by Contractor pursuant to this Article
             shall be cost recoverable including, but not limited to, sinking
             funds established for abandonment.

12.10        The responsibility of the Contractor for the environment
             hereunder shall be limited to damage to the environment
             which:

             (a)      occurs after the date of the environmental impact
                      assessment ("EIA") made to establish the benchmark
                      condition.  The EIA will be conducted as soon after the
                      Effective Date as is reasonably possible;

             (b)      results from an act or omission of Contractor in
                      violation of existing law; and

             (c)      notwithstanding the above, Contractor shall be responsible
                      for any damage to the environment because of any evidence
                      of Oil spill, blow-out, fire, etc., during the course of
                      Joint Operations from the Effective Date.

                                       33

                                   ARTICLE 13
                               RECOVERY OF COSTS

13.1         The Contractor shall be entitled to recover Contract Costs
             out of the total volume of Petroleum produced and saved from
             the Contract Area in each Financial Year in accordance with
             the provisions of this Article, and, in respect of sole risk
             or exclusive operations, Article VII of the Operating
             Agreement.

             13.1.1           Development Costs incurred by the Contractor in
                              the Contract Area shall be aggregated, and the
                              Contractor shall be entitled to recover out of
                              Cost Petroleum the aggregate of such Development
                              Costs at the rate of one hundred percent (100%)
                              per annum, provided, however, that, subject to the
                              remaining provisions of this Article 13.1, the
                              Contractor shall not, for the purposes only of
                              determining the volume of Petroleum to which
                              Contractor shall be entitled under Article 13.1 as
                              Cost Petroleum, claim as Contract Costs
                              Contractor's Development Costs incurred after the
                              Effective Date in connection with Development
                              Operations under the Development Plan for Panna
                              and Mukta Fields (as those Fields are determined
                              in the Development Plan first approved by the
                              Management Committee) which exceed Contractor's
                              Cost Recovery Limit (as hereinafter defined).

             13.1.2           For the purposes of this Article 13.1,
                              Contractor's "Cost Recovery Limit" means costs
                              incurred after the Effective Date relating to the
                              construction and/or establishment of such
                              facilities as are necessary to produce, process,
                              store and transport Petroleum from within the
                              Existing Discoveries, in order to enable Oil
                              production of thirty-eight thousand three hundred
                              barrels per day (38,300 BOPD) in accordance with
                              the Development Plan for the Panna and Mukta
                              Fields.  Such costs shall include costs incurred
                              in relation to those items illustrated in
                              Appendix G and matters in connection therewith.
                              Appendix G, Annex G-1, further describes
                              Companies' development concept based on an
                              assumed project start date of 1st July, 1993, and
                              Parties understand and agree that the schedules
                              and activities contained in such assessment shall
                              be revised, subject to Management Committee
                              approval, by the Contractor in Contractor's
                              Development Plan first submitted pursuant to this
                              Contract.

                              The Parties agree that for the purposes of this
                              Article 13.1 the Contractor's Cost Recovery Limit
                              shall be the sum of Five Hundred Seventy-seven
                              Million Five Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars
                              (US$577,500,000).

                                       34

             13.1.3           The Parties acknowledge that the amount
                              representing Contractor's Cost Recovery Limit has
                              been agreed by Contractor on the basis of the
                              following assumptions and/or factors and/or
                              information:

                              (a)    Included in calculations for the Cost
                                     Recovery Limit are costs relating to Gas
                                     compression offshore required for
                                     delivering Gas into ONGC's pipeline;
                                     excluded from the Cost Recovery Limit are
                                     Site Restoration and exploration or
                                     appraisal drilling;

                              (b)    the Cost Recovery Limit does not include
                                     any costs for the development of any
                                     satellite Fields;

                              (c)    the Contractor being able to obtain all
                                     necessary approvals (including Government
                                     and state government approvals) to enable
                                     Contractor to carry out the Development
                                     Operations contemplated by the Development
                                     Plan for the Panna and Mukta Fields in
                                     accordance with the timing set out in such
                                     plan;

                              (d)    the data relating to the Contract Area
                                     provided by ONGC from time to time prior to
                                     the Effective Date inclusive of the data
                                     package pertaining to the Contract Area
                                     prepared by ONGC and made available for
                                     inspection and purchase by the Companies
                                     pursuant to the Government's "Notice
                                     Inviting Offers for Joint Ventures to
                                     Develop Medium- Sized Oil and Gas Field in
                                     India, 1992";

                              (e)    international market conditions relating to
                                     the availability and cost of materials and
                                     services in the international petroleum
                                     industry in constant 1993 United States
                                     Dollars;

                              (f)    the range of physical reservoir
                                     characteristics in respect of the Oil and
                                     Gas Fields comprising the Existing
                                     Discoveries not being materially different
                                     from the ranges for such characteristics as
                                     revealed in the data referred to in Article
                                     13.1.3(d) on which Companies based their
                                     assessment as described in Annex G-1 to
                                     Appendix G;

                              (g)    with regard to onshore facilities not
                                     included in the Cost Recovery Limit as per
                                     Articles 13.1.3(a) and 13.1.4(a), ONGC and
                                     Companies will determine a fee,terms and

                                       35

                                     conditions for the referenced facilities,
                                     which fee shall be determined by an
                                     internationally recognized expert in the
                                     field, who shall be selected by two members
                                     of the Operating Committee from a group of
                                     three internationally recognized experts
                                     selected by ONGC and the cost of the
                                     facilities shall be cost recoverable and
                                     not subject to the Cost Recovery Limit; and

                              (h)    no capital investment of a material nature
                                     is required on the Equipment contained in
                                     Appendix F.

             13.1.4           Having regard, inter alia, to the matters
                              referred to in Article 13.1.3, the Parties agree
                              as follows:

                              (a)    Included in calculations for the Cost
                                     Recovery Limit are costs relating to Gas
                                     compression offshore required for
                                     delivering Gas into ONGC's pipeline system;
                                     excluded from the Cost Recovery Limit are
                                     water injection; Site Restoration and
                                     exploration or appraisal drilling and
                                     capital investment, if any, of a material
                                     nature, on the Equipment contained in
                                     Exhibit F shall not be subject to the Cost
                                     Recovery Limit;

                              (b)    the costs of developing the reserves and/or
                                     potential reserves and/or satellite Fields
                                     referred to in Article 13.1.3(b) shall not
                                     be subject to the Cost Recovery Limit,
                                     notwithstanding that the development,
                                     within the Contract Area, of such reserves
                                     and/or potential reserves and/or satellite
                                     Fields may include shared flowlines,
                                     injection lines, Gas-lift lines and other
                                     facilities with those constructed as part
                                     of the Development Plan for the Panna and
                                     Mukta Fields;


                              (c)    in the event that the Contractor's Cost
                                     Recovery Limit is exceeded as a result of:


                                       (i)     delays in carrying out the
                                               Development Operations referred
                                               to in Article 13.1.3(c) due to a
                                               delay in obtaining any necessary
                                               approval;


                                       (ii)    material changes to the
                                               Development Plan for the Panna
                                               and Mukta Fields

                                       36

                                               necessitated by Contractor's
                                               review of data provided, if any,
                                               to the Companies by the
                                               Government and/or ONGC after the
                                               Effective Date where the
                                               Companies are able to establish
                                               that had such data been available
                                               prior to the Effective Date then
                                               the Companies, acting reasonably,
                                               would have included such changes
                                               in the Development Plan for the
                                               Panna and Mukta Fields;

                                       (iii)   a material change to the
                                               international market conditions
                                               referred to in Article 13.1.3(e);

                                       (iv)    a variation to the Development
                                               Plan for the Panna and Mukta
                                               Fields approved by the Management
                                               Committee; or

                                       (v)     an event of force majeure as
                                               provided in Article 31;

                                       (vi)    capital investments of a material
                                               nature, reasonably required as at
                                               the Effective Date on the
                                               Equipment shown in Appendix F;

                                     then the Management Committee shall, at the
                                     request of the Operator, in a meeting
                                     convened under Article 5.8, promptly
                                     consider what, if any, increase should be
                                     made to the Contractor's Cost Recovery
                                     Limit to fairly reflect the circumstances
                                     in question PROVIDED THAT in the case of
                                     delays referred to in Article 13.1.3(c) the
                                     Management Committee shall not be obligated
                                     to consider any increase where, and to the
                                     extent that, such delay has been caused by
                                     the Companies' failure to act in a diligent
                                     manner.

             13.1.5           In the event that:

                              (a)    there is any dispute between the Parties
                                     whether or to what extent a circumstance
                                     referred to in Article 13.1.4(c) has arisen
                                     or resulted in the Contractor's Cost
                                     Recovery Limit being exceeded; or

                              (b)    the Management Committee is unable to agree
                                     whether an increase should be made to the
                                     Contractor's Cost Recovery Limit or is
                                     unable to agree on the amount of any such
                                     increase;

                                       37

                              then, at any time after thirty (30) days from the
                              date of the Management Committee meeting referred
                              to in Article 13.1.4(c), any Party shall be at
                              liberty to refer the matter to arbitration in
                              accordance with the provisions of Article 33.

             13.1.6           Costs incurred by the Companies prior to the
                              Effective Date hereof which have been approved by
                              the Government, in writing, shall be cost
                              recoverable for purposes hereof after approval of
                              the Management Committee.

13.2         Exploration Costs (if any) incurred by the Contractor in respect of
             the Contract Area up to the date of Commercial Production of
             Petroleum from the Contract Area shall be aggregated, and the
             Contractor shall be entitled to recover the aggregate of such
             Exploration Costs out of the Cost Petroleum from the Contract Area
             at the rate of one hundred percent (100%) per annum of such
             Exploration Costs beginning from the date of such Commercial
             Production.

13.3         The Contractor shall be entitled to recover out of the Cost
             Petroleum from the Contract Area the Exploration Costs which it has
             incurred in that Contract Area in any Financial Year after the date
             of Commercial Production from the Contract Area at the rate of one
             hundred percent (100%) per annum of such Exploration Costs
             beginning from the date such Exploration Costs are incurred.

13.4         The Contractor shall be entitled to recover Exploration Costs as
             provided in Articles 13.2 and 13.3 in relation to the values of the
             quantity of Petroleum produced, saved and sold from the Contract
             Area, in the relevant year, provided that such Exploration Costs
             once recovered shall not be allowable for recovery against any
             other contract area.

13.5         Development Costs incurred by the Contractor in the Contract Area
             up to the date of Commercial Production from the Contract Area
             shall be aggregated, and the Contractor shall be entitled to
             recover out of the Cost Petroleum from that Contract Area the
             aggregate of such Development Costs at the rate of one hundred
             percent (100%) per annum of such Development Costs beginning from
             the date of such Commercial Production from the Contract Area.

13.6         The Contractor shall be entitled to recover out of the Cost
             Petroleum produced from the Contract Area the Development Costs
             which it has incurred on such Contract Area after the date of
             Commercial Production from the Contract Area at the rate of one
             hundred percent (100%) per annum of such Development Costs
             beginning from the date such Development Costs are incurred.

13.7         The Contractor shall be entitled to recover in full during
             any Financial Year the Production Costs incurred in the

                                       38

             Contract Area out of the Cost Petroleum.

13.8         If during any Financial Year the Cost Petroleum is not sufficient
             to enable the Contractor to recover in full the Contract Costs due
             for recovery in that Financial Year in accordance with the
             provisions of Articles 13.1 through 13.7, then, subject to the
             provisions of Article 13.1:

             a)       recovery shall first be made of the Production Costs;
                      and

             b)       recovery shall next be made of the Exploration Costs;
                      and

             c)       recovery shall then be made of the Development Costs.

             The unrecovered portions of Contract Costs shall be carried forward
             to the following Financial Year and the Contractor shall be
             entitled to recover such Costs in such Financial Year or the
             subsequent Financial Years as if such costs were due for recovery
             in that Financial Year, or the succeeding Financial Years, until
             the unrecovered costs have been fully recovered out of Cost
             Petroleum from the Contract Area.

13.9         For the purposes of this Article, as well as Article 14, costs,
             receipts and income shall be converted into production unit
             equivalents, and vice versa, using the relevant prices established
             pursuant to Article 19 for Crude Oil and Article 21 for Natural
             Gas.

13.10        Pending completion of the calculations required to establish
             definitively the Contractor's entitlement to Cost Petroleum from
             the Contract Area in any Financial Year, the Contractor shall take
             delivery, provisionally, of volumes of Crude Oil and/or Natural Gas
             representing its estimated Cost Petroleum entitlement calculated
             with reference to estimated production quantities, costs and prices
             for the Contract Area as established by the Contractor and approved
             by the Management Committee. Such provisional determination of Cost
             Petroleum shall be made every quarter on a cumulative basis. Within
             sixty days of the end of each Financial Year, a final calculation
             of the Contractor's entitlement to Cost Petroleum, based on actual
             production quantities, costs and prices for the entire Financial
             Year, shall be undertaken and any necessary adjustments to the Cost
             Petroleum entitlement shall be agreed upon between the Government
             and the Contractor and made as soon as practicable thereafter.

13.11        Nothing herein contained shall provide for the recovery of costs by
             ONGC which were incurred prior to the Effective Date.

                                       39

                                   ARTICLE 14
                    PRODUCTION SHARING OF PETROLEUM BETWEEN
                           CONTRACTOR AND GOVERNMENT

14.1         The Contractor and the Government shall share in the Profit
             Petroleum from the Contract Area in accordance with the provisions
             of this Article. The share of Profit Petroleum, in any Financial
             Year, shall be calculated for the Contract Area on the basis of the
             Investment Multiple actually achieved by the Companies at the end
             of the preceding Financial Year for the Contract Area as provided
             in Appendix D.

14.2         Profit Petroleum

             14.2.1           When the Investment Multiple of the Companies at
                              the end of any Financial Year is less than two
                              (2.0), the Government shall be entitled to take
                              and receive five percent (5%) and the Contractor
                              shall be entitled to take and receive ninety-five
                              percent (95%) of the total Profit Petroleum from
                              the Contract Area with effect from the start of
                              the succeeding Financial Year.

             14.2.2           When the Investment Multiple of the Companies at
                              the end of any Financial Year in respect of any
                              Contract Area is equal to or more than two (2.0)
                              but is less than two and one-half (2.5), the
                              Government shall be entitled to take and receive
                              fifteen percent (15%) and the Contractor shall be
                              entitled to take and receive eighty-five percent
                              (85%) of the total Profit Petroleum from the
                              Contract Area with effect from the start of the
                              succeeding Financial Year.

             14.2.3           When the Investment Multiple of the Companies at
                              the end of any Financial Year in respect of the
                              Contract Area is equal to or more than two and
                              one-half (2.5) but is less than three (3.0), the
                              Government shall be entitled to take and receive
                              twenty-five percent (25%) and the Contractor
                              shall be entitled to take and receive seventy-
                              five percent (75%) of the total Profit Petroleum
                              from the Contract Area with effect from the start
                              of the succeeding Financial Year.

             14.2.4           When the Investment Multiple of the Companies at
                              the end of any Financial Year in respect of the
                              Contract Area is equal to or more than three
                              (3.0) but is less than three and one-half (3.5),
                              the Government shall be entitled to take and
                              receive forty percent (40%) and the Contractor
                              shall be entitled to take and receive sixty
                              percent (60%) of the total Profit Petroleum from
                              the Contract Area with effect from the start of

                                       40

                              the succeeding Financial Year.

             14.2.4           When the Investment Multiple of the Companies at
                              the end of any Financial Year in respect of the
                              Contract Area is equal to or more than three and
                              one-half (3.5), the Government shall be entitled
                              to take and receive fifty percent (50%) and the
                              Contractor shall be entitled to take and receive
                              fifty percent (50%) of the total Profit Petroleum
                              from the Contract Area with effect from the start
                              of the succeeding Financial Year.

14.3         The value of the Companies' Investment Multiple at the end of any
             Financial Year in respect of the Contract Area shall be calculated
             in the manner provided for, and on the basis of net cash flows
             specified, in Appendix D to this Contract. However, the volume of
             Profit Petroleum to be shared between the Government and the
             Contractor shall be determined for each quarter on a cumulative
             basis. As regards the period from the Effective Date through the
             end of the first full Financial Year, in view of the vagaries of
             short-term financial records and to assure equitable calculation of
             the Investment Multiple based on reasonable historical records, the
             Investment Multiple calculated at the end of the first full
             Financial Year shall be applied retroactively to the Effective
             Date, and until the actual value can be determined, the provisional
             Investment Multiple for that period shall be calculated on the
             basis of Contractor's estimate of revenues and expenditures as
             provided in the Development Plan. Pending finalization of accounts,
             delivery of Profit Petroleum shall be taken by the Government and
             the Contractor on the basis of provisional estimated figures of
             Contract Costs, production, prices, receipts, income and any other
             income or allowable deductions and on the basis of the value of the
             Investment Multiple achieved at the end of the preceding Financial
             Year. All such provisional estimates shall be finally approved by
             the Management Committee but are deemed valid until such time as
             the Management Committee reaches a decision or a decision is
             rendered under Article 33. When it is necessary to convert monetary
             units into physical units of production equivalents or vice versa,
             the price or prices determined pursuant to Articles 19 and 21 for
             Crude Oil and Natural Gas, respectively, shall be used. Within
             sixty (60) days of the end of each Financial Year, a final
             calculation of Profit Petroleum based on actual costs, quantities,
             prices and income for the entire Financial Year shall be undertaken
             and any necessary adjustments to the sharing of Profit Petroleum
             shall be agreed upon between the Government and the Contractor and
             made as soon as is practicable thereafter.

14.4         The Profit Petroleum due to the Contractor in any Financial Year
             from the Contract Area shall be divided between the Parties
             constituting the Contractor in proportion to their

                                       41

             respective Participating Interests.

                                       42

                                   ARTICLE 15
                        TAXES, ROYALTIES, RENTALS, ETC.


15.1         The Companies and the operations under this Contract shall be
             subject to all fiscal legislation in India, except where, pursuant
             to any authority granted under any applicable law, they are exempt
             wholly or partly from the application of the provisions of a
             particular law or as otherwise provided herein.


15.2.1       For the purpose of computing profits or gains of the business
             consisting of and prospecting for or extraction or production of
             Petroleum, there shall be made in lieu of the allowances admissible
             under the Income Tax Act, 1961, such allowances as are specified in
             this Agreement pursuant to Section 42 in relation to:

             (a)      expenditure by way of infructuous or abortive
                      exploration expenses in respect of any area surrendered
                      prior to the beginning of Commercial Production; and

             (b)      after the beginning of commercial production, to
                      expenditure incurred, whether before or after such
                      Commercial Production, in respect of drilling or
                      exploration activities or services or in respect of
                      physical assets used in that connection.


15.2.2       Payments made by the Companies pursuant to Article 16 shall be
             deductible for income tax purpose in the year in which payment is
             made by the Companies, as permissible under Section 42 of the
             Income Tax Act, 1961.


15.3.1       In respect of matters not covered above, deduction shall be allowed
             in accordance with other provisions of Income Tax Act, 1961, and
             the rules framed thereunder.


15.3.2       The revenue from the Business consisting of Petroleum
             Operations shall be determined in accordance with Article 19
             for its Participating Interest share of Crude Oil saved and
             sold, or otherwise disposed of, from each Field and from any
             revenue realized on the sale of ANG or NANG referred to in
             Article 21 as well as any other gains or receipts from
             Petroleum Operations as reduced by the deductions as
             specified within this Article, and, except as herein
             provided, all the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961,
             shall apply.
                                       43

15.4         The following terms used in Section 42 of the Income Tax Act, 1961,
             and Articles 15.2 and 15.3 shall have the meanings corresponding to
             the terms used in this Contract and defined in Article 1 as
             follows:


             (a)      "Previous Year" means the year as defined in Section
                       2(34) of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

             (b)      The other terms used herein and not defined in the Income
                      Tax Act, 1961 shall have the meaning therein ascribed in
                      Article 1.


15.5         Except for income tax as otherwise provided in this Article, the
             Government covenants to the Companies that the Companies shall not
             be liable to the Government for payment of:

             (a)      any taxes calculated by reference to income from or
                      sale of Petroleum; or

             (b)      any customs or excise duties, export duties or any other
                      statutory charge on the import or re-export of machinery,
                      plant, equipment, materials or supplies imported by or on
                      behalf of Contractor or its subcontractors solely and
                      exclusively for use in Petroleum Operations.

             Any such payment, if the Companies are made liable shall be
             reimbursed by the Government.


15.6.1       The constituents of the Contractor shall be liable to pay
             royalties and cess on their Participating Interest share of
             Crude Oil and Natural Gas saved and sold in accordance with
             the provisions of this Agreement.  The royalty on Oil saved
             and sold will be paid at Rs. 481 per metric ton and cess on
             Oil saved and sold will be paid at Rs. 900 per metric ton.
             Royalty on Gas saved and sold will be paid at ten percent
             (10%) of the value at wellhead.  No cess shall be payable on
             Gas or Condensate or other Natural Gas liquids produced in
             association with Gas.  Royalty and cess shall not exceed the
             herein above amounts throughout the term of the Contract.
             Royalty and cess shall be payable in Indian Rupees. Any such
             additional payment shall be made by the Government.


15.6.2       All payments (except income tax) made by Contractor or its
             constituents as applicable under appropriate law including, but not
             limited to, taxes whether levied by the Central Government or state
             government, or any other local or statutory authority, royalties,
             cess, levies, duties, rentals, lease rent, license fees, export
             duties,
                                       44

             countervailing duties, provision for sinking fund for environmental
             or abandonment costs, or any other charges whatsoever, directly
             attributable to Petroleum Operations shall be cost recoverable.


15.7         If any change in or to any Indian law, rule or regulation by any
             authority dealing with income tax or other corporate tax,
             export/import tax, customs duty, or tax imposed upon Petroleum or
             dependent on the value of Petroleum (including Royalty and cess)
             results in a material change to the economic benefits accruing to
             any of the Parties to this Contract after the Effective Date, the
             Parties shall consult promptly to make necessary revisions and
             adjustments to the Contract in order to maintain such expected
             benefits to each of the Parties.

                                       45

                                   ARTICLE 16
                                    PAYMENT

16.1         The Companies shall pay to ONGC in consideration of the right to
             commence and carry out exploration and drilling activities in the
             Contract Area, pursuant to and in accordance with the Notice
             Inviting Offers for Joint Ventures to Develop Medium Size Oil and
             Gas Fields in India- 1992 and the bid submitted in response
             thereto, as follows:

             (a)      within two (2) days following the Effective Date,
                      excluding days on which the banks in India or the
                      United States are closed, Three Million Six Hundred
                      Thousand United States Dollars (US$3,600,000).  EOGIL
                      shall pay One Million Eight Hundred Thousand United
                      States Dollars (US$1,800,000) and RIL shall pay One
                      Million Eight Hundred Thousand United States Dollars
                      (US$1,800,000).  ONGC's bank wire transfer instructions
                      are as follows:

                      ACCOUNT NUMBER: 01 00000 3054
                      OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED
                      STATE BANK OF INDIA, OVERSEAS BRANCH
                      VIJAYA BUILDING,
                      BARAKHAMBA ROAD,
                      NEW DELHI, INDIA 110 001

             (b)      When and if the hereinafter set forth production
                      quantities are reached, the Companies will within fifteen
                      (15) days following such attainment pay ONGC in accordance
                      with the following schedule:

                      (i)            Another Six Million United States Dollars
                                     (US$6,000,000) after achieving a cumulative
                                     production of fifty million barrels of Oil;

                      (ii)           Another Nine Million United States Dollars
                                     (US$9,000,000) after achieving a cumulative
                                     production of one hundred million barrels 
                                     of Oil; and

                      (iii)          Another Fifteen Million United States
                                     Dollars (US$15,000,000) after achieving a
                                     cumulative production of two hundred
                                     million barrels of Oil.

16.2         Cumulative production shall, for purposes of this Article,
             mean Oil produced.

16.3         Each Company shall pay its share of the payment in the
             proportion that it received Petroleum.

                                       46

                                   ARTICLE 17
                                 CUSTOMS DUTIES

17.1         Machinery, plant, equipment, materials and supplies imported by a
             Contractor or its Subcontractors for use in Petroleum Operations
             shall be exempted from customs duties subject to compliance with
             procedures, if any, as may be determined pursuant to applicable
             customs duty legislation, Article 23 and the terms herein
             specified.

17.2         Contractor shall, from time to time and as required, submit to the
             Government a list of Subcontractors who are engaged by it for the
             purpose of obtaining the various categories of items pursuant to
             the conduct of Petroleum Operations and who may claim exemptions
             hereunder.

17.3         In order to qualify for the exemption from customs duties as
             provided for in Article 17.1, all imported items for which duty
             exemption is being claimed shall be certified, by a representative
             of the Contractor, to be imported under the terms of this Contract
             for use in carrying out Petroleum Operations and shall be certified
             by a representative of the Government to be eligible for such
             exemption pursuant to the terms of the Contract. In order to
             expedite such exemption, Contractor may submit a certified list of
             qualified items up to sixty (60) days in advance of anticipated
             import.

17.4         The Government shall have the right to inspect the records and
             documents of the physical item or items for which an exemption is
             or has been provided under Article 17.1 to determine that such item
             or items are being or have been imported for the purpose for which
             the exemption was granted. The Government shall also be entitled to
             inspect such physical items wherever located to ensure that such
             items are being used or held for the purpose herein specified and
             any item not being so used shall immediately become subject to
             payment of the applicable customs duties.

17.5         Subject to Article 27, the Contractor and its Subcontractors may
             sell or otherwise transfer in India or sell for export all imported
             items which are no longer required for Petroleum Operations,
             subject to applicable laws governing customs duties and sale or
             disposal of such items.
                                       47

                                   ARTICLE 18
                      DOMESTIC SUPPLY, SALE, DISPOSAL AND
                              EXPORT OF CRUDE OIL

18.1         Until such time as the total availability to the Government and
             government companies of Crude Oil from all Petroleum production
             activities in India meets the total national demand, as determined
             by the Government, each constituent of the Contractor shall be
             required to offer to the Government or its nominee all of the
             Contractor's entitlement to Crude Oil from each Field in order to
             assist in satisfying the national demand, provided, however, that
             nothing contained in any contract entered into by the Contractor
             for the supply, sale or disposal of Petroleum, with any nominee of
             the Government pursuant to this Contract shall in any manner
             abrogate the obligation of the Government contained herein.

18.2         Pursuant to Article 18.1 and subject to Articles 18.4 and 18.6,
             each constituent of Contractor shall offer to sell to the
             Government (or its nominee) its total Participating Interest share
             of Crude Oil to which it is entitled under Articles 13 and 14 at
             the price determined in accordance with Article 19 for sales to
             Government and the Government shall have the option to purchase the
             whole or any portion thereof at the said price.

18.3         The aforementioned offer shall be made by each constituent of
             Contractor, in writing, at least six (6) months preceding the
             Financial Year in which the sale is to be made, specifying the
             estimated quantities and grade of Crude Oil being offered (based
             upon estimates which shall be adjusted within ninety (90) days of
             the end of each Financial Year on the basis of actual quantities
             produced and saved). The Government shall exercise its option to
             purchase, in writing, not later than ninety days (90) preceding the
             Financial Year in respect of which the sale is to be made,
             specifying the quantity and grade of Crude Oil which it elects to
             take in the ensuing year. Failure by the Government to give such
             notice within the period specified shall be conclusively deemed an
             election to take all of the Crude Oil offered (adjusted as provided
             herein) in the ensuing Financial Year.

             Notwithstanding the above, during the first six (6) months
             commencing with the Effective Date of this Contract, notices cited
             in Article 18.3 shall be given as soon as practicable and are
             deemed to satisfy the notice obligations of this Article 18.3.

18.4         If, during any Financial Year, India attains Self-Sufficiency, the
             Government shall promptly thereafter, but in no event later than
             the end of that Financial Year, so advise the Contractor by written
             notice. In such event, as from the end of the first quarter of the
             following Financial Year, or such earlier date as the Parties may

                                       48

             mutually agree, Government's option to purchase shall be suspended
             and each constituent of Contractor shall have the right to lift and
             export their Participating Interest share of Crude Oil until such
             time, if any, as Self-Sufficiency shall have ceased to exist. If
             Self-Sufficiency ceases to exist during a Financial Year, the
             Government shall recover its option to purchase under Article 18.2
             in respect of the following Financial Year by giving notice thereof
             to the Contractor as provided in Article 18.3.

18.5         All payments in respect of sales to the Government pursuant to
             provisions of this Article 18 shall be made by the Government
             within the period for credit applicable in the calculation of the
             price pursuant to Article 19. If no time frame for credit is
             applicable in such calculation, payment shall be made within forty
             five (45) days from the date the invoice is delivered to the
             Government. Contractor shall submit a monthly invoice to the
             Government for the quantity of Crude Oil delivered. Payment shall
             be made in United States Dollars by bank wire to the credit of the
             Foreign Company's designated account with a bank within or outside
             India. All amounts unpaid by the Government by the due date shall,
             from the due date, bear interest calculated on a day-to-day basis
             at the LIBOR plus one percentage (1%) point from the due date
             compounded daily until paid.

18.6         If full payment is not received by Contractor when due as provided
             in Article 18.5, the Contractor shall, at any time thereafter,
             notify the Government of the default and, unless such default is
             remedied within fifteen (15) days from the date of the notice, the
             Contractor shall have the right, unless otherwise agreed, upon
             written notice to the Government and without prejudice to the
             Contractor's right to recover all costs, charges, expenses and
             losses, incurred by the Contractor:

             a)       to suspend the Government's option to purchase under
                      Article 18.2 and transport the Petroleum to any onshore
                      facility and sell as each constituent of Contractor may
                      in its absolute discretion deem fit;

             b)       without prejudice to the foregoing, to freely lift,
                      sell and export all its Participating Interest share of
                      Crude Oil subject to the destination restrictions
                      specified in Article 18.7, until the Government has
                      paid the due amount plus interest as provided herein;

             c)       if the payment plus interest is not received by the
                      Contractor within one hundred and eighty (180) days
                      from the date the payment was due, to receive and
                      export the Government's share of Profit Oil until such
                      time as either Government has paid all amounts due plus
                      interest, or the value, based on the price as deter-
                      mined in accordance with Article 19, of Government's
                      share of Profit Oil so sold is equal to all amounts due

                                       49

                      plus interest, whichever first occurs; provided, however,
                      that if the Government makes a payment to the Contractor
                      after the Contractor has commenced sale of Government's
                      share of Profit Oil and such payment together with the
                      value of Government's share of Profit Oil sold (based on
                      the price determined in accordance with Article 19)
                      exceeds the amount due plus interest, necessary adjustment
                      shall be carried out to refund to the Government forthwith
                      the excess amount received by the Contractor.

18.7         The Contractor shall be entitled to freely lift, sell and export
             any Crude Oil which the Government is unable to take or has elected
             not to purchase pursuant to this Article 18 subject to Government's
             generally applicable destination restrictions to countries with
             which the Government, for policy reasons, has severed or restricted
             trade.

18.8         No later than sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of
             production in a Field (or Fields where production is from more than
             one Field), and thereafter no less than sixty (60) days before the
             commencement of each Financial Year, the Contractor shall cause to
             be prepared and submitted to the Parties a production forecast
             setting out the total quantity of Crude Oil that it estimates can
             be produced from a Field during the succeeding year, based on the
             maximum efficient rate of recovery of Crude Oil from that Field in
             accordance with good petroleum industry practice. No later than
             thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of each Calendar
             Quarter, the Contractor shall advise its estimate of production for
             the succeeding Calendar Quarter and shall endeavour to produce the
             forecast quantity for each Calendar Quarter.

             Notwithstanding the above, during the first six (6) months
             commencing with the Effective Date of this Contract, notices cited
             in Article 18.8 shall be given as soon as practicable and are
             deemed to satisfy the notice obligations of this Article 18.8.

18.9         Each Party comprising the Contractor shall, throughout the term of
             this Contract, have the right to separately take in kind and
             dispose of all its share of Cost Petroleum and Profit Petroleum and
             shall have the obligation to lift the Cost Petroleum and Profit
             Petroleum on a current basis and in such quantities so as not to
             cause a restriction of production or inconvenience to the other
             Parties.

18.10        The Government shall, throughout the term of this Contract, have
             the right to separately take in kind and dispose of its share of
             Profit Petroleum and of such portion of the Contractor's share of
             Petroleum as is purchased by the Government pursuant to Article 18,
             subject to Article 18.6 and shall have the obligation to lift all
             of the Oil on a current basis and in such quantities so as not to
             cause a
                                       50

             restriction of production or inconvenience to the other Parties.
             Subject to Force Majeure, any Party with an obligation to lift Oil
             and failing to do so shall compensate the other Parties for any
             loss of revenue due to such failure and will, at its own cost and
             risk, be liable for all incident expenses, including demurrage, if
             any.

18.11        For the purpose of implementing the provisions of Articles 18.9 and
             18.10, a Crude Oil lifting procedure shall be agreed upon by the
             Parties as soon as practicable but no later than two (2) months
             after the Effective Date of this Contract. Such lifting procedure
             shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:

             (a)      a procedure for notification by the Operator to the
                      Government, and to each Party comprising the
                      Contractor, of projected Crude Oil production;

             (b)      a procedure for notification by the Government, and by
                      each Party comprising the Contractor, to the Operator, of
                      its expected offtake and the consequences of inability or
                      failure to offtake.

                                       51

                                   ARTICLE 19
                                VALUATION OF OIL

19.1         For the purpose of this Contract, the value of Crude Oil shall be
             based on the price determined as provided herein.

19.2         A price for Crude Oil shall be determined for each Calendar Month
             or such other period as the Parties may agree (hereinafter referred
             to as "the Delivery Period") in terms of United States Dollars per
             Barrel, FOB Delivery Point for Crude Oil produced and sold or
             otherwise disposed of from each Contract Area, for each Delivery
             Period, in accordance with the appropriate basis for that type of
             sale or disposal specified below.

19.3         In the event that some or all of Contractor's total sales of Crude
             Oil during a Delivery Period are made to third parties in Arms
             Length Sales, all sales so made shall be valued at the weighted
             average of the prices actually received by Contractor, calculated
             by dividing the total receipts from all such sales FOB the Delivery
             Point by the total number of Barrels of the Crude Oil sold in such
             sales.

             19.3.1           In the event that a portion of such third party
                              Arms Length Sales are made on a basis other than
                              an FOB basis as herein specified, the portion
                              shall be valued at the prices equivalent to the
                              prices FOB the Delivery point for such sales
                              determined by deducting all costs (such as
                              transportation, demurrage, loss of Crude Oil in
                              transit and similar costs) incurred downstream of
                              the Delivery Point, and the prices so determined
                              shall be deemed to be the actual prices received
                              for the purpose of calculation of the weighted
                              average of the prices for all third party Arms
                              Length Sales for the Delivery Period.

             19.3.2           Each constituent of Contractor shall separately
                              submit to the Government, within fifteen (15)
                              days of the end of each Delivery Period, a report
                              containing the actual prices obtained in their
                              respective Arms Length Sales to third parties of
                              any Crude Oil.  Such reports shall distinguish
                              between term sales and spot sales and itemize
                              volumes, customers, prices received and credit
                              terms, and the constituent of the Contractor
                              shall allow the Government to examine the
                              relevant sales contracts.

19.4         In the event that some or all of a constituent of Contractor's
             total sales of Crude Oil during a Calendar Month are made to the
             Government, the price of all sales so made shall, unless otherwise
             agreed between the Parties, be determined on the basis of either
             the FOB selling price per Barrel of one or more crude oils which,
             at the time of
                                       52

             calculation, are being freely and actively traded in the
             international market and are similar in characteristics and quality
             to the Crude Oil and/or Condensate in respect of which the price is
             being determined, such FOB selling price to be ascertained from
             Platt's Crude Oil Market Wire daily publication ("Platt's"), or the
             spot market for the same crude oils ascertained in the same manner,
             whichever price, in the opinion of the Parties, more truly reflects
             the current value of such crude oils. For any Calendar Month in
             which sales take place, the price shall be the arithmetic average
             price per Barrel determined by calculating the average for the
             preceding Calendar Month of the mean of the high and low FOB or
             spot prices for each day of the crude oil(s) selected for
             comparison adjusted for differences in the Crude Oil and the crude
             oil(s) being compared for quality, transportation costs, delivery
             time, quantity, payment terms, the market area into which the Crude
             Oil is being sold, other contract terms to the extent known and
             other relevant factors. In the event that Platt's ceases to be
             published or is not published for a period of thirty (30)
             consecutive days, the Parties shall agree on an alternative daily
             publication.

             19.4.1           Notwithstanding anything herein otherwise
                              provided, the price paid for such sales shall be,
                              in any Calendar Month,the FOB selling price for a
                              Marker Crude ("Marker Crude") which shall be Brent
                              (DTD) on a United States Dollar per Barrel basis
                              less US$0.10 per Barrel.

             19.4.2           The Marker Crude price will be based on the
                              previous Calendar Month's average of the daily
                              low and high quotations of Marker Crude as
                              published by Platts' Market wire.  The average is
                              to be calculated up to three (3) decimals to
                              arrive at a United States Dollar per Barrel
                              price, which will be applicable for the month of
                              supply.

             19.4.3           The Government and/or its nominee shall pay any
                              and all sales tax payable on the sale of Oil to
                              the Government or its nominee.

             19.4.4           The Government and/or its nominee shall enter into
                              a Crude Oil sales agreement with the Constituents
                              of the Contractor which shall contain terms and
                              conditions normally contained in international
                              Crude Oil sales agreements of a similar nature.

19.5         In the event that in any Delivery Period some but not all of a
             constituent of Contractor's sales of Crude Oil from the Contract
             Area are made to the Government or a Government company and some
             but not all of a constituent of Contractor's sales of Crude Oil
             from the Contract Area are

                                       53

             made to third parties in Arms Length Sales and the price as
             established in accordance with Article 19.4 differs by more than
             one percent (1%) from the price as determined in accordance with
             Article 19.3 for the same Delivery Period, the Parties shall meet,
             upon notice from any Party, to determine if the prices established
             for the relevant Delivery Period for sales to the Government should
             be adjusted taking into account third party Arms Length Sales made
             by a constituent of Contractor of the same or similar Crude Oil
             from the relevant Field or other fields and published information
             in respect of other genuine third party Arms Length Sales of the
             same or similar crude oil for that Delivery Period. Until the
             matter of an adjustment for the relevant Delivery Period is finally
             determined , the price as established in accordance with this
             Article will apply for that Delivery Period. Any adjustment, if
             necessary, will be made within thirty (30) days from the date the
             adjustment for that Delivery Period is finally determined.

19.6         A constituent of Contractor shall determine the relevant prices in
             accordance with this Article and the calculation, basis of
             calculation and the price determined shall be supplied to the
             Government and shall be subject to agreement by the Government
             before it is finally determined. Pending final determination, the
             last established price, if any, for the Crude Oil shall be used.

19.7         In the event that the Parties fail to reach agreement on any matter
             concerning selection of the crude oil(s) for comparison, the
             calculation, the basis of, or mechanism for the calculation of the
             prices, the prices arrived at, the adjustment of any price or
             generally about the manner in which the prices are determined
             according to the provisions of this Article within thirty (30)
             days, or such longer period as may be mutually agreed between the
             parties, from the date of commencement of Commercial Production or
             the end of each Delivery Period thereafter, any Party may refer the
             matter or matters in issue for final determination by a sole expert
             appointed as provided in Article 33.

             19.7.1           Within ten (10) days of the said appointment, the
                              Parties shall provide the expert with all
                              information they deem necessary or as the expert
                              may reasonably require.

             19.7.2           Within fifteen (15) days from the date of his
                              appointment, the expert shall report to the
                              Parties on the issue(s) referred to him for
                              determination, applying the criteria or mechanism
                              set forth herein and indicate his decision
                              thereon to be applicable for the relevant
                              Delivery Period for Crude Oil and such decision
                              shall be accepted as final and binding by the
                              Parties.
                                       54

             19.7.3           Except for the adjustment referred to in
                              Article 19.5, any price or pricing mechanism
                              agreed by the Parties pursuant to the provisions
                              of this Article shall not be changed
                              retroactively.

19.8         Any sale or disposal to Affiliates or other sale or disposal of
             Crude Oil produced from a Field, other than to the Government or
             Government companies or to third parties in Arms Length Sales, in
             any Delivery Period, shall be valued on the same basis as sales to
             the Government or a Government company. In the event of such a sale
             or disposal by a Company, such Company shall submit to the
             Government, within fifteen (15) days of the end of each Delivery
             Period, all relevant information concerning such sales or
             disposals.

19.9         In the event that in any Delivery Period there is more than one
             type of sales referred to in Articles 19.3, 19.4 and 19.8, then,
             for the purpose of calculating Cost Petroleum and Profit Petroleum
             entitlement pursuant to Articles 13 and 14, a single price per
             Barrel of Crude Oil for all the sales for the relevant Delivery
             Period shall be used. Such single price shall be the weighted
             average of the prices determined for each type of sale, weighted by
             the respective volumes of Crude Oil sold in each type of sale in
             the relevant Delivery Period.

19.10        In this Article the term "Government" shall include any other
             agency or nominee of the Government to whom Crude Oil is to be
             sold.

19.11        The provisions specified above for the determination of the price
             of sales of Crude Oil shall apply mutatis mutandis to Condensates.

19.12        The Parties shall meet annually, or sooner upon notice served by
             any Party on the others, to review the list of selected Crude Oils
             or the mechanism established pursuant to this Article 19 in light
             of any new facts since the date of selection of such Crude Oils or
             establishment of such mechanism and to determine what adjustment
             (if any) should be made to the said selection or mechanism by
             mutual agreement of the Parties.

                                       55

                                   ARTICLE 20
                    CURRENCY AND EXCHANGE CONTROL PROVISIONS

20.1         Subject to the provisions herein, and to compliance with the
             relevant provisions of the laws of general application in India
             governing currency and foreign exchange and related administrative
             instructions and procedures issued thereunder on a
             non-discriminatory basis, each Foreign Company comprising the
             Contractor shall, during the term of this Contract have the right
             to:

             (a)      repatriate funds relating to Petroleum Operations abroad,
                      in United States Dollars or any other freely convertible
                      currency acceptable to the Government and the Foreign
                      Company;

             (b)      receive, retain and use abroad the proceeds of any
                      export sales of Petroleum under the contract;

             (c)      open, maintain and operate bank accounts with reputable
                      banks, both inside and outside India, for the purpose
                      of this Contract;

             (d)      freely import, through normal banking channels, funds
                      necessary for carrying out the Petroleum Operations;

             (e)      convert into foreign exchange and repatriate sums
                      imported pursuant to (d) above in excess (if any) of
                      its requirements; and

             (f)      make payments of interest and principal outside of India
                      for purchases, services and loans obtained abroad without
                      the requirement that funds used in making such payments
                      must come from or originate in India.

             Provided however, that repatriation pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a)
             and (e) and payments pursuant to sub-paragraph (f) shall be subject
             to the provisions of any treaties or bilateral arrangements between
             the Government and any country with respect to payments to that
             country.

20.2         The rates of exchange for the purchase and sale of currency by the
             Contractor shall be the prevailing rates of general application
             determined by the State Bank of India or such other financial body
             as may be mutually agreed by the Parties and in accordance with
             prevailing currency and exchange regulations and, for accounting
             purposes under this Contract, these rates shall apply as provided
             in Section 1.6 of Appendix C.

20.3         Domestic Companies shall be subject to the relevant provisions of
             the applicable laws in India governing currency and foreign
             exchange and related administrative instructions and procedures
             issued thereunder.
                                       56

                                   ARTICLE 21
                                  NATURAL GAS

21.1         Subject to Article 21.2, the Indian domestic market shall have the
             first call on the utilisation of Natural Gas discovered pursuant to
             Petroleum Operations and produced from the Contract Area.
             Accordingly, any proposal by the Contractor relating to Discovery
             and production of Natural Gas from the Contract Area shall be made
             in the context of the Government's policy for the utilisation of
             Natural Gas and shall take into account the objectives of the
             Government to develop its resources in the most efficient manner
             and to promote conservation measures.

21.2         Contractor shall have the right to use Natural Gas produced from
             the Contract Area for the purpose of Petroleum Operations
             including, but not limited to, reinjection for pressure maintenance
             in the Oil Fields, Gas lifting and power generation.

21.3         For the purpose of sales to the domestic market pursuant to this
             Article 21, the Delivery Point shall be the Delivery Point set
             forth in the Gas sales contract entered into by the Contractor.

21.4         ASSOCIATED NATURAL GAS (ANG)

             21.4.1           In the event that a New Discovery of Crude Oil
                              contains ANG, Contractor shall declare in the
                              proposal for the declaration of the New Discovery
                              as a Commercial Discovery as specified in
                              Article 9, whether (and by what amount) the
                              estimated production of ANG is anticipated to
                              exceed the quantities of ANG which will be used
                              in accordance with Article 21.2 (hereinafter
                              referred to as "the Excess ANG").  In such event
                              the Contractor shall indicate whether, on the
                              basis of the available data and information, it
                              has reasonable grounds for believing that the
                              Excess ANG could be commercially exploited in
                              accordance with the terms of this Contract along
                              with the Commercial Production of the Crude Oil
                              from the Oil Field, and whether the Contractor
                              intends to so exploit the Excess ANG.

             21.4.2           Based on the principle of full utilization and
                              minimum flaring of ANG, a proposed development
                              plan for an Oil Field (or Oil Fields), shall, to
                              the extent economically reasonable, include a
                              plan for utilisation of the ANG from the Existing
                              Discovery and New Discovery, including estimated
                              quantities to be flared, reinjected, and to be
                              used for Petroleum Operations; and, if the
                              Contractor proposes to commercially exploit the
                              Excess ANG for sale in the domestic market in

                                       57

                              accordance with Government's policy, or
                              elsewhere, the proposed plans for such
                              exploitation.

                              If an Existing Discovery is determined to possess
                              Excess ANG, and such Existing Discovery is
                              producing or capable of producing as of the
                              Effective Date of this Contract, Contractor is
                              granted the right to flare, without penalty or
                              limitation, such Excess ANG until Gas
                              transportation facilities, if any, can be provided
                              for, and such right shall be extended to such
                              future time or times as such Gas transportation
                              facilities may become unavailable or their
                              capacity would restrict or limit production of
                              Crude Oil. Government will use its good offices to
                              effect early reduction and/or elimination of such
                              flaring by causing Gas transportation to be made
                              available at reasonable rates if a proposal to
                              that effect is proposed by Contractor or a Company
                              and approved by the Management Committee.

             21.4.3           If the Contractor wishes to exploit the Excess
                              ANG (whether from an Existing or New Discovery),
                              such ANG shall first be offered for sale to the
                              Government (or its nominee) in writing in
                              accordance with the terms of this Contract.  On
                              receipt of such offer, the Government (or its
                              nominee) shall, within three (3) months of the
                              date of receipt thereof, notify the Contractor,
                              in writing, whether or not it wishes to exercise
                              its option to purchase the Excess ANG.

             21.4.4           If the Government exercises its option to
                              purchase the Excess ANG as provided in
                              Article 21.4.3:

                              (a)    the Government shall indicate in the notice
                                     exercising the option, a date, within two
                                     (2) years of the date of the Contractor's
                                     offer, for commencement of purchase of the
                                     Excess ANG;

                              (b)    within six (6) months of the date of
                                     notification of the exercise of the
                                     Government's option pursuant to Article
                                     21.4.3., the Contractor and the Government
                                     (or its nominee) shall agree on the terms
                                     for the sale to Government (or its nominee)
                                     of the Excess ANG.

             21.4.5           If the Government does not exercise its option to
                              purchase the Excess ANG the Contractor shall be

                                       58

                              free to explore markets for the commercial
                              exploitation of the Excess ANG.

             21.4.6           Where the Contractor is of the view that Excess
                              ANG cannot be commercially exploited, and chooses
                              not to exploit ANG, or is unable to find a market
                              for the Excess ANG pursuant to Article 21.4.5, the
                              Government shall be entitled to take and utilise
                              such Excess ANG.

             21.4.7           If the Government elects to take the Excess ANG
                              as provided in Article 21.4.6:

                              (a)    the Contractor shall deliver such Excess
                                     ANG to the Government (or its nominee) free
                                     of cost, at the downstream flange of the
                                     Gas/Oil separation facilities;

                              (b)    the Government or its nominee shall bear
                                     all costs including gathering, treating,
                                     processing and transporting costs beyond
                                     the downstream flange of the Gas/Oil
                                     separation facilities;

                              (c)    the delivery of such Excess ANG shall be
                                     subject to procedures to be agreed between
                                     the Government or its nominee and the
                                     Contractor prior to such delivery, such
                                     procedures to include matters relating to
                                     timing of off-take of such Excess ANG, 
                                     which procedures shall not, in any way,
                                     restrict Oil production.

             21.4.8           Excess ANG which is not commercially exploited by
                              the Contractor, or taken by the Government or its
                              nominee pursuant to this Article 21, shall be
                              returned to the subsurface structure or flared
                              where such flaring is approved in the Development
                              Plan, which approval shall not be unreasonably
                              withheld, for the relevant Oil Field or where
                              reinjection is uneconomical or inadvisable in
                              accordance with good reservoir engineering prac-
                              tices.

             21.4.9           Where the Contractor is of the view that there is
                              economic merit in flaring Gas in the absence of a
                              Gas transmission system or during such time as
                              the pipeline is inoperable or lacks capacity to
                              take all available Gas, Contractor shall have the
                              right to flare Gas.  In any such event,
                              Contractor shall notify the Management Committee
                              within forty-eight (48) hours to obtain its
                              approval for continuing operations.

                                       59

             21.4.10          As soon as practicable after the New Discovery
                              referred to in Article 21.4.1 or the submission
                              to the Government of the proposal for the
                              declaration of the New Discovery as a Commercial
                              Discovery as therein specified, the Contractor
                              and the Government or its nominee shall meet to
                              discuss the sale and/or disposal of any ANG
                              discovered with a view to giving effect to the
                              provisions of this Article 21 in a timely manner.

             21.4.11          Notwithstanding the above, during the first six
                              (6) months commencing with the Effective Date of
                              this Contract, notices cited in Article 21.4 shall
                              be given as soon as practicable and are deemed to
                              satisfy the notice obligations of this Article
                              21.4.

21.5         NON ASSOCIATED NATURAL GAS (NANG)

             21.5.1           In the event of a New Discovery of NANG, the
                              Contractor shall promptly report such New
                              Discovery to the Management Committee and the
                              provisions of Articles 9.1 and 9.2 shall apply.
                              The remaining provisions of Article 9 would apply
                              to the New Discovery and development of NANG only
                              in so far as they are not inconsistent with the
                              provisions of Articles 21.5.1 to 21.5.13.

             21.5.2           If, pursuant to Article 9.1, the Contractor gives
                              notification that a New Discovery is of potential
                              commercial interest, the Contractor shall submit
                              to the Management Committee, within one (1)
                              Calendar Year from the date of notification of
                              the above New Discovery, the proposed Appraisal
                              Programme, including a Work Programme and budget
                              to carry out an adequate and effective appraisal
                              of such New Discovery, to determine (i) without
                              delay, whether such New Discovery is a Commercial
                              Discovery and (ii) with reasonable precision, the
                              boundaries of the area to be delineated as a
                              Field.  Such programme shall be supported by all
                              relevant data such as Well data, Contractor's
                              best estimate of reserve range and production
                              potential and shall indicate the date of
                              commencement of the proposed Appraisal Programme.
                              Where in the case of an Existing Discovery,
                              Contractor desires to carry out additional
                              appraisal work, the Contractor shall submit its
                              proposed Appraisal Programme with a Work
                              Programme and budget to the Management Committee
                              within one hundred twenty (120) days of the
                              Effective Date for approval.

             21.5.3           The proposed Appraisal Programme for an Existing
                              Discovery or a New Discovery shall be considered

                                       60

                              by the Management Committee within sixty (60) days
                              of its submission by the Contractor and the
                              programme together with the Work Programme and
                              budget submitted by the Contractor revised in
                              accordance with any agreed amendments or additions
                              thereto approved by the Management Committee,
                              shall be adopted as the Appraisal Programme and
                              the Contractor shall promptly proceed with
                              implementation of such programme.

             21.5.4.          If on the basis of the results of the Appraisal
                              Programme, the Contractor is of the opinion that
                              NANG has been discovered in commercial
                              quantities, it shall submit to the Management
                              Committee, as soon as practicable but not later
                              than five (5) years from the date of notification
                              of the aforementioned New Discovery, a proposal
                              for the declaration of the New Discovery as a
                              Commercial Discovery.  Such proposal shall take
                              into account the Government's policies on Gas
                              utilisation and propose alternative options (if
                              any) for use or consumption of the NANG and be
                              supported by, inter alia, technical and economic
                              data, evaluations, interpretations and analyses
                              of such data, feasibility studies relating to the
                              New Discovery prepared by or on behalf of the
                              Contractor and other relevant information.

             21.5.5           In the case of a New Discovery, simultaneously
                              with the Contractor's Appraisal Programme,
                              Government and the Contractor shall seek to reach
                              an agreement on the development, production,
                              processing, utilisation and sale of the NANG, in
                              the context of Article 21.1, within thirty-six
                              (36) months of the date of notification of the
                              Discovery referred to in Article 21.5.  If no
                              proposal is submitted to the Management Committee
                              by the Contractor within five (5) years from the
                              date of notification of such New Discovery, the
                              Contractor shall relinquish its rights to develop
                              such New Discovery and the area relating to such
                              New Discovery shall be excluded from the Contract
                              Area.

             21.5.6           Where the Contractor has submitted a proposal for
                              the declaration of a New Discovery as a
                              Commercial Discovery, the Management Committee
                              shall consider the proposal of the Contractor
                              with reference to commercial utilisation of the
                              NANG in the domestic market or elsewhere and in
                              the context of Government's policy on Gas
                              utilisation and the chain of activities required
                              to bring the NANG from the Delivery Point to

                                       61

                              potential consumers in the domestic market or
                              elsewhere. The Management Committee may, within
                              ninety (90) days, request that the Contractor
                              submit any additional information on the New
                              Discovery and the related Appraisal Programme that
                              it may reasonably require to facilitate a decision
                              on whether or not to declare the New Discovery as
                              a Commercial Discovery.


             21.5.7           The Management Committee shall make a decision
                              regarding the declaration of a New Discovery as a
                              Commercial Discovery within the latter of:

                              (a)    one hundred eighty (180) days of receipt of
                                     such proposal; or
 
                              (b)    one hundred eighty (180) days of receipt of
                                     the additional information referred to 
                                     above.



             21.5.8           If the Management Committee, with the approval of
                              the Government, declares a New Discovery a
                              Commercial Discovery, such declaration shall be
                              accompanied by an indication of the probable
                              date(s) by when the market(s) would be ready to
                              receive the Gas and an estimate of the quantities
                              of Gas that could be so utilised.  The
                              Contractor, in such an event, shall, within One
                              (1) Calendar Year of the declaration of the New
                              Discovery as a Commercial Discovery, submit a
                              Development Plan for the development of the Gas
                              Field to the Management Committee for its
                              approval.  Such plan shall be supported by all
                              relevant information including, inter alia, the
                              information required in Article 9.6.  In the case
                              of an Existing Discovery, Contractor shall within
                              ninety (90) days of the Effective Date propose a
                              Development Plan following the plan brought out
                              in Appendix G, intended to achieve the production
                              profile brought out in Appendix H, containing the
                              detailed information required in Article 9.6,
                              with supporting budget and the Management
                              Committee shall render its decision regarding
                              such proposal within thirty (30) days of such
                              submittal.  Where a Development Plan is so
                              agreed, it shall be an approved Development Plan
                              pursuant to this Article.

                                       62

             21.5.9           If the Development Plan has not been approved by
                              the Management Committee within one hundred and
                              eighty (180) days of its submission, the
                              Contractor shall have the right to submit such
                              plan or plans directly to the Government for
                              approval, within sixty (60) days of the expiry of
                              the time provided to the Management Committee to
                              approve the plan or plans.  The Government shall
                              respond to the submission within ninety (90) days
                              of receipt thereof.  If the Government rejects
                              the Contractor's proposed plan or plans, the
                              Government shall state in writing the reasons for
                              such rejection and the Contractor shall have the
                              right to resubmit, within sixty (60) days of
                              written notice of such rejection, such plan or
                              plans duly amended to meet the Government's
                              objections thereto.  Such right of resubmission
                              of each proposed plan or plans shall be
                              exercisable by the Contractor only once.  If the
                              Parties are unable to agree, any Party shall have
                              the right to submit the matter to arbitration.
                              If no such plan or plans is/are submitted to the
                              Government within the aforesaid period, the
                              Contractor shall relinquish its right to develop
                              such Gas Field and such Gas Field shall be
                              excluded from the Contract Area.


             21.5.10          If the Management Committee is unable to agree on
                              the declaration of a New Discovery as a
                              Commercial Discovery within the time limit
                              prescribed in Article 21.5.7, the Contractor, or
                              any of its constituents, shall be entitled to
                              submit such proposal directly to the Government
                              for approval.  In such event, the Contractor, or
                              any of its constituents, shall also submit a
                              comprehensive plan or plans for development of
                              such New Discovery, which shall detail the
                              proposed Development Plan for utilisation of the
                              NANG produced in the domestic market giving,
                              inter alia, the data specified in Article 21.5.8.
                              The proposal for declaration of the New Discovery
                              as a Commercial Discovery as well as the proposed
                              Development Plan shall be submitted to the
                              Government within one hundred and eighty (180)
                              days of the expiry of the time given to the
                              Management Committee to reach a decision on the
                              proposal for declaration of the New Discovery as
                              a Commercial Discovery and Government shall
                              respond to the said submission within one hundred

                                       63

                              twenty (120) days of its receipt. If the
                              Government disapproves the proposed plan or plans,
                              the Government shall state in writing the reasons
                              for such disapproval and the concerned Parties
                              shall have the right to resubmit, within sixty
                              (60) days, such plan or plans duly amended to meet
                              the Government's objections thereto. Such right of
                              resubmission of each proposed plan or plans shall
                              be exercisable by the Contractor only once. In the
                              event the Government does not approve such plan or
                              plans, any Party shall have the right to submit
                              the matter to arbitration. If no such plan (plans)
                              is (are) submitted to the Government within the
                              aforesaid period, the Contractor shall relinquish
                              its rights to develop such Gas Field and such Gas
                              Field shall be excluded from the Contract Area.


             21.5.11          In the event the Management Committee , or
                              Government, as the case may be, approves the
                              Contractor's proposal for declaration of the New
                              Discovery as a Commercial Discovery and also the
                              comprehensive plan or plans for development of
                              such New Discovery and for the utilisation of
                              NANG produced in the domestic market, the Gas
                              Field shall be promptly developed by the
                              Contractor in accordance with the approved plan
                              which shall be the Development Plan for the
                              Field.


             21.5.12          In the event the Contractor does not commence
                              development of a New Discovery within ten (10)
                              years from the date of completion of the first
                              Discovery Well, the Contractor shall relinquish
                              its rights to develop such New Discovery and the
                              area relating to such New Discovery shall be
                              excluded from the Contract Area.


             21.5.13          The price of the ANG and NANG produced from the
                              Oil or Gas Field for use in India shall be
                              specified in the Gas sales contract, which shall
                              be in accordance with the provisions of this
                              Article 21.5.13, between the Contractor and the
                              nominee of the Government.

                              (a)    Unless the context otherwise requires, the
                                     following words and terms wherever and
                                     whenever used or appearing in this

                                       64

                                     Article 21.5.13 shall have the following
                                     meaning:

                                       (i)     "British Thermal Unit" or "BTU"
                                               means the amount of energy
                                               required to raise the temperature
                                               of one (1) pound (avoirdupois) of
                                               pure water, at sixty degrees
                                               (60(degree)) Fahrenheit, one
                                               degree (1(degree)) Fahrenheit at
                                               an absolute pressure of 14.73
                                               pounds per square inch.

                                       (ii)    "Buyer" means the Government of
                                               India or as Authority of India
                                               Limited ("GAIL").

                                       (iii)   "Deliverability" means the lesser
                                               of the maximum aggregate rate of
                                               all wells in the Contract Area or
                                               the maximum delivery capacity of
                                               the processing facility, subject
                                               to generally accepted
                                               international petroleum industry
                                               practices.

                                       (iv)    "Delivery Point" means the
                                               upstream weld at the underwater
                                               connection between
                                               Seller'spipeline and ONGC's
                                               underwater Gas transmission line
                                               or lines which transport Gas from
                                               the Bassein Field to the Hazira
                                               area.

                                       (v)     "Maximum Delivery Pressure" has
                                               the meaning set forth in Article
                                               21.5.13(c).

                                       (vi)    "MMBTU" means one million
                                               (1,000,000) BTU's on a net
                                               heating value basis.

                                       (vii)   "Seller" means Contractor.

                              (b)    The Seller agrees to produce and deliver,
                                     on a daily basis, to the Buyer one hundred
                                     percent (100%) of the Deliverability of ANG
                                     and NANG and Condensate delivered therewith
                                     at the Delivery Point and the Buyer,
                                     provided the Gas and Condensate are made
                                     available and tendered for delivery by the
                                     Seller, agrees to take and purchase, on a
                                     daily basis, one hundred percent (100%) of
                                     the Deliverability of ANG and NANG and
                                     Condensate delivered therewith, provided,
                                     however, that Seller, at Seller's sole
                                     discretion, subject to generally accepted
                                     operator practices in the international
                                     petroleum industry, may adjust deliveries
                                     to provide for necessary maintenance,
                                     service and testing. Buyer may request that
                                     Seller vary deliveries to accommodate
                                     similar circumstances in the

                                       65

                                     Buyer's operation and Seller's approval
                                     shall not be unreasonably withheld.
                                     Communications procedures shall be mutually
                                     agreed in the Gas sales contract in
                                     accordance with internationally accepted
                                     industry standards.

                              (c)    The Gas and Condensate sold hereunder shall
                                     be separated into Gas and Condensate at the
                                     offshore processing facility, measured
                                     separately, and recombined and delivered at
                                     the Delivery Point at the operating
                                     pressure of the Buyer's owned or contracted
                                     pipeline up to a maximum pressure ("Maximum
                                     Delivery Pressure") of one thousand (1000)
                                     psig.

                              (d)    Subject to the provisions hereof, the Buyer
                                     shall pay the Seller for each MMBTU of Gas
                                     delivered hereunder, or for each MMBTU of
                                     Gas for which the Buyer is obligated to pay
                                     hereunder, a price calculated as follows:

                                     The Base Price ("Base Price") in United
                                     States Dollars (US$) per MMBTU is fixed on
                                     the basis of ninety-nine percent (99%) of a
                                     Low Sulfur Fuel Oil Basket ("LSFO Basket")
                                     calculated as the average of the daily mean
                                     value for low and high prices of fuel oil
                                     taking into account equal parts of:

                                        (1)    bulk residual fuel oil,
                                               containing one percent (1%)
                                               sulfur, quoted for barges at
                                               Northwest Europe, (Barges, FOB
                                               Rotterdam); and

                                        (2)    bulk residual fuel oil,
                                               containing one percent (1%)
                                               sulfur, quoted for Mediterranean,
                                               basis Italy, (Cargoes, FOB Med,
                                               basis Italy); and

                                        (3)    a theoretical blend of residual
                                               fuel oil composed of Singapore
                                               Cargoes made up of seventy-four
                                               percent (74%) of LSWR-SR 0.3%,
                                               (three-tenths percent (0.3%)
                                               sulfur), and twenty-six percent
                                               (26%) of HSFO 180, three and
                                               one-half percent (3.5%) sulfur,
                                               viscosity 180 centistokes.

                                     The Base Price is calculated on the basis
                                     of the arithmetic average of the monthly
                                     values of the prices of the listed products
                                     as published in Platt's Oilgram Price
                                     Report for the eighteen (18) months of May,
                                     1992 through October, 1993, inclusive.
                                     (These values are derived from the mean of
                                     the daily

                                       66

                                     ranges on days the postings are published
                                     to give a monthly value.) For the purpose
                                     of this Contract, Base Price will be equal
                                     to $ 2.32/MMBTU.

                                     The price of Gas for each MMBTU for each
                                     Calendar Quarter thereafter shall be
                                     determined by the following formula:

                           Price = Base Price x (A/B)

                                     Where:

                                     A        = a value calculated for the
                                              HS/LSFO Basket, defined in this
                                              Article 21.5.13 (d), evaluated for
                                              the twelve (12) months preceding
                                              the Calendar Quarter using the
                                              method for averaging as described
                                              for calculating the Base Price,
                                              and

                                     B        = A value calculated for the
                                              HS/LSFO Basket, evaluate for the
                                              twelve (12) months April 1993
                                              through March 1994.


                                     The High Sulfur/Low Sulfur Fuel Oil Basket
                                     ("HS/LSFO Basket") is valued as equal parts
                                     of:

                                     (1)      bulk residual fuel oil, containing
                                              one percent (1%) sulphur, quoted
                                              for Mediterranean, basis Italy,
                                              (Cargoes, FOB Med, basis Italy);
                                              and

                                     (2)      bulk residual fuel oil, containing
                                              one percent (1%) sulfur, quoted
                                              for Northwest Europe Cargoes, CIF,
                                              basis ARA, (Cargoes CIF NWE, Basis
                                              ARA), and

                                     (3)      bulk residual fuel oil, Singapore
                                              Cargoes, containing three and
                                              one-half percent (3.5%) sulfur,
                                              viscosity 180 centistokes,
                                              (Singapore HSFO, 180 cst), and

                                     (4)      bulk residual fuel oil, Cargoes,
                                              FOB Arab Gulf, viscosity 180
                                              centistokes, (Arab Gulf, FOB HSFO
                                              180 cst)

                                     using the method for averaging as described
                                     for calculating the Base Price.

                                     The Floor Price ("Floor Price") shall be
                                     ninety percent (90%) of the monthly values 
                                     of

                                       67

                                     the prices of the LSFO Basket as published
                                     in Platt's Oilgram Price Report for the
                                     eighteen (18) months of May, 1992 through
                                     October, 1993, inclusive. (These values are
                                     derived from the mean of the daily ranges
                                     on days the postings are published to give
                                     a monthly value.) For the purpose of this
                                     Contract, Floor Price will be equal to $
                                     2.11/MMBTU.


                                     Notwithstanding results of the calculations
                                     for price as shown in this Article 21.5.13
                                     (d), the actual price shall in no event be
                                     less than a Floor Price ("Floor Price")
                                     which is calculated as US$2.11/MMBTU, nor
                                     more than a Ceiling ("Ceiling") of the
                                     Floor Price plus US$1.00/MMBTU, provided
                                     that after seven (7) years from the
                                     Effective Date, the Seller shall have the
                                     option to revise the Ceiling to one hundred
                                     fifty percent (150%) of ninety percent
                                     (90%) of the same or equivalent basket of
                                     fuel oils used in calculating the Base
                                     Price averaged over the immediately
                                     preceeding eighteen (18) months.

                                     Parties agree to convert US$/barrel prices
                                     for fuel oil as published in Platt's
                                     Oilgram to US$/MMBTU using a factor of
                                     6.28.

                                     If Platt's Oilgram is no longer published,
                                     an alternate publication shall be mutually
                                     agreed upon.

                              (e)    Parties acknowledge that Gas is to be
                                     eceived by GAIL at Hazira downstream of
                                     separation and sweetening facilities owned
                                     and operated by ONGC. In order to
                                     compensate ONGC for cost of ownership and
                                     operations of these facilities, Contractor
                                     shall make payments to ONGC on the basis of
                                     the costs fixed on an incremental basis by
                                     an internationally recognised expert who
                                     shall be selected by two members of the
                                     Operating Committee from a panel of three
                                     internationally recognised experts selected
                                     by ONGC. In case there is no agreement
                                     between the Companies and ONGC on the
                                     advice tendered, the matter shall be
                                     referred to Government. The decision of
                                     Government shall be final and binding on
                                     all the Parties.


             21.5.14          Nothing contained in any contract entered into by
                              the Contractor for the supply, sale or disposal

                                       68

                              of Gas, with any nominee of the Government shall
                              in any manner abrogate the obligation of the
                              Government contained herein.

             21.5.15          The Government and/or its nominee shall pay any
                              and all sales tax payable on the sale of Gas to
                              the Government or its nominee.

                                       69


                       This page intentionally left blank

                                       70

                                   ARTICLE 22
                EMPLOYMENT, TRAINING AND TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY

22.1         Without prejudice to the right of the Contractor to select and
             employ personnel in numbers and with the qualifications as, in the
             opinion of the Contractor, are required for carrying out Petroleum
             Operations in a safe, cost effective and efficient manner, the
             Contractor shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible,
             employ, and require the Operator and Subcontractors to employ,
             citizens of India having appropriate qualifications and experience,
             taking into account the experience required and the level and
             nature of the Petroleum Operations.

22.2         Contractor shall offer up to two (2) man months per year of
             on-the-job training and practical experience in skilled, management
             and executive positions of their ongoing Petroleum Operations to
             Indian nationals of the Government's choice.

22.3         Contractor shall associate and involve mutually agreed numbers of
             citizens of India designated by the Government, which shall in no
             event exceed three (3) people at any one time, in the technological
             aspects of the then ongoing Petroleum Operations for up to two man
             months per year.
             Such aspects shall include:

             (a)      seismic data acquisition, processing and
                      interpretation;

             (b)      computerized formation evaluation using well logs;

             (c)      computerized analysis of geological data for basin
                      analysis;

             (d)      laboratory core analysis;

             (e)      reservoir simulation and modelling;

             (f)      geochemistry, including analytical methods, source rock
                      studies, hydrocarbon generation, modelling;

             (g)      measurement-while-drilling techniques;

             (h)      stimulation of wells;

             (i)      production engineering including, optimization methods
                      for surface and subsurface facilities (e.g. NODAL
                      analysis and implementation);

             (j)      reservoir engineering and management including gas and
                      water injection;

             (k)      enhanced oil recovery techniques;

                                       71

             (l)      gas production technology;

             (m)      pipeline technology;

             (n)      well design and drilling technology;

             (o)      design of offshore facilities.

22.4         Except as herein provided, no Party shall be obliged to disclose by
             virtue of this Article 22 any data, process or information, whether
             owned by itself, any of its Affiliates or a third party, of a
             proprietary nature.

22.5         At the request of the Government the Contractor shall separately
             endeavour to negotiate, in good faith, technical assistance
             agreements with the Government setting forth the terms by which
             each constituent of the Contractor may render technical assistance
             and make available commercially proven technical information of a
             proprietary nature for use in India by the Government. The issues
             to be addressed in negotiating such technical assistance agreements
             shall include, but not be limited to, licensing issues, royalty
             conditions, confidentiality restrictions, liabilities, costs and
             method of payment.
                                       72

                                   ARTICLE 23
                            LOCAL GOODS AND SERVICES

23.1         In the conduct of Petroleum Operations, the Contractor
             shall:

             (a)      give preference to the purchase and use of goods
                      manufactured, produced or supplied in India provided that
                      such goods are available on terms equal to or better than
                      imported goods with respect to timing of delivery, quality
                      and quantity required, price and other terms;

             (b)      employ Indian Subcontractors having the required skills
                      or expertise, to the extent reasonably possible, in so
                      far as their services are available on comparable
                      standards with those obtained elsewhere and at
                      competitive prices and on competitive terms; provided
                      that where no such Subcontractors are available,
                      preference shall be given to non-Indian Subcontractors
                      who utilise Indian goods to the maximum extent possible
                      subject however to the proviso in paragraph (a) above;

             (c)      cooperate to the extent possible and without financial
                      obligation with domestic companies in India to enable them
                      to develop skills and technology to service the petroleum
                      industry;

             (d)      ensure that provisions in terms of paragraphs (a) to
                      (c) above are contained in contracts between the
                      Operator and its Subcontractors.

23.2         The Contractor shall establish appropriate procedures, including
             tender procedures, for the acquisition of goods and services which
             shall ensure that suppliers and Subcontractors in India are given
             adequate opportunity to compete for the supply of goods and
             services. The tender procedures shall include, inter alia, the
             financial amounts or value of contracts which will be awarded on
             the basis of selective bidding or open competitive bidding, the
             procedures for such bidding, and the exceptions to bidding in cases
             of emergency.

23.3         Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each
             Calendar Year, the Contractor shall provide the Government with a
             report outlining its achievements in utilising Indian resources
             during that Calendar Year.

23.4         In this Article "goods" means equipment, materials and
             supplies.
                                       73

                                   ARTICLE 24
                         INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

24.1         INSURANCE

             24.1.1           The Contractor shall, during the term of this
                              Contract, obtain and maintain insurance coverage
                              for and in relation to Petroleum Operations for
                              such amount and against such risks in accordance
                              with generally accepted international operating
                              practices as are set forth herein, and shall
                              furnish to the Government certificates evidencing
                              that such coverage is in effect.  Such insurance
                              policies shall include the Government as
                              additional insured and shall waive subrogation
                              against the Government.  The insurance shall,
                              without prejudice to the generality of the
                              foregoing, cover:

                              (a)    Loss or damage to all installations,
                                     equipment and other assets for so long as
                                     they are used in or in connection with
                                     Petroleum Operations; provided, however, if
                                     Contractor fails to insure any such
                                     installation, equipment or assets, it shall
                                     replace any loss thereof or repair any
                                     damage caused thereto;

                              (b)    Loss, damage or injury caused by pollution
                                     in the course of or as a result of
                                     Petroleum Operations;

                              (c)    Loss or damage to property or bodily injury
                                     suffered by any third party in the course
                                     of or as a result of Petroleum Operations
                                     for which the Contractor may be liable;

                              (d)    With respect to Petroleum Operations
                                     offshore, the cost of removing wrecks and
                                     cleaning up operations following any
                                     accident in the course of or as a result of
                                     Contractor's Petroleum Operations;

                              (e)    The Contractor's and/or Operator's
                                     liability to its employees engaged in
                                     Petroleum Operations.

             24.1.2           The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors to
                              obtain and maintain insurance against the risks
                              referred to in Article 24.1.1 relating mutatis
                              mutandis to such Subcontractors.

                                       74
24.2         INDEMNITY

             The Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold the Government
             harmless against all claims, losses and damages of any nature
             whatsoever, including without limitation, claims for loss or damage
             to property or injury or death to persons caused by or resulting
             from any Petroleum Operations conducted by or on behalf of the
             Contractor.

24.3         ONGC shall indemnify and hold the Companies harmless against all
             claims, losses and damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but
             not by way of limitation, claims for loss or damage to property or
             injury or death to persons or Environmental Damage caused by or
             resulting from and attributable to any operations in the nature of
             Petroleum Operations conducted by or on behalf of ONGC or failure
             to comply with any Environmental Clearance(s) prior to the
             Effective Date.
                                       75

                                   ARTICLE 25
                      RECORDS, REPORTS, ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

25.1         The Contractor shall prepare and maintain at an office in India
             accurate and current books, records, reports and accounts of its
             activities for and in connection with Petroleum Operations so as to
             present a fair, clear and accurate record of all its activities,
             expenditures and receipts. The Contractor shall also keep
             representative samples of cores and cuttings.

25.2         Based on generally accepted and recognised accounting principles
             and modern petroleum industry practices, records, books, accounts
             and accounting procedures in respect of Petroleum Operations shall
             be maintained on behalf of the Contractor by the Operator, at its
             business office in India.

25.3         The annual audit of accounts shall be carried out on behalf of the
             Contractor by a qualified, independent firm of internationally
             recognised chartered accountants, registered in India and selected
             by the Contractor.

25.4         Accounts, together with the auditor's report thereon, shall be
             submitted to the Parties for approval not later than the thirtieth
             (30th) day of September following the Financial Year.

25.5         The Government shall have the right to audit the accounting records
             of the Contractor in respect of Petroleum Operations as provided in
             the Accounting Procedure.

25.6         The accounting and auditing provisions and procedures specified in
             this Contract are without prejudice to any other requirements
             imposed by any statute in India, including, without limitation, any
             specific requirements of the statues relating to taxation of
             companies.

25.7         For the purpose of any audit referred to in Article 25.5, the
             Operator or the Contractor shall make available to the auditor all
             such books, records, accounts and other documents and information
             as may be reasonably required by the auditor during normal business
             hours.
                                       76

                                   ARTICLE 26
          INFORMATION, DATA, CONFIDENTIALITY, INSPECTION AND SECURITY

26.1         The Contractor shall, promptly after they become available, make
             available to the Government in its offices all data obtained as a
             result of Petroleum Operations under the Contract including, but
             not limited to, geological, geophysical, geochemical,
             petrophysical, engineering, well logs, maps, magnetic tapes, cores
             and production data as well as all interpretative and derivative
             data, including reports, analyses, interpretations and evaluations
             prepared in respect of Petroleum Operations (hereinafter referred
             to as "Data"). Data shall be the property of the Government,
             provided however, that the Contractor shall have the right to make
             use of such Data, free of cost, for the purpose of Petroleum
             Operations under this Contract as provided herein.

26.2         Contractor shall keep the Government currently advised of all
             developments taking place during the course of Petroleum Operations
             and shall furnish the Government with such progress reports
             containing full and accurate information relating to Petroleum
             Operations (on a periodic basis) as the Government may reasonably
             require, provided that this obligation shall not extend to
             proprietary technology. Without prejudice to the generality of the
             foregoing, the Contractor shall submit regular statements and
             reports relating to Petroleum Operations as provided in Appendix C.
             Contractor shall meet with the Government at a mutually convenient
             location to present the results of all geological and geophysical
             work carried out as well as the results of all engineering and
             drilling operations as soon as practical after such Data becomes
             available to the Contractor.

26.3         All Data, information and reports obtained or prepared by, for or
             on behalf of, the Contractor pursuant to this Contract shall be
             treated as confidential and, subject to the provisions hereinbelow,
             the Parties shall not disclose the contents thereof to any third
             party without the consent in writing of the other Parties.

26.4         The obligation specified in Article 26.3 shall not operate
             so as to prevent disclosure:

             (a)      to Affiliates, Contractors, or Subcontractors for the
                      purpose of Petroleum Operations;

             (b)      to employees, professional consultants, advisers, data
                      processing centres and laboratories, where required, for
                      the performance of functions in connection with Petroleum
                      Operations for any Party comprising the Contractor;

             (c)      to banks or other financial institutions, in connection
                      with Petroleum Operations;

                                       77

             (d)      to bona fide intending assignees or transferees of an
                      interest hereunder of a Party comprising the Contractor
                      or in connection with a sale of stock of a Party
                      comprising the Contractor;

             (e)      to the extent required by any applicable law or in
                      connection with any legal proceedings or by the
                      regulations of any stock exchange upon which the shares of
                      a Party comprising Contractor are quoted;

             (f)      to Government departments for, or in connection with, the
                      preparation by or on behalf of the Government of
                      statistical reports with respect to Petroleum Operations,
                      or in connection with the administration of this Contract
                      or any relevant law or for any purpose connected with
                      Petroleum Operations;

             (g)      by a Party with respect to any Data or information
                      which, without disclosure by such Party, is generally
                      known to the public.

26.5         Any Data, information or reports disclosed by the Parties
             comprising the Contractor to any person other than pursuant to
             Article 26.4 (a), (b) and (g) shall be disclosed on the terms that
             such Data, information or reports shall be treated as confidential
             by the recipient. Prompt notice of disclosures made by the
             Contractor pursuant to Article 26.5 shall be given to the
             Government.

26.6         Any Data, information and reports relating to the Contract Area,
             which, in the opinion of the Government, might have significance in
             connection with offers by the Government of open acreage or an
             exploration programme to be conducted by a third party in another
             area, may be disclosed by the Government for such purposes on
             conditions to be agreed upon between the Government and the
             Contractor.

26.7         Where an area ceases to be part of the Contract Area, the
             Contractor shall continue to treat Data and information with
             respect to the area as confidential and shall deliver to the
             Government copies or originals of all Data and information in its
             possession with respect to the area. The Government shall, however,
             have the right to freely use the Data and information thereafter.

26.8         The Government shall, at all reasonable times, through duly
             authorised representatives, be entitled to observe Petroleum
             Operations and to inspect all assets, books, records, reports,
             accounts, contracts, samples and Data kept by the Contractor or the
             Operator in respect of Petroleum Operations under the Contract,
             provided, however, that the Contractor shall not be required to
             disclose any proprietary technology. The duly authorised
             representatives shall be given reasonable assistance by the
             Contractor for such functions and the Contractor shall afford such

                                       78

             representatives all facilities and privileges afforded to its own
             personnel in the field including the use of office space and
             housing, free of charge. The representatives shall be entitled to
             make a reasonable number of surveys, measurements, drawings, tests
             and copies of documents, take samples, and make a reasonable use of
             the equipment and instruments of the Contractor provided that such
             functions shall not unduly interfere with the Contractor's
             Petroleum Operations.

26.9         Contractor shall give reasonable advance notice to the Government,
             or to any other authority designated by the Government for such
             purpose, of its programme of conducting surveys by aircraft or by
             ships, indicating, inter alia, the name of the survey to be
             conducted, approximate extent of the area to be covered, the
             duration of the survey, the commencement date, and the name of the
             airport or port from which the survey aircraft or ship will
             commence its voyage.

26.10        The Government, or the authority designated by the Government for
             such purpose, shall have the right to inspect any aircraft or ship
             used by the Contractor or a Subcontractor carrying out any survey
             or other operations in the Contract Area and shall have the right
             to put on board such aircraft or ship Government officers in such
             number as may reasonably be necessary to ensure compliance by the
             Contractor or the Subcontractor with the security requirements of
             India.

26.11        Expatriate employees and Subcontractors shall, for national
             security purposes, be subject to the approval of the Government,
             such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

                                       79

                                   ARTICLE 27
                      TITLE TO PETROLEUM, DATA AND ASSETS

27.1         The Government is the sole owner of Petroleum underlying the
             Contract Area and shall remain the sole owner of Petroleum produced
             pursuant to the provisions of this Contract except that part of
             Crude Oil or Gas the title whereof has passed to each constituent
             of the Contractor or any other person in accordance with the
             provisions of this Contract.

27.2         Title to Crude Oil and/or Gas to which each constituent of the
             Contractor is entitled under this Contract, and title to Crude Oil
             and/or Gas sold to Government or its nominee by the constituents of
             the Contractor shall pass to the relevant Party, or as the case may
             be, to Government or its nominee at the Delivery Point. Contractor
             shall be responsible for all costs and risks prior to the Delivery
             Point and each Party shall be responsible for all costs and risks
             associated with such Party's share after the Delivery Point. Where
             the Government or its nominee purchases all or some of the
             Contractor's share of Crude Oil or Condensate, the Government or
             its nominee shall be responsible for all costs and risks in respect
             of the amount purchased, after the Delivery Point.

27.3         Title to all Data specified in Article 26 shall be vested in the
             Government and the Contractor shall have the right of use thereof
             as therein provided.

27.4         Assets in place or contracted for use in or on the Contract Area
             purchased by the Contractor for use in Petroleum Operations shall
             be owned by the Parties comprising Contractor in proportion to
             their Participating Interest provided that the Government, or its
             nominee, shall have the right to require vesting of full title and
             ownership including abandonment obligations, if any, in it, free of
             cost, charge and encumbrances, of any or all assets, whether fixed
             or movable, acquired and owned by the Contractor for use in
             Petroleum Operations inside or outside the Contract Area, except
             assets required by a Party for ongoing operations in the nature of
             Petroleum Operations in India, such right to be exercisable by the
             Government, or its nominee, upon expiry or earlier termination of
             the Contract.

27.5         Contractor shall be responsible in accordance with international
             petroleum standards for proper maintenance, insurance and safety of
             all assets acquired for Petroleum Operations for keeping them in
             good repair, order and working condition at all times, and the
             costs thereof shall be recoverable as Contract Costs in accordance
             with Appendix C.

27.6         So long as this Contract remains in force, the Contractor shall,
             free of any charge for the purpose of carrying out Petroleum
             Operations hereunder, have the exclusive use of

                                       80

             the assets which have become or are the property of the Government
             including, without limitation, those identified in Appendix F
             except that the Sagar Laxmi shall be released to ONGC as soon as
             alternate facilities are available, but not later than thirty (30)
             months after the Effective Date unless agreed otherwise by the
             Parties. During the period Contractor is using the Sagar Laxmi
             Contractor shall pay to ONGC, as rental, a price to be based upon a
             mutually agreed daily rate. The daily rate shall be determined in
             accordance with competitive prices for like type of service. In the
             event the daily rate cannot be mutually agreed upon it shall be
             determined by an internationally recognized expert in the field
             selected by two members of the Operating Committee from a group of
             three internationally recognized experts selected by ONGC. If the
             parties do not agree, the Government shall make the determination.


27.7         Equipment and assets no longer required for Petroleum Operations
             shall first be offered free of cost, charge and encumbrance to the
             Government, or its nominee, and, if not required by the Government,
             or its nominee, will be so indicated in writing within thirty (30)
             days of such offer. Failure to so indicate will be deemed to be a
             rejection of the offer by the Government.


27.8         Assets not acquired by the Government, or its nominee, may
             be sold or otherwise disposed of subject to the terms of
             this Contract.
                                       81

                                   ARTICLE 28
                             ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST

28.1         Subject to the terms of this Article and other terms of this
             Contract, any Party comprising the Contractor may assign, or
             transfer, a part or all of its Participating Interest, with the
             prior written consent of the Government, which consent shall not be
             unreasonably withheld, provided that the Government is satisfied
             that:

             (a)      the prospective assignee or transferee has the financial
                      standing, technical competence, capacity and ability to
                      meet its obligations hereunder, and is willing to provide
                      an unconditional undertaking to assume its Participating
                      Interest share of obligations and to provide a guarantee
                      in respect thereof as provided in the Contract.

             (b)      the prospective assignee or transferee is not a company
                      incorporated in a country with which the Government,
                      for policy reasons, has restricted trade or business;

             (c)      the prospective assignor or transferor and assignee or
                      transferee respectively are willing to comply with any
                      reasonable conditions of the Government as may be
                      necessary in the circumstances with a view to ensuring
                      performance under the Contract; and

             (d)      the assignment or transfer will not adversely affect the
                      performance or obligations under this Contract or be
                      contrary to the interests of India.

28.2         An application by a Company for consent to assign or transfer shall
             be accompanied by all relevant information concerning the proposed
             assignment or transfer including detailed information on the
             proposed assignee or transferee and its shareholding and corporate
             structure, as was earlier required from the Companies constituting
             the Contractor, the terms of the proposed assignment or transfer
             and the unconditional undertaking referred to in Article 28.1(a)
             above. The applicant shall also submit such information relating to
             the prospective assignee or transferee of the assignment or
             transfer as the Government may reasonably require to enable proper
             consideration and disposal of the application.

28.3         No assignment or transfer shall be effective until the approval of
             the Government is received, which approval may be given by the
             Government on such terms as it may deem fit. Upon assignment or
             transfer of its interest in this Contract, the assignor or
             transferor shall be released and discharged from its obligations
             hereunder only to the extent that such obligations are assumed by
             the assignee or transferee with the approval of the Government.

                                       82

28.4         The assignor shall clearly state in its deed of assignment, that
             the assignee shall be liable for all future obligations, under the
             Contract, to the extent of assignment.

28.5         Upon prior notice to the Contractor, the Government may assign or
             transfer all or any part of its rights and interest under this
             Contract to any Government company wholly or partly owned by the
             Government and authorised by the Government to explore for and
             exploit Petroleum in the Contract Area. Upon prior notice to the
             Government, a Company may assign or transfer all or any part of its
             rights and interest under this Contract to an Affiliate subject to
             Article 6.2 and the parent company guarantee shall apply.

28.6         An assignment or transfer shall not be made so as to reduce the
             Participating Interest of a constituent of the Contractor, at any
             time, to less than ten percent (10%) of the total Participating
             Interest of all the constituents of the Contractor, except where
             the Government may, in special circumstances, so permit.

28.7         Nothing herein contained shall prohibit a Company in the normal
             course of business from pledging its Participating Interest share
             for purposes of financing, such as a mortgage, charge or
             encumbrance on Petroleum assets or production of Petroleum at its
             own risk, cost and responsibility. The Contractor shall provide the
             Government with fifteen (15) days prior written notice before
             entering into any such financing arrangements.

28.8         No assignment or pledge under this Article shall have the effect of
             decreasing the benefits accruing to Government under this Contract
             in any manner whatsoever.
                                       83

                                   ARTICLE 29
                                   GUARANTEE

29.1         Each of the Companies shall  deliver to the Government on
             the Effective Date of this Contract:

             (a)      a financial and performance guarantee, for the performance
                      of all obligations under the Contract, in the case of
                      EOGIL from a parent company of good financial standing
                      acceptable to the Government, in favour of the Government,
                      in the form and substance set out in Appendix E;

             (b)      a legal opinion from its legal advisors, in a form
                      satisfactory to the Government, to the effect that the
                      aforesaid guarantee has been duly signed and delivered on
                      behalf of the guarantors with due authority and is legally
                      valid and enforceable and binding upon them.

29.2         If any of the documents referred to in Article 29.1 are not
             delivered within the period specified herein, this Contract may be
             cancelled by the Government upon ninety (90) days written notice of
             its intention to do so.

29.3         Notwithstanding any change in the composition or shareholding of
             the parent company furnishing the guarantees herein, it shall,
             under no circumstances, be absolved of its obligations contained in
             the guarantees provided pursuant to this Article.

                                       84

                                   ARTICLE 30
                            TERMINATION OF CONTRACT

30.1         This Contract may, subject to the provisions hereinbelow and
             Article 31, be terminated by the Government without any financial
             liability upon giving ninety (90) days written notice of its
             intention to do so in the following circumstances, namely, that a
             Company :

             (a)      has knowingly submitted any false statement to the
                      Government in any manner which was a material
                      consideration in the execution of this Contract; or

             (b)      has intentionally and knowingly extracted or authorised
                      the extraction of any mineral not authorised to be
                      extracted by the Contract or without the authority of
                      the Government except such extractions as may be
                      unavoidable as a result of operations conducted
                      hereunder in accordance with generally accepted
                      international petroleum industry practice which, when
                      so extracted, were immediately notified to the
                      Government; or

             (c)      is adjudged bankrupt by a competent court or enters
                      into any agreement or scheme of composition with its
                      creditors or takes advantage of any law for the benefit
                      of debtors; or

             (d)      has passed a resolution to apply to a competent court for
                      liquidation of the Company unless the liquidation is for
                      the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction of which the
                      Government has been given notice and the Government is
                      satisfied that the Company's performance under this
                      Contract would not be adversely affected thereby and has
                      given its approval thereto; or

             (e)      has assigned any interest in the Contract without the
                      prior consent of the Government as provided in
                      Article 28; or

             (f)      fails to make any monetary payment required by law or
                      under this Contract by the due date or within the
                      specified period after the due date; or

             (g)      fails to comply with or contravenes the provisions of
                      this Contract in a material particular; or

             (h)      fails to comply with any final determination or award
                      made by a sole expert or arbitrators pursuant to
                      Article 33; or

             (i)      has been served a notice of cancellation pursuant to
                      Article 29.2.

             PROVIDED THAT

                                       85

             where the Contractor comprises two or more Companies, the
             Government shall not exercise its rights of termination pursuant to
             Article 30.1, on the occurrence, in relation to one or more, but
             not all, of the Companies, of an event entitling the Government to
             terminate the Contract, if any other Company or Companies
             constituting the Contractor satisfies the Government that it, or
             they, is/are willing and would be able to carry out the obligations
             of the Contractor.

30.2         This Contract may also be terminated by the Government on giving
             the requisite notice specified above if the events specified in
             Article 30.1 (c) and (d) occur with respect to a company which has
             given a guarantee pursuant to Article 29 subject, however, to
             Article 30.3.

30.3         If the circumstances that give rise to the right of termination
             under Article 30.1 (f) or (g) or Article 29.2 are remedied by the
             Contractor within the ninety (90) day period or such extended
             period as may be granted by the Government, following the notice of
             the Government's intention to terminate the Contract as aforesaid,
             such termination shall not become effective.


30.4         If the circumstance or circumstances that would otherwise result in
             termination are the subject matter of proceedings under Article 33,
             then termination shall not take place so long as such proceedings
             continue and thereafter may only take place when and if consistent
             with the arbitral award.

30.5         On termination of this Contract, for any reason whatsoever, the
             rights and obligations of the Contractor shall cease but such
             termination shall not affect any rights of any Party which may have
             accrued or any obligations undertaken, or incurred, pursuant to
             this Contract, by Government or the Contractor or any Party
             comprising the Contractor and not discharged by the Contractor or
             the Party prior to the date of termination.

30.6         In the event of termination pursuant to Articles 30.1 or
             30.2:

             (a)      the Government may require the Contractor, for a period
                      not exceeding one hundred and eighty (180) days from the
                      date of termination, to continue, for the account and at
                      the cost of the Government, Crude Oil or Natural Gas
                      production activities until the right to continue such
                      production has been transferred to another entity;

             (b)      A Foreign Company, which is a constituent of the
                      Contractor, shall, subject to the provisions hereof, have
                      the right to remove and export all its property which has
                      not vested in the Government provided that in the event
                      that ownership of any property is in doubt,

                                       86

                      or disputed, such property shall not be exported unless
                      and until the doubt or dispute has been settled in favour
                      of the Foreign Company.

                                       87

                                   ARTICLE 31
                                 FORCE MAJEURE

31.1         Performance by any Party hereto of any of its obligations under
             this Contract, or in fulfilling any condition of any lease granted
             to such Party, or any lease issued thereunder, shall, except for
             the payment of monies due under this Contract or under the Act and
             the Rules or any law, be suspended or excused if, and to the extent
             that, such non-performance or delay in performance is caused by
             Force Majeure as defined in this Article.

31.2         For the purpose of this Contract, the term Force Majeure means any
             cause or event, other than the unavailability of funds, whether
             similar to or different from those enumerated herein, beyond the
             reasonable control of, and unanticipated or unforeseeable by, and
             not brought about at the instance of the Party claiming to be
             affected by such event, or which, if anticipated or foreseeable,
             could not be avoided or provided for, and which has caused the
             non-performance or delay in performance. Without limitation to the
             generality of the foregoing, the term Force Majeure shall include
             natural phenomena or calamities, earthquakes, typhoons, fires, wars
             declared or undeclared, hostilities, invasions, blockades, riots,
             insurrection and civil disturbances.

31.3         Where a Party is claiming suspension of its obligations on account
             of Force Majeure, it shall promptly, but in no case later than
             seven (7) days after the occurrence of the event of Force Majeure,
             notify the other Parties in writing giving full particulars of the
             Force Majeure, the estimated duration thereof, the obligations
             affected and the reasons for its suspension.

31.4         A Party claiming Force Majeure shall exercise reasonable diligence
             to seek to overcome the Force Majeure event and to mitigate the
             effects thereof on the performance of its obligations under this
             Contract provided, however, that the settlement of strikes or
             differences with employees shall be within the discretion of the
             Party having the difficulty. The Party affected shall promptly
             notify the other Parties as soon as the Force Majeure event has
             been removed and no longer prevents it from complying with the
             obligations which have been suspended and shall thereafter resume
             compliance with such obligations as soon as possible. The period of
             work commitment or this Contract may be extended by such additional
             period as may be agreed by the Parties.

31.5         Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if an event of Force
             Majeure occurs and is likely to continue for a period in excess of
             thirty (30) days, the Parties shall meet to discuss the
             consequences of the Force Majeure and the course of action to be
             taken to mitigate the effects thereof or to be adopted in the
             circumstances.

                                       88

                                   ARTICLE 32
                  APPLICABLE LAW AND LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT

32.1         Subject to the provisions of Article 33.12, this Contract
             shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the
             laws of India.

32.2         Nothing in this Contract shall entitle the Government or the
             Contractor to exercise the rights, privileges and powers conferred
             upon it by this Contract in a manner which will contravene the laws
             of India.

32.3         The English language shall be the language of this Contract and
             shall be used in arbitral proceedings. All communication, hearings
             or visual materials or documents relating to this Contract shall be
             in English.
                                       89

                                   ARTICLE 33
                   SOLE EXPERT, CONCILIATION AND ARBITRATION

33.1         The Parties shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all
             disputes, differences or claims arising out of or in connection
             with any of the terms and conditions of this Contract or concerning
             the interpretation or performance thereof.

33.2         Except for matters which, by the terms of this Contract, the
             Parties have agreed to refer to a sole expert and any other matters
             which the Parties may agree to so refer, any dispute, difference or
             claim arising between the Parties hereunder which cannot be settled
             amicably may be submitted by any Party to arbitration pursuant to
             Article 33.3. Such sole expert shall be an independent and
             impartial person of international standing with relevant
             qualifications and experience appointed by agreement between the
             Parties. Any sole expert appointed shall be acting as an expert and
             not as an arbitrator and the decision of the sole expert on matters
             referred to him shall be final and binding on the Parties and not
             subject to arbitration. If the Parties are unable to agree on a
             sole expert, the disputed subject matter may be referred to
             arbitration.

33.3         Subject to the provisions herein, any unresolved dispute,
             difference or claim which cannot be settled amicably within a
             reasonable time may, except for those referred to in Article 33.2,
             be submitted to an arbitral tribunal for final decision as
             hereinafter provided.

33.4         The arbitral tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators. The Party
             or Parties instituting the arbitration shall appoint one arbitrator
             and the Party or Parties responding shall appoint another
             arbitrator and both Parties shall so advise the other Parties. The
             two arbitrators appointed by the Parties shall appoint the third
             arbitrator.

33.5         Any Party may, after appointing an arbitrator, request the other
             Party(ies) in writing to appoint the second arbitrator. If such
             other Party fails to appoint an arbitrator within forty-five (45)
             days of receipt of the written request to do so, such arbitrator
             may, at the request of the first Party, be appointed by the
             Secretary General of the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the
             Hague, within forty-five (45) days of the date of receipt of such
             request, from amongst persons who are not nationals of the country
             of any of the Parties to the arbitration proceedings.

33.6         If the two arbitrators appointed by the Parties fail to agree on
             the appointment of the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of
             the appointment of the second arbitrator and if the Parties do not
             otherwise agree, the Secretary General of the Permanent Court of
             Arbitration at the Hague
                                       90

             may, at the request of either Party and in consultation with both,
             appoint the third arbitrator who shall not be a national of the
             country of any Party.

33.7         If any of the arbitrators fails or is unable to act, his successor
             shall be appointed in the manner set out in this Article as if he
             was the first appointment.

33.8         The decision of the arbitration tribunal and, in the case of
             difference among the arbitrators, the decision of the majority,
             shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

33.9         Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the
             arbitration rules of the United Nations Commission on International
             Trade Law (UNCITRAL) of 1985 except that in the event of any
             conflict between these rules and the provisions of this Article 33,
             the provisions of this Article 33 shall govern.

33.10        The right to arbitrate disputes and claims under this Contract
             shall survive the termination of this Contract.

33.11        Prior to submitting a dispute to arbitration, a Party may submit
             the matter for conciliation under the UNCITRAL conciliation rules
             by mutual agreement of the Parties. If the Parties fail to agree on
             a conciliator (or conciliators) in accordance with the rules, the
             matter may be submitted for arbitration. No arbitration proceedings
             shall be instituted while conciliation proceedings are pending and
             such proceedings shall be concluded within sixty (60) days.

33.12        The venue of conciliation or arbitration proceedings pursuant to
             this Article, unless the Parties otherwise agree, shall be London,
             England and shall be conducted in the English language. The
             arbitration agreement contained in this Article 33 shall be
             governed by the laws of England. Insofar as practicable, the
             Parties shall continue to implement the terms of this Contract
             notwithstanding the initiation of arbitral proceedings and any
             pending claim or dispute.

33.13        The fees and expenses of a sole expert or conciliator appointed by
             the Parties shall be borne equally by the Parties. Assessment of
             the costs of arbitration including incidental expenses and
             liability for the payment thereof shall be at the discretion of the
             arbitrators.
                                       91

                                   ARTICLE 34
             ENTIRE AGREEMENT, AMENDMENTS, WAIVER AND MISCELLANEOUS

34.1         This Contract supersedes and replaces any previous agreement or
             understanding between the Parties, whether oral or written, on the
             subject matter hereof, prior to the Effective Date of this
             Contract.

34.2         This Contract shall not be amended, modified, varied or
             supplemented in any respect except by an instrument in writing
             signed by all the Parties, which shall state the date upon which
             the amendment or modification shall become effective.

34.3         No waiver by any Party of any one or more obligations or defaults
             by any other Party in the performance of this Contract shall
             operate or be construed as a waiver of any other obligations or
             defaults whether of a like or of a different character.

34.4         The provisions of this Contract shall inure to the benefit of and
             be binding upon the Parties and their permitted assigns and
             successors in interest.

34.5         In the event of any conflict between any provisions in the main
             body of this Contract and any provision in the Appendices, the
             provision in the main body shall prevail.

34.6         The headings of this Contract are for convenience of reference only
             and shall not be taken into account in interpreting the terms of
             this Contract.
                                       92

                                   ARTICLE 35
                                  CERTIFICATES

35.1         A Company shall furnish, prior to execution of this Contract, a
             duly authorised copy of a resolution properly and legally passed by
             the Board of Directors of the Company specifying the person
             authorised to execute this Contract along with a Certificate duly
             signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company
             under its seal in this regard and to the effect that the Company
             has the power and authority to enter into this Contract and to
             perform its obligations thereunder and has taken all necessary
             action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the
             Contract.
                                       93

                                   ARTICLE 36
                                    NOTICES

36.1         All notices, statements, and other communications to be given,
             submitted or made hereunder by any Party to another shall be
             sufficiently given if given in writing in the English language and
             sent by registered post, postage paid, or by telegram, telex,
             facsimile, radio or cable, to the address or addresses of the other
             Party or Parties as follows:

             a)       To the President of India through the
                      Secretary to the Government of India
                      Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas
                      Shastri Bhavan
                      Dr. Rajendra Prasad Marg
                      New Delhi 110 001, India
                      Attention:  Joint Secretary
                      Facsimile No. :  91-11-384-787

             b)       The Secretary
                      Oil & Natural Gas Corporation Limited
                      Tower II, 8th Floor, Jeevan Bharati
                      124 Connaught Circus
                      New Delhi 110 001, India
                      Facsimile No. :  91-11-331-6413

             c)       Reliance Industries Limited
                      Maker Chambers IV, 3rd Floor
                      222 Nariman Point
                      Bombay 400 021 INDIA
                      Attention:  Chief Executive Officer Oil & Gas
                      Facsimile No. :                022-204-2268

             d)       Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd.
                      Amiya Apartments, 1st Floor
                      63A Linking Road, Santa Cruz (W)
                      Bombay 400 054 INDIA
                      Attention:  Managing Director
                      Facsimile No.:                 011-91-22-604-9119

                      with a copy to:
                      Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd.
                      1400 Smith Street
                      Houston, Texas 77002, U.S.A.
                      Attention:  Vice President, Operations
                      Facsimile No. :                713-646-8115

36.2         Notices when given in terms of Article 36.1 shall be effective when
             delivered if offered at the address of the other Parties as under
             Article 36.1 during business hours on working days and, if received
             outside business hours, on the next following working day.

36.3         Any Party may, by reasonable notice as provided hereunder to

                                       94

             the other Parties, change its address and other particulars
             for notice purpose.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the representatives of the Parties to
this Contract being duly authorised have hereunto set their hands
and have executed these presents this 22 day of December 1994.


Signed for and on
behalf of the
President of India                            By  NAJERB JR.

                                              In the presence of
                                                  V. RAMANI
Signed for and on behalf
of Oil & Natural Gas
Corporation Limited                           By  S. K. MANGLIK

                                              In the presence of
                                                  R. N. DESAI
Signed for and on behalf
of Reliance Industries
Limited                                       By  AKHIL GUPTA

                                              In the presence of
                                                  Ba La SAGRAMANIA
Signed for and on behalf
of Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd.                 By  J. A. KOPECKY

                                              In the presence of
                                                  E. J. VANDERMARK

                                       95
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX A
                          DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT AREA

     The area comprising approximately 430 sq. km offshore India identified as
Panna Block and the area comprising approximately 777 sq. km offshore India
identified as the Mukta Block described herein and shown under map attached as
Appendix B-1 and B- 2.

     Longitude and Latitude measurements are as follows:

MUKTA (about 100 km Northwest of Bombay) See Appendix B-2.

            LATITUDE                                 LONGITUDE
A.      19 degrees 27'00"N                      71 degrees 38'00"E
B.      19 degrees 27'00"N                      71 degrees 54'00"E
C.      19 degrees 12'00"N                      71 degrees 54'00"E
D.      19 degrees 12'00"N                      71 degrees 38'00"E

PANNA (about 95 km Northwest of Bombay) See Appendix B-1.

            LATITUDE                                LONGITUDE

A.      19(degree)28'00"N                      71(degree)54'00"E
B.      19(degree)28'00"N                      72(degree)05'00"E
C.      19(degree)19'30"N                      72(degree)05'00"E
D.      19(degree)15'00"N                      72(degree)00'00"E
E.      19(degree)15'00"N                      71(degree)54'00"E

                                       96
                                                                   APPENDIX B-1
                                               MAP OF CONTRACT AREA
                                               PANNA BLOCK

WESTERN INDIA OFFSHORE
BOMBAY BASIN
                                       97A
                                                                   APPENDIX B-2
                                               MAP OF CONTRACT AREA
                                               MUKTA BLOCK

WESTERN INDIA OFFSHORE
BOMBAY BASIN
                                       97B
<PAGE>
                                                                     APPENDIX C
                              ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE

                                       TO

                          PRODUCTION SHARING CONTRACT

                                    BETWEEN

                            THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

                                      AND

                                 ONGC/RIL/EOGIL

                                       98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTIONS                             CONTENT

SECTION 1:                    GENERAL PROVISIONS
             1.1              Purpose
             1.2              Definitions
             1.3              Inconsistency
             1.4              Documentation and Statements to be Submitted by
                              the Contractor
             1.5              Language and Units of Account
             1.6              Currency Exchange Rates
             1.7              Payments
             1.8              Arms Length Transactions
             1.9              Audit and Inspection Rights of the Government
             1.10             Revision of Accounting Procedure

SECTION 2:                    CLASSIFICATION, DEFINITION AND ALLOCATION OF
                              COSTS AND EXPENDITURES
             2.1              Segregation of Costs
             2.2              Exploration Costs
             2.3              Development Costs
             2.4              Production Costs
             2.5              Service Costs
             2.6              General and Administrative Costs

SECTION 3:                    COSTS, EXPENSES, EXPENDITURES AND INCIDENTAL
                              INCOME OF THE CONTRACTOR
             3.1              Costs Recoverable and Allowable Without Further
                              Approval of the Government
                              3.1.1        Surface Rights
                              3.1.2        Labor & Associated Costs
                              3.1.3        Transportation Costs
                              3.1.4        Charges for Services
                                            (a) Third Party Contracts
                                            (b) Affiliated Company Contracts
                              3.1.5        Communications
                              3.1.6        Office, Shore Bases and 
                                             Miscellaneous Facilities
                              3.1.7        Environmental Studies and Protection
                              3.1.8        Materials and Equipment
                                            (a) General
                                            (b) Warranty
                                            (c) Value of Materials Charged to
                                                the Account
                              3.1.9        Duties, Fees and Other Charges
                              3.1.10       Insurance and Losses
                              3.1.11       Legal Expenses
                              3.1.12       Training Costs
                              3.1.13       General and Administrative Costs
             3.2              Costs Not Recoverable and Not Allowable under the
                              Contract
             3.3              Other Costs Recoverable and Allowable
             3.4              Incidental Income and Credits
             3.5              Non-Duplication of Charges and Credits

                                       99

SECTION 4:                    RECORDS AND INVENTORIES OF ASSETS
             4.1              Records
             4.2              Inventories

SECTION 5:                    PRODUCTION STATEMENT AND ROYALTY AND CESS
                              STATEMENT

SECTION 6:                    VALUE OF PRODUCTION AND PRICING STATEMENT

SECTION 7:                    STATEMENT OF COSTS, EXPENDITURES AND RECEIPTS

SECTION 8:                    COST RECOVERY STATEMENT

SECTION 9:                    PRODUCTION SHARING STATEMENT

SECTION 10:                   END OF YEAR STATEMENT

SECTION 11:                   BUDGET STATEMENT

                                      100

                              ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE
                                   SECTION 1
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1          PURPOSE

             Generally, the purpose of this Accounting Procedure is to set out
             principles and procedures of accounting which will enable the
             Government of India to monitor effectively the Contractor's costs,
             expenditures, production and income so that the Government's
             entitlement to Profit Petroleum, royalty, cess, etc., as well as
             Contractor's entitlement to Cost Petroleum and Profit Petroleum can
             be accurately determined pursuant to the terms of the Contract.
             More specifically, the purpose of the Accounting Procedure is to:

             -        classify costs and expenditures and to define which
                      costs and expenditures shall be allowable for cost
                      recovery, production sharing and participation
                      purposes;

             -        specify the manner in which the Contractor's accounts
                      shall be prepared and approved.

             This Accounting Procedure is intended to apply to the provisions of
             the Contract and is without prejudice to the computation of income
             tax under applicable provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961, as
             amended.

1.2          DEFINITIONS

             For purposes of this Accounting Procedure, the terms used herein
             which are defined in the Contract shall have the same meaning when
             used in this Accounting Procedure.

1.3          INCONSISTENCY

             In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the
             provisions of this Accounting Procedure and the other provisions of
             the Contract, the other provisions of the Contract shall prevail.

1.4          DOCUMENTATION AND STATEMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE
             CONTRACTOR

             1.4.1            Within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date of
                              the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to and
                              discuss with the Government a proposed outline of
                              charts of accounts, operating records and
                              reports, which outline shall reflect each of the
                              categories and sub-categories of costs and income
                              specified in Sections 2 and 3 and shall be in
                              accordance with generally accepted standards and
                              recognized accounting systems and consistent with
                              normal petroleum industry practice and procedures

                                      101

                              for joint venture operations.

                              Within ninety (90) days of receiving the above
                              submission, the Government shall either provide
                              written notification of its approval of the
                              proposal or request, in writing, revisions to the
                              proposal.

                              Within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the
                              Effective Date of the Contract, the Contractor and
                              the Government shall agree on the outline of
                              charts of accounts, records and reports which
                              shall also describe the basis of the accounting
                              system and procedures to be developed and used
                              under this Contract. Following such agreement, the
                              Contractor shall expeditiously prepare and provide
                              the Government with formal copies of the
                              comprehensive charts of accounts, records and
                              reports and allow the Government to examine the
                              manuals and to review procedures which are, and
                              shall be, observed under the Contract.

             1.4.2            Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing,
                              the Contractor shall make regular Statements
                              relating to the Petroleum Operations as follows :

                                 (i)     Production Statement and Royalty and
                                         Cess Statement (see Section 5 of this
                                         Accounting Procedure)

                                 (ii)    Value of Production and Pricing
                                         Statement (see Section 6 of this
                                         Accounting Procedure)

                                 (iii)   Statement of Costs, Expenditures and
                                         Receipts (see Section 7 of this
                                         Accounting Procedure)

                                 (iv)    Cost Recovery Statement (see Section 8
                                         of this Accounting Procedure)

                                 (v)     Production Sharing Statement (see
                                         Section 9 of this Accounting Procedure)

                                 (vi)    End of Year Statement (see Section 10
                                         of this Accounting Procedure)

                                 (vii)   Budget Statement (see Section 11 of
                                         this Accounting Procedure)

             1.4.3            All reports and statements shall be prepared in
                              accordance with the Contract and the laws of India
                              and, where there are no relevant provisions in
                              either of these, in accordance with generally
                              accepted practices in the international petroleum

                                      102

                              industry.

             1.4.4            Each of the entities constituting the Contractor
                              shall be responsible for maintaining its own
                              accounting records in order to comply with all
                              legal requirements and to support all returns or
                              any other accounting reports required by any
                              Government authority in relation to the Petroleum
                              Operations.  However, for the purposes of giving
                              effect to this Accounting Procedure, the
                              Contractor shall appoint, and notify the
                              Government in writing thereof, one of the Parties
                              constituting Contractor who shall be responsible
                              for maintaining, at its business office in India,
                              on behalf of the Contractor, all the accounts of
                              the Petroleum Operations in accordance with the
                              provisions of the Accounting Procedure and the
                              Contract.

1.5          LANGUAGE AND UNITS OF ACCOUNT

             All accounts, records, books, reports and statements shall be
             maintained on an accrual basis and prepared in the English
             language. The accounts shall be maintained in United States
             Dollars, which shall be the controlling currency of account for
             cost recovery, production sharing and participation purposes.
             Metric units and Barrels shall be employed for measurements
             required under the Contract. Where necessary for clarification, the
             Contractor may also maintain accounts and records in other
             languages, currencies and units. Following any new discovery of
             Petroleum the Parties shall meet to establish specific principles
             and procedures for identifying all costs, expenditures, receipts
             and income with respect to the Contract Area.

1.6          CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES

             1.6.1            For translation purposes between United States
                              Dollars and Indian Rupees or any other currency,
                              the previous month's average of the daily means
                              of the buying and selling rates of exchange as
                              quoted by the State Bank of India (or any other
                              financial body as may be mutually agreed between
                              the Parties) shall be used for the month in which
                              the revenues, costs, expenditures, receipts or
                              income are recorded.  However, in the case of any
                              single non-US Dollar transaction in excess of the
                              equivalent of one hundred thousand US Dollars
                              (US$100,000), the conversion into US Dollars
                              shall be performed on the basis of the average of
                              the applicable exchange rates for the day on
                              which the transaction occurred.
             1.6.2            Any realized or unrealized gains or losses from
                              the exchange of currency in respect of Petroleum
                              Operations shall be credited or charged to the
                              accounts. A record of the exchange rates used in
                              converting Indian Rupees or any other currencies

                                      103

                              into United States Dollars as specified in Section
                              1.6.1 shall be maintained by the Contractor and
                              shall be identified in the relevant statements
                              required to be submitted by the Contractor in
                              accordance with Section 1.4.2.

1.7          PAYMENTS

             1.7.1            Subject to the foreign exchange laws and
                              regulations prevailing from time to time, all
                              payments between the Parties shall, unless
                              otherwise agreed, be in United States Dollars and
                              shall be made through a bank designated by each
                              receiving Party.

             1.7.2            Unless otherwise specified, all sums due under the
                              Contract shall be paid within forty-five (45) days
                              from the date on which the obligation to pay was
                              incurred.

             1.7.3            Unless otherwise specified, all sums due by one
                              Party to the other under the Contract during any
                              month shall, for each day such sums are overdue
                              during such month, bear interest compounded daily
                              at the applicable LIBOR plus one percentage (1%)
                              point.

1.8          ARMS LENGTH TRANSACTIONS

             Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Contract, all
             transactions giving rise to revenues, costs or expenditures which
             will be credited or charged to the accounts prepared, maintained or
             submitted hereunder shall be conducted at arms length or on such a
             basis as will assure that all such revenues, costs or expenditures
             will be equal to or better than, as the case may be, would result
             from a transaction conducted at arms length on a competitive basis
             with third parties. For the purposes of clarification, this means
             revenues would be equal to or higher and costs would be equal to or
             lower.

1.9          AUDIT AND INSPECTION RIGHTS OF THE GOVERNMENT

             1.9.1            Without prejudice to statutory rights, the
                              Government, upon at least ninety (90) days
                              advance written notice to the Contractor, shall
                              have the right to inspect and audit, during
                              normal business hours , all records and documents
                              supporting costs, expenditures, expenses,
                              receipts and income, such as Contractor's
                              accounts, books, records, invoices, cash
                              vouchers, debit notes, price lists or similar
                              documentation with respect to the Petroleum
                              Operations conducted hereunder in each Financial
                              Year, within two (2) years (or such longer period

                                      104

                              as may be required in exceptional circumstances)
                              from the end of such Financial Year.

             1.9.2            The Government may undertake the conduct of the
                              audit either through its own representatives or
                              through a qualified firm of recognized
                              international chartered accountants, registered in
                              India, appointed for the purpose by the
                              Government.

             1.9.3            In conducting the audit, the Government or its
                              auditors shall be entitled to examine and verify,
                              at reasonable times, all charges and credits
                              relating to Contractor's activities under the
                              Contract and all books of account, accounting
                              entries, material records and inventories,
                              vouchers, payrolls, invoices and any other
                              documents, correspondence and records considered
                              necessary by the Government to audit and verify
                              the charges and credits.  The auditors shall also
                              have the right, in connection with such audit, to
                              visit and inspect, at reasonable times, all
                              sites, plants, facilities, warehouses and offices
                              of the Contractor directly or indirectly serving
                              the Petroleum Operations, and to physically
                              examine other property, facilities and stocks
                              used in Petroleum Operations, wherever located
                              and to question personnel associated with those
                              operations.  Where the Government requires
                              verification of charges made by an Affiliate, the
                              Government shall have the right to obtain an
                              audit certificate from an internationally
                              recognized firm of public accountants acceptable
                              to both the Government and the Contractor, which
                              may be the Contractor's statutory auditor.  Any
                              and all such costs shall be for the Government's
                              account.

             1.9.4            Any audit exceptions shall be made by the
                              Government in writing and notified to the
                              Contractor within one hundred and twenty (120)
                              days following completion of the audit in
                              question.

             1.9.5            The Contractor shall answer any notice of
                              exception under Section 1.9.4 within one hundred
                              and twenty (120) days of the receipt of such
                              notice. Where the Contractor has, after the one
                              hundred and twenty (120) days, failed to answer a
                              notice of exception, the exception shall prevail.

             1.9.6            All agreed adjustments resulting from an audit and
                              all adjustments required by prevailing exceptions
                              shall be promptly made in the Contractor's
                              accounts and any consequential

                                      105

                              adjustments to the Government's entitlement to
                              Petroleum shall be made as promptly as
                              practicable.

             1.9.7            If the Contractor and the Government are unable
                              to reach final agreement on proposed audit
                              adjustments, either Party may refer any dispute
                              thereon to a sole expert as provided for in the
                              Contract.  So long as any issues are outstanding
                              with respect to an audit, the Contractor shall
                              maintain the relevant documents and permit
                              inspection thereof until the issue is resolved.

1.10         REVISION OF THE ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE

             1.10.1           By mutual agreement between the Government and the
                              Contractor, this Accounting Procedure may be
                              revised from time to time, in writing, signed by
                              the Parties, stating the date upon which the
                              amendments shall become effective.

                                      106

                                   SECTION 2
                   CLASSIFICATION, DEFINITION AND ALLOCATION
                           OF COSTS AND EXPENDITURES

2.1          SEGREGATION OF COSTS

             Costs shall be segregated in accordance with the purposes for which
             such expenditures are made. All costs and expenditures allowable
             under Section 3, relating to Petroleum Operations, shall be
             classified, defined and allocated as set out below in this Section.
             Expenditure records shall be maintained in such a way as to enable
             proper allocation.

2.2          EXPLORATION COSTS

             Exploration Costs are all direct and allocated indirect
             expenditures incurred in the search for Petroleum in an area which
             is, or was at the time when such costs were incurred, part of the
             Contract Area, including expenditures incurred in respect of:

             2.2.1            Aerial, geophysical, geochemical,
                              palaeontological, geological, topographical and
                              seismic surveys, analyses and studies and their
                              interpretation.

             2.2.2            Core hole drilling and water well drilling.

             2.2.3            Labor, materials, supplies and services used in
                              drilling Wells with the object of finding
                              Petroleum or in drilling Appraisal Wells provided
                              that if such Wells are completed as producing
                              Wells, the costs of completion thereof shall be
                              classified as Development Costs.

             2.2.4            Facilities used solely in support of the purposes
                              described in Sections 2.2.1, 2.2.2 and 2.2.3
                              above, including access roads, all separately
                              identified.

             2.2.5            Any Service Costs and General and Administrative
                              Costs directly incurred on exploration activities
                              and identifiable as such and a portion of the
                              remaining Service Costs and General and
                              Administrative Costs allocated to Exploration
                              Operations determined by the proportionate share
                              of total Contract Costs (excluding General and
                              Administrative Costs and Service Costs) repre-
                              sented by all other Exploration Costs.

             2.2.6            Geological and geophysical information purchased
                              or acquired in connection with Exploration
                              Operations.

                                      107

             2.2.7            Any other expenditure incurred in the search for
                              Petroleum not covered under Sections 2.3 or 2.4.

2.3          DEVELOPMENT COSTS

             Development Costs are all direct and allocated indirect
             expenditures incurred with respect to the development of the
             Contract Area including expenditures incurred on account of:

             2.3.1            Drilling Development Wells, whether these Wells
                              are dry or producing and drilling Wells for the
                              injection of water or Gas to enhance recovery of
                              Petroleum and Recompletion or working over of
                              existing or service wells.

             2.3.2            Purchase, installation or construction of
                              production, transport and storage facilities for
                              production of Petroleum from a Field, such as
                              pipelines, flow lines, production and treatment
                              units, wellhead equipment, subsurface equipment,
                              enhanced recovery systems, offshore and onshore
                              platforms, export terminals and piers, harbours
                              and related facilities and access roads for
                              production activities.

             2.3.3            Engineering and design studies for facilities
                              referred to in Section 2.3.2.

             2.3.4            Any Service Costs, joint Development Plans and
                              General and Administrative Costs directly
                              incurred in Development Operations and
                              identifiable as such and a portion of the
                              remaining Service Costs and General and
                              Administrative Costs allocated to development
                              activities, determined by the proportionate share
                              of total Contract Costs (excluding General and
                              Administrative Costs and Service Costs) repre-
                              sented by all other Development Costs.

2.4          PRODUCTION COSTS

             2.4.1            Production Costs are expenditures incurred on
                              Production Operations in respect of the Contract
                              Area after the start of production from the Field
                              (which are other than Exploration and Development
                              Costs).  The balance of General and Adminis-
                              trative Costs and Service Costs not allocated to
                              Exploration Costs or Development Costs shall be
                              allocated to Production Costs.

             2.4.2            Production Costs shall include costs for
                              completion of Exploration Wells by way of
                              installation of casing or equipment or otherwise
                              or for the purpose of bringing a Well into use as
                              a producing Well or as a Well for the injection

                                      108

                              of water or Gas to enhance recovery of Petroleum
                              and Recompletion or working over of existing or
                              service wells.

2.5          SERVICE COSTS

             Service Costs are direct and indirect expenditures incurred in
             support of Petroleum Operations in the Contract Area, including
             expenditures on insurance, environmental protection, warehouses,
             piers, marine vessels, vehicles, motorized rolling equipment,
             aircraft, fire and security stations, workshops, water and sewerage
             plants, power plants, housing, community and recreational
             facilities and furniture and tools and equipment used in these
             activities. Service Costs in any Year shall include the costs
             incurred in such Year to purchase and/or construct the facilities
             as well as the annual costs of maintaining and operating the same,
             each to be identified separately. All Service Costs shall be
             regularly allocated as specified in Sections 2.2.5, 2.3.4 and 2.4
             to Exploration Costs, Development Costs and Production Costs and
             shall be separately shown under each of these categories. Where
             Service Costs are made in respect of shared facilities, the basis
             of allocation of costs to Petroleum Operations hereunder shall be
             on the basis of gross expenditures.

2.6          GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS

             General and Administrative Costs are expenditures incurred on
             general administration and management primarily and principally
             related to Petroleum Operations in or in connection with the
             Contract Area, and shall include:

             2.6.1            main office, field office and general
                              administrative expenditures in India, including
                              supervisory, accounting and employee relations
                              services;

             2.6.2            an annual overhead charge for services rendered
                              by the parent company or an Affiliate of the
                              Operator outside India to support and manage
                              Petroleum Operations under the Contract, and for
                              staff advice and assistance including financial,
                              legal, accounting and employee relations
                              services, but excluding any remuneration for
                              services charged separately under this Accounting
                              Procedure calculated on the basis of one percent
                              (1%) of expenditures.

             2.6.3            The expenditures used to calculate the monthly
                              indirect charge shall not include the indirect
                              charge (calculated either as a percentage of
                              expenditures or as a minimum monthly charge),
                              rentals on surface rights acquired and maintained
                              for the joint account, guarantee deposits,

                                      109

                              concession acquisition costs, bonuses paid in
                              accordance with the Contract, royalties, value
                              added taxes and taxes paid under the Contract,
                              settlement of claims, proceeds from the sale of
                              assets (including division in kind) amounting to
                              more than US$10,000 per transaction, and similar
                              items mutually agreed upon by the parties.

                              Credits arising from any government subsidy
                              payment and disposition of joint account property
                              shall not be deducted from total expenditures in
                              determining such charge.

             2.6.4            The indirect charges provided for in this Section
                              may be amended periodically by mutual agreement
                              between the Parties if, in practice, these charges
                              are found to be insufficient or
                              excessive.

                                      110

                                   SECTION 3
                  COSTS, EXPENSES, EXPENDITURES AND INCIDENTAL
                            INCOME OF THE CONTRACTOR

3.1          COSTS RECOVERABLE AND ALLOWABLE WITHOUT FURTHER APPROVAL OF
             THE GOVERNMENT.

             Costs incurred by the Contractor on Petroleum Operations pursuant
             to the Contract as classified under the headings referred to in
             Section 2 shall be allowable for the purposes of the Contract
             except to the extent provided in Section 3.2 or elsewhere in this
             Accounting Procedure, and subject to audit as provided for herein.

             3.1.1            Surface Rights

                              All direct costs necessary for the acquisition,
                              renewal or relinquishment of surface rights
                              acquired and maintained in force for the purposes
                              of the Contract except as provided in Section
                              3.1.9. Why expected? How applicable?

             3.1.2            Labor and Associated Costs

                              (a)    Costs of all Contractor's locally recruited
                                     employees who are directly engaged in the
                                     conduct of Petroleum Operations under the
                                     Contract in India. Such costs shall include
                                     the costs of employee benefits and
                                     Government benefits for employees and
                                     levies imposed on the Contractor as an
                                     employer, transportation and relocation
                                     costs within India of the employee and such
                                     members of the employee's family (limited
                                     to spouse and dependent children) as
                                     required by law or customary practice in
                                     India. If such employees are engaged in
                                     other activities in India, in addition to
                                     Petroleum Operations, the cost of such
                                     employees shall be apportioned on a time
                                     sheet basis according to sound and
                                     acceptable accounting principles.

                              (b)    Assigned Personnel

                                     Costs of salaries and wages, including
                                     bonuses, of the Contractor's employees
                                     directly and necessarily engaged in the
                                     conduct of the Petroleum Operations under
                                     the Contract, whether temporarily or
                                     permanently assigned, irrespective of the
                                     location of such employees, it being
                                     understood that in the case of those
                                     personnel only a portion of whose time is
                                     wholly dedicated to Petroleum Operations
                                     under the Contract, only that pro rata
                                     portion of applicable salaries, wages

                                      111

                                     and other costs, as specified in Sections
                                     3.1.2(c), (d), (e)and (f) shall be charged
                                     and the basis of such pro rata allocation
                                     shall be specified.

                              (c)    Expenses or contributions made pursuant to
                                     assessments or obligations imposed under
                                     the laws of India which are applicable to
                                     the Contractor's cost of salaries and
                                     wages.

                              (d)    The Contractor's cost of established plans
                                     for employees' group life insurance,
                                     hospitalization, pension, retirement and
                                     other benefit plans of a like nature
                                     customarily granted to the Contractor's
                                     employees provided, however, that such
                                     costs are in accordance with generally
                                     accepted standards in the international
                                     petroleum industry, applicable to salaries
                                     and wages chargeable to Petroleum
                                     Operations under Section 3.1.2(b) above.

                              (e)    Personal Income taxes where and when they
                                     are paid by the Contractor to the
                                     Government of India for the employee, in
                                     accordance with the Contractor's standard
                                     personnel policies.

                              (f)    Reasonable transportation and travel
                                     expenses of employees of the Contractor,
                                     including those made for travel and
                                     relocation of the expatriate employees,
                                     including their dependent family and
                                     personal effects, assigned to India whose
                                     salaries and wages are chargeable to
                                     Petroleum Operations under Section
                                     3.1.2(b). Actual transportation expenses of
                                     personnel transferred to Petroleum
                                     Operations from their country of origin
                                     and/or relocation to their country of
                                     origin shall be charged to the Petroleum
                                     Operations. Where such transfer or
                                     relocation is to or from a country other
                                     than the country of origin there shall be
                                     no reimbursement.

                              Transportation cost as used in this Section shall
                              mean the cost of freight and passenger service and
                              any accountable incidental expenditures related to
                              transfer travel and authorized under Contractor's
                              standard personnel policies. Contractor shall
                              ensure that all expenditures related to
                              transportation costs are equitably allocated to
                              the activities which have benefited from the
                              personnel concerned.

                                      112

             3.1.3            Transportation Costs

                              The reasonable cost of transportation of
                              equipment, materials and supplies within India and
                              from outside India to India necessary for the
                              conduct of Petroleum Operations under the
                              Contract, including, but not limited to, directly
                              related costs such as unloading charges, dock fees
                              and inland and ocean freight charges.

             3.1.4            Charges for Services

                              (a)    Third Party Contracts

                                     The actual costs of contract services,
                                     services of professional consultants,
                                     utilities and other services necessary for
                                     the conduct of Petroleum Operations under
                                     the Contract performed by third parties
                                     other than an Affiliate of the Contractor,
                                     provided that the transactions resulting in
                                     such costs are undertaken pursuant to
                                     Section 1.8 of this Accounting Procedure.

                              (b)    Affiliated Company Contracts

                                       (i)      Professional and Administrative
                                                Services and Expenses

                                                Cost of professional and
                                                administrative services provided
                                                by any Affiliate for the direct
                                                benefit of Petroleum Operations,
                                                including, but not limited to,
                                                services provided by the
                                                production, exploration, legal,
                                                financial, insurance, accounting
                                                and computer services divisions
                                                other than those covered by
                                                Section 3.1.4(b)(ii) which
                                                Contractor may use in lieu of
                                                having its own employees.
                                                Charges shall be equal to the
                                                actual cost of providing their
                                                services, shall not include any
                                                element of profit and shall not
                                                be any higher than the most
                                                favorable prices charged by the
                                                Affiliate to third parties for
                                                comparable services under
                                                similar terms and conditions
                                                elsewhere and will be fair and
                                                reasonable in the light of
                                                prevailing international
                                                petroleum industry practice and
                                                experience.

                                      113

                                       (ii)     Scientific or Technical
                                                Personnel

                                                Cost of scientific or technical
                                                personnel services provided by
                                                any Affiliate of Contractor for
                                                the direct benefit of Petroleum
                                                Operations, which cost shall be
                                                charged on a cost of service
                                                basis. Charges therefor shall
                                                not exceed charges for
                                                comparable services currently
                                                provided by outside technical
                                                service organizations of
                                                comparable qualifications.
                                                Unless the work to be done by
                                                such personnel is covered by an
                                                approved Work Programme and
                                                Budget, Operator shall not
                                                authorize work by such personnel
                                                without approval of the
                                                Management Committee.

                              (c)    Equipment, facilities and property owned
                                     and furnished by the Contractor's
                                     Affiliates, at rates commensurate with the
                                     cost of ownership and operation provided,
                                     however, that such rates shall not exceed
                                     those currently prevailing for the supply
                                     of like equipment, facilities and property
                                     on comparable terms in the area where the
                                     Petroleum Operations are being conducted.
                                     The equipment and facilities referred to
                                     herein shall exclude major investment items
                                     such as (but not limited to) drilling rigs,
                                     producing platforms, oil treating
                                     facilities, oil and gas loading and
                                     transportation systems, storage and
                                     terminal facilities and other major
                                     facilities, rates for which shall be
                                     subject to separate agreement with the
                                     Government.

             3.1.5            Communications

                              Cost of acquiring, leasing, installing, operating,
                              repairing and maintaining communication systems
                              including satellite, radio and microwave
                              facilities between the Contract Area and the
                              Contractor's base facility, offices, helicopter
                              bases, port and railway yards.

             3.1.6            Office, Shore Bases and Miscellaneous Facilities

                              Net cost to Contractor of establishing,
                              maintaining and operating any office, sub-office,
                              shore base facility, warehouse, housing or other
                              facility directly serving the Petroleum
                              Operations. If any such facility services contract

                                      114

                              areas other than the Contract Area, or any
                              business other than Petroleum Operations, the net
                              costs thereof shall be allocated on an equitable
                              and consistent basis.

             3.1.7            Environmental Studies and Protection

                              Costs incurred in conducting the environmental
                              impact studies for the Contract Area, and in
                              taking environmental protection measures pursuant
                              to the terms of the Contract.

             3.1.8            Materials and Equipment

                              (a)    General

                                     So far as is practicable and consistent
                                     with efficient and economical operation,
                                     only such material shall be purchased or
                                     furnished by the Contractor for use in the
                                     Petroleum Operations as may be required for
                                     use in the reasonably foreseeable future
                                     and the accumulation of surplus stocks
                                     shall be avoided to the extent possible.
                                     Material and equipment held in inventory
                                     shall only be charged to the accounts when
                                     such material is removed from inventory and
                                     used in Petroleum Operations. Contractor
                                     shall be allowed to recover interest at the
                                     LIBOR rate plus one percent (1%) for
                                     reasonable inventories it carries. Costs
                                     shall be charged to the accounting records
                                     and books based on the average cost method.

                              (b)    Warranty

                                     In the case of defective material or
                                     equipment, any adjustment received by the
                                     Contractor from the suppliers or
                                     manufacturers or their agents in respect of
                                     any warranty on material or equipment shall
                                     be credited to the accounts under the
                                     Contract.

                              (c)    Value of Materials Charged to the Accounts
                              Under the Contract.

                                       (i)      Except as otherwise provided in
                                                subparagraph (b), materials
                                                purchased by the Contractor and
                                                used in the Petroleum Operations
                                                shall be valued to include
                                                invoice price less trade and
                                                cash discounts, if any, purchase
                                                and procurement fees plus
                                                freight and forwarding charges
                                                between point of
                                      115

                                                supply and point of shipment,
                                                freight to port of destination,
                                                insurance, taxes, customs
                                                duties, consular fees, other
                                                items chargeable against
                                                imported material and, where
                                                applicable , handling and
                                                transportation costs from point
                                                of importation to or from
                                                warehouse or operating site, and
                                                these costs shall not exceed
                                                those currently prevailing in
                                                normal arms length transactions
                                                on the open market.

                                     (ii)     Material purchased from or sold to
                                              Affiliates or transferred to or
                                              from activities of the Contractor
                                              other than Petroleum Operations
                                              under the Contract:

                                       (aa)     new material (hereinafter
                                                referred to as condition A)
                                                shall be valued at the current
                                                international price which shall
                                                not exceed the price prevailing
                                                in normal arms length transac-
                                                tions on the open market;

                                       (bb)     used material which is in sound
                                                and serviceable condition and is
                                                suitable for reuse without
                                                reconditioning (hereinafter
                                                referred to as condition B)
                                                shall be priced at not more than
                                                seventy-five percent (75%) of
                                                the current price of the above
                                                mentioned new materials;

                                       (cc)     used material which cannot be
                                                classified as condition B, but
                                                which, after reconditioning,
                                                will be further serviceable for
                                                original function as good
                                                second-hand condition B material
                                                or is serviceable for original
                                                function, but substantially not
                                                suitable for reconditioning
                                                (hereinafter referred to as
                                                condition C) shall be priced at
                                                not more than fifty per cent
                                                (50%) of the current price of
                                                the new material referred to
                                                above as condition A.

                              The cost of reconditioning shall be charged to the
                              reconditioned material, provided that the
                              condition C material value plus the cost of

                                      116

                              reconditioning does not exceed the value of
                              condition B material.

                              Material which cannot be classified as condition B
                              or condition C shall be priced at a value
                              commensurate with its use.

                              Material involving erection expenditure shall be
                              charged at the applicable condition percentage
                              (referred to above) of the current knocked-down
                              price of new material referred to above as
                              condition A.

                              When the use of material is temporary and its
                              service to the Petroleum Operations does not
                              justify the reduction in price in relation to
                              materials referred to above as conditions B and C,
                              such material shall be priced on a basis that will
                              result in a net charge to the accounts under the
                              Contract consistent with the value of the service
                              rendered.

             3.1.9            Duties, Fees and Other Charges

                              Any duties, levies, fees, charges and any other
                              assessments levied by any governmental or taxing
                              authority in connection with the Contractor's
                              activities under the Contract and paid directly by
                              the Contractor except corporate income tax payable
                              by the constituents of the Contractor. If Operator
                              or its Affiliate is subject to income or
                              withholding tax as a result of service performed
                              at cost for Petroleum Operations under the
                              Agreement, its charges for such services may be
                              increased by the amount of such taxes incurred
                              ("grossed up"), provided such charges have not
                              been otherwise recovered or a tax credit received.

             3.1.10           Insurance and Losses

                              Insurance premia and costs incurred for insurance
                              required by law or pursuant to Article 24 of the
                              Contract, provided that such insurance is
                              customary, affords prudent protection against risk
                              and is at a premium no higher than that charged on
                              a competitive basis by insurance companies which
                              are not Affiliates. Actual costs and losses
                              incurred shall be allowable to the extent not made
                              good by insurance. Such costs may include, but are
                              not limited to, repair and replacement of property
                              resulting from damages or losses incurred by fire,
                              flood, storm, theft, accident or such other cause.


                                      117

             3.1.11           Legal Expenses

                              All reasonable costs and expenses resulting from
                              the handling, investigating, asserting, defending,
                              or settling of any claim or legal action necessary
                              or expedient for the procuring, perfecting,
                              retention and protection of the Contract Area and
                              in defending or prosecuting lawsuits involving the
                              Contract Area or any third party claim arising out
                              of Petroleum Operations under the Contract, or
                              sums paid in respect of legal services necessary
                              for the protection of the joint interest of
                              Government and the Contractor, shall be allowable.
                              Such expenditures shall include attorney's fees,
                              court costs, costs of investigation and
                              procurement of evidence and amounts paid in
                              settlement or satisfaction of any such litigation
                              and claims provided such costs are not covered
                              elsewhere in the Accounting Procedure. Where legal
                              services are rendered in such matters by salaried
                              or regularly retained lawyers of the Contractor or
                              an Affiliate, such compensation shall be included
                              instead under Sections 3.1.2 or 3.1.4(b)(i) above
                              as applicable.

             3.1.12           Training Costs

                              All costs and expenses incurred by the Contractor
                              in training as is required under Article 22 of the
                              Contract.

             3.1.13           General and Administrative Costs

                              The costs described in Section 2.6.1 and the
                   charge described in Section 2.6.2 of this
                             Accounting Procedure.

3.2          COSTS NOT RECOVERABLE AND NOT ALLOWABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT

             The following costs and expenses shall not be recoverable or
             allowable (whether directly as such or indirectly as part of any
             other charges or expenses) for cost recovery and production sharing
             purposes under the Contract:

                (i)           costs and charges incurred before the Effective
                              Date including costs in respect of preparation,
                              signature or ratification of this Contract except
                              as otherwise provided in Article 13.1;

               (ii)           expenditures in respect of any financial
                              transaction to negotiate, float or otherwise
                              obtain or secure funds for Petroleum Operations
                              including, but not limited to, interest,
                              commission, brokerage and fees related to such

                                      118

                              transactions, and exchange losses on loans or
                              other financing;

              (iii)           costs of marketing or transportation of Petroleum
                              beyond the Delivery Point;

               (iv)           expenditures incurred in obtaining, furnishing and
                              maintaining the guarantees required under the
                              Contract and any other amounts spent on
                              indemnities with regard to non-fulfillment of
                              contractual obligations;

                (v)           attorney's fees and other costs and charges in
                              connection with arbitration proceedings and sole
                              expert determination pursuant to the Contract;

               (vi)           fines and penalties imposed by courts of law of
                              the Republic of India;

              (vii)           donations and contributions;

             (viii)           expenditures for the creation of any partnership
                              or joint venture arrangement;

               (ix)           amounts paid with respect to non-fulfillment of
                              contractual obligations;

                (x)           costs incurred as a result of failure to insure
                              where insurance is required pursuant to the
                              Contract;

               (xi)           costs and expenditures incurred as a result of
                              wilful misconduct or gross negligence of the
                              Contractor's supervisory personnel;

              (xii)           payments pursuant to Article 16 of the Contract.

3.3          OTHER COSTS RECOVERABLE AND ALLOWABLE.

             Any other costs and expenditures not included in Section 3.1 or 3.2
             of this Accounting Procedure but which have been incurred by the
             Contractor for the necessary and proper conduct of Petroleum
             Operations pursuant to an approved Work Programme and Budget.

3.4          INCIDENTAL INCOME AND CREDITS

             All incidental income and proceeds received from Petroleum
             Operations under the Contract, including but not limited to the
             items listed below, shall be credited to the accounts under the
             Contract and shall be taken into account for cost recovery,
             production sharing and participation purposes in the manner
             described in Articles 13 and 14 of the Contract:

               (i)            The proceeds of any insurance or claim or

                                      119

                              judicial awards in connection with Petroleum
                              Operations under the Contract or any assets
                              charged to the accounts under the Contract where
                              such operations or assets have been insured and
                              the premia charged to the accounts under the
                              Contract;

              (ii)            Revenue received from third parties for the use
                              of property or assets, the cost of which has been
                              charged to the accounts under the Contract;

             (iii)            Any adjustment received by the Contractor from the
                              suppliers/manufacturers or their agents in
                              connection with defective material, the cost of
                              which was previously charged by the Contractor to
                              the accounts under the Contract;

              (iv)            Rentals, refunds or other credits received by the
                              Contractor which apply to any charge which has
                              been made to the accounts under the Contract;

               (v)            Prices originally charged to the accounts under
                              the Contract for materials subsequently exported
                              from the Republic of India without being used in
                              Petroleum Operations under the Contract;

              (vi)            Proceeds from the sale or exchange by the
                              Contractor of plant or facilities from a Field,
                              the acquisition costs of which have been charged
                              to the accounts under the Contract for the
                              relevant Field;

             (vii)            Legal costs charged to the accounts under Section
                              3.1.11 of this Accounting Procedure and
                              subsequently recovered by the Contractor.

3.5          NON-DUPLICATION OF CHARGES AND CREDITS

             Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Accounting
             Procedure, it is the intention that there shall be no duplication
             of charges or credits to the accounts under the Contract.

                                      120

                                   SECTION 4
                       RECORDS AND INVENTORIES OF ASSETS

4.1          RECORDS

             4.1.1            The Contractor shall keep and maintain detailed
                              records of property and assets in use for or in
                              connection with Petroleum Operations under the
                              Contract in accordance with normal practices in
                              exploration and production activities of the
                              international petroleum industry.  Such records
                              shall include information on quantities, location
                              and condition of such property and assets, and
                              whether such property or assets are leased or
                              owned.

             4.1.2            The Contractor shall furnish annually particulars
                              to the Government, by notice in writing as
                              provided in the Contract, of all major assets
                              acquired by the Contractor to be used for or in
                              connection with Petroleum Operations.
4.2          INVENTORIES

             4.2.1            The Contractor shall:

                              (a)    not less than once every twelve (12)
                                     Calendar Months with respect to movable
                                     assets take an inventory of the
                                     controllable assets used for or in
                                     connection with Petroleum Operations in
                                     terms of the Contract and address and
                                     deliver such inventory to the Government
                                     with a statement of the principles upon
                                     which valuation of the assets mentioned in
                                     such inventory has been based. Controllable
                                     assets means those assets the Operator
                                     shall submit to detailed record keeping.

                              (b)    not less than once every three (3) years
                                     with respect to immovable assets, take an
                                     inventory of the assets used for or in
                                     connection with Petroleum Operations in
                                     terms of the Contract and address and
                                     deliver such inventory to the Government
                                     together with a written statement of the
                                     principles upon which valuation of the
                                     assets mentioned in such inventory has been
                                     based. Immovable assets means those assets
                                     which are placed in service and have an
                                     original cost in excess of Fifty Thousand
                                     United States Dollars (US$50,000).

             4.2.2            The Contractor shall give the Government at least
                              thirty (30) days notice in writing in the manner
                              provided for in the Contract of its intention to
                              take the inventory referred to in Section 4.2.1

                                      121

                              and the Government shall have the right to be
                              represented when such inventory is taken.

             4.2.3            When an assignment of rights under the Contract
                              takes place, a special inventory shall be taken by
                              the Contractor at the request of the assignee
                              provided that the cost of such inventory is borne
                              by the assignee and paid to the Contractor.

             4.2.4            In order to give effect to Article 27 of the
                              Contract, the Contractor shall provide the
                              Government with a comprehensive list of all
                              relevant assets when requested by the Government
                              to do so.

                                      122

                                   SECTION 5
              PRODUCTION STATEMENT AND ROYALTY AND CESS STATEMENT

5.1          From the date of first production, after the Effective Date, of
             Petroleum from the Contract Area, the Contractor shall submit a
             Production Statement for each Calendar Month to Government showing
             the following information separately for each producing field and
             in aggregate for the Contract Area:

             5.1.1            The quantity of Crude Oil produced and saved.

             5.1.2            The quality and characteristics of such Crude Oil
                              produced and saved.

             5.1.3            The quantity of Associated Natural Gas and Non
                              Associated Natural Gas produced and saved.

             5.1.4            The quality, characteristics and composition of
                              such Natural Gas produced and saved.

             5.1.5            The quantities of Crude Oil and Natural Gas used
                              for the purposes of carrying on drilling and
                              Production Operations and pumping to field
                              storage, as well as quantities reinjected.

             5.1.6            The quantities of Crude Oil and Natural Gas
                              unavoidably lost.

             5.1.7            The quantities of Natural Gas flared and vented.

             5.1.8            The size of Petroleum stocks held on the first
                              day of the Calendar Month in question.

             5.1.9            The size of Petroleum stocks held on the last day
                              of the Calendar Month in question.

             5.1.10           The quantities of Natural Gas reinjected into the
                              Petroleum Reservoir.

             5.1.11           The number of days in the Calendar Month during
                              which Petroleum was produced from each Field.

             5.1.12           The Gas/Oil ratio for each Field for the relevant
                              Calendar Month.

             5.1.13           The water/Oil ratio for each Field for the
                              relevant Calendar Month, if available.

5.2          All quantities shown in this Statement shall be expressed in
             both volumetric terms (barrels of oil and cubic metres of
             gas) and in weight (metric tonnes).

5.3          The Government may direct in writing that the Contractor
             include other particulars relating to the production of
             Petroleum in its Production Statement, and the Contractor

                                      123


             shall to the extent possible comply with such direction.

5.4          The Production Statement for each Calendar Month shall be submitted
             to Government no later than ten (10) days after the end of such
             Calendar Month for Oil and the immediately succeeding Calendar
             Month for Gas.

5.5          The Contractor shall, for the purposes of Article 15, submit a
             statement to Government providing the calculation of the amount of
             royalty and cess, separately, paid with respect to each Calendar
             Month for each producing Field and in aggregate for the Contract
             Area. The statement shall show the following information:

             5.5.1            The quantity of Crude Oil and Condensate produced
                              and saved.

             5.5.2            The quantity of ANG and NANG produced and saved.

             5.5.3            The amount of royalty and cess, separately, paid
                              on Crude Oil and Condensate produced, saved and
                              sold and the particulars of the calculation
                              thereof.

             5.5.4            The amount of royalty paid on ANG and NANG and
                              the particulars of the calculation thereof.

5.6          The Royalty and Cess Statement for each Calendar Month shall be
             submitted to Government no later than twenty-one (21) days after
             the end of such Calendar Month for Oil and the most recently
             available Calendar Month for Gas.

                                      124

                                   SECTION 6
                   VALUE OF PRODUCTION AND PRICING STATEMENT

6.1          The Contractor shall prepare a Statement providing
             calculations of the value of Crude Oil produced and saved
             during each Calendar Month.  This Statement shall contain
             the following information:

             6.1.1            The quantities, prices and receipts realized by
                              the Contractor as a result of sales of Crude Oil
                              to third parties (with any sales to Government
                              being separately identified) made during the
                              Calendar Month in question.

             6.1.2            The quantities, prices and receipts realized
                              therefor by the Contractor as a result of sales of
                              Crude Oil made during the Calendar Month in
                              question, other than to third parties.

             6.1.3            The quantities of Crude Oil appropriated by the
                              Contractor to refining or other processing without
                              otherwise being disposed of in the form of Crude
                              Oil.

             6.1.4            The value of stocks of Crude Oil on the first day
                              of the Calendar Month in question.

             6.1.5            The value of stocks of Crude Oil on the last day
                              of the Calendar Month in question.

             6.1.6            The percentage volume of total sales of Crude Oil
                              made by the Contractor during the Calendar Month
                              that are Arms Length Sales to third parties.

             6.1.7            Information available to the Contractor, in so
                              far as required for the purposes of Article 19 of
                              the Contract, concerning the prices of
                              competitive crude oils produced by the main
                              petroleum producing and exporting countries
                              including contract prices, discounts and premia,
                              and prices obtained on the spot markets.

6.2          The Contractor shall prepare a statement providing calculations of
             the value of ANG and NANG produced and sold during each Calendar
             Month for the most recently available Calendar Month. This
             Statement shall contain all information of the type specified in
             Section 6.1 for Crude Oil as is applicable to Gas and such other
             relevant information as may be required by the Government.

6.3          The Statements required pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2
             shall include a detailed breakdown of the calculation of the
             prices of Crude Oil, Associated Natural Gas and Non
             Associated Natural Gas.
                                      125

6.4          The Value of Production and Pricing Statement for each Calendar
             Month shall be submitted to Government not later than twenty-one
             (21) days after the end of such Calendar Month for Oil and the most
             recently available Calendar Month for Gas.

                                      126

                                   SECTION 7
                 STATEMENT OF COSTS, EXPENDITURES AND RECEIPTS

7.1          The Contractor shall prepare with respect to each Calendar Quarter
             a Statement of Costs, Expenditures and Receipts under the Contract.
             The statement shall distinguish between Exploration costs,
             Development Costs and Production Costs and shall separately
             identify all significant items of costs and expenditure as itemized
             in Section 3 of this Accounting Procedure within these categories.
             The statement of receipts shall distinguish between income from the
             sale of Petroleum and incidental income of the sort itemized in
             Section 3.4 of this Accounting Procedure. If the Government is not
             satisfied with the categories, it shall be entitled to request a
             more detailed breakdown. The Statement shall show the following:

             7.1.1            Actual costs, expenditures and receipts for the
                              Calendar Quarter in question.

             7.1.2            Cumulative costs, expenditures and receipts for
                              the Year in question.

             7.1.3            Latest forecast of cumulative costs, expenditures
                              and receipts at the Year end.

             7.1.4            Variations between budget forecast and latest
                              forecast and explanations thereof.

7.2          The Statement of Costs, Expenditure and Receipts of each Calendar
             Quarter shall be submitted to Government not later than sixty (60)
             days after the end of such Calendar Quarter.

                                      127

                                   SECTION 8
                            COST RECOVERY STATEMENT

8.1          The Contractor shall prepare with respect to each Calendar
             Quarter a Cost Recovery Statement containing the following
             information:

             8.1.1            Unrecovered Contract Costs carried forward from
                              the previous Calendar Quarter, if any.

             8.1.2            Contract costs for the Calendar Quarter in
                              question.

             8.1.3            Total Contract Costs for the Calendar Quarter in
                              question (Section 8.1.1 plus Section 8.1.2).

             8.1.4            Quantity and value of Cost Petroleum taken and
                              disposed of by the Contractor for the Calendar
                              Quarter in question.

             8.1.5            Contract Costs recovered during the Calendar
                              Quarter in question.

             8.1.6            Total cumulative amount of Contract Costs
                              recovered up to the end of the Calendar Quarter
                              in question.

             8.1.7            Amount of Contract Costs to be carried forward
                              into the next Calendar Quarter.

8.2          Where necessary and possible, the information to be provided under
             Section 8.1 shall be identified separately Field by Field and also
             separately for Crude Oil, Associated Natural Gas and Non Associated
             Natural Gas.

8.3          The cost recovery information required pursuant to
             Subsection 8.1 above shall be presented in sufficient detail
             so as to enable Government to identify how the cost of
             assets are being recovered.

8.4          The Cost Recovery Statement for each Calendar Quarter shall be
             submitted to Government not later than sixty (60) days after the
             end of such Calendar Quarter.

                                      128

                                   SECTION 9
                          PRODUCTION SHARING STATEMENT

9.1          The Contractor shall prepare with respect to each Calendar
             Quarter a Production Sharing Statement containing the following
             information:

             9.1.1            The calculation of the applicable net cash flows
                              as defined in Appendix D for the Calendar Quarter
                              in question.

             9.1.2            The Investment Multiple applicable in the
                              Calendar Quarter in question.

             9.1.3            Based on Section 9.1.2 and Article 14, the
                              appropriate percentages of Profit Petroleum, if
                              any, for the Government and Contractor in the
                              Calendar Quarter in question.

             9.1.4            The total amount of Profit Petroleum, if any, to
                              be shared between the Government and Contractor in
                              the Calendar Quarter in question.

             9.1.5            Based on Sections 9.1.3 and 9.1.4, the amount of
                              Profit Petroleum due to the Government and
                              Contractor as well as to each constituent of the
                              Contractor in the Calendar Quarter in question.

             9.1.6            The actual amounts of Petroleum taken by the
                              Government and Contractor as well as by each
                              constituent of the Contractor during the Calendar
                              Quarter in question to satisfy their entitlement
                              pursuant to Section 9.1.5.

             9.1.7            Adjustments to be made, if any, in future
                              Calendar Quarters in the respective amounts of
                              Profit Petroleum due to the Government and
                              Contractor as well as to each constituent of the
                              Contractor on account of any differences between
                              the amounts specified in Sections 9.1.5 and
                              9.1.6, as well as any cumulative adjustments
                              outstanding from previous Calendar Quarters.

9.2          Where necessary and if possible, the information to be provided
             under Section 9.1 shall be identified separately for each Field and
             also separately for Crude Oil as distinct from Natural Gas.

9.3          The Production Sharing Statement shall be submitted to
             Government not later than sixty (60) days after the end of
             such Calendar Quarter.
                                      129

                                   SECTION 10
                        END OF FINANCIAL YEAR STATEMENT

10.1         The Contractor shall prepare a definitive End of Year Statement.
             The statement shall contain aggregated information in the same
             format as required in the Production Statement and Royalty and Cess
             Statement, Value of Production and Pricing Statement, Statement of
             Costs, Expenditure & Receipts, Cost Recovery Statement and
             Production Sharing Statement, but shall be based on actual
             quantities of Petroleum produced, income received and costs and
             expenditures incurred. Based upon this Statement, any adjustments
             that are necessary shall be made to the transactions concerned
             under the Contract.

10.2         The End of Year Statement for each year shall be submitted to
             Government within ninety (90) days of the end of such Year.

                                      130

                                   SECTION 11
                                BUDGET STATEMENT

11.1         The Contractor shall prepare a Budget Statement for each
             Year.  This statement shall distinguish between budgeted
             Exploration Costs, Development Costs and Production Costs
             and shall show the following:

             11.1.1           Forecast costs, expenditures and receipts for the
                              Year in question.

             11.1.2           A schedule showing the most important individual
                              items of total costs, expenditures and receipts
                              for the Year.

11.2         The Budget Statement shall be submitted to Government with respect
             to each Year not less than ninety (90) days before the start of the
             Year provided that in the case of the Year in which the Effective
             Date falls, the Budget Statement shall be submitted within ninety
             (90) days of the Effective Date.

                                      131
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX D
                               CALCULATION OF THE
              INVESTMENT MULTIPLE FOR PRODUCTION SHARING PURPOSES

1.           In accordance with the provisions of Article 14, the share
             of the Government and the Contractor respectively of Profit
             Petroleum from the Contract Area in any Financial Year shall
             be determined by the Investment Multiple earned by the
             Companies from the Contract Area at the end of the preceding
             Financial Year.  These measures of profitability shall be
             calculated on the basis of the appropriate net cash flows as
             specified in this Appendix D.

INVESTMENT MULTIPLE

2.           The "Net Cash Income" of the Companies from the Contract
             Area in any particular Financial Year is the aggregate value
             for the year of the following:

               (i)            Cost Petroleum entitlement of the Companies as
                              provided in Article 13;

                      PLUS

              (ii)            Profit Petroleum entitlement of the Companies as
                              provided in Article 14;

                      PLUS

             (iii)            incidental income of the Companies of the type
                              specified in Section 3.4 of the Accounting
                              Procedure arising from Petroleum Operations and
                              apportioned to the Contract Area;

                      LESS

              (iv)            the Companies' share of all Production Costs and
                              royalty/cess payments incurred on or in the
                              Contract Area;

                      LESS

               (v)            the notional income tax, determined in accordance
                              with paragraph 7 of this Appendix, payable by the
                              Companies on profits and gains from the Contract
                              Area.

3.           The "Investment" made by the Companies in the Contract Area
             in any particular Financial Year is the aggregate value for
             the year of:

               (i)            Exploration Costs incurred by the Companies in the
                              Contract Area and apportioned to the Contract Area
                              in the same proportion that said Costs were
                              recovered pursuant to Articles 13.2 and 13.3.

                                      132

                      PLUS

              (ii)            Development Costs incurred by the Companies in
                              the Contract Area.

4.           For the purposes of the calculation of the Investment Multiple,
             Costs or expenditures which are not allowable as provided in the
             Accounting Procedure shall be excluded from Contract Costs and be
             disregarded.

5.           The Investment Multiple ratio earned by the Companies as at
             the end of any Financial Year from the Contract Area shall
             be calculated by dividing the aggregate value of the
             addition of each of the annual Net Cash Incomes
             (accumulated, without interest, up to and including that
             Financial Year starting from the Financial Year in which
             Production Costs were first incurred or production first
             arose after the Effective Date on or in the Contract Area)
             by the aggregate value of the addition of each of the annual
             Investments (accumulated, without interest, up to and
             including that Financial Year starting from the Financial
             Year in which Exploration and Developments Costs were first
             incurred).

6.           Profit Petroleum from the Contract Area in any Financial Year shall
             be shared between the Government and the Contractor in accordance
             with the value of the Investment Multiple earned by the Companies
             as at the end of the previous Financial Year pursuant to Articles
             14.2, 14.3 and 14.4.

GENERAL

7.           In determining the amount of notional income tax to be
             deducted in the applicable cash flows specified in paragraph
             2 of this Appendix, a notional income tax liability in
             respect of the Contract Area shall be determined for each
             Company, as if the conduct of Petroleum Operations by the
             Company in the Contract Area constituted the sole business
             of the Company and as if the provisions of the Income Tax
             Act, 1961, with respect to the computation of income tax at
             a fifty percent (50%) rate applicable to Petroleum
             Operations on the basis of the income and deductions
             provided for in Article 15 of this Contract were accordingly
             applicable separately to the Contract Area, disregarding any
             income, allowances, deductions, losses or set-off of losses
             from any other Contract Area or business of the Company.

8.           Sample Calculation is attached in Appendix "D-1".

                                      133

<PAGE>
                                 APPENDIX "D-1"

               INVESTMENT MULTIPLE CALCULATION - EXAMPLE PROBLEM

The following example is intended to demonstrate the calculation and impact of
the Investment Multiple. The figures shown would be for the Companies and are
fictitious in this example for demonstration purposes. The investment multiple
is calculated individually for the Companies.

RIL OR EOGIL
Investment Multiple at beginning of                   1.96
                  Financial Year 11
Profit Oil Shares at beginning of                    24.00%
                  Financial Year 11
 US$ MILLIONS
A Cumulative Net Cash Income at                     100.00
                  beginning of Financial Year 11
    + Cost Petroleum in Financial Year 11            10.00
    + Profit Petroleum in Financial Year 11           1.00
    + Incidental Income in Financial Year 11          .00
    - Production Costs in Financial Year 11           .60
    - Oil Royalty and Cess in Financial Year 11       1.57
    - Gas Royalty in Financial Year 11                0.41
    - Notional Income Tax in Financial Year 11        2.00
B   = Cumulative Net Cash Income at end of          106.42
                  Financial Year 11

C     Cumulative Investment at beginning of          51.00
                  Financial Year 11
    + Exploration Costs in Financial Year 11          0.30
    + Development Costs in Financial Year 11          1.50
    + Service Costs in Financial Year 11              0.00
D   = Cumulative Investment at end of                52.80
                  Financial Year 11

Investment Multiple at beginning of                   2.02
                  Financial Year 12 = (B / D)

Profit Oil Shares at beginning of                    18.00%
                  Financial Year 12

Since the Investment Multiple is calculated to be greater than 2.0 at the
beginning of Financial Year 12, the Profit Petroleum share to be received by RIL
or EOGIL falls from 24% to 18% at the inception of Financial Year 12.

In the event that the Investment Multiple were found to exceed 2.0
during the financial close of Financial Year 11, the Contractor may
have received excess Profit Petroleum during the first sixty (60)
days of Financial Year 12.  In this case, the quantity of excess
Profit Petroleum will be calculated and the accounts will be
settled by adjustment to entitlements within sixty (60) days of the following
year (year twelve).
                                      134
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX E
                  FORM OF FINANCIAL AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

            (to be furnished pursuant to Article 29 of the Contract)

WHEREAS ENRON EXPLORATION COMPANY, a Company duly organized and existing under
the laws of Delaware, U.S.A., having its registered office at 1400 Smith Street,
Houston, Texas, U.S.A., (hereinafter referred to as "the Guarantor" which
expression shall include its successors and assigns) is the indirect owner of
100% of the capital stock of ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LIMITED ("Company") and
direct owner of its parent company; and

WHEREAS Company is signatory to a Production Sharing Contract of even date of
this guarantee in respect of an Offshore area identified as Panna and Mukta
Blocks (hereinafter referred to as "the Contract") made between the Government
of India (hereinafter referred to as "the Government"), Company, RELIANCE
INDUSTRIES LIMITED and OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED (hereinafter
referred to as "Contractor" which expression shall include its successors and
permitted assigns); and

WHEREAS the Guarantor wishes to guarantee the performance of Company or its
Affiliate Assignee under the Contract as required by the terms of the Contract;

NOW, THEREFORE, this Deed hereby provides as follows:

1.      The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the
        Government that it will make available, or cause to be made available,
        to Company or any other directly or indirectly owned Affiliate of
        Company to which any part or all of Company's rights or interest under
        the Contract may subsequently be assigned ('Affiliate Assignee'), to
        ensure that Company or any Affiliate Assignee can carry out its work
        commitment as set forth in the Contract.

2.      The Guarantor further unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the
        Government reasonable compliance by Company or any Affiliate Assignee,
        of any obligations of Company or any Affiliate Assignee under the
        Contract.

3.      The Guarantor hereby undertakes to the Government that if Company, or
        any Affiliate Assignee, shall, in any respect, fail to perform its work
        commitments under the Contract or commit any material breach of such
        obligations, then the Guarantor shall fulfill or cause to be fulfilled
        the obligations in place of Company or any Affiliate Assignee, and will
        indemnify the Government against all actual losses, damages, costs,
        expenses, or otherwise which may result directly from such failure to
        perform or breach on the part of Company. In no event shall Guarantor be
        liable for any special consequential, indirect, incidental or punitive
        damages of any kind or character, including, but not limited to, loss of
        profits or revenues, loss of product or loss of use arising out of or
        related to a material breach by Company of its obligations under the
        Contract.

4.      This guarantee shall take effect from the Effective Date and shall
        remain in full force and effect for the duration of the Contract and
        thereafter until no sum remains payable by Company, or its Affiliate
        Assignee, under the Contract or as a result of any decision or award
        made by any expert or arbitration tribunal thereunder.

5.      This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the Articles of
        Association and by-laws of Company or the Guarantor or in any instrument

                                      135

        establishing the Licensee.

6.      The liabilities of the Guarantor shall not be discharged or affected by
        (a) any time indulgence, waiver or consent given to Company; (b) any
        amendment to the Contract or to any security or other guarantee or
        indemnity to which Company has agreed; (c) the enforcement or waiver of
        any terms of the Contract or of any security, other guarantee or
        indemnity; or (d) the dissolution, amalgamation, reconstruction or
        reorganization of Company.

7.      This guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
        laws of India.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Guarantor, through its duly authorized
        representatives, has caused its seal to be duly affixed hereto and this
        guarantee to be duly executed the _____________ day of _________ 1994.

The seal of ___________ was hereto duly affixed by ___________this_____ day of
________ 1994 in accordance with its by-laws and this guarantee was duly signed
by ________________ and ______________________
as required by the said by-laws.



- ------------------------                            --------------------
       Secretary                                        Vice President


Witness:


- -----------------------
                                      136
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX F
                                   EQUIPMENT

The development plan, illustrated in Figure G-1 is based on the assumption that
ONGC has provided at the Effective Date, as represented in data and information
heretofore provided by ONGC, certain structures and facilities. All Equipment
specified below, including that not yet installed, shall be provided at ONGC's
cost and risk.

The following facilities have been installed and placed into service by ONGC as
of 1st August, 1993:

        -         1 well platform PA
        -         8 wells (PA-1, PA-2, PA-3, PA-4, PA-5, PA-6, PA-7, PA-8)
        -         Early Production System ("EPS") jack-up rig SAGAR LAXMI,
                  including production systems and all fixtures and
                  appurtenances
        -         Tanker loading system, loading buoy and appurtenances
        -         PB, PD, PE (jackets only) installed; well fluid line
                  connecting each to EPS
        - 23 development wells drilled in PB, PD, PE
        - MA well platform
        - 8 development wells drilled in MA
        - 14" well fluid pipeline connects MA to Panna EPS
        - Interconnecting Flowlines and Pipelines

The following facilities were assumed by the Companies to be installed and
commissioned by ONGC prior to the Effective Date and Companies' estimate of
project cost does not include the following (ONGC's schedule for installation as
represented to Companies is also shown):

        PB Deck and Facilities - Fourth Quarter 1993
        PD Deck and Facilities - First Quarter 1994
        PE Deck and Facilities - Second Quarter 1994
        MA Deck and Facilities - First Quarter 1994

                                      137
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX G
               DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENT SPECIFIED BY THE COMPANIES

The development plan, illustrated in Figure G-1 is based on the assumption that
ONGC has provided at the Effective Date, as represented in data and information
heretofore provided by ONGC, certain structures and facilities. The development
of the Fields is proposed to be completed by Contractor through its activities
under this Contract. The following describes what facilities, platforms and
wells are provided by ONGC prior to the Effective Date.

The following facilities have been installed and placed into service by ONGC:

        -         1 well platform PA
        - 8 wells (PA-1, PA-2, PA-3, PA-4, PA-5, PA-6, PA-7, PA-8)
        - Early Production System, "EPS" (jack-up)
        - Tanker loading system (via SBM)
        - PB, PD, PE (jackets only) installed; well fluid line connecting each
          to EPS
        - 23 development wells drilled in PB, PD, PE
        - MA well platform
        - 8 development wells drilled in MA - 14" well fluid pipeline connects
          MA to Panna EPS

The following facilities were assumed by the Companies to be installed and
commissioned by ONGC prior to the Effective Date and Companies' estimate of
project cost does not include the following (ONGC's schedule for installation as
represented to Companies is also shown):

        PB Deck and Facilities - Fourth Quarter 1993
        PD Deck and Facilities - First Quarter 1994
        PE Deck and Facilities - Second Quarter 1994
        MA Deck and Facilities - First Quarter 1994
        Drill two horizontal wells from PD - Second half 1993
        Drill two horizontal wells from PE - Second half 1993
        Complete two horizontal wells from PE - Second half 1993

The following work, intended to complete the development plan contemplated, is
included in Companies plan and only these facilities and wells are subject to
the Cost Recovery Limit as defined in Article 13:

        Panna
        -         Drill two horizontal wells from PD
        -         Drill two horizontal sections in two suspended wells on
                  PE and complete same
        -         Fabricate and install PC and PF jackets
        -         Fabricate (or refurbish) and install PC and PF deck
                  packages
        -         Drill nine horizontal wells from PC
        -         Drill nine horizontal wells from PF
        -         Fabricate and install PPA and PQ

                                      138

        -         Lay necessary well fluid, gaslift and free gas lines
        -         Lay sour gas export line from PPA to proposed ONGC 42"
                  pipeline
        -         Acquire 850 km of 2-D seismic data
        -         Drill two exploratory wells
        -         Geophysical, geological and engineering studies

        Mukta
        -         Fabricate and install MB jacket
        -         Fabricate (or refurbish) and install MB deck package
        -         Drill six directional wells from MB
        -         Lay MB-MA well fluid line
        -         Lay PPA-MA-MB gaslift line
        -         Drill two exploratory wells
        -         Geophysical, geological and engineering studies
        -         Reprocess and interpret the 1988-89 3-D survey and usable
                  data from the 1991 SBS 2- D survey

Annex G-1 shows Companies' development concept based on an assumed project start
date of 1st July, 1993.
                                      139
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX G

                                  ANNEXURE G-1
      TECHNICAL INFORMATION

      The following analysis is based on information presented by GOI which has
      not been independently verified. Hence, the information given here is
      without warranty, although we believe it to be accurate. We have accounted
      for relevant technical details provided in the Docket and Data Package.
      These technical data are subject to different interpretations and may not
      necessarily lead to unique results.

VIIA  TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR PANNA FIELD
(a,b,c)

      1.    LOCATION

      The 430 square kilometers Panna block is located in the Offshore Bombay
      basin of India about 50 km east of the giant Bombay High field. Panna
      field is a large culmination that occurs where the west-plunging axis of
      the Heera-Bassein structural block intersects the western flank of the
      fault-bound north-south trending Central Graben (FIGURE VIIA-1).

      2.    STRATIGRAPHY

      Commercial hydrocarbons are trapped in porous and permeable shoal
      carbonate reservoirs of the Bassein B zone (Middle Eocene) and A zone
      (Early Oligocene). The B zone consists of over 300 meters of porous algal
      and fusillinid packstones and grainstones. It is the primary oil reservoir
      in Panna with up to 27 meters of oil column and 25 meters of gas. The B
      zone overlies shales and thin sandstones of the Early Eocene-Paleocene
      Basal Clastics formation which have yielded some interesting but
      apparently subcommercial tests of oil and gas.

      The top of the B-zone is an unconformable surface overlain by 10 to 15
      meters of thin shales and argillaceous limestones called the Tight zone.
      The Tight zone grades upward into the A zone. It consists of 50 to 60
      meters of interbedded tight and porous wackestones and packstones which
      are in turn overlain by alternating shales and tight limestones of the
      upper Bassein formation. The A zone is primarily a gas reservoir with
      upwards of 75 meters of gas column. Mappable seismic reflectors occur at
      the top A zone (H3A) and top B zone (H3B) (FIGURE VIIA-2).

      3.    STRUCTURE

      ONGC structure maps on the B and A zones are shown in FIGURES VIIA-3 and
      4. A EEC/RIL seismic time map on the H3B reflector is exhibited in FIGURE
      VIIA-5. Comparison of the time map with the cited B zone structure map
      reveals similarities in the general structural aspects of Panna field
      including a large broad low-relief SE structure which was tested by the
      BS-1,3,6 and 8 exploration wells; a high-relief WNW structure penetrated
      in a flank position by the BN-1 development well; and another high-relief
      NW structure that was also penetrated in a flank position by the BS-5
      exploration well. Both the BN-1 and BS-5 wells have indicated log pay but
      neither was production tested.

      The time map exhibits numerous NW-SE oriented faults with upwards of 100
      meters of throw on the eastern margin of the field and lesser amounts of
      the 5 to 20 meters range in the field proper where they appear to control
      the cited high-relief "pop-up" structures. The seismic section, BS-425A,
      located on FIGURE VIIA-6 reveals the nature of the faults along a WNW-ESE
      transect (FIGURE VIIA-7). Although all appear to have normal throw, their
      similar orientation and cross sectional geometry suggest a possible
      transtensional wrench component. This is supported by the smaller
      conjugate ENE-WSW faults that lie en-echelon along the larger fault
      trends.

      The large SE structure currently under development by ONGC is considered
      as the Base-Case reserve target in this proposal. It will be referred to
      by platform designation as the "PA-PF" structure. The two smaller
      high-relief structures are considered as upside Success Case targets whose
      development would be contingent on the successful outcome of a work
      program detailed later in this document. They are referred to as the "PG"
      and "PH" structures as shown in FIGURE VIIA-3 which exhibits a conceptual
      development scheme overlay to the B zone structure.

      4.    RESERVOIR CHARACTERIZATION

      Core studies indicate that both the A and B zones have been subjected to
      sea-level lowering and emergence which brought about diagenetic
      dissolution and general enhancement of porosity and permeability (FIGURES
      VIIA-8,9). Hydrocarbon fluid contacts appear to be extremely consistent
      throughout the greater field area. The W-E diagrammatic cross section of
      FIGURE VIIA-10 demonstrates the cross cutting nature of the fluid levels
      through formational boundaries.

      Well performance data suggest strong pressure support from an active water
      drive mechanism associated with the massive B zone aquifer.
      Dissolution-enhanced vertical permeability and the cited small-scale
      faults are interpreted to have locally breached the sealing capacity of
      the Tight zone between the A and B zones. Therefore, concurrent production
      of B zone oil and A zone gas is not advised, especially in the early life
      of the field.

      Detailed petrophysical analysis was done on straight-hole exploration
      wells with complete modern log suites including BS-5, BS-6 and BS-8. TABLE
      VIIA-1 lists the petrophysical input parameters utilized for the density
      porosity and Archie water saturation calculations. The oil/free-water
      contact was observed at 1760 meters subsea in analysed wells. Similarly,
      the gas/oil contact consistently occurred at 1733 meters subsea as defined
      by RFT and log analysis data. In the B zone, up to 50 meters of the upper
      hydrocarbon-bearing interval has average density porosity of 29% while the
      middle and lower water-wet portions exhibit an average density porosity of
      20%. For the A zone, only higher porosity beds were counted as pay with an
      average of 13 meters net out of 55 gross and 23% density porosity.
      Petrophysical analysis of the B Zone indicates that there is a distinct
      zonation of the hydrocarbon interval as depicted on the type log in FIGURE
      VIIA-11. These zones include the following:

          ZONE BASE                                SUBSEA ELEVATION(m)
          ---------                                -------------------
          Free Gas                                         1733
          Free Oil                                         1746*
          Moveable Oil                                     1751*
          Residual Oil                                     1760

        * Surfaces  vary 1-2 meters as a function of reservoir quality

      5.    VOLUMETRIC RESERVE CALCULATIONS

      Volumetric input parameters, depict the maximum, minimum and most likely
      values of area under closure, net pay thickness, porosity and water
      saturation for each hydrocarbon zone of the A and B intervals. Volumetric
      parameters for the Base Case "PA-PF" structure are listed in TABLE VII(d)
      i. The Success Case for "PG" and "PH" is set forth in TABLE VII(d) ii. It
      bears noting that the distinction of the various hydrocarbon zones in the
      A interval are generally inferred from production tests of the BS-4, BS-9
      and PBM-2 exploration wells. Determination of the cited hydrocarbon zones
      is inhibited by A zone's poorer reservoir quality and interbedded nature.

      Fluid properties of A and B zones are listed in TABLE VIIA-2. Of note is
      the residual oil (ROS) and gas (RGS) saturation values of 40% and 45%
      respectively. The assumed average value for ROS of 40%, which is common
      for carbonate reservoirs, compares with values of 32% - 37% from data
      provided in the data package for the highest-quality reservoir samples.
      The high RGS value of 45% is consistent with the strong water-drive model
      where reservoir pressure drawdown remains relatively low through the
      field's productive life.

      The methodology for volumetric calculations utilizes the B zone and A zone
      structure maps to determine the area and resulting rock volume of each
      cited hydrocarbon zone in the respective A and B intervals. Average values
      for pay, porosity, hydrocarbon saturation were then utilized to calculate
      oil and gas in place. Recoverable reserves were calculated by subtracting
      ROS and RGS from the hydrocarbon saturation of the respective zones and
      assuming a sweep efficiency for the natural water drive as follows:

             A zone (gas) sweep efficiency           =       70%
             A zone (oil) sweep efficiency           =       60%
             B zone (gas) sweep efficiency           =       95%
             B zone (oil) sweep efficiency           =       60%

      Although calculated, no A zone recoverable oil reserves were included in
      the Base or Success Cases because the oil occurs in a rim around the outer
      perimeter of the field where it is beyond reach with the envisioned
      development scheme that targets B zone oil and A zone gas reserves.
      Comparison of volume per unit area calculations (e.g. MMt/square
      kilometers) indicate that the A zone oil reservoir requires 5X the area of
      the B zone oil reservoir to yield an equivalent volume of recoverable
      reserves. Stated another way, for a given drainage area, the A zone will
      yield 20% of the reserves delivered by the B zone. FIGURE VIIA-12 shows
      the recoverable reserve uncertainty for the base case PA-PF structure
      expressed as a log normal distribution on a log probability scale. It
      indicates the following range:

                   PROBABILITY     RECOVERABLE     RECOVERABLE
                     >or =             Oil             Gas
                   -----------     -----------     -----------
                      (%)             (MMt)     (MMM cubic meters)

      Minimum         90               12.1            7.25

      Most Likely     50               16.2           10.00

      Maximum         10               22.4           13.88

      The most likely reserve range was utilized in the Base Case development
      plan and production profile. Comparison of the oil inplace for the B zone
      and recoverable B zone oil indicates a recovery factor of 23.8%. Gas
      recovery for the A and B zones is 27.3%. This low gas recovery is a
      function of the relatively high percentage of solution gas to total gas
      volume (33.6%) and the relatively poor A zone reservoir quality and high
      residual gas saturation assumed for the water drive model. Detailed
      reserves by zone are listed in TABLES VIIA-(e)i for the base case, TABLE
      VIIA-(e)ii for the upside reserves and TABLE VIIA-(e)iii for the combined
      "Success case".

(d,e) PANNA PARAMETERS AND RESERVES

      Please refer to TABLES VII A-(d)i, (d)ii, (e)i, (e)ii, (e)iii

(f)   PLANS FOR UTILIZATION OF GAS - PANNA

      1.    The natural water drive characteristics of the Panna field are well
            substantiated and therefore, no gas re-injection for pressure
            maintenance is necessary. Instead, all effort will be made to avoid
            flaring any gas volumes other than as necessary for optimum oil
            production. It should be recognised that under some development
            scenarios increased gas flaring will result from unavailability of
            the GOI-owned gas transmission line. GOI approval for such temporary
            flaring is presumed and is a condition of this bid.

      2.    The need for gas lifting of producing wells is not an immediate
            concern due to the flow capability of the producing wells. Adequate
            gas lift gas is available and facilities to gather, compress and
            distribute for either sale or gas lift is planned.

      3.    Upon the installation of either a processing platform or other means
            of compression and dehydration, gas sales will begin (expected no
            later than July, 1995).

      4.    Flaring until gas processing facilities are installed will be
            minimised by flaring only gas associated with oil production.

      5.    The proposed gas transportation option is a connection to the
            planned 42-inch ONGC gas pipeline to Hazira. The connecting pipeline
            will be built by the Bidder as part of the cost-recoverable work
            program.

VIIB. TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR MUKTA FIELD
(a,b,c)

      1.    LOCATION

            The 777 square kilometers Mukta block is located in the offshore
            Bombay basin of India about 25 km east of the giant Bombay High
            field and 25 km west of Panna field. It contains a complex of
            relatively small structures that are positioned on the axial crest
            of the west-plunging Heera-Bassein structural block. The Mukta block
            lies approximately midway between two major NW-SE structural
            elements that cut the Heera-Bassein nose. These include the Bombay
            High fault to the west and the Central Graben to the east (FIGURE
            VIIB-1). The numerous mapped structures of the block have been
            geographically subdivided into three structural blocks or areas by
            ONGC called B-57, B-19 and B-126. The B-57 and B-19 areas are
            jointly called Mukta field. FIGURE VIIB-2 highlights the significant
            structural closures and defines the B-57 seismic 3-D map area in
            red.

      2.    STRATIGRAPHY

            Commercial hydrocarbons are trapped in multiple porous and permeable
            shoal carbonate reservoirs of the Bassein B zone (Middle Eocene) and
            sandstones of the underlying Early Eocene-Paleocene Basal Clastics
            formation. The Bassen A zone (Early Oligocene) has tested high rates
            of gas and condensate in several exploration wells but exhibits low
            porosity and is considered to have limited reserve potential. The B
            zone consists of 200 to 250 meters of tight mudstones and pelletal
            wackestones interbedded with porous algal and fusillinid packstones
            and grainstones. The impermeable lithologies form effective seals
            for three major reservoir intervals called B upper, B middle and B
            lower. No free water level was observed in the porous B zones
            suggesting oil columns in excess of 70 meters. However, significant
            water tests from apparent pay zones indicate that much of the oil
            saturation is residual. The B zone overlies the Basal Clastics
            formation which consists of 25 to 35 meters of shale underlain by 25
            to 40 meters of porous and permeable sandstone. Hydrocarbon columns
            appear to be in the range of 10 to 20 meters with a well defined
            oil/ free-water contact.

            The top of the B-zone is an unconformable surface overlain by 5 to
            10 meters of thin shales and argillaceous limestones called the
            Tight zone. The Tight zone grades upwards into the A zone. It
            consists of 40 to 50 meters of low-porosity pelletal wackestones
            which are in turn overlain by alternating shales and tight
            limestones of the upper Bassein formation. The A zone is considered
            to be a marginal gas reservoir and was not quantified in this
            evaluation. Mappable seismic reflectors occur at the top A zone
            (H3A), top B zone (H3B) and top Basal Clastics (H4) (FIGURE VIIA-2).

      3.    STRUCTURE

            FIGURE VIIB-3 is an ONGC structure map on top of the B zone in the
            B-57 and B-19 area. The map is based on 2-D seismic data and
            exhibits a series of interpreted NE-SW faults that separate and trap
            B upper oil pools with columns up to 85 meters in thickness. A
            generally-SW-NE diagrammatic cross section through the mapped area
            depicts the interpretation (FIGURE VIIB-4). It demonstrates the
            sealing nature of the faults and thick multiple hydrocarbons.

            The seismic section, BS-423, located in FIGURE VIIB-5, reveals the
            structural aspects of the same area shown in FIGURE VIIB-3 following
            a WNW-ESE transect oriented normal to the cited fault trend (FIGURE
            VIIB-6) and subparallel to the cross section of FIGURE VIIB-4. At
            the approximate top of the Bassein (H3), shown in blue, the section
            clearly shows a moderate relief structure on the east side that
            corresponds to the position of the B-57-1 and B-57-12 exploration
            wells and MA development platform. Another low-relief structure can
            be seen on the western side which occurs in the B-126 area. The one
            critical aspect of the previous interpretation that is not supported
            by this hard data is any evidence of faulting in the Bassein
            interval.

            FIGURE VIIB-8 is a depth structure map on top B zone in the B-57
            area. It was interpreted from a recent vintage 3-D seismic survey by
            ONGC. It basically covers the same area as the previous 2-D
            interpretation (FIGURE VIIB-3) and is mapped at the same structural
            level. Areas of structural closure have been colored orange. The two
            interpretations are radically different. The 3-D map shows no faults
            in support of the hard seismic data (FIGURE VIIB-7) and depicts
            relatively small closures on a SW plunging structural nose. The most
            significant structure with approximately 30 meters of relief is the
            MA platform structure which also agrees with the cited hard seismic
            data.

            From review of the data package and communications with ONGC
            representatives in the negotiating sessions, it is the understanding
            of EEC/RIL that reserves quoted by ONGC for the Mukta field do not
            reflect the recent 3-D interpretation and are based on the cited 2-D
            interpretation designed to account for the apparent large oil
            columns. Based on the compelling evidence of the 3-D interpretation,
            it is the position of EEC/RIL that the MA structure is the only
            quantifiable feature available for a base case analysis at this
            time. The subsequent volumetric evaluation of the MA structure
            utilizes the ONGC 3-D B zone structure map and detailed log analysis
            to derive base case reserves. The upside case assumes two appraisal
            tests of features that are exactly 50% of the size of the MA
            structure with one success and one dry.

      4.    RESERVOIR CHARACTERIZATION

            Core studies indicate that the B zone reservoirs have roughly half
            of the porosity and a fraction of the matrix permeability observed
            in the neighboring Panna block. The Mukta area appears to have been
            the site of a lower-energy environment of deposition in comparison
            to Panna. The sequence exhibits alternating low-energy finer-grained
            carbonate and moderate-energy pelletal to fussillinid wackestones,
            packstones and grainstones. Core descriptions indicate that like
            Panna, the A and B zones have been subjected to sea-level lowering
            and emergence which brought about diagenetic dissolution and general
            enhancement of porosity and permeability. This secondary
            macro-porosity and permeability seem to be critical to the excellent
            fluid flow rates exhibited in both the exploration and development
            wells in the block.

            The occurrence of multiple tight and porous zones in the B interval
            suggests cyclic emergence of a restricted shallow marine platform
            environment. The stratigraphic thinning of the Bassein formation at
            Mukta relative to Panna, 225 versus 325 meters, indicates that the
            Mukta area was possibly in a higher paleostructural position during
            Bassein deposition. It is located on the landward side of the Bombay
            High structural block which is devoid of Bassein age sediments.
            These observations suggest that the currently west-plunging
            Heera-Bassein nose may have undergone structural rotation from a
            previously east-plunging position with stratigraphic thinning and
            pinchout of Bassein reservoirs on to the Bombay High block. This
            paleostructural and stratigraphic setting provides the mechanism for
            the trapping of a large volume of hydrocarbons in the Mukta area
            prior to structural rotation in to its current setting.

            FIGURES VIIB-7 through 11 show production test results by zone
            overlain on the appropriate 3-D structure map for the B-57 area. A
            similar set of production overlays are shown in FIGURES VIIB-12 to
            15 on the 2-D ONGC structure maps of the B-126 area.

            There are 3 water free gas tests of the A zone in the block which
            are localized on defined structural closures in the north-east B-57
            area in wells B-57-1, 2 and 7 (FIGURES VIIB-7 and 12). Poor or wet A
            zone tests were recorded in the remainder of the area.

            The B upper and B middle zones are the two most prolific intervals
            in the block with 8 water free oil tests each. The B upper tested
            rates up to 1900 BOPD and the B middle reported a maximum rate of
            2083 BOPD from the BS-57-1. The better tests occur on defined
            structural closures in the B-57 and B-126 areas with the exception
            of well B-57-10 which tested water free rates of 408 and 1455 BOPD
            respectively from the B upper and middle zones. The well is located
            on a small WSW-plunging nose with no apparent closure implying a
            stratigraphic component to the trapping mechanism. However, it bears
            noting that other wells located on the regional SW-plunging nose
            that runs diagonally through the B-57 map area are wet or have
            tested high water cuts including B-57-5, 6, 17 and 18 (FIGURES
            VIIB-8, 9, 13, 14).

            The most structurally controlled interval in the Mukta block is the
            B lower zone. It has three significant water free oil tests in the
            block. Both the B-57-1 and 12 wells in the MA structure tested high
            rates of up to 2314 BOPD (FIGURE VIIB-10). Also the structurally
            highest mapped well in the B-126 area, B-126-1, reported an
            excellent rate of 2286 BOPD (FIGURE VIIB-15). It is the
            understanding of EEC/RIL that the MA platform was positioned and the
            subsequent 8 development wells were drilled on the basis of the
            cited 2-D interpretation in the B-57 area (FIGURE VIIB-3). An
            important point to make is that the 3-D map matches extremely well
            with the results of the completions in the B lower zone. Wells MA-1,
            5, 6 and 7 are clearly at the edge of closure and tested water or
            had high water cut except MA 7 which was not tested and has not been
            completed. Another well (MA-2?) that was completed as a producer has
            quit flowing (due to water encroachment?) leaving only three
            currently producing wells. These results indicate that the 3-D maps
            are reliable and that the B lower zone reservoir may have at least a
            partial water drive mechanism. The pressure drawdown observed in the
            development wells has been interpreted by ONGC as evidence for a
            depletion drive mechanism. It is the position of EEC/RIL that
            accurate bottom hole pressure monitoring and remediation of
            cement/mechanical problems is required before accurate determination
            of drive mechanism and reservoir modeling can be done. This would
            provide the basis for any future pressure maintenance or waterflood
            operations.

            The Basal Clastics sandstone reservoirs have yielded significant
            tests in 3 wells in the B-57 area (B-57-6, 12,18) and B-126 area
            (B-126-2,4,5) respectively with rates up to 1540 BOPD (FIGURE B-16).
            A certain degree of stratigraphic trapping seems to be occurring in
            non-closed areas (FIGURES VIIB-11,15). This indicates reserves may
            be difficult to quantify and conversely that all future exploration
            and development wells should evaluate this interesting interval. All
            development wells proposed in the Mukta base development plan are
            scheduled to be Basal Clastics tests.

            Detailed petrophysical analysis was done on straight-hole
            exploration wells with complete modern log suites. TABLE VIIB-1
            lists the petrophysical input parameters utilised for the density
            porosity and Waxman-Smit water saturation calculations of the B zone
            reservoirs and Archie water saturation calculations for Basal
            clastics.

            FIGURE VIIB-17 is a cross plot of BQV versus Porosity with an
            interpreted trend line that provides an algorithum tying clay
            conductance effects into the log analysis through the Waxman-Smit
            water saturation model. Petrophysical analysis of the B zone
            indicates that there is a distinct zonation of the hydrocarbon
            interval as depicted on the type log in FIGURE VIIB-18. These zones
            include the following :

               ZONE BASE                        WATER SATURATION RANGE
               ---------                        ----------------------
               Free Oil                                15 to  30%
               Moveable Oil                            31 to  59%
               Residual Oil                            60 to 100%

            FIGURE VIIB-19 is a capillary pressure curve from a typical Mukta B
            zone reservoir. It demonstrates that for water saturations of 20% or
            less, oil columns of more than 100 meters are required to displace
            the water from the low permeability matrix. It is clear from the 3-D
            mapping that the largest closures at Mukta have around 30 meters of
            relief as seen at the location of the type log of well B-57-12.
            Clearly, none of the free oil zones exceed 30 meters of thickness in
            the type log example nor do they in other exploration wells
            examined. This observation combined with the presence of ubiquitous
            residual oil saturation and lack of free water level in the Bassein
            reservoirs supports the cited hypothesis of a large accumulation
            that has been later breached or tilted leaving oil behind in
            existing smaller structures and stratigraphic traps. The large oil
            colums of a major accumulation would be required to achieve the free
            oil saturations seen today and explain the top to bottom residual
            oil saturation of the Bassein B zones.

            FIGURE VIIB-20 is a diagrammatic Resistivity Index versus Water
            Saturation plot. It provides an explanation of the effects on log
            analysis of a breached or waterflooded reservoir. The straight line
            represents the water drainage cycle of a normal reservoir that has
            been filled with hydrocarbons over the course of geologic time. In
            essence, oil has displaced water. The arcuate imbibition cycle line
            represents a breached or flood reservoir where oil has been
            displaced by water. The saturation exponent "N" is derived from the
            slope of the lines. Clearly, for a given resistivity, the resulting
            water saturation calculated would be much higher if the reservoir
            was following the imbibition cycle rather than the water drainage
            cycle. It is concluded that much of the original thick oil columns
            mapped by ONGC and disappointing wet tests of apparent pay zones are
            a product of this breached reservoir phenomena. Restricting pay
            counts to the free oil zones provides a realistic minimum case and
            gives the analyst a conservative approximation of oil column height.
            Inclusion of the moveable pay provides a maximum case.

      5.    VOLUMETRIC RESERVE CALCULATIONS

            Volumetric input parameters, listed in TABLE VIIB-(d), depict the
            maximum, minimum and average values of area under closure, net pay
            thickness, porosity and water saturation for each hydrocarbon zone
            for the B upper, middle, lower and Basal Clastic intervals.

            Fluid properties of the B zones and Basal Clastics are listed in
            TABLE VIIB-2. Of note is the residual oil (ROS) saturation value of
            40% which is the same used at Panna.

            The methodology for volumetric calculations of the base case MA
            structure utilizes the B upper zone structure map to determine the
            area and resulting rock volume of each cited hydrocarbon zone in the
            respective B zones and Basal Clastics intervals. Values for pay,
            porosity, and hydrocarbon saturation derived from analysis of the
            B-57-1 and 12 wells and utilized to estimate oil and gas in place.
            Recoverable reserves were calculated by subtracting ROS from the
            hydrocarbon saturation of the respective zones and assuming a sweep
            efficiency for partial water drive of 60%. Oil in place was
            calculated using only the Moveable and Free oil zones. FIGURE
            VIIB-21 shows the recoverable reserve uncertainty for the base case
            MA-MB structure expressed as a log normal distribution on a log
            probability scale. It indicates the following range :

                         PROBABILITY        RECOVERABLE          RECOVERABLE
                            >or =               OIL                  GAS
                         -----------        -----------          -----------
                            (%)                 (MMt)       (MMM cubic meters)


            Minimum          90                  4.1                 0.46

            Most likely      50                  5.3                 1.85

            Maximum          10                  6.7                 3.57

            The base case most-likely reserves represents an average between the
            maximum case which combines moveable and free oil zone reserves and
            a minimum case of free oil zone reserves only. Gas reserves occur as
            solution gas and show a wide range from a maximum value derived from
            total oil in place assuming a severe depletion pressure draw down of
            the reservoir to a minimum based on pressure supported water drive
            mechanism and straight GOR based volume related to oil produced.

            Comparison of oil in place for the B zone and recoverable oil
            indicates a most likely case recovery factor of 17.2%. Gas recovery
            is 51.8% reflecting the partial water drive/depletion drive model
            assumed for the reservoir. Reserves for the base case are listed in
            TABLE VII B-(e)i. The upside is assumed to be 50% of the Base Case
            reserves. The Success Case is a combination of the two as follows:

                                 RECOVERABLE             RECOVERABLE
                                     OIL                    GAS
            CASE                    (MMt)             (MMM cubic meters)
            ----                 -----------             -----------
            Base                    5.37                    1.85
            Upside                  2.68                    0.93
            Success                 8.05                    2.78

(d,e) MUKTA PARAMETERS AND RESERVES

      Please refer to TABLES VIIB-(d)i, (e)i and (e)ii.

(f)   PLANS FOR UTILIZATION OF GAS - MUKTA

      (i)   A study is needed to justify water-injection pressure maintenance.
            No gas re-injection is contemplated.

      (ii)  After the MA permanent deck is installed at Mukta, appropriate
            testing will be undertaken to determine the timing for gas lift gas
            installation. Given the water production observed, the need for gas
            lifting at some point is considered likely and provisions for this
            eventuality have been made in the Base Case work program.

      (iii) Apart from the gas requirement for internal use such as
            power-generation and technical flaring, the bulk of the gas will be
            available for sale after dehydration and compression.

      (iv)  During the producing life of the field efforts will be continuously
            made to minimise flaring. Flaring of associated gas is presumed,
            without GOI restriction, until the gas sales line is commissioned.

      (v)   After hookup, gas not used in operation will be sold via Panna
            facilities.

(g)   MONITORING SYSTEMS & RESERVOIR MANAGEMENT

      1     MONITORING SYSTEM

            Production of all fluids will be monitored on a well by well basis,
            as well as on an aggregate basis as required by standard oil/gas
            field practices. For effective operational control these production
            rates will be recorded on a daily basis. For fiscal purposes,
            production will be aggregated and reported monthly. An appropriate,
            state of the art well testing system will be installed at each unit.
            The field will be monitored locally at platforms and remotely from
            the shore base. EEC/RIL intend to operate the satellite platforms
            unmanned to the extent possible and to use computer-assisted
            operations to monitor ongoing performance.

      2     RESERVOIR MANAGEMENT

            Reservoir Management will be carried out through conventional
            surface as well as down hole monitoring systems, such as bottom hole
            pressure surveys, production testing and well deliverability testing
            at prescribed intervals. This data will be analysed at regular
            intervals, but at least once a year to study the reservoir
            performance and to ascertain the reservoir drive mechanism. The
            operations will be adjusted to maximize economic recovery. It is
            envisioned that a suitable mathematical model will be used and
            updated as and when required.

VIII  PROPOSED PANNA/MUKTA WORK PROGRAMME

(a)   CONCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN

      Data Package material provided by GOI demonstrates a significant potential
      for increased reserves at Panna/Mukta in the event of exploration
      success(the Success Case). Described below is a staged development scheme
      in which Stage I provides a building block towards the expansion needed in
      the Success Case. The Success Case arises in the event of positive results
      from exploratory wells included in the EEC/RIL firm work commitment. The
      fully developed Success Case is described first so that the integrated,
      building-block nature of Stage I is apparent. The firm work programme bid
      by EEC/RIL commits to all items needed for Stage I(the Base Case); we are
      dedicated to full Success Case development in the event of exploration
      success. The risk of such exploration work precludes a firm commitment to
      additional platforms, pipelines and development wells until the additional
      reserves are conclusively demonstrated.

      1     SUCCESS CASE DEVELOPMENT (29.5 MMt or 224 MMBO remaining recoverable
            oil reserves)

            EEC/RIL are proposing four exploratory wells as part of the firm
            work programme. We believe, because of exploratory wells previously
            drilled in the Panna G and H areas, that both of these areas are
            likely to contain commercially viable accumulations. In addition,
            several Mukta area wells have shown encouraging results. As a
            result, we assume that one of the two exploratory tests proposed at
            Mukta will also yield a commercially viable develop the Panna/Mukta
            fields will require (See FIGURE VIII-1):

            -  8 Well platforms at Panna
            -  3 Well platforms at Mukta
            -  1 Common 45,000 BOPD processing facility
               (INCLUDING LIVING QUARTERS)
            -  1 Inter-field (Mukta-Panna) well fluid pipeline and gas lift line
               (POSSIBLY ALSO A WATER FLOOD LINE)
            -  84 Development wells
            -  1 Export gas line

            EEC/RIL are capable of developing a highly accelerated production
            schedule but, to do so, require the full support and cooperation of
            GOI.

      2.    BASE CASE DEVELOPMENT (155 MMBO or 20.4 MMT or remaining recoverable
            oil reserves)

            This case corresponds to RIL/EEC's committed work programme and is
            not a reflection of our expectations, which are reflected in the
            Success Case. The extensive drilling campaign conducted by ONGC has
            demonstrated the viability of developing a large area on Panna and
            supports the installation of one additional platform at Mukta. The
            development plan and schedule are illustrated in FIGURES VIII-2,
            VIII-3 and includes:

            -  6 Well platforms at Panna
            -  2 Well platforms at Mukta
            -  1 Common 45,000 BOPD processing facility and living quarters.
            -  1 Interfield (Mukta-Panna) well fluid pipeline and gas lifline 
               (POSSIBLY ALSO A WATERFLOOD LINE)
            -  67  Development wells
            -  4 Exploratory wells
            -  1 Export gas line

            The Base Case assumes that a sour gas export line will be laid from
            PPA to an interconnect on the proposed ONGC 42-inch sour gas line
            and that the 42-inch line will be available no later than April 1,
            1995.

      3     ACCELERATED DEVELOPMENT

            A limited, unique window of opportunity could exist wherein EEC/RIL
            may acquire an existing, operating 40,000 BOPD Floating Production
            System (FPS) capable of a significant acceleration of the
            availability of processing at a major cost saving to GOI/EEC/RIL.
            This approach would have positive early cash flow implications to
            all concerned and obviously enhances the value of the project to a
            major degree (See FIGURE VIII-4). Uncertainty about securing the
            facility preclude bidding the project based on acquiring the unit.
            However, EEC/RIL commit to a "Best Efforts" ("Reasonable
            Endeavours") attempt to acquire the unit if GOI will commit by July
            26, 1993 to awarding the requested blocks to EEC/RIL.

(b)   PANNA/MUKTA WORK DEVELOPMENT

      Since Panna/Mukta development has started, a baseline must be established
      so that the transition from ONGC to EEC/RIL is clearly defined.
      Accordingly, following are sections defining status of the development,
      specifying ONGC activities which we presume will be completed and then
      future work which EEC/RIL commit to undertake.

      1.    STATUS AS OF JULY 1, 1993

            The following facilities have been installed and placed into service
            by ONGC:

            -  1 Well platform PA
            -  8 Wells (PA-1, PA-2, PA-3, PA-4, PA-5, PA-6, PA-7, PA-8)
            -  Early Production System, "EPS" (Jack-up)
            -  Tanker Loading via SBM
            -  PB, PD, PE (Jackets only) installed; well fluid line
                connecting each to EPS.
            -  23 Development wells drilled in PB, PD, PE.
            -  MA (Jacket only) installed.
            -  8 Development wells drilled in MA
            -  14" well fluid pipeline connects MA to Panna EPS.

            We understand that The Panna EPS is currently processing
            approximately 13,000 BOPD derived from the PA, PB, PD, PE and MA
            platforms against a design capacity of 10,000 BOPD. Production rates
            and bottomhole pressures for individual wells on the PB, PD, PE and
            MA platforms cannot currently be measured due to the temporary
            decks. Efforts are being made to balance reservoir withdrawals
            areally and to minimise gas production, all of which is being
            flared.

      2.    WORK PLANNED AND COMMITTED BY ONGC

            We understand that ONGC has work in progress on certain projects
            related to ongoing Panna/Mukta development. In formulating the bid,
            EEC/RIL have assumed that ONGC will design, fabricate and install
            permanent decks and facilities for the PB, PD, PE and MA jackets at
            its own cost. The bid assumes that the decks and facilities will be
            installed and commissioned according to the following schedule:

            PB - fourth quarter, 1993; PD - first quarter, 1994; PE - second
            quarter 1994, MA - first quarter 1994. Early installation of these
            deck packages is considered imperative to monitor and optimise
            reservoir performance.

            EEC/RIL would be willing to negotiate the following alternatives to
            the above:

            - EEC/RIL assumption of responsibility for fabrication of one or
              more of the deck packages currently under construction

            - EEC/RIL would prefer to manage the deck installation

            - EEC/RIL would be willing to locate, purchase and refurbish used
              deck packages or fabricate new deck packages to substitute for 
              those under fabrication by ONGC, if this does not result in any 
              delay in project timing.

              We understand that ONGC has committed to drilling two horizontal
              wells from PD and two horizontal wells plus two horizontal
              completions from PE in the second half of 1993. The bid assumes
              that EEC/RIL will have the option, but not the obligation, to
              accept assignment of any or all drilling rig, service and supply
              contracts and will perform the work at GOI/EEC/RIL expense
              (subject to cost recovery).

            WORK TO ACHIEVE BASE CASE DEVELOPMENT

            EEC/RIL are committed to proceeding with the Base Case development.
            EEC/RIL plan to pursue a very aggressive development schedule
            (FIGURE VIII-3) which can only be achieved with the active
            assistance of ONGC and GOI authorities.

      3.    WORK PLAN OFFERED AND COMMITTED BY EEC/RIL

            PANNA

                -       Drill two horizontal wells from PD
                -       Drill two horizontal wells from PE
                -       Complete two horizontal wells from PE
                -       Fabricate and install PC and PF jackets
                -       Fabricate (or refurbish) and install PC and PF deck
                         packages
                -       Drill nine horizontal wells from PC
                -       Drill nine horizontal wells from PF
                -       Fabricate and install PPA and PQ
                -       Lay necessary well fluid, gaslift and free gas lines
                -       Lay sour gas export line from PPA to proposed ONGC
                         42-inch pipeline
                -       Drill two exploratory wells
                -       Geophysical, geological and engineering studies.

            MUKTA

                -       Fabricate and install MB jacket
                -       Fabricate (or refurbish) and install MB deck package
                -       Drill six directional wells from MB
                -       Lay MB-MA wellfluid line
                -       Lay PPA-MA-MB gaslift line
                -       Drill two exploratory wells
                -       Geophysical, geological and engineering studies

            Please note that a second EPS is included in the Base Case
            development plan. However, a firm commitment has not been made since
            the economics are marginal (if new construction is required) and
            highly sensitive to project timing and EPS cost.

(c)   DEVELOPMENT WORK COMMITMENT

      EEC/RIL will immediately begin, the design and fabrication of a jacket and
      deck for location PC. If available, a used deck will be acquired and
      refurbished; otherwise, a new deck will be fabricated (EEC/RIL plan to
      install used decks wherever possible to minimise costs). A new nine-slot
      jacket will be fabricated for PC. At the time of jacket installation, nine
      conductors will be driven. As soon as the PC jacket is installed and
      drilling on PD and PE is completed, the rig will be moved to PC and nine
      horizontal wells will be drilled. EEC/RIL plan to employ a single rig to
      drill all Panna horizontal wells to take advantage of the associated
      learning curve to minimise drilling time and cost. After drilling is
      completed, the rig will be moved to PF and the deck will be installed on
      PC. Production will commence from PC as soon as a well fluid line is
      installed. Drilling prior to deck installation on PC will allow production
      to be significantly accelerated due to the lead time required to prepare
      the deck package.

      Nine horizontal wells will also be drilled from PF. However, in this case,
      the deck package will be available and installed prior to drilling. This
      approach has the advantages of allowing produce-while-drilling operations
      to accelerate production and raising the wellheads further above the
      splash zone.

      Work will commence immediately on the design and fabrication of a new
      jacket for MB. Six directional wells will be drilled from MB and should be
      completed at the time the MB deck package becomes available (pre-monsoon
      1995). Production will ensue after the installation of the deck package
      and a wellfluid line from MB to MA is installed.

      Work will commence immediately on the design and fabrication of a new
      45,000 BOPD production processing jacket and deck (PPA) as described
      below:

      FUNCTIONAL/DESIGN BASIS

        -       Production and Test Manifolds
        -       Production and Test Separation
        -       Gas Compression
        -       Gas Dehydration
        -       Chemical Injection (Corrosion Inhibition)
        -       Produced Water Treatment, Disposal
        -       Power Generation
        -       Safety systems
        -       Fire Protection
        -       Utilities

      STRUCTURAL BASIS

        -       8-Pile
        -       86'x160' Deck
        -       Structural Redundancy
        -       Earthquake Zone IV Design

      PPA is expected to be available for installation pre-monsoon 1995.

      Work will also commence immediately on design and fabrication of a
      separate 100-man quarters platform (PQ).

      Although not currently in the Base Case development plan, studies will be
      conducted to ascertain the merit of combining PPA and PQ. In addition, the
      desirability of a manifolding platform (PLM), possibly combined with PQ,
      will be investigated. A manifolding platform may be justified given the
      large number of lines associated with the producing platforms, riser loads
      on PA and the future connections and disconnections associated with the
      Sagar Laxmi (EPS-I), the second early production system (EPS-II) and the
      PPA.

      Work will begin immediately to secure a jack-up suitable for conversion
      (preferably already converted) for service as a second early production
      system (EPS-II) of 10,000 BOPD capacity. If such a unit can be secured at
      a cost and within a time frame that project economics are enhanced, it
      will be implemented. Installation of EPS-II would occur post-monsoon 1994
      and would allow Panna/Mukta production processing capacity to be expanded
      to 20,000 BOPD at the beginning of 1995. EPS-II will allow considerable
      acceleration of oil production prior to the commissioning of PPA. In
      addition, the Sagar Laxmi and EPS-II can be retained temporarily after the
      installation of PPA to process as much as 65,000 BOPD in the event
      production exceeds expectations or the Success Case is achieved. Although
      EEC/RIL have included the installation of EPS-II in discussion, additional
      economic analysis will be conducted to confirm that the acceleration of
      oil production justifies the additional expense.

      The need for future gas lift and free gas lines is anticipated. The lines
      will be installed when required by field performance and when convenient
      in terms of lay barge utilisation. A long gas lift line from PPA to MA and
      MB will almost certainly be required, whereas a free gas line should be
      unnecessary.

      Preliminary EEC/RIL studies indicate that a significant possibility of
      communication between the Panna A-zone and B-zone exists. As a result,
      EEC/RIL intend to defer production from the A-zone gascap to maximise oil
      recovery. However, although every effort will be made to minimise gas
      production, elevated gas-oil ratios are inevitable given the thin oil
      column and free gas lines may become necessary prior to gascap blowdown.

      The Base Case assumes that a gas export line may be laid from PPA to a
      connection with the proposed 42-inch ONGC gas pipeline to Hazira. It is
      assumed that line installation would occur pre-monsoon 1995 with resulting
      gas sales in July, 1995, that 100% of Panna/Mukta gas will be taken and
      that oil production will not be restricted by gas flaring considerations.
      As an alternative not considered in the Base Case, EEC/RIL is studying the
      possibility of constructing a sour gas pipeline to the Bombay area and
      constructing onshore sweetening plant.

      EEC/RIL assume that suitable shore base facilities (including dock space,
      yard space, warehousing, communications) will be made available for lease
      to support Panna/Mukta operations.

(d)   EXPLORATION WORK COMMITMENT

      Two exploratory wells will be drilled at Panna and two at Mukta. These
      wells will be drilled as soon as possible by either of the two rigs after
      firm locations are established and when the development drilling schedule
      allows.The wells must be drilled early enough to allow timely jacket and
      deck commitments to be made in the event of success to ensure minimum
      delay in the development program. Details of the program are as follows :

      PANNA

      SEISMIC - Reprocess and interpret all usable data in concession

        Commitment                      :       850 +/- km

      DRILLING - Drill and evaluate 2300 +/- meter delineation tests. Penetrate
      base of Basal Clastics (Paleocene-Early Eocene) below B Zone (middle
      Eocene) limestone. Maintain options to test, complete and suspend at
      mudline if results warrant.

        Commitment                      :       2 wells

      POTENTIAL RESERVES

      Based upon the assumption that both of the above mentioned delineation
      tests are successful, inplace and recoverable reserves are provided in
      TABLE VIIA-(e). For this purpose, we have assumed that the tests will be
      on Panna structures PG and PH (FIGURE VIIA-3). However, after reprocessing
      and interpreting seismic (SEE ABOVE WORK COMMITMENT), the best two
      structures will be selected and drilled.

      MUKTA

      SEISMIC - Reprocess and interpret the 1988-89 3D survey (150 sq.km, 4100
      +/- line km) and all usable data from 1991 SBS 2D survey (750 +/- km).

        Commitment                      :       Processing and interpretation as
                                                noted above.

      DRILLING - Drill and evaluate two 2300 +/- meter delineation tests.
      Penetrate to base of Basal Clastics (Paleocene-Early Eocene) below B Zone
      (middle Eocene) limestone. Maintain options to test, complete and suspend
      at mudline if results warrant.

        Commitment                      :       2 wells

      POTENTIAL RESERVES Based upon the assumption that one of the above
      mentioned delineation tests is successful, inplace and recoverable
      reserves are expected to increase by 50% those provided in TABLE
      VIIB-(e)ii. After reprocessing and interpreting seismic (SEE ABOVE WORK
      COMMITMENT) the best two prospects will be selected and drilled.

f)    OTHER COMMITMENTS

      EEC/RIL have committed to a Base Case development plan based upon data
      packages prepared by GOI. Upon contract signature, it is assumed that all
      relevant information will be provided to EEC/RIL and that key ONGC
      personnel will be made available to allow optimization of the development
      plan. Based upon this information, EEC/RIL will perform the following
      technical work the results of which will be shared with GOI.

      PANNA

      The Panna field oil accumulation is relatively thin and lies between an
      active aquifer and a gascap. Optimum oil recovery will be achieved by
      minimising gascap gas production thereby minimising movement of the oil
      bank into the gascap (which results in unrecoverable residual oil
      saturations in the gascap) and maintaining reservoir energy. EEC/RIL
      believe that the added expense of drilling horizontal wells will be more
      than made up by the increase in productivity index such completions will
      achieve.

      EEC/RIL intend to conduct single well simulations to determine the optimum
      completion interval placement with respect to the fluid contacts, optimum
      production rate and optimum horizontal completion length.

      The results of detailed geological modeling, PVT analysis, petrophysical
      analysis and well performance studies will be used to prepare a 3-D
      full-field reservoir simulation model for the Panna field. The model will
      be used to optimise areal well placement and platform locations. Analysis
      of fluid contact movements and areal balancing of withdrawals will be
      conducted. The model will be used to forecast fluid production rates and
      pressure changes and will be used to determine the optimum time for gas
      cap blowdown. History matching will be complicated by the lack of
      individual well data concerning PB, PD and PE and by the lack of current
      gas production measurements.

      Drilling and completion studies will be conducted to minimise costs and
      formation damage. EEC/RIL are experienced in the drilling of horizontal
      wells and hope to meet or exceed ONGC performance. In particular, we
      believe that great improvements in current cementing and formation damage
      control practices can be made.

      MUKTA

      The drive mechanism controlling the lower B Zone reservoir performance
      cannot be conclusively determined at present since the temporary deck at
      MA precludes individual well testing and bottomhole pressure measurements.
      One of the MA wells has ceased to produce, probably due to water
      production, and significant water production is occurring from one or more
      of the remaining wells. In addition, flowing wellhead pressures are
      declining. Based upon this evidence, as well as geological considerations,
      we currently assume that the reservoir is producing with a partial water
      drive. Early installation of the permanent MA deck is considered vital to
      allow well testing and bottomhole pressure measurement to identify the
      drive mechanism.

      Once appropriate data has been collected, reservoir engineering studies
      will be conducted (probably 3-D reservoir simulation) to optimise the
      development plan. Due to the observed water production, gas-lifting will
      almost certainly be required and is therefore included in the Base Case
      commitment.

      Waterflood facilities and pipelines are not included in the Base Case
      commitment since the necessity of water injection has not been
      established, however, PPA will include deck space and utilities to allow
      for subsequent addition of injection facilities if justified. The
      requirements for water injection facilities will be identified shortly
      after testing the MA wells and measuring bottomhole pressures. The risk of
      premature water breakthrough and poor sweep efficiency in the naturally
      fractured reservoir must also be assessed. Pressure transient analysis
      will probably be used to confirm well interference and analyze dual
      porosity behavior. If these preliminary studies indicate that
      waterflooding might be beneficial, a pilot waterflood using one of the EPS
      units at MA could be conducted. If the above studies indicate that
      waterflooding is economically viable, EEC/RIL will proceed to install the
      necessary infrastructure.

      The MA wells penetrate four reservoirs which appear to be effectively
      sealed from each other. EEC/RIL therefore intend to drill directional
      wells from MB to penetrate multiple pays. Engineering studies will be
      conducted to optimise the completion design and depletion plan - single
      completions, single completions with sliding sleeve or tubing selectives
      or dual completions. As the reservoir mechanism becomes better understood,
      horizontal drilling applications may become evident.

g)    PANNA/MUKTA FACILITIES

      Systems analysis (nodal analysis) will be conducted to optimise surface
      and subsurface equipment design and operation.
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix-3
                       WORK PROGRAM COMMITTED BY EEC/RIL
PANNA
o     Drill and complete two horizontal wells from PD
o     Drill and complete two horizontal wells from PE
o     Complete two horizontal wells from PE
o     Fabricate and install PC and PF jackets
o     Fabricate (or refurbish) and install PC and PF deck packages
o     Drill nine horizontal wells from PC
o     Drill nine horizontal well from PF
o     Fabricate and install PPA and PQ
o     Lay necessary well fluid, gaslift and free gas lines
o     Lay sour gas export line from PPA to proposed ONGC 42-inch pipeline
o     Drill two exploratory wells
o     Geophysical, geological and engineering studies

MUKTA

o     Fabricate and install MB jacket
o     Fabricate (or refurbish) and install MB deck package
o     Drill six directional wells from MB
o     Lay MB-MA wellfluid line
o     Lay PPA-MA-MB gaslift line
o     Geophysical, geological and engineering studies

<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX H
                      ESTIMATED PRODUCTION PROFILE OF THE
                             PANNA AND MUKTA FIELDS

                                    Oil                  Gas
   YEAR                     (THOUSAND BARRELS   (MILLION CUBIC METERS
                                 PER YEAR)             PER YEAR)
     1                             1098                    0
     2                             1098                    0
     3                             3285                  100
     4                             6256                  201
     5                            13922                  566
     6                            12693                  521
     7                            10954                  456
     8                             9516                  402
     9                             8735                  493
    10                             7913                  484
    11                             7179                  479
    12                             6549                  473
    13                             5997                  470
    14                             5511                  467
    15                             7655                  527
    16                             6502                  521
    17                             5579                  513
    18                             4899                  507
    19                             4407                  549
    20                             3792                  581
    21                             3260                  564
    22                             2834                  552
    23                             2355                  354
    24                             1986                  232
    25                             1695                  159

                                    140
<PAGE>
                           GRAPHICAL CONTENT APPENDIX

Appendix - B1     Map of Contract Area - Panna Block
Appendix - B2     Map of Contract Area - Mukta Block
Appendix G
  Figure G-1      Panna and Mukta Field Development Base Case Reserves
  Figure VIIA-1   Regional Seismic Map on Early Eocene Top (H4) - Panna Field
  Figure VIIA-2   Generalised Stratigraphy - Panna Field
  Figure VIIA-3   Structure Contour Map on Top of B Zone - Panna Field
  Figure VIIA-4   Structure Contour Map on Top of A Zone - Panna Field
  Figure VIIA-5   Time Structure Map H3B - Panna Field
  Figure VIIA-6   Scheme of Seismic Profiles - Panna Field
  Figure VIIA-7   REA Bombay High INE BS-425A (Migrated) - Panna Field
  Figure VIIA-8   B-Schematic View of Ground Water System and Development/
                  Destruction of Porosity in "B" Zone (Middle Eocene) - Panna
                  Field
  Figure VIIA-9   A-Schemiatic View of Ground Water System and Development/
                  Destruction of Porosity in "A" Zone (Early Oligocene) - Panna
                  Field
  Figure VIIA-10  Geological Section Across Panna Field
  Figure VIIB-1   Regional Map at H4 Level
  Figure VIIB-2   Isochron Map at the Top of Basal Clastics (H4) - Mukta and
                  B 126 Fields
  Figure VIIB-3   Structure Map on Top of B-Upper Reservoir - Mukta Field
  Figure VIIB-4   Geological Section Across Mukta and B 126 Fields
  Figure VIIB-5   Scheme of Seismic Profiles
  Figure VIIB-6   Area Bombay High Line BS-423
  Figure VIII-3   Panna/Mukta Development Schedule Revised Base Case
  Figure VIIB-7   Isochron Map at the Top of A-Zone (H3A) - Mukta Field (Based
                  on 3D Data)
  Figure VIIB-8   Structure Map on B-Upper Top - Mukta Field (Based on 3D Data)
                  B Upper Zone - Production Test Results
  Figure VIIB-9   Structure Map on B-Upper Top - Mukta Field (Based on 3D Data)
                  B Middle Zone - Production Test Results
  Figure VIIB-10  Structure Map on B-Upper Top - Mukta Field (Based on 3D Data)
                  B Lower Zone - Production Test Results
  Figure VIIB-11  Isochron Map at the Top of Basal Clastics (H4) - Mukta Field
                  (Based on 3D Data)
  Figure VIIB-12  Structure Contour Map at the Top of B-Upper - B 126 Field
                  A Zone - Production Test Results
  Figure VIIB-13  Structure Contour Map at the Top of B-Upper - B 126 Field
                  B Upper Zone - Production Test Results
  Figure VIIB-14  Structure Contour Map at the Top of B-Upper - B 126 Field
                  B Middle Zone - Production Test Results
  Figure VIIB-15  Structure Contour Map at the Top of B-Upper - B 126 Field
                  B Lower Zone - Production Test Results
  Figure VIIB-16  Structure Contour Map at the Top of B-Upper - B 126 Field
                  Basal Clastrics - Production Test Results
  Figure VIIB-17  Clay Conductance - Mukta Field
  Figure VIIB-18  Type Log - Mukta Field
  Figure VIIB-19  Capillary Pressure (Centrifuge) Data - Mukta Field
  Figure VIIB-20  I-SW Plot



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.52
                                     ENRON
                         Oil & Gas International, Inc.

P. O. Box 4672       Houston, Texas 77210-4672    (713) 853-6161    Telex 765443
                                                   Answerback: ENRONCORP

                                                           December 18, 1994



Secretary of the Government of India
Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas
Shastri Bhavan
New Delhi 110 001
INDIA   

Gentlemen:

        Based upon my review of the records of Enron Oil & Gas International,
Inc. I have determined that the guarantees issued by it in favor of the 
Government, pursuant to Article Twenty-nine of two certain Production Sharing
Contracts of even date, are legally valid and enforceable.

                                            Very truly yours,



                                            E. J. Vandermark
                                            Legal Advisor




                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.53
                                  CERTIFICATE

ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD., formerly known as ENRON INDIA EXPLORATION COMPANY,
pursuant to its articles of incorporation and by-laws, has, by the unanimous
consent of its directors, authorized its chairman, directors, secretary,
assistant secretary, proper officers and its counsel (any one of them acting
alone), to negotiate production sharing contracts for the Tapti, Panna and Mukta
Fields, offshore India, and to execute, deliver and perform for, in the name of
and on behalf of ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.

Dated this 22nd day of December 1994.
                                                
                                                         /S/ E. J. VANDERMARK
                                                             E. J. Vandermark
                                                          Assistant Secretary



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.54
                      FINANCIAL AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

WHEREAS ENRON OIL & GAS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a duly organized and existing under
the laws of Delaware, U.S.A., having its registered office at 1400 Smith Street,
Houston, Texas, U.S.A., (hereinafter referred to as "the Guarantor" which
expression shall include its successors and assigns) is the indirect owner of
100% of the capital stock of ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LIMITED ("Company") and
direct owner of its parent company; and

WHEREAS Company is signatory to a Production Sharing Contract of even date of
this guarantee in respect of an Offshore area identified as Tapti Block
(hereinafter referred to as "the Contract") made between the Government of India
(hereinafter referred to as "the Government"), Company, RELIANCE INDUSTRIES
LIMITED and OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED (hereinafter referred to as
"Contractor" which expression shall include its successors and permitted
assigns); and

WHEREAS the Guarantor wishes to guarantee the performance of Company or its
Affiliate Assignee under the Contract as required by the terms of the Contract;

NOW, THEREFORE, this Deed hereby provides as follows:

1.      The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
        guarantees to the Government that it will make available, or
        cause to be made available, to Company or any other directly
        or indirectly owned Affiliate of Company to which any part or
        all of Company's rights or interest under the Contract may
        subsequently be assigned ('Affiliate Assignee'), to ensure
        that Company or any Affiliate Assignee can carry out its work
        commitment as set forth in the Contract.

2.      The Guarantor further unconditionally and irrevocably
        guarantees to the Government reasonable compliance by Company
        or any Affiliate Assignee, of any obligations of Company or any
        Affiliate Assignee under the Contract.

3.      The Guarantor hereby undertakes to the Government that if
        Company, or any Affiliate Assignee, shall, in any respect,
        fail to perform its work commitments under the Contract or
        commit any material breach of such obligations, then the
        Guarantor shall fulfill or cause to be fulfilled the
        obligations in place of Company or any Affiliate Assignee, and
        will indemnify the Government against all actual losses,
        damages, costs, expenses, or otherwise which may result
        directly from such failure to perform or breach on the part of
        Company.  In no event shall Guarantor be liable for any
        special consequential, indirect, incidental or punitive
        damages of any kind or character, including, but not limited
        to, loss of profits or revenues, loss of product or loss of
        use arising out of or related to a material breach by Company
        of its obligations under the Contract.

4.      This guarantee shall take effect from the Effective Date and
        shall remain in full force and effect for the duration of the
        Contract and thereafter until no sum remains payable by Company,
        or its Affiliate Assignee, under the Contract or as a result of
        any decision or award made by any expert or arbitration tribunal
        thereunder.

5.      This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the
        Articles of Association and by-laws of Company or the Guarantor
        or in any instrument establishing the Licensee.

6.      The liabilities of the Guarantor shall not be discharged or
        affected by (a) any time indulgence, waiver or consent given
        to Company; (b) any amendment to the Contract or to any
        security or other guarantee or indemnity to which Company has
        agreed; (c) the enforcement or waiver of any terms of the
        Contract or of any security, other guarantee or indemnity; or
        (d) the dissolution, amalgamation, reconstruction or
        reorganization of Company.

7.      This guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accord-
        ance with the laws of India.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Guarantor, through its duly authorized
        representatives, has caused its seal to be duly affixed hereto and this
        guarantee to be duly executed the 22nd day of December 1994.

The seal of Enron Oil & Gas International, Inc.
was hereto duly affixed
by E. J. Vandermark this 22nd
day of December 1994 in
accordance with its by-laws
and this guarantee was duly
signed by J. P. Kopecky
and E.J. Vandermark
as required by the said by-laws.

/S/ E. J. VANDERMARK                                    /S/ J. A. KOPECKY
    E. J. Vandermark                                        J. A. Kopecky
    Assistant Secretary                                     Vice President



Witness:


                                             2


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.55
                           JOINT OPERATING AGREEMENT

                                     AMONG

                     OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED

                                      AND

                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.

                                      AND

                          RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LIMITED

                  WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT AREA IDENTIFIED AS

                      MID-TAPTI AND SOUTH-TAPTI GAS FIELDS
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE                                                              PAGE
     I   Definitions .................................................  1
    II   Effective Date and Term......................................  5
   III   Participating Interest.......................................  6
         3.1   Participating Interest.................................  6
         3.2   Ownership, Obligations and Liabilities.................  6
    IV   Operator.....................................................  6
         4.1   Designation of Operator................................  6
         4.2   Rights and Duties of Operator..........................  6
         4.3   Employees of Operator..................................  8
         4.4   Information Supplied by Operator.......................  8
         4.5   Settlement of Claims and Lawsuits......................  8
         4.6   Liability of Operator..................................  9
         4.7   Insurance Obtained by Operator.........................  9
         4.8   Commingling of Funds................................... 10
         4.9   Resignation of Operator................................ 11
         4.10  Removal of Operator.................................... 11
         4.11  Appointment of Successor............................... 11
     V   Operating Committee.......................................... 12
         5.1   Establishment of Operating Committee................... 12
         5.2   Powers and Duties of Operating Committee............... 12
         5.3   Authority to Vote...................................... 13
         5.4   Subcommittees.......................................... 13
         5.5   Notice of Meeting...................................... 13
         5.6   Contents of Meeting Notice............................. 13
         5.7   Location and Frequency of Meetings..................... 14
         5.8   Operator's Duties for Meetings......................... 14
         5.9   Voting Procedure....................................... 14
         5.10  Record of Votes........................................ 14
         5.11  Minutes................................................ 14
         5.12  Voting by Notice....................................... 14
         5.13  Effect of Vote......................................... 15
    VI   Work Programs and Budgets.................................... 16
         6.1   Preparation of Work Program and Budget................. 16
         6.2   Adoption of Work Program and Budget and
               Submission to Management Committee..................... 16
         6.3   Subdivision of Work Program and
               Budget Items and Transfers............................. 16
         6.4   Fulfillment of Minimum Work Obligations................ 17
         6.5   Exploration and Appraisal.............................. 17
         6.6   Development of New Discovery........................... 18
         6.7   Itemization of Expenditures............................ 18
         6.8   Contract Awards........................................ 19
         6.9   Authorization for Expenditure ("AFE") Procedure........ 20
         6.10  Supplementary AFEs..................................... 21
         6.11  Approval of AFEs....................................... 21
         6.12  Approval of AFE Not to be Unreasonably Withheld........ 22
         6.13  Overexpenditures of Work Programs and Budgets.......... 22
         6.14  Work Program and Budget for Initial Period............. 22
   VII   Operations By Less Than All Parties.......................... 22
         7.1   Limitation on Applicability............................ 22
         7.2   Procedure to Propose Exclusive Operations.............. 22
         7.3   Responsibility for Exclusive Operations................ 23
         7.4   Consequences of Exclusive Operations................... 24
         7.5   Premium to Participate in Exclusive Operations......... 25
         7.6   Order of Preference of Operations...................... 26
         7.7   Stand-By Costs......................................... 26
         7.8   Special Considerations Regarding
               Deepening and Sidetracking............................. 27
         7.9   Miscellaneous.......................................... 28
  VIII   Default...................................................... 29
         8.1   Default and Notice..................................... 29
         8.2   Operating Committee Meetings and Data.................. 29
         8.3   Allocation of Defaulted Accounts....................... 29
         8.4   Transfer of Interest................................... 30
         8.5   Continuation of Interest............................... 31
         8.6   Abandonment............................................ 31
         8.7   Sale of Hydrocarbons................................... 32
         8.8   No Right of Set Off.................................... 32
         8.9   Minor Default.......................................... 32
         8.10  Reinstatement of Rights................................ 32
    IX   Disposition of Production.................................... 32
         9.1   Right and Obligation to Take in Kind................... 32
         9.2   Offtake Agreement for Crude Oil........................ 33
         9.3   Separate Agreement for Natural Gas..................... 34
     X   Abandonment of Wells......................................... 34
         10.1  Abandonment of Wells Drilled as Joint Operations....... 34
         10.2  Abandonment of Exclusive Operations.................... 34
    XI   Surrender.................................................... 35
         11.1  Surrender.............................................. 35
   XII   Transfer of Interest or Rights............................... 35
         12.1  Obligations............................................ 35
         12.2  Rights................................................. 36
  XIII   Withdrawal from Agreement by Transfer or Assignment.......... 36
         13.1  Right of Withdrawal.................................... 36
         13.2  Partial or Complete Withdrawal......................... 36
         13.3  Voting................................................. 37
         13.4  Obligations and Liabilities............................ 37
         13.5  Emergency.............................................. 37
         13.6  Assignment............................................. 37
         13.7  Approvals.............................................. 37
         13.8  Abandonment Security................................... 37
         13.9  Withdrawal or Abandonment by all Parties............... 38
   XIV   Relationship of Parties and Tax.............................. 38
         14.1  Relationship of Parties................................ 38
         14.2  Tax.................................................... 38
    XV   Confidential Information - Proprietary Technology............ 38
         15.1  Confidential Information............................... 38
         15.2  Continuing Obligations................................. 39
         15.3  Proprietary Technology................................. 39
         15.4  Trades................................................. 39
   XVI   Force Majeure................................................ 39
         16.1  Obligations............................................ 39
         16.2  Definition of Force Majeure............................ 40
  XVII   Notices...................................................... 40
 XVIII   Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution........................ 41
         18.1  Applicable Law......................................... 41
         18.2  Dispute Resolution..................................... 41
   XIX   Allocation of Cost Recovery Rights........................... 42
         19.1  Allocation of Total Production......................... 42
         19.2  Allocation of Cost Petroleum........................... 42
         19.3  Allocation of Profit Petroleum......................... 42
         19.4  Allocation of Excess Cost Petroleum.................... 42
    XX   General Provisions........................................... 43
         20.1  Conflicts of Interest.................................. 43
         20.2  Public Announcements................................... 43
         20.3  Successors and Assigns................................. 43
         20.4  Waiver................................................. 43
         20.5  Severance of Invalid Provisions........................ 44
         20.6  Modifications.......................................... 44
         20.7  Headings............................................... 44
         20.8  Singular and Plural.................................... 44
         20.9  Gender................................................. 44
         20.10 Counterpart Execution.................................. 44
         20.11 Conflict with Contract................................. 44
         20.12 Entirety............................................... 44
               Signature Page......................................... 44

                 Exhibit "A" - Accounting Procedure
                 Exhibit "B" - Description of Contract Area               
                 Exhibit "C" - Example
                 Exhibit "D" - Budget Format
                 Exhibit "D-1" - Budget Summary
                 Exhibit "D-2" - Geophysical and Geological Expense
                 Exhibit "D-3" - Development Drilling (Firm Wells)
                 Exhibit "D-4" - Production Facilities Costs
                 Exhibit "D-5" - Production Costs
                 Exhibit "D-6" - General and Administrative Expense
                 Exhibit "D-7" - Fixed Assets and Deposits
                 Exhibit "D-8" - Revenue
                 Exhibit "E" - Data to be Provided to Non-Operators
<PAGE>

                           JOINT OPERATING AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the Effective Date among OIL & NATURAL GAS
CORPORATION LIMITED, having its registered office at Tower II, 8th Floor, Jeevan
Bharti, 124 Connaught Circus, New Delhi, 110 001, India, a company incorporated
in India (hereinafter referred to as "ONGC"); ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD., a
company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, having its registered office at 1400
Smith Street, Houston, Texas, 77002, U.S.A. (hereinafter referred to as
"EOGIL"), a wholly owned subsidiary of ENRON EXPLORATION COMPANY; and RELIANCE
INDUSTRIES LIMITED, a company incorporated in India, having its registered
office at 3rd Floor, Maker Chamber IV, 222 Nariman Point, Bombay, 400 021, India
(hereinafter referred to as "RIL"). The companies named above may sometimes
individually be referred to as "Party" and collectively as the "Parties".

                                  WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into a Production Sharing Contract (the
"Contract") with the Government of India (hereinafter referred to as
"Government") covering certain areas located offshore India known as the
Mid-Tapti and South-Tapti Gas Fields, referred to as the "Contract Area", and
more particularly described in Exhibit B to this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the Parties desire to define their respective rights and
obligations with respect to their operations under the Contract.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
and agreements and obligations set out below and to be performed, the Parties
agree as follows:
                           ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

       As used in this Agreement, the following words and terms shall have the
meaning ascribed to them below:

1.1       ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE means the rules, provisions and conditions set
          forth and contained in Exhibit A to this Agreement.

1.2       AFE means an authorization for expenditure pursuant to Article 6.9.

1.3       AFFILIATE means a company that directly or indirectly controls or is
          controlled by a Party to this Agreement or a company which directly or
          indirectly controls or is controlled by a company which controls a
          Party to this Agreement, it being understood that "control" means
          ownership by one company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
          voting securities of the other company, or the power to direct,
          administer and dictate policies of the other company even where the
          voting securities held by such company exercising such effective
          control in that other company is less than fifty percent (50%) and the
          term "controlled" shall have a corresponding meaning.

1.4       AGREED INTEREST RATE means interest, compounded on a monthly basis, at
          the rate per annum equal to the one (1) month term, LIBOR rate for
          U.S. dollar deposits, as published by THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or if
          not published, then by the FINANCIAL TIMES OF LONDON, plus fixed
          amounts as specified in Article 8.1, applicable on the first Business
          Day prior to the due date of payment and thereafter on the first
          Business Day of each succeeding one (1) month term. If the aforesaid
          rate is contrary to any applicable usury law, the rate of interest to
          be charged shall be the maximum rate permitted by such applicable law.

1.5       AGREEMENT means this Agreement,  together with the Exhibits attached
          to this Agreement.

1.6       APPRAISAL WELL means any well whose purpose at the time of
          commencement of drilling such well is the determination of the extent
          or the volume of Hydrocarbon reserves contained in a New Discovery or
          an Existing Discovery.

1.7       BARREL means a quantity consisting of forty-two (42) United States
          gallons, corrected to a temperature of sixty (60) degrees Fahrenheit
          under one (1) atmosphere of pressure.

1.8       BUSINESS DAY means a day on which the banks in India are open for
          business and carrying out normal business transactions.

1.9       CALENDAR QUARTER means a period of three (3) months commencing with
          January 1st and ending on the following March 31st, a period of three
          (3) months commencing with April 1st and ending on the following June
          30th, a period of three (3) months commencing with July 1st and ending
          on the following September 30th, or a period of three (3) months
          commencing with October 1st and ending on the following December 31st
          according to the Gregorian Calendar.

1.10      CALENDAR YEAR means a period of twelve (12) months commencing with
          January 1st and ending on the following December 31st according to the
          Gregorian Calendar.

1.11      CASH CALL means any request for payment of cash made by the Operator,
          in accordance with this Agreement, an approved Work Program and
          Budget, AFEs (wherever applicable) and progress of the work, to the
          Parties in connection with the Joint Operations. The Cash Call format
          (Exhibit "C") may be revised by the Operating Committee.

1.12      CASH PREMIUM means the payment made pursuant to Article 7.5(B) by a
          Non-Consenting Party to reinstate its rights to participate in an
          Exclusive Operation.

1.13      COMMERCIAL DISCOVERY means a Discovery of Petroleum reserves which,
          when produced, are likely to yield a reasonable profit on the funds
          invested in petroleum operations, after deduction of Contract costs,
          and which has been declared a Commercial Discovery in accordance with
          the provisions of Article 9 and/or Article 21 of the Contract, after
          consideration of all pertinent operating and financial data such as
          recoverable reserves, sustainable production levels, estimated
          development and production expenditures, prevailing prices and other
          relevant technical and economic factors according to generally
          accepted practices in the international petroleum industry.

1.14      COMPLETION means an operation intended to complete a well through the
          Christmas tree as a producer of Hydrocarbons in one or more Zones,
          including, but not limited to, the setting of production casing,
          perforating, stimulating the well and production testing conducted in
          such operation. COMPLETE and other derivatives shall be construed
          accordingly.

1.15      CONSENTING  PARTY means a Party who agrees to participate in and pay
          its share of the cost of an Exclusive Operation.

1.16      CONTRACT means the Production Sharing Contract dated 22nd DECEMBER
          1994 between the Government and the Parties identified in this
          Agreement and any extension, renewal or amendment thereof agreed to in
          writing by the Parties.

1.17      CONTRACT AREA means as of the Effective Date the area which is
          described and delineated in Exhibit B to this Agreement. The perimeter
          or perimeters of the Contract Area shall correspond to that area
          covered by the Contract, as such area may vary from time to time
          during the term of validity of the Contract.

1.18      COST PETROLEUM means the portion of the total volume of Petroleum
          produced and saved from the Contract Area which the Contractor is
          entitled to take from the Contract Area in a particular period for the
          recovery of Contract costs as provided in Article 13 of the Contract.

1.19      DAY means a calendar day unless otherwise specifically provided.

1.20      DEFAULTING PARTY shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 8.1.

1.21      DEEPENING means an operation whereby a well is drilled to an objective
          Zone below the deepest Zone in which the well was previously drilled,
          or below the deepest Zone proposed in the associated AFE, whichever is
          the deeper. DEEPEN and other derivatives shall be construed
          accordingly.

1.22      DELIVERY POINT shall have the meaning given in the Contract.

1.23      DEVELOPMENT AREA means that part of the Contract Area corresponding to
          the area of an Oil Field or Gas Field delineated in simple geometric
          shape, together with a reasonable margin of additional area
          surrounding the Field consistent with petroleum industry practice and
          approved by the Management Committee or the Government, as the case
          may be.

1.24      DEVELOPMENT PLAN means a plan submitted by the Contractor containing
          proposals required under Article 9 or Article 21 of the Contract for
          the development of a Commercial Discovery which has been approved by
          the Management Committee or Government.

1.25      DEVELOPMENT WELL means a well drilled, deepened, completed or
          Recompleted after the date of approval of the Development Plan
          pursuant to development operations or production operations for the
          purposes of producing Petroleum, increasing production, sustaining
          production or accelerating extraction of Petroleum including
          production wells, injection wells and dry wells.

1.26      DISCOVERY means the finding, during exploration operations, of a
          deposit of Petroleum not previously known to have existed, which can
          be recovered at the surface in a flow measurable by conventional
          petroleum industry testing methods.

1.27      EFFECTIVE DATE means the date of signing of the Contract by all
          parties thereto.

1.28      ENTITLEMENT means a quantity of Hydrocarbons of which a Party has the
          right and obligation to take delivery pursuant to the Contract or, if
          applicable, an offtake agreement, and shall be derived from that
          Party's Participating Interest in the Hydrocarbons produced after
          adjustment for overlifts and underlifts.

1.29      EXCESS COST PETROLEUM shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 19.4.

1.30      EXCLUSIVE OPERATION means those operations and activities carried out
          by Operator, pursuant to this Agreement, the costs of which are
          chargeable to the account of less than all the Parties.

1.31      EXCLUSIVE WELL means a well drilled pursuant to an Exclusive
          Operation.

1.32      EXPLOITATION AREA means the Development Area which is established
          pursuant to the Contract or if the Contract does not establish an
          Exploitation Area, then that part of the Contract Area which is
          delineated in a Development Plan approved as a Joint Operation or as
          an Exclusive Operation.

1.33      EXPLOITATION PERIOD means any and all periods of exploitation during
          which the production and removal of Hydrocarbons is permitted under
          the Contract.

1.34      EXPLORATION  PERIOD means any and all periods of exploration set out
          in the Contract.

1.35      EXPLORATION WELL means a well drilled for the purpose of searching for
          undiscovered Hydrocarbon accumulations on any geological entity (be it
          of structural,stratigraphic, facies or pressure nature) to at least a
          depth or stratigraphic level specified in the Work Program and Budget.

1.36      FIELD means an Oil Field or a Gas Field in the Contract Area in
          respect of which a Development Plan has been duly approved in
          accordance with Article 9 and Article 21 of the Contract.

1.37      FINANCIAL  YEAR means the period from April 1st  through  March 31st
          of the following Calendar Year.

1.38      G & G DATA means only geological, geophysical and geochemical data and
          other information that is not obtained through a well bore.

1.39      GAS FIELD means an area within the Contract Area consisting of a
          single Gas reservoir or multiple Gas reservoirs all grouped on or
          related to the same individual geological structure or stratigraphic
          conditions, designated by the Contractor and approved by the
          Government and/or Management Committee, as the case may be (to include
          the maximum area of potential productivity in the Contract Area in a
          simple geometric shape) in respect of which a Commercial Discovery has
          been declared or a Development Plan has been approved in accordance
          with Article 9 or Article 21 of the Contract.

1.40      GOVERNMENT means the Government of India and/or any state government
          as the case may be.

1.41      GROSS NEGLIGENCE means any act or failure to act (whether sole, joint
          or concurrent) which was intended to cause, or which was in reckless
          disregard of or wanton indifference to, harmful consequences such
          Party knew, or should have known, such act or failure would have had
          on the safety or property of another person or entity, but shall not
          include any error of judgment or mistake made by such Party in the
          exercise in good faith of any function, authority or discretion
          conferred on the Party employing such under this Agreement.

1.42      HYDROCARBONS means all substances including liquid and gaseous
          hydrocarbons which are subject to and covered by the Contract.

1.43      JOINT ACCOUNT means the accounts maintained by Operator in accordance
          with the provisions of this Agreement and of the Accounting Procedure
          for Joint Operations.

1.44      JOINT OPERATIONS means those operations and activities carried out by
          Operator pursuant to this Agreement, the costs of which are chargeable
          to all Parties.

1.45      JOINT PROPERTY means, at any point in time, all wells, facilities,
          equipment, materials, information, funds and the property held for the
          Joint Account.

1.46      MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE means the committee constituted pursuant to
          Article 5 of the Contract.

1.47      MINIMUM WORK OBLIGATIONS means those items contained in Exhibit "G" of
          the Contract, phased year-wise as determined by the Operating
          Committee and the Management Committee.

1.48      NEW DISCOVERY means a Discovery made after the Effective Date.

1.49      NON-CONSENTING  PARTY means a Party who elects not to participate in
          an Exclusive Operation.

1.50      NON-OPERATOR(S)  means the Party or Parties to this Agreement  other
          than Operator.

1.51      OIL FIELD means an area within the Contract Area consisting of a
          single oil reservoir or multiple oil reservoirs all grouped on or
          related to the same individual geological structure, or stratigraphic
          conditions, designated by the Contractor and approved by the
          Government and/or the Management Committee, as the case may be (to
          include the maximum area of potential productivity in the Contract
          Area in a simple geometric shape) in respect of which a Commercial
          Discovery has been declared and a Development Plan has been approved
          in accordance with Article 9 of the Contract and a reference to an Oil
          Field shall include a reference to the production of associated
          natural gas from that Oil Field.

1.52      OPERATING  COMMITTEE  means the committee  constituted in accordance
          with Article V.

1.53      OPERATOR means the Party designated or otherwise appointed under
          Article 4.1 to conduct Joint Operations or any successor appointed
          pursuant to Article 4.11.

1.54      PARTICIPATING INTEREST means the undivided percentage interest of each
          Party in the rights and obligations derived from the Contract and this
          Agreement.

1.55      PARTY means any Party to this Agreement and, where the Contract so
          permits, any respective successors or assigns in accordance with the
          provisions of this Agreement.

1.56      PETROLEUM means crude oil and/or natural gas existing in their natural
          condition (Hydrocarbons).

1.57      PETROLEUM COSTS means costs and expenses incurred by the Parties and
          allowed to be recovered pursuant to the Contract.

1.58      PLUGGING BACK means a single operation whereby a deeper Zone is
          abandoned in order to attempt a Completion in a shallower Zone. Plug
          Back and other derivatives shall be construed accordingly.

1.59      PRODUCTION COSTS means those costs and expenditures incurred in
          carrying out production operations as classified and defined in
          Section 2 of the Accounting Procedure of the Contract and allowed to
          be recovered in terms of Section 3 thereof.

1.60      PROFIT PETROLEUM means Petroleum produced and saved from the Contract
          Area in a particular period as reduced by Cost Petroleum and
          calculated as provided in Article 14 of the Contract.

1.51      RECOMPLETION means an operation whereby a Completion in one Zone is
          abandoned in order to attempt a Completion in a different Zone within
          the existing wellbore. RECOMPLETE and other derivatives shall be
          construed accordingly.

1.62      REWORKING means an operation conducted in the wellbore of a well after
          it is Completed to secure, restore or improve production in a Zone
          which is currently open to production in the wellbore.

          Such operations include, but are not limited to, well stimulation
          operations, wire line operations, hydraulic pump-down operations,
          water shut off operations, coil tubing operations, but excluding any
          routine maintenance work. REWORK and other derivatives shall be
          construed accordingly.

1.63      SIDETRACKING means the directional control and intentional deviation
          of a well from vertical so as to change the bottom hole location
          unless done to straighten the hole or to drill around junk in the hole
          or to overcome other mechanical difficulties. Sidetrack and other
          derivatives shall be construed accordingly.

1.64      SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL means any supervisory employee of a Party who
          functions as a Party's designated manager or supervisor who is
          responsible for, or in charge of onsite drilling, construction or
          production and related operations, or any other field operations.

1.65      TESTING, with reference to a well, means an operation intended to
          evaluate the capacity of a Zone to produce Hydrocarbons. TEST and
          other derivatives shall be construed accordingly.

1.66      WILLFUL MISCONDUCT means in relation to the Operator intentional and
          conscious or reckless disregard by supervisory or management staff of
          the Operator of the terms of this Agreement or of good international
          oil field practice but shall not include any act or omission
          reasonably required to meet emergency conditions, including without
          limitation the safeguarding of life, property and Joint Operations or
          for the avoidance of doubt any error of judgment or mistake made by
          any director, employee, agent or contractor of Operator in the
          exercise, in good faith of any function, authority or discretion
          conferred upon the Operator.

1.67      WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET means a work program for Joint Operations and
          budget therefor, including the production plan, as described and
          approved in accordance with Article VI and as illustrated in Exhibit
          "D". Exhibit "D" may be modified by the Operating Committee.

1.68      ZONE means a stratum of earth containing or thought to contain a
          common accumulation of Hydrocarbons separately producible from any
          other common accumulation of Hydrocarbons.
<PAGE>
                      ARTICLE II - EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM

     This Agreement shall have effect from the 22nd day of December, 1994 and
shall, subject always to the Parties' continuing obligations under Article XV,
continue in effect until the Contract terminates or, otherwise until all
materials, equipment and personal property used in connection with the Joint
Operations have been removed and disposed of, and final settlement has been made
among the Parties.

     For the avoidance of doubt, portions of this Agreement as described in (A),
(B) and (C) below shall remain in effect until:

     (A)  all wells have been properly abandoned in accordance with Article X;
          and

     (B)  all obligations, claims, arbitrations and lawsuits have been settled
          or otherwise disposed of in accordance with Article 4.5 and Article
          XVIII; and

     (C)  the time relating to the protection of confidential information and
          proprietary technology has expired in accordance with Article XV.

     The scope and purpose of the Joint Operations are to carry out the
petroleum operations as per Contract. As defined in the Contract, petroleum
operations means, as the context may require, exploration operations,
development operations or production operations or any combination of such
operations, including, but not limited to, collection of seismic information,
drilling and completion and recompletion of wells, construction, operation and
maintenance of all necessary facilities, plugging and abandonment of wells,
environmental protection, transportation, storage or disposition of Petroleum to
the Delivery Point, site restoration and all other incidental operations or
activities as may be necessary.

                               -----*****-----

                      ARTICLE III - PARTICIPATING INTEREST

     3.1 PARTICIPATING INTEREST

     (A)  The Participating Interests of the Parties as of the Effective Date
          are:

                      ONGC                 40%
                      EOGIL                30%
                      RIL                  30%

     (B)  If a Party transfers all or part of its Participating Interest
          pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and the Contract, the
          Participating Interests of the Parties shall be revised accordingly.

     3.2  OWNERSHIP, OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES

     (A)  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all the rights and
          interests in and under the Contract, all Joint Property and any
          Hydrocarbons produced from the Contract Area shall, subject to the
          terms of the Contract, be owned by the Parties in accordance with
          their respective Participating Interests.

     (B)  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the obligations of the
          Parties under the Contract and all liabilities and expenses incurred
          by Operator in connection with Joint Operations shall be charged to
          the Joint Account and all credits to the Joint Account shall be shared
          by the Parties, as among themselves, in accordance with their
          respective Participating Interests.

     (C)  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all liabilities incurred
          by any Party in connection with Joint Operations shall be borne by the
          Parties in accordance with their respective Participating Interests.

     (D)  Each Party shall pay when due, in accordance with the Accounting
          Procedure, its Participating Interest share of Joint Account expenses,
          including cash advances and interest, accrued pursuant to this
          Agreement. The Accounting Procedure shall govern the accrual and
          satisfaction of the respective obligations, liabilities and credits
          among the Parties.

                             ARTICLE IV - OPERATOR

     4.1  DESIGNATION OF OPERATOR

            EOGIL is designated as Operator, and agrees to act as an Operator in
            accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract and this 
            Agreement, which terms and conditions shall also apply to any 
            successor Operator.

     4.2  RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF OPERATOR

     (A)  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Operator shall
          have all of the rights, functions and duties of Operator under the
          Contract and shall have exclusive charge of and shall conduct all
          Joint Operations. Operator may employ independent contractors,
          Affiliates and/or agents in such Joint Operations. Contracts will be
          awarded pursuant to Article 6.8.

     (B)  In the conduct of Joint Operations, Operator shall:

          (1)  Perform Joint Operations in accordance with the provisions of the
               Contract, this Agreement and the instructions of the Operating
               Committee;

          (2)  Conduct all Joint Operations in a diligent, safe and efficient
               manner in accordance with good and prudent international 
               petroleum industry practices and conservation principles
               generally followed by the international petroleum industry
               under similar circumstances;

          (3)  Subject to Article 4.6, neither gain a profit nor suffer a loss 
               as a result of being the Operator in its conduct of Joint
               Operations; 

          (4)  Perform the duties for the Operating Committee set out in
               Article V, and prepare and submit to the Operating Committee
               the proposed Work Programmes and Budgets and AFEs as provided
               in Article VI;

          (5)  Acquire all permits, consents, approvals, surface or other
               rights that may be required for or in connection with the
               conduct of Joint Operations;

          (6)  Permit the representatives of any of the Parties to have at all
               reasonable times and at their own risk and expense reasonable
               access to the Joint Operations with the right to observe all such
               Joint Operations and to inspect all Joint Property and to conduct
               financial audits as provided in the Accounting Procedure. In the
               case of offshore operations, transportation and accommodations
               shall be made available from existing facilities if, in the sole
               discretion of Operator, no additional cost will be incurred by
               Operator. In addition, provide for two (2) permanent
               representatives of each of the Non-Operators to have access to
               the Contract Area and/or to the Joint Operations at all times and
               provide all facilities including, but not limited to,
               transportation and offshore accommodations at the cost of the
               Joint Operations. Such representatives shall look after the
               interests of Non-Operators/Joint Operation, but shall not
               interfere with operations;

          (7)  Maintain the Contract in full force and effect. Operator shall
               promptly pay and discharge all liabilities and expenses incurred
               in connection with Joint Operations and use its reasonable
               efforts to keep and maintain the Joint Property free from all
               liens, charges and encumbrances arising out of Joint Operations;

          (8)  Pay to the Government for the Joint Account, within the periods
               and in the manner prescribed by the Contract and all applicable
               laws and regulations, all periodic payments, royalties, taxes,
               fees and other payments pertaining to Joint Operations, but
               excluding any taxes measured by the incomes of the Parties;

          (9)  Carry out the obligations of Operator pursuant to the Contract,
               including, but not limited to, preparing and furnishing such
               reports, records and information as may be required pursuant to
               the Contract;

          (10) Have in accordance with the decisions of the Operating Committee,
               the exclusive right and obligation to represent the Parties in
               all dealings with the Government with respect to matters arising
               under the Contract and Joint Operations. Operator shall notify
               the other Parties as soon as possible of such meetings.
               Non-Operators shall have the right to attend such meetings.
               Nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict any Party from
               holding discussions with the Government with respect to any issue
               peculiar to its particular business interests arising under this
               Agreement, but in such event such Party shall promptly advise the
               Parties, if possible, before and in any event promptly after such
               discussions, provided that such Party shall not be required to
               divulge to the Parties any matters discussed to the extent the
               same involve proprietary information on matters not affecting the
               Parties; and

          (11) Take all necessary and proper measures for the protection of
               life, health, the environment and property in the case of an
               emergency; provided, however, that Operator shall immediately
               notify the Parties of the details of such emergency and measures.

          (12) Include, to the extent practical, in its contracts with
               independent contractors and to the extent lawful, provisions
               which:

               (a)  ensure such contractors can only enforce their contracts
                    against Operator;

               (b)  permit Operator, on behalf of itself and Non-Operators, to
                    enforce contractual indemnities against, and recover losses
                    and damages suffered by them (insofar as recovered under
                    their contracts) from such contractors; and

               (c)  require such contractors to take insurance required by
                    Article 4.7(F).

          (13) Carry out all Petroleum operations as per the standard offshore
               safety practices following the environmental/mining
               regulations/statutory laws.

          (14) Provide liaison between field operations and gas/oil purchasers
               and transporters.

     4.3  EMPLOYEES OF OPERATOR

     Subject to the Contract and this Agreement, Operator shall determine the
number of employees, the selection of such employees, the hours of work and the
compensation to be paid to all such employees in connection with Joint
Operations. Operator shall employ only such employees, agents and contractors as
are reasonably necessary to conduct Joint Operations.

     4.4  INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY OPERATOR

     (A)  Operator shall provide Non-Operators the following data and reports as
          they are currently produced or compiled from the Joint Operations as
          well as the reports listed in Exhibit "E":

               (1)  Copies of all logs or surveys;

               (2)  Daily drilling progress reports;

               (3)  Copies of all drill stem tests and core analysis reports;

               (4)  Copies of the plugging reports;

               (5)  Engineering studies, development schedules and annual
                    progress reports on development projects;

               (6)  Field and well performance reports, including reservoir
                    studies;

               (7)  Copies of all reports and data relating to Joint Operations
                    furnished by Operator to the Government, except magnetic
                    tapes which shall be stored by Operator and made available
                    for inspection and/or copying at the sole expense of the
                    Non-Operator requesting same;

               (8)  Other reports as frequently as is justified by the
                    activities or as instructed by the Operating Committee; and

               (9)  Subject to Article 15.3, such additional information for
                    Non-Operators as they or any of them may request, provided
                    that the requesting Party or Parties pay the costs of
                    preparation of such information and that the preparation of
                    such information will not unduly burden Operator's
                    administrative and technical personnel. Only Non-Operators
                    who pay such costs shall receive such additional
                    information.

     (B)  Operator shall give Non-Operators access at all reasonable times to
          all other data acquired in the conduct of Joint Operations. Any
          Non-Operator may make copies of such other data at its sole expense.

     (C)  ONGC shall provide all of the information identified above and
          currently in its possession relating to the Contract Area to the
          Operator upon payment of mutually agreed costs. 

     4.5  SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS AND LAWSUITS

     (A)  Operator shall promptly notify the Parties of any and all material
          claims or suits and such other claims and suits as the Operating
          Committee may direct which arise out of Joint Operations or relate in
          any way to Joint Operations. Operator shall represent the Parties and
          defend or oppose the claim or suit. Operator may in its sole
          discretion compromise or settle any such claim or suit or any related
          series of claims or suits for an amount not to exceed the equivalent
          of U.S. dollars fifty thousand (US$50,000) exclusive of legal fees.
          Operator shall obtain the approval and direction of the Operating
          Committee on amounts in excess of the above stated amount. Each
          Non-Operator shall have the right to be represented by its counsel at
          its expense in the settlement, compromise or defense of such claims or
          suits.

     (B)  Any Non-Operator shall promptly notify the other Parties of any claim
          made against such Non-Operator by a third party relating to or which
          may affect the Joint Operations and insofar as such claim relates to
          or affects the Joint Operations such Non-Operator shall defend or
          settle the same in accordance with any directions given by the
          Operating Committee and such costs, expenses and damages as are
          payable pursuant to such defense or settlement shall be for the Joint
          Account.

     (C)  Notwithstanding Article 4.5(A) and Article 4.5(B), each Party shall
          have the right to participate in any such pursuit, prosecution,
          defense or settlement conducted in accordance with Article 4.5(A)
          and/or Article 4.5(B) at its sole cost and expense; provided always
          that no Party may settle its Participating Interest share of any claim
          without first satisfying the Operating Committee that it can do so
          without prejudicing the interests of the Joint Operations.

     4.6  LIABILITY OF OPERATOR

     (A)  Except as set out in this Article 4.6, the Party designated as
          Operator shall bear no cost, expense or liability resulting from
          performing the duties and functions of the Operator. Nothing in this
          Article shall, however, be deemed to relieve the Party designated as
          Operator from any cost, expense or liability for its Participating
          Interest share of Joint Operations.

     (B)  The Parties shall be liable in proportion to their Participating
          Interests and shall defend and indemnify Operator, Non-Operator and
          their agents, employees, officers and directors (the "Indemnitees")
          from any and all costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
          fees) and liabilities incident to claims, demands or causes of action
          of every kind and character brought by or on behalf of any person or
          entity for damage to or loss of property or the environment, or for
          injury to, illness or death of any person or entity, which damage,
          loss, injury, illness or death arises out of or is incident to any act
          or failure to act by Indemnitees in the conduct of or in connection
          with Joint Operations regardless of the cause of such damage, loss,
          injury, illness or death and even though caused in whole or in part by
          a pre-existing defect, the negligence (whether sole, joint or
          concurrent), Gross Negligence, strict liability or other legal fault
          of Operator or Non-Operator (or any such Affiliate performing services
          for Operator or Non-Operator pursuant to Sections 2.4.2 and 3 of the
          Accounting Procedure); provided that if any Supervisory or management
          Personnel of Operator or Non-Operator or any such Affiliates, engage
          in Gross Negligence and/or Willful Misconduct that proximately causes
          the Parties to incur cost, expense or liability for such damage, loss,
          injury, illness or death, then Operator or Non-Operator, as the case
          may be, shall bear all such costs, expenses and liabilities.

     4.7  INSURANCE OBTAINED BY OPERATOR

     (A)  Operator shall procure and maintain or cause to be procured and
          maintained for the Joint Account all insurance in the types and
          amounts required by the Contract and applicable laws, rules and
          regulations.

     (B)  Operator shall obtain such further insurance, at competitive rates, as
          the Operating Committee may from time to time require.

     (C)  Any Party may elect not to participate in the insurance to be procured
          under Article 4.7(B) provided such Party:

               (1)  gives prompt written notice to that effect to Operator;

               (2)  does nothing which may interfere with Operator's
                    negotiations for such insurance for the other Parties; and

               (3)  obtains and maintains such insurance (in respect of which an
                    annual certificate of adequate coverage from a reputable
                    insurance broker shall be sufficient evidence) or other
                    evidence of financial responsibility which fully covers its
                    Participating Interest share of the risks that would be
                    covered by the insurance procured under Article 4.7 (B), and
                    which the Operating Committee may determine to be
                    acceptable. No such determination of acceptability shall in
                    any way absolve a non-participating Party from its
                    obligation to meet each cash call including any cash call in
                    respect of damages and losses and/or the costs of remedying
                    the same in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If
                    such Party obtains other insurance, such insurance shall
                    contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of all the other
                    Parties, but only in respect of their interests under this
                    Agreement.

     (D)  The cost of insurance in which all the Parties are participating shall
          be for the Joint Account and the cost of insurance in which less than
          all the Parties are participating shall be charged to the Parties
          participating in proportion to their respective Participating
          Interests.

     (E)  Operator shall, in respect of all insurance obtained pursuant to this
          Article:

               (1)  promptly inform the participating Parties when such
                    insurance is obtained and supply them with copies of the
                    relevant policies when the same are issued;

               (2)  arrange for the participating Parties, according to their
                    respective Participating Interests, to be named as
                    co-insureds on the relevant policies with waivers of
                    subrogation in favor of all the Parties; and

               (3)  duly file all claims and take all necessary and proper steps
                    to collect any proceeds and credit any proceeds to the
                    participating Parties in proportion to their respective
                    Participating Interests.

     (F)  Operator shall use its reasonable efforts to require all contractors
          performing work in respect of Joint Operations to obtain and maintain
          any and all insurance in the types and amounts required by any
          applicable laws, rules and regulations or any decision of the
          Operating Committee and shall use its reasonable efforts to require
          all such contractors to name the Parties as additional insureds on
          contractor's insurance policies or to obtain from their insurers
          waivers of all rights or recourse against Operator and Non-Operators.

     4.8  COMMINGLING OF FUNDS

     Operator shall not commingle with its funds the monies which it receives
for the Joint Account pursuant to this Agreement. The Operator shall account to
the Non-Operators for the monies of a Non-Operator advanced or paid to Operator,
whether for the conduct of Joint Operations or as proceeds from the sale of
production under this Agreement. Such monies shall be applied only to their
intended use and shall in no way be deemed to be funds belonging to Operator.

     The Operator shall open and maintain dedicated current and/or deposit
accounts in respect of funds in Indian Rupees, United States Dollars and/or any
other currency at a bank or banks in India, the United States or elsewhere, in
order to deposit and hold funds on behalf of the Parties exclusively for Joint
Operations. Where possible, such accounts shall be interest bearing.

     Upon opening a bank account, the Operator shall notify the Non-Operators
the name and address of the bank and the account number. Any changes thereafter
should be promptly notified by the Operator to the Non-Operators.

     4.9  RESIGNATION OF OPERATOR

     Subject to Article 4.11, Operator may resign as Operator at any time after
completion of the Minimum Work Obligation, unless the Parties agree to an
earlier date, by so notifying the other Parties at least one hundred and twenty
(120) Days prior to the effective date of such resignation.

     4.10 REMOVAL OF OPERATOR

     (A)  Subject to Article 4.11, Operator shall be removed upon receipt of
          notice from any Non-Operator if:

               (1)  An order is made by a court or an effective resolution is
                    passed for the dissolution, liquidation, winding up, or
                    reorganization of Operator;

               (2)  Operator dissolves, liquidates or terminates its corporate
                    existence;

               (3)  Operator becomes insolvent, bankrupt or makes an assignment
                    for the benefit of creditors; or

               (4)  A receiver is appointed for a substantial part of Operator's
                    assets.

               (5)  Operator, together with any Affiliate of Operator, is or
                    becomes the holder of a Participating Interest of less then
                    twenty percent (20%).

               (6)  There is a direct or indirect change in control of Operator
                    (other than a transfer of control to an Affiliate of
                    Operator). For purposes of this Article control means the
                    ownership directly or indirectly of more than fifty percent
                    (50%).

     (B)  Subject to Article 4.11, Operator may be removed by the decision of
          the Non-Operators if Operator has committed a material breach of this
          Agreement which Operator has failed to rectify within ninety (90) Days
          of receipt of a notice from Non-Operators detailing the alleged
          breach. Any decision of Non-Operators to give notice of breach to
          Operator or to remove Operator under this Article 4.10(B) shall be
          made by an affirmative vote of two (2) or more of the total number of
          Non-Operators holding a combined Participating Interest of at least
          fifty percent (50%).

     Notwithstanding the above, in case of disagreement between the
Non-Operators on giving notice to the Operator, any Non-Operator may, with the
approval of the Government, give notice to the Operator.

     4.11 APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR

     When a change of Operator occurs pursuant to Article 4.9 or Article 4.10:

     (A)  The Operating Committee shall meet as soon as possible to appoint a
          successor Operator pursuant to the voting procedure of Article 5.9.
          However, no Party may be appointed successor Operator against its
          will.

     (B)  If the Operator disputes commission of or failure to rectify a
          material breach alleged pursuant to Article 4.10(B) and proceedings
          are initiated pursuant to Article XVIII, no successor Operator may be
          appointed pending the conclusion or abandonment of such proceedings
          provided, however, if the arbitrators determine that the Joint
          Operations are likely to suffer material and/or irreparable harm, they
          shall have the right to issue an interim order suspending the Operator
          and appointing a successor Operator.

     (C)  If an Operator is removed neither Operator nor any Affiliate of
          Operator shall have the right to vote for itself on the appointment of
          a successor Operator, nor be considered as a candidate for the
          successor Operator.

     (D)  A resigning or removed Operator shall be compensated out of the Joint
          Account for its reasonable expenses directly related to its
          resignation or removal, except in the case of Article 4.10.

     (E)  The Operating Committee shall arrange for the taking of an independent
          inventory of all Joint Property and Hydrocarbons, and an audit of the
          books and records of the removed or resigned Operator. Such inventory
          and audit shall be completed, if possible, no later than the effective
          date of the change of Operator. The liabilities and expenses of such
          inventory and audit shall be charged to the Joint Account.

     (F)  The resignation or removal of Operator and its replacement by the
          successor Operator shall not become effective prior to receipt of any
          necessary governmental approvals.

     (G)  Upon the effective date of the resignation or removal, the successor
          Operator shall succeed to all duties, rights and authority prescribed
          for Operator. The former Operator shall transfer to the successor
          Operator custody of all Joint Property, books of account, records and
          other documents maintained by Operator pertaining to the Contract Area
          and to Joint Operations. Upon delivery of the above-described property
          and data, the former Operator shall be released and discharged from
          all obligations and liabilities as Operator accruing after such date.

                               -----*****-----

                        ARTICLE V - OPERATING COMMITTEE

     5.1  ESTABLISHMENT OF OPERATING COMMITTEE

     To provide for the overall supervision and direction of Joint Operations,
there is established an Operating Committee composed of representatives of each
Party holding a Participating Interest. Each Party shall appoint one (1)
representative and one (1) alternate representative to serve on the Operating
Committee. Each Party shall as soon as possible after the date of this Agreement
give notice in writing to the other Parties of the name and address of its
representative and alternate representative to serve on the Operating Committee.
Each Party shall have the right to change its representative and alternate at
any time by giving proper notice to such effect to the other Parties.

     5.2  POWERS AND DUTIES OF OPERATING COMMITTEE

     The Operating Committee shall have power and duty to authorize and
supervise Joint Operations that are necessary or desirable to fulfill the
Contract and properly explore and exploit the Contract Area in accordance with
this Agreement and in a manner appropriate in the circumstances. The Operating
Committee is the coordinating body for the direction, control and administration
of the Joint Operations. The principal functions of the Operating Committee
shall be:

     (A)  To establish policies from time to time governing various aspects or
          activities of the Joint Operations.

     (B)  To review, approve and revise annual exploration Work Programs and
          corresponding budgets, as proposed by the Operator.

     (C)  To review reports on Joint Operations conducted in the Contract Area
          including the status of all existing facilities, safety, environmental
          aspects and equipment availability.

     (D)  To review and approve any proposal for the appraisal of an area.

     (E)  To review, revise and approve Work Programs and Budgets for petroleum
          operations as defined in the Contract and as proposed by the Operator.

     (F)  To review and approve Exploration, Appraisal and Development Wells and
          locations (including locations for wells required for any purposes
          whatsoever), and transfer of exploitation objectives, Reworking and
          abandonment of wells.

     (G)  To review and approve well stimulation programs.

     (H)  To review and determine the area to be relinquished, if any. 

     (I)  To approve appointment of contractors for carrying out any petroleum
          operations by Operator beyond the authority vested in the Operator
          under this Agreement.

     (J)  To review and approve such other matters with respect to petroleum
          operations in the Contract Area as may be referred to the Operating
          Committee by any member of the Operating Committee.


     (K)  To refer to the Management Committee and/or the Government whenever
          applicable matters which require advice or approval of the Management
          Committee and/or the Government pursuant to the Contract.

     (L)  To review summary operating costs.

     5.3  AUTHORITY TO VOTE

     (A)  The representative of a Party, or in his absence his alternate
          representative, shall be authorized to represent and bind such Party
          with respect to any matter which is within the powers of the Operating
          Committee and is properly brought before the Operating Committee. Each
          such representative shall have a vote equal to the Participating
          Interest of the Party such person represents. Each alternate
          representative shall be entitled to attend all Operating Committee
          meetings but shall have no vote at such meetings except in the absence
          of the representative for whom he is the alternate. In addition to the
          representative and alternate representative, each Party may also bring
          to any Operating Committee meetings such technical and other advisors
          as it may deem appropriate.

     (B)  Any representative shall be entitled, if either he or his alternate is
          unable to attend a meeting, to cast his vote by telex or facsimile
          transmission received prior to the time that the vote is taken in the
          course of the meeting.

     (C)  Any representative may by notice to all other representatives, appoint
          a representative of another Party who consents to such appointment as
          its proxy to attend a meeting and to exercise the appointing
          representative's right to vote at that meeting whether as directed by
          the appointing representative or otherwise. A representative appointed
          as a proxy and attending a meeting may be present in two (2) separate
          capacities and may vote accordingly.

     5.4  SUBCOMMITTEES

          The Operating Committee may establish such subcommittees, including
          technical subcommittees, as the Operating Committee may deem
          appropriate. The functions of such subcommittees shall be in an
          advisory capacity or as otherwise determined unanimously by the
          Parties.

     5.5  NOTICE OF MEETING

     (A)  Operator may call a meeting of the Operating Committee by giving
          notice to the Parties at least fifteen (15) Days in advance of such
          meeting.

     (B)  Any Non-Operator may request a meeting of the Operating Committee by
          giving proper notice to all the other Parties. Upon receiving such
          request, Operator shall call such meeting for a date not less than
          fifteen (15) Days nor more than twenty (20) Days after receipt of the
          request.

     (C)  The notice periods above may be waived at the request of Operator or
          any Non-Operator with the unanimous consent of all the Parties. In the
          event of a likely material adverse financial impact to the Joint
          Operation, no Party may unreasonably withhold waiving the notice
          period.

     5.6  CONTENTS OF MEETING NOTICE

     (A)  Each notice of a meeting of the Operating Committee as provided by
          Operator shall contain:

               (1)  The date, time and location of the meeting; and

               (2)  An agenda of the matters and proposals to be considered
                    and/or voted upon.

     (B)  A Party, by notice to the other Parties given not less than seven (7)
          Days prior to a meeting, may add additional matters to the agenda for
          a meeting.

     (C)  On the request of a Party, and with the unanimous consent of all
          Parties, the Operating Committee may consider at a meeting a proposal
          not contained in such meeting agenda.

     5.7  LOCATION AND FREQUENCY OF MEETINGS

     All meetings of the Operating Committee shall be held in Bombay, India, or
elsewhere as may be decided by the Operating Committee. The Operating Committee
shall meet at least once each two (2) months during the first six (6) months
following the Effective Date unless otherwise agreed. Thereafter, the Operating
Committee shall meet once every three (3) months unless otherwise agreed.

     5.8  OPERATOR'S DUTIES FOR MEETINGS

     (A)  With respect to meetings of the Operating Committee and any
          subcommittee, Operator's duties shall include, but not be limited to:

               (1)  Timely preparation and distribution of the agenda;

               (2)  Organization and conduct of the meeting; and

               (3)  Preparation of a written record or minutes of each meeting.

     (B)  Operator shall have the right to appoint the chairman of the Operating
          Committee and all subcommittees.

     5.9  VOTING PROCEDURE

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all decisions,
approvals and other actions of the Operating Committee on all proposals coming
before it under this Agreement shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the
Parties then having collectively one hundred percent (100%) of the Participating
Interests. In the event the Operating Committee cannot agree upon a Work Program
and Budget relating to the Minimum Work Obligation, the matter shall be referred
to the Management Committee by any Party for review and decision. The Management
Committee shall decide such issue within twenty (20) Days or as otherwise
mutually agreed. If all of the Parties do not agree with the Management
Committee decision, the Parties in agreement shall be entitled to proceed in
accordance with Article VII hereof. If the Management Committee cannot agree,
the matter shall be referred to arbitration or a sole expert.

     5.10 RECORD OF VOTES

     The chairman of the Operating Committee shall appoint a secretary who shall
make a record of each proposal voted on and the results of such voting at each
Operating Committee meeting. Each representative shall sign and be provided a
copy of such record at the end of such meeting and it shall be considered the
final record of the decisions of the Operating Committee.

     5.11 MINUTES

     The secretary shall provide each Party with a copy of the minutes of the
Operating Committee meeting within ten (10) Days after the end of the meeting.
Each Party shall have ten (10) Days after receipt of such minutes to give notice
of its objections to the minutes to the secretary. A failure to give notice
specifying objection to such minutes within said ten (10) Day period shall be
deemed to be approval of such minutes. In any event, the votes recorded under
Article 5.10 shall take precedence over the minutes described above.

     5.12 VOTING BY NOTICE

     (A)  In lieu of a meeting, Operator may submit any proposal for a decision
          of the Operating Committee by giving each representative proper notice
          describing the proposal so submitted. Each Party shall communicate its
          vote by proper notice to Operator and the other Parties within one of
          the following appropriate time periods after receipt of Operator's
          notice:

               (1)  Twenty-four (24) hours in the case of operations which
                    involve the use of a drilling rig that is standing by in the
                    Contract Area.

               (2)  Thirty (30) Days in the case of all other proposals.

               (3)  Thirty (30) Days in the case of an AFE or supplemental AFE
                    if submitted pursuant to Article 6.9(A).

     (B)  Except in the case of Article 5.12(A)(1), any Non-Operator may by
          notice delivered to all Parties within twenty (20) Days of receipt of
          Operator's notice request that the proposal be decided at a meeting
          rather than by notice. In such an event, that proposal shall be
          decided at a meeting duly called for that purpose.

     (C)  Except as provided in Article X, any Party failing to communicate its
          vote in a timely manner shall be deemed to have voted against such
          proposal.

     (D)  If a meeting is not requested, then at the expiration of the
          appropriate time period, Operator shall give each Party a confirmation
          notice stating the tabulation and results of the vote. 

     5.13 EFFECT OF VOTE

     All decisions taken by the Operating Committee pursuant to this Article,
shall be conclusive and binding on all the Parties, except that:

     (A)  If pursuant to this Article, a Joint Operation has been properly
          proposed to the Operating Committee and the Operating Committee has
          not approved such proposal in a timely manner, then any Party shall
          have the right for the appropriate period specified below to propose
          in accordance with Article VII, an Exclusive Operation involving
          operations essentially the same as those proposed for such Joint
          Operation. No Exclusive Operation shall be conducted which conflicts
          with a Joint Operation.

               (1)  For proposals involving the use of a drilling rig that is
                    standing by in the Contract Area, such right shall be
                    exercisable for twenty-four (24) hours after the time
                    specified in Article 5.12(A)(1) has expired.

               (2)  For proposals to develop a Discovery, such right shall be
                    exercisable for ten (10) Days after the date the Operating
                    Committee was required to consider such proposal pursuant to
                    Article 5.6 or Article 5.12;

               (3)  For all other proposals, such right shall be exercisable for
                    five (5) Days after the date the Operating Committee was
                    required to consider such proposal pursuant to Article 5.6
                    or Article 5.12.

     (B)  If a Party voted against any proposal to be conducted as an Exclusive
          Operation pursuant to Article VII, then such Party shall have the
          right not to participate in the operation contemplated by such
          approval. Any such Party wishing to exercise its right of non-consent
          must give notice of non-consent to all other Parties within five (5)
          Days (or within twenty-four (24) hours if the drilling rig to be used
          in such operation is standing by in the Contract Area) following
          Operating Committee approval of such proposal. The Parties that were
          not entitled to give or did not give notice of non-consent shall be
          Consenting Parties as to the operation contemplated by the Operating
          Committee approval, and shall conduct such operation as an Exclusive
          Operation under Article VII. Any Party that gave notice of non-consent
          shall be a Non-Consenting Party as to such Exclusive Operation.

     (C)  If the Consenting Parties to an Exclusive Operation under Article
          5.13(A) or Article 5.13(B) concur, then the Operating Committee may,
          at any time, pursuant to this Article, reconsider and approve, decide
          or take action on any proposal that the Operating Committee declined
          to approve earlier, or modify or revoke an earlier approval, decision
          or action.

     (D)  Once a Joint Operation for the drilling, Deepening, Testing,
          Sidetracking, Plugging Back, Completing, Recompleting, Reworking or
          plugging of a well, has been approved and commenced, such operation
          shall not be discontinued without the consent of the Operating
          Committee; provided, however, that such operation may be discontinued,
          if:

               (1)  an impenetrable substance or other condition in the hole is
                    encountered which in the reasonable judgment of Operator,
                    after consultation with the Non-Operators, causes the
                    continuation of such operation to be impractical; or


               (2)  other circumstances occur which in the reasonable judgment
                    of Operator causes the continuation of such operation to be
                    unwarranted and after notice the Operating Committee within
                    the period required under Article 5.12(A)(1) approves
                    discontinuing such operation.

          On   the occurrence of either of the events listed under Article
               5.13(D)(1) or Article 5.13(D)(2), Operator shall promptly notify
               the Parties with all available details that such operation is
               being discontinued pursuant to the foregoing, and any Party shall
               have the right to propose in accordance with Article VII an
               Exclusive Operation to continue such operation.
 
                     ARTICLE VI - WORK PROGRAMS AND BUDGETS

     In the conduct of Joint Operations, Operator shall perform Joint Operations
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, this Agreement and the
instructions of the Operating Committee and conduct all Joint Operations in a
diligent, safe and efficient manner in accordance with international petroleum
industry practices and conservation principles generally followed by the
international petroleum industry under similar circumstances.

     6.1  PREPARATION OF WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET

     Subject to Article 6.14, on or before the first (1st) Day of November of
each Year, the Operator shall submit to the Parties a recommended Work Program
and Budget containing the Minimum Work Obligation for the Contract Area for the
subsequent Financial Year as per Exhibit "D". At the same time as that Financial
Year's Work Program and Budget is submitted, a provisional Work Program and
Budget containing the Minimum Work Obligation for the next succeeding Financial
Year shall be presented by the Operator.

     6.2  ADOPTION OF WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET AND SUBMISSION TO MANAGEMENT
          COMMITTEE

     Subject to Article 6.14, on or before the first (1st) of December of each
year, the Operating Committee shall agree upon and adopt a Work Program and
Budget for the subsequent Financial Year. At the time of agreeing upon and
adopting a Work Program and Budget, the Operating Committee shall provisionally
consider, but not act upon or adopt, a Work Program and Budget for the next
succeeding Financial Year. As soon as possible after the adoption of a Work
Program and Budget, Operator shall provide a copy thereof to each Party. The
Operator shall timely submit such Work Programs and Budgets to the Management
Committee as required pursuant to Articles 4.2 and 5.6 of the Contract. Any
proposed revision of a Work Program and Budget submitted to the Operating
Committee shall be considered by the Operating committee within twenty-eight
(28) Days after its submission and, to the extent same is approved, shall be
submitted by the Operator for consideration by the Management Committee pursuant
to Article 4.3 of the Contract.

     6.3  SUBDIVISION OF WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET AND BUDGET ITEMS AND TRANSFERS

     Each Work Program and Budget shall be subdivided, as illustrated in Exhibit
"D", to include three (3) major functional categories: Exploration and
Appraisal, Development and Production; and each of those categories shall be
further subdivided into subcategories consisting of one or more individual
projects/programmed activities. Purchases of materials and supply inventory not
specifically made for a designated project/programmed activity shall be budgeted
as a separate item. Each individual project/programmed activity shall be
identified as either "Firm" or "Contingent" depending upon the degree of
complete details furnished at the time of presentation of the Work Program and
Budget.

     (A)  For a project to be considered "Firm" within the budget, it will
          require program description, objectives and cost estimate along with
          the basis therefor, sufficiently complete and in such detail as to
          allow thorough evaluation of the project. (B) Projects which do not
          meet the requirements of Article 6.3(A) at the time the Work Program
          and Budget is approved by the Operating Committee may also be included
          in the Work Program and Budget for approval in principle and such
          projects shall be considered "Contingent". Such projects shall not be
          implemented without approval of the Operating Committee except as
          provided in this Article 6.3(B). Any project or group of projects
          shall be transferred from Contingent to Firm upon approval of the
          Operating Committee. From time to time throughout the Financial Year,
          the Operator shall endeavour to provide further specific information
          necessary for the Operating Committee to evaluate Contingent projects
          for the purpose of such transfer. Upon receipt of such information,
          Parties may not unreasonably withhold approval for the transfer of a
          project from the Contingent to the Firm category. In the event the
          Operating Committee is unable to agree, the matter shall be submitted
          by any Party to the Management Committee for approval. A project not
          in the Minimum Work Obligation which fails to obtain Operating
          Committee approval for transfer may be transferred by any Party
          provided that Party is prepared to undertake the project as an
          Exclusive Operation pursuant to Article VII.

     6.4  FULFILLMENT OF MINIMUM WORK OBLIGATION

     Parties shall not unreasonably withhold approval of the projects/programmed
activities covered in the annual Work Program and Budget as Minimum Work
Obligations or at least that part of such Minimum Work Obligations required to
be carried out to maintain the Contract in force. In case of failure of the
Operating Committee to approve the Work Program and Budget related to
projects/programmed activities included under Minimum Work Obligations, any
Party may refer the issue to the Management Committee for approval.

     6.5  EXPLORATION AND APPRAISAL

     Parties acknowledge and agree that neither exploration nor appraisal work
may be conducted within any Field which is so designated as of the Effective
Date.

     (A)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Exploration and/or Appraisal Wells may
          be proposed without limitation as to location, provided, however, that
          if such location is within a Development Area, such well shall not be
          commenced without prior approval of the Operating Committee. In the
          event such well within the Development Area includes an objective Zone
          which is the stratigraphic equivalent of the Zone or Zones included in
          the Field and the location is outside the Field, then, provided that
          production from such Zone does not interfere with production from the
          Zone/Zones developed or to be developed in the Field, Operating
          Committee approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     (B)  If the proposed Work Program and Budget includes an Exploration Well
          and/or Appraisal Well, the budget approval shall include the cost of
          drilling, completing and testing such Exploration/Appraisal Well. For
          this purpose the Operator shall provide necessary details/information
          required for the Operating Committee to assess the need/desirability
          of such Exploration/Appraisal Well.

     (C)  If a New Discovery is made, Operator shall deliver any notice of New
          Discovery required under the Contract and shall, as soon as possible,
          submit to the Parties a report containing available details concerning
          the New Discovery and Operator's recommendation as to whether the New
          Discovery merits appraisal. The Operating Committee shall meet and
          decide within forty-five (45) Days whether the New Discovery merits
          appraisal. If the Operating Committee determines that the New
          Discovery merits appraisal, Operator, within thirty (30) Days, shall
          deliver to the Parties a proposed Work Program and Budget for the
          appraisal of the New Discovery. Within twenty (20) Days of such
          delivery, or earlier if necessary to meet any applicable deadline
          under the Contract, the Operating Committee shall meet to consider,
          modify and then either approve or reject the appraisal Work Program
          and Budget. If the appraisal Work Program and Budget is approved by
          the Operating Committee, Operator shall take such steps as may be
          required under the Contract to secure approval of the appraisal Work
          Program and Budget by the Management Committee and/or the Government,
          whichever is applicable. In the event the Management Committee and/or
          the Government, whichever is applicable, requires changes in the
          appraisal Work Program and Budget,the matter shall be resubmitted to
          the Operating Committee for further consideration.

     (D)  Any Party desiring to propose a Completion attempt, or an alternative
          Completion attempt, must do so within the time period provided in
          Article 5.12(A)(1) by notifying all other Parties. The Operator shall
          prepare the AFE for such Completion costs and provide same to the
          Parties.

     6.6  DEVELOPMENT OF NEW DISCOVERY

     (A)  If the Operating Committee determines that a Discovery may be
          commercial, the Operator shall, as soon as practicable, but not later
          than ninety (90) Days after completing the appraisal referred to in
          Article 6.5(C), deliver to the Parties a Development Plan together
          with the Work Program and Budget for the remainder of the Financial
          Year and a provisional Work Program and Budget for the next succeeding
          Financial Year along with annual projections for the remainder of the
          development of the New Discovery. The Work Programs and Budgets
          proposed by the Operator shall contain, inter alia:

               (1)  Details of the proposed work to be undertaken, personnel
                    required and expenditures to be incurred, including the
                    timing of same, on a Financial Year basis;

               (2)  An estimated date for the commencement of production;

               (3)  A delineation of the proposed Exploitation Area; and

               (4)  Any other information requested by the Operating Committee.

     (B)  After receipt of the Development Plan, or earlier if necessary to meet
          any applicable deadline under the Contract, the Operating Committee
          shall meet to consider, modify and then either approve or reject
          within ninety (90) Days the Development Plan and the Work Program and
          Budget for the remainder of the Financial Year for the development
          submitted by Operator. If the Development Plan is approved by the
          Operating Committee, Operator shall, as soon as possible, deliver any
          notice of Commercial Discovery required under the Contract and take
          such other steps as may be required under the Contract to secure
          approval of the Development Plan by the Management Committee and/or
          Government, whichever is applicable. In the event the Management
          Committee and/or Government, whichever is applicable, requires changes
          in the Development Plan, the matter shall be resubmitted to the
          Operating Committee for further consideration. If the Development Plan
          is approved, such work shall be incorporated into and form part of the
          annual Work Programs and Budgets.

     6.7  ITEMIZATION OF EXPENDITURES

     (A)  During the preparation of the proposed Work Programs and Budgets and
          Development Plans contemplated in this Article, Operator shall consult
          with the Operating Committee regarding the contents of such Work
          Programs and Budgets and Development Plans.

     (B)  Each Work Program and Budget and Development Plan submitted by
          Operator shall contain an itemized estimate of the costs of Joint
          Operations and all other expenditures to be made for the Joint Account
          during the Financial Year in question.

     (C)  The Work Program and Budget shall designate the portion or portions of
          the Contract Area in which Joint Operations itemized in such Work
          Program and Budget are to be conducted and shall specify the kind and
          extent of such operations in such detail as the Operating Committee
          may deem suitable.

     6.8  CONTRACT AWARDS

     (A)  Operator shall award, except for an award to an Affiliate, each
          contract for Joint Operations on the following basis (the amounts
          stated are in thousands of U.S. dollars):

                                      PROCEDURE A     PROCEDURE B    PROCEDURE C
 Applicable to Exploration,
 Appraisal, Development
 and Production                      $100 to $500   $500 to $3,000     $3,000
 Operations

           Operator shall not award a contract exceeding US$20,000 to an
           Affiliate without prior approval of the Operating Committee,
           provided, however, that the service agreement under which EOGIL
           secures technical, administrative and related support subject to
           Sections 2.4.2 and 3.1 of Exhibit "A", Accounting Procedure, shall
           not be subject to the provisions of this Article 6.8.

           For contracts valued less than the lower limit of Procedure A,
           Operator shall award the contract to the best qualified contractor as
           determined in accordance with Operator's purchasing policies set
           forth in EOGIL's purchasing policy and procedure, Number 9401.
           Operator shall inform the Non-Operators of such awards every month.

     PROCEDURE A

     Operator shall:

               (1)  Provide the Parties with a list of all the entities approved
                    by the Operating Committee as per Article 6.8(C) for the
                    applicable category of the contract, along with other
                    entities, if any, from whom the Operator proposes to invite
                    tender;

               (2)  Add to such list entities whom a Party requests to be added
                    within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such list;

               (3)  If and when any Party so requests, Operator shall evaluate
                    any entity listed in (1) and (2) above to assure that entity
                    is qualified as based on the qualification criteria agreed
                    in accordance with Article 6.8(B), to perform under the
                    contract;

               (4)  Complete the tendering process within a reasonable period of
                    time;

               (5)  Circulate to all Parties a comparative bid analysis stating
                    Operator's choice of the entity for award of contract.
                    Provide also reasons for such choice in case entity chosen
                    is not the lowest bidder;

               (6)  Inform all the Parties of the entities to whom the contract
                    has been awarded; and

               (7)  Upon the request of a Party, provide such Party with a copy
                    of the final version of the contract awarded.

     PROCEDURE B

     Operator shall:

               (1)  Provide the Parties with a list of all the entities approved
                    by the Operating Committee as per Article 6.8(C) for the
                    applicable category of the contract, along with other
                    entities, if any, from whom the Operator proposes to invite
                    tender;

               (2)  Add to such list entities whom a Party requests to be added
                    within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such list;

               (3)  If and when any Party so requests, Operator shall evaluate
                    any entity listed in (1) and (2) above to assure that entity
                    is qualified as based on the qualification criteria agreed
                    in accordance with Article 6.8(B), to perform under the
                    contract;

               (4)  Complete the tendering process within a reasonable period of
                    time;

               (5)  Circulate to all Parties a comparative bid analysis stating
                    Operator's choice of the entity for award of contract.
                    Provide also reasons for such choice in case the entity
                    chosen is not the lowest bidder. If the bid selected is not
                    the lowest bid, obtain prior approval of the Operating
                    Committee for award of contract;

               (6)  Award the contract accordingly and inform all the Parties of
                    the entities to whom the contract has been awarded; and

               (7)  Upon the request of a Party, provide such Party with a copy
                    of the final version of the contract awarded.

     PROCEDURE C

     Operator shall:

               (1)  Publish invitations for parties to pre-qualify for the
                    proposed contract in one (1) daily national India newspaper,
                    provide to Non-Operators a list of responding parties and an
                    analysis of their qualifications for the contract being
                    contemplated, and include those who qualify, as per the
                    pre-qualification criteria approved as per Article 6.8(B),
                    in the list of entities whom Operator proposes to invite to
                    tender for the said contract;

               (2)  Provide the Parties with a total list of all the entities
                    selected as (1) above and all the entities approved by the
                    Operating Committee as per Article 6.8(C) for the applicable
                    category of the contract, along with other entities, if any,
                    from whom the Operator proposes to invite tender;

               (3)  Add to such list entities whom a Party requests to be added
                    within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such list;

               (4)  If and when any Party so requests, Operator shall evaluate
                    any entity listed in (2) and (3) above to assure that entity
                    is qualified as based on the qualification criteria agreed
                    in accordance with Article 6.8(B), to perform under the
                    contract;

               (5)  Prepare and dispatch the tender documents to the entities on
                    the list as aforesaid and to Non-Operators;

               (6)  After the expiration of the period allowed for tendering,
                    consider and analyze the details of all bids received;

               (7)  Prepare and circulate to the Parties a comparative bid
                    analysis, stating Operator's recommendation as to the entity
                    to whom the contract should be awarded, the reasons
                    therefor, and the technical, commercial and contractual
                    terms to be agreed upon;

               (8)  Obtain the approval of the Operating Committee to the
                    recommended bid. However, failing Operating Committee
                    approval, any Party may refer the issue to Management
                    Committee for decision; and

               (9)  Award the contract accordingly and upon the request of a
                    Party, provide such Party with a copy of the final version
                    of the contract.

     (B)  A set of vendor qualification criteria for each major category of
          vendor shall be proposed by the Operator and approved by the Operating
          Committee within thirty (30) Days of its submittal. In the event the
          Operating Committee fails to approve vendor qualification criteria
          within thirty (30) Days of the date the same is first submitted by the
          Operator, the matter shall be referred to the Management Committee for
          decision. The Operating Committee may revise the qualification
          criteria.

     (C)  It is anticipated that, in order to expedite Joint Operations,
          contracts will be awarded to qualified vendors who are identified as
          approved vendors as to specified activities, supplies and/or work as
          per the applicable Agreement procedure. A list of such approved
          vendors shall first be established as follows:

     Operator shall:

               (1)  Provide the Parties with a list of the entities whom
                    Operator proposes to invite to tender for contracts; and

               (2)  Add to such list entities whom a Party requests to be added
                    within fourteen (14) Days of receipt of such list; and
                    obtain approval of the Operating Committee within thirty
                    (30) Days of its submittal to the Operating Committee by the
                    Operator. Such list shall thereafter be maintained by the
                    Operator. The Operating Committee may add to or delete
                    vendors from such list.

     6.9  AUTHORIZATION FOR EXPENDITURE ("AFE") PROCEDURE

     (A)  Prior to incurring any commitment or expenditure which exceeds the
          expenditure guidelines specified in this Article 6.9, Operator shall
          send to each Non-Operator an AFE containing Operator's best estimate
          of the total funds required to carry out such work, the estimated
          timing of expenditures, and any other necessary supportive
          information. The Operator shall send to each Non-Operator an AFE
          containing the information specified above for the following:

               (1)  Each project involving seismic acquisition and processing;

               (2)  Each Exploration and Appraisal Well;

               (3)  Each Development Well or group of Development Wells;

               (4)  Deepening of any well below original total depth, involving
                    exploratory footage;

               (5)  Workovers or Reworking a well costing in excess of
                    US$200,000 for any well, including deepening into
                    development Zones;

               (6)  Each platform or group of platforms;

               (7)  Each subsea pipeline/major pipeline;

               (8)  Equipping of Wells exceeding One Hundred Thousand U.S.
                    Dollars (US$100,000) if not already included in an AFE.
                    Equipping of wells includes generally the purchase and
                    installation of equipment and material for lifting, heating,
                    storing and otherwise handling production;

               (9)  Individual construction projects and equipment not already
                    included in an AFE, exceeding One Hundred Thousand U.S.
                    Dollars (US$100,000) each;

               (10) Commitments for purchases of advance materials for projects
                    not yet approved shall be aggregated and included in an AFE
                    covering a Calendar Quarter; (11) Any other
                    project/programmed expenditure not included above in this
                    Article 6.9 estimated to be in excess of One Hundred Fifty
                    Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$150,000).

     (B)  The restrictions contained in this Article shall be without prejudice
          to Operator's rights to make expenditures as set out in Article
          4.2(B)(11) and Article 13.5.

     (C)  Parties agree that, except as otherwise provided in Article 6.9(A)(5),
          operating costs and deposits as further specified below in this
          Article 6.9(C) shall not require AFEs. Such costs shall be reported as
          against the appropriate budget line item and variances from the
          budgeted amounts shall be reviewed by the Operating Committee.
          Operating cost means costs and expenditures of a recurring nature,
          incurred after the commencement of production in the operation and
          maintenance of property and necessary for production and handling of
          produced Petroleum. Costs of a similar nature incurred prior to
          production commencement shall be provided for in the appropriate
          AFE(s) in accordance with Article 6.9(A)(1) through (A)(9). Deposits
          mean non-recurring refundable or adjustable payments toward security/
          surety including, but not limited to, expatriate employee housing and
          office building rental deposits. Operating costs are categorized and
          detailed as Production Costs [except that workovers or Reworking a
          well shall be subject to Article 6.9(A)(5)]and general and
          administrative costs, which costs are contained in categories III and
          IV of Exhibit "D", Work Program and Budget. Deposits are listed in the
          "Deposit" section of category V of Exhibit "D".

     6.10 SUPPLEMENTARY AFES

     Operator shall submit a supplemental AFE for approval when it is
anticipated that an AFE will be overexpended by more than ten percent (10%),
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     6.11 APPROVAL OF AFES

     Except as herein otherwise provided, Operator shall be required to obtain
approval of an AFE prior to undertaking the work.

     AFE approval shall be confirmed by returning a signed copy of the AFE to
the Operator. Parties shall respond to requests for approval of AFEs within
fourteen (14) Days of receipt. A failure to respond to an AFE within this time
period shall be deemed an approval of such AFE.

     6.12 APPROVAL OF AFE NOT TO BE UNREASONABLY WITHHELD

     After approval of the Work Program and Budget by the Operating Committee
and the Management Committee, no Party may withhold approval of an AFE for any
project contained in the Firm budget category unless there is a material
variance between the AFE and the project so approved.

     6.13 OVEREXPENDITURES OF WORK PROGRAMS AND BUDGETS

     Cumulative total of all overexpenditures for a Financial Year shall not
exceed five percent (5%) of the total Work Program and Budget as currently
approved.

     6.14 WORK PROGRAM AND BUDGET FOR INITIAL PERIOD

     The Development Plan together with the corresponding Work Program and
Budget for the period ending 31 March 1996 ("Initial Period") shall be submitted
to the Operating Committee for approval as soon as possible following the
Effective Date. The Operating Committee shall approve the Development Plan and
corresponding Work Program and Budget within thirty (30) Days and as soon as
practicable thereafter, the Operator shall submit same to the Management
Committee. In the event the Operating Committee is unable to approve the Work
Program and Budget for the Initial Period by the due date specified in this
Article 6.14, any Party may refer the matter to the Management Committee for
decision.

               ARTICLE VII - OPERATIONS BY LESS THAN ALL PARTIES

     7.1  LIMITATION ON APPLICABILITY

     (A)  Subject to the Contract, any operation beyond the Minimum Work
          Obligation can be proposed as a Joint Operation. In the event of
          difference of opinion among the Parties for taking the operation as
          Joint Operation, the same may be conducted as Exclusive Operation by
          the willing Parties subject to provisions of Article VII. All
          operations shall be conducted as Joint Operations under Article V, or
          as Exclusive Operations under this Article. No Exploration Well or
          Appraisal Well which is an Exclusive Well may be Completed in any
          Field which is so designated as of the Effective Date. If a proposal
          for an Exploration Well/Appraisal Well for Zones other than those in
          the Field leads to an Exclusive Operation and such well is located in
          the Development Area of a Field but outside the Field which is so
          designated as of the Effective Date, then, in such case, each
          Non-Consenting Party/Parties shall have a right to place a
          representative at the site during drilling, Completion and testing and
          recompleting and Reworking of such a well. No Exclusive Operation
          shall be conducted which conflicts with Joint Operations.
          Determination as to whether or not a conflict exists shall be made by
          the unanimous vote of the Operating committee. If the Operating
          Committee cannot agree, the matter can be referred to a sole expert or
          arbitration.

     (B)  Except as otherwise herein provided, operations which are required to
          fulfill the Minimum Work Obligations must be proposed and conducted as
          Joint Operations under Article V, and shall not be proposed or
          conducted as Exclusive Operations under this Article.

     (C)  No Party may propose or conduct an Exclusive Operation under this
          Article, unless and until such Party has properly exercised its right
          to propose an Exclusive Operation pursuant to Article 5.13, or is
          entitled to conduct an Exclusive Operation pursuant to Article X.

     7.2  PROCEDURE TO PROPOSE EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

     (A)  Subject to Article 7.1, if any Party proposes to conduct an Exclusive
          Operation, such Party shall give notice of the proposed operation to
          all Parties, other than Parties who have relinquished their
          Participating Interest in the Exploitation Area in which the proposed
          operation is to be conducted. Such notice shall specify that such
          operation is proposed as an Exclusive Operation, the work to be
          performed, the location, the objectives, and estimated cost of such
          operation.

     (B)  Any Party entitled to receive such notice shall have the right to
          participate in the proposed operation.

               (1)  For proposals to Deepen, Test, Complete, Sidetrack, Plug
                    Back, Recomplete or Rework involving the use of a drilling
                    rig that is standing by in the Contract Area, any such Party
                    wishing to exercise such right must so notify Operator
                    within twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of the notice
                    proposing the Exclusive Operation.

               (2)  For proposals to develop a Discovery, any Party wishing to
                    exercise such right must so notify the Party proposing to
                    develop within twenty (20) Days after receipt of the notice
                    proposing the Exclusive Operation.

               (3)  For all other proposals, any such Party wishing to exercise
                    such right must so notify Operator within ten (10) Days
                    after receipt of the notice proposing the Exclusive
                    Operation;

     (C)  Failure of a Party to whom a proposal notice is delivered to properly
          reply within the period specified above shall constitute an election
          by that Party not to participate in the proposed operation.

     (D)  If all Parties properly exercise their rights to participate, then the
          proposed operation shall be conducted as a Joint Operation. The
          Operator shall commence such Joint Operation as promptly as
          practicable and conduct it with due diligence.

     (E)  If less than all Parties entitled to receive such proposal notice
          properly exercise their rights to participate, then:

               (1)  The Party proposing the Exclusive Operation, together with
                    any other Consenting Parties, shall have the right
                    exercisable for the applicable notice period set out in
                    Article 7.2(B), to instruct Operator (subject to Article
                    7.9(G)) to conduct the Exclusive Operation.

               (2)  If the Exclusive Operation is conducted, the Consenting
                    Parties shall bear the sole liability and expense of such
                    Exclusive Operation in a fraction, the numerator of which is
                    such Consenting Party's Participating Interest as stated in
                    Article 3.1(A) and the denominator of which is the aggregate
                    of the Participating Interests of the Consenting Parties as
                    stated in Article 3.1(A), or in such other proportion
                    totaling one hundred percent (100%) of such liability and
                    expense as the Consenting Parties may agree.

               (3)  If such Exclusive Operation has not been commenced within
                    ninety (90) Days (excluding any extension specifically
                    agreed by all Parties or allowed by the force majeure
                    provisions of Article XVI), the right to conduct such
                    Exclusive Operation shall terminate. If any Party still
                    desires to conduct such Exclusive Operation, written notice
                    proposing such operation must be resubmitted to the Parties
                    in accordance with Article V, as if no proposal to conduct
                    an Exclusive Operation had been previously made.

     7.3  RESPONSIBILITY FOR EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

     (A)  The Consenting Parties shall bear in accordance with the Participating
          Interests agreed under Article 7.2(E) the entire cost and liability of
          conducting an Exclusive Operation and shall indemnify the
          Non-Consenting Parties from any and all costs and liabilities incurred
          incident to such Exclusive Operation (including but not limited to all
          costs, expenses or liabilities for environmental, consequential,
          punitive or any other similar indirect damages or losses arising from
          business interruption, reservoir or formation damage, inability to
          produce petroleum, loss of profits, pollution control and
          environmental amelioration or rehabilitation) and shall keep the
          Contract Area free and clear of all liens and encumbrances of every
          kind created by or arising from such Exclusive Operation.

     (B)  Notwithstanding Article 7.3(A), each Party shall continue to bear its
          Participating Interest share of the cost and liability incident to the
          operations in which it participated, including but not limited to
          plugging and abandoning and restoring the surface location, but only
          to the extent those costs were not increased by the Exclusive
          Operation.

     7.4  CONSEQUENCES OF EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

     (A)  With regard to any Exclusive Operation, for so long as a
          Non-Consenting Party has the option to re-instate the rights it
          relinquished under Article 7.4(B) below, such Non-Consenting Party
          shall be entitled to have access concurrently with the Consenting
          Parties, to all data and other information relating to such Exclusive
          Operation, other than G & G Data obtained in an Exclusive Operation.
          If a Non-Consenting Party desires to receive and acquire the right to
          use such G & G Data, then such Non-Consenting Party shall have the
          right to do so by paying to the Consenting Parties its Participating
          Interest share as set out in Article 3.1(A) of the cost incurred in
          obtaining such G & G Data.

     (B)  With regard to any Exclusive Operation and subject to Article 7.4(C)
          and Article 7.8 below, each Non-Consenting Party shall be deemed to
          have relinquished to the Consenting Parties, and the Consenting
          Parties shall be deemed to own, in proportion to their respective
          Participating Interests in the Exclusive Operation:

               (1)  All of each such Non-Consenting Party's right to participate
                    in further operations on any Discovery made in the course of
                    such Exclusive Operation; and

               (2)  All of each such Non-Consenting Party's right pursuant to
                    the Contract to take and dispose of Hydrocarbons produced
                    and saved:

                    (a)      From the well in which such  Exclusive  Operation
                    was conducted, and

                    (b)      From any wells  drilled to  appraise or develop a
                    Discovery.

     (C)  A Non-Consenting Party shall have the following and only the following
          options to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to Article
          7.4(B):

               (1)  If the Consenting Parties decide to appraise a Discovery
                    made in the course of an Exclusive Operation, the Consenting
                    Parties shall submit to each Non-Consenting Party the
                    approved appraisal program. For thirty (30) Days (or
                    forty-eight (48) hours if the drilling rig which is to be
                    used in such appraisal program is standing by in the
                    Contract Area) from receipt of such appraisal program, each
                    Non-Consenting Party shall have the option to reinstate the
                    rights it relinquished pursuant to Article 7.4(B) and to
                    participate in such appraisal program. The Non-Consenting
                    Party may exercise such option by notifying Operator within
                    the period specified above that such Non-Consenting Party
                    agrees to bear its Participating Interest share of the
                    expense and liability of such appraisal program, to pay the
                    lump sum amount as set out in Article 7.5(A) and to pay the
                    Cash Premium as set out in Article 7.5(B).

               (2)  If the Consenting Parties decide to develop a Discovery made
                    or appraised in the course of an Exclusive Operation, the
                    Consenting Parties shall submit to the Non-Consenting
                    Parties a Development Plan substantially in the form
                    intended to be submitted to the Government under the
                    Contract. For sixty (60) Days from receipt of such
                    Development Plan or such lesser period of time prescribed by
                    the Contract, each Non-Consenting Party shall have the
                    option to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to
                    Article 7.4(B) and to participate in such Development Plan.
                    The Non-Consenting Party may exercise such option by
                    notifying the Party proposing to act as Operator for such
                    Development Plan within the period specified above that such
                    Non-Consenting Party agrees to bear its Participating
                    Interest share of the liability and expense of such
                    Development Plan and such future operating and producing
                    costs, to pay the lump sum amount as set out in Article
                    7.5(A) and to pay the Cash Premium as set out in Article
                    7.5(B).

     (D)  If a Non-Consenting Party does not properly and in a timely manner
          exercise such option, including paying in a timely manner in
          accordance with Article 7.5, all lump sum amounts and Cash Premiums,
          if any, due to the Consenting Parties, such Non-Consenting Party shall
          have forfeited the options as set out in Article 7.4(C) and the right
          to participate in the proposed program, unless such program, plan or
          operation is materially modified or expanded.

     (E)  A Non-Consenting Party shall become a Consenting Party with regard to
          an Exclusive Operation at such time as the Non-Consenting Party gives
          proper notice pursuant to Article 7.4(C); provided that such
          Non-Consenting Party shall in no way be deemed to be entitled to any
          lump sum amount Cash Premium paid incident to such Exclusive
          Operation. The Participating Interest of such Non-Consenting Party in
          such Exclusive Operation shall be its Participating Interest set out
          in Article 3.1(A). The Consenting Parties shall contribute in
          proportion to their respective Participating Interests in such
          Exclusive Operation, the Participating Interest of the Non-Consenting
          Party. If all Parties participate in the proposed operation, then such
          operation shall be conducted as a Joint Operation pursuant to Article
          V.

     (F)  If after the expiry of the period in which a Non-Consenting Party may
          exercise its option to participate in a Development Plan, the
          Consenting Parties desire to proceed with the said Development Plan,
          the Party chosen by the Consenting Parties to act as Operator for such
          development, shall give notice to the Government under the appropriate
          provision of the Contract requesting a meeting to advise the
          Government that the Consenting Parties consider the Discovery to be a
          Commercial Discovery. Following such meeting such Operator for such
          development shall apply for an Exploitation Area. Unless the
          Development Plan is materially modified or expanded prior to the
          commencement of operations under such plan, each Non-Consenting Party
          to such Development Plan shall not participate in such Exploitation
          Area covering such development and shall forfeit all interest in such
          Exploitation Area. Such Non-Consenting Party shall be deemed to have
          withdrawn from this Agreement to the extent it relates to such
          Exploitation Area, even if the Development Plan is modified or
          expanded subsequent to the commencement of operations under such
          Development Plan.

     7.5  PREMIUM TO PARTICIPATE IN EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

     (A)  Within thirty (30) Days of the exercise of its option under Article
          7.4(C), each such Non-Consenting Party shall pay in immediately
          available funds to the Consenting Parties who took the risk of such
          Exclusive Operations in proportion to their respective Participating
          Interests in such Exclusive Operations a lump sum amount payable in
          the currency designated by such Consenting Parties. Such lump sum
          amount shall be equal to such Non-Consenting Party's Participating
          Interest share of all liabilities and expenses, including overhead,
          that were incurred in Exclusive Operations relating to the Discovery,
          or well, as the case may be, in which the Non-Consenting Party desires
          to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to Article 7.4(B),
          and that were not previously paid by such Non-Consenting Party.

     (B)  In addition to Article 7.5(A), if a Cash Premium is due, then within
          thirty (30) Days of the exercise of its option under Article 7.4(C)
          each such Non-Consenting Party shall pay in immediately available
          funds, in the currency designated by the Consenting Parties who took
          the risk of such Exclusive Operations, to such Consenting Parties in
          proportion to their respective Participating Interests a Cash Premium
          equal to the total of:

               (1)  Two hundred percent (200%) of such Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all liabilities and
                    expenses, including overhead, that were incurred in any
                    Exclusive Operations relating to the obtaining of the
                    portion of the G & G Data which pertains to the Discovery,
                    and that were not previously paid by such Non-Consenting
                    Party; plus

               (2)  Eight hundred percent (800%) of such Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all liabilities and
                    expenses, including overhead, that were incurred in any
                    Exclusive Operations relating to the drilling, Deepening,
                    Testing, Completing, Sidetracking, Plugging Back,
                    Recompleting and Reworking of the Exploration Well which
                    made the Discovery in which the Non-Consenting Party desires
                    to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to Article
                    7.4(B), and that were not previously paid by such
                    Non-Consenting Party; plus

               (3)  Five hundred percent (500%) of the Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all liabilities and
                    expenses, including overhead, that were incurred in any
                    Exclusive Operations relating to the drilling, Deepening,
                    Testing, Completing, Sidetracking, Plugging Back,
                    Recompleting and Reworking of the Appraisal Well(s) which
                    delineated the Discovery in which the Non-Consenting Party
                    desires to reinstate the rights it relinquished pursuant to
                    Article 7.4(B), and that were not previously paid by such
                    Non-Consenting Party.

     7.6  ORDER OF PREFERENCE OF OPERATIONS

     (A)  Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, if any
          Party desires to propose the conduct of an operation that will
          conflict with an existing proposal for an Exclusive Operation, such
          Party shall have the right exercisable for five (5) Days, or
          twenty-four (24) hours if the drilling rig to be used is standing by
          in the Contract Area, from receipt of the proposal for the Exclusive
          Operation, to deliver to all Parties entitled to participate in the
          proposed operation such Party's alternative proposal. Such alternative
          proposal shall contain the information required under Article 7.2(A).

     (B)  Each Party receiving such proposals shall elect by delivery of notice
          to Operator within the appropriate response period set out in Article
          7.2(B) to participate in one of the competing proposals. Any Party not
          notifying Operator within the response period shall be deemed not to
          have voted.

     (C)  The proposal receiving the largest aggregate Participating Interest
          vote shall have priority over all other competing proposals. In the
          case of a tie vote, the Operator shall choose among the proposals
          receiving the largest aggregate Participating Interest vote. Operator
          shall deliver notice of such result to all Parties entitled to
          participate in the operation within five (5) Days of the end of the
          response period, or twenty-four (24) hours if the drilling rig to be
          used is standing by in the Contract Area.

     (D)  Each Party shall then have two (2) Days (or twenty-four (24) hours if
          the drilling rig to be used is standing by in the Contract Area) from
          receipt of such notice to elect by delivery of notice to Operator
          whether such Party will participate in such Exclusive Operation, or
          will relinquish its interest pursuant to Article 7.4(B). Failure by a
          Party to deliver such notice within such period shall be deemed an
          election not to participate in the prevailing proposal.

     7.7  STAND BY COSTS

     (A)  When an operation has been performed, all tests have been conducted
          and the results of such tests furnished to the Parties, stand by costs
          incurred pending response to any Party's notice proposing an Exclusive
          Operation for Deepening, Testing, Sidetracking, Completing, Plugging
          Back, Recompleting, Reworking or other further operation in such well
          (including the period required under Article 7.6 to resolve competing
          proposals) shall be charged and borne as part of the operation just
          completed. Stand by costs incurred subsequent to all Parties
          responding, or expiration of the response time permitted, whichever
          first occurs, shall be charged to and borne by the Parties proposing
          the Exclusive Operation in proportion to their Participating
          Interests, regardless of whether such Exclusive Operation is actually
          conducted.

     (B)  If a further operation is proposed while the drilling rig to be
          utilized is on location, any Party may request and receive up to five
          (5) additional Days after expiration of the applicable response period
          specified in Article 7.2(B) within which to respond by notifying
          Operator that such Party agrees to bear all stand by costs and other
          costs incurred during such extended response period. Operator may
          require such Party to pay the estimated stand by time in advance as a
          condition to extending the response period. If more than one Party
          requests such additional time to respond to the notice, stand by costs
          shall be allocated between such Parties on a Day-to-Day basis in
          proportion to their Participating Interests.

     7.8  SPECIAL CONSIDERATION REGARDING DEEPENING AND SIDETRACKING

     (A)  An Exclusive Well shall not be deepened or sidetracked without
           first affording the Non-Consenting Parties in accordance with this
           Article the opportunity to participate in such operation.

     (B)  In the event any Consenting Party desires to Deepen or Sidetrack an
          Exclusive Well, such Party shall initiate the procedure contemplated
          by Article 7.2. If a Deepening or Sidetracking operation is approved
          pursuant to such provisions, and if any Non-Consenting Party to the
          Exclusive Well elects to participate in such Deepening or Sidetracking
          operation, the payment, if any, pursuant to Article 7.5 of such
          Non-Consenting Party shall be calculated based on the following
          liabilities and expenses:

               (1)  If the proposal is to Deepen or Sidetrack and is made prior
                    to the Completion of such well as a Commercial Discovery,
                    then payment shall be based on such Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of the liabilities and expenses
                    incurred in connection with drilling the Exclusive Well from
                    the surface to the depth previously drilled which such
                    Non-Consenting Party would have paid had such Non-Consenting
                    Party agreed to participate in such Exclusive Well, plus the
                    Non-Consenting Party's Participating Interest share of the
                    liabilities and expenses of Deepening or Sidetracking and of
                    participating in any further operations on such Exclusive
                    Well in accordance with the other provisions of this
                    Agreement; provided, however, all liabilities and expenses
                    for Testing and Completing or attempting Completion of the
                    well incurred by Consenting Parties prior to the
                    commencement of actual operations to Deepen or Sidetrack
                    beyond the depth previously drilled shall be for the sole
                    account of Consenting Parties in the proportion their
                    Participating Interest bears to the aggregate of their
                    Participating Interests.

               (2)  If the proposal is to Deepen or Sidetrack and is made for an
                    Exclusive Well that has been previously Completed as a
                    Commercial Discovery, but is no longer producing, then
                    payment shall be based on the Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all costs of drilling and
                    Completing said well from the surface to the depth
                    previously drilled, calculated in the manner provided in
                    Article 7.8(B)(1), less those costs recouped by the
                    Consenting Parties from the sale of production from such
                    Exclusive Well, plus the Non-Consenting Party's
                    Participating Interest share of all costs of re-entering
                    said well, plus the Non-Consenting Party's proportionate
                    part (based on the percentage of the Exclusive Well such
                    Non-Consenting Party would have owned had it previously
                    participated in such Exclusive Well) of the costs of
                    salvable materials and equipment remaining in the hole and
                    salvable surface equipment used in connection with such well
                    shall be determined in accordance with the Accounting
                    Procedure. If at the time such Deepening or Sidetracking
                    operation is conducted the Consenting Parties have recouped
                    from the Exclusive Well the amount calculated pursuant to
                    Article 7.5, then a Non-Consenting Party may participate in
                    the Deepening or Sidetracking of the Exclusive Well with no
                    payment for liabilities and expenses incurred prior to
                    re-entering the well for Deepening or Sidetracking.

     7.9  MISCELLANEOUS

     (A)  Each Exclusive Operation shall be carried out by the Operator on
          behalf of and at the expense of the Consenting Parties. For Exclusive
          Operations, the Consenting Parties shall act as the Operating
          Committee, subject to the provisions of this Agreement applied mutatis
          mutandis to such Exclusive Operation and subject to the terms and
          conditions of the Contract.

     (B)  The computation of liabilities and expenses incurred in Exclusive
          Operations, including the liabilities and expenses of Operator for
          conducting such operations, shall be made in accordance with the
          principles set out in the Accounting Procedure.

     (C)  Operator shall maintain separate books, financial records and accounts
          for Exclusive Operations which shall be subject to the same rights of
          audit and examination as the Joint Account and related records, all as
          provided in the Accounting Procedure. Said rights of audit and
          examination shall extend to each of the Consenting Parties and each of
          the Non-Consenting Parties so long as the latter are, or may be,
          entitled to elect to participate in such operations.

     (D)  Operator, if it is not a Consenting Party and it is conducting an
          Exclusive Operation for the Consenting Parties, shall be entitled to
          request cash advances and shall not be required to use its own funds
          to pay any cost and expense and shall not be obliged to commence or
          continue Exclusive Operations until cash advances requested have been
          made, and the Accounting Procedure shall apply to Operator in respect
          of any Exclusive Operations conducted by it.

     (E)  Should the submission of a Development Plan be approved in accordance
          with Article 5.9, or should any Party propose a development in
          accordance with Article VII, with either proposal not calling for the
          conduct of additional appraisal drilling, and should any Party wish to
          drill an additional Appraisal Well prior to development, then the
          Party proposing the Appraisal Well as an Exclusive Operation shall be
          entitled to proceed first, but without the right to future
          reimbursement of costs or to any Premium, pursuant to Article 7.5. If,
          as the result of drilling such Appraisal Well as an Exclusive
          Operation, the Party proposing to apply for an Exploitation Area
          decides to not develop the reservoir, then each Non-Consenting Party
          who voted in favor of such Development Plan prior to the drilling of
          such Appraisal Well shall pay to the Consenting Party the amount such
          Non-Consenting Party would have paid had such Appraisal Well been
          drilled as a Joint Operation.

     (F)  In the case of any Exclusive Operation for Deepening, Testing,
          Completing, Sidetracking, Plugging Back, Recompleting or Reworking,
          the Consenting Parties shall be permitted to use, free of cost, all
          casing, tubing and other equipment in the well, that is not needed for
          Joint Operations, but the ownership of all such equipment shall remain
          unchanged. On abandonment of a well after such Exclusive Operation,
          the Consenting Parties shall account for all such equipment to the
          Parties who shall receive their respective Participating Interest
          shares, in value, less cost of salvage.

     (G)  If the Operator is a Non-Consenting Party to an Exclusive Operation to
          develop a new Discovery, then subject to obtaining any necessary
          Government approval the Operator may resign, but in any event shall
          resign on the request of the Consenting Parties, as Operator for the
          Exploitation Area for such Discovery and the Consenting Parties shall
          select a Party to serve as Operator.

                             ARTICLE VIII - DEFAULT

     8.1  DEFAULT AND NOTICE

     Any Party that fails to pay when due its Participating Interest share of
Joint Account expenses including cash advances and interest, if any, accrued
pursuant to this Agreement, subject to Section 1.6.2, (a "Defaulting Party")
shall be in default under this Agreement. Operator, or any other Party in the
case of the default of Operator, shall promptly give written notice of such
default to such Party and each of the non-defaulting Parties, but not later than
the third Business Day from the due date. If the Operator is in default, it
shall issue notice to the other Parties on the third Business Day after the due
date. The amount not paid by the Defaulting Party shall bear interest from the
date due until paid in full. Interest "Agreed Interest Rate" will be calculated
using the rates specified below:

     From due date through fifth Business Day, interest is LIBOR + 0.5

     From sixth through thirtieth Business Day, interest is LIBOR + 1.5

     From thirty-first through forty-sixth Business Day, interest is LIBOR + 3.0

     Beyond forty-sixth Business Day, interest is LIBOR + 5.0

     8.2  OPERATING COMMITTEE MEETINGS AND DATA

     After any default has continued for thirty (30) Business Days from the date
of written notice of default under Article 8.1, and for as long thereafter as
the Defaulting Party remains in default on any payment due under this Agreement,
the Defaulting Party shall not be entitled to vote on any matter coming before
the Operating Committee during the period such default continues. Unless agreed
otherwise by the non-defaulting Parties, the voting interest of each
non-defaulting Party shall be in the proportion which its Participating Interest
bears to the total of the Participating Interest of all the non-defaulting
Parties. Any matters requiring unanimous vote of the Parties shall be deemed to
exclude the Defaulting Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Defaulting
Party shall be deemed to have approved, and shall join with the non-defaulting
Parties in taking any action to maintain and preserve the Contract.

     8.3  ALLOCATION OF DEFAULTED ACCOUNTS

     (A)  Operator shall, either at the time of giving notice of default as
          provided in Article 8.1, or by separate notice, notify each
          non-defaulting Party of the sum of money it is to pay as its portion
          (such portion being in the ratio that each non-defaulting Party's
          Participating Interest bears to the Participating Interests of all
          non-defaulting Parties) of such amount in default. Each non-defaulting
          Party shall, if such default continues, pay Operator, within ten (10)
          Business Days after receipt of such notice, its share of the amount
          which the Defaulting Party failed to pay. If any non-defaulting Party
          fails to pay its share of the amount in default as aforesaid, such
          non-defaulting Party shall thereupon be in default and shall be a
          Defaulting Party subject to the provisions of this Article. The
          non-defaulting Parties which pay the amount owed by any Defaulting
          Party shall be entitled to receive their respective share of the
          principal and interest payable by such Defaulting Party pursuant to
          Article 8.1.

     (B)  The total of all amounts paid by the non-defaulting Parties for the
          Defaulting Party, together with interest accrued on such amounts shall
          constitute a debt due and owing by the Defaulting Party to the
          non-defaulting Parties in proportion to such amounts paid. In
          addition, the non-defaulting Parties may in the manner contemplated by
          this Article, satisfy such debt (together with interest) and may
          accrue an amount equal to the Defaulting Party's Participating
          Interest share of the estimated cost to abandon any Joint Property.

     (C)  A Defaulting Party may remedy its default by paying to Operator the
          total amount due, together with interest calculated as provided in
          Article 8.1, at any time prior to a transfer of its interest pursuant
          to Article 8.4, and, upon receipt of such payment, Operator shall
          remit to each non-defaulting Party its proportionate share of such
          amount.

     (D)  The rights granted to each non-defaulting Party pursuant to this
          Article shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any other
          rights or remedies which each non-defaulting Party may have at law or
          equity or pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement.

     8.4  TRANSFER OF INTEREST

     (A)  For thirty (30) Days after each failure by the Defaulting Party to
          remedy its default by the ninetieth (90th) Day following notice of
          default without prejudice to any other rights of the non-defaulting
          Parties to recover the amounts paid for the Defaulting Party, together
          with interest accrued on such amount, each non-defaulting Party shall
          have the option to give notice to the Defaulting Party requiring the
          Defaulting Party to transfer, as specified in Article 8.4(E), its
          interest to the non-defaulting Parties. To that end if any of the
          non-defaulting Parties so elect, the Defaulting Party shall be deemed
          to have transferred and to have empowered the electing non-defaulting
          Parties to execute on said Defaulting Party's behalf any documents
          required to effect a transfer of all of its right, title and
          beneficial interest in and under this Agreement and the Contract and
          in all wells and Joint Property to the electing non-defaulting
          Parties. If requested, each Party shall execute a Power of Attorney in
          the form prescribed by the Operating Committee. The Defaulting Party
          shall, without delay following any request from the non-defaulting
          Parties, do any and all acts required to be done by applicable law or
          regulation in order to render such transfer legally valid, including,
          without limitation, the obtaining of all governmental consents and
          approvals, and shall execute any and all documents and take such other
          actions as may be necessary in order to effect prompt and valid
          transfer of the interests described above, free of all liens and
          encumbrances. In the event all Government approvals are not timely
          obtained, the Defaulting Party shall hold its Participating Interest
          in trust for such non-defaulting Parties who elected to assume such
          Defaulting Party's Participating Interest.

     (B)  In the absence of an agreement among the non-defaulting Parties to the
          contrary, any such transfer to the non-defaulting Parties shall be in
          the proportion that the non-defaulting Parties have paid the amounts
          due from the Defaulting Party. 

     (C)  Subject to Article 12.1(C), on the effective date of transfer of all
          its Participating Interest, the Defaulting Party shall forthwith cease
          to be a Party to this Agreement to the extent of the Participating
          Interest so transferred. The acceptance or non-acceptance by a
          non-defaulting Party of any portion of a Defaulting Party's
          Participating Interest shall be without prejudice to any rights or
          remedies such non-defaulting Parties have to recover the outstanding
          debts (including interest) owed by the Defaulting Party.

     (D)  Notwithstanding the above, if pursuant to any mutual agreement between
          any of the Parties, one of the Parties makes an additional
          contribution on behalf of another Party, the same will not be treated
          as a Default of the other Party under this Agreement and Contract.
          Such contribution shall not change the Participating Interest of the
          Parties.

     (E)  In the event that the default continues for more than ninety (90) days
          (the "Default Period") and the Defaulting Party does not pay the
          amount in default plus accrued interest by the end of such time, a
          proportion of the Participating Interest of such Defaulting Party
          shall, at the sole election of the Non-Defaulting Parties who wish to
          acquire such interest, be forfeited to such Non-Defaulting Parties to
          reflect the ratio that the cumulative contributions of the Defaulting
          Party bears to the total cumulative contributions of all the Parties
          to Joint Operations costs, so that following such forfeiture the
          remaining Participating Interest of the Defaulting Party as a
          proportion of the total Participating Interests of all the Parties is
          equal to the said ratio.

     Following such forfeiture, the reduced Participating Interest of the
Defaulting Party shall be in accordance with the following formula:

     A = B/C
     where:

     A =  the reduced Participating Interest of the Defaulting Party, and

     B =  the total contributions to Joint Operations costs of the
          Defaulting Party up to but not including the amount in
          default, and

     C =  the total contributions to Joint Operations costs of all
          the Parties up to and including the amount in default.

           Such forfeiture will not restore the Defaulting Party's powers and
           rights forfeited under Article 8.2 until such Defaulting Party has
           paid, in full, the first Cash Call following the date of such
           forfeiture. The Defaulting Party shall execute such documents as are
           necessary to transfer its Participating Interest at its sole cost.

           Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, in the event that as
           a result of a forfeiture by the Defaulting Party of a part of its
           Participating Interest pursuant to the provisions of this Article,
           the remaining Participating Interest the Defaulting Party falls below
           ten percent (10%) the Non-Defaulting Parties shall assume such
           Participating Interest of the Defaulting Party in proportion to their
           Participating Interest or in such other proportion as may be agreed
           by them. The Defaulting Party shall execute such documents as are
           necessary to transfer its remaining Participating Interest at its
           sole cost.

     8.5  CONTINUATION OF INTEREST

     If within thirty (30) Days after each failure by the Defaulting Party to
remedy its default by the ninetieth (90th) Day following notice of default the
non-defaulting Parties elect to not acquire the Defaulting Party's Participating
Interest as provided in Article 8.4 and to continue to bear the Defaulting
Party's Participating Interest share of liabilities and expenses, then the
non-defaulting Parties shall accumulate all such liabilities and expenses as a
debt pursuant to Article 8, but the Defaulting Party shall continue to be a
Party subject to Article 8.2 and Article 8.7. If Operator disposes of any Joint
Property or any other credit or adjustment is made to the Joint Account, or if
Operator sells any of the Defaulting Party's Participating Interest share of
Hydrocarbons, then, in respect of the Defaulting Party's Participating Interest
share of the proceeds of such disposal, credit or adjustment or sale, Operator
shall be entitled to retain and to set off the same against all amounts,
together with interest accrued on such amount, due and owing from the Defaulting
Party plus an accrued amount equal to the Defaulting Party's Participating
Interest share of the estimated cost to abandon any Joint Property. Any surplus
remaining after setting off the same as aforesaid shall be paid promptly to the
Defaulting Party.

     8.6  ABANDONMENT

     If, within thirty (30) Days after the failure by the Defaulting Party to
remedy its default by the ninetieth (90th) Day as aforesaid, no non-defaulting
Party elects to acquire the Defaulting Party's Participating Interest as
provided in Article 8.4, or to bear the Defaulting Party's Participating
Interest share of liabilities and expenses as provided in Article 8.5, then no
transfer shall be made and Joint Operations shall be abandoned subject to any
necessary consents and notices being given and each Party, including the
Defaulting Party shall pay its Participating Interest share of all costs of
abandoning and relinquishing the Contract. If abandonment occurs as aforesaid,
all monies paid by the non-defaulting Parties for the Defaulting Party pursuant
to Article 8.3, together with interest accrued on such amount, shall remain a
debt due and owing by the Defaulting Party.

     8.7  SALE OF HYDROCARBONS

     Notwithstanding anything here else contained in this Agreement, if a Party
defaults after the commencement of commercial production and has not remedied
the default by the ninetieth (90th) Day as aforesaid, then, during the
continuance of such default, the Defaulting Party shall not be entitled to its
Participating Interest share of Hydrocarbons which shall vest in and be the
property of the non-defaulting Parties, and Operator shall be authorized to sell
such Hydrocarbons at the best price obtainable under the circumstances, and,
after deducting all costs, charges and expenses incurred by Operator in
connection with such sale, pay the proceeds proportionately to the
non-defaulting Parties, which proceeds shall be credited against all monies
advanced pursuant to Article 8.3, together with interest accrued thereon. Any
surplus remaining shall be paid to the Defaulting Party, and any deficiency
shall remain a debt due from the Defaulting Party to the non-defaulting Parties.
As soon as the deficiency is satisfied, the Defaulting Party's rights shall be
restored.

     8.8  NO RIGHT OF SET OFF

     Each Party acknowledges and accepts that a fundamental principle of this
Agreement is that each Party pays its Participating Interest share of all
amounts due under this Agreement as and when required. Accordingly, any Party
which becomes a Defaulting Party undertakes that, in respect of either any
exercise by the non-defaulting Parties of any rights under or the application of
any of the provisions of this Article, such Party shall not raise by way of set
off or invoke as a defense, whether in law or equity, any failure to pay amounts
due and owing under this Agreement or any alleged or unliquidated claim that
such Party may have against Operator or any Non-Operator, whether such claim
arises under this Agreement or otherwise. Such Party further undertakes not to
raise by way of defense, whether in law or in equity, that the nature or the
amount of the remedies granted to the non-defaulting Parties is unreasonable or
excessive.

     8.9  MINOR DEFAULT

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 8, Articles 8.2 and 8.4
shall have no effect provided the total amount of funds in default is less than
One Million United States Dollars (US$1,000,000).

     8.10 REINSTATEMENT OF RIGHTS

     In the event that the default is found to be in error, either through
arbitration or otherwise, the Defaulting Party's rights shall be reinstated as
determined by the arbitrators or, if not subjected to arbitration, as otherwise
found to be reasonably appropriate.

                     ARTICLE IX - DISPOSITION OF PRODUCTION

     9.1  RIGHT AND OBLIGATION TO TAKE IN KIND

     Except as otherwise provided in this Article, each Party shall have the
right and obligation to own, take in kind and separately dispose of its
Participating Interest share of total production available to the Parties
pursuant to the Contract from any Exploitation Area in such quantities and in
accordance with such procedures as may be set forth in the offtake agreement
referred to in Article 9.2 or in the special arrangements for natural gas
referred to in Article 9.3. If Government is party to the offtake agreement,
then the Parties shall endeavor to obtain its agreement to the principles set
forth in this Article.

9.2     OFFTAKE AGREEMENT FOR CRUDE OIL

     If crude oil is to be produced from an Exploitation Area, the Parties shall
in good faith, negotiate and conclude the terms of an agreement to cover the
offtake of crude oil produced under the Contract. The Government may, if
necessary and practicable, also be party to the offtake agreement. This offtake
agreement shall, to the extent consistent with the Contract, make provision for:

     (A)  The delivery point, at which title and risk of loss of Participating
          Interest shares of crude oil shall pass to the Parties interested (or
          as the Parties may otherwise agree);

     (B)  Operator's regular periodic advice to the Parties of estimates of
          total available production for succeeding periods, Participating
          Interest shares, and grades of crude oil for as far ahead as is
          necessary for Operator and the Parties to plan offtake arrangements.
          Such advice shall also cover for each grade of crude oil total
          available production and deliveries for the preceding period,
          inventory and overlifts and underlifts;

     (C)  Nomination by the Parties to Operator of acceptance of their
          Participating Interest share of total available production for the
          succeeding period. Such nominations shall in any one period be for
          each Party's entire Participating Interest share arising during that
          period subject to operational tolerances and agreed minimum economic
          cargo sizes or as the Parties may otherwise agree;

     (D)  Elimination of overlifts and underlifts;

     (E)  If offshore loading or a shore terminal for vessel loading is
          involved, risks regarding acceptability of tankers, demurrage and (if
          applicable) availability of berths;

     (F)  Distribution to the Parties of Entitlements to ensure, to the extent
          Parties take delivery of their Entitlements in proportion to the
          accrual of such Entitlements, that each Party shall receive currently
          Entitlements of grades, gravities and qualities of Hydrocarbons
          similar to Hydrocarbons received by each other Party.

     (G)  To the extent that distribution of Entitlements on such basis is
          impracticable due to availability of facilities and minimum cargo
          sizes, a method of making periodic adjustments; and


     (H)  The option and the right of the other Parties to sell an Entitlement
          which a Party fails to nominate for acceptance pursuant to (C) above
          or of which a Party fails to take delivery, in accordance with
          applicable agreed procedures, provided that such failure either
          constitutes a breach of Operator's or Parties' obligations under the
          terms of the Contract, or is likely to result in the curtailment or
          shut-in of production. Such sales shall be made only to the limited
          extent necessary to avoid disruption in Joint Operations. Operator
          shall give all Parties as much notice as is practicable of such
          situation and that a sale option has arisen. Any sale shall be of the
          unnominated or undelivered Entitlement as the case may be and for
          reasonable periods of time as are consistent with the minimum needs of
          the industry and in no event to exceed twelve (12) months. The right
          of sale shall be revocable at will subject to any prior contractual
          commitments. Sales to non-affiliated third parties shall be for the
          realized price f.o.b. the delivery point. Sales to any of the Parties
          or their Affiliates shall be at current market value f.o.b. the
          delivery point. The Party arranging the sale shall pay to the Party
          whose Entitlement is involved the above price after deduction of all
          costs, including storage costs, incurred in respect of such sale and a
          marketing fee of an agreed percentage of the applicable price less
          deductions, reflecting actual costs of disposal at immediate notice.
          Current market value shall be the value of the Entitlement in
          international markets (unless the Entitlement was required to be
          delivered into the Government's domestic market, in which case it
          shall be the value therein) between a willing buyer and a willing
          seller and shall be agreed between the two Parties concerned, or
          failing agreement, determined by an expert to be appointed in
          accordance with procedures set forth in the offtake agreement.

     9.3  SEPARATE AGREEMENT FOR NATURAL GAS

     The Parties recognize that it may be necessary for the Parties to enter
into special arrangements for the disposal of the natural gas, which are
consistent with the Development Plan and subject to the terms of the Contract.

                        ARTICLE X - ABANDONMENT OF WELLS

     10.1 ABANDONMENT OF WELLS DRILLED AS JOINT OPERATIONS

     (A)  Any well which has been drilled as a Joint Operation and which is
          proposed to be plugged and abandoned shall not be plugged and
          abandoned without the consent of all Parties.

     (B)  Should any such Party fail to reply within the period prescribed in
          Article 5.12(A)(1) or Article 5.12(A)(2), whichever is applicable,
          after delivery of notice of the Operator's proposal to plug and
          abandon such well, such Party shall be deemed to have consented to the
          proposed abandonment. If all the Parties consent to abandonment, such
          well shall be plugged and abandoned in accordance with applicable
          regulations and at the cost, risk and expense of the Parties who
          participated in the cost of drilling such well.

     (C)  If there is a disagreement amongst the Parties regarding the
          abandonment of such well, those wishing to continue operations shall
          assume financial responsibility over the well and shall be deemed to
          be Consenting Parties conducting an Exclusive Operation pursuant to
          Article VII. In the case of a producing well, the Consenting Parties
          shall be entitled to continue producing only from the Zone open to
          production at the time they assumed responsibility for the well.

     (D)  Consenting Parties taking over a well as provided above shall tender
          to each of the Non-Consenting Parties such Non-Consenting Parties'
          Participating Interest share of the value of the well's salvable
          material and equipment, determined in accordance with the Accounting
          Procedure, less the estimated cost of salvaging and the estimated cost
          of plugging and abandoning as of the date the Consenting Party assumed
          responsibility for the well; provided, however, that in the event the
          estimated cost of plugging and abandoning and the estimated cost of
          salvaging are higher than the value of the well's salvable material
          and equipment, each of the abandoning Parties shall continue to be
          liable pursuant to Article 7.3(B) for their respective Participating
          Interest shares of the estimated excess cost.

     (E)  Each Non-Consenting Party shall be deemed to have relinquished to the
          Consenting Parties in proportion to their Participating Interests all
          of its interest in the wellbore of a produced well and related
          equipment in accordance with Article 7.4(B), insofar and only insofar
          as such interest covers the right to obtain production from that
          wellbore in the Zone then open to production.

     (F)  Subject to Article 7.9(G), Operator shall continue to operate a
          produced well for the account of the Consenting Parties at the rates
          and charges contemplated by this Agreement, plus any additional cost
          and charges which may arise as the result of the separate allocation
          of interest in such well.

     10.2 ABANDONMENT OF EXCLUSIVE OPERATIONS

     This Article shall apply mutatis mutandis to the abandonment of an
Exclusive Well or any well in which an Exclusive Operation has been conducted;
provided that no well shall be permanently plugged and abandoned unless and
until all Parties having the right to conduct further operations in such well
have been notified of the proposed abandonment and afforded the opportunity to
elect to take over the well in accordance with the provisions of this Article X.

                             ARTICLE XI - SURRENDER

     11.1 SURRENDER

     (A)  If the Contract requires the Parties to surrender any portion of the
          Contract Area, Operator shall advise the Operating Committee of such
          requirement at least one hundred and twenty (120) Days in advance of
          the earlier of the date for filing irrevocable notice of such
          surrender or the date of such surrender. Prior to the end of such
          period, the Operating Committee shall determine pursuant to Article V,
          the size and shape of the surrendered area, consistent with the
          requirements of the Contract. If no proposal attains the support of
          one hundred percent (100%) of the Participating Interests, then the
          proposal receiving the largest aggregate Participating Interest vote
          shall be adopted. The Parties shall execute any and all documents and
          take such other actions as may be necessary to effect the surrender.
          Each Party renounces all claims and causes of action against Operator
          and any other Parties on account of any area surrendered in accordance
          with the foregoing but against its recommendation if Hydrocarbons are
          subsequently discovered under the surrendered area.

     (B)  A surrender of all or any part of the Contract Area which is not
          required by the Contract shall require the unanimous consent of the
          Parties.

                  ARTICLE XII - TRANSFER OF INTEREST OR RIGHTS

     12.1 OBLIGATIONS

     (A)  Subject always to the requirements of the Contract, the transfer of
          all or part of a Party's Participating Interest shall be effective
          only if it satisfies the terms and conditions of this Article.

     (B)  Except in the case of a Party transferring all of its Participating
          Interest, no transfer shall be made by any Party which results in the
          transferor or the transferee holding a Participating Interest of less
          than ten percent (10%) or holding any Interest other than a
          Participating Interest in the Contract, the Contract Area and this
          Agreement.

     (C)  The transferring Party shall, notwithstanding the transfer, be liable
          to the other Parties for any obligations, financial or otherwise,
          which have vested, matured or accrued under the provision of the
          Contract or this Agreement prior to such transfer. Such obligations
          shall include, without limitation, any proposed expenditure approved
          by the Operating Committee, prior to the transferring Party notifying
          the other Parties of its proposed transfer.

     (D)  The transferee shall have no rights in and under the Contract, the
          Contract Area or this Agreement unless and until it obtains any
          necessary Government approval and expressly undertakes in writing to
          perform the obligations of the transferor under the Contract and this
          Agreement in respect of the Participating Interest being transferred,
          to the satisfaction of the Parties and furnishes any guarantees
          required by the Government or the Contract.

     (E)  The transferee shall have no rights in and under the Contract, the
          Contract Area or this Agreement unless each Party has consented in
          writing to such transfer, which consent shall be denied only if such
          transferee fails to establish to the reasonable satisfaction of each
          Party its financial or technical capability to perform its obligations
          under the Contract and this Agreement.

     (F)  Nothing contained in this Article shall prevent a Party from
          mortgaging, pledging, charging or otherwise encumbering all or part of
          its interest in the Contract Area in and under this Agreement for the
          purpose of security relating to finance provided that:

               (1)  such Party shall remain liable for all obligations relating
                    to such interest;

               (2)  the encumbrance shall be subject to the approval of the
                    Management Committee and any necessary approval under the
                    Contract and be expressly subordinated to the rights of the
                    other Parties under this Agreement; and

               (3)  such Party shall ensure that any such mortgage, pledge,
                    charge or encumbrance shall be expressed to be without
                    prejudice to the provisions of this Agreement.

     (G)  In the event a Party receives an offer to purchase all or a part of
          its Participating Interest, it shall so notify the other Parties and
          they shall have the right for a period of ten (10) days to make an
          offer. If a Party elects to sell all or a part of its Participating
          Interest, it shall so notify the other Parties upon offering the
          Participating Interest for sale.

     12.2 RIGHTS

     Each Party shall have the right, subject to the provisions of Article 12.1,
to freely transfer its Participating Interest.

       ARTICLE XIII - WITHDRAWAL FROM AGREEMENT BY TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT

     13.1 RIGHT OF WITHDRAWAL

     (A)  Subject to the provisions of the Contract and this Article, any Party
          may withdraw from this Agreement and the Contract by giving notice to
          all other Parties stating its decision to withdraw and specifying a
          proposed effective date of withdrawal which shall be at least sixty
          (60) Days, but not more than one hundred eighty (180) Days after the
          date of such notice. Such notice shall be unconditional and
          irrevocable when given.

     (B)  Notwithstanding Article 13.1(A) a Party shall not have the right to
          withdraw from this Agreement and the Contract until the Minimum Work
          Obligation set forth in the Contract has been fulfilled. However, if
          the Operating Committee or any Party decides to accept new Minimum
          Work Obligations under the Contract, a Party that voted against such
          decision shall not be prevented from withdrawing; provided that such
          Party delivers notice of its withdrawal to all Parties within thirty
          (30) Days of such vote and fully satisfies its outstanding Minimum
          Work Obligation, if any.

     (C)  Subject to Articles 13.1(A) and (B) and Article 13.5, the effective
          date of withdrawal for a withdrawing Party shall be the later of:

               (1)  The date proposed in the notice of withdrawal; or

               (2)  The date that the withdrawing Party has fulfilled its
                    obligations under this Article.

     13.2 PARTIAL OR COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL

     (A)  Within thirty (30) Days of receipt of each withdrawing Party's
          notification, each of the other Parties may also give notice that it
          desires to withdraw from this Agreement and the Contract. Should all
          Parties give notice of withdrawal, the Parties shall proceed to
          abandon the Contract Area and terminate the Contract and this
          Agreement. If less than all of the Parties give such notice of
          withdrawal, then the withdrawing Parties shall take all steps to
          withdraw from the Contract and this Agreement on the earliest possible
          date and execute and deliver all necessary instruments and documents
          to assign their Participating Interest to the Parties which are not
          withdrawing, without any compensation whatsoever, in accordance with
          the provisions of Article 13.6.

     (B)  If any part of the withdrawing Party's Participating Interest remains
          unclaimed after sixty (60) Days from the date of the first notice of
          withdrawal, the Parties shall be deemed to have decided to withdraw
          from the Contract and this Agreement, unless at least one Party agrees
          to accept the unclaimed Participating Interest.

     (C)  Any Party withdrawing under this Article shall withdraw from all
          exploration activities under the Contract, but not from any
          Exploitation Area, Commercial Discovery, or Discovery whether
          appraised or not, made prior to such withdrawal. Such withdrawing
          Party shall retain its rights in the Joint Property but only insofar
          as they relate to any Exploitation Area, Commercial Discovery or
          Discovery whether appraised or not, and shall abandon all other rights
          in the Joint Property.

     13.3 VOTING

     After giving its notification of withdrawal, a Party shall not be entitled
to vote on any matters coming before the Operating Committee, other than matters
for which such Party has financial responsibility.

13.4    OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES

     (A)  A withdrawing Party, prior to its withdrawal, shall satisfy all
          obligations and liabilities it has incurred or attributable to it
          prior to its withdrawal, including, without limitation, any
          expenditures budgeted and/or approved by the Operating Committee prior
          to its written notification of withdrawal (development projects
          included), and any liability for acts, occurrences or circumstances
          taking place or existing prior to its withdrawal. Furthermore, any
          liens, charges and other encumbrances which the withdrawing Party
          placed on such Party's Participating Interest prior to its withdrawal
          shall be fully satisfied or released, at the withdrawing Party's
          expense, prior to its withdrawal. A Party's withdrawal shall not
          relieve it from liability to the non-withdrawing Parties with respect
          to any obligations or liabilities attributable to the withdrawing
          Party which are not identified or identifiable at the time of
          withdrawal.

     (B)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party shall not be liable for any
          operations or expenditures it voted against if it sends notification
          of its withdrawal within five (5) Days (or within twenty-four (24)
          hours if the drilling rig to be used in such operation is standing by
          on the Contract Area) of the Operating Committee vote approving such
          operation or expenditure, nor shall such Party be liable for any
          operations or expenditures approved by the Operating Committee,
          excluding those approved pursuant to Article 13.5, after notice has
          been given pursuant to Article 13.1.

     13.5 EMERGENCY

     A Party's notification of withdrawal shall not become effective if prior to
the proposed date of withdrawal a well goes out of control or a fire, blowout,
sabotage or other emergency occurs. The notification of withdrawal shall become
effective only after the emergency has been contained and the withdrawing Party
has paid, or has provided security satisfactory to the Parties, for its
Participating Interest share of the costs of such emergency.

     13.6 ASSIGNMENT

     A withdrawing Party shall assign its Participating Interest to each of the
non-withdrawing Parties which shall be allocated to them in the proportion which
each of their Participating Interests (prior to the withdrawal) bears to the
total Participating Interests of all the non-withdrawing Parties (prior to the
withdrawal), unless the non-withdrawing Parties agree otherwise. The expenses
associated with the withdrawal and assignments shall be borne by the withdrawing
Party.

     13.7 APPROVALS

     A withdrawing Party shall promptly join in such actions as may be necessary
or desirable to obtain any Government approvals required in connection with the
withdrawal and assignments, and any penalties or expenses incurred by the
Parties in connection with such withdrawal shall be borne by the withdrawing
Party.

     13.8 ABANDONMENT SECURITY

     (A)  A withdrawing Party shall provide Security satisfactory to the other
          Parties to satisfy any such obligations or liabilities which were
          approved or accrued prior to notice of withdrawal, but which become
          due after its withdrawal, including, without limitation, Security to
          cover the costs of an abandonment, if applicable.

     (B)  Failure to provide Security shall constitute default under this
          Agreement.

     (C)  "Security" means a standby letter of credit issued by a bank or an on
          demand bond issued by a corporation, such bank or corporation having a
          credit rating indicating it has sufficient worth to pay its
          obligations in all reasonably foreseeable circumstances, or, failing
          the provision of either of those, cash contributed to a secure fund
          administered by independent trustees and invested in short term
          securities.

     13.9 WITHDRAWAL OR ABANDONMENT BY ALL PARTIES

     In the event all Parties decide to withdraw or are required to do so
pursuant to this Article, the Parties agree that they shall be bound by the
terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Contract for so long as may be
necessary to wind up the affairs of the Parties with the Government, to satisfy
any requirements of applicable law and facilitate the sale, disposition or
abandonment of property or interests held by the Joint Account.

                ARTICLE XIV - RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES AND TAX

     14.1 RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES

     Unless otherwise specified, the rights, duties, obligations and liabilities
of the Parties under this Agreement shall be individual, not joint or
collective. It is not the intention of the Parties to create, nor shall this
Agreement be deemed or construed to create a mining or other partnership, joint
venture, association or trust, or as authorizing any Party to act as an agent,
servant or employee for any other Party for any purpose whatsoever except as
explicitly set forth in this Agreement. In their relations with each other under
this Agreement, the Parties shall not be considered fiduciaries except as
expressly provided in this Agreement.

     14.2 TAX

     Each Party shall be responsible for reporting and discharging its own tax
measured by the income of the Party and the satisfaction of such Party's share
of all contract obligations under the Contract and under this Agreement. Each
Party shall protect, defend and indemnify each other Party from any and all
loss, cost or liability arising from a failure or refusal to report and
discharge such taxes or satisfy such obligations.

                    ARTICLE XV - CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION -
                             PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

     15.1 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     (A)  Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Parties agree that all
          information and data acquired or obtained by any Party in respect of
          Joint Operations shall be considered confidential and shall be kept
          confidential and not be disclosed during the term of the Contract and
          for a period of one (1) year after expiration of the Contract to any
          person or entity not a Party to this Agreement, except:

               (1)  To an Affiliate, in connection with Petroleum Operations,
                    provided such Affiliate maintains confidentiality as
                    provided in this Article;

               (2)  To a governmental agency or other entity when required by
                    the Contract;

               (3)  To the extent such data and information is required to be
                    furnished in compliance with any applicable laws or
                    regulations, or pursuant to any legal proceedings or because
                    of any order of any court binding upon a Party;

               (4)  Subject to Article 15.1(B), to potential contractors,
                    contractors, consultants and attorneys employed by any Party
                    where disclosure of such data or information is essential to
                    such contractor's, consultant's or attorney's work;

               (5)  Subject to Article 15.1(B), to a bona fide prospective
                    transferee of a Party's Participating Interest (including an
                    entity with whom a Party or its Affiliates is conducting
                    bona fide negotiations directed toward a merger,
                    consolidation or the sale of a majority of its or an
                    Affiliate's shares);

               (6)  Subject to Article 15.1(B), to a bank or other financial
                    institution to the extent appropriate to a Party arranging
                    for funding for its obligations under this Agreement;

               (7)  To the extent such data and information must be disclosed
                    pursuant to any rules or requirements of any government or
                    stock exchange having jurisdiction over such Party, or its
                    Affiliates; provided that if any Party desires to disclose
                    information in an annual or periodic report to its or its
                    Affiliates' shareholders and to the public and such
                    disclosure is not required pursuant to any rules or
                    requirements of any government or stock exchange, then such
                    Party shall comply with Article 20.2;

               (8)  To its respective employees for the purposes of Joint
                    Operations, subject to each Party taking customary
                    precautions to ensure such data and information is kept
                    confidential;

               (9)  Where any data or information which, through no fault of a
                    Party, becomes a part of the public domain.

     (B)  Disclosure as pursuant to Article 15.1(A)(4), (5), and (6) shall not
          be made unless prior to such disclosure the disclosing Party has
          obtained a written undertaking from the recipient party to keep the
          data and information strictly confidential and not to use or disclose
          the data and information except for the express purpose for which
          disclosure is to be made.

     15.2 CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

     Any Party ceasing to own a Participating Interest during the term of this
Agreement shall nonetheless remain bound by the obligations of confidentiality
and any disputes shall be resolved in accordance with Article XVIII.

     15.3 PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

     (A)  Nothing in this Agreement shall require a Party to divulge proprietary
          technology to the other Parties; provided that where the cost of
          development of proprietary technology has been charged to the Joint
          Account, such proprietary technology shall be disclosed to all Parties
          bearing a portion of such cost and may be used by such Party or its
          Affiliates in other operations. Operator will not charge for the use
          of its proprietary technology. Operator will use reasonable efforts to
          keep Non-Operators informed of the use of the proprietary technology.

     (B)  Non-Operators shall have access to basic field data obtained through
          Operator's utilization of proprietary technology and to final maps,
          data and information resulting from such utilization, with entitlement
          to copies of such basic final data, maps and information as provided
          for in this Agreement.

     15.4 TRADES

     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, Operator may,
with approval of the Management Committee, make data trades for the benefit of
the Parties, with any data, the cost of which has been charged to the Joint
Account, so obtained to be furnished to all Parties. In such event, Operator
must enter into an undertaking with any third party to such trade to keep such
information confidential.

                          ARTICLE XVI - FORCE MAJEURE

     16.1 OBLIGATIONS

     If as a result of Force Majeure any Party is rendered unable, wholly or in
part, to carry out its obligations under this Agreement, other than the
obligation to pay any amounts due or to furnish security, then the obligations
of the Party giving such notice, so far as and to the extent that the
obligations are affected by such Force Majeure, shall be suspended during the
continuance of any inability so caused, but for no longer period. The Party
claiming Force Majeure shall notify the other Parties of the Force Majeure
situation within seven (7) days, unless prevented from so doing, after the
occurrence of the facts relied on and shall keep all Parties informed of all
significant developments. Such notice shall give particulars establishing the
event of Force Majeure, and also estimate the period of time which said Party
will probably require to remedy the Force Majeure. The affected Party shall use
all reasonable diligence to remove or overcome the Force Majeure situation as
quickly as possible in an economic manner, but shall not be obligated to settle
any labor dispute except on terms acceptable to it and all such disputes shall
be handled within the sole discretion of the affected Party.

     16.2 DEFINITION OF FORCE MAJEURE

     (A)  For the purpose of this Agreement, the term Force Majeure means any
          cause or event, other than the unavailability of funds, whether
          similar to or different from those enumerated herein, beyond the
          reasonable control of, and unanticipated and unforeseeable by, and not
          brought about at the instance of the Party claiming to be affected by
          such event, or which, if anticipated or foreseeable, could not be
          avoided or provided for and which has caused the non-performance or
          delay in performance. Without limitation to the generality of the
          foregoing, the term Force Majeure shall include natural phenomena or
          calamities, earthquakes, typhoons, fires, wars declared or undeclared,
          hostilities, invasion, blockades and civil disturbances.

     (B)  Where a Party is prevented from exercising any rights or performing
          any obligations under this Agreement due to Force Majeure, the time
          for the performance of the obligations affected thereby and for
          performance of any obligation or the exercise of any right dependent
          thereon, and the term of this Agreement, may be extended by such
          additional period as may be agreed by the Parties.

     (C)  Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove, if any event of Force
          Majeure occurs and is likely to continue for a period in excess of
          thirty (30) days, the Parties shall meet to discuss the consequences
          of the Force Majeure and the course of action to be taken to mitigate
          the effects thereof or to be adopted in the circumstances.

                             ARTICLE XVII - NOTICES

     Except as otherwise specifically provided, all notices authorized or
required between the Parties by any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall
be in writing, in English and delivered in person or by registered mail or by
courier service or by any electronic means of transmitting written
communications which provides confirmation of complete transmission, with the
date and time, and addressed to such Parties as designated below. The
originating notice given under any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed
delivered only when received by the Party to whom such notice is directed, and
the time for such Party to deliver any notice in response to such originating
notice shall run from the date the originating notice is received. The second or
any responsive notice shall be deemed delivered when received. "Received" for
purposes of this Article with respect to written notice delivered pursuant to
this Agreement shall be actual delivery of the notice to the address of the
Party to be notified specified in accordance with this Article. Each Party shall
have the right to change its address at any time and/or designate that copies of
all such notices be directed to another person at another address, by giving
written notice thereof to all other Parties. Any notice to be provided hereunder
shall be deemed to be received by the sending Party upon delivery of such notice
to the other Parties. Operator shall, in the event of its failure to meet cash
calls or make timely payments when due to the Non-Operators, be deemed to have
received notice as if it had been timely sent to Operator.

                    Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd.                
                    Amiya Apartments, 1st Floor               
                    63A Linking Road, Santa Cruz (W)           
                    Bombay 400 054, INDIA                     
                    Attention:  Managing Director            
                    Telecopy:  91-22-604-9119                  

                    Oil & Natural Gas Corporation Limited
                    Tower II, 8th Floor, Jeevan Bharati
                    124 Connaught Circus
                    New Delhi 110001, INDIA
                    Attention:  General Manager
                    Telecopy:  91-11-331-6413

                    Reliance Industries Limited
                    Maker Chambers IV, 3rd Floor
                    222 Nariman Point
                    Bombay 400021, INDIA
                    Attention:  Chief Executive Officer Oil & Gas
                    Telecopy:  022-2042268

             ARTICLE XVIII - APPLICABLE LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     18.1 APPLICABLE LAW

     This Agreement shall be governed by, construed, interpreted and applied in
accordance with the laws of India.

     18.2 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     (A)  Disputes and claims, if any, arising out of or relating to this
          Agreement or the interpretation or performance of provisions of any of
          the Articles of this Agreement and which cannot be settled amicably
          within a reasonable time may be submitted to the decision of a sole
          expert timely selected by the Operating Committee or a board of
          arbitrators.

     (B)  The board of arbitrators shall consist of three (3) arbitrators.

     (C)  The Party or Parties instituting the arbitration shall appoint one
          arbitrator and the Party or Parties responding shall appoint another
          arbitrator and both Parties shall so advise the other Parties. The two
          (2) arbitrators appointed by the Parties shall appoint the third
          arbitrator.

     (D)  If the responding Party or Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator
          within thirty (30) Days of the receipt of the written request to do
          so, such arbitrator may, at the request of the first Party, be
          appointed by the Secretary General of the Permanent Court of
          Arbitration at The Hague, which arbitrator shall not be the national
          of the country of either Party.

     (E)  If the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree on the appointment of the
          third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the
          second arbitrator and if the Parties do not otherwise agree,the
          Secretary General of the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague
          may, at the request of either Party and in consultation with both,
          appoint the third arbitrator who shall not be a national of the
          country of either Party.

     (F)  If any arbitrator fails or is unable to act, his successor shall be
          appointed in the manner set out in this Article as if he was the first
          appointment.

     (G)  The decision of the board of arbitrators, and in case of difference
          amongst the arbitrators, the decision of the majority shall be final
          and binding upon the Parties. Such decision may be entered into the
          Indian court having jurisdiction thereof.

     (H)  Arbitration proceedings shall be in accordance with the arbitration
          rules of the United Nations Commission on International Trade Laws
          ("UNCITRAL") of 1985 except that in the event of any conflict between
          these rules and the provisions of Article 18, the provisions of
          Article 18 shall govern.

     (I)  The venue of arbitration shall be in London, England and shall be
          conducted in the English language. The arbitration agreement contained
          in this Article 18 shall be governed by the laws of England.


     (J)  Assessment of costs of arbitration including incidental expenses and
          liability for the payment thereof shall be at the discretion of the
          arbitrators.

     (K)  The right to arbitrate disputes and claims under this Agreement shall
          survive the termination of this Agreement.

     (L)  The arbitrators shall make reasoned award.

     (M)  The sole expert, if any, shall be an independent and impartial person
          of international standing with relevant qualifications and experience
          appointed by agreement between the Parties. Any sole expert appointed
          shall be acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator and the decision
          of the sole expert on matters referred to him shall be final and
          binding on the Parties and not subject to arbitration. If the Parties
          are unable to agree on a sole expert, the disputed subject matter may
          be referred to arbitration.

     (N)  The fees and expenses of a sole expert appointed by the Parties shall
          be borne equally by the Parties.

                     ARTICLE XIX - ALLOCATION OF COST RECOVERY RIGHTS

     19.1 ALLOCATION OF TOTAL PRODUCTION

     For the purposes of recovery of Petroleum Costs, the total quantity of
Hydrocarbons which are produced and saved from all Development Areas in a
Calendar Quarter and to which the Parties are entitled under the Contract shall
be designated as either Cost Petroleum or Profit Petroleum. Such Cost Petroleum
and Profit Petroleum shall be allocated among the Development Areas in
proportion to each Development Area's total quantity of Hydrocarbons produced
and saved in such Calendar Quarter with adjustments in quantities to reflect the
differences in value if different qualities of Hydrocarbons are produced,
segregated and sold separately.

     19.2 ALLOCATION OF COST PETROLEUM

     Cost Petroleum allocated to each Development Area pursuant to Article 19.1
shall be allocated to the Parties in proportion to their respective
Participating Interests in each such Development Area to the extent required to
recover in the sequence incurred all Petroleum Costs which are specifically
attributable to each such Development Area and which are recoverable in such
Calendar Quarter.

     19.3 ALLOCATION OF PROFIT PETROLEUM

     Profit Petroleum allocated to each Development Area pursuant to Article
19.1, if any, shall be allocated among the Parties in proportion to their
respective Participating Interests in each such Development Area.

     19.4 ALLOCATION OF EXCESS COST PETROLEUM

     Subject to the Contract, to the extent that the value, determined in
accordance with Article 9.2(H), of the Cost Petroleum allocated to each
Development Area pursuant to Article 19.1 exceeds the Petroleum Costs which were
specifically attributable to each such Development Area and which were recovered
pursuant to Article 19.2, the excess ("Excess Cost Petroleum") shall be
allocated as follows:

     (A)  First, a percentage (equal to the percentage of Profit Petroleum, if
          any, to which the Parties would have been entitled during such
          Calendar Quarter if the Contract applied separately to each such
          Development Area) of the Excess Cost Petroleum shall be allocated
          among the Parties in proportion to their respective Participating
          Interests in each such Development Area;

     (B)  Second, the Excess Cost Petroleum that is not allocated pursuant to
          Article 19.4(A) shall be allocated among the Parties in proportion to
          their respective Participating Interests as set out in Article 3.1(A)
          in order to recover in the sequence incurred any Petroleum Costs which
          were incurred in the conduct of Joint Operations and which are
          recoverable in such Calendar Quarter; and

     (C)  Third, the Excess Cost Petroleum that is not allocated pursuant to
          Article 19.4(A) or Article 19.4(B) shall be allocated among the
          Parties in proportion to their respective Participating Interests in
          each Exclusive Operation in order to recover in the sequence incurred
          any Petroleum Costs which were incurred in the conduct of Exclusive
          Operations and which are recoverable in such Calendar Quarter.

                        ARTICLE XX - GENERAL PROVISIONS

     20.1 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     (A)  Each Party undertakes that it shall avoid any conflict of interest
          between its own interests (including the interests of Affiliates) and
          the interests of the other Parties in dealing with suppliers,
          customers and all other organizations or individuals doing or seeking
          to do business with the Parties in connection with activities
          contemplated under this Agreement.

     (B)  The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

               (1)  A Party's performance which is in accordance with the local
                    preference laws or policies of the host government; or

               (2)  A Party's acquisition of products or services from an
                    Affiliate, or the sale thereof to an Affiliate, made in
                    accordance with rules and procedures established by the
                    Operating Committee.

     (C)  Each Party shall conduct all of its activities pursuant to this
          Agreement and the Contract in compliance with all laws, rules and
          regulations applicable to such Party. Each of the Parties warrants
          that it has not made and will not make, with respect of the matters
          provided for hereunder, any payments, loans, gifts or promises of
          payments, loans or gifts, directly or indirectly to or for the use or
          benefit of any official or employee of the Government or to or for the
          use of any political party. Each Party shall respond promptly, and in
          reasonable detail, to any Notice from any other Party or the auditors
          pertaining to the above stated warranty and shall furnish documentary
          support for such response upon request from such Party.

     20.2 PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

     (A)  Operator shall be responsible for the preparation and release of all
          public announcements and statements regarding this Agreement or the
          Joint Operations; provided that, no public announcement or statement
          shall be issued or made unless prior to its release all the Parties
          have been furnished with a copy of such statement or announcement and
          the unanimous approval of the Parties has been obtained. Where a
          public announcement or statement becomes necessary or desirable
          because of danger to or loss of life, damage to property or pollution
          as a result of activities arising under this Agreement, Operator is
          authorized to issue and make such announcement or statement without
          prior approval of the Parties, but shall promptly furnish all the
          Parties with a copy of such announcement or statement.

     (B)  If a Party wishes to issue or make any public announcement or
          statement regarding this Agreement or the Joint Operations, it shall
          not do so unless prior to its release, such Party furnishes all the
          Parties with a copy of such announcement or statement, and obtains the
          unanimous approval of the Parties; provided that, notwithstanding any
          failure to obtain such approval, no Party shall be prohibited from
          issuing or making any such public announcement or statement if it is
          necessary to do so in order to comply with the applicable laws, rules
          or regulations of any government, legal proceedings or stock exchange
          having jurisdiction over such Party as set forth in Articles
          15.1(A)(3) and (7).


     20.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     Subject to the limitations on transfer contained in Article XII, this
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and
assigns of the Parties.

     20.4 WAIVER

     No waiver by any Party of any one or more defaults by another Party in the
performance of this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver of any
future default or defaults by the same Party, whether of a like or of a
different character. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement no Party
shall be deemed to have waived, released or modified any of its rights under
this Agreement unless such Party has expressly stated, in writing, that it does
waive, release or modify such right.

     20.5 SEVERANCE OF INVALID PROVISIONS

     If and for so long as any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be
judged invalid for any reason whatsoever, such invalidity shall not affect the
validity or operation of any other provision of this Agreement except only so
far as shall be necessary to give effect to the construction of such invalidity,
and any such invalid provision shall be deemed severed from this Agreement
without affecting the validity of the balance of this Agreement.

     20.6 MODIFICATIONS

     Except as is provided in Article 20.5, there shall be no modification of
this Agreement except by written consent of all Parties.

     20.7 HEADINGS

     The topical headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and
shall not be construed as having any substantive significance or as indicating
that all of the provisions of this Agreement relating to any topic are to be
found in any particular Article.

     20.8 SINGULAR AND PLURAL

     Reference to the singular includes a reference to the plural and vice
versa.

     20.9 GENDER

     Reference to any gender includes a reference to all other genders.

     20.10 COUNTERPART EXECUTION

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each such
counterpart shall be deemed an original Agreement for all purposes; provided no
Party shall be bound to this Agreement unless and until all Parties have
executed a counterpart. For purposes of assembling all counterparts into one
document, Operator is authorized to detach the signature page from one or more
counterparts and, after signature thereof by the respective Party, attach each
signed signature page to a counterpart.

     20.11 CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT

     In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Contract
and this Agreement, the provisions of the Contract shall prevail.

     20.12 ENTIRETY

     This Agreement is the entire agreement of the Parties and supersedes all
prior understandings and negotiations of the Parties.

     IN WITNESS of their agreement each Party has caused its duly authorized
representative to sign this instrument on the date indicated below such
representative's signature.

                      ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.

                      By:  /S/ A. KOPECKY 
                               A. Kopecky
                           (Print or type name)
                      Title: Vice President - Operations
                      Date:  22 Dec 94

                      RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LIMITED

                      By:  /S/ AKHIL GUPTA
                               Akhil Gupta  
                           (Print or type name)
                      Title:  CEO (oil & gas)
                      Date:  22-12-94

                      OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED

                      By:  /S/ ISHWARI DATT 
                               Ishwari Datt
                           (Print or type name)
                      Title:  Director (ops) (on leave)
                      Date:  22-12-94

                                -----*****-----
<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT "A"
                              ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE

     Attached to and made part of the Joint Operating Agreement, hereinafter
called the "Agreement," by and between OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED,
ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD. and RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LIMITED.

                                   SECTION I.
GENERAL PROVISIONS 

1.1    PURPOSE.

       1.1.1   The purpose of this Accounting Procedure is to establish
               equitable methods for determining charges and credits applicable
               to operations under the Agreement which reflect the costs of
               Joint Operations to the end that no Party shall gain or lose in
               relation to other Parties.

       1.1.2   The Parties agree, however, that if the methods prove unfair or
               inequitable to Operator or Non-Operators, the Parties will meet
               and in good faith endeavor to agree on changes in methods deemed
               necessary to correct any unfairness or inequity.

1.2    CONFLICT WITH AGREEMENT. In the event of a conflict between the
       provisions of this Accounting Procedure and the provisions of the
       Agreement to which this Accounting Procedure is attached, the provisions
       of the Agreement shall prevail.

1.3    DEFINITIONS. The definitions contained in Article I of the Agreement to
       which this Accounting Procedure is attached shall apply to this
       Accounting Procedure and have the same meanings when used herein.
       Certain terms used herein are defined as follows:

       "COUNTRY OF OPERATIONS" shall mean India.

       "MATERIAL" shall mean property, not including real property, 
       acquired and held for use in Joint Operations.

1.4    JOINT ACCOUNT RECORDS AND CURRENCY EXCHANGE.

       1.4.1   All accounts, records, books, reports and statements shall be
               maintained on an accrual basis and prepared in the English
               language. The accounts shall be maintained in United States
               Dollars, which shall be the controlling currency of account for
               cost recovery, production sharing and participation purposes.
               Metric units and Barrels shall be employed for measurements
               required under the Contract. Operator shall maintain accounts and
               records in Indian Rupees also.

       1.4.2   Operator shall maintain accounting records pertaining to Joint
               Operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting
               practices used in the international petroleum industry and any
               applicable statutory obligations of the Country of Operations as
               well as the provisions of this Contract and the Agreement.

       1.4.3   For translation purposes between United States Dollars and India
               Rupees or any other currency, the previous month's average of the
               daily means of the buy and selling rates of exchange as quoted by
               the State Bank of India (or any other financial body as may be
               mutually agreed between the Parties) shall be used for the month
               in which the revenues, costs, expenditures, receipts or income
               are recorded. However, in the case of any single non-United
               States Dollar transaction in excess of the equivalent of One
               Hundred Thousand United States Dollars (US$100,000), the
               conversion into United States Dollars shall be performed on the
               basis of the average of the applicable exchange rates for the Day
               on which the transaction occurred.

       1.4.4   Any currency exchange gains or losses shall be credited or
               charged to the Joint Account, except as otherwise specified in
               this Accounting Procedure.

       1.4.5   This Accounting Procedure shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to
               Exclusive Operations in the same manner that it applies to Joint
               Operations; provided, however, that the charges and credits
               applicable to Consenting Parties shall be distinguished by an
               Exclusive Operation Account. For the purpose of determining and
               calculating the remuneration of the Consenting Parties, including
               the premiums for Exclusive Operations, the costs and expenditures
               shall be expressed in U.S. currency (irrespective of the currency
               in which the expenditure was incurred).

1.5    STATEMENTS AND BILLINGS.

       1.5.1   Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, Operator shall submit
               monthly to each Party, on or before the 25th Day of each month,
               statements of the costs and expenditures incurred during the
               prior month, indicating by appropriate classification the nature
               thereof and the portion of such costs charged to each of the
               Parties.

               These statements shall contain the following information:

                    - advances of funds setting forth the currencies received
                      from each Party

                    - the share of each Party in total expenditures on a cash
                      and accrual basis

                    - the current account cash balance of each Party

                    - summary of costs, credits, and expenditures on a current
                      month, year-to-date, and inception-to-date basis or other
                      periodic basis, as agreed by the Parties for each line
                      item of the approved Work Program and Budget

                    - unusual charges and credits in excess of U.S. dollars one
                      hundred thousand (U.S.$100,000.00) and all adjustments
                      arising out of audit shall be detailed.

       1.5.2   Operator shall, upon request, furnish a description of the
               accounting classifications used by it.

       1.5.3   Amounts included in the statements and billings shall be
               expressed in U.S. currency and reconciled to the currencies
               advanced. Other currency equivalents may be presented as agreed
               between the Parties.

       1.5.4   Each Party shall be responsible for preparing its own accounting
               and tax reports to meet the Country of Operations and other
               country requirements. Operator, to the extent that the
               information is reasonably available from the Joint Account
               records, will provide in a timely manner Non-Operators with the
               necessary statements to facilitate the discharge of such
               responsibility.

       1.5.5   The billing statement is to be accompanied by billing schedules
               which shall be schedules dividing such expenditure and income
               into main classifications of expenditure as indicated by approved
               budget and AFEs issued. The billing schedules shall also show
               cumulative totals of all payments linked to AFEs and budget
               categories and receipts.

1.6    PAYMENTS AND ADVANCES.

       1.6.1   Upon approval of any Work Program and Budget, if Operator so
               requests, all Parties, including the Operator, shall advance its
               share of estimated cash requirements for the succeeding month's
               operations. Each such cash call shall be equal to the Operator's
               estimate of the money to be spent in the currencies required to
               perform its duties under the approved Work Program and Budget
               during the month concerned. For informational purposes the cash
               call shall contain an estimate of the funds required for the
               succeeding two (2) months. All such cash calls shall be related
               to the progress/activities achieved and to planned
               progress/activities to be achieved during the period concerned.

       1.6.2   Each such cash call, detailed by major budget categories and AFEs
               (where applicable), shall be made in writing and delivered to all
               Non-Operators not less than fifteen (15) Days before the payment
               due date. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.4, the due
               date for payment of such advances shall be set by Operator but
               shall be no sooner than the first Business Day of the month for
               which the advances are required.

               If, and only if, a Non-Operator believes that the cash call or a
               portion thereof is not as per the approved Work Program and
               Budget and AFE (where applicable), the Party may inform its view
               to all Parties within five (5) Business Days of the receipt of
               such cash call. Operator may issue a revised cash call. If no
               revision is issued, payment to the Operator shall be made by the
               due date as follows: as to the Non-Operator who raised the
               dispute, the non-disputed amount; and as to other Parties, the
               amount as determined by such Party's original cash call prior to
               the dispute, plus a portion of the disputed amount determined by
               the ratio of each such Party's Participating Interest to the sum
               of all Participating Interests of the Parties who did not dispute
               the cash call within the said five (5) Business Days.
               Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 8.9, the amount in
               dispute shall be paid by the disputing Party by the due date to
               an interest bearing joint escrow account where such funds will be
               held until the matter in dispute has been resolved. The issue
               arising out of such disputed cash call shall be resolved as soon
               as practicable by any appropriate means including, but not
               limited to, discussing the issue in the next Operating Committee
               meeting so as to assist in resolving the matter, failing which,
               the matter may be submitted to arbitration by any Party and the
               arbitrator shall determine appropriate distribution of the escrow
               account, plus, if appropriate, penal interest specified in
               Article 8.1.

       1.6.3   Each Non-Operator shall remit its share of the full amount of
               each such cash call to Operator on or before the due date, in the
               currencies requested which must be freely convertible or any
               other currencies acceptable to Operator, and at a bank designated
               by Operator for the purpose of Joint Operations. If currency
               provided by a Non-Operator is other than the requested currency,
               then the entire cost of converting to the requested currency
               shall be charged to that Non-Operator. Nothing herein shall
               relieve any Non-Operator from the obligation to provide
               immediately available funds, in full, by the due date.

       1.6.4   Should Operator be required to pay any sums of money for the
               Joint Operations as per the approved Work Program and Budget
               which were unforeseen at the time of providing the Non-Operators
               with said estimates of its requirements, the Operator may make a
               written request of the Non-Operators for special advances
               covering the Non-Operators' share of such payments. Each such
               Non-Operator shall make its proportional special advances within
               ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice.

       1.6.5   When the total of cash calls for any month is one million U.S.
               dollars (U.S.$1,000,000.00) or less, each Party, including the
               Operator, shall advance its share thereof in accordance with this
               Section 1.6. When the total cash requirements exceed the
               aforesaid amount, each Party, including the Operator, shall
               advance its share of the estimated funds required in three (3)
               installments of amounts to be specified by the Operator, the
               first installment to be paid not later than the first Business
               Day of the month for which the advance is required and the second
               installment to be paid not later than the tenth Day of the month
               for which the advance is required or if such Day is not a
               Business Day, then the following Business Day and the third
               installment to be paid not later than the twentieth Day of the
               month for which the advance is required or if such Day is not a
               Business Day, then the following Business Day. The third
               installment can be adjusted by the Operator by notifying the
               Parties, including the Operator, of the adjusted amount no later
               than the fifteenth Day of the month for which the advance is
               required.

       1.6.6   If a Non-Operator's advances exceed its share of cash
               expenditures, succeeding month's cash requirements, after such
               determination, shall be reduced accordingly. A Non-Operator may
               request that its excess advances be refunded. Operator shall make
               such refund within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the
               Non-Operator's request provided that the amount is in excess of
               the cash requirements for the month of such determination. If the
               Operator does not make such refund within ten (10) Business Days,
               then the Operator shall pay each Party requesting a refund the
               difference between the Agreed Interest Rate and the interest
               earned on the Joint Account.

       1.6.7   If Non-Operator's advances are less than its share of cash
               expenditures, the deficiency shall, at Operator's option, be
               added to subsequent cash advance requirements or be paid by
               Non-Operator within eight (8) Business Days following the receipt
               of Operator's billing to Non-Operator for such deficiency. Along
               with notice of payment due, the Operator shall provide details
               supporting that the Non-Operator's advance is less than its share
               of cash expenditures.

       1.6.8   Any interest received by Operator from interest-bearing accounts
               containing funds received from the Parties shall be credited to
               the Parties. The interest earned will be allocated to the Parties
               on an equitable basis taking into consideration date of funding
               by each Party to the accounts in proportion to the total funding
               into the account. A monthly statement summarizing receipts,
               disbursements, transfers to each joint bank account and beginning
               and ending balances thereof shall be provided by the Operator to
               the Parties.

       1.6.9   Payments of cash calls or billings as per approved Work Program
               and Budget shall be made on or before the due date. If these
               payments are not received by the due date the unpaid balance
               shall bear and accrue interest from the due date until the
               payment is received by the Operator at the Agreed Interest Rate.
               For the purpose of determining the unpaid balance and interest
               owed, Operator shall translate to U.S. currency all amounts owed
               in other currencies using the currency exchange rate readily
               available to Operator at the close of the last banking Day prior
               to the due date for the unpaid balance as quoted by the
               applicable authority identified in Section 1.4.3.

       1.6.10  Subject to governmental regulation, Operator shall have the
               right, at any time and from time to time, to convert the funds
               advanced or any part thereof to other currencies to the extent
               that such currencies are then required for operations. The cost
               of any such conversion shall be charged to the Joint Account.
               However, such conversions should be avoided as far as practical.

       1.6.11  Operator shall endeavor to maintain funds held in bank accounts
               for the Joint Account at a level consistent with that required
               for the prudent conduct of Joint Operations.

1.7    ADJUSTMENTS. Payments of any advances or billings shall not prejudice the
       right of any Non-Operator to protest or question the correctness thereof;
       provided, however, all bills and statements rendered to Non-Operators by
       Operator during any Financial Year shall conclusively be presumed to be
       true and correct after twenty-four (24) months following the end of such
       Financial Year, unless within the said twenty-four (24) month period a
       Non-Operator takes written exception thereto and makes claim on Operator
       for adjustment. Failure on the part of a Non-Operator to make claim on
       Operator for adjustment within such period shall establish the
       correctness thereof and preclude the filing of exceptions thereto or
       making claims for adjustment thereon. No adjustment favorable to Operator
       shall be made unless it is made within the same prescribed period. The
       provisions of this paragraph shall not prevent adjustments resulting from
       a physical inventory of the Property as provided for in Section VI. The
       Operator shall be allowed to make adjustments to the Joint Account after
       such twenty-four (24) month period if these adjustments result from audit
       exceptions outside of this agreement, third party claims, or Government
       requirements. Any such adjustments shall be subject to audit within the
       time period specified in Section 1.8.1.

1.8    AUDITS.

       1.8.1   A Non-Operator, upon at least sixty (60) Days advance notice in
               writing to Operator and all other Non-Operators, shall have the
               right to audit the Joint Accounts and records of Operator
               relating to the accounting hereunder for any Financial Year
               within the twenty-four (24) month period following the end of
               such Financial Year. The cost of each such audit shall be borne
               by Non-Operators conducting the audit. It is provided, however,
               that Non-Operators must take written exception to and make claim
               upon the Operator for all discrepancies disclosed by said audit
               within said twenty-four (24) month period. Where there are two or
               more Non-Operators, the Non-Operators shall make every reasonable
               effort to conduct joint or simultaneous audits in a manner which
               will result in a minimum of inconvenience to the Operator.
               Operator and Non-Operators shall make every effort to resolve any
               claim resulting from an audit within a reasonable period of time.

               A Non-Operator may audit the records of an Affiliate of Operator 
               relating to that Affiliate's charges. The provisions of this
               Accounting Procedure shall apply mutatis mutandis to such audits.

       1.8.2   Any information obtained by a Non-Operator under the provisions
               of this Section 1.8 which does not relate directly to the Joint
               Operations shall be kept confidential and shall not be disclosed
               to any party, except as would otherwise be permitted by Article
               15.1(A)(3) and (9) of the Agreement.

       1.8.3   The Operator is required by Contract to employ a qualified
               independent firm of internationally recognized chartered
               accountants registered in India to audit the Contract Account
               Books and records of Operator relating to the accounting
               hereunder, the cost thereof shall be a charge against the Joint
               Account, and a copy of the accounting reports and audit report
               shall be furnished to each Party within ninety (90) days of the
               close of a Financial Year.

1.9    ALLOCATIONS. If it becomes necessary to allocate any common costs or
       expenditures to or between Joint Operations and any other operations,
       such allocation shall be made on an equitable basis in accordance with
       international accounting standards. Upon request, Operator shall furnish
       a description of its allocation procedures pertaining to these costs and
       expenditures. A Non-Operator may cause Operating Committee to review such
       allocation basis and Operating Committee may decide a revision to the
       allocation, failing which, the matter may be referred to a sole expert or
       arbitration.
                                 -----*****-----

                                   SECTION II.

                                 DIRECT CHARGES

Operator shall charge the Joint Account with all costs and expenditures incurred
in connection with Joint Operations. It is also understood that charges for
services normally provided by an Operator such as those contemplated in Section
2.4.2.2 which are provided by Operator's Affiliates shall reflect the cost to
the Affiliate, excluding profit, for performing such services, except as
otherwise provided in Section 2.4.2 and Section 2.4.2.3 if selected.

The costs and expenditures will be recorded as required for the settlement of
accounts between the Parties hereto in connection with the rights and
obligations under this Agreement and for purposes of complying with Country of
Operations and United States tax laws. Without in any way limiting the
generality of the foregoing, chargeable costs and expenditures shall include:

2.1    LICENSES, PERMITS, ETC.

       All costs, if any, attributable to the acquisition, maintenance, renewal
       or relinquishment of licenses, permits, contractual and/or surface rights
       acquired for Joint Operations and bonuses paid in accordance with the
       Contract when paid by Operator in accordance with the provisions of the
       Agreement.

2.2    LABOR AND ASSOCIATED COSTS.

       2.2.1   OPERATOR'S LOCALLY RECRUITED EMPLOYEES BASED IN INDIA.

               Costs of all Operator's locally recruited employees who are
               directly engaged in the conduct of Petroleum Operations under the
               Contract in India. Such costs shall include the costs of employee
               benefits and Government benefits for employees and levies imposed
               on the Operator as an employer, transportation and relocation
               costs within India of the employee and such members of the
               employee's family (limited to spouse and dependent children) as
               required by law or customary practice in India. If such employees
               are engaged in other activities in India, in addition to
               Petroleum Operations, the cost of such employees shall be
               apportioned on a time sheet basis according to sound and
               acceptable accounting and costing principles.

       2.2.2   ASSIGNED PERSONNEL.

               Costs of salaries and wages, including bonuses, of the Operator's
               employees directly and necessarily engaged in the conduct of the
               Petroleum Operations under the Contract, whether temporarily or
               permanently assigned, irrespective of the location of such
               employees, it being understood that in the case of those
               personnel only a portion of whose time is wholly dedicated to
               Petroleum Operations under the Contract, only that pro rata
               portion of applicable salaries, wages and other costs, as
               specified in Sections 2.2.3, 2.2.4, 2.2.5, 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 shall
               be charged and the basis of such pro rata allocation shall be
               specified.

       2.2.3   The Operator's costs regarding holiday, vacation, sickness and
               disability benefits and living and housing and other customary
               allowances applicable to the salaries and wages chargeable under
               Section 2.2.2 above.

       2.2.4   Expenses or contributions made pursuant to assessments or
               obligations imposed under the laws of India which are applicable
               to the Operator's cost of salaries and wages chargeable under
               Section 2.2.2 above.

       2.2.5   The Operator's cost of established plans for employees' group
               life insurance, hospitalization, pension, retirement and other
               benefit plans of a like nature customarily granted to the
               Operator's employees provided, however, that such costs are in
               accordance with generally accepted standards in the international
               petroleum industry, applicable to salaries and wages chargeable
               to petroleum operations under Section 2.2.2 above.

       2.2.6   Personal Income taxes where and when they are paid by the
               Operator to the Government of India for the employee, in
               accordance with the Contractor's standard personnel policies.

       2.2.7   Reasonable transportation and travel expenses of employees of the
               Operator, including those made for travel and relocation of the
               expatriate employees, including their dependent family and
               personal effects, assigned to India whose salaries and wages are
               chargeable to petroleum operations under Section 2.2.2. Actual
               transportation expenses of personnel transferred to petroleum
               operations from their country of origin and/or relocation to
               their country of origin expenses shall be charged to the
               petroleum operations.

       2.2.8   Transportation cost as used in this Section shall mean the cost
               of freight and passenger service and any accountable incidental
               expenditures related to transfer travel and authorized under
               Operator's standard personnel policies. Operator shall ensure
               that all expenditures related to transportation costs are
               equitably allocated to the activities which have benefited from
               the personnel concerned.

2.3    TRANSPORTATION COSTS.

       The reasonable cost of transportation of equipment, materials and
       supplies within India and from outside India to India necessary for the
       conduct of petroleum operations under the Contract, including, but not
       limited to, directly related costs such as unloading charges, dock fees
       and inland and ocean freight charges.

2.4    CHARGES FOR SERVICES.

       2.4.1   THIRD PARTIES.

               The actual costs of contract services, services of professional
               consultants, utilities and other services necessary for the
               conduct of petroleum operations under the Contract performed by
               third parties other than an Affiliate of the Operator, provided
               that the transactions resulting in such costs are undertaken
               pursuant to arms length transactions.

       2.4.2   AFFILIATES OF OPERATOR.

               2.4.2.1 PROFESSIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AND EXPENSES.

                       Cost of professional and administrative services provided
                       by any Affiliate for the direct benefit of petroleum
                       operations, including, but not limited to, services
                       provided by the production, exploration, legal,
                       financial, insurance, accounting and computer services
                       divisions other than those covered by Section 2.4.2.2
                       which Operator may use in lieu of having its own
                       employees. Charges shall be equal to the actual cost of
                       providing their services, shall not include any element
                       of profit and shall not be any higher than the most
                       favorable prices charged by the Affiliate to third
                       parties for comparable services under similar terms and
                       conditions elsewhere and will be fair and reasonable in
                       the light of prevailing international oil industry
                       practice and experience.

               2.4.2.2 SCIENTIFIC OR TECHNICAL PERSONNEL.

                       Cost of scientific or technical personnel services
                       provided by any Affiliate of Operator for the direct
                       benefit of petroleum operations, which cost shall be
                       charged on a cost of service basis without element of
                       profit. Charges therefor shall not exceed charges for
                       comparable services currently provided by outside
                       technical service organizations of comparable
                       qualifications. Unless the work to be done by such
                       personnel is covered by an approved budget and Work
                       Programme, Operator shall not authorize work by such
                       personnel without approval of the Management Committee.

               2.4.2.3 Equipment, facilities and property owned and furnished by
                       the Operator's Affiliates, at rates commensurate with the
                       cost of ownership and operation provided, however, that
                       such rates shall not exceed those currently prevailing
                       for the supply of like equipment, facilities and property
                       on comparable terms in the area where the petroleum
                       operations are being conducted. The equipment and
                       facilities referred to herein shall exclude major
                       investment items such as (but not limited to) drilling
                       rigs, producing platforms, oil treating facilities, oil
                       and gas loading and transportation systems, storage and
                       terminal facilities and other major facilities, rates for
                       which shall be subject to separate agreement with the
                       Government.

2.5    COMMUNICATIONS.

       Cost of acquiring, leasing, installing, operating, repairing and
       maintaining communication systems including satellite, radio and
       microwave facilities between the Contract Area and the Operator's base
       facility, offices, helicopter bases, port and railway yards.

2.6    OFFICE, SHORE BASES AND MISCELLANEOUS FACILITIES.

       Net cost to Operator of establishing, maintaining and operating any
       office, sub-office, shore base facility, warehouse, housing or other
       facility directly serving the petroleum operations. If any such facility
       services contract areas other than the Contract Area, or any business
       other than petroleum operations, the net costs thereof shall be allocated
       on an equitable and consistent basis.

2.7    ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AND PROTECTION.

       Costs incurred in conducting the environmental impact studies for the
       Contract Area, and in taking environmental protection measures pursuant
       to the terms of the Contract.

2.8.   INSURANCE.

       Premiums paid for insurance required by law, the Contract or the
       Agreement to be carried for the benefit of the Joint Operations.

2.9.   DAMAGES AND LOSSES TO PROPERTY.

       2.9.1   All costs or expenditures necessary to replace or repair damages
               or losses incurred by fire, flood, storm, theft, accident, or any
               other cause. Operator shall furnish Non-Operators written notice
               of damages or losses incurred in excess of Fifty Thousand U.S.
               Dollars (U.S.$50,000) as soon as practical after report of the
               same has been received by Operator. All losses in excess of Fifty
               Thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S.$50,000) shall be listed separately in
               the monthly statement of costs and expenditures.

       2.9.2.  Credits for settlements received from insurance carried for the
               benefit of Joint Operations and from others for losses or damages
               to Joint Property or Materials. Each Party shall be credited with
               its Participating Interest share thereof except where such
               receipts are derived from insurance purchased by Operator for
               less than all Parties in which event such proceeds shall be
               credited to those Parties for whom the insurance was purchased in
               the proportion of their respective contributions toward the
               insurance coverage.

       2.9.3.  Expenditures incurred in the settlement of all losses, claims,
               damages, judgements and other expenses for the benefit of Joint
               Operations.

2.10   LITIGATION AND LEGAL EXPENSES.

       2.10.1  Legal services necessary or expedient for the protection of the
               Joint Operations, and all costs and expenses of litigation,
               arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution procedure,
               including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, together with
               all judgments obtained against the Parties or any of them arising
               from the Joint Operations.

       2.10.2. If the Parties hereunder shall so agree, actions or claims
               affecting the Joint Operations hereunder may be handled by the
               legal staff of one or any of the Parties hereto; and a charge
               commensurate with the reasonable costs of providing and
               furnishing such services rendered may be made against the Joint
               Account, but no such charges shall be made until approved by the
               Parties.

2.11   TAXES AND DUTIES.

       All taxes, duties, assessments and governmental charges, of every kind
       and nature, assessed or levied upon or in connection with the Joint
       Operations, other than any that are measured by or based upon the
       revenues, income and net worth of a Party.

       If Operator or an Affiliate is subject to income or withholding tax as a
       result of services performed at cost for the operations under the
       Agreement, its charges for such services may be increased by the amount
       of such taxes incurred (grossed up).

2.12   OTHER EXPENDITURES.

       Any other costs and expenditures incurred by the Operator for the
       necessary and proper conduct of the Joint Operations in accordance with
       approved Work Programs and Budgets and not covered in this Section II or
       in Section III.

                                 -----*****-----

                                  SECTION III.

                                INDIRECT CHARGES

3.1    Operator shall charge the Joint Account monthly for the cost of indirect
       services and related office costs of Operator and its Affiliates not
       otherwise provided in this Accounting Procedure. No cost or expenditure
       included under Section II shall be included or duplicated under this
       Section III. Indirect services and related office costs of Operator and
       its Affiliates outside the Country of Operations include but are not
       limited to the cost of the following functions which are of benefit to
       the Joint Operations:

                    Executive, Administrative, & Managerial
                    Treasury and Financial Services
                    Tax and Legal
                    Human Resources
                    Insurance
                    Accounting and Internal Control
                    Employee Training and Medical
                    Safety and Security
                    Budgeting and Forecasting
                    Communications

3.2    The charge for the period beginning with the Financial Year through the
       end of the period covered by Operator's invoice ("Year-to-Date") under
       Section 3.1 above shall be a percentage of the Year-to-Date Parties'
       total direct expenditures, charged to the Joint Account, calculated on
       the following scale (U.S. Dollars):

                               ANNUAL EXPENDITURES
                        One percent (1%) of expenditures

3.3    The expenditures used to calculate the monthly indirect charge shall not
       include the indirect charge (calculated either as a percentage of
       expenditures or as a minimum monthly charge), rentals on surface rights
       acquired and maintained for the Joint Account, guarantee deposits,
       concession acquisition costs, bonuses paid in accordance with the
       Contract, royalties and taxes paid under the Contract, settlement of
       claims, proceeds from the sale of assets (including division in kind)
       amounting to more than U.S.$10,000 per transaction, and similar items
       mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

       Credits arising from any government subsidy payments and disposition of
       Joint Account property shall not be deducted from total expenditures in
       determining such charge.

3.4    The indirect charges provided for in this Section III may be amended
       periodically by mutual agreement between the Parties if, in practice,
       these charges are found to be insufficient or excessive.

                                  SECTION IV.

                     ACQUISITION OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

4.1    MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.

       4.1.1   GENERAL.

               So far as is practicable and consistent with efficient and
               economical operation, only such material shall be purchased or
               furnished by the Operator for use in the petroleum operations as
               may be required for use in the reasonably foreseeable future and
               the accumulation of surplus stocks shall be avoided to the extent
               possible.

       4.1.2   WARRANTY.

               In the case of defective material or equipment, any adjustment
               received by the Operator from the suppliers or manufacturers or
               their agents in respect of any warranty on material or equipment
               shall be credited to the accounts under the Agreement.

       4.1.3   VALUE OF MATERIALS CHARGED TO THE ACCOUNTS UNDER THE CONTRACT.

               4.1.3.1  Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 4.1.2,
                        materials purchased by the Operator and used in the
                        petroleum operations shall be valued to include invoice
                        price less trade and cash discounts, if any, purchase
                        and procurement fees plus freight and forwarding charges
                        between point of supply and point of shipment, freight
                        to port of destination, insurance, taxes, customs
                        duties, consular fees, other items chargeable against
                        imported material and, where applicable, handling and
                        transportation costs from point of importation to
                        warehouse or operating site, and these costs shall not
                        exceed those currently prevailing in normal arms length
                        transactions on the open market.

               4.1.3.2  Material purchased from or sold to Affiliates or
                        transferred to or from activities of the Operator other
                        than petroleum operations under the Contract.

                        4.1.3.2.1  new material (hereinafter referred to as
                                   condition A) shall be valued at the current
                                   international price which shall not exceed
                                   the price prevailing in normal arms length
                                   transactions on the open market;

                        4.1.3.2.2  used material which is in sound and
                                   serviceable condition and is suitable for
                                   reuse without reconditioning (hereinafter
                                   referred to as condition B) shall be priced
                                   at not more than seventy five percent (75%)
                                   of the current price of the above mentioned
                                   new materials;

                        4.1.3.2.3  used material which cannot be classified as
                                   condition B, but which, after reconditioning,
                                   will be further serviceable for original
                                   function as good second-hand condition B
                                   material or is serviceable for original
                                   function, but substantially not suitable for
                                   reconditioning (hereinafter referred to as
                                   condition C) shall be priced at not more than
                                   fifty per cent (50%) of the current price of
                                   the new material referred to above as
                                   condition A.

              The cost of reconditioning shall be charged to the reconditioned
              material, provided that the condition C material value plus the
              cost of reconditioning does not exceed the value of condition B
              material.

              Material which cannot be classified as condition B or condition C
              shall be priced at a value commensurate with its use.

              Material involving erection expenditure shall be charged at the
              applicable condition percentage (referred to above) of the current
              knocked-down price of new material referred to above as condition
              A.

              When the use of material is temporary and its service to the
              Petroleum Operations does not justify the reduction in price in
              relation to materials referred to above as conditions B and C,
              such material shall be priced on a basis that will result in a net
              charge to the accounts under the Contract consistent with the
              value of the service rendered.

4.2    PREMIUM PRICES.

       Whenever Material is not readily obtainable at prices specified in
       Section 4.1 of this Section IV because of national emergencies, strikes
       or other unusual causes over which the Operator has no control, the
       Operator may charge the Joint Account for the required Material at the
       Operator's actual cost incurred procuring such Material, in making it
       suitable for use, and moving it to the Contract Area, provided that
       notice in writing, including a detailed description of the Material
       required and the required delivery date, is furnished to Non-Operators of
       the proposed charge at least 10 Days (or such shorter period as may be
       specified by Operator) before the Material is projected to be needed for
       operations and prior to billing Non-Operators for such Material the cost
       of which exceeds two hundred thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S. $200,000.00).
       Each Non-Operator shall have the right, by so electing and notifying
       Operator within 5 Days (or such shorter period as may be specified by
       Operator) after receiving notice from Operator, to furnish in kind all or
       part of his share of such Material per the terms of the notice which is
       suitable for use and acceptable to Operator both as to quality and time
       of delivery. Such acceptance by Operator shall not be unreasonably
       withheld. If a Non-Operator fails to properly submit an election
       notification within the designated period, the Operator is not required
       to accept Material furnished in kind by that Non-Operator. If the
       Operator fails to submit proper notification prior to billing
       Non-Operators for such Material, Operator shall only charge the Joint
       Account on the basis of the price allowed during a "normal" pricing
       period in effect at time of movement. If Material furnished is deemed
       unsuitable for use by the Operator, all costs incurred in disposing of
       such Material or returning Material to owner shall be borne by the
       Non-Operator furnishing the same unless otherwise agreed by the Parties.

                                 -----*****-----

                                   SECTION V.

                              DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS

5.1    The Operator shall be under no obligation to purchase the interest of
       Non-Operators in new or used surplus Materials. Operator shall have the
       right to dispose of Materials but shall advise and secure prior agreement
       of the Operating Committee of any proposed disposition of Materials
       having an original cost to the Joint Account either individually or in
       the aggregate of Fifty Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$50,000) or more. Credits
       for Material sold by the Operator shall be made to the Joint Account in
       the month in which payment is received for the Material. Any Material
       sold or disposed of under this Section shall be on an "as is, where is"
       basis without guarantees or warranties of any kind or nature. Costs and
       expenditures incurred by Operator in the disposition of Materials shall
       be charged to the Joint Account.

5.2    Division of Materials in kind, if made between Operator and
       Non-Operators, shall be in proportion to their respective interests in
       such Material. Each Party will thereupon be charged individually with its
       share of the agreed volume of Material received or receivable by each
       Party, and corresponding credits will be made by Operator to the Joint
       Account. Such credits shall appear in the monthly statement of Joint
       Operations.

                                 -----*****----

                                   SECTION VI.

                        RECORDS AND INVENTORIES OF ASSETS

6.1    RECORDS.

       6.1.1   The Operator shall keep and maintain detailed records of property
               and assets in use for or in connection with petroleum operations
               under the Agreement in accordance with normal practices in
               exploration and production activities of the international
               petroleum industry. Such records shall include information on
               quantities, location and condition of such property and assets,
               and whether such property or assets are leased or owned.

       6.1.2   The Operator shall furnish annually particulars to the
               Non-Operator, by notice in writing as provided in the Agreement,
               of all major assets acquired by the Operator to be used for or in
               connection with petroleum operations.

6.2    INVENTORIES.

       6.2.1   The Operator shall:

               6.2.1.1  not less than once every twelve (12) Months with respect
                        to movable assets take an inventory of the controllable
                        assets used for or in connection with petroleum
                        operations in terms of the Contract and address and
                        deliver such inventory to the non-operators with a
                        statement of the principles upon which valuation of the
                        assets mentioned in such inventory has been based.
                        Controllable assets means those assets the operators
                        submit to detailed record keeping.

               6.2.1.2  not less than once every three (3) years with respect to
                        immovable assets, take an inventory of the assets used
                        for or in connection with petroleum operations in terms
                        of the Contract and address and deliver such inventory
                        to the Non-Operators together with a written statement
                        of the principles upon which valuation of the assets
                        mentioned in such inventory has been based. Immovable
                        assets means those assets which are placed in service
                        and have an original cost in excess of Fifty Thousand
                        United States Dollars (US$50,000).

               6.2.1.3  Reconciliation of inventory with charges to the Joint
                        Account shall be made by Operator and the Operator shall
                        furnish to the Non-Operators a copy of the inventory and
                        a priced list of excesses and shortages.

                                 -----*****-----

                                   EXHIBIT "B"

                          DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT AREA

       The area comprising approximately 1471 sq. km offshore India identified
       as Tapti Block described herein and shown under map attached as Figure
       B-1.

       Longitude and Latitude measurements are as follows:

                      LATITUDE            LONGITUDE

                   A. 20 50'00"N          71 49'00"E
                   B. 20 50'00"N          72 08'00"E
                   C. 20 35'00"N          72 08'00"E
                   D. 20 20'00"N          71 53'00"E
                   E. 20 20'00"N          71 49'00"E

                                 -----*****-----

                                                                    APPENDIX - B
                                                            MAP OF CONTRACT AREA
                                                                     TAPTI BLOCK

                                                                     FIGURE - B1
WESTERN INDIA
OFFSHORE
BOMBAY BASIN

                       [MAP AND INSERT OF CONTRACT AREA]
<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT "C"

                                    EXAMPLE
                        FROM ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.
                           CASH CALL FOR: JUNE 1, 199

                                                JUNE           JULY     AUGUST
 I.      Exploration/Appraisal Costs
          Geological and Geophysical                 10                      X
          Core Hole Drilling                         10          X
          Exploration Wells
           Wells A                           20
           Wells B                           20      40
          Facilities Costs                            5                      X
                Subtotal                                                     

II.     Development Costs
          Development Wells
           Wells A                           20                              X
           Wells B                           20      40                      X
          Production Facilities
           Platforms                         50
           Pipeline/Flow Lines               10      60
          Engineering Studies                         2                      X
          Service Costs                               3          X           X
                Subtotal

III. Production Costs
          Lease and Well                              5                      X

IV.     General and Administrative Costs             15          X           X

V.      Fixed Assets and Deposits                     X          X           X
                                   
                Grand Total                         190         XX          XX

April 1994 Cash Call                 200
April 1994 Actual                   (190)
                                     ----                                      
     Net Over (Under) Call            10            (10)
                                                   ----
Total Cash Due June 1, 1994                         180
                                                   ====

ONGC 40% Share                US$72
EOGIL   30% Share             US$54
RIL     30% Share             US$54

NOTE:  The cash call for June 1 is expected to be issued on or before May 15.

                               -----*****-----

                                                                    EXHIBIT "D"
                                  BUDGET FORMAT
                               (FOR EXAMPLE ONLY)

                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.
                             FINANCIAL YEAR 1994/95

I.   Exploration/Appraisal Costs
         Geological and Geophysical                               X
         Core Hole Drilling                                       X
         Exploration Wells
          (1)  Wells A (Firm; Specifically defined)         X
          (2)  Wells B (Contingent; Funds provided, but     X
                       specifics to be approved by
                       Operating Committee)
           Sub-Total                                                     XX

II.  Development Costs
         Development Wells
          (1)  Wells A (Firm; Specifically defined)         X
          (2)  Wells B (Contingent; Funds provided, but     X
                       specifics to be approved by
                       Operating Committee)
         Production Facilities
          (1)  Platforms
              (a)  Firm                                     X
              (b)  Contingent; Funds provided, but          X
                   specifics to be approved by
                   Operating Committee
          (2)  Storage Facilities                                 X
          (3)  Terminals                                          X
          (4)  Pipelines/Flow Lines                               X
         Engineering Studies                                      X
         Service Costs                                            X
           Sub-Total                                                     XX
                                                                         ==
III. Production Costs
         Lease and Well                                           X
           Sub-Total                                                    XXX
                                                                        === 
IV.     General and Administrative                                       XX

V.      Fixed Assets and Deposits                                        XX

                       Grand Total Costs                                XXX
                                                                        ===
         
NOTE 1: Each line above represents budget line items. Each budget line item
shall be supplemented, if appropriate, by explanatory schedules, unquantified
examples of which follow as Tables D-1 through D-8, showing magnitude and timing
of expenditures and description of the work to be achieved. It is intended that
the Operating Committee shall have full authority to reclassify funds from
Contingent to Firm.

VI.     Revenue                                                         XXX
                                                                        ===
NOTE 2: Categories III and IV are considered operating cost and are not subject
to AFEs, except that some items in category III may require AFEs for workovers
as per Article 6.9.

                              APPROVALS

          For EOGIL    ____________________
                       (signature)
                       
                       ____________________
                       (print name and date)

          For RIL      ____________________               
                       (signature)

                       ____________________
                       (print name and date)

          For ONGC 
                       ____________________     
                       (signature)

                       ____________________
                       (print name and date)

<PAGE>
                                   TABLE D-1
                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.             (FOR APPROVAL)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                                 BUDGET SUMMARY
                             Financial Year 1994/95

(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       TOTAL 94/95     
 ITEM                                1994    1994    1994    1995    FINANCIAL YEAR     REMAIN       TOTAL
 CODE        DESCRIPTION             QTR 2   QTR 3   QTR 4   QTR 1              *       PROJECT     PROJECT
   <S>         <C>
</TABLE>

I.  Exploration/Appraisal Costs
     Geophysical and  Geological
     Core Hole Drilling
     Exploration Drilling
       (Firm Wells)
       (Contingent Wells)

          Total Exploration Costs

II.  Development Costs
      Development Drilling
        (Firm Wells)
        (Contingent Wells)
      Production Facilities Costs

          Total Development Costs

III. Production Costs

 IV. General and Administrative

  V. Fixed Assets and Deposits

          Total Project Costs

 VI. Revenue

*If   in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

NOTE: Categories III and IV are considered operating cost and are not subject to
AFEs, except that certain items in category III may require AFEs for workovers
as per Article 6.9.

FOR EOGIL                    FOR RIL                       FOR ONGC

__________________           _____________________         ____________________ 

__________________           _____________________         ____________________

                                   TABLE D-2
                            ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.         (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                       Geophysical and Geological Expense
                             Financial Year 1994/95

(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                TOTAL 94/95         95/96        96/97
ITEM                                                 1994    1994    1995      FINANCIAL YEAR     FINANCIAL    FINANCIAL
CODE               DESCRIPTION                      QTR 3    QTR 4   QTR 1                 *         YEAR         YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
Geophysical Costs
  Seismic Survey (Firm)
  Positioning (Firm)
  Field Supervision (Firm)
  Scouting/Chase Boats/Misc. (Firm)
  Data Processing (See Note) (Firm)
  Data Reprocessing (Firm)
  Supervisory/Support Costs (Firm)
  Technical Service (Firm)

       Total Geophysical Costs

Geological Costs
  Geochem and Biostrat Analysis (Firm)
  Core Analysis (Firm)
  Special Studies and Consultation (Firm)
  PVT Fluid Analysis (Firm)
  Supervisory/Support Costs (Firm)
  Technical Service (Firm)

       Total Geological Costs

  Communications Costs (Firm)

       Total Geophysical and Geological

*If   in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

                                   TABLE D-3
                          ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.          (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                       Development Drilling (Firm Wells)
                             Financial Year 1994/95

(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 TOTAL 94/95      95/96       96/97
ITEM                                                 1994    1994    1995       FINANCIAL YEAR   FINANCIAL   FINANCIAL
CODE                 DESCRIPTION                    QTR 3    QTR 4   QTR 1                  *       YEAR        YEAR
<S><C>
                                                                                  
        Drilling (Firm wells)
          Drilling and Completion Intangibles
          Drilling and Completion Tangibles

        Drilling (Contingent wells)

            Total Drilling

        Shore Base (1) (Firm)

        Communications Expense (2) (Firm)

        Supervisory/Support Staff (Firm)

              Total Drilling/Operations Costs


*If   in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

NOTE: (1) Lease costs only of $     /day
      (2) Monthly communications expense allocated as follows:        Additional Note:
          Drilling
          Construction                                                Specifics to be added which would clearly
          Exploration                                                 delineate each individual "Firm" well
          G&A                                                            proposed. A separate page following this format
                                                                      would be provided for "Contingent" wells for which
                                                                      funds are proposed but technical specifications
                                                                      are not available until a future Operating 
                                                                      Committee meeting.
      (3) Inventory costs included in Fixed Assets                  
</TABLE>

                                   TABLE D-4
                            ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.         (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                          Production Facilities Costs
                             Financial Year 1994/95
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
                                                                                   TOTAL 94/95         95/96        96/97
ITEM                                                 1994      1994      1995    FINANCIAL YEAR      FINANCIAL    FINANCIAL
CODE            DESCRIPTION                         QTR 3      QTR 4     QTR 1              *          YEAR         YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
PANNA FIELD DEVELOPMENT
   CCP Jacket (Contingent)
   CCP Deck (Contingent)
   Platform PF (Contingent)
   Platform PG (Contingent)
   WH Decks (Contingent)
   Pipeline (Contingent)
   Living Quarters/Platform (Contingent)
   Flare Tripod Structure (Contingent)
      Total Panna/Mukta Development

TAPTI FIELD DEVELOPMENT
   Preliminary Engineering (Firm)
   Platform STB (Firm)
   Platform STC (Firm)
   Platform STF (Firm)
   TPP Jacket (Firm)
   TPP Deck/Bridge (Firm)
   Pipeline (Firm)
      Total Tapti Development

Supervisory/Support Costs (Firm)

Technical Services (Firm)

TOTAL PRODUCTION FACILITIES

*If   in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.


                                   TABLE D-5
                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD         (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                                Production Costs
                             Financial Year 1994/95

(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              
                                                                         TOTAL 94/95           95/96         96/97 
ITEM                                      1994       1994      1995    FINANCIAL YEAR        FINANCIAL     FINANCIAL
CODE              DESCRIPTION            QTR 3      QTR 4     QTR 1                *            YEAR          YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
Panna/Mukta
  EPS
  FSO
  PA
  PB
  PQ
  PE
  MA
     Sub-Total

  PPA
  PQ
  PC
  PF
  PG
     Sub-Total

       Total Panna/Mukta (Firm)

Tapti
  TPP, STB, STC, STF (Firm)

       Total Tapti

Communications (Firm)

Supervision and Support (Firm)

Technical Services (Firm)

            Total Production Costs


*If   in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

                                   TABLE D-6
                          ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.           (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                       General and Administrative Expense
                             Financial Year 1994/95

(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                TOTAL 94/95         95/96       96/97
ITEM                                                  1994    1994    1995    FINANCIAL YEAR      FINANCIAL   FINANCIAL
CODE                  DESCRIPTION                    QTR 3    QTR 4   QTR 1              *           YEAR        YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>                                                                        
Salaries and Benefits
  Expat Salary and Benefits
  National Salary and Benefits

    Total Salaries and Benefits (Firm)

Other G&A
  Moving Costs
  Travel and Entertainment
  Subscriptions and Memberships 
  Office Rental
  Telephone and Telecommunications
  Utilities Repair and Maintenance
  Security
  Office Supplies
  Legal and Accounting
  Insurance
  Technical Services
  Technical Publications, Books, Maps
  Other Outside Services
  Bank Fees
  Training

    Total Other G&A (Firm)

      Total General and Administrative

*If   in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

NOTE:  Other G&A costs apply to all other departments accumulating costs not
       budgeted elsewhere.

                                   TABLE D-7
                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.          (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                           Fixed Assets and Deposits
                             Financial Year 1994/95

(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          TOTAL 94/95       95/96       96/97
ITEM                                                         1994      1994    1995      FINANCIAL YEAR   FINANCIAL   FINANCIAL
CODE                  DESCRIPTION                           QTR 3     QTR 4    QTR 1                *        YEAR       YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>
Office Furniture/Fixtures
  Office Furniture
  Office Equipment
  Drafting Equipment
  Computer Equipment
  Communication Equipment
  Expat Housing Furniture/Appliances
  Other Leasehold Improvements

    Total Furniture/Fixture/Equipment (Firm)

Motor Vehicles

Inventory

Warehouse and Yard

Deposits
  Office
  Expat Housing/Apartments
  Warehouse
  Telephone, Fax, Other

    Total Deposits/Prepaids (Firm)

      Total Fixed Assets and Deposits

*If   in this column, the item is a Minimum Work Obligation item.

                                   TABLE D-8
                           ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.          (FOR INFORMATION)
                            BUDGET AND WORK PROGRAM
                                    Revenue
                             Financial Year 1994/95

(In '000 U.S. Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             TOTAL 94/95       95/96       96/97
ITEM                                         1994      1994       1995      FINANCIAL YEAR   FINANCIAL   FINANCIAL
CODE             DESCRIPTION                QTR 3     QTR 4      QTR 1                          YEAR        YEAR
<S><C>
</TABLE>

Revenues

  Oil Production

  Gas Production

  Other Income

    Total Revenues

                                -----*****-----
<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT "E"
                      DATA TO BE PROVIDED TO NON-OPERATORS

Operator shall provide the following data to Non-Operators:

     A.   DAILY PROGRESS REPORTS

1.   Daily drilling progress report for each well which shall include the
     brief description of work performed, the interval drilled, the type
     and depth of the formation penetrated, the size and landed depth of
     any casing landed and cementation details thereof, the results of any
     tests made and any problems encountered.

2.   Daily production report giving field-wise information on the oil, gas,
     condensate and water produced, number of wells flowing, the quantity
     of produced oil and gas handed over for custody transfer, available
     data describing quality of the crude transferred (including, as
     available, gravity, water content, salinity, pour point for oil and
     dew point and calorific value), H2S content of gas handed over as
     available, and any lighterage details as and when it takes place.

3.   Daily cash statements.

4.   Water injection reports, if any, giving quantity and quality of water
     injected, number of wells/strings on injection, wellhead injection
     pressures, etc.

5.   Workover and well servicing reports covering the details of workover 
     operations and well stimulations/activation operations (well-wise).

6.   Construction reports covering the details of the activities, if any,
     carried out at offshore for installation of well platforms, pipelines,
     process platforms and other activities with details of barges
     deployed, etc.

B.   OTHER PERIODIC REPORTS

     Other reports will cover the following aspects and will be provided at
frequencies (monthly, quarterly or otherwise) as appropriate:

1.   Exploration:  Status of various surveys carried out vis-a-vis plan, data
     acquisition and data processing details vs. plan, any discovery made with
     details of the test data of the discovery well zone-wise.

2.   Drilling:

     (a)  Summary report on each well drilled after drilling is concluded.

     (b)  Cumulative drilling meterage (both development and exploratory)
          achieved during the month against plan (wellwise), idle and
          productive time of rigs, details of the material consumption
          (casing, mud chemicals and other well completion equipments).

3.   Production:

     (a)  Cumulative production of oil, gas, condensate, water and water
          injection including, as available, field-wise, layer-wise and
          well-wise actual results vs. plan of production/injection.
          Cumulative quantity of crude oil, condensate and gas sold.
          Party-wise share of the sold oil, gas and condensate.

     (b) (i) The quantity of gas internally consumed and flared, details of
         material consumption for various production activities (chemicals,
         tubulars, completion equipment, etc.).

         (ii)   Average quantity of produced crude oil (if applicable),
                gas, effluent discharge and water injected.

        (iii)   Status reports on major/critical equipments/facilities and 
                maintenance thereof.

     (c)  Monthly test data of the wells.

     (d)  Daily ullage of tanker at SBM (if applicable).

     (e)  Daily Report on deployment of personnel on board.

4.   Developmental/Construction Activities:  Major construction/development
     activities in progress.  Status of progress of these activities with 
     respect to schedule.

5.   Capital and operating expenditure against plan (to be reported quarterly
     containing information on monthly and year-to-date expenditures).

6.   Copies of various well logs and surveys as they become available.

7.   Reports of DST (including basic data), core analysis and any other
     special studies conducted as they become available.

8.   Well completion and work-over reports as they become available.

9.   Copies of all geological, geochemical, petrophysical and geophysical
     data/reports and, when finalized, maps prepared by the Operator or by
     the subcontractor except the magnetic tapes which shall be stored by
     the Operator and made available for inspection and/or copying at the
     sole expense of the non-operating Parties requesting same.

10.  Copies of reservoir management reports including field and well
     performance reports and reservoir studies reports and estimate
     reports as they become available.

11.  Reports on sub-sea soil surveys, environmental surveys, sub-sea
     pipelines and risers inspection, reports on repair and maintenance of
     sub-sea pipeline and risers as they become available.

12.  Any emergency shutdown of operations affecting oil/gas
     production/dispatch, drilling operations, etc., must be reported as
     soon as practicable on telephone followed by telex, facsimile, etc.,
     giving the details of effect on production/drilling and the likely
     duration of shutdown.

     A normalization report also to be sent when the operations resume and
become normal.

13.  Reports on all incidents of: pipeline and riser leakage/failure, oil
     spills, fire, any structural failures, blow-out, explosion, sabotage,
     other accidents involving loss of property.life, etc., strikes/riots
     affecting operations/production, etc., should be sent as soon as
     practicable by the Operator to the non-operating Parties, Government
     and other agencies such as Oil Industries Safety Directorate
     ("OISD"), Director General Hydrocarbon, Oil Co-ordination Committee
     ("OCC"), Offshore Defense Advisory Group ("ODAG") and other statutory
     bodies whichever is applicable, on telephone followed by
     telex/facsimile giving the details.

14.  Fortnightly cash balance report.

C.   INFORMATION, DATA, CONFIDENTIALITY, INSPECTION AND SECURITY

     The Contractor shall, promptly after they become available make available
to the Government in its offices all data obtained as a result of petroleum
operations under the Contract including, but not limited to, geological,
geophysical, geochemical, petrophysical, engineering, well logs, maps, magnetic
tapes, cores and production data as well as all interpretative and derivative
data, including reports, analyses, interpretations and evaluation prepared in
final form in respect of petroleum operations (hereinafter referred to as
("Data"). Data shall be the property of the Government, provided however, that
the Contractor shall have the right to make use of such Data, free of cost, for
the purpose of petroleum operations under this Agreement as provided herein.

                                -----*****-----

                           GRAPHICAL CONTENT APPENDIX

       Appendix - B
         Figure B-1        Map of Contract Area - Tapti Block



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.56
                         PRODUCTION SHARING CONTRACT


                                    AMONG


                           THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

                                     AND

                    OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED

                                     AND

                         RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LIMITED

                                     AND

                          ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD.

                        WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT AREA

                   IDENTIFIED AS MID AND SOUTH TAPTI FIELD

<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE                       CONTENTS

                              Preamble
 1.         Definitions
 2.         Duration
 3.         Relinquishment
 4.         Work Programme
 5.         Management Committee
 6.         Operatorship and Operating Agreement
 7.         General Rights and Obligations of the Parties
 8.         Government Assistance
 9.         Discovery, Development and Production
10.         Unit Development
11.         Measurement of Petroleum
12.         Protection of the Environment
13.         Recovery of Costs
14.         Production Sharing of Petroleum between Contractor
            and Government
15.         Taxes, Royalties, Rentals, etc.
16.         Payment
17.         Customs Duties
18.         Domestic Supply, Sale, Disposal and Export of Crude Oil
19.         Valuation of Oil
20.         Currency and Exchange Control Provisions
21.         Natural Gas
22.         Employment, Training and Transfer of Technology
23.         Local Goods and Services
24.         Insurance and Indemnification
25.         Records, Reports, Accounts and Audit
26.         Information, Data, Confidentiality, Inspection
            and Security
27.         Title to Petroleum, Data and Assets
28.         Assignment of Interest
29.         Guarantee
30.         Termination of Contract
31.         Force Majeure
32.         Applicable Law and Language of the Contract
33.         Sole Expert, Conciliation and Arbitration
34.         Entire Agreement, Amendments, Waiver and Miscellaneous
35.         Certificates
36.         Notices

APPENDICES:
Appendix A        -     Description of Contract Area
Appendix B        -     Map of Contract Area
Appendix C        -     Accounting Procedure to Production Sharing
                        Contract
Appendix D        -     Calculation of the Investment Multiple for
                          Production Sharing Purposes
Appendix E        -     Form of Financial and Performance Guarantee
Appendix F        -     Equipment
Appendix G        -     Development Commitment Specified by the
                        Companies
Appendix H        -     Production Profile of the Mid and South Tapti
                        Fields
Appendix I        -     Payment for Use of Onshore Plant
                               -----*****-----

This Contract made and entered into as of the 22nd day of December 1994
by and among:

THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA, acting through the the Joint Secretary
(Exploration), Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas (hereinafter
referred as Government);
                                      AND

OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED (ONGC), a body corporate established under
the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956, which expression shall include its
successors and such assigns as are permitted under Article 28 hereof acting
through its duly authorized Chairman & Managing Director;

                                      AND

RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LTD. ("RIL"), a body corporate established under the laws of
India, which expression shall include its successors and such assigns as are
permitted under Article 28 hereof acting through its duly authorized Chief
Executive Officer (Oil & Gas)
                                      AND

ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LTD. ("EOGIL"), a body corporate established under the
laws of the Cayman Islands, which expression shall include its successors and
such assigns as are permitted under Article 28 hereof acting through its duly
authorized (Vice) President;

WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS
1.    By virtue of Article 297 of the Constitution of India,
      Petroleum in its natural state in the Territorial Waters and
      the Continental Shelf of India is vested in the Union of
      India;

2.    The Territorial Waters, Continental Shelf, Exclusive Economic Zone And
      Other Maritime Zones Act, 1976 (No. 80 of 1976) provides for the grant of
      a Lease or letter of authority by the Government to explore and exploit
      the resources of the Continental Shelf;

3.    The Oil Fields (Regulation and Development) Act, 1948, (53 of 1948)
      (hereinafter referred to as "the Act") and the Petroleum and Natural Gas
      Rules, 1959, made thereunder (hereinafter referred to as "the Rules") make
      provision inter alia for the regulation of Petroleum Operations and the
      grant of petroleum exploration licenses and mining leases for exploration
      and development of Petroleum in India;

4.    The Act and the Rules provide for the grant by the Government of mining
      leases in respect of the Territorial Waters and the Continental Shelf, and
      the Contractor is being duly granted a mining lease to carry out Petroleum
      Operations in that area offshore identified as Mid and South Tapti Field,
      more particularly described in Appendices A and B;

5.    The Government desires that the Petroleum resources which may exist in the
      Contract Area be discovered and exploited with the utmost expedition in
      the overall interest of India in accordance with sound international
      petroleum industry practices;

6.    The Government is satisfied that it is in the public interest to enter
      into this Contract on terms different from those specified in Section 12
      of the Oil Fields (Regulations and Development) Act, 1948, and the
      Government is entering into this Agreement on the terms and conditions
      specified herein.

7.    EOGIL and RIL have represented that they have, or will acquire
      and make available, the necessary financial and technical
      resources and the technical and industrial competence and
      experience necessary for proper discharge and/or performance
      of all obligations required to be performed under this
      Contract in accordance with good international petroleum
      industry practices and will provide guarantees as required in
      Article 29 for the due performance of their undertakings
      hereunder;

8.    The Parties desire to enter into this Contract with respect to the
      Contract Area referred to in Appendices A and B on the terms and
      conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants and conditions
herein contained, IT IS HEREBY AGREED between the Parties as follows:

                               -----*****-----

                                      2

                                  ARTICLE 1
                            D E F I N I T I O N S

         In this Contract, unless the context requires otherwise, the following
         terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them hereunder:

1.1      "Accounting Procedure" means the principles and procedures
         of accounting set out in Appendix C.

1.2      "Affiliate" means a company that directly or indirectly controls or is
         controlled by a Party to this Contract or a company which directly or
         indirectly controls or is controlled by a company which controls a
         Party to this Contract, it being understood that "control" means
         ownership by one company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting
         securities of the other company, or the power to direct, administer and
         dictate policies of the other company even where the voting securities
         held by such company exercising such effective control in that other
         company is less than fifty percent (50%) and the term "controlled"
         shall have a corresponding meaning.

1.3      "Appendix" means an Appendix attached to this Contract and
         made a part hereof.

1.4      "Appraisal Programme" means a programme, approved by the Management
         Committee for the appraisal of an Existing or New Discovery of
         Petroleum in the Contract Area for the purpose of delineating the
         Petroleum Reservoirs to which the Discovery relates in terms of
         thickness and lateral extent and determining the characteristics
         thereof and the quantity and quality of recoverable Petroleum therein.

1.5      "Appraisal Well" means a Well drilled within the Contract Area pursuant
         to an approved Appraisal Programme.

1.6      "Arms Length Sales" means sales of Petroleum made freely on the open
         international market, in freely convertible currencies, between willing
         and unrelated sellers and buyers and in which such buyers and sellers
         have no contractual or other relationship, directly or indirectly, or
         any common or joint interest as is reasonably likely to influence
         selling prices and shall, inter alia, exclude sales (whether direct or
         indirect, through brokers or otherwise) involving Affiliates, sales
         between entities comprising the Contractor, sales between governments
         and government-owned entities, counter trades, restricted or distress
         sales, sales involving barter arrangements and generally any
         transactions motivated in whole or in part by considerations other than
         normal commercial practices.

1.7      "Article" means an Article of this Contract and the term
         "Articles" means more than one Article.

                                      3

1.8      "Associated Natural Gas" or "ANG" means Natural Gas occurring in
         association with Crude Oil either as free gas or in solution, if such
         Crude Oil can by itself be commercially produced.

1.9      "Barrel" means a quantity or unit equal to 158.9074 litres (forty-two
         (42) United States gallons) liquid measure, at a temperature of sixty
         (60) degrees Fahrenheit (15.56 degrees Centigrade) under one atmosphere
         of pressure (14.7 psia).

1.10     "Basement" means any igneous or metamorphic rock, or rock or any
         stratum of such nature, in and below which the geological structure or
         physical characteristics of the rock sequence do not have the
         properties necessary for the accumulation of Petroleum in commercial
         quantities and which reflects the maximum depth at which any such
         accumulation can be reasonably expected in accordance with the
         knowledge generally accepted in the international petroleum industry.

1.11     "Calendar Month" means any of the twelve (12) months of the
         Calendar Year unless specified otherwise.

1.12     "Calendar Quarter" means a period of three consecutive Calendar Months
         commencing on the first day of January, April, July and October of each
         Calendar Year.

1.13     "Calendar Year" means a period of twelve consecutive months according
         to the Gregorian calendar commencing with the first day of January and
         ending with the thirty-first day of December.

1.14     "Commercial Discovery" means a Discovery which, when produced, is
         likely to yield a reasonable profit on the funds invested in Petroleum
         Operations, after deduction of Contract Costs, and which has been
         declared a Commercial Discovery in accordance with the provisions of
         Article 9 and/or Article 21, after consideration of all pertinent
         operating and financial data such as recoverable reserves, sustainable
         production levels, estimated development and production expenditures,
         prevailing prices and other relevant technical and economic factors
         according to generally accepted practices in the international
         petroleum industry.

1.15     "Commercial Production" means production of Crude Oil or Natural Gas or
         both from a Field within the Contract Area and delivery of the same at
         the relevant Delivery Point under a programme of regular production and
         sale.

1.16     "Company" means either EOGIL or RIL.

1.17     "Companies" means EOGIL and RIL.

1.18     "Condensate" means those low vapour pressure hydrocarbons
         obtained from Natural Gas through condensation or extraction

                                      4

         and refers solely to those hydrocarbons that are liquid at normal
         surface temperature and pressure conditions (provided that in the event
         Condensate is produced from an Oil Field and is segregated and
         transported separately to the Delivery Point, then the provisions of
         this Contract shall apply to such Condensate as if it were Crude Oil.)

1.19     "Contract" means this agreement and the Appendices attached hereto and
         made a part hereof and any amendments made thereto pursuant to the
         terms hereof.

1.20     "Contract Area" means the area described in Appendix A and delineated
         on the map attached as Appendix B, or any portion of the area remaining
         after relinquishment or surrender from time to time pursuant to the
         terms of this Contract.

1.21     "Contract Costs" means Exploration Costs, Development Costs, Production
         costs, and all other costs related to Petroleum Operations as set forth
         in Section 3 of the Accounting Procedure.

1.22     "Contract Year" means a period of twelve consecutive months counted
         from the Effective Date or from the anniversary of the Effective Date.

1.23     "Contractor" means EOGIL, RIL and ONGC.

1.24     "Cost Petroleum" means the portion of the total volume of Petroleum
         produced and saved from the Contract Area which the Contractor is
         entitled to take from the Contract Area in a particular period for the
         recovery of Contract Costs as provided in Article 13.

1.25     "Cost Recovery Limit" shall have the meaning given in
         Article 13.1.2.

1.26     "Crude Oil" means crude mineral oil, asphalt, ozokerite and all kinds
         of hydrocarbons and bitumens, both in solid and in liquid form, in
         their natural state or obtained from Natural Gas by condensation or
         extraction, including distillate and Condensate when commingled with
         the heavier hydrocarbons and delivered as a blend at the Delivery Point
         but excluding verified Natural Gas.

1.27     "Delivery Point" means, except as otherwise herein provided or as may
         be otherwise agreed between the Government and the Contractor, the
         point at which Petroleum reaches the upstream weld of the outlet flange
         of the delivery facility, either offshore or onshore and different
         Delivery Points may be established for purposes of sales to the
         Government, export or domestic sales.

1.28     "Development Area" means that part of the Contract Area corresponding
         to the area of an Oil Field or Gas Field delineated in simple geometric
         shape, together with a

                                      5

         reasonable margin of additional area surrounding the Field consistent
         with international petroleum industry practice and approved by the
         Management Committee or the Government, as the case may be.

1.29     "Development Costs" means those costs and expenditures
         incurred in carrying out Development Operations, as
         classified and defined in Section 2 of the Accounting
         Procedure and allowed to be recovered in terms of Section 3
         thereof.

1.30     "Development Operations" means operations conducted in accordance with
         the Development Plan and shall include, but not be limited to, the
         purchase, shipment or storage of equipment and materials used in
         developing Petroleum accumulations, the drilling, completion,
         Recompletion and testing of Development Wells, the drilling, completion
         and Recompletion of Wells for Gas or water injection, the laying of
         gathering lines, the installation of offshore platforms and
         installations, the installation, hook up and commissioning of
         separators, tankage, pumps, artificial lifting and other producing and
         injection facilities required to produce, process and transport
         Petroleum into main oil storage or Gas processing facilities, either
         onshore or offshore, including the laying of pipelines within or
         outside the Contract Area, storage and Delivery Point or Points, the
         installation of storage or Gas processing facilities, the installation
         of export and loading facilities and other facilities required for
         development and production of the Petroleum accumulations and for the
         delivery of Crude Oil and/or Gas at the Delivery Point(s) and also
         including incidental operations not specifically referred to herein as
         required for the most efficient and economic development and production
         of the Petroleum accumulations in accordance with good international
         petroleum industry practices.

1.31     "Development Plan" means a plan containing proposals
         required under Article 9 or Article 21.

1.32     "Development Well" means a Well drilled, deepened, completed, or
         Recompleted after the date of approval of the Development Plan pursuant
         to Development Operations or Production Operations for the purposes of
         producing Petroleum, increasing production, sustaining production or
         accelerating extraction of Petroleum including production Wells,
         injection Wells and dry Wells.

1.33     "Discovery" means the finding, during Exploration Operations, of a
         deposit of Petroleum not previously known to have existed, which can be
         recovered at the surface in a flow measurable by conventional petroleum
         industry testing methods, including an Existing Discovery and a New
         Discovery.
                                      6

1.34     "Discovery Area" means that part of the Contract Area about which,
         based upon Discovery and the results obtained from a Well or Wells
         drilled in such part, both the Government and the Contractor are of the
         opinion that Petroleum exists and is likely to be produced in
         commercial quantities.

1.35     "Effective Date" means the date on which  this Contract  is
         executed.

1.36     "Environmental Clearance" means permission granted in writing by the
         Government to the Contractor to perform all activities necessary and
         appropriate to conduct Petroleum Operations subject to conditions
         specified with regard to protection of the environment and minimizing
         Environmental Damage.

1.37     "Environmental Damage" means soil erosion, removal of vegetation,
         destruction of wildlife, pollution of groundwater or surface water,
         land contamination, air pollution, noise pollution, bush fire,
         disruption to water supplies, to natural drainage or natural flow of
         rivers or streams, damage to archaeological, palaeontological and
         cultural sites and shall include any damage or injury to, or
         destruction of, soil or water in their physical aspects together with
         vegetation associated therewith, aquatic or terrestrial mammals, fish,
         avifauna or any plant or animal life whether in the sea or in any other
         water or on, in or under land provided such damage is in violation of
         legislation relating to the protection of the environment.

1.38     "Excess ANG" shall have the meaning given in Article 21.4.

1.39     "Existing Discovery" means a Discovery made by ONGC before the
         Effective Date and accepted by the Parties as a Commercial Discovery.

1.40     "Exploration Costs" means those costs and expenditures
         incurred in carrying out Exploration Operations, as
         classified and defined in Section 2 of the Accounting
         Procedure and allowed to be recovered in terms of Section 3
         thereof.

1.41     "Exploration Operations" means operations conducted in the Contract
         Area pursuant to this Contract in searching for Petroleum or in the
         course of an Appraisal Programme and shall include but not be limited
         to aerial, geological, geophysical, geochemical, palaeontological,
         palynological, topographical and seismic surveys, analysis, studies and
         their interpretation, investigations relating to the subsurface geology
         including structure test drilling, stratigraphic test drilling,
         drilling of Exploration Wells or Appraisal Wells and other related
         activities such as testing, surveying, drill site preparation and all
         work necessarily connected therewith that is conducted in connection
         with Petroleum exploration.

                                      7

1.42     "Exploration Well" means a Well drilled for the purpose of searching
         for undiscovered Petroleum accumulations on any geological entity (be
         it of structural, stratigraphic, facies or pressure nature) to at least
         a depth or stratigraphic level specified in the Work Programme.

1.43     "Field" means an Oil Field or a Gas Field in the Contract Area in
         respect of which a Development Plan has been duly approved in
         accordance with Article 9 or Article 21 hereof.

1.44     "Financial Year" means the period from the first day of April through
         the thirty-first day of March of the following Calendar Year.

1.45     "Foreign Company" means a Company within the meaning of Section 591 of
         the Companies Act, 1956, as amended from time to time.

1.46     "Gas" means Natural Gas.

1.47     "Gas Field" means an area within the Contract Area consisting of a
         single Gas Reservoir or multiple Gas Reservoirs all grouped on or
         related to the same individual geological structure or stratigraphic
         conditions, designated by the Contractor and approved by the Government
         or Management Committee, as the case may be, (to include the maximum
         area of potential productivity in the Contract Area in a simple
         geometric shape) in respect of which a Commercial Discovery has been
         declared or a Development Plan has been approved in accordance with
         Article 9 or Article 21 hereof.

1.48     "Investment" shall have the meaning assigned in paragraph 3
         of Appendix D.

1.49     "Investment Multiple" means the ratio of accumulated Net Cash Income to
         accumulated Investment in the Contract Area, earned by the Companies,
         as determined in accordance with Appendix D.

1.50     "LIBOR" means the London Inter-Bank Offering Rate for six-month
         deposits of United States Dollars as quoted by the London office of the
         Bank of America (or such other Bank as the Parties may agree) for the
         day or days in question.

1.51     "Lessee" means any person or body corporate, including the Contractor,
         which holds a mining lease under the Petroleum and Natural Gas Rules,
         1959, for the purpose of carrying out Petroleum Operations in the
         Contract Area and their successors and permitted assigns.

1.52     "Management Committee" means the committee constituted
         pursuant to Article 5 hereof.

                                      8

1.53     "Minimum Work Obligation" means the Work Programme related to those
         items specified in Appendix G as approved by the Management Committee.

1.54     "Natural Gas" means wet Gas, dry Gas, all other gaseous hydrocarbons,
         and all substances contained therein, including sulphur and helium,
         which are produced from Oil or Gas Wells, excluding those condensed or
         extracted liquid hydrocarbons that are liquid at normal temperature and
         pressure conditions, and including the residue Gas remaining after the
         condensation or extraction of liquid hydrocarbons from Gas.

1.55     "Net Cash Income" shall have the meaning assigned in
         paragraph 2 of Appendix D.

1.56     "New Discovery" means a Discovery made after the Effective
         Date.

1.57     "Non Associated Natural Gas" or "NANG" means Natural Gas which is
         produced either without association with Crude Oil or in association
         with Crude Oil which by itself cannot be commercially produced.

1.58     "Oil" means "Crude Oil".

1.59     "Oil Field" means an area within the Contract Area consisting of a
         single Oil Reservoir or multiple Oil Reservoirs all grouped on or
         related to the same individual geological structure, or stratigraphic
         conditions, designated by the Contractor and approved by the Government
         or the Management Committee, as the case may be (to include the maximum
         area of potential productivity in the Contract Area in a simple
         geometric shape) in respect of which a Commercial Discovery has been
         declared and a Development Plan has been approved in accordance with
         Article 9 hereof and a reference to an Oil Field shall include a
         reference to the production of Associated Natural Gas from that Oil
         Field.

1.60     "Operating Agreement" means the Joint Operating Agreement entered into
         by the Parties constituting Contractor in accordance with Article 6,
         with respect to the conduct of Petroleum Operations.

1.61     "Operating Committee" means the committee established by
         that name in the Operating Agreement.

1.62     "Operator" means the Party so designated in Article 6.

1.63     "Participating Interest" means the percentage of participation of the
         constituents of the Contractor at any given time in the rights and
         obligations under this Contract. Initially the Participating Interest
         of the constituents of Contractor are as follows:

                                      9

                          1.    ONGC            40%
                          2.    RIL             30%
                          3.    EOGIL           30%

1.64     "Parties" means the Parties signatory to this Contract including their
         successors and permitted assigns under this Contract and the term
         "Party" means any of the Parties.

1.65     "Petroleum" means Crude Oil and/or Natural Gas existing in
         their natural condition.

1.66     "Petroleum Operations" means, as the context may require, Exploration
         Operations, Development Operations or Production Operations or any
         combination of such operations, including, but not limited to,
         collection of seismic information, drilling and completion and
         Recompletion of Wells, construction, operation and maintenance of all
         necessary facilities, plugging and abandonment of Wells, environmental
         protection, transportation, storage, sale or disposition of Petroleum
         to the Delivery Point, Site Restoration and all other incidental
         operations or activities as may be necessary.

1.67     "Production Costs" means those costs and expenditures incurred in
         carrying out Production Operations as classified and defined in Section
         2 of the Accounting Procedure and allowed to be recovered in terms of
         Section 3 thereof.

1.68     "Production Operations" means all operations conducted for the purpose
         of producing Petroleum from the Contract Area after the commencement of
         production from the Contract Area, including the operation and
         maintenance of all necessary facilities therefor.

1.69     "Profit Petroleum" means all Petroleum produced and saved from the
         Contract Area in a particular period as reduced by Cost Petroleum and
         calculated as provided in Article 14.

1.70     "Recompletion" means an operation whereby a completion in one zone is
         abandoned in order to attempt a completion in a different zone within
         the existing wellbore.

1.71     "Reservoir" means a naturally occurring discrete
         accumulation of Petroleum.

1.72     "Section" means a section of the Accounting Procedure.

1.73     "Self-Sufficiency" means, in relation to any Financial Year, that the
         volume of Crude Oil and Crude Oil equivalent of Petroleum products
         exported from India during that Financial Year either equals or exceeds
         the volume of Crude Oil and Crude Oil equivalent of Petroleum products
         imported into India during the same Financial Year.

                                      10

1.74     "Site Restoration" shall mean all activities required to return a site
         to its state as of the Effective Date pursuant to the Contractor's
         environmental impact study or to render a site compatible with its
         intended after-use (to the extent reasonable) after cessation of
         Petroleum Operations in relation thereto and shall include, where
         appropriate, proper abandonment of Wells or other facilities, removal
         of equipment and structures (whether installed before or after the
         Effective Date), and debris, establishment of compatible contours and
         drainage, replacement of top soil, revegetation, slope stabilization,
         infilling of excavations or any other appropriate actions in the
         circumstances.

1.75     "Subcontractor" means any company or person contracted by
         the Operator to provide services with respect to the
         Petroleum Operations.

1.76     "Well" means a borehole, made by drilling in the course of Petroleum
         Operations, but does not include a seismic shot hole.

1.77     "Work Programme" means all the plans formulated for the
         performance of the Petroleum Operations.

1.78     "Year" means Financial Year.

                               -----*****-----

                                      11

                                  ARTICLE 2
                                   DURATION

2.1      The term of this Contract shall be for a period of twenty-five (25)
         years from the Effective Date, unless the Contract is terminated
         earlier in accordance with its terms, but may be extended on such terms
         and conditions as may be mutually agreed by the Parties hereto.

                               -----*****-----

                                      12

                                  ARTICLE 3
                                RELINQUISHMENT

3.1      The Contractor may, with the approval of the Management Committee,
         voluntarily relinquish a portion of the Contract Area other than an
         area for which a Development Plan has been approved. Contractor shall
         give the Government written notice of relinquishments thirty (30) days
         prior to the end of any Calendar Year.

3.2      Relinquishment of less than all of the Contract Area shall
         be in blocks of not less than one hundred square kilometres
         (100 sq. kms.) and be of such shape and location as the
         Government may deem appropriate for enabling effective
         exploration and exploitation of such area.

3.3      Relinquishment of all or a part of the Contract Area or termination of
         the Contract shall not be construed as absolving the Contractor of any
         liability undertaken or incurred by the Contractor in respect of the
         Contract Area prior to the date of such relinquishment or termination.

                               -----*****-----

                                      13

                                  ARTICLE 4
                                WORK PROGRAMME

4.1      The Contractor shall commence Petroleum Operations not later than six
         (6) months from the Effective Date.

4.2      As soon as possible after the Effective Date, in respect of the period
         ending with the last day of the Financial Year in which the Effective
         Date falls and thereafter ninety (90) days before commencement of each
         following Financial Year, the Contractor shall submit to the Management
         Committee, through the Operating Committee, the Work Programmes and
         budgets relating to Petroleum Operations, including the Minimum Work
         Obligations, to be carried out during the ensuing Financial Year.

4.3      The Contractor may propose amendments to the details of an approved
         Work Programme and budget in the light of the then existing
         circumstances and shall submit to the Management Committee, through the
         Operating Committee, modifications or revisions to the Work Programme
         and budgets.

                               -----*****-----

                                      14

                                  ARTICLE 5
                             MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE

5.1      For the purpose of proper and expeditious performance of Petroleum
         Operations under the provisions of this Contract, there shall be
         constituted a committee to be called the Management Committee.

5.2      The Management Committee shall consist of four (4) members, one (1)
         member nominated by and representing Government and one (1) member
         nominated by and representing each constituent of the Contractor. The
         member nominated by ONGC shall act as chairman.

5.3      A representative of the Operator acting as the convenor
         shall call the meetings of the Management Committee.

5.4      Government and the Contractor may nominate alternate members with full
         authority to act in the absence and on behalf of the members nominated
         under Article 5.2 and may, at any time, nominate another member or
         alternate member to replace any member nominated earlier by notice to
         other members of the Management Committee.

5.5      A quorum of the Management Committee shall consist of three
         (3) members.

5.6      The following matters shall be submitted to the Management
         Committee for approval:

         (a)   annual Work Programmes and budgets and any modifications or
               revisions thereto, as proposed by the Operating Committee, for
               Exploration Operations, Development Operations and/or Production
               Operations;

         (b)   proposals for an Appraisal Programme, the declaration of a New
               Discovery as a Commercial Discovery and the approval of
               Development Plans as may be required under this Contract, or
               revisions or additions to an Appraisal Programme or a Development
               Plan;

         (c)   delineation of a Field and a Development Area;

         (d)   appointment of auditors;

         (e)   collaboration with lessees or contractors of other
               areas;

         (f)   claims or settlement of claims for or on behalf of or against the
               Contractor in excess of limits specified in the Operating
               Agreement or fixed by the Management Committee from time to time;

                                      15

         (g)   any proposed mortgage, charge or encumbrance on
               petroleum assets, petroleum reserves or production of
               Petroleum;

         (h)   any other matter required by the terms of this Contract
               to be submitted for the approval of the Management
               Committee;

         (i)   any other matter which the Contractor or the Operating
               Committee decides to submit to it.

5.7      The Management Committee shall not take any decision without obtaining
         prior approval of the Government, where such approval is required under
         this Contract.

5.8      The Management Committee shall meet at least once every three (3)
         months or more frequently at the request of any member. Operator shall
         convene each meeting by notifying the members at least twenty eight
         (28) days prior to such meeting (or a shorter period of notice if the
         members unanimously so agree) of the time and place of such meeting and
         the purpose thereof and shall include in such notice a provisional
         agenda for such meeting. The Operator shall be responsible for
         processing the final agenda for such meeting and the agenda shall
         include all items of business requested by the members to be included,
         provided such requests are received by the Operator at least ten (10)
         days prior to the date fixed for the meeting. The Operator shall
         forward the agenda to the members at least nine (9) days prior to the
         date fixed for the meeting. Matters not included in the agenda may be
         taken up at the meeting by any member with the unanimous consent of all
         the members.

5.9      The Chairman, and in his absence any other member nominated by ONGC,
         shall preside over the meetings of the Management Committee.

5.10     The Operator shall appoint one of the members nominated by the
         constituents of the Contractor as secretary to the Management Committee
         with responsibility, inter alia, for preparation of the minutes of
         every meeting in the English language and provision to every member of
         the Management Committee with two (2) copies of the minutes not later
         than twenty-eight (28) days after the date of the meeting.

5.11     Within twenty-one (21) days of the receipt of the minutes of a meeting,
         members shall notify the Operator and the other members of their
         approval of the minutes by putting their signatures on one copy of the
         minutes and returning the same to the Operator or by indicating such
         approval to the Operator by telex, cable, or facsimile, with copies to
         the other members. Any member may suggest any modification, amendment
         or addition to the minutes by telex, cable or facsimile to the Operator
         and other members or by indicating such suggestions when returning the
         copy of the minutes to
                                      16

         the Operator. If the Operator or any other member does not agree with
         the modification, amendment or addition to the minutes suggested by any
         member, the matter shall be brought to the attention of the other
         members and resubmitted to the Management Committee for approval at the
         next meeting and the minutes shall stand approved as to all other
         matters. If a member fails to appropriately respond within the
         aforesaid twenty-one (21) day period as herein provided, the minutes
         shall be deemed approved by such member.

5.12     The meetings of the Management Committee shall be held in New Delhi,
         India unless otherwise mutually agreed by the members of the Management
         Committee.

5.13     All matters requiring the approval of the Management Committee shall be
         approved by a vote of three (3) or more members of the Management
         Committee one (1) of whom shall be the Government representative.

                               -----*****-----

                                      17

                                  ARTICLE 6
                     OPERATORSHIP AND OPERATING AGREEMENT

6.1      EOGIL shall be the Operator for purposes of this Contract.

6.2      No change in operatorship shall be effected without the consent of the
         Government, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

6.3      The operating functions required of the Contractor under this Contract
         shall be performed by the Operator on behalf of all constituents of the
         Contractor subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and provisions
         of this Contract, and generally accepted international petroleum
         industry practice.

6.4      The constituents of the Contractor shall execute a mutually agreed
         Operating Agreement. The Agreement shall be consistent with the
         provisions of this Contract and shall provide for, among other things:

         (a)   the appointment, resignation, removal and
               responsibilities of the Operator;

         (b)   the establishment of an Operating Committee;

         (c)   functions of the Operating Committee taking into account the
               provisions of the Contract, procedures for decision making,
               frequency and place of meetings; and

         (d)   contribution to costs, default, sole risk, disposal of petroleum
               and assignment as between the parties to the Operating Agreement.

                               -----*****-----

                                      18

                                  ARTICLE 7
                GENERAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

7.1      Subject to the provisions of this Contract, the Contractor
         shall have, but not be limited to, the following rights:

         (a)   the exclusive right during the term hereof to carry out Petroleum
               Operations in the Contract Area and to recover costs and expenses
               as provided in this Contract;

         (b)   the right to use, free of charge, such quantities of Petroleum
               produced from any Field as are reasonably required for conducting
               Petroleum Operations in the Contract Area in accordance with
               generally accepted practices in the international petroleum
               industry;

         (c)   the right to lay, build, construct or install
               pipelines,  roads, bridges, ferries, aerodromes,
               landing fields, radio telephones, satellite
               communications and related communication and
               infrastructure facilities and exercise other ancillary
               rights as may be reasonably necessary for the conduct
               of Petroleum Operations subject to such approvals as
               may be required, which shall not be unreasonably
               withheld, under the applicable laws and/or regulations
               in force from time to time for the regulation and
               control thereof;

         (d)   the right to have an expatriate work force as required
               and necessary together with their required personal
               effects;

         (e)   the right to flare Gas temporarily when and as necessary,
               provided the Operator shall give notice thereof to the Government
               within forty-eight (48) hours of the start of such flaring and
               the issue shall be discussed in the next meeting of the
               Management Committee;

         (f)   the right to use all wells, equipment and facilities installed as
               of the Effective Date in the Contract Area ("Assets") free of any
               additional cost or charges or encumbrances and assignment of such
               Assets to Operator on behalf of the Contractor;

         (g)   such other rights as are specified in this Contract.

7.2      The Government reserves the right to itself, or to grant to the Lessee
         or others the right, to prospect for and mine minerals or substances
         other than Petroleum within the Contract Area; provided, however, that
         if after the Effective Date, the Lessee or others are issued rights, or
         the Government proceeds directly to prospect for and mine in the
         Contract Area for any minerals or substances other than

                                      19

         Petroleum, the Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to avoid
         obstruction to or interference with such operations within the Contract
         Area and, in either case, the Government shall use reasonable efforts
         to ensure that operations carried out do not obstruct or unduly
         interfere with Petroleum Operations in the Contract Area. In the event
         of any conflict, Petroleum Operations shall take preference.

7.3      The Contractor shall:

         (a)   except as otherwise expressly provided in this Contract, conduct
               all Petroleum Operations at its sole risk, cost and expense and
               provide all funds necessary for the conduct of Petroleum
               Operations including funds for the purchase or lease of
               equipment, materials or supplies required for Petroleum
               Operations as well as for making payments to employees and
               Subcontractors;

         (b)   conduct all Petroleum Operations within the Contract Area
               diligently, expeditiously, efficiently and in a safe and
               workmanlike manner in accordance with good international
               petroleum industry practice pursuant to the approved Work
               Programmes;

         (c)   ensure provision of all information, data, samples etc.
               which the Contractor may be required to furnish under
               the applicable laws;

         (d)   ensure that all equipment, materials, supplies, plant and
               installations used for Petroleum Operations comply with generally
               accepted standards in the international petroleum industry and
               are of proper construction and kept in good working order;

         (e)   in the preparation and implementation of Work Programmes and in
               the conduct of Petroleum Operations, follow good international
               petroleum industry practices with such degree of diligence and
               prudence reasonably and ordinarily exercised by experienced
               parties engaged in a similar activity under similar circumstances
               and conditions;

         (f)   after the designation of a Field and a Development Area, pursuant
               to this Contract, forthwith proceed to take all necessary action
               for prompt and orderly development of the Field and the
               Development Area and for the production of Petroleum in
               accordance with the terms of this Contract;

         (g)   appoint a technically competent and sufficiently experienced
               representative, and, in his absence, a suitably qualified
               replacement therefor, who shall be resident in India and who
               shall have full authority to take such steps as may be necessary
               to implement this Contract and whose names shall, on appointment
               within

                                      20

               ninety (90) days after commencement of the first
               Contract Year, be made known to the Government;

         (h)   provide acceptable working conditions, living accommodation and
               access to medical attention and nursing care in the Contract Area
               for all personnel employed in Petroleum Operations and extend
               these benefits to other persons who are engaged in or assisting
               in the conduct of Petroleum Operations in the Contract Area;

         (i)   be always mindful of the rights and interests of India
               in the conduct of Petroleum Operations;

7.4      The infrastructure such as pipelines as may be developed/established by
         the Contractor within the country may, to the extent capacity is
         available, be available to the Government or any other entity upon
         payment of compensation which shall include, but not be limited to,
         cost of operation, repair, maintenance, interest and profit. The
         Government and any other entity using any of Contractor's facilities
         shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor from and against any and
         all loss, damage or injury arising out of or connected with such use.

                               -----*****-----

                                      21

                                  ARTICLE 8
                            GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE

8.1      Upon application in the prescribed manner, and subject to compliance
         with applicable laws and relevant procedures, the Government will
         without any cost to itself:

         (a)   provide the right of ingress and egress from the Contract Area
               and any facilities used in Petroleum Operations, wherever
               located, and which may be within their control;

         (b)   use their good offices, when necessary, to assist
               Contractor in procurement of facilities and services
               required for execution of Petroleum Operations
               including necessary approvals, permits, consents,
               authorisations, visas, work permits, licenses, rights
               of way, easement, surface rights and security
               protection, required pursuant to this Contract and
               which may be available from resources within the
               Government's control;

         (c)   use their good offices to assist in identifying and
               making available necessary priorities for obtaining
               local goods and services;

         (d)   in the event that onshore facilities are required
               outside the Contract Area for Petroleum Operations
               including, but not limited to, storage, loading and
               processing facilities, pipelines and offices, use their
               good offices in assisting the Contractor to obtain from
               the authorities of the state government in the state in
               which such facilities are required, such licenses,
               permits, authorizations, consents, security protection,
               surface rights and easements as are required for the
               construction and operation of the said facilities by
               the Contractor;

         (e)   in the event there is no economical passage other than through
               national parks, sanctuaries, mangroves, wetlands of national
               importance, biosphere reserves or other biologically sensitive
               areas, assist in obtaining the prior written permission of the
               concerned authorities.

8.2      ONGC shall provide data, if any, related to the Contract Area to the
         Contractor which has not been previously provided.

                               -----*****-----

                                      22

                                  ARTICLE 9
                    DISCOVERY, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION

9.1      If and when a New Discovery is made within the Contract
         Area, the Contractor shall:

         (a)   forthwith inform the Government of the Discovery;

         (b)   promptly thereafter, but in no event later than a period of
               thirty (30) days from the date of such Discovery, furnish to the
               Government particulars, in writing, of the Discovery;

         (c)   promptly run tests to determine whether the New
               Discovery is of potential commercial interest and,
               within a period of sixty (60) days after completion of
               such tests and analysis of results, submit a report to
               the Management Committee and the Government containing
               data obtained from such tests and its analysis and
               interpretation thereof, together with a written
               notification to the Government of whether, in the
               Contractor's opinion, such New Discovery is of
               potential commercial interest and merits appraisal.

9.2      If, pursuant to Article 9.1(c), the Contractor notifies the Government
         that a New Discovery is of potential commercial interest, the
         Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Management Committee, within
         one hundred and twenty (120) days of such notification, a proposed
         Appraisal Programme with a Work Programme and budget to carry out an
         adequate and effective appraisal of such New Discovery designed to
         achieve both the following objectives:

         (a)   determine without delay, and, in any event, within the period
               specified in Article 9.5, whether such New Discovery is a
               Commercial Discovery; and

         (b)   determine, with reasonable precision, the boundaries of
               the area to be delineated as a Field.

9.3      The proposed Appraisal Programme for a New Discovery shall be
         considered by the Management Committee within forty-five (45) days
         after submission thereof pursuant to Article 9.2. The Appraisal
         Programme, together with the Work Programme and budget submitted by the
         Contractor, revised in accordance with any agreed amendments or
         additions thereto, approved by the Management Committee, shall be
         adopted as the Appraisal Programme and the Contractor shall promptly
         commence implementation thereof; and the Yearly budget adopted pursuant
         to Article 4, shall be revised accordingly. Where, in the case of an
         Existing Discovery, Contractor desires to carry out additional
         appraisal work, the Contractor shall submit its proposed Appraisal
         Programme in respect of the Existing Discovery with a Work Programme
         and

                                      23

         budget to the Management Committee for its approval within one hundred
         twenty (120) days of the Effective Date.

9.4      The Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed, in respect of a New
         Discovery of Crude Oil, advise the Management Committee, by notice in
         writing within a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date on
         which the notice provided for in Article 9.1 was delivered, whether
         such New Discovery is a Commercial Discovery or not. Such notice shall
         be accompanied by a report on the New Discovery setting forth all
         relevant technical and economic data as well as all evaluations,
         interpretations and analysis of such data and feasibility studies
         relating to the New Discovery prepared by or for the Contractor, with
         respect to the Discovery. If the Contractor is of the opinion that
         Petroleum has been discovered in commercial quantities, it shall
         propose that the Government or Management Committee, as the case may
         be, declare the New Discovery as a Commercial Discovery based on the
         report submitted. In respect of a New Discovery of Gas, the provisions
         of Article 21 shall apply.

9.5      The Management Committee shall, within forty-five (45) days of the date
         of the notice referred to in Article 9.4, consider the proposal of the
         Contractor and request any other additional information it may
         reasonably require so as to reach a decision on whether or not to
         declare the New Discovery as a Commercial Discovery. Such decision
         shall be made within the later of (a) ninety (90) days from the date of
         notice referred to in Article 9.4 or (b) ninety (90) days of receipt of
         such other information as may be reasonably required under this Article
         9.5. In the case of an Existing Discovery, Contractor shall within
         ninety (90) days of the Effective Date propose a Development Plan
         following the plan brought out in Appendix G, intended to achieve the
         production profile brought out in Appendix H, containing the detailed
         information required in Article 9.6, with supporting budget. Where a
         Development Plan is so agreed it shall be the approved Development Plan
         pursuant to Article 9 hereof.

9.6      If a New Discovery is declared commercial the Contractor shall submit
         to the Management Committee, a comprehensive plan for the development
         of the Commercial Discovery within two hundred (200) days of the
         declaration of the Discovery as a Commercial Discovery. Such plan shall
         contain detailed proposals by the Contractor for the construction,
         establishment and operation of all facilities and services for and
         incidental to the recovery, storage and transportation of the Petroleum
         from the proposed Development Area to the Delivery Point together with
         all data and supporting information including but not limited to:

                                      24

         (a)   Description of the nature and characteristics of the Reservoir,
               data, statistics, interpretations, and conclusions on all aspects
               of the geology, reservoir evaluation, petroleum engineering
               factors, reservoir models, estimates of reserves in place,
               possible production magnitude, nature and ratio of Petroleum
               fluids and analysis of producible Petroleum;

         (b)   Outlines of the development project and/or alternative
               development projects, if any, describing the production
               facilities to be installed and the number of wells to be drilled
               under such development project and/or alternative development
               projects, if any;

         (c)   Estimate of the rate of production to be established
               and projection of the possible sustained rate of
               production in accordance with generally accepted
               international petroleum industry practice under such
               development project and/or alternative development
               project, if any, which will ensure that the area does
               not suffer an excessive rate of decline of production
               or an excessive loss of reservoir pressure;

         (d)   estimates of Development Costs and Production Costs under such
               development project and/or alternative development projects, if
               any;

         (e)   Contractor's recommendations as to the particular
               project that it would prefer, if any;

         (f)   Work Programme and budget for Development and
               Production Operations;

         (g)   anticipated adverse impact on the environment and measures to be
               taken for prevention or minimization thereof and for general
               protection of the environment in conduct of operations; and

         (h)   production profiles, financial/commercial analysis of
               the project proposal.

9.7      Any proposed Development Plan submitted by the Contractor pursuant to
         Articles 9.5 and/or 9.6 will be approved by the Management Committee
         with such amendments and modifications as may be agreed upon by the
         Contractor, within seventy-five (75) days of submission of the
         Development Plan, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If
         such a Development Plan has not been approved by the Management
         Committee within the seventy-five (75) day period, the Contractor shall
         have the right to submit such plan directly to the Government for
         approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
         submission will be answered within sixty (60) days of receipt.

                                      25

9.8      The Management Committee shall obtain such approvals from the
         Government as may be required, except where this Contract provides that
         the Contractor may obtain such approvals directly.

9.9      If the Management Committee fails to declare a New Discovery of Oil to
         be commercial while the Contractor consider that it is commercial or
         the Management Committee fails to declare the New Discovery as a
         Commercial Discovery within the time limit stipulated in Article 9.5
         hereof, the Contractor may declare the New Discovery as a Commercial
         Discovery and submit development and production plans in respect of the
         Discovery to the Management Committee as per the provisions of Article
         9.6 and after such plans have been approved by the Management
         Committee, the Contractor shall, acting solely,provide the entire
         Development Costs and undertake development of the Oil Field. If,
         however, the Field turns out to be non-commercial, the entire
         Development Cost of the Field shall be borne solely by the Contractor
         and shall not be recoverable as Cost Petroleum from any other Field or
         Contract Area but shall be recoverable solely from such Field.

9.10     In the event that the Government considers a New Discovery to be
         commercial but the Contractor considers the same as non-commercial, the
         Government shall give notice to the Contractor to that effect and
         thereafter the Field relating to such New Discovery shall be excluded
         from the Contract Area for all purposes. In this event, the Contractor
         shall have no claim on the production from such Field.

9.11     Work Programmes and budgets for Development and Production Operations
         shall be submitted to the Management Committee, as soon as possible
         after the designation of a Development Area and thereafter not later
         than 31st December each Calendar Year in respect of the Financial Year
         immediately following.

9.12     The Management Committee, when considering any Work Programme and
         budget, may require the Contractor to prepare an estimate of potential
         production to be achieved through the implementation of the programme
         and budget for each of the three (3) Financial Years following the
         Financial Year to which the Work Programme and budget relate. If major
         changes in Financial Year to Financial Year estimates of potential
         production are required, these shall be based on concrete evidence
         necessitating such changes.

9.13     Not later than the fifteenth (15) day of January each Calendar Year, in
         respect of the Financial Year immediately following, the Contractor
         shall determine the "Programme Quantity". The Programme Quantity for
         any Financial Year shall be the maximum quantity of Petroleum based on
         Contractor's estimates, as approved by the Management Committee, which
         can be produced from a Field consistent

                                      26

         with sound international petroleum industry practices and minimizing
         unit production cost, taking into account the capacity of the producing
         Wells, gathering lines, separators, storage capacity and other
         production facilities available for use during the relevant Financial
         Year, as well as the transportation facilities up to the Delivery
         Point.

9.14     Proposed revisions to the details of a Development Plan or an annual
         Work Programme or budget in respect of Development and Production
         Operations shall, for good cause and if the circumstances so justify,
         be submitted to the Management Committee for approval, through the
         Operating Committee.

                               -----*****-----

                                      27

                                  ARTICLE 10
                               UNIT DEVELOPMENT

10.1     If a Reservoir in a New Discovery Area is situated partly within the
         Contract Area and partly in an area in India over which other parties
         have a contract or license/lease to conduct Petroleum Operations, the
         Government may, for securing the most effective recovery of Petroleum
         from such Reservoir, by notice in writing to the Contractor, require
         that the Contractor:

         (a)   collaborate and agree with such other parties on the
               joint development of the Reservoir;

         (b)   submit such agreement between the Contractor and such
               other parties to the Government for approval; and

         (c)   prepare a plan for such joint development of the Reservoir,
               within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the approval of the
               agreement referred to in (b) above.

10.2     If no plan is submitted within the period specified in Article 10.1(c)
         or such longer period as the Contractor and other parties may agree or,
         if such plan as submitted is not acceptable to the Government and the
         parties cannot agree on amendments to the proposed joint development
         plan, the Government may cause to be prepared, at the expense of the
         Contractor and the other parties referred to in Article 10.1, a plan
         for such joint development consistent with generally accepted practices
         in the international petroleum industry which shall take into
         consideration any plans and presentations made by the Contractor and
         the aforementioned other parties.

10.3     If the Parties are unable to agree on the plan for joint development,
         then any of them may refer the matter to a sole expert for final
         determination pursuant to Article 33, provided that the Contractor may
         in case of any disagreement on the issue of joint development or the
         proposed joint development plan, or within sixty (60) days of
         determination by a sole expert, notify the Management Committee that it
         elects to surrender its rights in the New Discovery Area in lieu of
         participation in a joint development.

10.4     If a proposed joint development plan is agreed and adopted by the
         parties, or adopted following determination by the sole expert, the
         plan as finally adopted shall be the approved joint development plan
         and the Contractor shall comply with the terms of the Development Plan
         as if the Commercial Discovery is established.

10.5     The provisions of Articles 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4 shall apply
         MUTATIS MUTANDIS to a New Discovery of a Reservoir located partly
         within the Contract Area, which, although not equivalent to a
         Commercial Discovery if developed alone,

                                      28

         would be a Commercial Discovery if developed together with that part of
         the Reservoir which extends outside the Contract Area to areas subject
         to contract or given on license/lease for Petroleum Operations by other
         parties.

10.6     If a New Discovery is situated partly within the Contract Area and
         partly outside the Contract Area, the area outside the Contract Area
         over which, at the time of the making of the New Discovery by the
         Contractor, no production sharing contract similar to this Contract has
         been granted or is under negotiation and/or no license/lease to conduct
         petroleum operations has been granted, the Government will favourably
         consider the extension of the Contract Area to include the entire area
         of the Reservoir if so requested by the Contractor.

                               -----*****-----

                                      29

                                  ARTICLE 11
                           MEASUREMENT OF PETROLEUM

11.1     The volume and quality of Petroleum produced and saved from a Field
         shall be measured by methods and appliances generally accepted and
         customarily used in generally accepted international petroleum industry
         practice.

11.2     The Government may, at all reasonable times, inspect and test the
         appliances used for measuring the volume and determining the quality of
         Petroleum, provided that any such inspection or testing shall be
         carried out in such a manner so as not to unduly interfere with
         Petroleum Operations.

11.3     Before commencement of production in a Field, the Parties
         shall mutually agree on:

         (a)   methods to be employed to optimize the measurement of
               volumes of Petroleum;

         (b)   the point at which Petroleum shall be measured and the respective
               shares allocated to the Parties in accordance with the terms of
               this Contract;

         (c)   the frequency of inspections and testing of measurement
               appliances and relevant procedures relating thereto;
               and

         (d)   the consequences of a determination of an error in
               measurement.

11.4     The Contractor shall undertake to measure the volume and quality of the
         Petroleum produced and saved from a Field at the agreed measurement
         point consistent with generally accepted practices in the international
         petroleum industry. The Contractor shall not make any alteration in the
         agreed method or procedures for measurement or to any of the approved
         appliances used for the purpose without the written consent of the
         Government.

11.5     The Contractor shall give the Government timely notice of its intention
         to conduct calibration operations or any agreed alteration for such
         operations and the Government shall have the right to be present and
         observe, either directly or through authorized representatives, such
         operations.

                               -----*****-----

                                      30

                                  ARTICLE 12
                        PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

12.1     The Government and the Contractor recognise that Petroleum Operations
         will cause some impact on the environment in the Contract Area.
         Accordingly, in performance of the Contract, the Contractor shall
         conduct its Petroleum Operations with due regard to concerns with
         respect to protection of the environment and conservation of natural
         resources. In the furtherance of any laws, regulations and rules
         promulgated by the Government, the Contractor shall:

         (a)   employ generally accepted industrial standards, including as
               required, advanced techniques, practices and methods of operation
               for the prevention of Environmental Damage in conducting its
               Petroleum
               Operations;

         (b)   take necessary and adequate steps to prevent Environmental Damage
               and, where some adverse impact on the environment is unavoidable,
               to minimize such damage and the consequential effects thereof on
               property and people; and

         (c)   adhere to the guidelines, limitations or restrictions, if any,
               imposed by Environmental Clearance as applicable on the Effective
               Date and as such Environmental Clearance may be revised, expanded
               or replaced as a result of Contractor's application(s) duly
               submitted after the Effective Date.

12.2     If the Contractor fails to substantially comply with the provisions of
         Article 12.1 or materially contravenes any relevant law, and such
         failure or contravention results in substantial Environmental Damage,
         the Contractor shall forthwith take all necessary and reasonable
         measures to remedy the failure and the effects thereof.

12.3     If the Government has, on reasonable grounds, reason to believe that
         any works or installations erected by the Contractor or any operations
         conducted by the Contractor are endangering or may endanger persons or
         any property of any person, or are causing avoidable pollution, or are
         harming fauna and flora or the environment to a degree which is
         unlawful, the Government may, pursuant to applicable law, require the
         Contractor to take remedial measures within such reasonable period as
         may be determined by the Government and, if appropriate, repair such
         damage. The Government may, pursuant to applicable law, require the
         Contractor to discontinue Petroleum Operations in whole or in part
         until the Contractor has taken such action.

12.4     The Contractor shall, within one hundred twenty (120) days of the
         Effective Date, cause a person or persons with special knowledge on
         environmental matters, approved by the

                                      31

         Government, to carry out an environmental impact study in order:

         (a)   to determine, at the time of the study, the prevailing situation
               relating to the environment, human beings and local communities,
               the wildlife and marine life in the Contract Area and in the
               adjoining or neighbouring areas; and

         (b)   to establish the likely effect on the environment, human beings
               and local communities, the wildlife and marine life in the
               Contract Area and in the adjoining or neighbouring areas in
               consequence of the relevant phase of Petroleum Operations to be
               conducted under this Contract.

12.5     The Contractor shall ensure that:

         (a)   Petroleum Operations are conducted in an environmentally
               acceptable and safe manner consistent with good international
               petroleum industry practice and that such Petroleum Operations
               are properly monitored;

         (b)   the pertinent completed environmental impact studies are made
               available to its employees and to its Subcontractors to develop
               adequate and proper awareness of the measures and methods of
               environmental protection to be used in carrying out the Petroleum
               Operations; and

         (c)   the contracts entered into between the Contractor and its
               Subcontractors relating to its Petroleum Operations shall include
               the provisions stipulated herein and any established measures and
               methods for the implementation of the Contractor's obligations in
               relation to the environment under this Contract.

12.6     The Contractor shall, prior to conducting any drilling activities,
         prepare and submit for review by the Government contingency plans for
         dealing with oil spills, fires, accidents and emergencies, designed to
         achieve rapid and effective emergency response. The plans referred to
         above shall be discussed with the Government and concerns expressed
         shall be taken into account.

         12.6.1      In the event of an emergency, accident, oil spill or fire
                     arising from Petroleum Operations affecting the
                     environment, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the
                     Government and shall promptly implement the relevant
                     contingency plan and perform such Site Restoration as may
                     be necessary.

         12.6.2      In the event of any other emergency or accident
                     arising from the Petroleum Operations affecting

                                      32

                     the environment, the Contractor shall take such action as
                     may be prudent and necessary in accordance with good
                     international petroleum industry practice in such
                     circumstances.

12.7     In the event that the Contractor fails to take necessary action to
         comply with any of the terms contained in Article 12.5 and Article 12.6
         within a reasonable period specified by the Government, the Government,
         after giving the Contractor reasonable notice in the circumstances, may
         take any action which may be necessary to ensure compliance with such
         terms and recover from the Contractor, immediately after having taken
         such action, all costs and expenditures incurred in connection with
         such action together with such interest as may be determined in
         accordance with Section 1.7 of Appendix C of this Contract.

12.8     Contractor shall notify the Government upon determination by it that
         the estimated remaining recoverable reserves of any Field net of
         operating costs equal two and one-half (2 1/2) times the estimated
         abandonment cost whereupon the Government shall, within sixty (60)
         days, take control of the Field and the abandonment obligation or,
         failing which, the Contractor may then proceed to recover the
         abandonment cost from the remaining production and abandon such Field.

12.9     Any and all costs incurred by Contractor pursuant to this Article shall
         be cost recoverable including, but not limited to, sinking funds
         established for abandonment.

12.10    The responsibility of the Contractor for the environment hereunder
         shall be limited to damage to the environment which:

         (a)   occurs after the date of the environmental impact
               assessment ("EIA") made to establish the benchmark
               condition.  The EIA will be conducted as soon after the
               Effective Date as is reasonably possible;

         (b)   results from an act or omission of Contractor in
               violation of existing law; and

         (c)   notwithstanding the above, Contractor shall be responsible for
               any damage to the environment because of any evidence of Oil
               spill, blow-out, fire, etc., during the course of Joint
               Operations from the Effective Date.

                               -----*****-----

                                      33

                                  ARTICLE 13
                              RECOVERY OF COSTS

13.1     The Contractor shall be entitled to recover Contract Costs out of the
         total volume of Petroleum produced and saved from the Contract Area in
         each Financial Year in accordance with the provisions of this Article,
         and, in respect of sole risk or exclusive operations, Article VII of
         the Operating Agreement. 

         13.1.1      Development Costs incurred by the Contractor in the
                     Contract Area shall be aggregated, and the Contractor shall
                     be entitled to recover out of Cost Petroleum the aggregate
                     of such Development Costs at the rate of one hundred
                     percent (100%) per annum, provided, however, that, subject
                     to the remaining provisions of this Article 13.1, the
                     Contractor shall not, for the purposes only of determining
                     the volume of Petroleum to which Contractor shall be
                     entitled under Article 13.1 as Cost Petroleum, claim as
                     Contract Costs Contractor's Development Costs incurred
                     after the Effective Date in connection with Development
                     Operations under the Development Plan for midand
                     south-Tapti Fields (as those Fields are determined in the
                     Development Plan first approved by the Management
                     Committee) which exceed Contractor's Cost Recovery Limit
                     (as hereinafter defined).

         13.1.2      For the purposes of this Article 13.1,
                     Contractor's "Cost Recovery Limit" means costs
                     incurred after the Effective Date relating to the
                     construction and/or establishment of such
                     facilities as are necessary to produce, process,
                     store and transport Petroleum from within the
                     Existing Discoveries, in order to enable Gas
                     production of 4.2 million cubic metres per day in
                     accordance with the Development Plan for the mid-
                     and south-Tapti Fields.  Such costs shall include
                     costs incurred in relation to those items
                     illustrated in Appendix "G", including the 30
                     additional infill wells, and matters in
                     connection therewith.  Appendix G further
                     describes Companies' development concept based on
                     an assumed project start date of July 1, 1993,
                     and Parties understand and agree that the
                     schedules and activities contained in such
                     assessment shall be revised, subject to
                     Management Committee approval, by the Contractor
                     in Contractor's Development Plan first submitted
                     pursuant to this Contract.

                     The Parties agree that for the purposes of this Article
                     13.1 the Contractor's Cost Recovery Limit shall be the sum
                     of Five Hundred Forty-five Million U.S. Dollars
                     (US$545,000,000).

                                      34

         13.1.3      The Parties acknowledge that the amount representing
                     Contractor's Cost Recovery Limit has been agreed by
                     Contractor on the basis of the following assumptions and/or
                     factors and/or
                     information:


                     (a)  Included in calculations for the Cost Recovery Limit
                          are costs relating to Gas compression offshore
                          required for delivering Gas into GAIL's pipeline
                          system and an onshore pig trap; excluded from the Cost
                          Recovery Limit are Site Restoration and exploration or
                          appraisal drilling;

                     (b)  the Cost Recovery Limit does not include any costs for
                          the development of any satellite Fields;

                     (c)  the Contractor being able to obtain all necessary
                          approvals (including Government and state government
                          approvals) to enable Contractor to carry out the
                          Development Operations contemplated by the Development
                          Plan for the mid- and south-Tapti Fields in accordance
                          with the timing set out in such plan;

                     (d)  the data relating to the Contract Area provided by
                          ONGC from time to time prior to the Effective Date
                          inclusive of the data package pertaining to the
                          Contract Area prepared by ONGC and made available for
                          inspection and purchase by the Companies pursuant to
                          the Government's "Notice Inviting Offers for Joint
                          Ventures to Develop Medium- Sized Oil and Gas Field in
                          India, 1992";

                     (e)  international market conditions relating to the
                          availability and cost of materials and services in the
                          international petroleum industry in constant 1993
                          United States Dollars;

                     (f)  the range of physical reservoir characteristics in
                          respect of the Oil and Gas Fields comprising the
                          Existing Discoveries not being materially different
                          from the ranges for such characteristics as revealed
                          in the data referred to in Article 13.1.3(d)on which
                          Companies based their assessment as described in Annex
                          G-1 to Appendix G; and

                                      35

                     (g)  Companies' development concept contemplated use of
                          existing ONGC-owned facilities for reseparation and
                          handling of Condensate and Gas upon it's arrival at
                          Hazira. ONGC and Companies will determine payment,
                          terms and conditions for the use of processing and
                          treating facilities owned by ONGC, which payment shall
                          be based on the principles detailed in Appendix I, or
                          alternatively the Contractor install the necessary
                          facilities, the cost of which shall be cost
                          recoverable and not subject to the Cost Recovery
                          Limit.


         13.1.4      Having regard, inter alia, to the matters referred to in
                     Article 13.1.3, the Parties agree as follows:


                     (a)  Included in calculations for the Cost Recovery Limit
                          are costs relating to Gas compression offshore
                          required for delivering Gas into GAIL's pipeline
                          system and an onshore pig trap; excluded from the Cost
                          Recovery Limit are Site Restoration and exploration or
                          appraisal drilling;

                     (b)  the costs of developing the reserves and/or potential
                          reserves and/or satellite Fields referred to in
                          Article 13.1.3(b) shall not be subject to the Cost
                          Recovery Limit, notwithstanding that the development,
                          within the Contract Area, of such reserves and/or
                          potential reserves and/or satellite Fields may include
                          shared flowlines, injection lines, Gas-lift lines and
                          other facilities with those constructed as part of the
                          Development Plan for the mid- and south-Tapti Fields;

                     (c)  in the event that the Contractor's Cost Recovery Limit
                          is exceeded as a result of:

                            (i)     delays in carrying out the Development
                                    Operations referred to in Article 13.1.3(c)
                                    due to a delay in obtaining any necessary
                                    approval;

                           (ii)     material changes to the Development Plan for
                                    the mid- and south-Tapti Fields necessitated
                                    by Contractor's review of data provided, if
                                    any, to the Companies by the Government
                                    and/or ONGC after the Effective Date

                                      36

                                    available prior to the Effective Date then
                                    the Companies, acting reasonably, would have
                                    included such changes in the Development
                                    Plan for the mid- and south-Tapti Fields;

                          (iii)     a material change to the international
                                    market conditions referred to in Article
                                    13.1.3(e);

                           (iv)     a variation to the Development Plan for the
                                    mid- and south-Tapti Fields approved by the
                                    Management Committee; or

                            (v)     an event of force majeure as provided in
                                    Article 31;

                          then the Management Committee shall, at the request of
                          the Operator, in a meeting convened under Article 5.8,
                          promptly consider what, if any, increase should be
                          made to the Contractor's Cost Recovery Limit to fairly
                          reflect the circumstances in question PROVIDED THAT in
                          the case of delays referred to in Article 13.1.3(c)
                          the Management Committee shall not be obligated to
                          consider any increase where, and to the extent that,
                          such delay has been caused by the Companies' failure
                          to act in a diligent manner.

         13.1.5      In the event that:

                     (a)  there is any dispute between the Parties whether or to
                          what extent a circumstance referred to in Article
                          13.1.4(c) has arisen or resulted in the Contractor's
                          Cost Recovery Limit being exceeded; or

                     (b)  the Management Committee is unable to agree whether an
                          increase should be made to the Contractor's Cost
                          Recovery Limit or is unable to agree on the amount of
                          any such increase;

                     then, at any time after thirty (30) days from the date of
                     the Management Committee meeting referred to in Article
                     13.1.4(c), any Party shall be at liberty to refer the
                     matter to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of
                     Article 33.

         13.1.6      Costs incurred by the Companies prior to the Effective Date
                     hereof which have been approved by the Government, in
                     writing, shall be cost recoverable for purposes hereof
                     after approval of the Management Committee.

                                      37

13.2     Exploration Costs (if any) incurred by the Contractor in respect of the
         Contract Area up to the date of Commercial Production of Petroleum from
         the Contract Area shall be aggregated, and the Contractor shall be
         entitled to recover the aggregate of such Exploration Costs out of the
         Cost Petroleum from the Contract Area at the rate of one hundred
         percent (100%) per annum of such Exploration Costs beginning from the
         date of such Commercial Production.

13.3     The Contractor shall be entitled to recover out of the Cost Petroleum
         from the Contract Area the Exploration Costs which it has incurred in
         that Contract Area in any Financial Year after the date of Commercial
         Production from the Contract Area at the rate of one hundred percent
         (100%) per annum of such Exploration Costs beginning from the date such
         Exploration Costs are incurred.

13.4     The Contractor shall be entitled to recover Exploration Costs as
         provided in Articles 13.2 and 13.3 in relation to the values of the
         quantity of Petroleum produced, saved and sold from the Contract Area,
         in the relevant year, provided that such Exploration Costs once
         recovered shall not be allowable for recovery against any other
         contract area.

13.5     Development Costs incurred by the Contractor in the Contract Area up to
         the date of Commercial Production from the Contract Area shall be
         aggregated, and the Contractor shall be entitled to recover out of the
         Cost Petroleum from that Contract Area the aggregate of such
         Development Costs at the rate of one hundred percent (100%) per annum
         of such Development Costs beginning from the date of such Commercial
         Production from the Contract Area.

13.6     The Contractor shall be entitled to recover out of the Cost Petroleum
         produced from the Contract Area the Development Costs which it has
         incurred on such Contract Area after the date of Commercial Production
         from the Contract Area at the rate of one hundred percent (100%) per
         annum of such Development Costs beginning from the date such
         Development Costs are incurred.

13.7     The Contractor shall be entitled to recover in full during any
         Financial Year the Production Costs incurred in the Contract Area out
         of the Cost Petroleum.

13.8     If during any Financial Year the Cost Petroleum is not sufficient to
         enable the Contractor to recover in full the Contract Costs due for
         recovery in that Financial Year in accordance with the provisions of
         Articles 13.1 through 13.7, then, subject to the provisions of Article
         13.1:

         a)    recovery shall first be made of the Production Costs; and

                                      38

         b)    recovery shall next be made of the Exploration Costs; and

         c)    recovery shall then be made of the Development Costs.

         The unrecovered portions of Contract Costs shall be carried forward to
         the following Financial Year and the Contractor shall be entitled to
         recover such Costs in such Financial Year or the subsequent Financial
         Years as if such costs were due for recovery in that Financial Year, or
         the succeeding Financial Years, until the unrecovered costs have been
         fully recovered out of Cost Petroleum from the Contract Area.

13.9     For the purposes of this Article, as well as Article 14, costs,
         receipts and income shall be converted into production unit
         equivalents, and vice versa, using the relevant prices established
         pursuant to Article 19 for Crude Oil and Article 21 for Natural Gas.

13.10    Pending completion of the calculations required to establish
         definitively the Contractor's entitlement to Cost Petroleum from the
         Contract Area in any Financial Year, the Contractor shall take
         delivery, provisionally, of volumes of Crude Oil and/or Natural Gas
         representing its estimated Cost Petroleum entitlement calculated with
         reference to estimated production quantities, costs and prices for the
         Contract Area as established by the Contractor and approved by the
         Management Committee. Such provisional determination of Cost Petroleum
         shall be made every quarter on a cumulative basis. Within sixty days of
         the end of each Financial Year, a final calculation of the Contractor's
         entitlement to Cost Petroleum, based on actual production quantities,
         costs and prices for the entire Financial Year, shall be undertaken and
         any necessary adjustments to the Cost Petroleum entitlement shall be
         agreed upon between the Government and the Contractor and made as soon
         as practicable thereafter.

13.11    Nothing herein contained shall provide for the recovery of costs by
         ONGC which were incurred prior to the Effective Date.

                               -----*****-----

                                      39

                                  ARTICLE 14
                   PRODUCTION SHARING OF PETROLEUM BETWEEN
                          CONTRACTOR AND GOVERNMENT

14.1     The Contractor and the Government shall share in the Profit Petroleum
         from the Contract Area in accordance with the provisions of this
         Article. The share of Profit Petroleum, in any Financial Year, shall be
         calculated for the Contract Area on the basis of the Investment
         Multiple actually achieved by the Companies at the end of the preceding
         Financial Year for the Contract Area as provided in Appendix D.

14.2     Profit Petroleum

         14.2.1      When the Investment Multiple of the Companies at the end of
                     any Financial Year is less than two (2.0), the Government
                     shall be entitled to take and receive twenty percent (20%)
                     and the Contractor shall be entitled to take and receive
                     eighty percent (80%) of the total Profit Petroleum from the
                     Contract Area with effect from the start of the succeeding
                     Financial Year.

         14.2.2      When the Investment Multiple of the Companies at the end of
                     any Financial Year in respect of any Contract Area is equal
                     to or more than two (2.0) but is less than two and one-half
                     (2.5), the Government shall be entitled to take and receive
                     forty percent (40%) and the Contractor shall be entitled to
                     take and receive sixty percent (60%) of the total Profit
                     Petroleum from the Contract Area with effect from the start
                     of the succeeding Financial Year.

         14.2.3      When the Investment Multiple of the Companies at the end of
                     any Financial Year in respect of the Contract Area is equal
                     to or more than two and one-half (2.5) but is less than
                     three and one- half (3.5), the Government shall be entitled
                     to take and receive forty-five percent (45%) and the
                     Contractor shall be entitled to take and receive fifty-five
                     percent (55%) of the total Profit Petroleum from the
                     Contract Area with effect from the start of the succeeding
                     Financial Year.

         14.2.4      When the Investment Multiple of the Companies at the end of
                     any Financial Year in respect of the Contract Area is equal
                     to or more than three and one-half (3.5), the Government
                     shall be entitled to take and receive fifty percent (50%)
                     and the Contractor shall be entitled to take and receive
                     fifty percent (50%) of the total Profit Petroleum from the
                     Contract Area with effect from the start of the succeeding
                     Financial Year.

                                      40

14.3     The value of the Companies' Investment Multiple at the end of any
         Financial Year in respect of the Contract Area shall be calculated in
         the manner provided for, and on the basis of net cash flows specified,
         in Appendix D to this Contract. However, the volume of Profit Petroleum
         to be shared between the Government and the Contractor shall be
         determined for each quarter on a cumulative basis. Pending finalization
         of accounts, delivery of Profit Petroleum shall be taken by the
         Government and the Contractor on the basis of provisional estimated
         figures of Contract Costs, production, prices, receipts, income and any
         other income or allowable deductions and on the basis of the value of
         the Investment Multiple achieved at the end of the preceding Financial
         Year. All such provisional estimates shall be approved by the
         Management Committee. When it is necessary to convert monetary units
         into physical units of production equivalents or vice versa, the price
         or prices determined pursuant to Articles 19 and 21 for Crude Oil and
         Natural Gas, respectively, shall be used. Within sixty (60) days of the
         end of each Financial Year, a final calculation of Profit Petroleum
         based on actual costs, quantities, prices and income for the entire
         Financial Year shall be undertaken and any necessary adjustments to the
         sharing of Profit Petroleum shall be agreed upon between the Government
         and the Contractor and made as soon as is practicable thereafter.

14.4     The Profit Petroleum due to the Contractor in any Financial Year from
         the Contract Area shall be divided between the Parties constituting the
         Contractor in proportion to their respective Participating Interests.

                               -----*****-----

                                      41

                                  ARTICLE 15
                       TAXES, ROYALTIES, RENTALS, ETC.

15.1     The Companies and the operations under this Contract shall be subject
         to all fiscal legislation of India, except where, pursuant to any
         authority granted under any applicable law, they are exempt wholly or
         partly from the application of the provisions of a particular law or as
         otherwise provided herein.

         15.2.1      For the purpose of computing profits or gains of the
                     business consisting of the prospecting for or extraction or
                     production of Petroleum, there shall be made in lieu of the
                     allowances admissible under the Income Tax Act, 1961, such
                     allowances as are specified in this Agreement pursuant to
                     Section 42 in relation to:

                     (a)   expenditure by way of infructuous or abortive
                           exploration expenses in respect of any area
                           surrendered prior to the beginning of Commercial
                           Production; and

                     (b)   after the beginning of commercial production, to
                           expenditure incurred, whether before or after such
                           Commercial Production, in respect of drilling or
                           exploration activities or services or in respect of
                           physical assets used in that connection.

         15.2.2      Payments made by the Companies pursuant to Article 16 shall
                     be deductible for income tax purpose in the year in which
                     payment is made by the Companies, as permissible under
                     Section 42 of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

         15.3.1      In respect of matters not covered above, deduction shall be
                     allowed in accordance with other provisions of Income Tax
                     Act, 1961, and the rules framed thereunder.

         15.3.2      The revenue from the Business consisting of Petroleum
                     Operations shall be determined in accordance with Article
                     19 for its Participating Interest share of Crude Oil saved
                     and sold, or otherwise disposed of, from each Field and
                     from any revenue realized on the sale of ANG or NANG
                     referred to in Article 21 as well as any other gains or
                     receipts from Petroleum Operations as reduced by the
                     deductions as specified within this Article, and, except as
                     herein provided, all the provisions of the Income Tax Act,
                     1961, shall apply. 42

15.4     The following terms used in Section 42 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, and
         Articles 15.2 and 15.3 shall have the meanings corresponding to the
         terms used in this Contract and defined in Article 1 as follows:

         (a)   "Previous Year" means the year as defined in Section 2(34) of the
               Income Tax Act, 1961.

         (b)   The other terms used herein and not defined in the Income Tax,
               1961 shall have the meaning therein ascribed in Article 1.

15.5     Except for income tax as otherwise provided in this Article, the
         Government covenants to the Companies that the Companies shall not be
         liable for payment of:

         (a)   any taxes calculated by reference to income from or
               sale of Petroleum; or

         (b)   any customs or excise duties, export duties or any other
               statutory charge on the import or re-export of machinery, plant,
               equipment, materials or supplies imported by or on behalf of
               Contractor or its subcontractors solely and exclusively for use
               in Petroleum Operations.

               Any such payments, if the Companies are made liable shall be
               reimbursed by the Government.

         15.6.1      The constituents of the Contractor shall be liable to pay
                     royalties and cess on their Participating Interest share of
                     Crude Oil and Natural Gas saved and sold in accordance with
                     the provisions of this Agreement. The royalty on Oil saved
                     and sold will be paid at Rs. 481 per metric ton and cess on
                     Oil saved and sold will be paid at Rs. 900 per metric ton.
                     Royalty on Gas saved and sold will be paid at ten percent
                     (10%) of the value at wellhead. No cess shall be payable in
                     respect of Gas. Royalty and cess shall not exceed the
                     herein above amounts throughout the term of the Contract.
                     Royalty and cess shall be payable in Indian Rupees. Any
                     such additional payment shall be made by the Government.

         15.6.2      All payments (except income tax) made by Contractor or its
                     constituents as applicable under appropriate law including,
                     but not limited to, taxes whether levied by the Central
                     Government or state government, or any other local or
                     statutory authority, royalties, cess, levies, duties,
                     rentals, lease rent, license fees, export duties,

                                      43

                     countervailing duties, provision for sinking fund for
                     environmental or abandonment costs, or any other charges
                     whatsoever, directly attributable to Petroleum Operations.

15.8     If any change in or to any Indian law, rule or regulation by any
         authority results in a material change to the economic benefits
         accruing to any of the Parties to this Contract after the Effective
         Date, the Parties shall consult promptly to make necessary revisions
         and adjustments to the Contract in order to maintain such expected
         benefits to each of the Parties.

                               -----*****-----

                                      44

                                  ARTICLE 16
                                   PAYMENT

16.1     The Companies shall pay to ONGC in consideration of the right to
         commence and carry out exploration and drilling activities in the
         Contract Area, pursuant to and in accordance with the Notice Inviting
         Offers for Joint Ventures to Develop Medium Sized Oil and Gas Fields in
         India-1992 and the bid submitted in response thereto, as follows:

         (a)   within two (2) days following the Effective Date,
               excluding days on which the banks in India or the
               United States are closed, Twenty-one Million United
               States Dollars (US$21,000,000).  EOGIL shall pay Ten
               Million Five Hundred Thousand United States Dollars
               (US$10,500,000) and RIL shall pay Ten Million Five
               Hundred Thousand United States Dollars (US$10,500,000).
               ONGC's bank wire transfer instructions are as follows:

               ACCOUNT NUMBER: 01 00000 3054
               OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED
               STATE BANK OF INDIA, OVERSEAS BRANCH
               VIJAYA BUILDING,
               BARAKHAMBA ROAD,
               NEW DELHI, INDIA 110 001

         (b)   When and if the hereinafter set forth production quantities are
               reached, the Companies will within fifteen (15) days following
               such attainment pay ONGC in accordance with the following
               schedule:

                 (i)      Another Six Million United States Dollars
                          (US$6,000,000) after achieving a cumulative
                          production of five billion cubic meters of
                          Gas;

                (ii)      Another Nine Million United States Dollars
                          (US$9,000,000) after achieving a cumulative
                          production of ten billion cubic meters of
                          Gas; and

               (iii)      Another Fifteen Million United States Dollars
                          (US$15,000,000) after achieving a cumulative
                          production of fifteen billion cubic meters of Gas.

16.2     Cumulative production shall, for purposes of this Article,
         mean Gas produced, saved and sold.

16.3     Each Company shall pay its share of the payment in the
         proportion that it received Petroleum.

                               -----*****-----

                                      45

                                  ARTICLE 17
                                CUSTOMS DUTIES

17.1     Machinery, plant, equipment, materials and supplies imported by a
         Contractor or its Subcontractors for use in Petroleum Operations shall
         be exempted from customs duties subject to compliance with procedures,
         if any, as may be determined pursuant to applicable customs duty
         legislation, Article 23 and the terms herein specified.

17.2     Contractor shall, from time to time and as required, submit to the
         Government a list of Subcontractors who are engaged by it for the
         purpose of obtaining the various categories of items pursuant to the
         conduct of Petroleum Operations and who may claim exemptions hereunder.

17.3     In order to qualify for the exemption from customs duties as provided
         for in Article 17.1, all imported items for which duty exemption is
         being claimed shall be certified, by a representative of the
         Contractor, to be imported under the terms of this Contract for use in
         carrying out Petroleum Operations and shall be certified by a
         representative of the Government to be eligible for such exemption
         pursuant to the terms of the Contract. In order to expedite such
         exemption, Contractor may submit a certified list of qualified items up
         to sixty (60) days in advance of anticipated import.

17.4     The Government shall have the right to inspect the records and
         documents of the physical item or items for which an exemption is or
         has been provided under Article 17.1 to determine that such item or
         items are being or have been imported for the purpose for which the
         exemption was granted. The Government shall also be entitled to inspect
         such physical items wherever located to ensure that such items are
         being used or held for the purpose herein specified and any item not
         being so used shall immediately become subject to payment of the
         applicable customs duties.

17.5     Subject to Article 27, the Contractor and its Subcontractors may sell
         or otherwise transfer in India or sell for export all imported items
         which are no longer required for Petroleum Operations, subject to
         applicable laws governing customs duties and sale or disposal of such
         items.

                               -----*****-----

                                      46

                                  ARTICLE 18
                     DOMESTIC SUPPLY, SALE, DISPOSAL AND
                             EXPORT OF CRUDE OIL

18.1     Until such time as the total availability to the Government and
         government companies of Crude Oil from all Petroleum production
         activities in India meets the total national demand, as determined by
         the Government, each constituent of Contractor shall be required to
         offer to the Government or its nominee all of the Contractor's
         entitlement to Crude Oil from each Field in order to assist in
         satisfying the national demand, provided, however, that nothing
         contained in any contract entered into by the Contractor for the
         supply, sale or disposal of Petroleum, with any nominee of the
         Government pursuant to this Contract shall in any manner abrogate the
         obligation of the Government contained herein.

18.2     Pursuant to Article 18.1 and subject to Articles 18.4 and 18.6, each
         constituent of Contractor shall offer to sell to the Government (or its
         nominee) its total Participating Interest share of Crude Oil to which
         it is entitled under Articles 13 and 14 at the price determined in
         accordance with Article 19 for sales to Government and the Government
         shall have the option to purchase the whole or any portion thereof at
         the said price.

18.3     The aforementioned offer shall be made by each constituent of
         Contractor, in writing, at least six (6) months preceding the Financial
         Year in which the sale is to be made, specifying the estimated
         quantities and grade of Crude Oil being offered (based upon estimates
         which shall be adjusted within ninety (90) days of the end of each
         Financial Year on the basis of actual quantities produced and saved).
         The Government shall exercise its option to purchase, in writing, not
         later than ninety days (90) preceding the Financial Year in respect of
         which the sale is to be made, specifying the quantity and grade of
         Crude Oil which it elects to take in the ensuing year. Failure by the
         Government to give such notice within the period specified shall be
         conclusively deemed an election to take all of the Crude Oil offered
         (adjusted as provided herein) in the ensuing Financial Year.

18.4     If, during any Financial Year, India attains Self-Sufficiency, the
         Government shall promptly thereafter, but in no event later than the
         end of that Financial Year, so advise the Contractor by written notice.
         In such event, as from the end of the first quarter of the following
         Financial Year, or such earlier date as the Parties may mutually agree,
         Government's option to purchase shall be suspended and each constituent
         of Contractor shall have the right to lift and export its Participating
         Interest share of Crude Oil until such time, if any, as
         Self-Sufficiency shall have ceased to exist. If Self-Sufficiency ceases
         to exist during a Financial Year, the Government shall recover its

                                      47

         option to purchase under Article 18.2 in respect of the following
         Financial Year by giving notice thereof to the Contractor as provided
         in Article 18.3.

18.5     All payments in respect of sales to the Government pursuant to
         provisions of this Article 18 shall be made by the Government within
         the period for credit applicable in the calculation of the price
         pursuant to Article 19. If no time frame for credit is applicable in
         such calculation, payment shall be made within forty five (45) days
         from the date the invoice is delivered to the Government. Contractor
         shall submit a monthly invoice to the Government for the quantity of
         Crude Oil delivered. Payment shall be made in United States Dollars by
         bank wire to the credit of the Foreign Company's designated account
         with a bank within or outside India. All amounts unpaid by the
         Government by the due date shall, from the due date, bear interest
         calculated on a day-to-day basis at the LIBOR plus one percentage (1%)
         point from the due date compounded daily until paid.

18.6     If full payment is not received by Contractor when due as provided in
         Article 18.5, the Contractor shall, at any time thereafter, notify the
         Government of the default and, unless such default is remedied within
         fifteen (15) days from the date of the notice, the Contractor shall
         have the right, unless otherwise agreed, upon written notice to the
         Government and without prejudice to the Contractor's right to recover
         all costs, charges, expenses and losses, incurred by the Contractor:

         a)    to suspend the Government's option to purchase under
               Article 18.2 and transport the Petroleum to any onshore
               facility and sell as each constituent of Contractor may
               in its absolute discretion deem fit;

         b)    without prejudice to the foregoing, to freely lift, sell and
               export all its Participating Interest share of Crude Oil subject
               to the destination restrictions specified in Article 18.7, until
               the Government has paid the due amount plus interest as provided
               herein;

         c)    if the payment plus interest is not received by the
               Contractor within one hundred and eighty (180) days
               from the date the payment was due, to receive and
               export the Government's share of Profit Oil until such
               time as either Government has paid all amounts due plus
               interest, or the value, based on the price as deter-
               mined in accordance with Article 19, of Government's
               share of Profit Oil so sold is equal to all amounts due
               plus interest, whichever first occurs; provided,
               however, that if the Government makes a payment to the
               Contractor after the Contractor has commenced sale of
               Government's share of Profit Oil and such payment
               together with the value of Government's share of Profit
               Oil sold (based on the price determined in accordance

                                      48

               with Article 19) exceeds the amount due plus interest, necessary
               adjustment shall be carried out to refund to the Government
               forthwith the excess amount received by the Contractor.

18.7     The Contractor shall be entitled to freely lift, sell and export any
         Crude Oil which the Government is unable to take or has elected not to
         purchase pursuant to this Article 18 subject to Government's generally
         applicable destination restrictions to countries with which the
         Government, for policy reasons, has severed or restricted trade.

18.8     No later than sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of production
         in a Field (or Fields where production is from more than one Field),
         and thereafter no less than sixty (60) days before the commencement of
         each Financial Year, the Contractor shall cause to be prepared and
         submitted to the Parties a production forecast setting out the total
         quantity of Crude Oil that it estimates can be produced from a Field
         during the succeeding year, based on the maximum efficient rate of
         recovery of Crude Oil from that Field in accordance with good petroleum
         industry practice. No later than thirty (30) days prior to the
         commencement of each Calendar Quarter, the Contractor shall advise its
         estimate of production for the succeeding Calendar Quarter and shall
         endeavour to produce the forecast quantity for each Calendar Quarter.

18.9     Each Party comprising the Contractor shall, throughout the term of this
         Contract, have the right to separately take in kind and dispose of all
         its share of Cost Petroleum and Profit Petroleum and shall have the
         obligation to lift the Cost Petroleum and Profit Petroleum on a current
         basis and in such quantities so as not to cause a restriction of
         production or inconvenience to the other Parties.

18.10    The Government shall, throughout the term of this Contract, have the
         right to separately take in kind and dispose of its share of Profit
         Petroleum and of such portion of the Contractor's share of Petroleum as
         is purchased by the Government pursuant to Article 18, subject to
         Article 18.6 and shall have the obligation to lift all of the Oil on a
         current basis and in such quantities so as not to cause a restriction
         of production or inconvenience to the other Parties.

18.11    For the purpose of implementing the provisions of Articles 18.9 and
         18.10, a Crude Oil lifting procedure shall be agreed upon by the
         Parties as soon as practicable but no later than two (2) months after
         the Effective Date of this Contract. Such lifting procedure shall
         include, but not necessarily be limited to:

                                      49

         (a)   a procedure for notification by the Operator to the
               Government, and to each Party comprising the
               Contractor, of projected Crude Oil production;

         (b)   a procedure for notification by the Government, and by each Party
               comprising the Contractor, to the Operator, of its expected
               offtake and the consequences of inability or failure to offtake.

                               -----*****-----

                                      50

                                  ARTICLE 19
                               VALUATION OF OIL

19.1     For the purpose of this Contract, the value of Crude Oil shall be based
         on the price determined as provided herein.

19.2     A price for Crude Oil shall be determined for each Calendar Month or
         such other period as the Parties may agree (hereinafter referred to as
         "the Delivery Period") in terms of United States Dollars per Barrel,
         FOB Delivery Point for Crude Oil produced and sold or otherwise
         disposed of from each Contract Area, for each Delivery Period, in
         accordance with the appropriate basis for that type of sale or disposal
         specified below.

19.3     In the event that some or all of Contractor's total sales of Crude Oil
         during a Delivery Period are made to third parties in Arms Length
         Sales, all sales so made shall be valued at the weighted average of the
         prices actually received by Contractor, calculated by dividing the
         total receipts from all such sales FOB the Delivery Point by the total
         number of Barrels of the Crude Oil sold in such sales.

         19.3.1      In the event that a portion of such third party
                     Arms Length Sales are made on a basis other than
                     an FOB basis as herein specified, the portion
                     shall be valued at the prices equivalent to the
                     prices FOB the Delivery point for such sales
                     determined by deducting all costs (such as
                     transportation, demurrage, loss of Crude Oil in
                     transit and similar costs) incurred downstream of
                     the Delivery Point, and the prices so determined
                     shall be deemed to be the actual prices received
                     for the purpose of calculation of the weighted
                     average of the prices for all third party Arms
                     Length Sales for the Delivery Period.

         19.3.2      Each constituent of Contractor shall separately
                     submit to the Government, within fifteen (15)
                     days of the end of each Delivery Period, a report
                     containing the actual prices obtained in their
                     respective Arms Length Sales to third parties of
                     any Crude Oil.  Such reports shall distinguish
                     between term sales and spot sales and itemize
                     volumes, customers, prices received and credit
                     terms, and the constituent of the Contractor
                     shall allow the Government to examine the
                     relevant sales contracts.

19.4     In the event that some or all of a constituent of Contractor's total
         sales of Crude Oil during a Calendar Month are made to the Government,
         the price of all sales so made shall, unless otherwise agreed between
         the Parties, be determined on the basis of either the FOB selling price
         per Barrel of one or more crude oils which, at the time of

                                      51

         calculation, are being freely and actively traded in the international
         market and are similar in characteristics and quality to the Crude Oil
         and/or Condensate in respect of which the price is being determined,
         such FOB selling price to be ascertained from Platt's Crude Oil Market
         Wire daily publication ("Platt's"), or the spot market for the same
         crude oils ascertained in the same manner, whichever price, in the
         opinion of the Parties, more truly reflects the current value of such
         crude oils. For any Calendar Month in which sales take place, the price
         shall be the arithmetic average price per Barrel determined by
         calculating the average for the preceding Calendar Month of the mean of
         the high and low FOB or spot prices for each day of the crude oil(s)
         selected for comparison adjusted for differences in the Crude Oil and
         the crude oil(s) being compared for quality, transportation costs,
         delivery time, quantity, payment terms, the market area into which the
         Crude Oil is being sold, other contract terms to the extent known and
         other relevant factors. In the event that Platt's ceases to be
         published or is not published for a period of thirty (30) consecutive
         days, the Parties shall agree on an alternative daily publication.

         19.4.1      Notwithstanding anything herein otherwise provided, the
                     price paid for such sales shall be, in any Calendar
                     Month,the FOB selling price for a Marker Crude ("Marker
                     Crude") which shall be Brent (DTD) on a United States
                     Dollar per Barrel basis less US$0.10 per Barrel.

         19.4.2      The Marker Crude price will be based on the
                     previous Calendar Month's average of the daily
                     low and high quotations of Marker Crude as
                     published by Platts' Market wire.  The average is
                     to be calculated up to three (3) decimals to
                     arrive at a United States Dollar per Barrel
                     price, which will be applicable for the month of
                     supply.

         19.4.3      The Government and/or its nominee shall pay any
                     and all sales tax payable on the sale of Oil to
                     the Government or its nominee.

         19.4.4      The Government and/or its nominee shall enter into a Crude
                     Oil sales agreement with the Constituents of the Contractor
                     which shall contain terms and conditions normally contained
                     in international Crude Oil sales agreements of a similar
                     nature.

19.5     In the event that in any Delivery Period some but not all of a
         constituent of Contractor's sales of Crude Oil from the Contract Area
         are made to the Government or a Government company and some but not all
         of a constituent of Contractor's sales of Crude Oil from the Contract
         Area are
                                      52

         made to third parties in Arms Length Sales and the price as established
         in accordance with Article 19.4 differs by more than one percent (1%)
         from the price as determined in accordance with Article 19.3 for the
         same Delivery Period, the Parties shall meet, upon notice from any
         Party, to determine if the prices established for the relevant Delivery
         Period for sales to the Government should be adjusted taking into
         account third party Arms Length Sales made by a constituent of
         Contractor of the same or similar Crude Oil from the relevant Field or
         other fields and published information in respect of other genuine
         third party Arms Length Sales of the same or similar crude oil for that
         Delivery Period. Until the matter of an adjustment for the relevant
         Delivery Period is finally determined , the price as established in
         accordance with this Article will apply for that Delivery Period. Any
         adjustment, if necessary, will be made within thirty (30) days from the
         date the adjustment for that Delivery Period is finally determined.

19.6     A constituent of Contractor shall determine the relevant prices in
         accordance with this Article and the calculation, basis of calculation
         and the price determined shall be supplied to the Government and shall
         be subject to agreement by the Government before it is finally
         determined. Pending final determination, the last established price, if
         any, for the Crude Oil shall be used.

19.7     In the event that the Parties fail to reach agreement on any matter
         concerning selection of the crude oil(s) for comparison, the
         calculation, the basis of, or mechanism for the calculation of the
         prices, the prices arrived at, the adjustment of any price or generally
         about the manner in which the prices are determined according to the
         provisions of this Article within thirty (30) days, or such longer
         period as may be mutually agreed between the parties, from the date of
         commencement of Commercial Production or the end of each Delivery
         Period thereafter, any Party may refer the matter or matters in issue
         for final determination by a sole expert appointed as provided in
         Article 33.

         19.7.1      Within ten (10) days of the said appointment, the Parties
                     shall provide the expert with all information they deem
                     necessary or as the expert may reasonably require.

         19.7.2      Within fifteen (15) days from the date of his
                     appointment, the expert shall report to the
                     Parties on the issue(s) referred to him for
                     determination, applying the criteria or mechanism
                     set forth herein and indicate his decision
                     thereon to be applicable for the relevant
                     Delivery Period for Crude Oil and such decision
                     shall be accepted as final and binding by the
                     Parties.

                                      53

         19.7.3      Except for the adjustment referred to in
                     Article 19.5, any price or pricing mechanism
                     agreed by the Parties pursuant to the provisions
                     of this Article shall not be changed
                     retroactively.

19.8     Any sale or disposal to Affiliates or other sale or disposal of Crude
         Oil produced from a Field, other than to the Government or Government
         companies or to third parties in Arms Length Sales, in any Delivery
         Period, shall be valued on the same basis as sales to the Government or
         a Government company. In the event of such a sale or disposal by a
         Company, such Company shall submit to the Government, within fifteen
         (15) days of the end of each Delivery Period, all relevant information
         concerning such sales or disposals.

19.9     In the event that in any Delivery Period there is more than one type of
         sales referred to in Articles 19.3, 19.4 and 19.8, then, for the
         purpose of calculating Cost Petroleum and Profit Petroleum entitlement
         pursuant to Articles 13 and 14, a single price per Barrel of Crude Oil
         for all the sales for the relevant Delivery Period shall be used. Such
         single price shall be the weighted average of the prices determined for
         each type of sale, weighted by the respective volumes of Crude Oil sold
         in each type of sale in the relevant Delivery Period.

19.10    In this Article the term "Government" shall include any other agency or
         nominee of the Government to whom Crude Oil is to be sold.

19.11    The provisions specified above for the determination of the price of
         sales of Crude Oil shall apply mutatis mutandis to Condensates.

19.12    The Parties shall meet annually, or sooner upon notice served by any
         Party on the others, to review the list of selected Crude Oils or the
         mechanism established pursuant to this Article 19 in light of any new
         facts since the date of selection of such Crude Oils or establishment
         of such mechanism and to determine what adjustment (if any) should be
         made to the said selection or mechanism by mutual agreement of the
         Parties.

                               ------*****-----

                                      54

                                  ARTICLE 20
                   CURRENCY AND EXCHANGE CONTROL PROVISIONS

20.1     Subject to the provisions herein, and to compliance with the relevant
         provisions of the laws of general application in India governing
         currency and foreign exchange and related administrative instructions
         and procedures issued thereunder on a non-discriminatory basis, each
         Foreign Company comprising the Contractor shall, during the term of
         this Contract have the right to:

         (a)   repatriate funds relating to Petroleum Operations abroad, in
               United States Dollars or any other freely convertible currency
               acceptable to the Government and the Foreign Company;

         (b)   receive, retain and use abroad the proceeds of any
               export sales of Petroleum under the contract;

         (c)   open, maintain and operate bank accounts with reputable banks,
               both inside and outside India, for the purpose of this Contract;

         (d)   freely import, through normal banking channels, funds
               necessary for carrying out the Petroleum Operations;

         (e)   convert into foreign exchange and repatriate sums
               imported pursuant to (d) above in excess (if any) of
               its requirements; and

         (f)   make payments of interest and principal outside of India for
               purchases, services and loans obtained abroad without the
               requirement that funds used in making such payments must come
               from or originate in India.

         Provided however, that repatriation pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and
         (e) and payments pursuant to sub-paragraph (f) shall be subject to the
         provisions of any treaties or bilateral arrangements between the
         Government and any country with respect to payments to that country.

20.2     The rates of exchange for the purchase and sale of currency by the
         Contractor shall be the prevailing rates of general application
         determined by the State Bank of India or such other financial body as
         may be mutually agreed by the Parties and in accordance with prevailing
         currency and exchange regulations and, for accounting purposes under
         this Contract, these rates shall apply as provided in Section 1.6 of
         Appendix C.

20.3     Domestic Companies shall be subject to the relevant provisions of the
         applicable laws in India governing currency and foreign exchange and
         related administrative instructions and procedures issued thereunder.

                               -----*****-----

                                      55

                                  ARTICLE 21
                                 NATURAL GAS

21.1     Subject to Article 21.2, the Indian domestic market shall have the
         first call on the utilisation of Natural Gas discovered pursuant to
         Petroleum Operations and produced from the Contract Area. Accordingly,
         any proposal by the Contractor relating to Discovery and production of
         Natural Gas from the Contract Area shall be made in the context of the
         Government's policy for the utilisation of Natural Gas and shall take
         into account the objectives of the Government to develop its resources
         in the most efficient manner and to promote conservation measures.

21.2     Contractor shall have the right to use Natural Gas produced from the
         Contract Area for the purpose of Petroleum Operations including, but
         not limited to, reinjection for pressure maintenance in the Oil Fields,
         Gas lifting and power generation.

21.3     For the purpose of sales to the domestic market pursuant to this
         Article 21, the Delivery Point shall be the Delivery Point set forth in
         the Gas sales contract entered into by the Contractor.

21.4     ASSOCIATED NATURAL GAS (ANG)

         21.4.1      In the event that a New Discovery of Crude Oil
                     contains ANG, Contractor shall declare in the
                     proposal for the declaration of the New Discovery
                     as a Commercial Discovery as specified in
                     Article 9, whether (and by what amount) the
                     estimated production of ANG is anticipated to
                     exceed the quantities of ANG which will be used
                     in accordance with Article 21.2 (hereinafter
                     referred to as "the Excess ANG").  In such event
                     the Contractor shall indicate whether, on the
                     basis of the available data and information, it
                     has reasonable grounds for believing that the
                     Excess ANG could be commercially exploited in
                     accordance with the terms of this Contract along
                     with the Commercial Production of the Crude Oil
                     from the Oil Field, and whether the Contractor
                     intends to so exploit the Excess ANG.

         21.4.2      Based on the principle of full utilization and
                     minimum flaring of ANG, a proposed development
                     plan for an Oil Field (or Oil Fields), shall, to
                     the extent economically reasonable, include a
                     plan for utilisation of the ANG from the Existing
                     Discovery and New Discovery, including estimated
                     quantities to be flared, reinjected, and to be
                     used for Petroleum Operations; and, if the
                     Contractor proposes to commercially exploit the
                     Excess ANG for sale in the domestic market in

                                      56

                     accordance with Government's policy, or
                     elsewhere, the proposed plans for such
                     exploitation.

         21.4.3      If the Contractor wishes to exploit the Excess
                     ANG (whether from an Existing or New Discovery),
                     such ANG shall first be offered for sale to the
                     Government (or its nominee) in writing in
                     accordance with the terms of this Contract.  On
                     receipt of such offer, the Government (or its
                     nominee) shall, within three (3) months of the
                     date of receipt thereof, notify the Contractor,
                     in writing, whether or not it wishes to exercise
                     its option to purchase the Excess ANG.

         21.4.4      If the Government exercises its option to
                     purchase the Excess ANG as provided in
                     Article 21.4.3:

                     (a)  the Government shall indicate in the notice exercising
                          the option, a date, within two (2) years of the date
                          of the Contractor's offer, for commencement of
                          purchase of the Excess ANG;

                     (b)  within six (6) months of the date of notification of
                          the exercise of the Government's option pursuant to
                          Article 21.4.3., the Contractor and the Government (or
                          its nominee) shall agree on the terms for the sale to
                          Government (or its nominee) of the Excess ANG.

         21.4.5      If the Government does not exercise its option to purchase
                     the Excess ANG the Contractor shall be free to explore
                     markets for the commercial exploitation of the Excess ANG.

         21.4.6      Where the Contractor is of the view that Excess ANG cannot
                     be commercially exploited, and chooses not to exploit ANG,
                     or is unable to find a market for the Excess ANG pursuant
                     to Article 21.4.5, the Government shall be entitled to take
                     and utilise such Excess ANG.

         21.4.7      If the Government elects to take the Excess ANG
                     as provided in Article 21.4.6:

               (a)   the Contractor shall deliver such Excess ANG to the
                     Government (or its nominee) free of cost, at the downstream
                     flange of the Gas/Oil separation facilities;

               (b)   the Government or its nominee shall bear all
                     costs including gathering, treating, processing

                                      57

                     and transporting costs beyond the downstream
                     flange of the Gas/Oil separation facilities;

               (c)   the delivery of such Excess ANG shall be subject to
                     procedures to be agreed between the Government or its
                     nominee and the Contractor prior to such delivery, such
                     procedures to include matters relating to timing of
                     off-take of such Excess ANG, which procedures shall not, in
                     any way, restrict Oil production.

         21.4.8      Excess ANG which is not commercially exploited by
                     the Contractor, or taken by the Government or its
                     nominee pursuant to this Article 21, shall be
                     returned to the subsurface structure or flared
                     where such flaring is approved in the Development
                     Plan, which approval shall not be unreasonably
                     withheld, for the relevant Oil Field or where
                     reinjection is uneconomical or inadvisable in
                     accordance with good reservoir engineering prac-
                     tices.

         21.4.9      Where the Contractor is of the view that there is
                     economic merit in flaring Gas in the absence of a
                     Gas transmission system or during such time as
                     the pipeline is inoperable or lacks capacity to
                     take all available Gas, Contractor shall have the
                     right to flare Gas.  In any such event,
                     Contractor shall notify the Management Committee
                     within forty-eight (48) hours to obtain its
                     approval for continuing operations.

         21.4.10     As soon as practicable after the New Discovery
                     referred to in Article 21.4.1 or the submission
                     to the Government of the proposal for the
                     declaration of the New Discovery as a Commercial
                     Discovery as therein specified, the Contractor
                     and the Government or its nominee shall meet to
                     discuss the sale and/or disposal of any ANG
                     discovered with a view to giving effect to the
                     provisions of this Article 21 in a timely manner.

21.5     NON ASSOCIATED NATURAL GAS (NANG)

         21.5.1      In the event of a New Discovery of NANG, the
                     Contractor shall promptly report such New
                     Discovery to the Management Committee and the
                     provisions of Articles 9.1 and 9.2 shall apply.
                     The remaining provisions of Article 9 would apply
                     to the New Discovery and development of NANG only
                     in so far as they are not inconsistent with the
                     provisions of Articles 21.5.1 to 21.5.13.

         21.5.2      If, pursuant to Article 9.1, the Contractor gives
                     notification that a New Discovery is of potential

                                      58

                     commercial interest, the Contractor shall submit to the
                     Management Committee, within one (1) Calendar Year from the
                     date of notification of the above New Discovery, the
                     proposed Appraisal Programme, including a Work Programme
                     and budget to carry out an adequate and effective appraisal
                     of such New Discovery, to determine (i) without delay,
                     whether such New Discovery is a Commercial Discovery and
                     (ii) with reasonable precision, the boundaries of the area
                     to be delineated as a Field. Such programme shall be
                     supported by all relevant data such as Well data,
                     Contractor's best estimate of reserve range and production
                     potential and shall indicate the date of commencement of
                     the proposed Appraisal Programme. Where in the case of an
                     Existing Discovery, Contractor desires to carry out
                     additional appraisal work, the Contractor shall submit its
                     proposed Appraisal Programme with a Work Programme and
                     budget to the Management Committee within one hundred
                     twenty (120) days of the Effective Date for approval.

         21.5.3      The proposed Appraisal Programme for an Existing
                     Discovery or a New Discovery shall be considered
                     by the Management Committee within sixty (60)
                     days of its submission by the Contractor and the
                     programme together with the Work Programme and
                     budget submitted by the Contractor revised in
                     accordance with any agreed amendments or
                     additions thereto approved by the Management
                     Committee, shall be adopted as the Appraisal
                     Programme and the Contractor shall promptly
                     proceed with implementation of such programme.

         21.5.4.     If on the basis of the results of the Appraisal
                     Programme, the Contractor is of the opinion that
                     NANG has been discovered in commercial
                     quantities, it shall submit to the Management
                     Committee, as soon as practicable but not later
                     than five (5) years from the date of notification
                     of the aforementioned New Discovery, a proposal
                     for the declaration of the New Discovery as a
                     Commercial Discovery.  Such proposal shall take
                     into account the Government's policies on Gas
                     utilisation and propose alternative options (if
                     any) for use or consumption of the NANG and be
                     supported by, inter alia, technical and economic
                     data, evaluations, interpretations and analyses
                     of such data, feasibility studies relating to the
                     New Discovery prepared by or on behalf of the
                     Contractor and other relevant information.

         21.5.5      In the case of a New Discovery, simultaneously
                     with the Contractor's Appraisal Programme,

                                      59

                     Government and the Contractor shall seek to reach an
                     agreement on the development, production, processing,
                     utilisation and sale of the NANG, in the context of Article
                     21.1, within thirty-six (36) months of the date of
                     notification of the Discovery referred to in Article 21.5.
                     If no proposal is submitted to the Management Committee by
                     the Contractor within five (5) years from the date of
                     notification of such New Discovery, the Contractor shall
                     relinquish its rights to develop such New Discovery and the
                     area relating to such New Discovery shall be excluded from
                     the Contract Area.

         21.5.6      Where the Contractor has submitted a proposal for
                     the declaration of a New Discovery as a
                     Commercial Discovery, the Management Committee
                     shall consider the proposal of the Contractor
                     with reference to commercial utilisation of the
                     NANG in the domestic market or elsewhere and in
                     the context of Government's policy on Gas
                     utilisation and the chain of activities required
                     to bring the NANG from the Delivery Point to
                     potential consumers in the domestic market or
                     elsewhere.  The Management Committee may, within
                     ninety (90) days, request that the Contractor
                     submit any additional information on the New
                     Discovery and the related Appraisal Programme
                     that it may reasonably require to facilitate a
                     decision on whether or not to declare the New
                     Discovery as a Commercial Discovery.

         21.5.7      The Management Committee shall make a decision regarding
                     the declaration of a New Discovery as a Commercial
                     Discovery within the latter of:

                     (a)  one hundred eighty (180) days of receipt of
                          such proposal; or

                     (b)  one hundred eighty (180) days of receipt of
                          the additional information referred to above.

         21.5.8      If the Management Committee, with the approval of
                     the Government, declares a New Discovery a
                     Commercial Discovery, such declaration shall be
                     accompanied by an indication of the probable
                     date(s) by when the market(s) would be ready to
                     receive the Gas and an estimate of the quantities
                     of Gas that could be so utilised.  The
                     Contractor, in such an event, shall, within One
                     (1) Calendar Year of the declaration of the New
                     Discovery as a Commercial Discovery, submit a
                     Development Plan for the development of the Gas
                     Field to the Management Committee for its
                     approval.  Such plan shall be supported by all

                                      60

                     relevant information including, inter alia, the information
                     required in Article 9.6. In the case of an Existing
                     Discovery, Contractor shall within ninety (90) days of the
                     Effective Date propose a Development Plan following the
                     plan brought out in Appendix G, intended to achieve the
                     production profile brought out in Appendix H, containing
                     the detailed information required in Article 9.6, with
                     supporting budget and the Management Committee shall render
                     its decision regarding such proposal within thirty (30)
                     days of such submittal. Where a Development Plan is so
                     agreed, it shall be an approved Development Plan pursuant
                     to this Article.

         21.5.9      If the Development Plan has not been approved by
                     the Management Committee within one hundred and
                     eighty (180) days of its submission, the
                     Contractor shall have the right to submit such
                     plan or plans directly to the Government for
                     approval, within sixty (60) days of the expiry of
                     the time provided to the Management Committee to
                     approve the plan or plans.  The Government shall
                     respond to the submission within ninety (90) days
                     of receipt thereof.  If the Government rejects
                     the Contractor's proposed plan or plans, the
                     Government shall state in writing the reasons for
                     such rejection and the Contractor shall have the
                     right to resubmit, within sixty (60) days of
                     written notice of such rejection, such plan or
                     plans duly amended to meet the Government's
                     objections thereto.  Such right of resubmission
                     of each proposed plan or plans shall be
                     exercisable by the Contractor only once.  If the
                     Parties are unable to agree, any Party shall have
                     the right to submit the matter to arbitration.
                     If no such plan or plans is/are submitted to the
                     Government within the aforesaid period, the
                     Contractor shall relinquish its right to develop
                     such Gas Field and such Gas Field shall be
                     excluded from the Contract Area.

         21.5.10     If the Management Committee is unable to agree on
                     the declaration of a New Discovery as a
                     Commercial Discovery within the time limit
                     prescribed in Article 21.5.7, the Contractor, or
                     any of its constituents, shall be entitled to
                     submit such proposal directly to the Government
                     for approval.  In such event, the Contractor, or
                     any of its constituents, shall also submit a
                     comprehensive plan or plans for development of
                     such New Discovery, which shall detail the
                     proposed Development Plan for utilisation of the

                                      61

                     NANG produced in the domestic market giving, inter alia,
                     the data specified in Article 21.5.8. The proposal for
                     declaration of the New Discovery as a Commercial Discovery
                     as well as the proposed Development Plan shall be submitted
                     to the Government within one hundred and eighty (180) days
                     of the expiry of the time given to the Management Committee
                     to reach a decision on the proposal for declaration of the
                     New Discovery as a Commercial Discovery and Government
                     shall respond to the said submission within one hundred
                     twenty (120) days of its receipt. If the Government
                     disapproves the proposed plan or plans, the Government
                     shall state in writing the reasons for such disapproval and
                     the concerned Parties shall have the right to resubmit,
                     within sixty (60) days, such plan or plans duly amended to
                     meet the Government's objections thereto. Such right of
                     resubmission of each proposed plan or plans shall be
                     exercisable by the Contractor only once. In the event the
                     Government does not approve such plan or plans, any Party
                     shall have the right to submit the matter to arbitration.
                     If no such plan (plans) is (are) submitted to the
                     Government within the aforesaid period, the Contractor
                     shall relinquish its rights to develop such Gas Field and
                     such Gas Field shall be excluded from the Contract Area.

         21.5.11     In the event the Management Committee , or
                     Government, as the case may be, approves the
                     Contractor's proposal for declaration of the New
                     Discovery as a Commercial Discovery and also the
                     comprehensive plan or plans for development of
                     such New Discovery and for the utilisation of
                     NANG produced in the domestic market, the Gas
                     Field shall be promptly developed by the
                     Contractor in accordance with the approved plan
                     which shall be the Development Plan for the
                     Field.

         21.5.12     In the event the Contractor does not commence development
                     of a New Discovery within ten (10) years from the date of
                     completion of the first Discovery Well, the Contractor
                     shall relinquish its rights to develop such New Discovery
                     and the area relating to such New Discovery shall be
                     excluded from the Contract Area.

         21.5.13     The price of the ANG and NANG produced from the Oil or Gas
                     Field for use in India shall be specified in the Gas sales
                     contract, which shall be in accordance with the provisions
                     of this Article 21.5.13, between the Contractor and the
                     nominee of the Government.

                                      62

                     (a)  Unless the context otherwise requires, the following
                          words and terms wherever and whenever used or
                          appearing in this Article 21.5.13 shall have the
                          following meaning:

                       (i)      "British Thermal Unit" or "BTU" means the amount
                                of energy required to raise the temperature of
                                one (1) pound (avoirdupois) of pure water, at
                                sixty degrees (60(degree)) Fahrenheit, one
                                degree (1(degree)) Fahrenheit at an absolute
                                pressure of 14.73 pounds per square inch.

                      (ii)      "Buyer" means the Government of India or
                                its nominee.

                     (iii)      "Deliverability" means the lesser of the maximum
                                aggregate rate of all wells in the Contract Area
                                or the maximum delivery capacity of the
                                processing facility, subject to generally
                                accepted international petroleum industry
                                practices.

                      (iv)      "Delivery Point" means a point downstream of the
                                Seller's onshore Gas receiving facility in the
                                Hazira area and at the upstream weld of the
                                connection to the Buyer's pipeline in the Hazira
                                area.

                       (v)      "Maximum Delivery Pressure" has the
                                meaning set forth in Article 21.5.13(c).

                       (vi)     "MMBTU" means one million (1,000,000)
                                BTU's on a net heating value basis.

                      (vii)     "Seller" means Contractor.


                     (b)  The Seller agrees to produce and deliver, on
                          a daily basis, to the Buyer one hundred
                          percent (100%) of the Deliverability of ANG
                          and NANG at the Delivery Point and the Buyer,
                          provided the Gas is made available and
                          tendered for delivery by the Seller, agrees
                          to take and purchase, on a daily basis, one
                          hundred percent (100%) of the Deliverability
                          of ANG and NANG provided, however, that
                          Seller, at Seller's sole discretion, subject
                          to generally accepted operator practices in
                          the international petroleum industry, may
                          adjust deliveries to provide for necessary
                          maintenance, service and testing.  Buyer may

                                      63

                          request that Seller vary deliveries to accommodate
                          similar circumstances in the Buyer's operation and
                          Seller's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
                          Communications procedures shall be mutually agreed in
                          the Gas sales contract in accordance with
                          internationally accepted industry standards.

                     (c)  The Gas sold hereunder shall be delivered at the
                          Delivery Point in the Hazira area at the operating
                          pressure of the Buyer's owned or contracted pipeline
                          up to a maximum pressure ("Maximum Delivery Pressure")
                          of one thousand
                          (1000) psig.

                     (d)  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Buyer shall pay
                          the Seller for each MMBTU of Gas delivered hereunder,
                          or for each MMBTU of Gas for which the Buyer is
                          obligated to pay hereunder, a price calculated as
                          follows:

                          The Base Price ("Base Price") in United States Dollars
                          (US$) per MMBTU is fixed on the basis of ninety-nine
                          percent (99%) of a Low Sulfur Fuel Oil Basket ("LSFO
                          Basket") calculated as the average of the daily mean
                          value for low and high prices of fuel oil taking into
                          account equal parts of:

                          (1)   bulk residual fuel oil, containing one percent
                                (1%) sulfur, quoted for barges at Northwest
                                Europe, (Barges, FOB Rotterdam); and

                          (2)   bulk residual fuel oil, containing one percent
                                (1%) sulfur, quoted for Mediterranean, basis
                                Italy, (Cargoes, FOB Med, basis Italy); and

                          (3)   a theoretical blend of residual fuel oil
                                composed of Singapore Cargoes made up of
                                seventy-four percent (74%) of LSWR-SR 0.3%,
                                (three-tenths percent (0.3%) sulfur), and
                                twenty-six percent (26%) of HSFO 180, three and
                                one-half percent (3.5%) sulfur, viscosity 180
                                centistokes.

                                The Base Price is calculated on the basis of the
                                arithmetic average of the monthly values of the
                                prices of the listed products as published in
                                Platt's Oilgram Price Report for the eighteen
                                (18) months of May, 1992 through October, 1993,
                                inclusive. (These values

                                      64

                                are derived from the mean of the daily ranges on
                                days the postings are published to give a
                                monthly value.) For the purpose of this
                                Contract, Base Price will be equal to
                                $2.32/MMBTU.

                          The price of Gas for each MMBTU for each Calendar
                          Quarter thereafter shall be determined by the
                          following formula:

                           Price = Base Price x (A/B)

                        Where:

                        A = a value calculated for the HS/LSFO Basket, defined
                        in this Article 21.5.13 (d), evaluated for the twelve
                        (12) months preceding the Calendar Quarter using the
                        method for averaging as described for calculating the
                        Base Price, and

                        B = A value calculated for the HS/LSFO Basket, evaluated
                        for the twelve (12) months April 1993 through March
                        1994.

                        The High Sulfur/Low Sulfur Fuel Oil Basket
                        ("HS/LSFO Basket") is valued as equal parts
                        of:
                        (1)       bulk residual fuel oil, containing one
                                  percent (1%) sulfur, quoted for
                                  Mediterranean, basis Italy, (Cargoes,
                                  FOB Med, basis Italy); and

                        (2)       bulk residual fuel oil, containing one percent
                                  (1%) sulfur, quoted for Northwest Europe
                                  Cargoes, CIF, basis ARA, (Cargoes CIF NWE,
                                  Basis ARA), and

                        (3)       bulk residual fuel oil, Singapore Cargoes,
                                  containing three and one-half percent (3.5%)
                                  sulfur, viscosity 180 centistokes, (Singapore
                                  HSFO, 180 cst), and

                        (4)       bulk residual fuel oil, Cargoes, FOB Arab
                                  Gulf, viscosity 180 centistokes, (Arab Gulf,
                                  FOB HSFO 180 cst)

                        using the method for averaging as described
                        for calculating the Base Price.

                        The Floor Price ("Floor Price") shall be ninety percent
                        (90%) of the monthly values of the prices of the LSFO
                        Basket as published in Platt's Oilgram Price Report for
                        the eighteen

                                      65

                        (18) months of May, 1992 through October, 1993,
                        inclusive. (These values are derived from the mean of
                        the daily ranges on days the postings are published to
                        give a monthly value.) For the purpose of this Contract,
                        Floor Price will be equal to $2.11/MMBTU.

                        Notwithstanding results of the calculations for price as
                        shown in this Article 21.5.13 (d), the actual price
                        shall in no event be less than a Floor Price ("Floor
                        Price") which is calculated as US$2.11/MMBTU, nor more
                        than a Ceiling ("Ceiling") of the Floor Price plus
                        US$1.00/MMBTU, provided that after seven (7) years from
                        the Date of first delivery, the Seller shall have the
                        option to revise the Ceiling to one hundred fifty
                        percent (150%) of ninety percent (90%) of the same or
                        equivalent basket of fuel oils used in calculating the
                        Base Price averaged over the immediately preceeding
                        eighteen (18) months.

                        Parties agree to convert US$/barrel prices for fuel oil
                        as published in Platt's Oilgram to US$/MMBTU using a
                        factor of 6.28.

                        If Platt's Oilgram is no longer published, an alternate
                        publication shall be mutually agreed upon.

         21.5.14     Nothing contained in any contract entered into by the
                     Contractor for the supply, sale or disposal of Gas, with
                     any nominee of the Government shall in any manner abrogate
                     the obligation of the Government contained herein.

         21.5.15     The Government and/or its nominee shall pay any and all
                     sales tax payable on the sale of Gas to the Government or
                     its nominee. 

                                -----*****-----

                                      66

                                  ARTICLE 22
               EMPLOYMENT, TRAINING AND TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY

22.1     Without prejudice to the right of the Contractor to select and employ
         personnel in numbers and with the qualifications as, in the opinion of
         the Contractor, are required for carrying out Petroleum Operations in a
         safe, cost effective and efficient manner, the Contractor shall, to the
         maximum extent reasonably possible, employ, and require the Operator
         and Subcontractors to employ, citizens of India having appropriate
         qualifications and experience, taking into account the experience
         required and the level and nature of the Petroleum Operations.

22.2     Contractor shall offer up to two (2) man months per year of on-the-job
         training and practical experience in skilled, management and executive
         positions of their ongoing Petroleum Operations to Indian nationals of
         the Government's choice.

22.3     Contractor shall associate and involve mutually agreed numbers of
         citizens of India designated by the Government, which shall in no event
         exceed three (3) people at any one time, in the technological aspects
         of the then ongoing Petroleum Operations for up to two man months per
         year.
         Such aspects shall include:

         (a)   seismic data acquisition, processing and
               interpretation;

         (b)   computerized formation evaluation using well logs;

         (c)   computerized analysis of geological data for basin
               analysis;

         (d)   laboratory core analysis;

         (e)   reservoir simulation and modelling;

         (f)   geochemistry, including analytical methods, source rock
               studies, hydrocarbon generation, modelling;

         (g)   measurement-while-drilling techniques;

         (h)   stimulation of wells;

         (i)   production engineering including, optimization methods
               for surface and subsurface facilities (e.g. NODAL
               analysis and implementation);

         (j)   reservoir engineering and management including gas and
               water injection;

         (k)   enhanced oil recovery techniques;

                                      67

         (l)   gas production technology;

         (m)   pipeline technology;

         (n)   well design and drilling technology;

         (o)   design of offshore facilities.

22.4     Except as herein provided, no Party shall be obliged to disclose by
         virtue of this Article 22 any data, process or information, whether
         owned by itself, any of its Affiliates or a third party, of a
         proprietary nature.

22.5     At the request of the Government the Contractor shall separately
         endeavour to negotiate, in good faith, technical assistance agreements
         with the Government setting forth the terms by which each constituent
         of the Contractor may render technical assistance and make available
         commercially proven technical information of a proprietary nature for
         use in India by the Government. The issues to be addressed in
         negotiating such technical assistance agreements shall include, but not
         be limited to, licensing issues, royalty conditions, confidentiality
         restrictions, liabilities, costs and method of payment.

                               -----*****-----

                                      68

                                  ARTICLE 23
                           LOCAL GOODS AND SERVICES

23.1     In the conduct of Petroleum Operations, the Contractor
         shall:

         (a)   give preference to the purchase and use of goods manufactured,
               produced or supplied in India provided that such goods are
               available on terms equal to or better than imported goods with
               respect to timing of delivery, quality and quantity required,
               price and other terms;

         (b)   employ Indian Subcontractors having the required skills
               or expertise, to the extent reasonably possible, in so
               far as their services are available on comparable
               standards with those obtained elsewhere and at
               competitive prices and on competitive terms; provided
               that where no such Subcontractors are available,
               preference shall be given to non-Indian Subcontractors
               who utilise Indian goods to the maximum extent possible
               subject however to the proviso in paragraph (a) above;

         (c)   cooperate to the extent possible and without financial obligation
               with domestic companies in India to enable them to develop skills
               and technology to service the petroleum industry;

         (d)   ensure that provisions in terms of paragraphs (a) to (c) above
               are contained in contracts between the Operator and its
               Subcontractors.

23.2     The Contractor shall establish appropriate procedures, including tender
         procedures, for the acquisition of goods and services which shall
         ensure that suppliers and Subcontractors in India are given adequate
         opportunity to compete for the supply of goods and services. The tender
         procedures shall include, inter alia, the financial amounts or value of
         contracts which will be awarded on the basis of selective bidding or
         open competitive bidding, the procedures for such bidding, and the
         exceptions to bidding in cases of emergency.

23.3     Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each Calendar
         Year, the Contractor shall provide the Government with a report
         outlining its achievements in utilising Indian resources during that
         Calendar Year.

23.4     In this Article "goods" means equipment, materials and
         supplies.

                               -----*****-----

                                      69

                                  ARTICLE 24
                        INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

24.1     INSURANCE

         24.1.1      The Contractor shall, during the term of this
                     Contract, obtain and maintain insurance coverage
                     for and in relation to Petroleum Operations for
                     such amount and against such risks in accordance
                     with generally accepted international operating
                     practices as are set forth herein, and shall
                     furnish to the Government certificates evidencing
                     that such coverage is in effect.  Such insurance
                     policies shall include the Government as
                     additional insured and shall waive subrogation
                     against the Government.  The insurance shall,
                     without prejudice to the generality of the
                     foregoing, cover:

                     (a)  Loss or damage to all installations,
                          equipment and other assets for so long as
                          they are used in or in connection with
                          Petroleum Operations; provided, however, if
                          Contractor fails to insure any such
                          installation, equipment or assets, it shall
                          replace any loss thereof or repair any damage
                          caused thereto;

                     (b)  Loss, damage or injury caused by pollution in
                          the course of or as a result of Petroleum
                          Operations;

                     (c)  Loss or damage to property or bodily injury suffered
                          by any third party in the course of or as a result of
                          Petroleum Operations for which the Contractor may be
                          liable;

                     (d)  With respect to Petroleum Operations offshore, the
                          cost of removing wrecks and cleaning up operations
                          following any accident in the course of or as a result
                          of Contractor's Petroleum Operations;

                     (e)  The Contractor's and/or Operator's liability
                          to its employees engaged in Petroleum
                          Operations.

         24.1.2      The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors to obtain
                     and maintain insurance against the risks referred to in
                     Article 24.1.1 relating mutatis mutandis to such
                     Subcontractors.

                                      70

24.2     INDEMNITY

         The Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold the Government harmless
         against all claims, losses and damages of any nature whatsoever,
         including without limitation, claims for loss or damage to property or
         injury or death to persons caused by or resulting from any Petroleum
         Operations conducted by or on behalf of the Contractor.

24.3     ONGC shall indemnify and hold the Companies harmless against all
         claims, losses and damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but not
         by way of limitation, claims for loss or damage to property or injury
         or death to persons or Environmental Damage caused by or resulting from
         and attributable to any operations in the nature of Petroleum
         Operations conducted by or on behalf of ONGC prior to the Effective
         Date.
                               -----*****-----

                                      71

                                  ARTICLE 25
                     RECORDS, REPORTS, ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

25.1     The Contractor shall prepare and maintain at an office in India
         accurate and current books, records, reports and accounts of its
         activities for and in connection with Petroleum Operations so as to
         present a fair, clear and accurate record of all its activities,
         expenditures and receipts. The Contractor shall also keep
         representative samples of cores and cuttings.

25.2     Based on generally accepted and recognised accounting principles and
         modern petroleum industry practices, records, books, accounts and
         accounting procedures in respect of Petroleum Operations shall be
         maintained on behalf of the Contractor by the Operator, at its business
         office in India.

25.3     The annual audit of accounts shall be carried out on behalf of the
         Contractor by a qualified, independent firm of internationally
         recognised chartered accountants, registered in India and selected by
         the Contractor.

25.4     Accounts, together with the auditor's report thereon, shall be
         submitted to the Parties for approval not later than the thirtieth
         (30th) September following the Financial Year.

25.5     The Government shall have the right to audit the accounting records of
         the Contractor in respect of Petroleum Operations as provided in the
         Accounting Procedure.

25.6     The accounting and auditing provisions and procedures specified in this
         Contract are without prejudice to any other requirements imposed by any
         statute in India, including, without limitation, any specific
         requirements of the statues relating to taxation of companies.

25.7     For the purpose of any audit referred to in Article 25.5, the Operator
         or the Contractor shall make available to the auditor all such books,
         records, accounts and other documents and information as may be
         reasonably required by the auditor during normal business hours.

                               -----*****-----

                                      72

                                  ARTICLE 26
         INFORMATION, DATA, CONFIDENTIALITY, INSPECTION AND SECURITY

26.1     The Contractor shall, promptly after they become available, make
         available to the Government in its offices all data obtained as a
         result of Petroleum Operations under the Contract including, but not
         limited to, geological, geophysical, geochemical, petrophysical,
         engineering, well logs, maps, magnetic tapes, cores and production data
         as well as all interpretative and derivative data, including reports,
         analyses, interpretations and evaluations prepared in respect of
         Petroleum Operations (hereinafter referred to as "Data"). Data shall be
         the property of the Government, provided however, that the Contractor
         shall have the right to make use of such Data, free of cost, for the
         purpose of Petroleum Operations under this Contract as provided herein.

26.2     Contractor shall keep the Government currently advised of all
         developments taking place during the course of Petroleum Operations and
         shall furnish the Government with such progress reports containing full
         and accurate information relating to Petroleum Operations (on a
         periodic basis) as the Government may reasonably require, provided that
         this obligation shall not extend to proprietary technology. Without
         prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Contractor shall
         submit regular statements and reports relating to Petroleum Operations
         as provided in Appendix C. Contractor shall meet with the Government at
         a mutually convenient location to present the results of all geological
         and geophysical work carried out as well as the results of all
         engineering and drilling operations as soon as practical after such
         Data becomes available to the Contractor.

26.3     All Data, information and reports obtained or prepared by, for or on
         behalf of, the Contractor pursuant to this Contract shall be treated as
         confidential and, subject to the provisions hereinbelow, the Parties
         shall not disclose the contents thereof to any third party without the
         consent in writing of the other Parties.

26.4     The obligation specified in Article 26.3 shall not operate
         so as to prevent disclosure:

         (a)   to Affiliates, Contractors, or Subcontractors for the
               purpose of Petroleum Operations;

         (b)   to employees, professional consultants, advisers, data processing
               centres and laboratories, where required, for the performance of
               functions in connection with Petroleum Operations for any Party
               comprising the Contractor;

         (c)   to banks or other financial institutions, in connection
               with Petroleum Operations;

                                      73

         (d)   to bona fide intending assignees or transferees of an interest
               hereunder of a Party comprising the Contractor or in connection
               with a sale of stock of a Party comprising the Contractor;

         (e)   to the extent required by any applicable law or in connection
               with any legal proceedings or by the regulations of any stock
               exchange upon which the shares of a Party comprising Contractor
               are quoted;

         (f)   to Government departments for, or in connection with, the
               preparation by or on behalf of the Government of statistical
               reports with respect to Petroleum Operations, or in connection
               with the administration of this Contract or any relevant law or
               for any purpose connected with Petroleum Operations;

         (g)   by a Party with respect to any Data or information which, without
               disclosure by such Party, is generally known to the public.

26.5     Any Data, information or reports disclosed by the Parties comprising
         the Contractor to any person other than pursuant to Article 26.4 (a),
         (b) and (g) shall be disclosed on the terms that such Data, information
         or reports shall be treated as confidential by the recipient. Prompt
         notice of disclosures made by the Contractor pursuant to Article 26.5
         shall be given to the Government.

26.6     Any Data, information and reports relating to the Contract Area, which,
         in the opinion of the Government, might have significance in connection
         with offers by the Government of open acreage or an exploration
         programme to be conducted by a third party in another area, may be
         disclosed by the Government for such purposes on conditions to be
         agreed upon between the Government and the Contractor.

26.7     Where an area ceases to be part of the Contract Area, the Contractor
         shall continue to treat Data and information with respect to the area
         as confidential and shall deliver to the Government copies or originals
         of all Data and information in its possession with respect to the area.
         The Government shall, however, have the right to freely use the Data
         and information thereafter.

26.8     The Government shall, at all reasonable times, through duly authorised
         representatives, be entitled to observe Petroleum Operations and to
         inspect all assets, books, records, reports, accounts, contracts,
         samples and Data kept by the Contractor or the Operator in respect of
         Petroleum Operations under the Contract, provided, however, that the
         Contractor shall not be required to disclose any proprietary
         technology. The duly authorised representatives shall be given
         reasonable assistance by the Contractor for such functions and the
         Contractor shall afford such

                                      74

         representatives all facilities and privileges afforded to its own
         personnel in the field including the use of office space and housing,
         free of charge. The representatives shall be entitled to make a
         reasonable number of surveys, measurements, drawings, tests and copies
         of documents, take samples, and make a reasonable use of the equipment
         and instruments of the Contractor provided that such functions shall
         not unduly interfere with the Contractor's Petroleum Operations.

26.9     Contractor shall give reasonable advance notice to the Government, or
         to any other authority designated by the Government for such purpose,
         of its programme of conducting surveys by aircraft or by ships,
         indicating, inter alia, the name of the survey to be conducted,
         approximate extent of the area to be covered, the duration of the
         survey, the commencement date, and the name of the airport or port from
         which the survey aircraft or ship will commence its voyage.

26.10    The Government, or the authority designated by the Government for such
         purpose, shall have the right to inspect any aircraft or ship used by
         the Contractor or a Subcontractor carrying out any survey or other
         operations in the Contract Area and shall have the right to put on
         board such aircraft or ship Government officers in such number as may
         reasonably be necessary to ensure compliance by the Contractor or the
         Subcontractor with the security requirements of India.

26.11    Expatriate employees and Subcontractors shall, for national security
         purposes, be subject to the approval of the Government, such approval
         not to be unreasonably withheld.

                               -----*****-----

                                      75

                                  ARTICLE 27
                     TITLE TO PETROLEUM, DATA AND ASSETS

27.1     The Government is the sole owner of Petroleum underlying the Contract
         Area and shall remain the sole owner of Petroleum produced pursuant to
         the provisions of this Contract except that part of Crude Oil or Gas
         the title whereof has passed to each constituent of the Contractor or
         any other person in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

27.2     Title to Crude Oil and/or Gas to which each constituent of the
         Contractor is entitled under this Contract, and title to Crude Oil
         and/or Gas sold to Government or its nominee by the constituents of the
         Contractor shall pass to the relevant Party, or as the case may be, to
         Government or its nominee at the Delivery Point. Contractor shall be
         responsible for all costs and risks prior to the Delivery Point and
         each Party shall be responsible for all costs and risks associated with
         such Party's share after the Delivery Point. Where the Government or
         its nominee purchases all or some of the Contractor's share of Crude
         Oil or Condensate, the Government or its nominee shall be responsible
         for all costs and risks in respect of the amount purchased, after the
         Delivery Point.

27.3     Title to all Data specified in Article 26 shall be vested in the
         Government and the Contractor shall have the right of use thereof as
         therein provided.

27.4     Assets in place or contracted for use in or on the Contract Area
         purchased by the Contractor for use in Petroleum Operations shall be
         owned by the Parties comprising Contractor in proportion to their
         Participating Interest provided that the Government, or its nominee,
         shall have the right to require vesting of full title and ownership
         including abandonment obligations, if any, in it, free of cost, charge
         and encumbrances, of any or all assets, whether fixed or movable,
         acquired and owned by the Contractor for use in Petroleum Operations
         inside or outside the Contract Area, except assets required by a Party
         for ongoing operations in the nature of Petroleum Operations in India,
         such right to be exercisable by the Government, or its nominee, upon
         expiry or earlier termination of the Contract.

27.5     Contractor shall be responsible in accordance with international
         petroleum standards for proper maintenance, insurance and safety of all
         assets acquired for Petroleum Operations for keeping them in good
         repair, order and working condition at all times, and the costs thereof
         shall be recoverable as Contract Costs in accordance with Appendix C.

27.6     So long as this Contract remains in force, the Contractor shall, free
         of any charge for the purpose of carrying out Petroleum Operations
         hereunder, have the exclusive use of

                                      76

         the assets which have become or are the property of the Government
         including, without limitation, those identified in Appendix F.

27.7     Equipment and assets no longer required for Petroleum Operations shall
         first be offered free of cost, charge and encumbrance to the
         Government, or its nominee, and, if not required by the Government, or
         its nominee, will be so indicated in writing within thirty (30) days of
         such offer. Failure to so indicate will be deemed to be a rejection of
         the offer by the Government.

27.8     Assets not acquired by the Government, or its nominee, may
         be sold or otherwise disposed of subject to the terms of
         this Contract.

                               -----*****-----

                                      77

                                  ARTICLE 28
                            ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST

28.1     Subject to the terms of this Article and other terms of this Contract,
         any Party comprising the Contractor may assign, or transfer, a part or
         all of its Participating Interest, with the prior written consent of
         the Government, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
         provided that the Government is satisfied that:

         (a)   the prospective assignee or transferee has the financial
               standing, technical competence, capacity and ability to meet its
               obligations hereunder, and is willing to provide an unconditional
               undertaking to assume its Participating Interest share of
               obligations and to provide a guarantee in respect thereof as
               provided in the Contract.

         (b)   the prospective assignee or transferee is not a company
               incorporated in a country with which the Government, for policy
               reasons, has restricted trade or business;

         (c)   the prospective assignor or transferor and assignee or transferee
               respectively are willing to comply with any reasonable conditions
               of the Government as may be necessary in the circumstances with a
               view to ensuring performance under the Contract; and

         (d)   the assignment or transfer will not adversely affect the
               performance or obligations under this Contract or be contrary to
               the interests of India.

28.2     An application by a Company for consent to assign or transfer shall be
         accompanied by all relevant information concerning the proposed
         assignment or transfer including detailed information on the proposed
         assignee or transferee and its shareholding and corporate structure, as
         was earlier required from the Companies constituting the Contractor,
         the terms of the proposed assignment or transfer and the unconditional
         undertaking referred to in Article 28.1(a) above. The applicant shall
         also submit such information relating to the prospective assignee or
         transferee of the assignment or transfer as the Government may
         reasonably require to enable proper consideration and disposal of the
         application.

28.3     No assignment or transfer shall be effective until the approval of the
         Government is received, which approval may be given by the Government
         on such terms as it may deem fit. Upon assignment or transfer of its
         interest in this Contract, the assignor or transferor shall be released
         and discharged from its obligations hereunder only to the extent that
         such obligations are assumed by the assignee or transferee with the
         approval of the Government.

                                      78

28.4     The assignor shall clearly state in its deed of assignment, that the
         assignee shall be liable for all future obligations, under the
         Contract, to the extent of assignment.

28.5     Upon prior notice to the Contractor, the Government may assign or
         transfer all or any part of its rights and interest under this Contract
         to any Government company wholly or partly owned by the Government and
         authorised by the Government to explore for and exploit Petroleum in
         the Contract Area. Upon prior notice to the Government, a Company may
         assign or transfer all or any part of its rights and interest under
         this Contract to an Affiliate subject to Article 6.2 and the parent
         company guarantee shall apply.

28.6     An assignment or transfer shall not be made so as to reduce the
         Participating Interest of a constituent of the Contractor, at any time,
         to less than ten percent (10%) of the total Participating Interest of
         all the constituents of the Contractor, except where the Government
         may, in special circumstances, so permit.

28.7     Nothing herein contained shall prohibit a Company in the normal course
         of business from pledging its Participating Interest share for purposes
         of financing, such as a mortgage, charge or encumbrance on Petroleum
         assets or production of Petroleum at its own risk, cost and
         responsibility. The Contractor shall provide the Government with
         fifteen (15) days prior written notice before entering into any such
         financing arrangements

28.8     No assignment or pledge under this Article shall have the effect of
         decreasing the benefits accruing to Government under this Contract in
         any manner whatsoever.

                               -----*****-----

                                      79

                                  ARTICLE 29
                                  GUARANTEE

29.1     Each of the Companies shall  deliver to the Government on
         the Effective Date of this Contract:

         (a)   a financial and performance guarantee, for the performance of all
               obligations under the Contract, in the case of EOGIL from a
               parent company of good financial standing acceptable to the
               Government, in favour of the Government, in the form and
               substance set out in Appendix E;

         (b)   a legal opinion from its legal advisors, in a form satisfactory
               to the Government, to the effect that the aforesaid guarantee has
               been duly signed and delivered on behalf of the guarantors with
               due authority and is legally valid and enforceable and binding
               upon them.

29.2     If any of the documents referred to in Article 29.1 are not delivered
         within the period specified herein, this Contract may be cancelled by
         the Government upon ninety (90) days written notice of its intention to
         do so.

29.3     Notwithstanding any change in the composition or shareholding of the
         parent company furnishing the guarantees herein, it shall, under no
         circumstances, be absolved of its obligations contained in the
         guarantees provided pursuant to this Article.

                               -----*****-----

                                      80

                                  ARTICLE 30
                           TERMINATION OF CONTRACT

30.1     This Contract may, subject to the provisions hereinbelow and Article
         31, be terminated by the Government without any financial liability
         upon giving ninety (90) days written notice of its intention to do so
         in the following circumstances, namely, that a Company :

         (a)   has knowingly submitted any false statement to the
               Government in any manner which was a material
               consideration in the execution of this Contract; or

         (b)   has intentionally and knowingly extracted or authorised
               the extraction of any mineral not authorised to be
               extracted by the Contract or without the authority of
               the Government except such extractions as may be
               unavoidable as a result of operations conducted
               hereunder in accordance with generally accepted
               international petroleum industry practice which, when
               so extracted, were immediately notified to the
               Government; or

         (c)   is adjudged bankrupt by a competent court or enters into any
               agreement or scheme of composition with its creditors or takes
               advantage of any law for the benefit of debtors; or

         (d)   has passed a resolution to apply to a competent court for
               liquidation of the Company unless the liquidation is for the
               purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction of which the Government
               has been given notice and the Government is satisfied that the
               Company's performance under this Contract would not be adversely
               affected thereby and has given its approval thereto; or

         (e)   has assigned any interest in the Contract without the
               prior consent of the Government as provided in
               Article 28; or

         (f)   fails to make any monetary payment required by law or under this
               Contract by the due date or within the specified period after the
               due date; or

         (g)   fails to comply with or contravenes the provisions of
               this Contract in a material particular; or

         (h)   fails to comply with any final determination or award
               made by a sole expert or arbitrators pursuant to
               Article 33; or

         (i)   has been served a notice of cancellation pursuant to
               Article 29.2.

         PROVIDED THAT

                                      81

         where the Contractor comprises two or more Companies, the Government
         shall not exercise its rights of termination pursuant to Article 30.1,
         on the occurrence, in relation to one or more, but not all, of the
         Companies, of an event entitling the Government to terminate the
         Contract, if any other Company or Companies constituting the Contractor
         satisfies the Government that it, or they, is/are willing and would be
         able to carry out the obligations of the Contractor.

30.2     This Contract may also be terminated by the Government on giving the
         requisite notice specified above if the events specified in Article
         30.1 (c) and (d) occur with respect to a company which has given a
         guarantee pursuant to Article 29 subject, however, to Article 30.3.

30.3     If the circumstances that give rise to the right of termination under
         Article 30.1 (f) or (g) or Article 29.2 are remedied by the Contractor
         within the ninety (90) day period or such extended period as may be
         granted by the Government, following the notice of the Government's
         intention to terminate the Contract as aforesaid, such termination
         shall not become effective.

30.4     If the circumstance or circumstances that would otherwise result in
         termination are the subject matter of proceedings under Article 33,
         then termination shall not take place so long as such proceedings
         continue and thereafter may only take place when and if consistent with
         the arbitral award.

30.5     On termination of this Contract, for any reason whatsoever, the rights
         and obligations of the Contractor shall cease but such termination
         shall not affect any rights of any Party which may have accrued or any
         obligations undertaken, or incurred, pursuant to this Contract, by
         Government or the Contractor or any Party comprising the Contractor and
         not discharged by the Contractor or the Party prior to the date of
         termination.

30.6     In the event of termination pursuant to Articles 30.1 or
         30.2:

         (a)   the Government may require the Contractor, for a period not
               exceeding one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of
               termination, to continue, for the account and at the cost of the
               Government, Crude Oil or Natural Gas production activities until
               the right to continue such production has been transferred to
               another entity;

         (b)   A Foreign Company, which is a constituent of the Contractor,
               shall, subject to the provisions hereof, have the right to remove
               and export all its property which has not vested in the
               Government provided that in the event that ownership of any
               property is in doubt,

                                      82

               or disputed, such property shall not be exported unless and until
               the doubt or dispute has been settled in favour of the Foreign
               Company.

                               -----*****-----

                                      83

                                  ARTICLE 31
                                FORCE MAJEURE

31.1     Performance by any Party hereto of any of its obligations under this
         Contract, or in fulfilling any condition of any lease granted to such
         Party, or any lease issued thereunder, shall, except for the payment of
         monies due under this Contract or under the Act and the Rules or any
         law, be suspended or excused if, and to the extent that, such
         non-performance or delay in performance is caused by Force Majeure as
         defined in this Article.

31.2     For the purpose of this Contract, the term Force Majeure means any
         cause or event, other than the unavailability of funds, whether similar
         to or different from those enumerated herein, beyond the reasonable
         control of, and unanticipated or unforeseeable by, and not brought
         about at the instance of the Party claiming to be affected by such
         event, or which, if anticipated or foreseeable, could not be avoided or
         provided for, and which has caused the non-performance or delay in
         performance. Without limitation to the generality of the foregoing, the
         term Force Majeure shall include natural phenomena or calamities,
         earthquakes, typhoons, fires, wars declared or undeclared, hostilities,
         invasions, blockades, riots, insurrection and civil disturbances.

31.3     Where a Party is claiming suspension of its obligations on account of
         Force Majeure, it shall promptly, but in no case later than seven (7)
         days after the occurrence of the event of Force Majeure, notify the
         other Parties in writing giving full particulars of the Force Majeure,
         the estimated duration thereof, the obligations affected and the
         reasons for its suspension.

31.4     A Party claiming Force Majeure shall exercise reasonable diligence to
         seek to overcome the Force Majeure event and to mitigate the effects
         thereof on the performance of its obligations under this Contract
         provided, however, that the settlement of strikes or differences with
         employees shall be within the discretion of the Party having the
         difficulty. The Party affected shall promptly notify the other Parties
         as soon as the Force Majeure event has been removed and no longer
         prevents it from complying with the obligations which have been
         suspended and shall thereafter resume compliance with such obligations
         as soon as possible. The period of work commitment or this Contract may
         be extended by such additional period as may be agreed by the Parties.

31.5     Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if an event of Force Majeure
         occurs and is likely to continue for a period in excess of thirty (30)
         days, the Parties shall meet to discuss the consequences of the Force
         Majeure and the course of action to be taken to mitigate the effects
         thereof or to be adopted in the circumstances.

                               -----*****-----

                                      84

                                  ARTICLE 32
                 APPLICABLE LAW AND LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT

32.1     Subject to the provisions of Article 33.12, this Contract
         shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the
         laws of India.

32.2     Nothing in this Contract shall entitle the Government or the Contractor
         to exercise the rights, privileges and powers conferred upon it by this
         Contract in a manner which will contravene the laws of India.

32.3     The English language shall be the language of this Contract and shall
         be used in arbitral proceedings. All communication, hearings or visual
         materials or documents relating to this Contract shall be in English.

                               -----*****-----

                                      85

                                  ARTICLE 33
                  SOLE EXPERT, CONCILIATION AND ARBITRATION

33.1     The Parties shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all
         disputes, differences or claims arising out of or in connection with
         any of the terms and conditions of this Contract or concerning the
         interpretation or performance thereof.

33.2     Except for matters which, by the terms of this Contract, the Parties
         have agreed to refer to a sole expert and any other matters which the
         Parties may agree to so refer, any dispute, difference or claim arising
         between the Parties hereunder which cannot be settled amicably may be
         submitted by any Party to arbitration pursuant to Article 33.3. Such
         sole expert shall be an independent and impartial person of
         international standing with relevant qualifications and experience
         appointed by agreement between the Parties. Any sole expert appointed
         shall be acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator and the decision
         of the sole expert on matters referred to him shall be final and
         binding on the Parties and not subject to arbitration. If the Parties
         are unable to agree on a sole expert, the disputed subject matter may
         be referred to arbitration.

33.3     Subject to the provisions herein, any unresolved dispute, difference or
         claim which cannot be settled amicably within a reasonable time may,
         except for those referred to in Article 33.2, be submitted to an
         arbitral tribunal for final decision as hereinafter provided.

33.4     The arbitral tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators. The Party or
         Parties instituting the arbitration shall appoint one arbitrator and
         the Party or Parties responding shall appoint another arbitrator and
         both Parties shall so advise the other Parties. The two arbitrators
         appointed by the Parties shall appoint the third arbitrator.

33.5     Any Party may, after appointing an arbitrator, request the other
         Party(ies) in writing to appoint the second arbitrator. If such other
         Party fails to appoint an arbitrator within forty-five (45) days of
         receipt of the written request to do so, such arbitrator may, at the
         request of the first Party, be appointed by the Secretary General of
         the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague, within forty-five (45)
         days of the date of receipt of such request, from amongst persons who
         are not nationals of the country of any of the Parties to the
         arbitration proceedings.

33.6     If the two arbitrators appointed by the Parties fail to agree on the
         appointment of the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the
         appointment of the second arbitrator and if the Parties do not
         otherwise agree, the Secretary General of the Permanent Court of
         Arbitration at the Hague

                                      86

         may, at the request of either Party and in consultation with both,
         appoint the third arbitrator who shall not be a national of the country
         of any Party.

33.7     If any of the arbitrators fails or is unable to act, his successor
         shall be appointed in the manner set out in this Article as if he was
         the first appointment.

33.8     The decision of the arbitration tribunal and, in the case of difference
         among the arbitrators, the decision of the majority, shall be final and
         binding upon the Parties.

33.9     Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the
         arbitration rules of the United Nations Commission on International
         Trade Law (UNCITRAL) of 1985 except that in the event of any conflict
         between these rules and the provisions of this Article 33, the
         provisions of this Article 33 shall govern.

33.10    The right to arbitrate disputes and claims under this Contract shall
         survive the termination of this Contract.

33.11    Prior to submitting a dispute to arbitration, a Party may submit the
         matter for conciliation under the UNCITRAL conciliation rules by mutual
         agreement of the Parties. If the Parties fail to agree on a conciliator
         (or conciliators) in accordance with the rules, the matter may be
         submitted for arbitration. No arbitration proceedings shall be
         instituted while conciliation proceedings are pending and such
         proceedings shall be concluded within sixty (60) days.

33.12    The venue of conciliation or arbitration proceedings pursuant to this
         Article, unless the Parties otherwise agree, shall be London, England
         and shall be conducted in the English language. The arbitration
         agreement contained in this Article 33 shall be governed by the laws of
         England. Insofar as practicable, the Parties shall continue to
         implement the terms of this Contract notwithstanding the initiation of
         arbitral proceedings and any pending claim or dispute.

33.13    The fees and expenses of a sole expert or conciliator appointed by the
         Parties shall be borne equally by the Parties. Assessment of the costs
         of arbitration including incidental expenses and liability for the
         payment thereof shall be at the discretion of the arbitrators.

                               -----*****-----

                                      87

                                  ARTICLE 34
            ENTIRE AGREEMENT, AMENDMENTS, WAIVER AND MISCELLANEOUS

34.1     This Contract supersedes and replaces any previous agreement or
         understanding between the Parties, whether oral or written, on the
         subject matter hereof, prior to the Effective Date of this Contract.

34.2     This Contract shall not be amended, modified, varied or supplemented in
         any respect except by an instrument in writing signed by all the
         Parties, which shall state the date upon which the amendment or
         modification shall become effective.

34.3     No waiver by any Party of any one or more obligations or defaults by
         any other Party in the performance of this Contract shall operate or be
         construed as a waiver of any other obligations or defaults whether of a
         like or of a different character.

34.4     The provisions of this Contract shall inure to the benefit of and be
         binding upon the Parties and their permitted assigns and successors in
         interest.

34.5     In the event of any conflict between any provisions in the main body of
         this Contract and any provision in the Appendices, the provision in the
         main body shall prevail.

34.6     The headings of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and
         shall not be taken into account in interpreting the terms of this
         Contract.

                               -----*****-----

                                      88

                                  ARTICLE 35
                                 CERTIFICATES

35.1     A Company shall furnish, prior to execution of this Contract, a duly
         authorised copy of a resolution properly and legally passed by the
         Board of Directors of the Company specifying the person authorised to
         execute this Contract along with a Certificate duly signed by the
         Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company under its seal in
         this regard and to the effect that the Company has the power and
         authority to enter into this Contract and to perform its obligations
         thereunder and has taken all necessary action to authorise the
         execution, delivery and performance of the Contract.

                               -----*****-----

                                      89

                                  ARTICLE 36
                                   NOTICES

36.1     All notices, statements, and other communications to be given,
         submitted or made hereunder by any Party to another shall be
         sufficiently given if given in writing in the English language and sent
         by registered post, postage paid, or by telegram, telex, facsimile,
         radio or cable, to the address or addresses of the other Party or
         Parties as follows:

         a)    To the President of India through the
               Secretary to the Government of India
               Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas
               Shastri Bhavan
               Dr. Rajendra Prasad Marg
               New Delhi 110 001, India
               Attention:  Joint Secretary
               Facsimile No. :  91-11-384-787

         b)    The Secretary
               Oil & Natural Gas Corporation Limited
               Tower II, 8th Floor, Jeevan Bharati
               124 Connaught Circus
               New Delhi 110 001, India
               Facsimile No. :  91-11-331-6413

         c)    Reliance Industries Limited
               Maker Chambers IV, 3rd Floor
               222 Nariman Point
               Bombay 400 021 INDIA
               Attention:  Chief Executive Officer Oil & Gas
               Facsimile No. :      022-204-2268

         d)    Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd.
               Amiya Apartments, 1st Floor
               63A Linking Road, Santa Cruz (W)
               Bombay 400 054 INDIA
               Attention:  Managing Director
               Facsimile No.:       011-91-22-604-9119

               with a copy to:
               Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd.
               1400 Smith Street
               Houston, Texas 77002, U.S.A.
               Attention:  Vice President, Operations
               Facsimile No. :      713-646-8115

36.2     Notices when given in terms of Article 36.1 shall be effective when
         delivered if offered at the address of the other Parties as under
         Article 36.1 during business hours on working days and, if received
         outside business hours, on the next following working day.

                                      90

36.3     Any Party may, by reasonable notice as provided hereunder to the other
         Parties, change its address and other particulars for notice purpose.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the representatives of the Parties to
this Contract being duly authorised have hereunto set their hands
and have executed these presents this 22nd day of December 1994.

Signed for and on
behalf of the
President of India                        By /s/ NAJERB JR.  22-12-94
                                                 Najerb Jr.

                                          In the presence of
                                             /s/ V. RAMANI
                                                 V. Ramani

Signed for and on behalf                  By /s/ S. K. MANGLIK  22-12-94
of Oil & Natural Gas                             S. K. Manglik
Corporation Limited

                                          In the presence of
                                             /s/ R. N. DESAI  22-12-94
                                                 R. N. Desai

Signed for and on behalf                  By /s/ AKHIL GUPTA  22-12-94
of Reliance Industries                           Akhil Gupta
Limited

                                          In the presence of
                                             /s/ BA LA SAGRAMANIA
                                                 Ba La Sagramania

Signed for and on behalf                  By /s/ J. A. KOPECKY  22-12-94
of Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd.                    J. A. Kopecky


                                          In the presence of
                                             /s/ E. J. VANDERMARK
                                                 E. J. Vandermark

                               -----*****-----

                                      91

                                  APPENDIX A
                         DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT AREA

         The area comprising approximately 1471 sq. km offshore India identified
         as Tapti Block described herein and shown under map attached as
         Appendix B.


         Longitude and Latitude measurements are as follows:

                     LATITUDE             LONGITUDE

               A.    20(degree)50'00"N           71(degree)49'00"E
               B.    20(degree)50'00"N           72(degree)08'00"E
               C.    20(degree)35'00"N           72(degree)08'00"E
               D.    20(degree)20'00"N           71(degree)53'00"E
               E.    20(degree)20'00"N           71(degree)49'00"E

                               -----*****-----

                                      92

                                  APPENDIX B
                             MAP OF CONTRACT AREA
                                 TAPTI BLOCK

                                -----*****-----

                                      93

                                  APPENDIX C
                             ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE

                                      TO

                         PRODUCTION SHARING CONTRACT

                                   BETWEEN

                           THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

                                     AND

                                ONGC/RIL/EOGIL

                                      94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTIONS                  CONTENT

SECTION 1:           GENERAL PROVISIONS
         1.1         Purpose
         1.2         Definitions
         1.3         Inconsistency
         1.4         Documentation and Statements to be Submitted by
                     the Contractor
         1.5         Language and Units of Account
         1.6         Currency Exchange Rates
         1.7         Payments
         1.8         Arms Length Transactions
         1.9         Audit and Inspection Rights of the Government
         1.10        Revision of Accounting Procedure

SECTION 2:           CLASSIFICATION, DEFINITION AND ALLOCATION OF
                     COSTS AND EXPENDITURES
         2.1         Segregation of Costs
         2.2         Exploration Costs
         2.3         Development Costs
         2.4         Production Costs
         2.5         Service Costs
         2.6         General and Administrative Costs

SECTION 3:           COSTS, EXPENSES, EXPENDITURES AND INCIDENTAL
                     INCOME OF THE CONTRACTOR
         3.1         Costs Recoverable and Allowable Without Further
                     Approval of the Government
                     3.1.1      Surface Rights
                     3.1.2      Labor & Associated Costs
                     3.1.3      Transportation Costs
                     3.1.4      Charges for Services
                                (a)       Third Party Contracts
                                (b)       Affiliated Company Contracts
                     3.1.5      Communications
                     3.1.6      Office, Shore Bases and Miscellaneous
                                Facilities
                     3.1.7      Environmental Studies and Protection
                     3.1.8      Materials and Equipment
                                (a)       General
                                (b)       Warranty
                                (c)       Value of Materials Charged to
                                          the Account
                     3.1.9      Duties, Fees and Other Charges
                     3.1.10     Insurance and Losses
                     3.1.11     Legal Expenses
                     3.1.12     Training Costs
                     3.1.13     General and Administrative Costs
         3.2         Costs Not Recoverable and Not Allowable under the
                     Contract
         3.3         Other Costs Recoverable and Allowable
         3.4         Incidental Income and Credits
         3.5         Non-Duplication of Charges and Credits

                                      95

SECTION 4:           RECORDS AND INVENTORIES OF ASSETS
         4.1         Records
         4.2         Inventories

SECTION 5:           PRODUCTION STATEMENT AND ROYALTY AND CESS
                     STATEMENT

SECTION 6:           VALUE OF PRODUCTION AND PRICING STATEMENT

SECTION 7:           STATEMENT OF COSTS, EXPENDITURES AND RECEIPTS

SECTION 8:           COST RECOVERY STATEMENT

SECTION 9:           PRODUCTION SHARING STATEMENT

SECTION 10:          END OF YEAR STATEMENT

SECTION 11:          BUDGET STATEMENT

                               -----*****-----

                                      96

                             ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE
                                  SECTION 1
                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1      PURPOSE

         Generally, the purpose of this Accounting Procedure is to set out
         principles and procedures of accounting which will enable the
         Government of India to monitor effectively the Contractor's costs,
         expenditures, production and income so that the Government's
         entitlement to Profit Petroleum, royalty, cess, etc., as well as
         Contractor's entitlement to Cost Petroleum and Profit Petroleum can be
         accurately determined pursuant to the terms of the Contract. More
         specifically, the purpose of the Accounting Procedure is to:

         -     classify costs and expenditures and to define which
               costs and expenditures shall be allowable for cost
               recovery, production sharing and participation
               purposes;

         -     specify the manner in which the Contractor's accounts
               shall be prepared and approved.

         This Accounting Procedure is intended to apply to the provisions of the
         Contract and is without prejudice to the computation of income tax
         under applicable provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961, as amended.

1.2      DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Accounting Procedure, the terms used herein which
         are defined in the Contract shall have the same meaning when used in
         this Accounting Procedure.

1.3      INCONSISTENCY

         In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of
         this Accounting Procedure and the other provisions of the Contract, the
         other provisions of the Contract shall prevail.

1.4      DOCUMENTATION AND STATEMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE
         CONTRACTOR

         1.4.1       Within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date of
                     the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to and
                     discuss with the Government a proposed outline of
                     charts of accounts, operating records and
                     reports, which outline shall reflect each of the
                     categories and sub-categories of costs and income
                     specified in Sections 2 and 3 and shall be in
                     accordance with generally accepted standards and
                     recognized accounting systems and consistent with

                                      97

                     normal petroleum industry practice and procedures
                     for joint venture operations.

                     Within ninety (90) days of receiving the above submission,
                     the Government shall either provide written notification of
                     its approval of the proposal or request, in writing,
                     revisions to the proposal.

                     Within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the Effective
                     Date of the Contract, the Contractor and the Government
                     shall agree on the outline of charts of accounts, records
                     and reports which shall also describe the basis of the
                     accounting system and procedures to be developed and used
                     under this Contract. Following such agreement, the
                     Contractor shall expeditiously prepare and provide the
                     Government with formal copies of the comprehensive charts
                     of accounts, records and reports and allow the Government
                     to examine the manuals and to review procedures which are,
                     and shall be, observed under the Contract.

         1.4.2       Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the
                     Contractor shall make regular Statements relating to the
                     Petroleum Operations as follows :

                       (i)      Production Statement and Royalty and
                                Cess Statement (see Section 5 of this
                                Accounting Procedure)

                      (ii)      Value of Production and Pricing
                                Statement (see Section 6 of this
                                Accounting Procedure)

                     (iii)      Statement of Costs, Expenditures and
                                Receipts (see Section 7 of this
                                Accounting Procedure)

                      (iv)      Cost Recovery Statement (see Section 8
                                of this Accounting Procedure)

                       (v)      Production Sharing Statement (see
                                Section 9 of this Accounting Procedure)

                      (vi)      End of Year Statement (see Section 10 of
                                this Accounting Procedure)

                     (vii)      Budget Statement (see Section 11 of this
                                Accounting Procedure)

         1.4.3       All reports and statements shall be prepared in accordance
                     with the Contract and the laws of India and, where there
                     are no relevant provisions in either of these, in
                     accordance with generally

                                      98

                     accepted practices in the international petroleum
                     industry.
         1.4.4       Each of the entities constituting the Contractor
                     shall be responsible for maintaining its own
                     accounting records in order to comply with all
                     legal requirements and to support all returns or
                     any other accounting reports required by any
                     Government authority in relation to the Petroleum
                     Operations.  However, for the purposes of giving
                     effect to this Accounting Procedure, the
                     Contractor shall appoint, and notify the
                     Government in writing thereof, one of the Parties
                     constituting Contractor who shall be responsible
                     for maintaining, at its business office in India,
                     on behalf of the Contractor, all the accounts of
                     the Petroleum Operations in accordance with the
                     provisions of the Accounting Procedure and the
                     Contract.
1.5      LANGUAGE AND UNITS OF ACCOUNT

         All accounts, records, books, reports and statements shall be
         maintained on an accrual basis and prepared in the English language.
         The accounts shall be maintained in United States Dollars, which shall
         be the controlling currency of account for cost recovery, production
         sharing and participation purposes. Metric units and Barrels shall be
         employed for measurements required under the Contract. Where necessary
         for clarification, the Contractor may also maintain accounts and
         records in other languages, currencies and units. Following any new
         discovery of Petroleum the Parties shall meet to establish specific
         principles and procedures for identifying all costs, expenditures,
         receipts and income with respect to the Contract Area.

1.6      CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES

         1.6.1       For translation purposes between United States
                     Dollars and Indian Rupees or any other currency,
                     the previous month's average of the daily means
                     of the buying and selling rates of exchange as
                     quoted by the State Bank of India (or any other
                     financial body as may be mutually agreed between
                     the Parties) shall be used for the month in which
                     the revenues, costs, expenditures, receipts or
                     income are recorded.  However, in the case of any
                     single non-US Dollar transaction in excess of the
                     equivalent of one hundred thousand US Dollars
                     (US$100,000), the conversion into US Dollars
                     shall be performed on the basis of the average of
                     the applicable exchange rates for the day on
                     which the transaction occurred.
         1.6.2       Any realized or unrealized gains or losses from
                     the exchange of currency in respect of Petroleum
                     Operations shall be credited or charged to the
                     accounts.  A record of the exchange rates used in

                                      99

                     converting Indian Rupees or any other currencies into
                     United States Dollars as specified in Section 1.6.1 shall
                     be maintained by the Contractor and shall be identified in
                     the relevant statements required to be submitted by the
                     Contractor in accordance with Section 1.4.2.

1.7      PAYMENTS

         1.7.1       Subject to the foreign exchange laws and regulations
                     prevailing from time to time, all payments between the
                     Parties shall, unless otherwise agreed, be in United States
                     Dollars and shall be made through a bank designated by each
                     receiving Party.

         1.7.2       Unless otherwise specified, all sums due under the Contract
                     shall be paid within forty-five (45) days from the date on
                     which the obligation to pay was incurred.

         1.7.3       Unless otherwise specified, all sums due by one Party to
                     the other under the Contract during any month shall, for
                     each day such sums are overdue during such month, bear
                     interest compounded daily at the applicable LIBOR plus one
                     percentage (1%) point.

1.8      ARMS LENGTH TRANSACTIONS

         Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Contract, all
         transactions giving rise to revenues, costs or expenditures which will
         be credited or charged to the accounts prepared, maintained or
         submitted hereunder shall be conducted at arms length or on such a
         basis as will assure that all such revenues, costs or expenditures will
         be equal to or better than, as the case may be, would result from a
         transaction conducted at arms length on a competitive basis with third
         parties. For the purposes of clarification, this means revenues would
         be equal to or higher and costs would be equal to or lower.

1.9      AUDIT AND INSPECTION RIGHTS OF THE GOVERNMENT

         1.9.1       Without prejudice to statutory rights, the
                     Government, upon at least ninety (90) days
                     advance written notice to the Contractor, shall
                     have the right to inspect and audit, during
                     normal business hours , all records and documents
                     supporting costs, expenditures, expenses,
                     receipts and income, such as Contractor's
                     accounts, books, records, invoices, cash
                     vouchers, debit notes, price lists or similar
                     documentation with respect to the Petroleum
                     Operations conducted hereunder in each Financial

                                     100

                     Year, within two (2) years (or such longer period as may be
                     required in exceptional circumstances) from the end of such
                     Financial Year.

         1.9.2       The Government may undertake the conduct of the audit
                     either through its own representatives or through a
                     qualified firm of recognized international chartered
                     accountants, registered in India, appointed for the purpose
                     by the
                     Government.

         1.9.3       In conducting the audit, the Government or its
                     auditors shall be entitled to examine and verify,
                     at reasonable times, all charges and credits
                     relating to Contractor's activities under the
                     Contract and all books of account, accounting
                     entries, material records and inventories,
                     vouchers, payrolls, invoices and any other
                     documents, correspondence and records considered
                     necessary by the Government to audit and verify
                     the charges and credits.  The auditors shall also
                     have the right, in connection with such audit, to
                     visit and inspect, at reasonable times, all
                     sites, plants, facilities, warehouses and offices
                     of the Contractor directly or indirectly serving
                     the Petroleum Operations, and to physically
                     examine other property, facilities and stocks
                     used in Petroleum Operations, wherever located
                     and to question personnel associated with those
                     operations.  Where the Government requires
                     verification of charges made by an Affiliate, the
                     Government shall have the right to obtain an
                     audit certificate from an internationally
                     recognized firm of public accountants acceptable
                     to both the Government and the Contractor, which
                     may be the Contractor's statutory auditor.  Any
                     and all such costs shall be for the Government's
                     account.

         1.9.4       Any audit exceptions shall be made by the Government in
                     writing and notified to the Contractor within one hundred
                     and twenty (120) days following completion of the audit in
                     question.

         1.9.5       The Contractor shall answer any notice of exception under
                     Section 1.9.4 within one hundred and twenty (120) days of
                     the receipt of such notice. Where the Contractor has, after
                     the one hundred and twenty (120) days, failed to answer a
                     notice of exception, the exception shall prevail.

         1.9.6       All agreed adjustments resulting from an audit
                     and all adjustments required by prevailing
                     exceptions shall be promptly made in the

                                     101

                     Contractor's accounts and any consequential
                     adjustments to the Government's entitlement to
                     Petroleum shall be made as promptly as
                     practicable.

         1.9.7       If the Contractor and the Government are unable
                     to reach final agreement on proposed audit
                     adjustments, either Party may refer any dispute
                     thereon to a sole expert as provided for in the
                     Contract.  So long as any issues are outstanding
                     with respect to an audit, the Contractor shall
                     maintain the relevant documents and permit
                     inspection thereof until the issue is resolved.

1.10     REVISION OF THE ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE

         1.10.1      By mutual agreement between the Government and the
                     Contractor, this Accounting Procedure may be revised from
                     time to time, in writing, signed by the Parties, stating
                     the date upon which the amendments shall become effective.

                               -----*****-----

                                     102

                                  SECTION 2
                  CLASSIFICATION, DEFINITION AND ALLOCATION
                          OF COSTS AND EXPENDITURES

2.1      SEGREGATION OF COSTS

         Costs shall be segregated in accordance with the purposes for which
         such expenditures are made. All costs and expenditures allowable under
         Section 3, relating to Petroleum Operations, shall be classified,
         defined and allocated as set out below in this Section. Expenditure
         records shall be maintained in such a way as to enable proper
         allocation.

2.2      EXPLORATION COSTS

         Exploration Costs are all direct and allocated indirect expenditures
         incurred in the search for Petroleum in an area which is, or was at the
         time when such costs were incurred, part of the Contract Area,
         including expenditures incurred in respect of:

         2.2.1       Aerial, geophysical, geochemical, palaeontological,
                     geological, topographical and seismic surveys, analyses and
                     studies and their interpretation.

         2.2.2       Core hole drilling and water well drilling.

         2.2.3       Labor, materials, supplies and services used in drilling
                     Wells with the object of finding Petroleum or in drilling
                     Appraisal Wells provided that if such Wells are completed
                     as producing Wells, the costs of completion thereof shall
                     be classified as Development Costs.

         2.2.4       Facilities used solely in support of the purposes described
                     in Sections 2.2.1, 2.2.2 and 2.2.3 above, including access
                     roads, all separately identified.

         2.2.5       Any Service Costs and General and Administrative
                     Costs directly incurred on exploration activities
                     and identifiable as such and a portion of the
                     remaining Service Costs and General and
                     Administrative Costs allocated to Exploration
                     Operations determined by the proportionate share
                     of total Contract Costs (excluding General and
                     Administrative Costs and Service Costs) repre-
                     sented by all other Exploration Costs.

         2.2.6       Geological and geophysical information purchased
                     or acquired in connection with Exploration
                     Operations.

                                     103

         2.2.7       Any other expenditure incurred in the search for
                     Petroleum not covered under Sections 2.3 or 2.4.

2.3      DEVELOPMENT COSTS

         Development Costs are all direct and allocated indirect expenditures
         incurred with respect to the development of the Contract Area including
         expenditures incurred on account of:

         2.3.1       Drilling Development Wells, whether these Wells are dry or
                     producing and drilling Wells for the injection of water or
                     Gas to enhance recovery of Petroleum and Recompletion or
                     working over of existing or service wells.

         2.3.2       Purchase, installation or construction of
                     production, transport and storage facilities for
                     production of Petroleum from a Field, such as
                     pipelines, flow lines, production and treatment
                     units, wellhead equipment, subsurface equipment,
                     enhanced recovery systems, offshore and onshore
                     platforms, export terminals and piers, harbours
                     and related facilities and access roads for
                     production activities.

         2.3.3       Engineering and design studies for facilities
                     referred to in Section 2.3.2.

         2.3.4       Any Service Costs, joint Development Plans and
                     General and Administrative Costs directly
                     incurred in Development Operations and
                     identifiable as such and a portion of the
                     remaining Service Costs and General and
                     Administrative Costs allocated to development
                     activities, determined by the proportionate share
                     of total Contract Costs (excluding General and
                     Administrative Costs and Service Costs) repre-
                     sented by all other Development Costs.

2.4      PRODUCTION COSTS

         2.4.1       Production Costs are expenditures incurred on
                     Production Operations in respect of the Contract
                     Area after the start of production from the Field
                     (which are other than Exploration and Development
                     Costs).  The balance of General and Adminis-
                     trative Costs and Service Costs not allocated to
                     Exploration Costs or Development Costs shall be
                     allocated to Production Costs.

         2.4.2       Production Costs shall include costs for completion of
                     Exploration Wells by way of installation of casing or
                     equipment or otherwise or for the purpose of bringing a
                     Well into use as a producing Well or as a Well for the
                     injection

                                     104

                     of water or Gas to enhance recovery of Petroleum and
                     Recompletion or working over of existing or service wells.

2.5      SERVICE COSTS

         Service Costs are direct and indirect expenditures incurred in support
         of Petroleum Operations in the Contract Area, including expenditures on
         insurance, environmental protection, warehouses, piers, marine vessels,
         vehicles, motorized rolling equipment, aircraft, fire and security
         stations, workshops, water and sewerage plants, power plants, housing,
         community and recreational facilities and furniture and tools and
         equipment used in these activities. Service Costs in any Year shall
         include the costs incurred in such Year to purchase and/or construct
         the facilities as well as the annual costs of maintaining and operating
         the same, each to be identified separately. All Service Costs shall be
         regularly allocated as specified in Sections 2.2.5, 2.3.4 and 2.4 to
         Exploration Costs, Development Costs and Production Costs and shall be
         separately shown under each of these categories. Where Service Costs
         are made in respect of shared facilities, the basis of allocation of
         costs to Petroleum Operations hereunder shall be on the basis of gross
         expenditures.

2.6      GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS

         General and Administrative Costs are expenditures incurred on general
         administration and management primarily and principally related to
         Petroleum Operations in or in connection with the Contract Area, and
         shall include:

         2.6.1       main office, field office and general
                     administrative expenditures in India, including
                     supervisory, accounting and employee relations
                     services;

         2.6.2       an annual overhead charge for services rendered
                     by the parent company or an Affiliate of the
                     Operator outside India to support and manage
                     Petroleum Operations under the Contract, and for
                     staff advice and assistance including financial,
                     legal, accounting and employee relations
                     services, but excluding any remuneration for
                     services charged separately under this Accounting
                     Procedure calculated on the basis of one percent
                     (1%) of expenditures.

         2.6.3       The expenditures used to calculate the monthly indirect
                     charge shall not include the indirect charge (calculated
                     either as a percentage of expenditures or as a minimum
                     monthly charge), rentals on surface rights acquired and
                     maintained for the joint account, guarantee deposits,

                                     105

                     concession acquisition costs, bonuses paid in accordance
                     with the Contract, royalties, value added taxes and taxes
                     paid under the Contract, settlement of claims, proceeds
                     from the sale of assets (including division in kind)
                     amounting to more than US$10,000 per transaction, and
                     similar items mutually agreed upon by the parties.

         2.6.3       The expenditures used to calculate the monthly
                     indirect charge shall not include the indirect
                     charge (calculated either as a percentage of
                     expenditures or as a minimum monthly charge),
                     rentals on surface rights acquired and maintained
                     for the joint account, guarantee deposits,
                     concession acquisition costs, bonuses paid in
                     accordance with the Contract, royalties, value
                     added taxes and taxes paid under the Contract,
                     settlement of claims, proceeds from the sale of
                     assets (including division in kind) amounting to
                     more than US$10,000 per transaction, and similar
                     items mutually agreed upon by the parties.

                     Credits arising from any government subsidy payment and
                     disposition of joint account property shall not be deducted
                     from total expenditures in determining such charge.

         2.6.4       The indirect charges provided for in this Section may be
                     amended periodically by mutual agreement between the
                     Parties if, in practice, these charges are found to be
                     insufficient or
                     excessive.

                               -----*****-----

                                     106

                                   SECTION 3
                 COSTS, EXPENSES, EXPENDITURES AND INCIDENTAL
                            INCOME OF THE CONTRACTOR

3.1      COSTS RECOVERABLE AND ALLOWABLE WITHOUT FURTHER APPROVAL OF
         THE GOVERNMENT.

         Costs incurred by the Contractor on Petroleum Operations pursuant to
         the Contract as classified under the headings referred to in Section 2
         shall be allowable for the purposes of the Contract except to the
         extent provided in Section 3.2 or elsewhere in this Accounting
         Procedure, and subject to audit as provided for herein.

         3.1.1       Surface Rights

                     All direct costs necessary for the acquisition, renewal or
                     relinquishment of surface rights acquired and maintained in
                     force for the purposes of the Contract except as provided
                     in
                     Section 3.1.9.

         3.1.2       Labor and Associated Costs

                     (a)  Costs of all Contractor's locally recruited
                          employees who are directly engaged in the
                          conduct of Petroleum Operations under the
                          Contract in India.  Such costs shall include
                          the costs of employee benefits and Government
                          benefits for employees and levies imposed on
                          the Contractor as an employer, transportation
                          and relocation costs within India of the
                          employee and such members of the employee's
                          family (limited to spouse and dependent
                          children) as required by law or customary
                          practice in India.  If such employees are
                          engaged in other activities in India, in
                          addition to Petroleum Operations, the cost of
                          such employees shall be apportioned on a time
                          sheet basis according to sound and acceptable
                          accounting principles.

                     (b)  Assigned Personnel

                                Costs of salaries and wages, including bonuses,
                                of the Contractor's employees directly and
                                necessarily engaged in the conduct of the
                                Petroleum Operations under the Contract, whether
                                temporarily or permanently assigned,
                                irrespective of the location of such employees,
                                it being understood that in the case of those
                                personnel only a portion of whose time is wholly
                                dedicated to Petroleum Operations under the
                                Contract, only that

                                     107

                                pro rata portion of applicable salaries, wages
                                and other costs, as specified in Sections
                                3.1.2(c), (d), (e)and (f) shall be charged and
                                the basis of such pro rata allocation shall be
                                specified.

                     (c)  Expenses or contributions made pursuant to assessments
                          or obligations imposed under the laws of India which
                          are applicable to the Contractor's cost of salaries
                          and wages.

                     (d)  The Contractor's cost of established plans
                          for employees' group life insurance,
                          hospitalization, pension, retirement and
                          other benefit plans of a like nature
                          customarily granted to the Contractor's
                          employees provided, however, that such costs
                          are in accordance with generally accepted
                          standards in the international petroleum
                          industry, applicable to salaries and wages
                          chargeable to Petroleum Operations under
                          Section 3.1.2(b) above.

                     (e)  Personal Income taxes where and when they are paid by
                          the Contractor to the Government of India for the
                          employee, in accordance with the Contractor's standard
                          personnel policies.

                     (f)  Reasonable transportation and travel expenses
                          of employees of the Contractor, including
                          those made for travel and relocation of the
                          expatriate employees, including their
                          dependent family and personal effects,
                          assigned to India whose salaries and wages
                          are chargeable to Petroleum Operations under
                          Section 3.1.2(b).  Actual transportation
                          expenses of personnel transferred to
                          Petroleum Operations from their country of
                          origin and/or relocation to their country of
                          origin shall be charged to the Petroleum
                          Operations.  Where such transfer or
                          relocation is to or from a country other than
                          the country of origin there shall be no
                          reimbursement.

                     Transportation cost as used in this Section shall mean the
                     cost of freight and passenger service and any accountable
                     incidental expenditures related to transfer travel and
                     authorized under Contractor's standard personnel policies.
                     Contractor shall ensure that all expenditures related to
                     transportation costs are equitably allocated to the
                     activities which have benefited from the personnel
                     concerned.

                                     108

         3.1.3       Transportation Costs

                     The reasonable cost of transportation of equipment,
                     materials and supplies within India and from outside India
                     to India necessary for the conduct of Petroleum Operations
                     under the Contract, including, but not limited to, directly
                     related costs such as unloading charges, dock fees and
                     inland and ocean freight charges.

         3.1.4       Charges for Services

                     (a)  Third Party Contracts

                          The actual costs of contract services, services of
                          professional consultants, utilities and other services
                          necessary for the conduct of Petroleum Operations
                          under the Contract performed by third parties other
                          than an Affiliate of the Contractor, provided that the
                          transactions resulting in such costs are undertaken
                          pursuant to Section 1.8 of this Accounting Procedure.

                        (b) Affiliated Company Contracts

                          (i)   Professional and Administrative Services
                                  and Expenses

                                Cost of professional and administrative services
                                provided by any Affiliate for the direct benefit
                                of Petroleum Operations, including, but not
                                limited to, services provided by the production,
                                exploration, legal, financial, insurance,
                                accounting and computer services divisions other
                                than those covered by Section 3.1.4(b)(ii) which
                                Contractor may use in lieu of having its own
                                employees. Charges shall be equal to the actual
                                cost of providing their services, shall not
                                include any element of profit and shall not be
                                any higher than the most favorable prices
                                charged by the Affiliate to third parties for
                                comparable services under similar terms and
                                conditions elsewhere and will be fair and
                                reasonable in the light of prevailing
                                international petroleum industry practice and
                                experience.

                         (ii)   Scientific or Technical Personnel

                                Cost of scientific or technical
                                personnel services provided by any

                                     109

                                Affiliate of Contractor for the direct benefit
                                of Petroleum Operations, which cost shall be
                                charged on a cost of service basis. Charges
                                therefor shall not exceed charges for comparable
                                services currently provided by outside technical
                                service organizations of comparable
                                qualifications. Unless the work to be done by
                                such personnel is covered by an approved Work
                                Programme and Budget, Operator shall not
                                authorize work by such personnel without
                                approval of the Management Committee.

                     (c)  Equipment, facilities and property owned and
                          furnished by the Contractor's Affiliates, at
                          rates commensurate with the cost of ownership
                          and operation provided, however, that such
                          rates shall not exceed those currently
                          prevailing for the supply of like equipment,
                          facilities and property on comparable terms
                          in the area where the Petroleum Operations
                          are being conducted.  The equipment and
                          facilities referred to herein shall exclude
                          major investment items such as (but not
                          limited to) drilling rigs, producing
                          platforms, oil treating facilities, oil and
                          gas loading and transportation systems,
                          storage and terminal facilities and other
                          major facilities, rates for which shall be
                          subject to separate agreement with the
                          Government.

         3.1.5       Communications

                    Cost of acquiring, leasing, installing,
                     operating, repairing and maintaining communication systems
                     including satellite, radio and microwave facilities between
                     the Contract Area and the Contractor's base facility,
                     offices, helicopter bases, port and railway yards.

         3.1.6       Office, Shore Bases and Miscellaneous Facilities

                     Net cost to Contractor of establishing, maintaining and
                     operating any office, sub-office, shore base facility,
                     warehouse, housing or other facility directly serving the
                     Petroleum Operations. If any such facility services
                     contract areas other than the Contract Area, or any
                     business other than Petroleum Operations, the net costs
                     thereof shall be allocated on an equitable and consistent
                     basis.

                                     110

         3.1.7       Environmental Studies and Protection

                     Costs incurred in conducting the environmental impact
                     studies for the Contract Area, and in taking environmental
                     protection measures pursuant to the terms of the Contract.

         3.1.8       Materials and Equipment

                     (a)  General

                          So far as is practicable and consistent with efficient
                          and economical operation, only such material shall be
                          purchased or furnished by the Contractor for use in
                          the Petroleum Operations as may be required for use in
                          the reasonably foreseeable future and the accumulation
                          of surplus stocks shall be avoided to the extent
                          possible. Material and equipment held in inventory
                          shall only be charged to the accounts when such
                          material is removed from inventory and used in
                          Petroleum Operations. Contractor shall be allowed to
                          recover interest at the LIBOR rate plus one percent
                          (1%) for reasonable inventories it carries. Costs
                          shall be charged to the accounting records and books
                          based on the average cost method.

                     (b)  Warranty

                          In the case of defective material or equipment, any
                          adjustment received by the Contractor from the
                          suppliers or manufacturers or their agents in respect
                          of any warranty on material or equipment shall be
                          credited to the accounts under the Contract.

                     (c)  Value of Materials Charged to the Accounts
                          Under the Contract.

                          (i)   Except as otherwise provided in
                                subparagraph (b), materials purchased by
                                the Contractor and used in the Petroleum
                                Operations shall be valued to include
                                invoice price less trade and cash
                                discounts, if any, purchase and
                                procurement fees plus freight and
                                forwarding charges between point of
                                supply and point of shipment, freight to
                                port of destination, insurance, taxes,
                                customs duties, consular fees, other
                                items chargeable against imported
                                material and, where applicable ,

                                     111

                                handling and transportation costs from point of
                                importation to or from warehouse or operating
                                site, and these costs shall not exceed those
                                currently prevailing in normal arms length
                                transactions on the open market.

                          (ii)  Material purchased from or sold to Affiliates or
                                transferred to or from activities of the
                                Contractor other than Petroleum Operations under
                                the Contract:

                                (aa)      new material (hereinafter
                                          referred to as condition A)
                                          shall be valued at the current
                                          international price which shall
                                          not exceed the price prevailing
                                          in normal arms length transac-
                                          tions on the open market;

                                (bb)      used material which is in sound
                                          and serviceable condition and
                                          is suitable for reuse without
                                          reconditioning (hereinafter
                                          referred to as condition B)
                                          shall be priced at not more
                                          than seventy-five percent (75%)
                                          of the current price of the
                                          above mentioned new materials;

                                (cc)      used material which cannot be
                                          classified as condition B, but
                                          which, after reconditioning,
                                          will be further serviceable for
                                          original function as good
                                          second-hand condition B
                                          material or is serviceable for
                                          original function, but
                                          substantially not suitable for
                                          reconditioning (hereinafter
                                          referred to as condition C)
                                          shall be priced at not more
                                          than fifty per cent (50%) of
                                          the current price of the new
                                          material referred to above as
                                          condition A.

                     The cost of reconditioning shall be charged to the
                     reconditioned material, provided that the condition C
                     material value plus the cost of reconditioning does not
                     exceed the value of condition B material.

                                     112

                     Material which cannot be classified as condition B or
                     condition C shall be priced at a value commensurate with
                     its use.

                     Material involving erection expenditure shall be charged at
                     the applicable condition percentage (referred to above) of
                     the current knocked-down price of new material referred to
                     above as condition A.

                     When the use of material is temporary and its service to
                     the Petroleum Operations does not justify the reduction in
                     price in relation to materials referred to above as
                     conditions B and C, such material shall be priced on a
                     basis that will result in a net charge to the accounts
                     under the Contract consistent with the value of the service
                     rendered.

         3.1.9       Duties, Fees and Other Charges

                     Any duties, levies, fees, charges and any other assessments
                     levied by any governmental or taxing authority in
                     connection with the Contractor's activities under the
                     Contract and paid directly by the Contractor except
                     corporate income tax payable by the constituents of the
                     Contractor. If Operator or its Affiliate is subject to
                     income or withholding tax as a result of service performed
                     at cost for Petroleum Operations under the Agreement, its
                     charges for such services may be increased by the amount of
                     such taxes incurred ("grossed up"), provided such charges
                     have not been otherwise recovered or a tax credit received.

         3.1.10      Insurance and Losses

                     Insurance premia and costs incurred for insurance required
                     by law or pursuant to Article 24 of the Contract, provided
                     that such insurance is customary, affords prudent
                     protection against risk and is at a premium no higher than
                     that charged on a competitive basis by insurance companies
                     which are not Affiliates. Actual costs and losses incurred
                     shall be allowable to the extent not made good by
                     insurance. Such costs may include, but are not limited to,
                     repair and replacement of property resulting from damages
                     or losses incurred by fire, flood, storm, theft, accident
                     or such other cause.

                                     113

         3.1.11      Legal Expenses

                     All reasonable costs and expenses resulting from the
                     handling, investigating, asserting, defending, or settling
                     of any claim or legal action necessary or expedient for the
                     procuring, perfecting, retention and protection of the
                     Contract Area and in defending or prosecuting lawsuits
                     involving the Contract Area or any third party claim
                     arising out of Petroleum Operations under the Contract, or
                     sums paid in respect of legal services necessary for the
                     protection of the joint interest of Government and the
                     Contractor, shall be allowable. Such expenditures shall
                     include attorney's fees, court costs, costs of
                     investigation and procurement of evidence and amounts paid
                     in settlement or satisfaction of any such litigation and
                     claims provided such costs are not covered elsewhere in the
                     Accounting Procedure. Where legal services are rendered in
                     such matters by salaried or regularly retained lawyers of
                     the Contractor or an Affiliate, such compensation shall be
                     included instead under Sections 3.1.2 or 3.1.4(b)(i) above
                     as applicable.

         3.1.12      Training Costs

                     All costs and expenses incurred by the Contractor in
                     training as is required under Article 22 of the Contract.

         3.1.13      General and Administrative Costs

                     The costs described in Section 2.6.1 and the charge
                     described in Section 2.6.2 of this Accounting Procedure.

3.2      COSTS NOT RECOVERABLE AND NOT ALLOWABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT

         The following costs and expenses shall not be recoverable or allowable
         (whether directly as such or indirectly as part of any other charges or
         expenses) for cost recovery and production sharing purposes under the
         Contract:

            (i)      costs and charges incurred before the Effective Date
                     including costs in respect of preparation, signature or
                     ratification of this Contract except as otherwise provided
                     in Article 13.1;

           (ii)      expenditures in respect of any financial transaction to
                     negotiate, float or otherwise obtain or secure funds for
                     Petroleum Operations including, but not limited to,
                     interest, commission, brokerage and fees related to such

                                     114

                     transactions, and exchange losses on loans or
                     other financing;

          (iii)      costs of marketing or transportation of Petroleum
                     beyond the Delivery Point;

           (iv)      expenditures incurred in obtaining, furnishing and
                     maintaining the guarantees required under the Contract and
                     any other amounts spent on indemnities with regard to
                     non-fulfillment of contractual obligations;

            (v)      attorney's fees and other costs and charges in
                     connection with arbitration proceedings and sole
                     expert determination pursuant to the Contract;

           (vi)      fines and penalties imposed by courts of law of
                     the Republic of India;

          (vii)      donations and contributions;

         (viii)      expenditures for the creation of any partnership
                     or joint venture arrangement;

           (ix)      amounts paid with respect to non-fulfillment of
                     contractual obligations;

            (x)      costs incurred as a result of failure to insure
                     where insurance is required pursuant to the
                     Contract;

           (xi)      costs and expenditures incurred as a result of
                     wilful misconduct or gross negligence of the
                     Contractor's supervisory personnel;

          (xii)      payments pursuant to Article 16 of the Contract.

3.3      OTHER COSTS RECOVERABLE AND ALLOWABLE.

         Any other costs and expenditures not included in Section 3.1 or 3.2 of
         this Accounting Procedure but which have been incurred by the
         Contractor for the necessary and proper conduct of Petroleum Operations
         pursuant to an approved Work Programme and Budget.

3.4      INCIDENTAL INCOME AND CREDITS

         All incidental income and proceeds received from Petroleum Operations
         under the Contract, including but not limited to the items listed
         below, shall be credited to the accounts under the Contract and shall
         be taken into account for cost recovery, production sharing and
         participation purposes in the manner described in Articles 13 and 14 of
         the Contract:
                                     115

           (i)       The proceeds of any insurance or claim or judicial awards
                     in connection with Petroleum Operations under the Contract
                     or any assets charged to the accounts under the Contract
                     where such operations or assets have been insured and the
                     premia charged to the accounts under the Contract;

          (ii)       Revenue received from third parties for the use
                     of property or assets, the cost of which has been
                     charged to the accounts under the Contract;

         (iii)       Any adjustment received by the Contractor from the
                     suppliers/manufacturers or their agents in connection with
                     defective material, the cost of which was previously
                     charged by the Contractor to the accounts under the
                     Contract;

          (iv)       Rentals, refunds or other credits received by the
                     Contractor which apply to any charge which has
                     been made to the accounts under the Contract;

           (v)       Prices originally charged to the accounts under the
                     Contract for materials subsequently exported from the
                     Republic of India without being used in Petroleum
                     Operations under the Contract;

          (vi)       Proceeds from the sale or exchange by the Contractor of
                     plant or facilities from a Field, the acquisition costs of
                     which have been charged to the accounts under the Contract
                     for the relevant Field;

         (vii)       Legal costs charged to the accounts under Section 3.1.11 of
                     this Accounting Procedure and subsequently recovered by the
                     Contractor.

3.5      NON-DUPLICATION OF CHARGES AND CREDITS

         Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Accounting
         Procedure, it is the intention that there shall be no duplication of
         charges or credits to the accounts under the Contract.

                               -----*****-----

                                     116

                                  SECTION 4
                      RECORDS AND INVENTORIES OF ASSETS

4.1      RECORDS

         4.1.1       The Contractor shall keep and maintain detailed
                     records of property and assets in use for or in
                     connection with Petroleum Operations under the
                     Contract in accordance with normal practices in
                     exploration and production activities of the
                     international petroleum industry.  Such records
                     shall include information on quantities, location
                     and condition of such property and assets, and
                     whether such property or assets are leased or
                     owned.

         4.1.2       The Contractor shall furnish annually particulars to the
                     Government, by notice in writing as provided in the
                     Contract, of all major assets acquired by the Contractor to
                     be used for or in connection with Petroleum Operations.
4.2      INVENTORIES

         4.2.1       The Contractor shall:

                     (a)  not less than once every twelve (12) Calendar
                          Months with respect to movable assets take an
                          inventory of the controllable assets used for
                          or in connection with Petroleum Operations in
                          terms of the Contract and address and deliver
                          such inventory to the Government with a
                          statement of the principles upon which
                          valuation of the assets mentioned in such
                          inventory has been based.  Controllable
                          assets means those assets the Operator shall
                          submit to detailed record keeping.

                     (b)  not less than once every three (3) years with
                          respect to immovable assets, take an
                          inventory of the assets used for or in
                          connection with Petroleum Operations in terms
                          of the Contract and address and deliver such
                          inventory to the Government together with a
                          written statement of the principles upon
                          which valuation of the assets mentioned in
                          such inventory has been based.  Immovable
                          assets means those assets which are placed in
                          service and have an original cost in excess
                          of Fifty Thousand United States Dollars
                          (US$50,000).

         4.2.2       The Contractor shall give the Government at least thirty
                     (30) days notice in writing in the manner provided for in
                     the Contract of its intention to take the inventory
                     referred to in Section 4.2.1

                                     117

                     and the Government shall have the right to be
                     represented when such inventory is taken.

         4.2.3       When an assignment of rights under the Contract takes
                     place, a special inventory shall be taken by the Contractor
                     at the request of the assignee provided that the cost of
                     such inventory is borne by the assignee and paid to the
                     Contractor.

         4.2.4       In order to give effect to Article 27 of the Contract, the
                     Contractor shall provide the Government with a
                     comprehensive list of all relevant assets when requested by
                     the Government to do so.

                               -----*****-----

                                     118

                                  SECTION 5
             PRODUCTION STATEMENT AND ROYALTY AND CESS STATEMENT

5.1      From the date of first production, after the Effective Date, of
         Petroleum from the Contract Area, the Contractor shall submit a
         Production Statement for each Calendar Month to Government showing the
         following information separately for each producing field and in
         aggregate for the Contract Area:

         5.1.1       The quantity of Crude Oil produced and saved.

         5.1.2       The quality and characteristics of such Crude Oil
                     produced and saved.

         5.1.3       The quantity of Associated Natural Gas and Non
                     Associated Natural Gas produced and saved.

         5.1.4       The quality, characteristics and composition of
                     such Natural Gas produced and saved.

         5.1.5       The quantities of Crude Oil and Natural Gas used for the
                     purposes of carrying on drilling and Production Operations
                     and pumping to field storage, as well as quantities
                     reinjected.

         5.1.6       The quantities of Crude Oil and Natural Gas
                     unavoidably lost.

         5.1.7       The quantities of Natural Gas flared and vented.

         5.1.8       The size of Petroleum stocks held on the first
                     day of the Calendar Month in question.

         5.1.9       The size of Petroleum stocks held on the last day
                     of the Calendar Month in question.

         5.1.10      The quantities of Natural Gas reinjected into the
                     Petroleum Reservoir.

         5.1.11      The number of days in the Calendar Month during which
                     Petroleum was produced from each Field.

         5.1.12      The Gas/Oil ratio for each Field for the relevant
                     Calendar Month.

         5.1.13      The water/Oil ratio for each Field for the
                     relevant Calendar Month, if available.

5.2      All quantities shown in this Statement shall be expressed in both
         volumetric terms (barrels of oil and cubic metres of gas) and in weight
         (metric tonnes).

5.3      The Government may direct in writing that the Contractor
         include other particulars relating to the production of

                                     119

         Petroleum in its Production Statement, and the Contractor shall to the
         extent possible comply with such direction.

5.4      The Production Statement for each Calendar Month shall be submitted to
         Government no later than ten (10) days after the end of such Calendar
         Month for Oil and the immediately succeeding Calendar Month for Gas.

5.5      The Contractor shall, for the purposes of Article 15, submit a
         statement to Government providing the calculation of the amount of
         royalty and cess, separately, paid with respect to each Calendar Month
         for each producing Field and in aggregate for the Contract Area. The
         statement shall show the following information:

         5.5.1       The quantity of Crude Oil and Condensate produced
                     and saved.

         5.5.2       The quantity of ANG and NANG produced and saved.

         5.5.3       The amount of royalty and cess, separately, paid on Crude
                     Oil and Condensate produced, saved and sold and the
                     particulars of the calculation thereof.

         5.5.4       The amount of royalty paid on ANG and NANG and
                     the particulars of the calculation thereof.

5.6      The Royalty and Cess Statement for each Calendar Month shall be
         submitted to Government no later than twenty-one (21) days after the
         end of such Calendar Month for Oil and the most recently available
         Calendar Month for Gas.

                               -----*****-----

                                     120

                                  SECTION 6
                  VALUE OF PRODUCTION AND PRICING STATEMENT

6.1      The Contractor shall prepare a Statement providing calculations of the
         value of Crude Oil produced and saved during each Calendar Month. This
         Statement shall contain the following information:

         6.1.1       The quantities, prices and receipts realized by the
                     Contractor as a result of sales of Crude Oil to third
                     parties (with any sales to Government being separately
                     identified) made during the Calendar Month in question.

         6.1.2       The quantities, prices and receipts realized therefor by
                     the Contractor as a result of sales of Crude Oil made
                     during the Calendar Month in question, other than to third
                     parties.

         6.1.3       The quantities of Crude Oil appropriated by the Contractor
                     to refining or other processing without otherwise being
                     disposed of in the form of Crude Oil.

         6.1.4       The value of stocks of Crude Oil on the first day
                     of the Calendar Month in question.

         6.1.5       The value of stocks of Crude Oil on the last day
                     of the Calendar Month in question.

         6.1.6       The percentage volume of total sales of Crude Oil made by
                     the Contractor during the Calendar Month that are Arms
                     Length Sales to third parties.

         6.1.7       Information available to the Contractor, in so far as
                     required for the purposes of Article 19 of the Contract,
                     concerning the prices of competitive crude oils produced by
                     the main petroleum producing and exporting countries
                     including contract prices, discounts and premia, and prices
                     obtained on the spot markets.

6.2      The Contractor shall prepare a statement providing calculations of the
         value of ANG and NANG produced and sold during each Calendar Month for
         the most recently available Calendar Month. This Statement shall
         contain all information of the type specified in Section 6.1 for Crude
         Oil as is applicable to Gas and such other relevant information as may
         be required by the Government.

6.3      The Statements required pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2 shall include
         a detailed breakdown of the calculation of the prices of Crude Oil,
         Associated Natural Gas and Non
         Associated Natural Gas.

                                     121

6.4      The Value of Production and Pricing Statement for each Calendar Month
         shall be submitted to Government not later than twenty-one (21) days
         after the end of such Calendar Month for Oil and the most recently
         available Calendar Month for Gas.

                               -----*****-----

                                     122

                                   SECTION 7
                STATEMENT OF COSTS, EXPENDITURES AND RECEIPTS

7.1      The Contractor shall prepare with respect to each Calendar Quarter a
         Statement of Costs, Expenditures and Receipts under the Contract. The
         statement shall distinguish between Exploration costs, Development
         Costs and Production Costs and shall separately identify all
         significant items of costs and expenditure as itemized in Section 3 of
         this Accounting Procedure within these categories. The statement of
         receipts shall distinguish between income from the sale of Petroleum
         and incidental income of the sort itemized in Section 3.4 of this
         Accounting Procedure. If the Government is not satisfied with the
         categories, it shall be entitled to request a more detailed breakdown.
         The Statement shall show the following:

         7.1.1       Actual costs, expenditures and receipts for the
                     Calendar Quarter in question.

         7.1.2       Cumulative costs, expenditures and receipts for
                     the Year in question.

         7.1.3       Latest forecast of cumulative costs, expenditures
                     and receipts at the Year end.

         7.1.4       Variations between budget forecast and latest
                     forecast and explanations thereof.

7.2      The Statement of Costs, Expenditure and Receipts of each Calendar
         Quarter shall be submitted to Government not later than sixty (60) days
         after the end of such Calendar Quarter.

                               -----*****-----

                                     123

                                  SECTION 8
                           COST RECOVERY STATEMENT

8.1      The Contractor shall prepare with respect to each Calendar Quarter a
         Cost Recovery Statement containing the following information:

         8.1.1       Unrecovered Contract Costs carried forward from
                     the previous Calendar Quarter, if any.

         8.1.2       Contract costs for the Calendar Quarter in
                     question.

         8.1.3       Total Contract Costs for the Calendar Quarter in
                     question (Section 8.1.1 plus Section 8.1.2).

         8.1.4       Quantity and value of Cost Petroleum taken and
                     disposed of by the Contractor for the Calendar
                     Quarter in question.

         8.1.5       Contract Costs recovered during the Calendar
                     Quarter in question.

         8.1.6       Total cumulative amount of Contract Costs
                     recovered up to the end of the Calendar Quarter
                     in question.

         8.1.7       Amount of Contract Costs to be carried forward
                     into the next Calendar Quarter.

8.2      Where necessary and possible, the information to be provided under
         Section 8.1 shall be identified separately Field by Field and also
         separately for Crude Oil, Associated Natural Gas and Non Associated
         Natural Gas.

8.3      The cost recovery information required pursuant to Subsection 8.1 above
         shall be presented in sufficient detail so as to enable Government to
         identify how the cost of assets are being recovered.

8.4      The Cost Recovery Statement for each Calendar Quarter shall be
         submitted to Government not later than sixty (60) days after the end of
         such Calendar Quarter.

                               -----*****-----

                                     124

                                  SECTION 9
                         PRODUCTION SHARING STATEMENT

9.1      The Contractor shall prepare with respect to each Calendar
         Quarter a Production Sharing Statement containing the
         following information:

         9.1.1       The calculation of the applicable net cash flows
                     as defined in Appendix D for the Calendar Quarter
                     in question.

         9.1.2       The Investment Multiple applicable in the
                     Calendar Quarter in question.

         9.1.3       Based on Section 9.1.2 and Article 14, the appropriate
                     percentages of Profit Petroleum, if any, for the Government
                     and Contractor in the Calendar Quarter in question.

         9.1.4       The total amount of Profit Petroleum, if any, to be shared
                     between the Government and Contractor in the Calendar
                     Quarter in question.

         9.1.5       Based on Sections 9.1.3 and 9.1.4, the amount of Profit
                     Petroleum due to the Government and Contractor as well as
                     to each constituent of the Contractor in the Calendar
                     Quarter in question.

         9.1.6       The actual amounts of Petroleum taken by the Government and
                     Contractor as well as by each constituent of the Contractor
                     during the Calendar Quarter in question to satisfy their
                     entitlement pursuant to Section 9.1.5.

         9.1.7       Adjustments to be made, if any, in future
                     Calendar Quarters in the respective amounts of
                     Profit Petroleum due to the Government and
                     Contractor as well as to each constituent of the
                     Contractor on account of any differences between
                     the amounts specified in Sections 9.1.5 and
                     9.1.6, as well as any cumulative adjustments
                     outstanding from previous Calendar Quarters.

9.2      Where necessary and if possible, the information to be provided under
         Section 9.1 shall be identified separately for each Field and also
         separately for Crude Oil as distinct from Natural Gas.

9.3      The Production Sharing Statement shall be submitted to Government not
         later than sixty (60) days after the end of such Calendar Quarter.

                               -----*****-----

                                     125

                                  SECTION 10
                       END OF FINANCIAL YEAR STATEMENT

10.1     The Contractor shall prepare a definitive End of Year Statement. The
         statement shall contain aggregated information in the same format as
         required in the Production Statement and Royalty and Cess Statement,
         Value of Production and Pricing Statement, Statement of Costs,
         Expenditure & Receipts, Cost Recovery Statement and Production Sharing
         Statement, but shall be based on actual quantities of Petroleum
         produced, income received and costs and expenditures incurred. Based
         upon this Statement, any adjustments that are necessary shall be made
         to the transactions concerned under the Contract.

10.2     The End of Year Statement for each year shall be submitted to
         Government within ninety (90) days of the end of such Year.

                               -----*****-----

                                     126

                                  SECTION 11
                               BUDGET STATEMENT

11.1     The Contractor shall prepare a Budget Statement for each
         Year.  This statement shall distinguish between budgeted
         Exploration Costs, Development Costs and Production Costs
         and shall show the following:

         11.1.1      Forecast costs, expenditures and receipts for the
                     Year in question.

         11.1.2      A schedule showing the most important individual items of
                     total costs, expenditures and receipts for the Year.

11.2     The Budget Statement shall be submitted to Government with respect to
         each Year not less than ninety (90) days before the start of the Year
         provided that in the case of the Year in which the Effective Date
         falls, the Budget Statement shall be submitted within ninety (90) days
         of the Effective Date.

                               -----*****-----

                                     127

                                  APPENDIX D
                              CALCULATION OF THE
             INVESTMENT MULTIPLE FOR PRODUCTION SHARING PURPOSES

1.       In accordance with the provisions of Article 14, the share
         of the Government and the Contractor respectively of Profit
         Petroleum from the Contract Area in any Financial Year shall
         be determined by the Investment Multiple earned by the
         Companies from the Contract Area at the end of the preceding
         Financial Year.  These measures of profitability shall be
         calculated on the basis of the appropriate net cash flows as
         specified in this Appendix D.

INVESTMENT MULTIPLE

2.       The "Net Cash Income" of the Companies from the Contract
         Area in any particular Financial Year is the aggregate value
         for the year of the following:

           (i)       Cost Petroleum entitlement of the Companies as
                     provided in Article 13;

               PLUS

          (ii)       Profit Petroleum entitlement of the Companies as
                     provided in Article 14;

               PLUS

         (iii)       incidental income of the Companies of the type
                     specified in Section 3.4 of the Accounting
                     Procedure arising from Petroleum Operations and
                     apportioned to the Contract Area;

               LESS

          (iv)       the Companies' share of all Production Costs and
                     royalty/cess payments incurred on or in the
                     Contract Area;

               LESS

           (v)       the notional income tax, determined in accordance with
                     paragraph 7 of this Appendix, payable by the Companies on
                     profits and gains from the Contract Area.

3.       The "Investment" made by the Companies in the Contract Area
         in any particular Financial Year is the aggregate value for
         the year of:

           (i)       Exploration Costs incurred by the Companies in the Contract
                     Area and apportioned to the Contract Area in the same
                     proportion that said Costs were recovered pursuant to
                     Articles 13.2 and 13.3.

                                     128

               PLUS

          (ii)       Development Costs incurred by the Companies in
                     the Contract Area.

4.       For the purposes of the calculation of the Investment Multiple, Costs
         or expenditures which are not allowable as provided in the Accounting
         Procedure shall be excluded from Contract Costs and be disregarded.

5.       The Investment Multiple ratio earned by the Companies as at
         the end of any Financial Year from the Contract Area shall
         be calculated by dividing the aggregate value of the
         addition of each of the annual Net Cash Incomes
         (accumulated, without interest, up to and including that
         Financial Year starting from the Financial Year in which
         Production Costs were first incurred or production first
         arose after the Effective Date on or in the Contract Area)
         by the aggregate value of the addition of each of the annual
         Investments (accumulated, without interest, up to and
         including that Financial Year starting from the Financial
         Year in which Exploration and Developments Costs were first
         incurred).

6.       Profit Petroleum from the Contract Area in any Financial Year shall be
         shared between the Government and the Contractor in accordance with the
         value of the Investment Multiple earned by the Companies as at the end
         of the previous Financial Year pursuant to Articles 14.2, 14.3 and
         14.4.

GENERAL

7.       In determining the amount of notional income tax to be
         deducted in the applicable cash flows specified in paragraph
         2 of this Appendix, a notional income tax liability in
         respect of the Contract Area shall be determined for each
         Company, as if the conduct of Petroleum Operations by the
         Company in the Contract Area constituted the sole business
         of the Company and as if the provisions of the Income Tax
         Act, 1961, with respect to the computation of income tax at
         a fifty percent (50%) rate applicable to Petroleum
         Operations on the basis of the income and deductions
         provided for in Article 15 of this Contract were accordingly
         applicable separately to the Contract Area, disregarding any
         income, allowances, deductions, losses or set-off of losses
         from any other Contract Area or business of the Company.

8.       Sample Calculation is attached in Appendix "D-1".

                                     129

                                APPENDIX "D-1"

              INVESTMENT MULTIPLE CALCULATION - EXAMPLE PROBLEM

The following example is intended to demonstrate the calculation and impact of
the Investment Multiple. The figures shown would be for the Companies and are
fictitious in this example for demonstration purposes. The investment multiple
is calculated individually for the Companies.

                                                      RIL OR EOGIL

Investment Multiple at beginning of                       1.96
            Financial Year 11
Profit Oil Shares at beginning of                        24.00%
            Financial Year 11
                                                      US$ MILLIONS
A Cumulative Net Cash Income at                         100.00
            beginning of Financial Year 11
   + Cost Petroleum in Financial Year 11                 10.00
   + Profit Petroleum in Financial Year 11                1.00
   + Incidental Income in Financial Year 11                .00
   - Production Costs in Financial Year 11                 .60
   - Oil Royalty and Cess in Financial Year 11            1.57
   - Gas Royalty in Financial Year 11                     0.41
   - Notional Income Tax in Financial Year 11             2.00
B  = Cumulative Net Cash Income at end of               106.42
            Financial Year 11

C    Cumulative Investment at beginning of               51.00
            Financial Year 11
   + Exploration Costs in Financial Year 11               0.30
   + Development Costs in Financial Year 11               1.50
   + Service Costs in Financial Year 11                   0.00
D  = Cumulative Investment at end of                     52.80
            Financial Year 11

Investment  Multiple at beginning of                      2.02
            Financial Year 12 = (B / D)

Profit Oil Shares at beginning of                        18.00%
            Financial Year 12

Since the Investment Multiple is calculated to be greater than 2.0 at the
beginning of Financial Year 12, the Profit Petroleum share to be received by RIL
or EOGIL falls from 24% to 18% at the inception of Financial Year 12.

In the event that the Investment Multiple were found to exceed 2.0 during the
financial close of Financial Year 11, the Contractor may have received excess
Profit Petroleum during the first sixty (60) days of Financial Year 12.  In this
case, the quantity of excess Profit Petroleum will be calculated and the
accounts will be settled by adjustment to entitlements within sixty (60) days of
the following year (year twelve).
                                       -----*****-----

                                     130

                                  APPENDIX E
                 FORM OF FINANCIAL AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

           (to be furnished pursuant to Article 29 of the Contract)

WHEREAS ENRON EXPLORATION COMPANY, a Company duly organized and existing under
the laws of Delaware, U.S.A., having its registered office at 1400 Smith Street,
Houston, Texas, U.S.A., (hereinafter referred to as "the Guarantor" which
expression shall include its successors and assigns) is the indirect owner of
100% of the capital stock of ENRON OIL & GAS INDIA LIMITED ("Company") and
direct owner of its parent company; and

WHEREAS Company is signatory to a Production Sharing Contract of even date of
this guarantee in respect of an Offshore area identified as Tapti Block
(hereinafter referred to as "the Contract") made between the Government of India
(hereinafter referred to as "the Government"), Company, RELIANCE INDUSTRIES
LIMITED and OIL & NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED (hereinafter referred to as
"Contractor" which expression shall include its successors and permitted
assigns); and

WHEREAS the Guarantor wishes to guarantee the performance of Company or its
Affiliate Assignee under the Contract as required by the terms of the Contract;

NOW, THEREFORE, this Deed hereby provides as follows:

1.   The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees
     to the Government that it will make available, or cause to be
     made available, to Company or any other directly or indirectly
     owned Affiliate of Company to which any part or all of
     Company's rights or interest under the Contract may
     subsequently be assigned ('Affiliate Assignee'), to ensure that
     Company or any Affiliate Assignee can carry out its work
     commitment as set forth in the Contract.

2.   The Guarantor further unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the
     Government reasonable compliance by Company or any Affiliate Assignee, of
     any obligations of Company or any Affiliate Assignee under the Contract.

3.   The Guarantor hereby undertakes to the Government that if
     Company, or any Affiliate Assignee, shall, in any respect, fail
     to perform its work commitments under the Contract or commit
     any material breach of such obligations, then the Guarantor
     shall fulfill or cause to be fulfilled the obligations in place
     of Company or any Affiliate Assignee, and will indemnify the
     Government against all actual losses, damages, costs, expenses,
     or otherwise which may result directly from such failure to
     perform or breach on the part of Company.  In no event shall
     Guarantor be liable for any special consequential, indirect,
     incidental or punitive damages of any kind or character,
     including, but not limited to, loss of profits or revenues,
     loss of product or loss of use arising out of or related to a

                                     131

     material breach by Company of its obligations under the
     Contract.

4.   This guarantee shall take effect from the Effective Date and shall remain
     in full force and effect for the duration of the Contract and thereafter
     until no sum remains payable by Company, or its Affiliate Assignee, under
     the Contract or as a result of any decision or award made by any expert or
     arbitration tribunal thereunder.

5.   This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the Articles of
     Association and by-laws of Company or the Guarantor or in any instrument
     establishing the Licensee.

6.   The liabilities of the Guarantor shall not be discharged or
     affected by (a) any time indulgence, waiver or consent given to
     Company; (b) any amendment to the Contract or to any security
     or other guarantee or indemnity to which Company has agreed;
     (c) the enforcement or waiver of any terms of the Contract or
     of any security, other guarantee or indemnity; or (d) the
     dissolution, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganization of
     Company.

7.   This guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance
     with the laws of India.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Guarantor, through its duly authorized
     representatives, has caused its seal to be duly affixed hereto and this
     guarantee to be duly executed the __________  day of _________ 1994.

The seal of ___________ was hereto duly affixed by ___________this_____ day of
________ 1994 in accordance with its by-laws and this guarantee was duly signed
by ________________ and ______________________
as required by the said by-laws.

- ------------------------                                  --------------------
       Secretary                                                Vice President

Witness:

- -----------------------

                               -----*****-----

                                     132

                                  APPENDIX F
                                  EQUIPMENT

All Wells drilled by ONGC and associated equipment whether or not plugged and
abandoned except that no liabilities or obligations shall accrue to Companies
from accepting same unless such liabilities or obligations arise as a result of
actions taken after the Effective Date.

                               -----*****-----

                                     133

                                  APPENDIX G
              DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENT SPECIFIED BY THE COMPANIES

The development plan, illustrated in Figure G-1 includes, but may not be limited
to:

            -     3D reservoir simulation models
            -     6 well platforms at South Tapti
            -     4 well platforms at Mid-Tapti
            -     1 common 5.1 MMm3/day (180 MMCFPD) processing
                  facility and living quarters at Mid-Tapti
            -     Interfield and intrafield pipelines
            -     1 export gas pipeline
            -     35 Development Wells (directional from well
                  platforms)
            -     Geophysical, geological and engineering studies
            -     The final configuration of physical facilities will
                  result from optimization studies to which ONGC will contribute
                  their knowledge and information.
            -     If drainage area of the 35 primary development wells is
                  inadequate, an additional 30 (infill) wells may be needed.
                  Infill wells are not a committed work obligation, but are
                  included in the Cost Recovery Limit defined in Article 13.1.2.

Annex G-1 shows Companies' development concept based on an assumed project start
date of July 1, 1993.

                                -----*****-----

                                      134

                                  APPENDIX - G
                                   FIGURE G-1

                           Mid and South Tapti Fields
                             Bombay Offshore Basin

                                    [Chart]

                                      135

                                   Appendix G

                                   Annex G-1

VIIa.       TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR THE FIELD

      aA.   RESERVE ASSESSMENT

            Primary objectives in assigning reserves to Mid- and South-Tapti
            Fields were two fold: First, verify ONGC's reserves, and second,
            assess potential for an increase and a decrease in reserve base.

            1.    Verification Methodology

                  Verification was accomplished by adapting reservoir parameters
                  and various fluid boundaries utilized by ONGC in pay maps
                  provided in the "Review of Technological Scheme for
                  Development of Tapti Field" to the Bidders' revised structure
                  map on the H-3 Marker (Exhibit VII-1). This approach
                  incorporated significant effects of a complex and aerially
                  extensive NW-SE extensional fault system into the
                  interpretation of the primary gas pool geometries in Mid- and
                  South-Tapti. Structure maps for the various pools were made
                  for Pay Zones I, II, IX, and XII in Mid-Tapti and Zones I, II,
                  and III in South-Tapti.

                  Values from the ONGC pay hydrocarbon volume maps (Sgoh) were
                  then recontoured to reflect the new structural
                  interpretations. Major stratigraphic boundaries were also
                  incorporated in the associated zonal pay maps. At Mid-tapti,
                  it was necessary to place a generally E-W trending reservoir
                  pinchout to the north because the MT-3 and MT-4 Wells lie
                  below the critical structural spill point at the Pay Zone I
                  and XII levels. A NE-SW trending permeability barrier mapped
                  by ONGC that separates the MT-3 from adjacent wells in Pay
                  Zone XII was modified to include the MT-1 Well in the MT-3
                  Block.

                  Stratigraphic correlation methods and nomenclature established
                  by ONGC were utilized in this preliminary evaluation. The
                  erratic fluviodeltaic depositional character of the sand
                  bodies and relatively large distances between wells precluded
                  a more detailed stratigraphic correlation scheme without
                  additional seismic/well data. A major disagreement in
                  correlation with ONGC occurs at Pay Zone XII at Mid-Tapti and
                  will be discussed.

                  The Bidders are confident that the 3-D seismic survey proposed
                  in the pre-development work plan will prove to be an excellent
                  tool for delineation of porous gas-filled reservoirs through
                  amplitude analysis (DHI).

                  It will also minimize stratigraphic risk prior to field
                  development and improve detailed structural definition.

            2.    Upside Potential

                  Verification of base reserves in the Tapti Block is considered
                  essential by the Bidders. Upside potentials is also important
                  but not quantifiable in this preliminary evaluation.

                  Hydrocarbon pay volume values calculated by ONGC are
                  conservative based on preliminary log analysis of the MT-1,
                  MT-2, MT-5, C2-5, C2-7 and C2-8 Wells. Average shale-corrected
                  porosity values calculated by the Bidders vary between 22
                  percent and 30 percent (25 percent average). Gas effect may
                  impart a small positive error in the Bidders' porosity
                  calculation.

                  In Mid-Tapti, average gas saturation porosity values
                  calculated by the Bidders were 67 to 72 percent in MT-1, 64 to
                  71 percent in MT-2 and 73 to 76 percent in MT-5. These higher
                  gas saturations were calculated utilizing a Waxman-Smit log
                  analysis model assuming cation exchange capacity (CEC) values
                  between 5 to 10 meq/100gms. Petrographic analyses suggested to
                  the Bidders that pervasive clay coating of the sands by a
                  chlorite mineral (chamosite) could cause relatively high CEC's
                  of 10 to 40 meq/100gms. This CEC effect could result in
                  preferential conductivity along the clay linings. This
                  phenomena would increase calculated gas saturations if taken
                  into account. For this reason, the attached contoured Sgoh
                  values are considered to be conservative. Proposed
                  pre-development work will entail a detailed petrophysical
                  analysis of existing rock/log data to derive zone-specific
                  formation evaluation models to determine effective porosity,
                  permeability, and gas saturation parameters.

                  Aside from log analysis, the fluid contacts and stratigraphic
                  limits placed on various Pay Zones have a significant margin
                  for error. Of the seven pools mapped and discussed below by
                  the Bidders, four have a structurally defined limit based on a
                  gas/shale contact (GSC) or lowest known gas (LKG) as defined
                  by the Bidders. The water contact in Pay Zone I at
                  South-Tapti, the largest pool in the block, is based on a
                  water test from a same 20 meters stratigraphically lower than
                  the proven gas productive zone lying immediately below the H-3
                  marker. Arbitrary stratigraphic limits were required to
                  explain the trapping mechanism of Zone I and Zone XII pools at
                  Mid-Tapti. The pools' actual limits on the north side of the
                  field have yet to be defined.

      aB.   PAY ZONE STRUCTURE AND (Sgoh) MAPS

            The zones mapped by the Bidders include the following:

                 ZONE            MAP           FIGURE                FIELD
                 ----         ---------        ------            ---------------
                  I           Structure         VII-2            Mid/South-Tapti
                  I           Sgoh              VII-3            Mid/South-Tapti
                  II          Structure         VII-4            Mid/South-Tapti
                  II          Sgoh              VII-5            Mid/South-Tapti
                  III         Structure         VII-6            South-Tapti
                  III         Sgoh              VII-7            South-Tapti
                  IX          Structure         VII-8            Mid-Tapti
                  IX          Sgoh              VII-9            Mid-Tapti
                  XII         Structure         VII-10           Mid-Tapti
                  XII         Sgoh              VII-11           Mid-Tapti

            In the following discussion of the various Pay Zones, stratigraphic
            correlation is based on the distance the pay sand in question lies
            below the H-3 marker. Zones in different wells with overlapping
            stratigraphic depth ranges are considered to be equivalent.

            Zone I is the most aerially extensive pay in the Tapti area
            occurring in both field areas. At South-Tapti, ONGC placed a
            gas/water contact at 1807 meters subsea although none of the
            observed tests of this interval in the C2-2, C2-4, C2-5, C2-6, and
            C2-7 had water recoveries reported. The C2-6 did test a sand at
            1843- 52 meters (1820-1829 meters subsea) which produced water. It
            occurs 22 meters below the gas bearing Zone I sand at 1820-1825
            meters (1797-1802 meters subsea). This provides the only evidence of
            significant water production in the gross Zone I interval at
            South-Tapti. The Sgoh map honors this water contact. The numerous
            cross-cutting faults at South-Tapti were generally not considered to
            separate the accumulation except to the south at the C2-7 Well and
            in the north where the high Sgoh values in C2-1, C2-4, and C2-6 are
            interpreted to be in a separate fault block.

            At Mid-Tapti the gas/shale contact or lowest known gas (LKG) was
            placed at a -1650 meters subsea based on the MT-3 Well. Successful
            tests were reported from MT-1, MT-3, MT-4, and MT-5 Wells. An
            arbitrary stratigraphic pinchout was placed on the north side of the
            field because structural spill as mapped occurs at -1610 meters.
            This limits the productive area to roughly the same size as that
            mapped by ONGC. An untested fault trap on the west side of the field
            was contoured using Sgoh values similar to those observed in
            adjacent wells. Reserves for the untested fault block were risk
            discounted at 50 percent probability of success (POS) in this and
            subsequently mapped intervals.

            Zone II occurs in both field areas but is aerially limited to the
            south end of South- Tapti with successful tests in the C2-2 and C2-7
            Wells. The pool is interpreted to be stratigraphically limited to
            the north and structurally defined by LKG at -1847 meters in the
            C2-7 Well. At Mid-Tapti, successful tests were reported in MT-1 and
            MT-5. The gas/water contact at -1650 meters is thought to be occurs
            at 1676-1679 meters. The base of the sand is at 1650 meters subsea.
            MT-2 contains two untested sands at the Zone II stratigraphic level
            that appear potentially productive (1656-1670, 1672-1676). This was
            apparently considered by ONGC when assigning a relatively high Sgoh
            value of 1.47 to the well.

            Zone III is restricted to the northern half of South-Tapti Field. A
            stratigraphic limit was placed south of the C2-5 Well and LKG at
            -1876 meters subsea corresponding to the base of the productive sand
            at 1896-1903.5 meters in C2-5. Successful tests include the C2-1 and
            C2-5.

            Successfully tested zones that were not quantified at South-Tapti in
            this preliminary study include Zones IV and V in C2-8, Zone VIII in
            C2-1, Zone IX in C2-5, Zone X in C2-6 and C2-8, and Zone XI in C2-2.

            At Mid-Tapti, Pay Zone IX had a successful test in the MT-5 Well
            with LKG at -1896 meters subsea. An untested apparent log pay zone
            occurs in the MT-1 at 1920-1925 meters that is stratigraphically
            equivalent to the MT-5 producer and was assigned an Sgoh value of
            0.168 by ONGC.

            Zone XII at Mid-Tapti is interpreted to consist of two separate sand
            bodies that include a mix of ONGC Zones X and XII. In their map of
            Zone XII, ONGC separates a prolific test (498,273 m(3)/day) at
            2046-2055 meters in the MT-3 Well with a permeability barrier from
            the MT-1, MT-2, MT-4, and MT-5 Wells. The Bidders interpret Zone X
            in MT-1, which tested at a rate of 446,355 m(3)/day from 1976-1979
            and 1984-1987, to be the stratigraphic equivalent of the prolific
            MT-3 Zone XII. This prolific sand body, informally called Zone XII A
            is not present in the other Mid-Tapti wells. Approximately 60 meters
            stratigraphically lower than Zone XII A is another productive sand
            body called Zone XII B. It has successful tests in the MT-2 and MT-5
            Wells but with lower rates of 107,000 and 85,535 m(3)/day,
            respectively. A significant water recovery in the MT-2 test of 1085
            bbl/day caused the Bidders to place a gas/water contact at -2040
            meters subsea in Zone XII B. The Sgoh map reflects the difference in
            pay quality between the two sand bodies and shows a northern
            stratigraphic limit which is required because of structural spill.

            Zones not mapped and quantified at Mid-Tapti include Zones XIV and
            XV in MT- 1.

      aC.   ADDITIONAL PAY ZONES NOT MAPPED BY ONGC

            In the Bidders' preliminary log analysis, a number of untested
            potential pay zones were identified. Future work will integrate all
            log defined potential pay zones with 3-D seismic amplitude analysis
            and stratigraphic interpretation to provide detailed pay maps.

      aD.   RESERVE PARAMETERS

            The parameters used for estimating reserves for each interval are
            believed to be the same parameters employed by ONGC in reserve
            estimates available in one of the documents in the data room.
            Preliminary log analysis suggests the possibility for variation,
            perhaps towards the positive side. This is a high priority item for
            further investigation during the pre-development study phase.

             FIELD HORIZON       NET PAY      POROSITY     WATER SATURATION
                                   (m)          (%)              (%)
            ----------------     -------      --------     ----------------
            Mid-Tapti    I         6.1          18.0              65
            Mid-Tapti    II       15.6          18.0              69
            Mid-Tapti    IX        2.6          18.6              60
            Mid-Tapti    XII       8.6          21.8              57
            South-Tapti  I         6.0          18.5              60
            South-Tapti  II       17.2          19.0              45
            South-Tapti  III       8.7          21.0              40

      aE.   RESERVES

            Figure VII-12 is a reserve uncertainty distribution plot on log
            probability scale for Mid and South Tapti fields combined. It shows
            the expected reserve range of gas in place in English units for
            unrisked and risked reserves. For each pay zone, individual
            fault-defined gas accumulations were risk weighted according to the
            degree and proximity of well penetrations as described in section B.
            Calculated reserves were placed at the P 50% or most likely
            position. Based on alternative log analysis models, the maximum (P
            10%) value was determined by increasing porosity 40% (i.e. porosity
            value of 10% would change to 14%) and decreasing water saturation
            40% as well (i.e. Sw of 60% would change to 36%). A summary of the
            distribution in metric units is listed below:

                               Probability       Unrisked          Risked
                                  > or =       Gas in Place     Gas in Place
                                                 (MMMm3)          (MMMm3)
                               -----------     ------------     ------------
            Minimum                90             28.32            20.39
            Most Likely            50             48.15            36.82

            Mean                   42.5           50.98            39.65
            Maximum                10             80.71            62.31

            Risked mean gas-in-place reserves of 39.65 MMMm3 calculated from the
            reserve uncertainty distribution, are utilized in the current bid
            proposal yielding mean recoverable reserves of 31.72 MMMm3.

            Detailed evaluation of unrisked most-likely reserves by field and
            pay horizon were risk weighted and assessed an 80% recovery factor
            to derive recoverable most-likely reserves of 29.46 MMMm3.

            These were submitted in the March 30,1993 bid proposal as follows:

                 FIELD           SAND           ORIGINAL         RECOVERABLE
                                                  GAS IN PLACE GAS RESERVES
                                                  MMMm3             MMMm3
                -----------      ----           --------         -----------
                Mid-Tapti         I              5.607              3.490
                Mid-Tapti         II             7.240              4.682
                Mid-Tapti         IX             0.583              0.359
                Mid-Tapti         XII           11.828              6.694
                South-Tapti       I              7.518              4.939
                South-Tapti       II            11.005              6.742
                South-Tapti       III            4.563              3.009

            The above volumes are before shrinkage from expected condensate
            liquids recovered during normal production operations. Furthermore,
            potential reserves exist that cannot be evaluated with the
            information available. In particular, those associated with
            successful well tests at levels IV, V, VIII, IX, X and XI in
            South-Tapti and levels XI and XV in Mid-Tapti. The Bidders expect to
            quantify this potential during the initial study phase.

            The cited pay zones that were not quantified by RIL/EEC amount to 20
            to 30% of ONGC's total gas in place. Should ONGC's estimate be
            correct, a success "upside case is included in this proposal to
            reflect the potential impact of these reserves on the production
            profile with the addition of up to 10.57 MMMm3 of gas reserves to
            the base case of 31.72 MMMm3 for a total of 42.29 MMMm3.

VIIb.       TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR GREATER TAPTI EXPLORATION CASE

      b1.   Concept

            Early in the evaluation of the Tapti fields, RIL/EEC became aware of
            ONGC's continuing efforts to explore and appraise additional gas
            accumulations in the surrounding gas-prone region of the Surat
            Depression. At RIL/EEC's request, ONGC provided an excellent
            overview of their efforts and results in the area through a series
            of meetings in Bombay. This gracious exchange of ideas provided the
            basis for the proposed exploration case.

      b2.   Location

            Figure VII-13 is a regional map of the Greater Tapti area. The
            boundaries of the proposed exploration area were set up to encompass
            the known limits of the Early Miocene to Early Oligocene reservoir
            interval proven gas productive at Tapti (Figure VII-14). The
            proposed coordinates for the Greater Tapti Exploration area are as
            follows:

                    Corner       Latitude           Longitude
                    ------    --------------     --------------
                       A      N20(degree)50'     E71(degree)30'
                       B      N19(degree)50'     E71(degree)30'
                       C      N19(degree)50'     E72(degree)50'
                       D      N21(degree)20'     E72(degree)50'
                       E      N21(degree)10'     E72(degree)10'
                       A      N20(degree)50'     E72(degree)10'

    b3.   Proposed Area Status

          It is the intent of RIL/EEC that the Greater Tapti area be considered
          under the same terms, conditions and contractual obligations agreed
          for the Tapti block proper.

    b4.   Stratigraphy and Reservoir Characterization

          Figure VII-15 is a sketch map of the net sand isopach for the Early
          Miocene-Early Oligocene reservoir interval and associated gas
          discoveries and prospects. The map is an attempt to demonstrate the
          interpretation shown to RIL/EEC by ONGC. It exhibits a northerly point
          source of sand supply that was distributed to the south and southwest
          in a large lobate delta-like geometry.

          Examination of over 15 Tapti cores in Bombay by RIL/EEC gave
          conclusive evidence of a robust tidally-influenced deltaic environment
          of deposition similar to the modern Irrawady delta (Figure VII-16).
          Reservoirs occur in three major depositional environments (Figure
          VII-17).

          1.    The highest quality reservoirs with good visualorosity and
                permeability are large distributary channel sands up to 25
                meters thick. Modern analogs in the Irrawady delta are 2-6 km
                wide and 10's of km long.

          2.    The second most significant reservoirs are aerially extensive
                delta front/chenier-ridge sands that form Pay Zone I at Mid and
                South Tapti.  They appear to have moderate to

                fair visual porosity and permeability with significant amounts
                of entrained clay introduced by burrowing organisms.

          3.    Fair to poor quality reservoirs consisting of tidal channels,
                tidal creeks and sandy tidal- delta-plain sands comprise the
                third and most volumetrically significant portion of the
                sedimentary section. They lack reservoir properties necessary
                for commercial completion but may provide significant
                gas-storage volume to source adjacent channel and delta-front
                sands.

    b5.   Exploration Activity

          Exploration activity by ONGC has been focussed on the eastern and
          southern portions of the sand system shown in Figure VII-15 playing
          structural and combination structural-stratigraphic traps. Identified
          structurally-controlled gas discoveries include North Tapti, C-24,
          C-22 and B-12. Reserves of approximately 6.0 MMMm3 have been reported
          by ONGC for C-24 and C-22. RIL/EEC understand the broad low-relief
          B-12 feature has been tested by two wells to date with moderate flow
          rates of gas in the 100,000 to 200,000 m3 range. Like the cited C-24
          and C-22 discoveries, total net sand thickness at B-12 is
          approximately 30% of that observed in the Tapti fields. The more
          poorly defined combination traps with tested gas consist of SD-4,
          CA-1, SD-1 and CD-1.

          An untested high amplitude structure set up by compressional
          reverse-fault movement is informally called the NE prospect. The
          feature is located in transitional shallow waters with mudbanks that
          are emergent at low tide. It requires seismic coverage on it northeast
          side through expensive non-conventional acquisition methods to
          establish critical dip. The structure appears to lie in a favorable
          position within the sand-rich axis of the reservoir system with
          upwards of 160 meters of possible net sand not unlike that seen in the
          Tapti field area.

    b6.   Exploration Results

          Aside from the NE prospect which appears to have risky but high
          reserve potential, the remaining discoveries were presented by ONGC as
          somewhat marginal with smaller reserves and generally thinner and
          poorer reservoir quality sands than Tapti. It appears to RIL/EEC that
          timely and economic development of these relatively small and
          scattered accumulations, outboard of the Tapti block, is not feasible
          without linkage to Tapti infrastructure. RIL/EEC are prepared to
          design the capacity of the Tapti facilities and pipelines to meet the
          additional reserve potential of 15 to 35 MMMm3 envisioned for the
          Greater Tapti area.

          To insure that rapid exploitation of these discoveries and prospects
          can occur, RIL/EEC is prepared to offer an immediate three year work
          commitment entailing an estimated $38 million dollars (U.S.) of
          expenditure. The plan is detailed in section VIII. To demonstrate the
          benefits afforded GOI, an Exploration Case reserve is estimated at 25
          MMMm3 for existing prospects and discoveries to provide the basis for
          a production profile that can be layered on the Tapti Base and Success
          Case Scenarios.

    F.    PLAN FOR UTILIZATION OF GAS

          The purpose of this application is to exploit the non-associated
          natural gas reserves in the block. Therefore, except for gas
          consumption required for operations, all the gas produced and
          associated condensate fluids will be sold.

          The Indian Government gas supply/consumption projections include gas
          from this block.

          The Bidders desire to produce the natural gas to fulfill the
          government plan in the anticipated volumes.

    G.    MONITORING SYSTEMS AND RESERVOIR MANAGEMENT

          1.    Production Monitoring

                Production will be monitored on an individual well basis and on
                an aggregate basis consistent with normal good oil field
                practices. For effective operational control, production rates
                will be monitored frequently and recorded daily; for fiscal
                purposes, production will be summarized and reported monthly. We
                currently envision installation of a well-test system at each
                well platform; however, full well stream "wet" meters may prove
                to be a more attractive approach upon further study. Where well
                tests are used, individual well production will be ascertained
                by allocation on the basis of actual well producing time at a
                given choke setting. Key data (e.g., flowing tubing pressure
                and, if available, wet meter rate) may be radio transmitted to
                the process platform.

          2.    Reservoir Management

                Reservoir management will be carried out through conventional
                surface and down hole monitoring systems such as bottom hole
                pressure surveys, production testing and well deliverability
                testing on a periodic basis.

                This data will be analyzed at least once a year to establish a
                record of reservoir performance from which the reservoir drive
                mechanisms will be established and the operations adjusted
                accordingly to maximize recovery.

                It is anticipated that a suitable mathematical reservoir model
                will be established early in the exploitation stage and that the
                reservoir performance would be monitored by periodically
                updating the model with the production and pressure data
                gathered.

                The model would also be utilized for the purpose of reporting
                gas reserves and deliverability projections.

                A relatively simple single phase, three-dimensional,
                multi-layered reservoir model is planned.

VIIIa.  WORK PROGRAM - TAPTI BLOCK

    A.    Base Case Development (30 billion cubic meters recoverable reserves)

          1.    Seismic Commitment

                    Mid Tapti 3D Survey              320 km2
                                                     4500 km Inline
                                                     50 m Crossline Interval

                    South Tapti 3D Survey            530 km2
                                                     11000 km Inline
                                                     50 m Crossline Interval

                  The Mid-Tapti 3D survey acquisition would begin in October
                  1993, assuming execution of the Letter Agreement in July 1993.
                  Acquisition, processing and interpretation will require 6-8
                  months. The South Tapti 3D acquisition would commence in 1994.

            2.    Development Commitment

                  The development plan & schedule are illustrated on Figures
                  VIII-1, -2, -3 and include:

                    - 3D reservoir simulation models
                    - 6 well platforms at South Tapti
                    - 4 well platforms at Mid-Tapti
                    - 1 common 5.1 MM3/day processing facility and living
                      quarters at Mid-Tapti
                    - Interfield & intrafield pipelines
                    - 1 export gas pipeline
                    - 35 Development wells(directional from well platforms)
                    - Geophysical, geological and engineering studies
                    - The final configuration of physical facilities will result
                      from optimization studies to which ONGC will contribute
                      their knowledge and information.
                    - If drainage area of the 35 primary development wells is
                      inadequate, an additional 30 (infill) wells may be needed.
                      Infill wells are not a committed work obligation

            3.    Gas Sales Profiles

                  RIL/EEC expect (but cannot guarantee) that the Base Case
                  development plan will result in the gas sales shown in Figure
                  VIII-4. If the Success Case discussed in Section VII
                  materializes, the sales volumes should range between those
                  indicated in Figure VIII-4 and Figure VIII-5. If volumes
                  available for sale exceed those shown in Figure VIII-4, the
                  modular Base Case development plan will be augmented to
                  accommodate the excess gas production over that contemplated
                  in the Base Case.

VIIIb.  WORK PROGRAM - GREATER TAPTI AREA

      A.    The RIL/EEC proposal to expand the Tapti block to include the
            Greater Tapti area defined above under Addendum Section VIIb is
            advantageous to GOI, ONGC and RIL/EEC for reasons shown on Figure
            VIII-6.

            Seismic and Drilling Commitments shown below are in addition to or
            commitments for the Tapti block (Section VIIIa).

             Year               Activities                  Est. Cost
            -------        ------------------------        ----------
            1993-94        1000 km 2D seismic               5 MM US $
                           (primarily in shallow
                           water "transition zonell
                           on "NE" and "North Tapti"
                           prospects.
            1995           5 wells                         25 MM US $
            1996           2 wells                          8 MM US $

            In addition, all usable existing seismic data will be reprocessed
            and interpreted.

            The commitment to spend a minimum 38 MM US Dollars in the Greater
            Tapti Area (outside the currently defined block) during 1993 through
            1996 shall be borne by ONGC, RIL and EEC in proportion to their
            working interest in the Area (currently 40%, 30% and 30%
            respectively). These and all subsequent expenditures shall be cost
            recoverable. The project including Tapti block containing Mid and
            South Tapti plus the area identified in Section VIIb-B shall be
            considered as one.

            Given success in the Greater Tapti Area outside the current Tapti
            block, the Bidders' expectation for addition recoverable reserves is
            25 billion cubic meters. Assuming that level of success in the
            expanded area and the maximum success Case reserves in the current
            Tapti block, the total Greater Tapti Area production profile is
            shown on Figure VIII-7. These total reserves, 65 billion cubic
            meters, represent a maximum and are neither guaranteed nor expected.

      B.    PRODUCTION BUILD UP PHASE (INITIAL FIELD DEVELOPMENT TO REACH A
            PRODUCTION PLATEAU)

            The Bidder plans to tailor development work to the gas market. No
            capital will be expended unless backed by a firm gas purchase
            commitment. This is true not only for the initial plateau currently
            contemplated in gas consumption projections, but for production
            beyond the original plateau if warranted by the results of the study
            phase.

            It is anticipated that development will be originally concentrated
            in the Mid-Tapti area. The development of the second field, or any
            other field, will follow to the extent required to satisfy the
            market.  Deliverability capacity in excess of the market,
            approximately 25 percent, will be built into the development plan.

            Development is anticipated to consist of directional wells drilled
            form several wellhead platforms. The wells will be drilled with a
            jack-up rig. Because of sand production, well completions will be
            designed to maximize flow rates yet minimize sand production. To
            that extent, gravel pack through several extended perforations is
            anticipated. Nevertheless, the final design will be consistent with
            the results of the study phase.

            The well-head platforms will have testing facilities; they will be
            unmanned and controlled (monitored) from a central processing
            platform via a communication/control system.

            Submarine line network (8" - 12" in diameter) will connect the
            platforms to the central processing platform.

            The central processing platform will have gas processing facilities
            of adequate capacity to handle all the anticipated volumes.
            Expansion capabilities will be provided for during the initial
            design of the processing platform.

            Ability to handle and process condensate fluids and water will be
            part of the processing package. Water will be disposed of after
            appropriate treatment to insure that it is environmentally safe and
            meets any existing specifications in this regard.

            No gas will be flared except for technical reasons and then only in
            minimum quantities.

            After measurement using state-of-the-art gas/liquid metering
            systems, which independently measures gas and condensate, the gas
            and condensate products will be transported via a submarine line to
            a connecting point with the existing Bassein-Hazira pipeline, or the
            new planned parallel pipeline.

            The Bidders believe that with early award of the block, with proper
            planning and with the necessary mechanisms built-in to expedite
            approvals (single clearance window concept) first production can be
            achieved early in 1995 and that the first plateau could be achieved
            in 1996.

      C.    PLATEAU PRODUCTION AND DECLINE PHASE

            Maintenance of the plateau phase for a period of 15 years is
            expected to be accomplished by further development drilling and well
            recompletions into other sands/reservoirs not originally exposed to
            production. These activities will, as explained earlier for the
            initial development phase, be tailored to the market demands and
            contractual obligations. Depending on future market and provided
            enough reserves are proven to safely back-up additional
            deliverability, incremental volumes will be added to the original
            base plateau. The duration of the incremental volumes will depend
            upon reserves and markets.

      D.    ABANDONMENT PHASE

            At the termination of the PSC period, the wells and facilities will
            be fully transferred without cost to the designated government
            agency for further operations.

            Abandonment of wells for mechanical reasons may occur. Those wells
            will be abandoned following accepted industry practices.

                                                                   Appendix - 5

                      COMMITTED DEVELOPMENT WORK PROGRAMME
                                FOR TAPTI BLOCK

1.    SEISMIC COMMITMENT

      Mid Tapti 3D Survey      320 km2
                               4500 km Inline
                               50 m Crossline Interval

      South Tapti 3D Survey    530 km2
                               22000 km Inline
                               50 m Crossline Interval

2.    DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENT

         - 3D reservoir simulation models
         - 6 well platforms at South Tapti
         - 4 well platforms at Mid-Tapti
         - 1 common 5.1 MM3/day processing facility and living quarters at
           Mid-Tapti
         - Interfield and intrafield pipelines
         - 1 export gas pipeline to Hazira and onshore reseparation facility
         - 35 development wells (directional from well platforms)
         - Geophysical, geological and engineering studies
         - The final configuration of physical facilities will result from
           optimization studies to which ONGC will contribute their knowledge
           and information; work programme may be adjusted accordingly to, for
           example, reroute the export pipe line to the existing 36" line and
           possibly eliminate the reseparation facility
           If drainage area of the 35 primary development wells proves
           inadequate, an additional 30 (infill) wells may be needed. Infill
           wells are not a committed work obligation.

                                                                    Appendix - 6

                                TAPTI ESTIMATED EXPENDITURE

                            YEAR            CAPEX           OPEX
                                             $MM             $MM
                            ----            -----           -----
                            1993             19.5             1.1
                            1994            122.3            2.75
                            1995             75.3             8.8
                            1996             76.4              11
                            1997             67.2            12.1
                            1998                0            12.1
                            1999               34            13.2
                            2000               18            13.2
                            2001                0            13.2
                            2002               20            13.2
                            2003               18            13.2
                            2004               22            13.2
                            2005             42.4            13.2
                            2006                0            13.2
                            2007                0            13.2
                            2008               16            13.2
                            2009              4.5            13.2
                            2010                6            13.2
                            2011                0            13.2
                            2012                0            13.2
                            2013                0            13.2
                            2014                0            13.2
                            2015                0            13.2
                            2016                0            13.2
                            2017                0            13.2

                                            541.6           298.7

                                                           Appendix - 7 (Contd.)

                                 TAPTI PRODUCTION PROFILE
                                    (4.2 MM m3/day)

                            YEAR        CONDENSATE SALES   GAS SALES
                                              MBbL           MM m3
                            ----        ----------------   ---------
                            1993                0                0
                            1994                0                0
                            1995              526             1240
                            1996              658             1551
                            1997              658             1551
                            1998              658             1551
                            1999              658             1551
                            2000              658             1551
                            2001              658             1551
                            2002              658             1551
                            2003              658             1551
                            2004              658             1551
                            2005              658             1551
                            2006              658             1551
                            2007              658             1551
                            2008              658             1551
                            2009              658             1551
                            2010              572             1355
                            2011              546             1287
                            2012              472             1111
                            2013              350              825
                            2014              259              611
                            2015              191              449
                            2016              152              360
                            2017               79              187

                                            12359            29134

                                   APPENDIX H
                          PRODUCTION PROFILE OF THE
                          MID AND SOUTH TAPTI FIELDS

YEAR                  CONDENSATE SALES                         GAS SALES
                     (Thousands Barrels)               (Millions Cubic Meters)

1993                            0                                        0
1994                            0                                        0
1995                            0                                        0
1996                          165                                      388
1997                          658                                     1551
1997                          658                                     1551
1998                          658                                     1551
1999                          658                                     1551
2000                          658                                     1551
2001                          658                                     1551
2001                          658                                     1551
2003                          658                                     1551
2004                          658                                     1551
2005                          658                                     1551
2006                          658                                     1551
2007                          658                                     1551
2008                          658                                     1551
2009                          658                                     1551
2010                          658                                     1551
2011                          658                                     1551
2012                          572                                     1355
2013                          546                                     1287
2014                          472                                     1111
2015                          350                                      825
2016                          259                                      611
2017                          191                                      449
2018                          152                                      360
2019                           79                                      187

                               -----*****-----

                                  APPENDIX I
                       PAYMENT FOR USE OF ONSHORE PLANT

Parties acknowledge that Gas is to be received by GAIL at Hazira downstream of
receiving and separation facilities owned and operated by ONGC. In order to
compensate ONGC for the cost of ownership and operations of these facilities,
Contractor shall make payments to ONGC on the basis of the costs fixed on an
incremental basis by an internationally recognised expert who shall be selected
by two members of the Operating Committee from a panel of three internationally
recognised experts selected by ONGC. In case there is no agreement between the
Companies and ONGC on the advice tendered, the matter shall be referred to
Government. The decision of Government shall be final and binding on all the
Parties.

                           GRAPHICAL CONTENT APPENDIX

      Appendix - B            Map of Contract Area - Tapti Block

      Appendix G
            Figure G-1        Mid and South Tapti Fields Bombay Offshore Basin
            Figure VII-1      Mid and South Tapti Fields Structure Map H-3
                               Seismic Marker
            Figure VII-2      Structure Map on Top Pay I Sand
            Figure VII-3      Sg0h Map Pay I
            Figure VII-4      Structure Contour Map on Top of Pay II Sand
            Figure VII-5      Sg0h Map Pay II
            Figure VII-6      Structure Map Pay Level III
            Figure VII-7      Sg0h Map Pay Level III
            Figure VII-8      Structure May on Pay IX
            Figure VII-9      Sg0h May Pay IX
            Figure VII-10     Structure Map Pay XII
            Figure VII-11     Sg0h Map Pay XII
            Figure VIII-2     Enron Exploration Project Schedule Details
            Figure VIII-4     Tapti Production Profile
            Figure VIII-3     Development Schedule Base Case

            Appendix-3        Enron Exploration Project Schedule Details



                                                                    EXHIBIT 22
<TABLE>
                            ENRON OIL & GAS COMPANY
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Date of          Where
                     Company Name                              Incorporation    Incorporated
                     ------------                              -------------    ------------
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>
Enron Oil & Gas Company ......................................   06/12/85        Delaware
   Enron Oil & Gas International, Inc. .......................   05/27/93        Delaware
      EOGI-Trinidad, Inc. ....................................   06/02/93        Delaware
         EOGI Trinidad Company ...............................   06/02/93        Cayman Islands
            Enron Gas & Oil Trinidad Limited .................   11/04/92        Trinidad
      EOGI-Australia, Inc. ...................................   06/02/93        Delaware
         EOGI Australia Company ..............................   06/02/93        Cayman Islands
            Enron Exploration Australia Pty Ltd ..............   11/23/92        Australia
      EOGI-France, Inc. ......................................   06/02/93        Delaware
         Enron Exploration France S.A ........................   11/13/92        France
      EOGI-Russia, Inc. ......................................   07/29/93        Delaware
         Enron Exploration and Production (Russia) Limited ...   11/09/92        Cyprus
            Kuznetsk Exploration and Production Company ......   10/20/93        Russian Federation
      EOGI-Kazakhstan, Inc. ..................................   07/29/93        Delaware
         Enron Exploration and Production (Kazakhstan) Limited   02/08/93        Cyprus
         Enron Oil & Gas Kazakhstan Ltd ......................   08/18/94        Cayman Islands
      Enron Exploration Company, South America ...............   08/03/93        Delaware
         Enron Exploration S.A ...............................   12/12/91        Argentina
      EOGI-United Kingdom, Inc. ..............................   07/29/93        Delaware
         EOGI United Kingdom Company B.V .....................   12/04/81        The Netherlands
            Enron Oil U.K. Limited ...........................   05/22/90        England
      EOGI-India, Inc. .......................................   03/17/94        Delaware
         Enron Oil & Gas India Ltd ...........................   06/02/93        Cayman Islands
      EOGI-China, Inc. .......................................   08/18/94        Delaware
         Enron Oil & Gas China Ltd ...........................   08/19/94        Cayman Islands
      EOGI-Qatar, Inc. .......................................   09/22/94        Delaware
         Enron Oil & Gas Qatar Ltd ...........................   09/23/94        Cayman Islands
      EOGI-Uzbekistan, Inc. ..................................   01/30/95        Delaware
         Enron Oil & Gas Uzbekistan Ltd ......................   01/31/95        Cayman Islands
   Enron Oil & Gas Marketing, Inc. ...........................   04/09/90        Delaware
   I N Holdings, Inc. ........................................   03/13/85        Delaware
      Enron Oil Canada Ltd ...................................   04/01/82        Alberta
   Nilo Operating Company ....................................   04/04/94        Delaware
   Enron Oil & Gas - Carthage, Inc. ..........................   03/21/95        Delaware
</TABLE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
                                 March 16, 1995
Enron Oil & Gas Company
1400 Smith Street
Houston, Texas 77002

Gentlemen:

     We hereby consent to the references to our firm and to our opinions
delivered to Enron Oil & Gas Company, hereinafter referred to as the "Company,"
relating to our comparison of estimates prepared by us to those furnished to us
by the Company of proved oil, condensate, natural gas liquids, and natural gas
reserves of certain selected properties owned by the Company as expressed in our
letter reports dated January 20, 1993, January 27, 1994, and January 13, 1995,
for estimates as of January 1, 1993, January 1, 1994, and January 1, 1995,
respectively, to be included in the section "Supplemental Information to
Consolidated Financial Statements - Oil and Gas Producing Activities" in the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, to be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about March 22, 1995. We
also consent to the inclusion of our letter report, dated January 13, 1995,
addressed to the Company as Exhibit (23.2) to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, to be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission. Additionally, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
reference of such references to our firm and to our opinions included in the
Company's Form 10-K in the Company's previously filed Registration Statement
nos. 33-42620, 33-48358, 33-52201, and 33-58103.

                                                     Very truly yours,

                                                     DeGOLYER and MacNAUGHTON


                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.2
                            DeGolyer and MacNaughton
                               One Energy Square
                              Dallas, texas 75206

                                January 13, 1995

Enron Oil & Gas Company
1400 Smith Street
Houston, Texas 77002

Gentlemen:

      Pursuant to your request, we have prepared estimates, as of January 1,
1995, of the proved oil, condensate, natural gas liquids, and natural gas
reserves of certain selected properties in the United States and Canada owned by
Enron Oil & Gas Company, hereinafter referred to as "Enron." The properties
consist of working interests located in the states of New Mexico, Texas, Utah,
and Wyoming and in the offshore waters of Texas in the United States and in the
province of Saskatchewan in Canada. Our estimates are reported in detail in our
"Report as of January 1, 1995 on Proved Reserves of Certain Properties in the
United States owned by Enron Oil & Gas Company - Selected Properties" and our
"Report as of January 1, 1995 on Proved Reserves of Certain Properties in Canada
owned by Enron Oil & Gas Company - Selected Properties," hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Reports." We also have reviewed information
provided to us by Enron that it represents to be Enron estimates of the
reserves, as of January 1, 1995, for the same properties as those included in
the Reports.

      Proved reserves estimated by us and referred to herein are judged to be
economically producible in future years from known reservoirs under existing
economic and operating conditions and assuming continuation of current
regulatory practices using conventional production methods and equipment. Proved
reserves are defined as those that have been proved to a high degree of
certainty by reason of actual completion, successful testing, or in certain
cases by adequate core analyses and electrical-log interpretation when the
producing characteristics of the formation are known from nearby fields. These
reserves are defined areally by reasonable geological interpretation of
structure and known continuity of oil- or gas-saturated

                                       1

material. This definition is in agreement with the definition of proved reserves
prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      Enron represents that its estimates of the proved reserves, as of January
1, 1995, net to its leasehold interests in the properties included in the
Reports are as follows:


Oil, Condensate, and
Natural Gas Liquids            Natural Gas             Net Equivalent
(thousand barrels)          (million cubic feet)      Million Cubic Feet
- --------------------        --------------------      ------------------
     11,280                      1,200,900                 1,268,580

Note: Net equivalent million cubic feet is based on 1 barrel of oil, condensate,
or natural gas liquids being equivalent to 6,000 cubic feet of gas.

      Enron has advised us, and we have assumed, that its estimates of proved
oil, condensate, natural gas liquids, and natural gas reserves are in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      Proved reserves estimated by us for the properties included in the
Reports, as of January 1, 1995, are as follows:


Oil, Condensate, and
Natural Gas Liquids           Natural Gas               Net Equivalent
(thousand barrels)        (million cubic feet)         Million Cubic Feet
- -------------------       --------------------         ------------------
     11,721                    1,230,633                   1,300,959

Note: Net equivalent million cubic feet is based on 1 barrel of oil, condensate,
or natural gas liquids being equivalent to 6,000 cubic feet of gas.

      In making a comparison of the detailed estimates prepared by us and by
Enron of the properties involved, we have found differences, both positive and
negative, in reserve estimates for individual properties. These differences
appear to be compensating to a great extent when considering the reserves of
Enron in the properties included in our reports, resulting in overall
differences not being substantial. It is our opinion that the reserves estimates
prepared by Enron on the properties reviewed by us and referred to above, when
compared on the basis of net

                                       2

equivalent million cubic feet of gas, do not differ materially from those
prepared by us.

                                       Submitted,
                                       /S/ DeGOLYER and MacNAUGHTON
                                       DeGOLYER and MacNAUGHTON

      [SEAL]                           /S/ Vernon E. Pringle, Jr., P.E.
                                       VERNON E. PRINGLE, JR., P.E.
                                       Senior Vice President
                                       DeGolyer and MacNaughton

                                       3


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3

                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation
of our report on the consolidated financial statements of Enron Oil & Gas
Company and subsidiaries included in this Form 10-K, into the Company's
previously filed Registration Statement File Nos. 33-42620, 33-48358, 33-52201
and 33-58103.

                                                     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
March 22, 1995


                                                                    EXHIBIT 24
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

      The undersigned, as a director of Enron Oil & Gas Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the filing by the Company of its
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, does hereby make, constitute and appoint
Forrest E. Hoglund, Walter C. Wilson and Angus H. Davis, each of them with full
power (any one of them acting alone), as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents, for and on behalf and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned,
in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and file such Annual Report on Form
10-K, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, with all exhibits and
any and all documents required to be filed with respect thereto with any
regulatory authority, granting unto each above-mentioned individual the full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and action requisite
and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the
same as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do
if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all the said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereto set his hand this 14th day 
of February, 1995.
                                                      FRED C. ACKMAN
<PAGE>
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

      The undersigned, as a director of Enron Oil & Gas Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the filing by the Company of its
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, does hereby make, constitute and appoint
Forrest E. Hoglund, Walter C. Wilson and Angus H. Davis, each of them with full
power (any one of them acting alone), as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents, for and on behalf and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned,
in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and file such Annual Report on Form
10-K, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, with all exhibits and
any and all documents required to be filed with respect thereto with any
regulatory authority, granting unto each above-mentioned individual the full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and action requisite
and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the
same as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do
if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all the said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereto set his hand this 14th day 
of February, 1995.
                                                      EDWARD RANDALL, III

<PAGE>
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

      The undersigned, as a director of Enron Oil & Gas Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the filing by the Company of its
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, does hereby make, constitute and appoint
Forrest E. Hoglund, Walter C. Wilson and Angus H. Davis, each of them with full
power (any one of them acting alone), as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents, for and on behalf and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned,
in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and file such Annual Report on Form
10-K, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, with all exhibits and
any and all documents required to be filed with respect thereto with any
regulatory authority, granting unto each above-mentioned individual the full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and action requisite
and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the
same as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do
if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all the said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereto set his hand this 14th day 
of February, 1995.
                                                      KENNETH L. LAY
<PAGE>
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

      The undersigned, as a director of Enron Oil & Gas Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the filing by the Company of its
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, does hereby make, constitute and appoint
Forrest E. Hoglund, Walter C. Wilson and Angus H. Davis, each of them with full
power (any one of them acting alone), as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents, for and on behalf and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned,
in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and file such Annual Report on Form
10-K, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, with all exhibits and
any and all documents required to be filed with respect thereto with any
regulatory authority, granting unto each above-mentioned individual the full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and action requisite
and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the
same as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do
if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all the said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereto set his hand this 14th day 
of February, 1995.
                                                      RICHARD D. KINDER


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
The Schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the Company's
unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 1994 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1994
<CASH>                                           5,810
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  126,133
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     15,731
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               156,418
<PP&E>                                       3,015,435
<DEPRECIATION>                             (1,330,624)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,861,867
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          164,601
<BONDS>                                              0
<COMMON>                                       201,600
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                     841,819
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,861,867
<SALES>                                        566,231
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               625,823
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  466,182
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               8,489
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                153,935
<INCOME-TAX>                                     5,937
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            147,998
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   147,998
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.93
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission